LE910Cx

AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 – 2023-05-18

Telit Technical Documentation

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

APPLICABILITY TABLE

PRODUCTS

LE910Cx

SOFTWARE

25.21.xx3

25.30.xx6

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Contents

APPLICABILITY TABLE 2

1. INTRODUCTION 29
Scope 29
Audience 29
Contact Information, Support 29
Symbol Convention 30

2. COMMANDS 32
Definitions 32
AT Command Syntax 33
2.2.1. String Type Parameters 34
2.2.2. Command Lines 34
2.2.2.1. ME Error Result Code - +CME ERROR: <err> 35
2.2.2.2. Message Service Failure Result Code - +CMS ERROR: <err> 43
2.2.3. Information Responses and Result Codes 45
2.2.4. Command Response Time-Out 46
2.2.5. Command Issuing Timing 46
Storage 47
2.3.1. Factory Profile and User Profiles 47
General remark about packet domain services in UMTS/GPRS and EPS 49
2.4.1. Attach/Detach procedure for packet domain services 49
2.4.2. EPS bearer context and PDP context 49
List of default PDP profiles and description 50
Special consideration of Null APN on default attach profile 53
AT Command Short Overview Table 55
AT Commands Availability Table 56

3. AT COMMANDS REFERENCES 79
Call & DTMF 79
3.1.1. AT+CHUP - Hang Up Call 79
3.1.2. AT+CSTA - Select Type of Address 80
3.1.3. AT+FCLASS - Select Active Service Class 82
3.1.4. AT#ACAL - Automatic Call 83
3.1.5. AT#ACALEXT - Extended Automatic Call 85
3.1.6. AT#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring 87

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 3 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.7. AT#ECAMURC - Extended Call Monitoring Unsolicited Response mode 90

3.1.8. AT#CFF - Call Forwarding Flags 92
3.1.9. AT#CESTHLCK - Call Establishment Lock 94
3.1.10. AT+VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission 95
3.1.11. AT+VTD - Tone Duration 97
3.1.12. AT+CMOD - Call mode 99
3.1.13. AT#CODECIMS - Codec for IMS 101
3.1.14. AT#ECTD - Enhanced call tone disable 104
3.1.15. AT+CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme 105
3.1.16. AT+CR - Service Reporting Control 107
3.1.17. AT+CRC - Cellular Result Codes 109
3.1.18. AT+CVHU - Voice Hung Up Control 111
3.1.19. AT+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type 113
3.1.20. AT+CRLP - Radio Link Protocol 117
3.1.21. AT#NCIH - NO CARRIER Indication Handling 119
General Control and Config 121
3.2.1. Command Line Prefixes 121
3.2.1.1. AT - Starting a Command Line 121
3.2.1.2. A/ - Last Command Automatic Repetition 122
3.2.1.3. AT#/ - Repeat Last Command 123
3.2.2. Generic Modem Control 124
3.2.2.1. AT#SELINT - Select Interface Style 124
3.2.2.2. AT&F - Set to Factory-Defined Configuration 125
3.2.2.3. ATZ - Soft Reset 126
3.2.2.4. AT&Y - Default Reset Basic Profile Designation 127
3.2.2.5. AT&P - Default Reset Full Profile Designation 128
3.2.2.6. AT&W - Store Current Configuration 129
3.2.2.7. AT&V - Display some Configuration and Profile 130
3.2.2.8. AT\V - Single Line Connect Message 132
3.2.2.9. AT+GCI - Country of Installation 133
3.2.2.10. AT%L - Line Signal Level 134
3.2.2.11. AT%Q - Line Quality 135
3.2.2.12. ATL - Speaker Loudness 136
3.2.2.13. ATM - Speaker Mode 137
3.2.2.14. AT+GCAP - Capabilities List 138
3.2.2.15. AT+GMI - Manufacturer Identification 139

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 4 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.16. AT+GMM - Model Identification 140

3.2.2.17. AT+GMR - Revision Identification 141
3.2.2.18. AT+CEER - Extended Error Report 142
3.2.2.19. AT+GSN - Serial Number 143
3.2.2.20. AT+CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification 145
3.2.2.21. AT+CGMM - Request Model Identification 146
3.2.2.22. AT+CGMR - Request Revision Identification 147
3.2.2.23. AT+CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification 148
3.2.2.24. AT#CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification 150
3.2.2.25. AT#CGMR - Request Revision Identification 151
3.2.2.26. AT#CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification 152
3.2.2.27. AT#SWPKGV - Request Software Package Version 154
3.2.2.28. AT+CPAS - Phone Activity Status 155
3.2.2.29. AT+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality 157
3.2.2.30. AT+CIND - Indicator Control 160
3.2.2.31. AT+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting 164
3.2.2.32. AT+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter 167
3.2.2.33. AT+CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum 169
3.2.2.34. AT+CPUC - Price per Unit and Currency Table 171
3.2.2.35. AT+CCWE - Call Meter Maximum Event 173
3.2.2.36. AT+CSVM - Set Voice Mail Number 175
3.2.2.37. AT#MBN - Mailbox Numbers 177
3.2.2.38. AT#MWI - Message Waiting Indication 179
3.2.2.39. AT+CLAC - Available AT Commands 182
3.2.2.40. AT#LANG - Select Language 183
3.2.2.41. AT+CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error 184
3.2.2.42. AT#CEERURC - Extended Error Report Unsolicited Response 186
3.2.2.43. AT#OVERRIDEPDP - Set the default PDP type for LTE in home network or roaming network
187
3.2.2.44. AT#ENSSHD - Enable/disable the SSHD daemon 191
3.2.2.45. AT#HWREV - Hardware Identification 193
3.2.2.46. AT#TRACE - Enable/Disable Trace 194
3.2.2.47. AT#DHCPV6DELEGATION - DHCPV6 Delegation Mode Set 198
3.2.2.48. AT#PSMRI - Power Saving Mode Ring Indicator 200
3.2.2.49. AT+CSCS - Select TE Character Set 202
3.2.2.50. AT#CSCSEXT - Select GSM Hexadecimal Representation 204
3.2.2.51. AT+PACSP - Network Selection Menu Availability 206

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 5 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.52. AT+CMUX - Multiplexing Mode 208

3.2.2.53. AT#CMUXMODE - CMUX Mode Set 211
3.2.2.54. AT#USBCFG - USB Configuration 213
3.2.2.55. AT#EXCEPINFO - Read exception information 217
3.2.2.56. AT#RESETINFO - Read reason for most recent devices reset or power-down.......................219
3.2.2.57. AT#PORTCFG - Connect Physical Ports to Service Access Points 220
3.2.2.58. AT#ATDELAY - AT Command Delay 223
3.2.2.59. AT#CMAR - Selective Master Reset 225
3.2.2.60. AT&Z - Store Telephone Number in the Internal Phonebook 227
3.2.2.61. AT&N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers 228
3.2.2.62. AT#Z - Extended Reset 229
3.2.2.63. AT&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics 230
3.2.2.64. AT#IMEISV - Request IMEI and Software Version Number 231
3.2.2.65. AT&V0 - Display Current Configuration and Profile 232
3.2.2.66. AT#FWSWITCH - Set Active Firmware Image 233
3.2.2.67. AT#FWAUTOSIM - Automatic Carrier Switch By SIM 237
3.2.2.68. AT#SECIFCFG - Secure Interface Configuration 239
3.2.2.69. AT#SECIFAUTH - Secure Interface Authentication 241
3.2.2.70. AT#SECIFPWD - Secure Interface Password 243
3.2.2.71. AT#CQI - HSDPA Channel Quality Indication 245
3.2.2.72. AT#FRATTRIGGER - Configure FRAT Trigger parameter 247
3.2.2.73. AT#PDPAUTH - PDP Authentication Parameters 249
3.2.2.74. AT#TXCAL4G - Change Max TX Power Level for a Supported Band 251
3.2.2.75. AT#TXCAL - TX Calibration 253
3.2.2.76. AT#CIND - Indication Control Reader Indication 255
3.2.2.77. AT#MTUSIZE - Configure the MTU Size 257
3.2.2.78. AT#TID - Request Telit ID 259
3.2.2.79. AT+IMEISV - Request IMEI and Software Version Number 260
3.2.2.80. AT#CGMM - Request Model Identification 261
3.2.2.81. AT#IMSPDPSET - sets IMS Pdp APN Name 262
3.2.2.82. AT#FWTDEVICESET - Set FWT device for enabling 911 calling 263
3.2.2.83. AT#WKIO - Set RING CFG Parameters 265
3.2.2.84. AT#CDORM - Dormant control command 268
3.2.2.85. AT#CGMF - Request Product Code 270
3.2.3. S Parameters 271
3.2.3.1. ATS0 - Number of Rings to Auto Answer 271

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 6 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.2. ATS1 - Ring Counter 273

3.2.3.3. ATS2 - Escape Character 274
3.2.3.4. ATS3 - Command Line Termination Character 275
3.2.3.5. ATS4 - Response Formatting Character 277
3.2.3.6. ATS5 - Command Line Editing Character 279
3.2.3.7. ATS7 - Connection Completion Time-Out 280
3.2.3.8. ATS8 - Comma Dial Modifier Time 282
3.2.3.9. ATS10 - Carrier Off with Firm Time 283
3.2.3.10. ATS12 - Escape Prompt Delay 284
3.2.3.11. ATS25 - Delay to DTR Off 286
3.2.3.12. ATS30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer 288
3.2.3.13. ATS38 - Delay To Before Forced Hang Up 289
3.2.3.14. AT&V1 - S Registers Display 291
3.2.3.15. AT&V3 - Extended S Registers Display 293
3.2.4. DTE - Modem Interface Control 294
3.2.4.1. ATE - Command Echo 294
3.2.4.2. ATQ - Quiet Result Codes 295
3.2.4.3. ATV - Response Format 297
3.2.4.4. ATI - Identification Information 299
3.2.4.5. AT&C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control 300
3.2.4.6. AT&D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control 301
3.2.4.7. AT\Q - Standard Flow Control 303
3.2.4.8. AT&K - Flow Control 305
3.2.4.9. AT&S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control 306
3.2.4.10. AT+IPR - UART DCE Interface Data Rate Speed 308
3.2.4.11. AT#DTR - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flow control 312
3.2.4.12. AT+FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type 314
3.2.4.13. AT+IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control 316
3.2.4.14. AT+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing 318
3.2.4.15. AT#CFLO - Command Flow Control 320
3.2.4.16. AT#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence 322
3.2.4.17. AT#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time 324
3.2.4.18. ATX - Extended Result Codes 326
3.2.4.19. AT#KIPR - Keep DTE Interface Rate 328
3.2.4.20. AT#NOPT - Notification Port 330
3.2.4.21. AT#NOPTEXT - Notification Port Extension 332

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 7 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.22. AT+ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting 336

3.2.4.23. AT\K - Break Handling 338
3.2.4.24. AT\R - Ring (RI) Control 339
3.2.4.25. AT\B - Transmit Break To Remote 340
3.2.4.26. AT\N - Operating Mode 341
3.2.5. Call (Voice and Data) Control 342
3.2.5.1. ATD - Dialup Connection 342
3.2.5.2. ATP - Pulse Dial 348
3.2.5.3. ATO - Return to ON-Line Mode 349
3.2.5.4. ATT - Tone Dial 350
3.2.5.5. AT&G - Guard Tone 351
3.2.5.6. AT&Q - Sync/Async Mode 352
3.2.5.7. AT+CHSN - HSCSD non-transparent call configuration 353
3.2.5.8. ATA - Answer Incoming call 355
3.2.5.9. ATH - Hang Up/Disconnect the Current Call 356
3.2.5.10. AT#DIALMODE - Set Dialing Mode 357
3.2.5.11. AT#CALLDISA - Call Disable Setting 359
3.2.6. Modulation & Compression Control 361
3.2.6.1. AT%E - Line Quality and Auto Retrain 361
3.2.6.2. AT+DS - Data Compression 362
3.2.6.3. AT+DR - Data Compression Reporting 364
Jamming Detection and Report 366
3.3.1. AT#JDRENH2 - Enhanced Jamming Detection and Report 366
3.3.2. AT#JDRGNSS - GNSS Jamming Detect & Report 372
3.3.3. AT#JDR4GCFG - LTE Jamming Detection Threshold Configuration 375
Network 379
3.4.1. AT+CNUM - Subscriber Number 379
3.4.2. AT+COPN - Read Operator Names 381
3.4.3. AT+CREG - Network Registration Status 383
3.4.4. AT+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock 387
3.4.5. AT+CPWD - Change Facility Password 391
3.4.6. AT+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction 394
3.4.7. AT+COLP - Connected Line Identification Presentation 397
3.4.8. AT+CHLD - Call Holding Services 400
3.4.9. AT+CTFR - Call Deflection 402
3.4.10. AT+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data 404

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 8 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.11. AT+CAOC - Advice of Charge 407

3.4.12. AT+CLCC - List Current Calls 410
3.4.13. AT+CSSN - SS Notification 413
3.4.14. AT+CCUG - Closed User Group 416
3.4.15. AT+CPOL - Preferred Operator List 418
3.4.16. AT#CODECINFO - Codec Information 422
3.4.17. AT+CPLS - Selection of Preferred PLMN List 428
3.4.18. AT+CSQ - Signal Quality 430
3.4.19. AT#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information 436
3.4.20. AT#NWEN - Network Emergency Number Update 440
3.4.21. AT#BCCHLOCK - Lock to Single BCCH ARFCN 442
3.4.22. AT#PLMNMODE - PLMN List Selection 446
3.4.23. AT#FPLMN - Periodical FPLMN Cleaning 448
3.4.24. AT#CODEC - GSM and UMTS Audio Codec 450
3.4.25. AT#BND - Select Band 452
3.4.26. AT#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection 459
3.4.27. AT#SNUM - Subscriber Number 460
3.4.28. AT#PSNT - Packet Service Network Type 462
3.4.29. AT#ENCALG - Set Encryption Algorithm 465
3.4.30. AT+CEMODE - Set Mode of Operation for EPS 469
3.4.31. AT+CPNER - Primary Notification Event Reporting 471
3.4.32. AT+CESQ - Extended Signal Quality 473
3.4.33. AT#ENS - Enhanced Network Selection 478
3.4.34. AT+WS46 - PCCA STD-101 Select Wireless Network 480
3.4.35. AT+CEDRXS - eDRX Setting 483
3.4.36. AT+CEDRXRDP - eDRX Read Dynamic Parameters 487
3.4.37. AT+CEREG - EPS Network Registration Status 491
3.4.38. AT#RFSTS - Read Current Network Status 495
3.4.39. AT#SPN - Read SIM Field SPN 502
3.4.40. AT#CHBHCID - Change Context ID 503
3.4.41. AT#LTEULOOS - Enable or Disable for reporting
EVENT_LTE_UL_OUT_OF_SYNC event 505
3.4.42. AT#ALLOWHAC - Allow Network Access with high Access Class only 507
3.4.43. AT#MONI - Cell Monitor 509
3.4.44. AT#BRCSFB - Blind G2L redirection after CSFB 516
3.4.45. AT#SELBNDMODE - Select Band configuration mode 519
3.4.46. AT#MANAGEROAM - Managed Roam feature 520

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 9 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.47. AT#GTUNEANT - Get Tunable Anternna Interface 522

3.4.48. AT#SDOMAIN - Supplementary service domain preference 524
3.4.49. AT#NWSCANTMR - Network Scan Timer 526
3.4.50. AT#NASC - Non-Access-Stratum compliancy 528
3.4.51. AT+CDIP - Called line identification presentation 530
3.4.52. AT+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation 533
3.4.53. AT+COLR - Connected Line Identification Restriction status 536
3.4.54. AT+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition 538
3.4.55. AT+CCWA - Call Waiting 542
3.4.56. AT+VZWRSRP - Read RSRP Values 547
3.4.57. AT+VZWRSRQ - Read RSRQ Values 548
3.4.58. AT+COPS - Operator Selection 549
3.4.59. AT#REJER - Network Reject Error Report 553
3.4.60. AT#LTESFN - Read LTE system and subframe number 555
3.4.61. AT#CIPHIND - Ciphering Indication 557
3.4.62. AT#CLSMK - Control Classmark2 parameter 559
3.4.63. AT#CRAC - Control Radio Access Capability 561
3.4.64. AT#RPMCFGEXT - RPM function configuration 563
3.4.65. AT#RPMCFG - RPM function enable 568
3.4.66. AT#CEERNET - Extended Numeric Error Report for Network Reject
Cause 569
3.4.67. AT#CEERNETEXT - Extended Error Report for Network Reject Cause 574
3.4.68. AT#BNDRAM - Select Band without storing NVM 577
3.4.69. AT#RATORDER - Set RAT acquisition order 583
Packet Domain 585
3.5.1. AT#SWITCHATTPROF - Enable/Disable special LTE attach policy based
on operator requirements 585
3.5.2. AT#DUALAPN - Double PDP Context on Same APN 587
3.5.3. AT+CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class 589
3.5.4. AT#LABIMS - IMS (34.299) Configuration for GCF/PTCRB certification 591
3.5.5. AT+CGQREQ - Quality of Service Profile (Requested) 592
3.5.6. AT+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context 595
3.5.7. AT+CGCONTRDP - PDP Context Read Dynamic Parameters 599
3.5.8. AT#IMSSETTING - Sets IMS parameters 603
3.5.9. AT+CGQMIN - Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) 605
3.5.10. AT+CGEQREQ - 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested) 608
3.5.11. AT+CGEQNEG - 3G Quality of Service Profile (Negotiated) 615

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 10 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.12. AT+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address 617

3.5.13. AT+CGCMOD - Modify PDP Context 620
3.5.14. AT#AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property 621
3.5.15. AT#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control 622
3.5.16. AT#IMSUA - IMS user agent 624
3.5.17. AT#GAUTH - PPP Data Connection Authentication Type 626
3.5.18. AT#GPPPCFG - PPP-GPRS Parameters Configuration 628
3.5.19. AT+CGEQMIN - 3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) 630
3.5.20. AT+CGEQOS - Define EPS Quality of Service 637
3.5.21. AT+CGPIAF - Printing IP Address Format 639
3.5.22. AT+CEVDP - Voice Domain Preference 642
3.5.23. AT+CGEREP - Packet Domain Event Reporting 644
3.5.24. AT+CGATT - PS Attach or Detach 648
3.5.25. AT+CGTFT - Traffic Flow Template 650
3.5.26. AT+CGDATA - Enter Data State 654
3.5.27. AT+CGEQOSRDP - EPS Quality of Service Read Dynamic Parameters 656
3.5.28. AT+CGTFTRDP - Traffic Flow Template Read Dynamic Parameters 658
3.5.29. AT#PPPCFG - PPP Configuration 663
3.5.30. AT+CGACT - PDP Context Activate or Deactivate 664
3.5.31. AT+CGDSCONT - Define Secondary PDP Context 666
3.5.32. AT+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status 669
3.5.33. AT#SINGLEAPNSWITCH - set APN param change 672
3.5.34. AT+CGSCONTRDP - Secondary PDP Context Read Dynamic Parameters674
Phonebook 676
3.6.1. AT+CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage 676
3.6.2. AT+CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries 679
3.6.3. AT+CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries 684
3.6.4. AT+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry 689
3.6.5. AT#CPBGR - Read Group Entries 693
3.6.6. AT#CPBGW - Write Group Entry 695
3.6.7. AT#CPBD - Delete All Phonebook Entries 697
3.6.8. AT#CPBE - Emergency Numbers Programming 698
SIM 700
3.7.1. AT+CPIN - Enter the PIN 700
3.7.2. AT+CPINR - Remaining PIN Retries 704
3.7.3. AT#PCT - Display PIN Counter 706

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 11 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.4. AT+ICCID - Read ICCID 708

3.7.5. AT+CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) 709
3.7.6. AT#CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) 710
3.7.7. AT+CRSM - Restricted SIM access 711
3.7.8. AT+CSIM - Generic SIM Access 716
3.7.9. AT+CCHO - Open Logical Channel 719
3.7.10. AT+CCHC - Close Logical Channel 721
3.7.11. AT+CGLA - Generic UICC Logical Channel Access 722
3.7.12. AT+CUAD - UICC Application Discovery 724
3.7.13. AT#CCID - Read ICCID 726
3.7.14. AT#SIMPR - SIM Presence Status 727
3.7.15. AT#QSS - Query SIM Status 729
3.7.16. AT#SIMSELECT - SIM Slot Switch 731
3.7.17. AT#RSEN - Remote SIM Enable 733
3.7.18. AT#ENSIM2 - Enable SIM Slot2 736
3.7.19. AT#HSEN - Hot-Swap Enable 738
3.7.20. AT#SIMINCFG - SIMIN Pin Configuration 740
3.7.21. AT#ESIMID - Provides the EUICC ID 742
3.7.22. AT#ESIMPF - Manage the profiles 744
3.7.23. AT#ESIMPFINFO - Provides the profile data 747
3.7.24. AT#ESIMUPN - Updates the nickname 750
3.7.25. AT#ESIMGETADDR - Configures the default SM-DP+ address 752
3.7.26. AT#ESIMCAP - Sets or gets the terminal capability 754
3.7.27. AT#ESIMPFUC - Provides the user consent 759
3.7.28. AT#ESIMADDPF - Allows download a new profile 761
3.7.29. AT#ESIMMEMRST - Resets the eUICC card 764
3.7.30. AT#VSIMSETPROF - Set Virtual SIM profile 766
3.7.31. AT#VSIMLISTPROF - List existing profiles 768
3.7.32. AT#VSIMSTAT - Display general details of VSIM 770
3.7.33. AT#VSIMVER - Get SIM version 772
3.7.34. AT#SIMDET - SIM Detection Mode 773
SIM Toolkit 776
3.8.1. AT#STIA - SIM/USIM Toolkit Interface Action 776
3.8.2. AT#STGI - SIM Toolkit Get Information 784
3.8.3. AT#STSR - SIM Toolkit Send Response 796
3.8.4. AT#SDM - Set SIM Toolkit Display Mode 800

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 12 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.8.5. AT#STKENV - Send SIM Toolkit Envelop Command 801

3.8.6. AT#STIME - Set SIM Toolkit timeout value 802
SMS & CB 804
3.9.1. AT+CSMS - Select Message Service 804
3.9.2. AT+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage 807
3.9.3. AT+CMGF - Message Format 810
3.9.4. AT+CSCA - Service Center Address 812
3.9.5. AT+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters 814
3.9.6. AT+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters 818
3.9.7. AT+CSCB - Select Cell Broadcast 820
3.9.8. AT+CSAS - Save Settings 822
3.9.9. AT+CRES - Restore Settings 824
3.9.10. AT+CMMS - More Message to Send 826
3.9.11. AT+CGSMS - Select Service for MO SMS Messages 828
3.9.12. AT+CNMI - New Message Indications to Terminal Equipment 830
3.9.13. AT+CMGL - List Messages 838
3.9.14. AT+CMGR - Read Message 844
3.9.15. AT+CNMA - New Message Acknowledgement 850
3.9.16. AT+CMGS - Send Short Message 855
3.9.17. AT+CMGC - Send SMS Command 860
3.9.18. AT+CMSS - Send Message from Storage 867
3.9.19. AT+CMGW - Write Short Message to Memory 869
3.9.20. AT+CMGD - Delete Message 875
3.9.21. AT#SMSMODE - SMS Commands Operation Mode 877
3.9.22. AT#SMSSECENA - Secure SMS Enable/Disable 879
3.9.23. AT#CMGS - Send Short Message 880
3.9.24. AT#CMGW - Write Short Message To Memory 883
3.9.25. AT#CMGLCONCINDEX - Report Concatenated SMS Indexes 886
3.9.26. AT#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator 888
3.9.27. AT#SMOV - SMS Overflow 890
3.9.28. AT#SMSMOVE - Move Short Message to other Memory 892
3.9.29. AT#SMSUCS - SMS Un-Change Status 895
3.9.30. AT#ISMSCFG - SMS Transport Configuration 897
Time & Alarm 899
3.10.1. AT+CCLK - Clock Management 899
3.10.2. AT+CALA - Alarm Management 901

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 13 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.3. AT+CSDF - Setting Date Format 907

3.10.4. AT+CTZR - Time Zone Reporting 910
3.10.5. AT+CTZU - Automatic Time Zone Update 912
3.10.6. AT#CCLK - Clock Management 914
3.10.7. AT#CCLKMODE - Clock Mode 916
3.10.8. AT#CLKSRC - Set Time Clock Source 918
3.10.9. AT#WAKE - Wake from Alarm Mode 920
3.10.10. AT+CSTF - Setting Time Format 922
3.10.11. AT+CALD - Delete Alarm 924
3.10.12. AT#NITZ - Network Identity and Time Zone 925
WLAN 928
3.11.1. AT#WLANSTART - Enable/disable WLAN 928
3.11.2. AT#WLANBROADCAST - Enable/disable broadcast 930
3.11.3. AT#WLANSSID - Change SSID name 932
3.11.4. AT#WLANMODE - Change WLAN mode 933
3.11.5. AT#WLANIP - Return assigned IP address 935
3.11.6. AT#WLANSIGNAL - Return signal strength of the network 936
3.11.7. AT#WLANSCAN - Scanning wifi networks 937
3.11.8. AT#WLANCONNECT - Connect to SSID 938
3.11.9. AT#WLANDISCONNECT - Disconnect from the network 940
3.11.10. AT#WLANCONFIG - Add or change the hostapd.conf 941
3.11.11. AT#WLANSECURITY - Add hostapd.conf file. 942
3.11.12. AT#WLANEAPCFG - Configure WPA2-EAP settings 944
3.11.13. AT#WLANEAPCERT - Store WLAN EAP Certificates 946
3.11.14. AT#WLANCFGERROR - Display last error in detailed form 948
3.11.15. AT#WLANINDI - Enable/disable WLAN unsolicited message 949
3.11.16. AT#ISEL - Send command via cellular modem or Linux processor 951
3.11.17. AT#WLANBD - Store and erase custom bin file 953
3.11.18. AT#WLANICMP - WLANICMP Ping Support 955
3.11.19. AT#WLANPING - Send PING request 957
3.11.20. AT#WLANAPCLIND - WLAN AP client list change notification 960
3.11.21. AT#WLANCMIFSEL - Select between Concurrent mode interfaces 962
3.11.22. AT#WLANAPCLIST - Wi-Fi client information 964
3.11.23. AT#WLANCLOCK - Set SDIO clock of the WLAN 965
3.11.24. AT#WLANMODULE - WLAN Module Type 967
3.11.25. AT#WLANDFS - WLAN DFS Master Feature 969

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 14 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.26. AT#WLANMACMODE - Enable/disable MAC address filtering 971

3.11.27. AT#CONNMGRSTART - Start/stop WE866C3 Connection Manager 973
3.11.28. AT#WLANMACDENY - Add/remove MAC address to/from deny list 975
3.11.29. AT#WLANMACACCEPT - Add/Remove MAC address to/from accept list977
3.11.30. AT#WLANCOUNTRYCODE - Set the regulatory domain 979
3.11.31. AT#WLANMAC - Return Wi-Fi Hot-Spot MAC address 981
3.11.32. AT#WLANPC - Change the channel number and the wlan protocol 982
Audio 984
3.12.1. Audio Basic Configuration 984
3.12.1.1. AT+CALM - Alert Sound Mode 984
3.12.1.2. AT+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level 986
3.12.1.3. AT+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level 988
3.12.1.4. AT+CMUT - Microphone Mute Control 990
3.12.1.5. AT+CSIL - Silence Command 992
3.12.1.6. AT#CAP - Change Audio Path 993
3.12.1.7. AT#SRP - Select Ringer Path 995
3.12.1.8. AT#SHFSD - Handsfree Sidetone Set 996
3.12.1.9. AT#SHSSD - Set Handset Sidetone 998
3.12.1.10. AT#SPKMUT - Speaker Mute Control 1000
3.12.1.11. AT#OAP - Open Audio Loop 1002
3.12.1.12. AT#SRS - Select Ringer Sound 1004
3.12.1.13. AT#SRSEXT - Select Ringer Sound Extended 1007
3.12.1.14. AT#HSGS - Headset GPIO Select 1009
3.12.1.15. AT#HFRECG - Handsfree Receiver Gain 1011
3.12.1.16. AT#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain 1013
3.12.1.17. AT#HSRECG - Handset Receiver Gain 1015
3.12.1.18. AT#HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain 1017
3.12.2. Tones configuration 1018
3.12.2.1. AT#STM - Signaling Tones Mode 1018
3.12.2.2. AT#TONE - Tone Playback 1020
3.12.2.3. AT#TSVOL - Tone Classes Volume 1022
3.12.2.4. AT#SMSVOL - SMS notification volume 1025
3.12.2.5. AT#OOBTSET - Out of Band Tone Set 1027
3.12.3. Audio Profiles 1029
3.12.3.1. AT#PRST - Audio Profile Factory Configuration 1029
3.12.3.2. AT#PSAV - Audio Profile Configuration Save 1031

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 15 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.3.3. AT#PSET - Audio Profile Setting 1033

3.12.3.4. AT#ADSPC - Audio DSP Configuration 1035
3.12.3.5. AT#AUSBC - Audio USB Configuration 1037
3.12.3.6. AT#PSEL - Audio Profile Selection 1039
3.12.4. Echo Canceller Configuration 1041
3.12.4.1. AT#SHSEC - Handset Echo Canceller 1041
3.12.4.2. AT#SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller 1043
3.12.4.3. AT#SHSNR - Handset Noise Reduction 1045
3.12.4.4. AT#SHFNR - Handsfree Noise Reduction 1047
3.12.5. Embedded DTMF Decoder & TTY 1049
3.12.5.1. AT#DTMF - Embedded DTMF Decoder Enabling 1049
3.12.5.2. AT#TTY - TeleType Writer 1051
3.12.6. Digital Voice Interface 1053
3.12.6.1. AT#DVI - Digital Voiceband Interface 1053
3.12.6.2. AT#DVIEXT - Digital Voiceband Interface Extension 1056
3.12.6.3. AT#DVICLK - Digital Voiceband Interface Clock 1058
3.12.6.4. AT#DVICFG - Digital Voiceband Interface Configuration 1060
3.12.6.5. AT#PCMRXG - DVI Speaker Volume Level 1063
3.12.6.6. AT#PCMDELAY - Set delay before close the PCM Clock/SYNC 1064
3.12.7. Audio File Management 1066
3.12.7.1. AT#ACDB - Store the ACDB(Audio Calibration Database) file 1066
3.12.7.2. AT#ASEND - Save Audio File 1070
3.12.7.3. AT#ARECD - Record an Audio File 1072
3.12.7.4. AT#APLAY - Play an Audio File 1075
3.12.7.5. AT#ALIST - List Audio Files 1078
3.12.7.6. AT#ASIZE - Audio Available Size 1080
3.12.7.7. AT#ADELF - Delete Audio File 1081
3.12.7.8. AT#ADELA - Delete all Audio Files 1082
3.12.7.9. AT#ACDBEXT - Extended Control the ACDB(Audio Calibration Database) file ..................... 1083
eCall 1087
3.13.1. AT+CECALL - Initiate eCall 1087
3.13.2. AT#ECALL - Embedded IVS Inband Modem Enabling 1089
3.13.3. AT#EMRGD - Dial an Emergency Call 1091
3.13.4. AT#MSDPUSH - IVS Push Mode Activation 1094
3.13.5. AT#MSDSEND - Sending MSD Data to IVS 1095
3.13.6. AT#MSDREAD - Read eCall MSD 1096

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 16 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.7. AT#ECALLNWTMR - Configure Network Deregister Timer 1098

3.13.8. AT#ECALLTMR - Reconfigure eCall Timer 1100
3.13.9. AT#ECONLY - Set eCall Only Mode 1102
3.13.10. AT#ECALLURC - Enable/Disable eCall URC 1104
Power Down 1106
3.14.1. AT#REBOOT - Module Reboot 1106
3.14.2. AT#ENHRST - Periodic Reset 1108
3.14.3. AT#SHDN - Software Shutdown 1111
3.14.4. AT#SYSHALT - System Turn-Off 1112
3.14.5. AT#FASTSHDN - Fast Shutdown Configuration 1115
HW and Radio Control 1117
3.15.1. AT#ETHMAC - Configure MAC Address for Ethernet Interface 1117
3.15.2. AT#ETHCFG - Ethernet LAN configuration 1119
3.15.3. AT#ETHIP - Return assigned IP address 1121
3.15.4. AT#ETHMODE - Change Ethernet Mode 1122
3.15.5. AT#ETHSTATUS - Link status of Ethernet 1124
3.15.6. AT#ETHEN - Enable/Disable ETH 1126
3.15.7. AT#USBZLPDIS - Configure Modem Ports for a host not sending ZLP 1129
3.15.8. AT+CBC - Battery Charge 1131
3.15.9. AT#TEMPCFG - Temperature Monitor Configuration 1134
3.15.10. AT#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control 1143
3.15.11. AT#ALARMPIN - Alarm Pin Configuration 1149
3.15.12. AT#SLED - STAT_LED GPIO Setting 1151
3.15.13. AT#SLEDSAV - Save STAT_LED GPIO Setting 1154
3.15.14. AT#SWREADYEN - SW READY ENable 1155
3.15.15. AT#ADC - Read Analog/Digital Converter Input 1157
3.15.16. AT#V24CFG - V24 Output Pins Configuration 1159
3.15.17. AT#V24 - V24 Output Pins Control 1162
3.15.18. AT#I2CWR - Write to I2C 1164
3.15.19. AT#I2CRD - Read from I2C 1167
3.15.20. AT#I2CCF - Combined Format for I2C Writing and Reading 1169
3.15.21. AT#SPIEN - Enable SPI Configuration 1171
3.15.22. AT#SPICFG - SPI Pins Configuration 1173
3.15.23. AT#HSICEN - Enable HSIC Configuration 1176
3.15.24. AT#RXDIV - Enable RX Diversity and Set DARP 1178
3.15.25. AT#GSMAD - GSM Antenna Detection 1180

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 17 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.26. AT#VAUX - Auxiliary Voltage Output Control 1185

3.15.27. AT#VAUXSAV - Auxiliary Voltage Output Save 1187
3.15.28. AT#TEMPMON - Temperature Monitor 1188
3.15.29. AT#QTEMP - Query Temperature Overflow 1191
3.15.30. AT#TESTMODE - Test Mode Configuration 1193
3.15.31. AT#RXTOGGLE - Swap RX from Main to Diversity 1207
3.15.32. AT#CBC - Battery and Charger Status 1210
3.15.33. AT#STUNEANT - Set Tunable Antenna Interface 1212
3.15.34. AT#SKIPGCF - SKIPGCF mode enable / disable for thermal test 1220
Mobile Broadband 1222
3.16.1. Ethernet Control Mode (ECM) 1222
3.16.1.1. AT#ECM - Ethernet Control Model Setup 1222
3.16.1.2. AT#ECMC - ECM Configure 1225
3.16.1.3. AT#ECMD - ECM Shutdown 1229
3.16.1.4. AT#RNDIS - Remote Network Driver Interface Specification setup 1231
3.16.1.5. AT#RNDISC - Remote Network Driver Interface Specification configure1233
3.16.1.6. AT#RNDISD - Remote Network Driver Interface Specification shutdown1237
IPEasy 1239
3.17.1. AT#SGACT - PDP Context Activation 1239
3.17.2. AT#SGACTCFG - PDP Automatic Context Activation-Reactivation 1243
3.17.3. AT#SGACTCFGEXT - Extended PDP Context Configuration 1247
3.17.4. AT#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation 1250
3.17.5. AT#CGPADDR - Show PDP Address 1253
3.17.6. AT#SCFG - Socket Configuration 1256
3.17.7. AT#SCFGEXT - Socket Configuration Extended 1259
3.17.8. AT#SCFGEXT2 - Socket Configuration Extended 2 1265
3.17.9. AT#SCFGEXT3 - Socket Configuration Extended 3 1269
3.17.10. AT#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset 1273
3.17.11. AT#SD - Socket Dial 1275
3.17.12. AT#SH - Socket Shutdown 1279
3.17.13. AT#SL - Socket Listen 1280
3.17.14. AT#SA - Socket Accept 1283
3.17.15. AT#SLUDP - Socket Listen UDP 1285
3.17.16. AT#USERID - Authentication User ID 1288
3.17.17. AT#SLASTCLOSURE - Detect the Cause of a Socket Disconnection 1290
3.17.18. AT#SI - Socket Info 1293

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 18 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.19. AT#PADCMD - PAD Command Features 1297

3.17.20. AT#PADFWD - PAD Forward Character 1299
3.17.21. AT#E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator 1301
3.17.22. AT#ICMP - Ping Support 1303
3.17.23. AT#PING - Send PING Request 1305
3.17.24. AT#QDNS - Query DNS 1309
3.17.25. AT#NTP - Calculate and Update Date and Time with NTP 1311
3.17.26. AT#NTPCFG - Configure NTP Parameters 1313
3.17.27. AT#PROTOCOLCFG - Configure Protocol Parameters 1315
3.17.28. AT#GDATAVOL - PS Data Volume 1317
3.17.29. AT#IIDIPV6 - Configure Context Identifier and IID 1320
3.17.30. AT#PASSW - Authentication Password 1322
3.17.31. AT#SGACTAUTH - PDP Context Authentication Type 1323
3.17.32. AT#PKTSZ - Packet Size 1325
3.17.33. AT#DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out 1327
3.17.34. AT#SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out 1329
3.17.35. AT#SKTOP - Socket Open 1331
3.17.36. AT#SKTSET - Socket Definition 1332
3.17.37. AT#SRECV - Socket Receive Data in Command Mode 1335
3.17.38. AT#ST - Socket Type 1337
3.17.39. AT#SKTL - Socket Listen 1340
3.17.40. AT#SSENDUDP - Send UDP Data to a Specific Remote Host 1344
3.17.41. AT#SSENDUDPEXT - Send UDP Data to a Specific Remote Host
EXTENDED 1348
3.17.42. AT#BASE64 - Base64 Encoding/Decoding of Socket Sent/Received Data1350
3.17.43. AT#SO - Socket Restore 1354
3.17.44. AT#SS - Socket Status 1355
3.17.45. AT#DNS - Manual DNS Selection 1358
3.17.46. AT#CACHEDNS - DNS Response Caching 1361
3.17.47. AT#SSEND - Send Data in Command Mode 1363
3.17.48. AT#SSENDEXT - Send Data in Command Mode extended 1365
3.17.49. AT#FRWL - Firewall Setup 1368
3.17.50. AT#SKTD - Socket Dial 1371
3.17.51. AT#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save 1375
3.17.52. AT#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out 1376
3.17.53. AT#NWDNS - DNS from Network 1378
3.17.54. AT#NWMTUSIZE - MTU size from Network 1381

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 19 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.55. AT#TCPREASS - TCP Reassembly 1383

3.17.56. AT#TCPMAXDAT - Maximum TCP Payload Size 1385
3.17.57. AT#TCPMAXWIN - Set Maximum TCP Window Size 1387
3.17.58. AT#SIOWATERMARK - Configure SIO Tx Watermark Size 1389
FTPEasy 1391
3.18.1. AT#FTPAPP - FTP Append 1391
3.18.2. AT#FTPAPPEXT - FTP Append Extended 1393
3.18.3. AT#FTPCLOSE - FTP Close Command 1396
3.18.4. AT#FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory 1397
3.18.5. AT#FTPDELE - FTP Delete 1398
3.18.6. AT#FTPFSIZE - Get File Size from FTP Server 1399
3.18.7. AT#FTPGET - FTP Get Command 1401
3.18.8. AT#FTPGETPKT - FTP Get in Command Mode 1402
3.18.9. AT#FTPMSG - FTP Read Message 1404
3.18.10. AT#FTPOPEN - FTP Connection Opening 1405
3.18.11. AT#FTPPUT - FTP Send File 1407
3.18.12. AT#FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory 1409
3.18.13. AT#FTPRECV - Receive Data in Command Mode 1410
3.18.14. AT#FTPREST - Set Restart Position for FTP GET 1414
3.18.15. AT#FTPTO - FTP Time Out 1416
3.18.16. AT#FTPTYPE - FTP Type 1417
3.18.17. AT#FTPLIST - FTP List 1419
3.18.18. AT#FTPCFG - FTP Configuration 1420
SMTP 1423
3.19.1. AT#ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server 1423
3.19.2. AT#APPSKTCFG - Configure Socket Parameters 1425
3.19.3. AT#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation 1427
3.19.4. AT#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Activation 1429
3.19.5. AT#SMTPCFG - Configure SMTP Parameters 1431
3.19.6. AT#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address 1433
3.19.7. AT#ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset 1435
3.19.8. AT#EMAILMSG - SMTP Read Message 1436
3.19.9. AT#EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name 1437
3.19.10. AT#ESAV - E-mail Parameters Save 1439
3.19.11. AT#EMAILPDPCFG - Configure Email PDP Cid 1440
3.19.12. AT#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password 1442

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 20 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.13. AT#EMAILD - E-mail Sending 1443

HTTP 1445
3.20.1. AT#HTTPCFG - Configure HTTP Parameters 1445
3.20.2. AT#HTTPSND - Send HTTP POST or PUT request 1449
3.20.3. AT#HTTPRCV - Receive HTTP Server Data 1453
3.20.4. AT#HTTPQRY - Send HTTP GET, HEAD or DELETE Request 1455
3.20.5. AT#HTTPSETRESOURCE - HTTP resource Setting 1458
SSL 1460
3.21.1. AT#SSLCFG - Configure General Parameters of a SSL Socket 1460
3.21.2. AT#SSLSECCFG - Configure Security Parameters of a SSL Socket 1465
3.21.3. AT#SSLEN - Enable a SSL Socket 1469
3.21.4. AT#SSLH - Close a SSL Socket 1471
3.21.5. AT#SSLSEND - Send Data through a SSL Socket 1472
3.21.6. AT#SSLRECV - Read Data from a SSL Socket 1474
3.21.7. AT#SSLS - Report the Status of a SSL Socket 1477
3.21.8. AT#SSLI - Secure Socket Info 1480
3.21.9. AT#SSLSECDATA - Manage the Security Data 1483
3.21.10. AT#SSLSECCFG2 - Configure Additional Parameters of a SSL Socket 1487
3.21.11. AT#SSLSECDATAEXT - Manage the security data extended 1489
3.21.12. AT#SSLD - Open a SSL Socket to a Remote Server 1493
3.21.13. AT#SSLO - Restore a SSL Socket after a +++ 1496
3.21.14. AT#SSLSENDEXT - Send Data through a SSL Socket in Command Mode1498
Easy Scan 1500
3.22.1. AT#CSURV - Network Survey 1500
3.22.2. AT#CSURVF - Network Survey Format 1512
3.22.3. AT#CSURVNLF - Network Survey CR LF Removing 1514
3.22.4. AT#MCSGS - Manual Closed Subscriber Group Search 1515
3.22.5. AT#CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey 1517
3.22.6. AT#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) 1519
3.22.7. AT#CSURVW - Network Survey with only WCDMA 1528
3.22.8. AT#CSURVUC - Network Survey of User Defined Channels (Numeric
Format) 1531
3.22.9. AT#CSURVU - Network Survey of User Defined Channels 1533
3.22.10. AT#CSURVP - PLMN Network Survey 1535
3.22.11. AT#CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey 1536
3.22.12. AT#CSURVPC - PLMN Network Survey (Numeric Format) 1537
3.22.13. AT#CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format) 1538

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 21 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.14. AT#CSURVL - Network Survey with only LTE 1539

3.22.15. AT#CSURVCL - Network Survey with only LTE (Numeric Format) 1543
3.22.16. AT#CSURVCW - Network Survey with only WCDMA (Numeric Format)1546
3.22.17. AT#CSURVG - Network Survey with only GSM 1549
3.22.18. AT#CSURVCG - Network Survey with only GSM (Numeric Format) 1555
AT Run 1560
3.23.1. AT#SMSATRUN - Enable SMS Run AT Service 1560
3.23.2. AT#SMSATRUNCFG - Set SMS Run AT Service Parameters 1562
3.23.3. AT#SMSATWL - SMS AT Run White List 1564
3.23.4. AT#TCPATRUNCFG - Set TCP AT Run Service Parameters 1566
3.23.5. AT#TCPATRUNFRWL - TCP AT Run Firewall List 1570
3.23.6. AT#TCPATRUNAUTH - TCP AT Run Authentication Parameters List 1572
3.23.7. AT#TCPATRUND - TCP AT Run in Dial (Client) Mode 1574
3.23.8. AT#TCPATRUNCLOSE - Closes TCP Run AT Socket 1576
3.23.9. AT#TCPATCMDSEQ - TCP AT Run Command Sequence 1577
3.23.10. AT#TCPATCONSER - TCP AT Run Service on Serial Port 1579
3.23.11. AT#ATRUNDELAY - Set the Delay on Run AT Command Execution 1581
3.23.12. AT#TCPATRUNL - Enables TCP AT Run Service in Listen (Server) Mode1583
Event Monitor 1585
3.24.1. AT#ENAEVMONI - Enable EvMoni Service 1585
3.24.2. AT#ENAEVMONICFG - Set EvMoni Service Parameters 1587
3.24.3. AT#EVMONI - Event Monitoring 1589
IoT Portal 1602
3.25.1. AT#DWCFG - Configure DeviceWISE Parameters 1602
3.25.2. AT#DWSEND - Send Data to IoT Portal 1607
3.25.3. AT#DWSENDR - Send Raw Data to IoT Portal 1611
3.25.4. AT#DWRCV - Receive Data from IoT Portal 1613
3.25.5. AT#DWLRCV - List Information on Messages Pending from IoT Portal1615
3.25.6. AT#DWSTATUS - Query Connection Status 1617
3.25.7. AT#DWCONN - Connect to IoT Portal 1619
3.25.8. AT#DWRCVR - Receive Raw Data from M2M Service 1621
3.25.9. AT#DWEN - Enable Agent Features 1623
3.25.10. AT#LWM2MSKIP - LwM2M Client startup mode 1625
3.25.11. AT+ODIS - Commands for Saving and Retrieving the Odis Parameters1631
3.25.12. AT#FOTAURC - Sets FOTA Extended URCs 1634
FOTA & OMA 1639

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 22 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.26.1. FOTA Legacy 1639

3.26.1.1. AT#OTAUPW - OTA Delta Write 1639
3.26.2. OMA-DM 1643
3.26.2.1. AT#HOSTODIS - Host ODIS Parameters Management 1643
3.26.2.2. AT#VZWFOTAURC - Enable / Disable VZW FOTA URC 1646
3.26.2.3. AT#VZWDM - Trigger user initiated DM / FUMO session 1648
3.26.2.4. AT#VZWSENDUA - Send user action during VZW FOTA 1650
3.26.2.5. AT#VZWDMACCURL - Configure VZW DM Server URL 1654
3.26.2.6. AT#VZWFOTACFG - Configure Verizon FOTA Download and Update Option1656
M2M 1660
3.27.1. AT#M2MARG - M2M Set Arguments 1660
3.27.2. AT#M2MCHDIR - M2M File System Change Current Directory 1663
3.27.3. AT#M2MMKDIR - M2M File System Make Directory 1665
3.27.4. AT#M2MBACKUP - M2M Set Backup Feature 1667
3.27.5. AT#M2MRMDIR - M2M File System Remove Directory 1672
3.27.6. AT#M2MRUN - M2M Set Run File Permission 1674
3.27.7. AT+M2M - Enable/disable M2M Application execution 1680
3.27.8. AT#M2MATP - M2M AT Parser 1685
3.27.9. AT#M2MWRITE - Write a File 1687
3.27.10. AT#M2MDEL - Delete File 1690
3.27.11. AT#M2MLIST - File System List 1692
3.27.12. AT#M2MREAD - Read File 1695
3.27.13. AT#M2MREADEXT - M2M Read File Extended 1697
3.27.14. AT#M2MRAM - AppZone RAM Info 1700
GNSS 1701
3.28.1. GNSS Configuration 1701
3.28.1.1. AT$LCSSLP - Update SLP Address 1701
3.28.1.2. AT$LCSTER - Update Terminal Information 1703
3.28.1.3. AT$LICLS - Enable/Disable Unsolicited Response 1705
3.28.1.4. AT$LTC - LCS Certificate 1707
3.28.1.5. AT$LCSLK - Lock Context for LCS Use 1709
3.28.1.6. AT$GPSQOS - GPS Quality of Service 1711
3.28.1.7. AT$GNSSCONST - GNSS constellations configuration 1715
3.28.1.8. AT$GPSSTOP - Stop Location Service Request 1718
3.28.1.9. AT$GPSSLSR - Start Location Service Request 1720
3.28.1.10. AT$SUPLV - Set the Version of the Supported SUPL 1727

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 23 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.11. AT$SLP - Update SLP Address 1729

3.28.1.12. AT$SLPTYPE - Update SLP Type Address 1731
3.28.1.13. AT$SUPLCFG - Configure SUPL TLS and Hash 1732
3.28.1.14. AT$LCSLUI - Update Location Information 1734
3.28.1.15. AT$SUPLSEC - Set the User Plane Secure Transport 1735
3.28.1.16. AT$AGPSEN - Set GNSS capability supporting to module 1737
3.28.1.17. AT$LCSLPP - Set Configuration Information for LPP Protocol 1739
3.28.1.18. AT$LCSAGLO - Selection of Positioning protocols for A-GLONASS 1741
3.28.1.19. AT$GPSNHZ - GNSS Navigation Update Rate Configuration 1743
3.28.1.20. AT$GPSELV - GNSS Minimum Elevation Level 1747
3.28.1.21. AT$GPSDTM - NMEA Datum Control Configuration 1749
3.28.1.22. AT$XTRAEN - GpsOneXTRA feature control 1750
3.28.1.23. AT#GTPEN - Configure the GTP WWAN Service 1752
3.28.2. GNSS Receiver 1754
3.28.2.1. AT$GPSAT - GNSS Antenna LNA Control 1754
3.28.2.2. AT$GPSELNA - GNSS External LNA support 1756
3.28.2.3. AT$GPSRST - Restore Default GNSS Parameters 1758
3.28.2.4. AT$GPSSAV - Save GNSS Parameters Configuration 1759
3.28.2.5. AT$GPSP - GNSS Positioning Session Control 1760
3.28.2.6. AT$LOCMODE - GPS Location Request Mode 1762
3.28.3. GNSS General Management 1763
3.28.3.1. AT$GNSSSLCT - GNSS System Select 1763
3.28.3.2. AT$GPSDPO - Dynamic Power Optimization Control 1766
3.28.3.3. AT$LOCATION - Enable Location Service 1768
3.28.3.4. AT$GPSCLRX - Clear GPS Data 1770
3.28.3.5. AT$GPSAV - GPS Antenna Supply Voltage Readout 1771
3.28.3.6. AT$GPSR - Reset the GNSS Controller 1772
3.28.3.7. AT$GPSLOCK - GNSS Lock Mode 1774
3.28.3.8. AT$GPSGLO - Set the GLONASS Capability 1776
3.28.4. GNSS Positioning Information 1778
3.28.4.1. AT$GPSNMUN - Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration 1778
3.28.4.2. AT$GPSNMUNEX - Unsolicited NMEA Extended Data Configuration 1783
3.28.4.3. AT$NMEA - Enable NMEA Stream 1787
3.28.4.4. AT$GPSACP - Get Acquired GNSS Position 1789
3.28.4.5. AT$GETLOCATION - Get Current Location 1793
3.28.4.6. AT#GTP - Get Location from GTP WWAN Service 1795

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 24 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

PSM (Power Saving Mode) 1798

3.29.1. AT#PSMURC - Power Saving Mode URC 1798
3.29.2. AT+CPSMS - Power Saving Mode Setting 1800
3.29.3. AT#PSMWDISACFG - Power Saving mode configuration 1805
3.29.4. AT#PSMCTS - Power Saving Mode CTS 1807
IMS 1809
3.30.1. AT#PDPIMSCFGE - edit PDP Profile Registry 1809
3.30.2. AT+CIREG - IMS registration state 1811
3.30.3. AT#IMSAPNNAME - IMS policy APN names setting 1814
3.30.4. AT#IMSIRAT - IMS policy RAT and miscellaneous setting 1816
3.30.5. AT#IMSAPNFB - IMS policy APN fallback setting 1819
3.30.6. AT#IMSPRIOR - IMS policy priorities setting 1821
File System 1824
3.31.1. AT#WSCRIPT - Write File 1824
3.31.2. AT#RSCRIPT - Read File 1826
3.31.3. AT#LSCRIPT - List File Names 1828
3.31.4. AT#DSCRIPT - Delete File 1829
MQTT 1830
3.32.1. AT#MQEN - Enable MQTT Feature 1830
3.32.2. AT#MQSUB - Subscribe to a MQTT Topic 1832
3.32.3. AT#MQUNS - Unsubscribe from a Topic 1834
3.32.4. AT#MQPUBS - Publish ASCII String 1836
3.32.5. AT#MQPUBSEXT - Publish Extension command 1838
3.32.6. AT#MQCFG - Configure MQTT Parameters 1841
3.32.7. AT#MQCFG2 - Configure Additional MQTT Parameters 1844
3.32.8. AT#MQWCFG - Configure MQTT Last Will and Testament 1846
3.32.9. AT#MQTCFG - Configure Timeout Parameters for MQTT Transmission1849
3.32.10. AT#MQSCFG - Configure MQTT SSL certs and key 1851
3.32.11. AT#MQCONN - Connect and Log in the MQTT Broker 1854
3.32.12. AT#MQDISC - Log Out and Disconnect from the MQTT Broker 1858
3.32.13. AT#MQREAD - Read Messages Received from the MQTT Broker 1860
3.32.14. AT#MQVCFG - Configure MQTT version 1863
3.32.15. AT#MQCOPP - Set CONNECT Packet Property for MQTT Transmission1865
3.32.16. AT#MQSUPP - Set SUBSCRIBE Packet Property for MQTT Transmission1869
3.32.17. AT#MQPUPP - Set PUBLISH Packet Property for MQTT Transmission1872
3.32.18. AT#MQWIPP - Set WILL Property for MQTT Transmission 1876

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 25 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.19. AT#MQDIPP - Set DISCONNECT Packet Property for MQTT Transmission

1879
Customization Feature AT Commands 1882
3.33.1. AT#AVAHIEN - Enable/disable AVAHI service 1882
3.33.2. AT#APPRUN - Application Run 1883
MQTT-SN 1886
3.34.1. AT#MQSNEN - Enable MQTT-SN feature 1886
3.34.2. AT#MQSNWCFG - Configure MQTT-SN last will and testament 1888
3.34.3. AT#MQSNSUB - Subscribe to a Topic 1891
3.34.4. AT#MQSNCFG - Configure MQTT-SN parameters 1894
3.34.5. AT#MQSNTCFG - Configure timeout parameters for MQTT-SN
transmission 1897
3.34.6. AT#MQSNDISC - Log out and disconnect from the MQTT-SN Gateway1900
3.34.7. AT#MQSNUNS - Unsubscribe from a Topic 1902
3.34.8. AT#MQSNCFG2 - Configure additional MQTT-SN parameters 1904
3.34.9. AT#MQSNREG - Register to a Topic 1907
3.34.10. AT#MQSNPUBS - Publish to the specific topic 1909
3.34.11. AT#MQSNREAD - Read messages received from the MQTT-SN Gateway1912
3.34.12. AT#MQSNWTUP - Update MQTT-SN last will and testament Topic 1916
3.34.13. AT#MQSNWMUP - Update MQTT-SN last will and testament Message1919
3.34.14. AT#MQSNSTATE - Set MQTT-SN client state 1921
3.34.15. AT#MQSNSOCK - Enable/disable MQTT-SN client socket 1924
3.34.16. AT#MQSNCONN - Connect and log in the MQTT-SN Gateway 1927
Dying GASP AT Commands 1931
3.35.1. AT#DGEN - Dying GASP Configuration 1931
Bluetooth ® Low Energy 1936
3.36.1. AT#BI - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Initialize/De-initialize 1936
3.36.2. AT#W - Profile Save 1939
3.36.3. AT#WNWEBPROV - Web Provisioning 1940
3.36.4. AT#BDISCONNECT - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Disconnect 1943
3.36.5. AT#BCONNECT - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Connect 1945
3.36.6. AT#BWRITE - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Write 1948
3.36.7. AT#BATTRIB - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Attribute Server 1950
3.36.8. AT#BADVE - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Advertise Enable 1954
3.36.9. AT#BADVDATA - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Advertise Data 1956
3.36.10. AT#BCONINTMIN - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Minimum Connection
Interval 1959

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 26 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.11. AT#BCONINTMAX - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Maximum Connection

Interval 1961
3.36.12. AT#BADVINTMIN - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Minimum Advertising
Interval 1963
3.36.13. AT#BADVINTMAX - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Maximum Advertising
Interval 1965
3.36.14. AT#BSSPPIN - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Secure Simple Pairing PIN (SSP-
PIN) 1967
3.36.15. AT#BCCCD - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Client Character Configuration1969
3.36.16. AT#BBNDLIST - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Bond List 1971
3.36.17. AT#BBNDDEL - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Bond Delete 1973
3.36.18. AT#BSCAN - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Scan 1974
3.36.19. AT#BSRVDATAEX - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Server Data Exchange 1976
3.36.20. AT#BSRVD - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Service Discovery 1978
3.36.21. AT#BREAD - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Read 1980
3.36.22. AT#BSLAVELAT - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Slave Latency 1982
3.36.23. AT#BSCANRSPDATA - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Scan Response Data 1984
3.36.24. AT#BPNPPVER - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Product Version ID 1987
3.36.25. AT#BNAME - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Device Name 1989
3.36.26. AT#BPNPVID - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Vendor ID 1991
3.36.27. AT#BPNPPID - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Product ID 1993
3.36.28. AT#BPNPVSRC - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Source Vendor ID 1995
3.36.29. AT#BSSPCONF - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Secure Simple Pairing
Confirmation 1997
Bluetooth ® Low Energy ASYNC AT Response 1999
3.37.1. AT#BNOTIFY - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Notify 1999
3.37.2. AT#BINDICATE - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Indication 2000

4. PRODUCT AND SAFETY INFORMATION 2001

Copyrights and Other Notices 2001
4.1.1. Copyrights 2001
4.1.2. Computer Software Copyrights 2001
Usage and Disclosure Restrictions 2002
4.2.1. License Agreements 2002
4.2.2. Copyrighted Materials 2002
4.2.3. High Risk Materials 2002
4.2.4. Trademarks 2002
4.2.5. 3rd Party Rights 2003
4.2.6. Waiver of Liability 2003

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 27 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Safety Recommendations 2003

5. GLOSSARY 2005

6. DOCUMENT HISTORY 2009

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 28 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1. INTRODUCTION

Scope
This document is aimed to provide a detailed specification and a comprehensive listing for
reference for the entire AT command set.

Audience
Readers of this document should be familiar with Telit modules and their ease of
controlling by means of AT Commands.

Contact Information, Support

For technical support and general questions please e-mail:
• [email protected]
• [email protected]
• [email protected]
• [email protected]
• [email protected]

Alternatively, use:
https://www.telit.com/contact-us/

Product information and technical documents are accessible 24/7 on our web site:
https://www.telit.com

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 29 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Symbol Convention

Danger: This information MUST be followed or catastrophic

equipment failure or personal injury may occur.

Warning: Alerts the user on important steps about the module

integration. If these points are not followed, the module and end user
equipment may fail or malfunction.

Note/Tip: This section provides all information related to the AT

command involved. Each note can provide a different level of
information: danger, caution/warning and tip/information.

Note/Tip: Provides other advices and suggestions.

Note/Tip: Provides advice and suggestions that may be useful when

integrating the module.

Electro-static Discharge: Notifies the user to take proper grounding

precautions before handling the product.

Set: This section provides all information related to SET functionality

of the AT command involved. If there is strictly and relevant SET
information, it can be found at the end of the section.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 30 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read: This section provides all information related to READ

functionality of the AT command involved. If there is strictly and
relevant READ information, it can be found at the end of the section.

Test: This section provides all information related to TEST

functionality of the AT command involved. If there is strictly and
relevant TEST information, these can be found at the end of the
section.

Additional info: This section provides any kind of additional and useful
information related to the AT command section as well as command
exceptions or special behavior cases

Reference: This section provides useful references (standards or

normative) related to the AT command involved.

Example: This section provides useful examples related to the AT

command involved.

Table 1: Symbol Conventions

All dates are in ISO 8601 format, that is. YYYY-MM-DD.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 31 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2. COMMANDS
The Telit family of wireless modules can be controlled via the serial interface using the
standard AT commands. It complies with:

1. Hayes standard AT command set, to maintain the compatibility with existing SW

programs.
2. 3GPP TS 27.007 specific AT command and GPRS specific commands.

3. 3GPP TS 27.005 specific AT commands for SMS (Short Message Service) and CBS
(Cell Broadcast Service)

Moreover, the Telit family of wireless modules also supports Telit proprietary AT
commands for special purposes.
The following is a description of how to use the AT commands with the Telit family of
wireless modules.

Note: The AT is an ATTENTION command and is used as a prefix to

other parameters in a string. The AT command combined with other
parameters can be set up in the communications package or typed in
manually as a command line instruction combined with other
parameters can be set up in the communications package or typed in
manually as a command line instruction.

Definitions
The following syntactic definitions apply:
<CR> Carriage return character, is the command line and terminator character of the
result code, whose value, in decimal ASCII between 0 and 255, is specified within
the parameter S3. The default value is 13.

<LF> Linefeed character, is the character recognized as line feed character. Its value, in
decimal ASCII between 0 and 255, is specified within parameter S4. The default
value is 10. The line feed character is output after the carriage return character if
detailed result codes are used (V1 option used) otherwise, if numeric format result
codes are used (V0 option used) it will not appear in the result codes.
<...> Name enclosed in angle brackets is a syntactic element. They are not displayed on
the command line.
[...] The optional sub parameter of a command or an optional part of the TA information
response is enclosed in square brackets. The brackets themselves are not

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 32 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

displayed on the command line. When the sub parameter is not given in AT
commands that have a Read command, new value is equal to its previous value. In
AT commands that do not store the values of any of their sub parameters, and
therefore do not have a Read command, which are called action type commands,
an action should be performed according to the recommended default setting of
the sub parameter.

AT Command Syntax
The syntax rules followed by Telit implementation of either Hayes AT commands, GSM
commands are very similar to those of standard basic and extended AT commands

There are two types of extended command:

• Parameter type commands. This type of commands may be "set" (to store a value
or values for later use), "read" (to determine the current value or stored values),
or "tested" (to determine ranges of values supported). Each of them has a test
command (trailing =?) to provide information about the type of its sub parameters;
they also have a Read command (trailing?) to check the current values of sub
parameters.
• Action type commands. This type of command may be "executed" or "tested".

o "executed" to invoke a function of the equipment, which generally involves

more than the simple storage of a value for later use

o "tested" to determine:

▪ if sub parameters are associated with the action, the ranges of sub
parameters values that are supported; if the command has no sub
parameters, issuing the correspondent Test command (trailing =?)
raises the result code "ERROR".
Note: issuing the Read command (trailing?) causes the command to
be executed.
▪ whether the equipment implements the Action Command or not (in
this case issuing the correspondent Test command - trailing =? -
returns the OK result code), and, if sub parameters are associated
with the action, the ranges of sub parameters values that are
supported.
Action commands do not store the values of any of their possible sub parameters.

Moreover:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 33 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The response to the Test Command (trailing =?) may be modified in the future by Telit to
allow for the description of new values/functionalities.

If all the sub parameters of a parameter type command +CMD are optional, issuing
AT+CMD=<CR> causes the result code to be returned to OK and the previous values of the
omitted sub parameters to be retained.

2.2.1. String Type Parameters

A string, either enclosed between quotes or not, is a valid string type parameter input.
According to V25.ter space characters are ignored on the command line and may be used
freely for formatting purposes, unless they are embedded in numeric or quoted string
constants; therefore a string containing a space character must be enclosed between
quotes to be considered a valid string type parameter (e.g. typing AT+COPS=1,0,"A1" is
the same as typing AT+COPS=1,0,A1; typing AT+COPS=1,0,"A BB" is different from typing
AT+COPS=1,0,A BB).
A string is always case-sensitive.

A small set of commands always requires to write the input string parameters in quotes:
this is explicitly reported in the specific descriptions.

2.2.2. Command Lines

A command line is made up of three elements: the prefix, the body and the termination
character.
The command line prefix consists of the characters "AT" or "at", or, to repeat the
execution of the previous command line, the characters "A/" or "a/" or AT#/ or at#/.

The termination character may be selected by a user option (parameter S3), the default
being <CR>.

The basic structures of the command line are:

o ATCMD1<CR> where AT is the command line prefix, CMD1 is the body of a basic
command (note: the name of the command never begins with the character "+")
and <CR> is the command line terminator character
o ATCMD2=10<CR> where 10 is a sub parameter

o AT+CMD1;+CMD2=, ,10<CR> These are two examples of extended commands

(note: the name of the command always begins with the character "+"). They are
delimited by semicolon. In the second command the sub parameter is omitted.
o +CMD1?<CR> This is a Read command for checking current sub parameter values

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 34 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

o +CMD1=?<CR> This is a test command for checking possible sub parameter values

Note: The set of proprietary AT commands differs from the standard

one because the name of each of them begins with either "@", "#",
"$" or "*". Proprietary AT commands follow the same syntax rules as
extended commands.

These commands might be performed in a single command line as shown below:

ATCMD1 CMD2=10+CMD1;+CMD2=, ,10;+CMD1?;+CMD1=?<CR>

however, it is always preferable to separate basic and extended commands in different

command lines; furthermore, it is recommended to avoid placing several action
commands in the same command line, because if one of them fails, then an error
message is received but it is not possible to claim which one of them has failed the
execution.

If command V1 is enabled (detailed responses codes) and all commands in a command

line have been performed successfully, the result code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent
from the TA to the TE, if sub parameter values of a command are not accepted by the TA
or the command itself is invalid, or the command cannot be executed for some reason,
result code <CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF> is sent and no subsequent commands in the
command line are processed.
If command V0 is enabled (numeric responses codes), and all commands in a command
line has been executed successfully, the result code 0<CR> is sent from the TA to the TE,
if sub-parameter values of a command are not accepted by the TA or the command itself
is invalid, or command cannot be executed for some reason, result code 4<CR> and no
subsequent commands in the command line are processed.
In case of errors depending on ME operation, ERROR (or 4) response may be replaced by
+CME ERROR: <err> or +CMS ERROR: <err>.

Note: The command line buffer accepts a maximum of 400

characters. If this number is exceeded, none of the commands will
be executed and TA returns ERROR.

2.2.2.1. ME Error Result Code - +CME ERROR: <err>

This is NOT a command; it is the error response to +Cxxx 3GPP TS 27.007 commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 35 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Syntax: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter: <err> - error code can be either numeric or detailed (see +CMEE). The
possible values of <err> are reported in the table:

Note: “Numeric Format” Not all modules support the error codes
shown in the table

Note: “Verbose Format” There could be small variations in the

message depending on the module in use

Numeric Format Verbose Format

0 phone failure

1 no connection to phone

2 phone adaptor link reserved

3 operation not allowed

4 operation not supported

5 PH-SIM PIN required

6 PH-FSIM PIN required

7 PH-FSIM PUK required

10 SIM not inserted

11 SIM PIN required

12 SIM PUK required

13 SIM failure

14 SIM busy

15 SIM wrong

16 incorrect password

17 SIM PIN2 required

18 SIM PUK2 required

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 36 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

20 memory full

21 invalid index

22 not found

23 memory failure

24 text string too long

25 invalid characters in text string

26 dial string too long

27 invalid characters in dial string

30 no network service

31 network timeout

32 network not allowed - emergency calls only

34 numeric parameter instead of text parameter

35 text parameter instead of numeric parameter

36 numeric parameter out of bounds

37 text string too short

38 The GPIO Pin is already used

40 network personalization PIN required

41 network personalization PUK required

42 network subset personalization PIN required

43 network subset personalization PUK required

44 service provider personalization PIN required

45 service provider personalization PUK required

46 corporate personalization PIN required

47 corporate personalization PUK required

49 EAP method not supported

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 37 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

50 Invalid EAP parameter

51 Parameter length error for all Auth commands

52 Temporary error for all Auth command

53 not verified hidden key

100 unknown

103 Illegal MESSAGE

106 Illegal ME

107 GPRS services not allowed

111 PLMN not allowed

112 Location area not allowed

113 Roaming not allowed in this location area

132 service option not supported

133 requested service option not subscribed

134 service option temporarily out of order

148 unspecified GPRS error

149 PDP authentication failure

150 invalid mobile class

257 network rejected request

258 retry operation

259 invalid deflected to number

260 deflected to own number

261 unknown subscriber

262 service not available

263 unknown class

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 38 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

264 unknown network message

273 Minimum TFT per PDP address error

274 Duplicate TFT eval prec index

275 Invalid TFT param combination

277 Invalid number of parameters

278 Invalid Parameter

320 Call index error

321 Call state error

322 Sys state error

323 Parameters error

550 generic undocumented error

551 wrong state

552 wrong mode

553 context already activated

554 stack already active

555 activation failed

556 context not opened

557 can not setup socket

558 can not resolve DN

559 time-out in opening socket

560 can not open socket

561 remote disconnected or time-out

562 connection failed

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 39 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

563 tx error

564 already listening

565 socket disconnection

566 can not resume socket

567 ip version type incompatible

568 ipv6 not enabled

569

600 Generic undocumented error

601 wrong state

602 Can not activate

603 Can not resolve name

604 Can not allocate control socket

605 Can not connect control socket

606 Bad or no response from server

607 Not connected

608 Already connected

609 Context down

612 Resource used by other instance

613 Data socket yet opened in cmdmode

614 FTP CmdMode data socket closed

615 FTP not connected

616 FTP disconnected

617 FTP read command closed

618 FTP read command error

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 40 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

619 FTP write command closed

620 FTP write command error

621 FTP read data closed

622 FTP read data error

623 FTP write data closed

624 FTP write data error

625 FTP host not found

626 FTP accept failure

627 FTP listen failure

628 FTP bind failure

629 FTP file create failure

630 FTP file get failure

631 FTP file put failure

632 FTP file not found

633 FTP timed out

634 FTP login incorrect

635 FTP close error

636 FTP server not ready

637 FTP server shutdown

638 FTP unexpected reply

639 FTP user ID and password don't match

640 FTP user ID and password don't match

641 FTP user already logged in

642 FTP open channel timeout

643 FTP communication timeout

644 FTP unknown error

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 41 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

657 Network survey error (No Carrier)

658 Network survey error (Busy)

659 Network survey error (Wrong request)

660 Network survey error (Aborted)

680 LU processing

681 Network search aborted

682 PTM mode

683 Network search terminated

684 CSG Search processing

690 Active call state

691 RR connection established

770 SIM invalid

900 No Response for AT Command

1000 SSL not activated

1001 SSL certs and keys wrong or not stored

1002 SSL generic error

1003 SSL already activated

1004 SSL error during handshake

1005 SSL socket error

1006 SSL invalid state

1007 SSL cannot activate

1008 SSL not connected

1009 SSL already connected

1010 SSL error enc/dec data

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 42 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

1011 SSL disconnected

1100 Model not recognized

1101 Model information missing

1102 Unable to open the file

1103 Unable to close the file

1104 Unable to read the nv file

1105 Unable to write the nv file

1106 Input pattern is wrong

1113 Call establishment failed

1114 File name already exist

Table 2: ME Error Result Code

2.2.2.2. Message Service Failure Result Code - +CMS ERROR: <err>

This is NOT a command; it is the error response to +Cxxx 3GPP TS 27.005 commands.
Syntax: +CMS ERROR: <err>

Parameter: <err> - numeric error code.

The <err> values are reported in the table:

Numeric Format Meaning

According to 3GPP TS 24.011 section 8.2.5.4

0...127

According to 3GPP TS 23.040 sub clause 9.2.3.22 values

128...255

According to 3GPP TS 27.005 section 3.2.5 - Message Service Failure Result Code
+CMS ERROR

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 43 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Meaning

300 ME failure

301 SMS service of ME reserved

302 operation not allowed

303 operation not supported

304 invalid PDU mode parameter

305 invalid text mode parameter

310 SIM not inserted

311 SIM PIN required

312 PH-SIM PIN required

313 SIM failure

314 SIM busy

315 SIM wrong

316 SIM PUK required

317 SIM PIN2 required

318 SIM PUK2 required

320 memory failure

321 invalid memory index

322 memory full

330 SMSC address unknown

331 no network service

332 network time-out

340 no +CNMA acknowledgement expected

500 unknown error

510 msg blocked

<err> 512 and on are manufacturer specific

512 No SM resources

513 TR1M timeout

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 44 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Meaning

514 LL error

515 No response from network

Table 3: Message Service Failure Result Code

2.2.3. Information Responses and Result Codes

The TA response, in case of verbose response format enabled, for the previous examples
command line could be as shown below:

1. information response to +CMD1?

<CR><LF>+CMD1:2,1,10<CR><LF>

2. information response to +CMD1=?

<CR><LF>+CMD1(0-2),(0,1),(0-15)<CR><LF>
3. result code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Moreover, there are two other types of result codes:

1. result codes that inform about the progress of the TA operation (e.g. connection
establishment CONNECT)

2. result codes that indicate the occurrence of an event not directly associated with
the issuance of a command from TE (e.g. ring indication RING).

Here the basic result codes according to ITU-T V25Ter recommendation

Numeric form Verbose form

0 OK

1 CONNECT or CONNECT <text>

2 RING

3 NO CARRIER

4 ERROR

6 NO DIALTONE

7 BUSY

8 NO ANSWER

10 CONNECT 2400

11 CONNECT 4800

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 45 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

12 CONNECT 9600

15 CONNECT 14400

23 CONNECT 1200/75
Table 4: basic result codes

Note: <text> can be"300", "1200", "2400", "4800", "9600", "14400" or

"1200/75"

2.2.4. Command Response Time-Out

Every command issued to the Telit modules returns a result response, if response codes
are enabled (default). The time required to process the given command and return the
response varies, depending on the command type. The Commands that do not interact
with the SIM or the network, and only involve internal setups or readings, have an
immediate response. The Commands that interact with the SIM or the network may take
several seconds to send a response, depending on the SIM configuration (for example,
number of contacts stored in the phonebook, number of stored SMS), or on the network
the command may interact with.

2.2.5. Command Issuing Timing

The chain Command -> Response must always be respected, and a new command must
not be issued before the module has finished all the ending of the response result code
(whatever it is).
This applies especially to applications that "sense" the OK text and therefore may send
the next command before the complete code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent by the
module.
However, It is advisable to wait for at least 20ms between the end of the reception of the
response and the issue of the next AT command.
If the response codes are disabled and therefore the module does not report any response
to the command, then at least the 20ms pause time must be respected.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 46 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Storage

2.3.1. Factory Profile and User Profiles

The Telit wireless modules store the values, set by several commands, in the internal
non-volatile memory (NVM), allowing to remember this setting even after power off. In
NVM, these values are set either as factory or user profiles. There are two customizable
user profiles and one factory profile in the NVM of the device: by default, the device will
start with user profile 0 equal to the factory profile.

For backward compatibility, each profile is divided into two sections, one base section
which was historically the one saved and restored in early releases of code, and the
extended section which includes all remaining values.

The &W command is used to save the current values of both profile sections into the NVM
user profile.
Commands &Y and &P are both used to set the profile to be loaded at startup. &Y instructs
the device to load at startup only the base section. &P instructs the device to load at
startup the full profile: base + extended sections.

The &F command resets to factory profile values only the command of the base section
of profile, while the &F1 resets to factory profile values the full set of base + extended
section commands.

The values set by other commands are stored in NVM outside the profile: some of them
are always stored, without issuing any &W, some others are stored by issuing specific
commands (+CSAS, #SLEDSAV, #SKTSAV, #ESAV); all these values are read at power-up.

In this document, each AT command description begins with an "AT Command short
overview table" in the following format:

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

/ see below / / /
Table 5: AT Command short overview table

This chapter focuses on the values that the saved Setting field can have and their meaning.
The meaning of the other fields will be described in the next chapter. The saved Setting
field can have one of the values listed below (for information about the AT instance
introduced hereafter, see the reference section of the #PORTCFG command):
Specific profile the parameters values set by the command are stored in the profile base
section. The stored values set is associated to the specific AT instance

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 47 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

used to enter the command. It is a profile used by the specific AT

instances.

Examples of the AT commands: +IPR, E, Q, V, X, &Y, etc.

The parameters values set by the command are stored in the profile
extended section. The stored values set is associated to the specific AT
instance used to enter the command. It is a profile used by the specific
AT instance.
Examples of the AT commands: +FCLASS, +CREG, +CLIP, #STIA, etc.

Common profile the parameters values set by the command are stored in the profile
extended section. The stored values set is not associated to the specific
AT instance used to enter the command. It is a profile shared between
the AT instances.
Examples of the AT commands: +CALM, #E2SLRI, #DVI, etc.

Auto the parameters values set by the command are automatically stored in
NVM, without issuing any storing AT command, and regardless of the
profile (unique values). The values are automatically restored at startup.

AT commands examples: +COPS, +CGQREQ, #SCFG, etc.

In some cases, the parameters values are stored in the file system.

AT commands examples: #TEMPCFG, #TEMPMON, etc.

Other the parameters values set by the command are stored in NVM by issuing
a specific command and regardless of the profile.
Examples of the AT commands:
#SLED setting is saved by #SLEDSAV

#BIQUADINEX setting is saved by #PSAV

etc.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 48 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

General remark about packet domain services in UMTS/GPRS and EPS

2.4.1. Attach/Detach procedure for packet domain services

For easy reading, the term PS attach and/or PS detach is used for GPRS attach/detach
procedure in UMTS/GPRS as well as EPC attach/detach procedure in EPS.

2.4.2. EPS bearer context and PDP context

According to 3GPP TS 23.401, there is a 1 to 1 mapping between active EPS bearer context
and active PDP context:

• An active default EPS bearer context is associated with an active non-secondary

PDP context.

• An active dedicated EPS bearer context is associated with an active secondary PDP
context.

For easy reading, the term PDP context is used for PDP contexts in UMTS/GPRS as well
as PDN/default EPS bearers and traffic flows in EPS.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 49 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

List of default PDP profiles and description

Here below a list of all default PDP profiles per operator, purpose of APN and whether
they can be changed by customer.

• LE910Cx-NF and LE910C1-NA/NS/SV/ST/SA variants

Operator
CID APN Info
AT&T Verizon T-Mobile Sprint
APN name nxtgenphone ims fast.t-mobile.com otasn
1 Purpose INTERNET IMS INTERNET PROVISIONING
APN name ims vzwadmin ims
2 Purpose IMS PROVISIONING IMS
APN name sos vzwinternet sos n.ispn
3 Purpose EMERGENCY INTERNET EMERGENCY INTERNET
APN name attm2mglobal vzwapp
4 Purpose LWM2M INTERNET
APN name “” Ims
5 Purpose EMERGENCY IMS
APN name vzwclass6
6 Purpose for Enterprise APN

• LE910C1-AP and LE910C1-APx variants

APN Operator
CID
Info NTT Docomo Telstra KDDI Softbank Vodafone NZ Spark NZ
APN name internet telstra.internet internet INTERNET vodafone internet
1 Purpose INTERNET INTERNET INTERNET INTERNET INTERNET INTERNET
APN name “” ims “” ims ims
2 Purpose INTERNET IMS INTERNET IMS IMS
APN name ims hos IMS sos sos
3 Purpose IMS PROVISIONING IMS EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
APN name SOS SOS SOS xcap
4 Purpose EMERGENCY EMERGENCY EMERGENCY INTERNET

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 50 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• LE910Cx-CN variants

Operator
CID APN Info
China Mobile China Unicom China Telecom
APN name “” 3GNET CTNET
1 Purpose INTERNET INTERNET INTERNET
APN name IMS 3GWAP IMS
2 Purpose IMS INTERNET IMS
APN name CMNET WONET CTWAP
3 Purpose INTERNET INTERNET INTERNET
APN name CMWAP IMS SOS
4 Purpose INTERNET IMS EMERGENCY
APN name SOS
5 Purpose EMERGENCY
APN name sos
6 Purpose EMERGENCY

• LE910Cx-EU/LA variants

CID APN Info

APN name ims

2 Purpose IMS
APN name sos
3 Purpose EMERGENCY

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 51 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• LE910C1- EUX/SAX/SVX variants

Operator
CID APN Info
AT&T Verizon
APN name nxtgenphone ims
1 Purpose INTERNET IMS
APN name ims ims vzwadmin
2 Purpose IMS IMS PROVISIONING
APN name sos sos vzwinternet
3 Purpose EMERGENCY EMERGENCY INTERNET
APN name attm2mglobal vzwapp
4 Purpose LWM2M INTERNET
APN name “”
5 Purpose EMERGENCY
APN name vzwclass6
6 Purpose for Enterprise APN
APN name vzwclass7
7 Purpose for B2B Internet

• LE910Cx-WWX variants

Operator
CID APN Info
AT&T NTT Docomo Telstra KDDI Softbank
APN name nxtgenphone internet telstra.internet internet INTERNET
1 Purpose INTERNET INTERNET INTERNET INTERNET INTERNET
APN name ims “” ims “”
2 Purpose IMS INTERNET IMS INTERNET
APN name sos ims hos IMS
3 Purpose EMERGENCY IMS PROVISIONING IMS
APN name attm2mglobal SOS SOS SOS
4 Purpose LWM2M EMERGENCY EMERGENCY EMERGENCY

In the table above, the APN used for internet connection can be changed by customer.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 52 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Special consideration of Null APN on default attach profile

LE910Cx-EU and LA are configured null APN on default attach profile which is designated
as CID=1. If UE attempts to attach to LTE NW with the default attach profile, UE set ESM
flag as FALSE and starts EMM attach process. It is meant that APN should be assigned by
NW in the middle of EPS bearer activation process.

It is dependent on UE subscription to NW which type of APN would be assigned in this

case. It could be IMS APN or Internet APN etc. There is potential issue of incorrectly
configuring same APN (NW-assigned APN) to other PDP profiles and attempting to bring
up 2nd PDN using the 2nd PDP profile because user can overlook the NW-assigned APN
for the attach profile. In this case, same APN is configured in multiple PDP profiles such
as CID=1 attach profile and other profile (Assuming that it is CID=4).

Device does not support bringing up multiple PDNs using SAME APN because the
behavior can be dependent on NW operator policy.

To avoid any potential issue in using internet APN with LE910Cx-LE/LA, it is recommended
that user pay more attention to double-checking which APN is assigned by NW in the
process of LTE attach.

It can be done as following example.

List the parameters regarding the Default PDP Context assigned by the network, and
associated to <p_cid>=1 context identifier.

AT+CGCONTRDP=1

+CGCONTRDP:
1, p_cid

5, bearer_id

“lte.tim.it.mnc001.mcc222.gprs”, apn
“10.178.43.36”, ip_addr

, gw_addr
“213.230.129.10”, DNS_prim_addr

“168.126.63.1”, DNS_sec_addr
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 53 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Look for APN name from returned values and check for whether the NW-assigned APN
is for internet APN.

If yes, do not need to configure internet APN in 2nd PDP profile and just use CID=1 for
internet accessing such as

AT#SGACT=1,1
#SGACT: “212.195.45.65”

OK

Otherwise, configure 2nd PDP profile for internet APN and try to activate internet PDN as
following
AT+CGDCONT=4,”IP”,”Internet APN”

OK
AT#SGACT=4,1

#SGACT: “212.195.45.65”

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 54 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT Command Short Overview Table

As stated before, each AT command description begins with an "AT Command short
overview table" having the following format:

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required / No - 2
Table 6: AT Command short overview table

Here are the table fields meanings:

SIM Presence indicates if the AT command to be executed needs the SIM presence.
Can be aborted indicates if the AT command can be aborted during its execution.

MAX timeout indicates the time within which the command must be executed.
SELINT indicates on which AT interface type the AT command is available.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 55 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT Commands Availability Table

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

Call & DTMF

AT+CHUP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSTA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+FCLASS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ACAL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ACALEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECAM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECAMURC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CFF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CESTHLCK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+VTS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+VTD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMOD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CODECIMS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECTD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSNS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CRC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CVHU ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CBST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CRLP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NCIH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

General Control and Config

Command Line Prefixes
AT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

A/ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#/ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Generic Modem Control

AT#SELINT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&F ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATZ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&Y ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&P ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&W ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#Z ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 56 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT\V ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+GCI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT%L ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT%Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+GCAP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+GMI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+GMM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+GMR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CEER ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+GSN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGMI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGMM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGMR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGSN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CGMI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CGMR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CGSN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CGMF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SWPKGV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPAS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CFUN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CIND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMER ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CACM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CAMM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPUC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CCWE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSVM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MBN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MWI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CLAC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#LANG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMEE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CEERURC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#OVERRIDEPDP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ENSSHD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#HWREV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 57 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#TRACE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DHCPV6DELEGATION ● ● ● ●

AT#PSMRI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSCS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSCSEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+PACSP ● ● A A ● ● ● ● A A

AT+CMUX ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CMUXMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#USBCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EXCEPINFO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RESETINFO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PORTCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ATDELAY ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&Z ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&V2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&N ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#IMEISV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&V0 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FWSWITCH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FWAUTOSIM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SECIFCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SECIFAUTH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SECIFPWD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CQI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FRATTRIGGER ● ● A A ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PDPAUTH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TXCAL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TXCAL4G ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CIND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MTUSIZE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TID ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+IMEISV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CGMM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#IMSPDPSET ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FWTDEVICESET ● ● ● ●

AT#WKIO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CDORM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CMAR ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

S Parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 58 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

ATS0 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATS38 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&V1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&V3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

DTE – Modem Interface Control

ATE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATQ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&D ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT\Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&K ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&S ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+IPR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DTR ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+FLO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+IFC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+ICF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CFLO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKIPESC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#E2ESC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATX ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#KIPR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NOPT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NOPTEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+ILRR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT\K ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 59 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT\R ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT\B ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT\N ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Call Control
ATD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&G ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT&Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CHSN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ATH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DIALMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CALLDISA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Modulation Control & Compression Control

AT%E ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+DS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+DR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Jammed Detection & Report

AT#JDRENH2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#JDRGNSS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#JDR4GCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Network

AT+CNUM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+COPN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CREG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CLCK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPWD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CLIR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+COLP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CHLD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CTFR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CUSD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CAOC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CLCC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSSN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CCUG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPOL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 60 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#CODECINFO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPLS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSQ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SERVINFO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NWEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BCCHLOCK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PLMNMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FPLMN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CODEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#AUTOBND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SNUM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PSNT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ENCALG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CEMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPNER ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CESQ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ENS ● ● A A ● ● ● ● A A

AT+WS46 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CEDRXS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CEDRXRDP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CEREG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RFSTS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SPN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CHBHCID ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#LTEULOOS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ALLOWHAC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MONI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BRCSFB ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BNDRAM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SELBNDMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#GTUNEANT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SDOMAIN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NWSCANTMR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NASC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CDIP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CLIP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+COLR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CCFC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 61 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT+CCWA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+VZWRSRP V V ● ●

AT+VZWRSRQ V V ● ●

AT+COPS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#REJER ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#LTESFN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CIPHIND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CLSMK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CRAC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RPMCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RPMCFGEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CEERNET ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CEERNETEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MANAGEROAM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RATORDER ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Phonebook
AT+CPBS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPBR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPBF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPBW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CPBGR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CPBGW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CPBD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CPBE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

SMS & CB
AT+CSMS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPMS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMGF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSCA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSMP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSDH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSCB ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSAS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CRES ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMMS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGSMS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CNMI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMGL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMGR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 62 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT+CNMA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMGS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMGC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMSS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMGW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMGD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SMSMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SMSSECENA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CMGS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CMGW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CMGLCONCINDEX ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#E2SMSRI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SMOV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SMSMOVE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SMSUCS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ISMSCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Time & Alarm

AT+CCLK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CALA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSDF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CTZU ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CTZR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CCLK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CCLKMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CLKSRC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WAKE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSTF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CALD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NITZ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

WLAN

AT#WLANSTART ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANBROADCAST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANSSID ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANIP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANSIGNAL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANSCAN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANCONNECT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANDISCONNECT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 63 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#WLANCONFIG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANEAPCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANEAPCERT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANCFGERROR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANINDI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ISEL ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANBD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANICMP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANPING ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANAPCLIND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANCMIFSEL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANAPCLIST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANCLOCK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANMODULE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANDFS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANMACMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CONNMGRSTART ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANSECURITY ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANMACACCEPT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANMACDENY ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANCOUNTRYCODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANMAC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WLANPC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Packet domain

AT#SWITCHATTPROF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DUALAPN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGCLASS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#LABIMS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGQREQ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGDCONT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGCONTRDP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#IMSSETTING ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGQMIN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGEQREQ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGEQNEG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGPADDR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGCMOD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#AUTOATT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MSCLASS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 64 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#IMSUA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#GAUTH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#GPPPCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGEQMIN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGEQOS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGPIAF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CEVDP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGEREP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGATT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGTFT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGDATA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGEQOSRDP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGTFTRDP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PPPCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGACT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGDSCONT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGSCONTRDP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGREG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SINGLEAPNSWITCH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

SIM
AT+CPIN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CPINR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PCT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+ICCID ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CIMI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CIMI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SIMDET ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CRSM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSIM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CCHO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CCHC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CGLA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CUAD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CCID ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SIMPR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#QSS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SIMSELECT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RSEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ENSIM2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 65 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#HSEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SIMINCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESIMID ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESIMPF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESIMPFINFO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESIMUPN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESIMGETADDR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESIMCAP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESIMPFUC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESIMADDPF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESIMMEMRST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#VSIMSETPROF ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#VSIMLISTPROF ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#VSIMSTAT ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#VSIMVER ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

SIM Toolkit
AT#STIA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#STGI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#STSR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SDM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#STIME ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#STKENV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Audio - Audio Basic Configuration

AT+CALM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CRSL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CLVL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CMUT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CSIL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CAP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SRP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SHFSD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SHSSD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SPKMUT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#OAP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SRS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SRSEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#HSGS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#HFRECG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#HSMICG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 66 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#HSRECG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#HFMICG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Audio - Tones configuration

AT#STM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TONE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TSVOL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SMSVOL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#OOBTSET ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Audio - Audio profiles

AT#PRST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PSAV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PSET ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ADSPC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#AUSBC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PSEL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Echo Canceller Configuration

AT#SHSEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SHFEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SHFNR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SHSNR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Embedded DTMF Decoder & TTY

AT#DTMF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TTY ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Digital Voice Interface

AT#DVI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DVIEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DVICFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DVICLK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PCMRXG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PCMDELAY ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Audio File Management

AT#ACDB ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ASEND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ARECD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#APLAY ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ALIST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ASIZE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ADELF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ADELA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 67 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#ACDBEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

eCall
AT+CECALL ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECALL ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EMRGD ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MSDPUSH ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MSDSEND ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MSDREAD ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECALLNWTMR ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECALLTMR ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECONLY ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECALLURC ● ● ● ● ● ●

Power Down
AT#REBOOT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ENHRST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SHDN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SYSHALT ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FASTSHDN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

HW and Radio Control

AT#ETHMAC ● ● ● ●

AT#ETHCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ETHIP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ETHMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ETHSTATUS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ETHEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#USBZLPDIS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+CBC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TEMPCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#GPIO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ALARMPIN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SLED ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SLEDSAV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SWREADYEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ADC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#V24CFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#V24 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#I2CWR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#I2CRD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#I2CCF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 68 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#SPIEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SPICFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#HSICEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RXDIV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#GSMAD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#VAUX ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#VAUXSAV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TEMPMON ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#QTEMP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TESTMODE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#STUNEANT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RXTOGGLE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CBC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKIPGCF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Mobile Broadband - ECM

AT#ECM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECMC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ECMD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RNDIS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RNDISC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RNDISD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

IPEasy
AT#SGACT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SGACTCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SGACTCFGEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#GPRS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CGPADDR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SCFGEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SCFGEXT2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SCFGEXT3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKTRST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SLUDP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#USERID ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SLASTCLOSURE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 69 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#SI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PADFWD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PADCMD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#E2SLRI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ICMP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PING ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#QDNS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NTP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NTPCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PROTOCOLCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#GDATAVOL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#IIDIPV6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PASSW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SGACTAUTH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PKTSZ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DSTO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKTCT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKTOP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKTSET ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SRECV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKTL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSENDUDP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSENDUDPEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BASE64 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DNS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CACHEDNS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSEND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSENDEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FRWL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKTD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKTSAV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SKTTO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NWDNS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#NWMTUSIZE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPREASS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPMAXDAT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 70 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#TCPMAXWIN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SIOWATERMARK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

FTPEasy

AT#FTPAPP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPAPPEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPCLOSE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPCWD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPDELE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPFSIZE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPGET ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPGETPKT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPMSG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPOPEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPPUT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPPWD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPRECV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPREST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPTO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPTYPE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPLIST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FTPCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

SMTP
AT#ESMTP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#APPSKTCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SEMAIL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EMAILACT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SMTPCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EADDR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ERST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EMAILMSG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EUSER ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ESAV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EMAILPDPCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EPASSW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EMAILD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

HTTP

AT#HTTPCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#HTTPSND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#HTTPRCV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 71 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#HTTPQRY ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#HTTPSETRESOURCE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

SSL

AT#SSLCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLSECCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLSEND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLRECV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLSECDATA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLSECCFG2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLSECDATAEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SSLSENDEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Easy Scan

AT#CSURV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVNLF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVU ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVUC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVB ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVBC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVPC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVCL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVCW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVCG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MCSGS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#CSURVEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT Run
AT#SMSATRUN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#SMSATRUNCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 72 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#SMSATWL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPATRUNCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPATRUNFRWL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPATRUNAUTH ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPATRUND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPATRUNCLOSE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPATCMDSEQ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPATCONSER ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ATRUNDELAY ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#TCPATRUNL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Event Monitor
AT#ENAEVMONI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#ENAEVMONICFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#EVMONI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

IoT Portal

AT#DWCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DWSEND ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DWSENDR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DWRCV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DWLRCV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DWSTATUS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DWCONN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DWRCVR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DWEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#LWM2MSKIP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+ODIS ● ● A A ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#FOTAURC ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

FOTA & OMA - FOTA Legacy

AT#OTAUPW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

FOTA & OMA - OMA-DM

AT#HOSTODIS ● ● A A ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#VZWFOTAURC V V ●

AT#VZWDM V V ●

AT#VZWSENDUA V V ●

AT#VZWDMACCURL V V ●

AT#VZWFOTACFG V V ●

M2M
AT#M2MARG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MCHDIR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 73 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#M2MMKDIR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MBACKUP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MRMDIR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MRUN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT+M2M ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MATP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MWRITE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MDEL ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MLIST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MREAD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MREADEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#M2MRAM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

GNSS - Configuration
AT$LCSSLP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$LCSTER ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$LICLS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$LTC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$LCSLK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSQOS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GNSSCONST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSSTOP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSSLSR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$SUPLV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$SLP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$SLPTYPE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$SUPLCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$LCSLUI ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$SUPLSEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$AGPSEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$LCSLPP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$LCSAGLO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSNHZ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSELV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSDTM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$XTRAEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

GNSS - GNSS Receiver

AT$GPSAT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSELNA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSRST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 74 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT$GPSSAV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$LOCMODE ●

GNSS - GNSS General Management

AT$GNSSSLCT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSDPO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$LOCATION ●

AT#GTPEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSCLRX ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSAV ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSLOCK ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSGLO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

GNSS - GNSS Positioning Information

AT$GPSNMUN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GPSNMUNEX ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$NMEA ●

AT$GPSACP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT$GETLOCATION ●

AT#GTP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

PSM (Power Saving Mode)

AT+CPSMS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PSMWDISACFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PSMCTS ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PSMURC ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

IMS
AT+CIREG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#IMSAPNFB ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#IMSAPNNAME ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#IMSIRAT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#IMSPRIOR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#PDPIMSCFGE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

File System

AT#WSCRIPT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#RSCRIPT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#LSCRIPT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#DSCRIPT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

MQTT
AT#MQEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 75 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#MQSUB ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQUNS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQPUBS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQPUBSEXT ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQCFG2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQWCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQTCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQCONN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQDISC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQREAD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQVCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQCOPP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSUPP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQPUPP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQWIPP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQDIPP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

MQTT-SN
AT#MQSNEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNWCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNSUB ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNTCFG ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNDISC ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNUNS ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNCFG2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNREG ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNPUBS ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNREAD ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNWTUP ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNWMUP ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNSTATE ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNSOCK ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#MQSNCONN ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Customization Feature AT commands

AT#APPRUN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#AVAHIEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Dying GASP AT Commands

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 76 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-WWXD
LE910Cx-SAXD

LE910Cx-WWX
LE910C1-NAD

LE910Cx-NFD

LE910C1-EUX
LE910Cx-SAD

LE910C1-APX

LE910C1-SAX
LE910C1-SVX
LE910C4-CN
LE910C1-NA

LE910C1-NS

LE910Cx-NF
LE910C1-AP

LE910Cx-EU

LE910C1-SA
LE910Cx-LA

LE910C1-ST
LE910C1-SV
AT Commands

AT#DGEN ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Bluetooth ® Low Energy

AT#BI ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BCONNECT ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BDISCONNECT ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BSCAN ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BSRVD ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BREAD ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BWRITE ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BADVE ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BATTRIB ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BSRVDATAEX ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BADVDATA ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BSCANRSPDATA ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BNAME ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BPNPPID ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BPNPPVER ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BPNPVID ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BPNPVSRC ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BCONINTMAX ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BCONINTMIN ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BADVINTMAX ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BADVINTMIN ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BSLAVELAT ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#W ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BSSPPIN ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BSSPCONF ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BBNDLIST ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BBNDDEL ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BCCCD ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#WNWEBPROV ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Bluetooth ® Low Energy ASYNC AT Response

AT#BNOTIFY ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AT#BINDICATE ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Table 7: AT Commands Availability Table

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 77 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Note: LE910Cx-NF variant supports 3 mobile network operators such

as AT&T, VZW and T-Mobile and there are some AT commands
dedicated and unique to only one specific operator.

Notation for LE910Cx-NF variant is marked as below.

“●”: Common. “A”: AT&T Only. “V”: VZW Only.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 78 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3. AT COMMANDS REFERENCES

Call & DTMF

3.1.1. AT+CHUP - Hang Up Call

This command cancels all active and held calls

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CHUP
Execution command cancels all active and held calls, also if a multi-
party session is running

AT+CHUP=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 79 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.2. AT+CSTA - Select Type of Address

Select type of address.

3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSTA=[<type>]
Set command selects the type of number for further dialing commands (D)
according to 3GPP specifications.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 129 type of address octet in integer format (refer

to 3GPP TS 24.008, sub clause 10.5.4.7);
default 145 when dialing string includes
international access code character "+",
otherwise 129

Values:

129 : National address type.

145 : International number. Dialing string includes

international access code character "+".

AT+CSTA?
Read command returns the current value of <type> parameter in the
format:
+CSTA: <type>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 80 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSTA=?
Test command reports the range of the <type> parameter values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 81 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.3. AT+FCLASS - Select Active Service Class

This command sets the wireless module in specified connection mode (data, voice),
hence all the calls done afterwards will be data or voice.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+FCLASS=<n>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 type of call

Values:

0 : data type

8 : voice type

AT+FCLASS?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
<n>.

AT+FCLASS=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 82 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.4. AT#ACAL - Automatic Call

Automatic Call.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#ACAL=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the automatic call function.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 disables or enables the automatic call

function

Values:

0 : disable the automatic call function

1 : enable the automatic call function

Additional info:

<mode>=1
If the automatic call function is enabled, and &D2 command has
been issued, the transition OFF/ON of DTR causes an automatic call
to the first number (position 0) stored in the internal phonebook.

Type of call depends on the last issue of command +FCLASS.

See &Z and &N commands respectively to write or read the phone
number on/from the internal phonebook of the module.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 83 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ACAL?
Read command reports the current automatic call function mode in the
format:
#ACAL: <mode>
As a consequence of the introduction of the command #ACALEXT
(Extended Automatic Call), it is possible that the read command returns a
value supported by #ACALEXT but not supported by #ACAL. Due to this
possible situation it is strongly recommended not to use
contemporaneously both commands.

Because of the typing in of the #ACALEXT (Extended Automatic

Call) command, the #ACAL? read command could return a value
supported by #ACALEXT and not by #ACAL set command.
Therefore, it is strongly recommended to avoid the use of these
two commands at the same time.

AT#ACAL=?
Test command returns the supported range of <mode> parameter values.

• Assume that #ACALEXT command has been entered. The #ACAL?

read command could return the following parameter value.
AT#ACAL?
#ACAL: 2
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 84 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.5. AT#ACALEXT - Extended Automatic Call

This command enables the extended automatic call function.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#ACALEXT=<mode>,<index>
Set command enables/disables the extended automatic call function.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the automatic call

function to a contact in the selected
phonebook

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable, internal phonebook

2 : enable, "SM" phonebook

3 : enable, "ME" phonebook

<index> integer 0 position in the currently selected

phonebook

Value:

0÷max : index

The max value of <index> is given by the test command.

If the extended automatic call function is enabled and &D2 has

been issued, the transition OFF/ON of DTR causes an automatic

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 85 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

call to the number stored in position <index> in the selected

phonebook.

The type of call depends on the last setting of the command

+FCLASS.

See &Z and &N commands respectively to write or read the phone
number on/from the internal phonebook of the module.

AT#ACALEXT?
Read command returns the current value of <mode> and <index> in the
format:

#ACALEXT: <mode>,<index>

AT#ACALEXT=?
Test command returns three ranges of values: the first for parameter
<mode>, the second for parameter <index>, when the internal phonebook
is chosen, and the third for parameter <index>, when the "SM" phonebook
is chosen, the fourth for parameter <index> when "ME" phonebook
is chosen.

The range of available positions in a phonebook depends on the

selected phonebook.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 86 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.6. AT#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring

This command enables/disables the call monitoring function in the ME.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#ECAM=[<onoff>]
Set command enables/disables the call monitoring function in the ME.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<onoff> integer 0 Enables/disables the call monitoring function in

the ME, that informs the user about call events
such as incoming call, connected, hang up etc.
using the following unsolicited indication:

#ECAM:
<ccid>,<ccstatus>,<calltype>,,,[<number>,<type>]

Values:

0 : disables call monitoring function

1 : enables call monitoring function

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<ccid> integer call ID number

<ccstatus> integer call status

Values:

0 : idle

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 87 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : calling (MO)

2 : connecting (MO)

3 : active

4 : hold

5 : waiting (MT)

6 : alerting (MT)

7 : busy

8 : retrieved

9 : CNAP (Calling Name Presentation) information

(MT)

<calltype> integer call type indicator

Values:

1 : voice

2 : data

<number> string called number (valid only if <ccstatus> is 1)

<type> string type of <number>

Values:

129 : national number

145 : international number

the unsolicited indication is sent along with usual codes (OK, NO

CARRIER, BUSY...)

AT#ECAM?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 88 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports whether the extended call monitoring function is

currently enabled or not, in the format:

#ECAM: <onoff>

AT#ECAM=?
Test command returns the list of supported values for <onoff>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 89 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.7. AT#ECAMURC - Extended Call Monitoring Unsolicited Response

mode
This command Change the mode of #ECAM URC presentation.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#ECAMURC=<mode>
Set command Change the mode of #ECAM URC presentation.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0

Values:

0 : The presentation of the #ECAM URC between at

command and response (default value).

1 : The presentation of the #ECAM URC information after

at command response.

The setting is saved in NVM and available on following reboot.

AT#ECAMURC?
Read command reports last <mode>, in the format:
#ECAMURC:<mode>

AT#ECAMURC=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 90 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter

<mode>

Mode = 0

atd0YYYYYYYYY;
#ECAM: 0,1,1,,,"0YYYYYYYYY",129

#ECAM: 0,3,1,,,

OK
at+chup
#ECAM: 0,0,1,,,

OK

Mode = 1

atd0YYYYYYYYY;
OK

#ECAM: 0,1,1,,,"0YYYYYYYYY",129

#ECAM: 0,3,1,,,

at+chup
OK

#ECAM: 0,0,1,,,

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 91 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.8. AT#CFF - Call Forwarding Flags

The command configures the format of call forwarding URC

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#CFF=<enable>
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the call forwarding
flags URC
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enable/disable the

presentation of the #CFF URC

The URC format is:

#CFF:
<enable>,<status>,<fwdtonum>

Values:

0 : disable the presentation of the #CFF URC

1 : enable the presentation of the #CFF URC. The #CFF

URC is shown each time the Call Forwarding
Unconditional (CFU) SS setting is changed or
checked. It is also shown on each startup, and it
reports the status of the call forwarding flags, as
they are currently stored on SIM

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<staus> integer Reports if CFU is enabled or disabled

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 92 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : CFU disabled

1 : CFU enabled

<fwdtonum> string Reports phone number used to forward the

incoming calls

AT#CFF?
Read command reports whether the presentation of the call forwarding
flags URC is currently enabled or not.
Moreover, if the flags field is present in the SIM, it reports the current
status of the call forwarding flags as they are currently stored on SIM and
the number incoming calls are forwarded to.

The format is:

#CFF: <enable>[,<status>,< fwdtonum >]

AT#CFF=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter
<enable>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 93 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.9. AT#CESTHLCK - Call Establishment Lock

This command can be used to disable call abort before the DCE enters connected state.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#CESTHLCK=[<closure_type>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<closure_type> integer 0 dummy

parameter

Values:

0 : Aborting the call setup by reception of a

character is generally possible at any time
before the DCE enters connected state

1 : Aborting the call setup is disabled until the

DCE enters connected state

AT#CESTHLCK?
Read command returns the current value of the parameter
<closure_type> in the format:

#CESTHLCK: <closure_type>

AT#CESTHLCK=?
Test command returns the supported values of the parameter
<closure_type>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 94 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.10. AT+VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission

The command handles the transmission of DTMF tones.

3GPP TS 27.007
TIA IS-101

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+VTS=<dtmfString>[,<duration>]
Execution command allows the transmission of DTMF tones.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<dtmfString> string - string of <dtmf>s, i.e. ASCII characters

in the set (0 9), #,*,(A-D),P; the string
can be at most 255 <dtmf>s long;
it allows the user to send a sequence
of DTMF tones, each of them with a
duration that was defined through
+VTD command

<duration> integer 0 duration of a tone in 1/100 sec;

this parameter can be specified only if
the length of first parameter is just
one ASCII character

Values:

0 : a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for

a duration depending on the network, no
matter what the current AT+VTD setting is

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 95 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

10÷255 : a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for

a time <duration> (in 10 ms multiples), no
matter what the current AT+VTD setting is

The character P does not correspond to any DTMF tone, but it is

interpreted as a pause of 3 seconds between the preceding and
succeeding DTMF string elements.

This command operates in voice mode only (see +FCLASS).

AT+VTS=?
Test command provides the list of supported <dtmf>s and the list of
supported <duration>s in the format:
(list of supported <dtmf>s)[,(list of supported <duration>s)]

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 96 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.11. AT+VTD - Tone Duration

This command sets the length of tones transmitted with +VTS command.

3GPP TS 27.007
TIA IS-101

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT+VTD=<duration>
Set command refers to an integer <duration> that defines the length of
tones emitted with +VTS command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<duration> integer 2 duration of a tone

Values:

0 : the duration of every single tone is dependent

on the network

1÷255 : duration of every single tone in 1/10 sec

AT+VTD?
Read command reports the current Tone Duration, in the format:

<duration>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 97 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+VTD=?
Test command provides the list of supported <duration>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 98 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.12. AT+CMOD - Call mode

This command set selects the call mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMOD=[<mode>]
Set command selects the call mode of further dialing commands (D) or for
next answering command (A). Mode can be either single or alternating (in
the present document, terms "alternating mode" and "alternating call"
refer to all GSM/UMTS bearer and teleservices that incorporate more than
one basic service (voice, data, fax) within one call).
When single mode is selected the call originating and hangup procedures
are similar to procedures specified in ITU-T Recommendations V.250, T.31
and T.32.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0

Value:

0 : single mode (default mode)

+CMOD shall be set to zero after a successfully completed

alternating mode call. It shall be set to zero also after a failed
answering. The power-up, factory (&F)
and user resets (Z) shall also set the value to zero.
This reduces the possibility that alternating mode calls are
originated or answered accidentally.

AT+CMOD?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 99 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns values supported as a compound value.

+CMOD: <mode>

AT+CMOD=?
+CMOD: (list of supported <mode>)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 100 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.13. AT#CODECIMS - Codec for IMS

This command sets the IMS codec mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CODECIMS=[<amr_wb>],[<amr_nb>],[<amr_wb_en>]
Set command sets the IMS codec mode.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<amr_wb> hex N/A AMR Wideband mode; configurable

as a bitmask

Values:

0x1 : Mode 0 (6.60kbps)

0x2 : Mode 1 (8.85kbps)

0x4 : Mode 2 (12.65kbps)

0x8 : Mode 3 (14.25kbps)

0x10 : Mode 4 (15.85kbps)

0x20 : Mode 5 (18.25kbps)

0x40 : Mode 6 (19.85kbps)

0x80 : Mode 7 (23.05kbps)

0x100 : Mode 8 (23.85kbps)

<amr_nb> hex N/A AMR Narrowband mode; configurable

as a bitmask

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 101 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0x1 : Mode 0 (4.75kbps)

0x2 : Mode 1 (5.15kbps)

0x4 : Mode 2 (5.9kbps)

0x8 : Mode 3 (6.17kbps)

0x10 : Mode 4 (7.4kbps)

0x20 : Mode 5 (7.95kbps)

0x40 : Mode 6 (10.2kbps)

0x80 : Mode 7 (12.2kbps)

0x100 : Mode 8 (12.2kbps)

<amr_wb_en> integer 1 High definition voice; it enables AMR-

Wideband

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable (Default)

The values are stored in the NV's file system.

<amr_wb> - NV 67239
<amr_nb> - NV 66031
<amr_wb_en> - NV 65964

The related NV items are for legacy model or old version only. So
the default value is set by "0,0,1" when NVs are not configured or
when there is no meaning.

AT#CODECIMS?
Read command returns the current IMS CODEC configuration mode in the
format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 102 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#CODECIMS: <amr_wb>,<amr_nb>,<amr_wb_en>

AT#CODECIMS=?
Test command returns the available range values of parameters:
<amr_wb>,<amr_nb>,<amr_wb_en>

at#codecims=149,5,1

Means :
<amr_wb> = 149 ; mode 0, 2, 4, 7
<amr_nb> = 5 ; mode 0, 2
<amr_wb_en> = 1 ; AMR-Wideband is enabled

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 103 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.14. AT#ECTD - Enhanced call tone disable

This command sets to disable related with call tone according to <type> parameter.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ECTD=[<type>]
Set command sets to disable related with call tone according to <type>
parameter.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 0 representing a type of call tones which the

command refers to

Values:

0 : Not disable call tones (default)

1 : Call end tone

AT#ECTD?
Read command returns the current type of disabled call tone:
#ECTD: <type>

AT#ECTD=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <type>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 104 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.15. AT+CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme

This command selects the bearer used when the mobile terminated single numbering
scheme call is established.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSNS=[<mode>]
Set command selects the bearer used when the mobile terminated single
numbering scheme call is established. Parameter values set with
+CBST command used when <mode> equals to a data service.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0

Values:

0 : voice (factory default)

2 : fax (TS 62)/9 (not supported by LTE)

4 : data

if +CBST parameter is set to a value that is not applicable to single

numbering calls, ME/TA shall map the value to the closest valid
one. E.g. if user has set <speed>=71, <name>=0 and <ce>=1 (non-
trasparent asynchronous 9600 bps V.110 ISDN connection) for
mobile originated calls, ME/TA shall map the values into non-
transparent asynchronous 9600 bps V.32 modem connection when
single numbering scheme call is answered.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 105 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSNS?
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>.

AT+CSNS=?
Test command returns supported values of parameter <mode>.

In LE910C1-SV/ST/SA, set command has no effect is included only

for backward compatibility.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 106 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.16. AT+CR - Service Reporting Control

This command enables the +CR reporting.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CR=[<mode>]
Set command controls whether or not intermediate result code +CR is
returned from TA to TE.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable +CR reporting

Values:

0 : disables +CR reporting

1 : enables +CR reporting

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<serv> string The intermediate result code is transmitted at the point

during connect negotiation at which the TA has
determined which speed and quality of service will be
used, before any error control or data compression
reports are transmitted, and before the intermediate
result code CONNECT is transmitted.
Its format is:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 107 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

After power off/on in LE910Cx the value returen to

"0".
+CR: <serv>
Values:

ASYNC : asynchronous transparent

SYNC : synchronous transparent

REL ASYNC : asynchronous non-transparent

REL SYNC : synchronous non-transparent

This command replaces V.25ter [14] command Modulation

Reporting Control (+MR), which is not appropriate for use with a
UMTS terminal.

AT+CR?
Read command returns whether or not intermediate result code +CR is
enabled, in the format:
+CR: <mode>

AT+CR=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 108 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.17. AT+CRC - Cellular Result Codes

Set command controls whether the extended format of incoming call indication is used.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CRC=<mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 disables/enables extended format

reporting. When enabled, an incoming call
is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result
code

+CRING: <type>

instead of the normal RING

Values:

0 : disables extended format reporting (factory default)

1 : enables extended format reporting

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<type> string call type

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 109 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

ASYNC : asynchronous transparent data

SYNC : synchronous transparent data

REL ASYNC : asynchronous non-transparent data

REL SYNC : synchronous non-transparent data

FAX : facsimile (TS 62)

VOICE : normal voice (TS 11)

Entering AT+CRC= returns OK but has no effect.

AT+CRC?
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>

AT+CRC=?
Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 110 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.18. AT+CVHU - Voice Hung Up Control

This command is used in order to set how to disconnect a voice connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CVHU=[<mode>]
Set command selects whether ATH or "drop DTR" shall cause a voice
connection to be disconnected or not.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 2 Selects how to disconnect a voice

connection.

Values:

0 : "Drop DTR" ignored but OK result code given. ATH

disconnects.

1 : "Drop DTR" and ATH ignored but OK result code given.

2 : "Drop DTR" behavior according to &D setting. ATH

disconnects.

OK result code is displayed only when using UART depending on

the model.

AT+CVHU?
Read command reports the current value of the <mode> parameter, in the
format:
+CVHU: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 111 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CVHU=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 112 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.19. AT+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type

Select bearer service type and connection element for data calls

3GPP TS 27.007

• 3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CBST=[<speed>[,<name>[,<ce>]]]
Set command selects the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>,
and the connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are
originated.
This setting is also used during mobile terminated data call setup, in case
of single numbering scheme calls.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<speed> integer 0 data rate

Values:

0 : autobauding (automatic selection of the speed)

14 : 14400 bps (V.34)

16 : 28800 bps (V.26ter)

17 : 33600 bps (V.32)

43 : 14400 bps (V.32)

48 : 28800 bps (V.34)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 113 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

51 : 56000 bps (V.34)

75 : 14400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)

80 : 14400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)

81 : 38400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)

83 : 56000 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing

84 : 64000 bps (X.31 flag stuffing)

116 : 64000 bps (bit transparent)

134 : 64000 bps (multimedia)

<name> integer N/A bearer service name

Values:

0 : data circuit asynchronous (UDI or 3.1 kHz modem)

1 : data circuit synchronous (UDI or 3.1 kHz modem)

4 : data circuit asynchronous (RDI)

<ce> integer 1 connection element

Values:

0 : transparent

1 : non transparent

Additional info:

The bearer service on LE910Cx family only has support for the
following combinations:
<GSM network>
AT+CBST= 0,0,1 (Autobaud 9.6k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=14,0,1 (V.34 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=43,0,1 (V.120 14.4k, non transparent)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 114 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CBST=75,0,1 (V.110 14.4k, non transparent)

<WCDMA network>
AT+CBST= 0,0,1 (Autobaud 57.6k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=14,0,1 (V.34 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=16,0,1 (V.34 28.8k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=17,0,1 (V.34 33.6k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=43,0,1 (V.120 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=48,0,1 (V.120 28.8k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=51,0,1 (V.120 56k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=75,0,1 (V.110 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=80,0,1 (V.110 28.8k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=81,0,1 (V.110 38.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=83,0,1 (X.31FS 56k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=83,4,1 (X.31FS 56k RDI, non transparent)
AT+CBST=84,0,1 (X.31FS 64k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=116,1,0 (Bit transparent 64 kbps, transparent)

AT+CBST?
Read command returns current value of the parameters <speed>, <name>
and <ce>.

AT+CBST=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 115 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CBST= 7,0,1 (V.32 9.6k, non transparent) - Not supported

AT+CBST=12,0,1 (V.34 9.6k, non transparent)) - Not supported
AT+CBST=39,0,1 (V.120 9.6k, non transparent) - Not supported
AT+CBST=71,0,1 (V.110 9.6k, non transparent) - Not supported
AT+CBST= 7,0,0 (V32 9.6k, transparent) - Not supported
AT+CBST=12,0,0 (V34 9.6k, transparent) - Not supported
AT+CBST=14,0,0 (V34 14.4k, transparent) - Not supported

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 116 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.20. AT+CRLP - Radio Link Protocol

Set Radio Link Protocol (RLP) parameters.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CRLP=[<iws>[,<mws>[,<T1>[,<N2>[,<ver>]]]]]
Set command sets parameters used when non-transparent data calls are
originated.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<iws> integer N/A IWF window dimension

Values:

1÷61 : factory default value is 61 (ver 0/1)

1÷488 : factory default value is 240 (ver 2)

<mws> integer N/A MS window dimension

Values:

1÷61 : default value is 61 ( ver 0/1 )

1÷488 : factory default value is 240 (ver 2)

<T1> integer N/A acknowledge timer (10 ms units)

Values:

39÷255 : default value is 48 (ver 0 or 1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 117 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

42÷255 : default value is 52 (ver 2)

<N2> integer N/A retransmission attempts

Value:

1÷255 : default value is 6 (ver 0/1/2)

<ver> integer N/A protocol version

Value:

0÷2 : supported value

AT+CRLP?
Read command returns current settings for each supported RLP version
<ver>.
+CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>
+CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>,<ver>

OK

AT+CRLP=?
Test command returns the range of setting value for each supported RLP
version <ver>.

Versions 0 and 1 share the same parameter set. Read and Test commands
shall return only one line for this set (where <ver> is not present )

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 118 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.1.21. AT#NCIH - NO CARRIER Indication Handling

This command purpose is to Enable\Disable the NO CARRIER indication message when
an incoming call is dropped.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#NCIH=<enable>
Set command enables/disables the sending of a NO CARRIER indication
due to incoming ringing call dropped by the caller before the answer takes
place.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 Enable/Disable value for NO CARRIER

indication sending.

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

AT#NCIH?
Read command reports whether the feature is currently enabled or not, in
the format:

#NCIH: <enable>

AT#NCIH=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 119 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter

<enable>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 120 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

General Control and Config

3.2.1. Command Line Prefixes

3.2.1.1. AT - Starting a Command Line

AT is the prefix used to start a command line.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT
The prefix AT is a two-character abbreviation ("ATtention"), always used
to start a command line to be sent from TE to TA, with the only exception
of AT#/ prefix. As a command, it can be issued just to test if the device is
responding to AT commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 121 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.1.2. A/ - Last Command Automatic Repetition

The command immediately executes the previously issued command or commands.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

A/
If the prefix A/ is issued, the device immediately executes once again the
body of the preceding command line. No editing is possible, and no
termination character is necessary. A command line may be repeated
multiple times through this mechanism, if desired.
If A/ is issued before any command line has been executed, the
preceding command line is assumed to have been empty (that results in
an OK result code).

This command works only at fixed IPR.

The custom prefix AT#/ has been defined: it causes the last
command to be executed again too; but it doesn’t need a fixed
+IPR.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 122 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.1.3. AT#/ - Repeat Last Command

The command immediately executes the previously issued command or commands.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#/
If AT#/ is issued, the device immediately executes once again the body of
the preceding command line. No editing is possible, and no termination
character is necessary. A command line may be repeated multiple times
through this mechanism, if desired.
If AT#/ is issued before any command line has been executed, the
preceding command line is assumed to have been empty (that results in
an OK result code).

This command is the same as A/ but does not need a fixed +IPR.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 123 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2. Generic Modem Control

3.2.2.1. AT#SELINT - Select Interface Style

This command sets the AT command interface style.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SELINT=[<v>]
Set command sets the AT command interface style depending on
parameter.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<v> integer 2 AT command interface style

Value:

2 : standard AT parser

AT#SELINT?
Read command reports the current interface style in the format:

#SELINT: <v>

AT#SELINT=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameter <v>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 124 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.2. AT&F - Set to Factory-Defined Configuration

Set configuration parameters to default values.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&F[<value>]
Execution command sets the configuration parameters to default values
specified by manufacturer; it takes in consideration hardware
configuration switches and other manufacturer-defined criteria.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer 0 parameters to reset

Values:

0 : only the factory profile base section parameters are

considered

1 : either the factory profile base section and the

extended section are considered (full factory profile)

If parameter <value> is omitted, the command has the same

behavior as AT&F0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 125 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.3. ATZ - Soft Reset

Soft Reset

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

ATZ[<n>]
Execution command loads the base section of the specified user profile
and the extended section of the default factory profile
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A user profile number

Value:

0,1 : user profile number

If parameter <n> is omitted, the command has the same behavior

as ATZ0

Any active call is terminated.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 126 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.4. AT&Y - Default Reset Basic Profile Designation

Define the basic profile is loaded on startup.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT&Y[<n>]
Execution command defines the basic profile that will be loaded on
startup.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 basic profile that will be loaded on

startup.

Value:

0,1 : profile number: the wireless module can store 2

complete configurations (see command &W).

Differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired
profile, the one chosen through command &Y will be loaded on
every startup.

If parameter is omitted the command has the same behavior as

AT&Y0.

In LE910Cx, AT&Y is not supported.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 127 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.5. AT&P - Default Reset Full Profile Designation

Define which full profile is loaded at startup.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT&P[<n>]
Execution command defines which full profile will be loaded at startup.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 full profile will be loaded on

startup.

Value:

0,1 : profile number: the wireless module can store 2 full

configurations (see command &W).

Differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired
profile, the one chosen through command &P will be loaded at
every startup.

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior as

AT&P0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 128 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.6. AT&W - Store Current Configuration

Stores the complete configuration of the device.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&W[<n>]
Execution command stores on profile <n> the complete configuration of
the device.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 profile identifier

Value:

0,1 : profile identifiers

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

AT&W0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 129 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.7. AT&V - Display some Configuration and Profile

The command displays some of the basic modem configuration settings and parameters

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V
Execution command returns some of the basic modem configuration
settings and parameters, one for each row, in the format:

setting/parameter : value

The row of information about CTS (C106) OPTIONS is in the output

of &V for compatibility reasons and represents only a dummy
value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 130 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Example of returned values.

• AT&V
COMMAND ECHO : E1=YES
RESULT MESSAGES : Q0=YES
VERBOSE MESSAGES : V1=YES
EXTENDED MESSAGES : X1=YES
LINE SPEED : F0=autodetect
CONSTANT DTE SPEED : YES
FLOW CONTROL OPTIONS : &K3=HW bidirect.
ERROR CORRECTION
: RLP
MODE
CTS (C106) OPTIONS : &B2=OFF while disc.
DSR (C107) OPTIONS : &S3=PHONE ready->ON
DTR (C108) OPTIONS : &D0=ignored
DCD (C109) OPTIONS : &C1=follows carrier
RI (C125) OPTIONS : \R1=OFF dur. off-hk
C108/1 OPERATION : &D0=NO
POWER SAVING ON DTR : +CFUN:1=NO
DEFAULT PROFILE : &Y0=user profile 1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 131 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.8. AT\V - Single Line Connect Message

This command sets single line connect message.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT\V[<n>]
Execution command sets single line connect message.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 set single line connect message

Values:

0 : set OFF

1 : set ON

if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of

AT\V0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 132 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.9. AT+GCI - Country of Installation

Set command allows to select the installation country code according to ITU-T35 Annex
A.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+GCI=<code>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<code> integer 59 installation country code

Value:

59 : it currently supports only the Italy country code

AT+GCI?
Read command reports the currently selected country code.

AT+GCI=?
Test command reports the supported values of parameter <code>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 133 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.10. AT%L - Line Signal Level

It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 134 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.11. AT%Q - Line Quality

It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 135 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.12. ATL - Speaker Loudness

It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

ATL<n>
Set command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility
with landline modems.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer - This parameter has no effect

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 136 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.13. ATM - Speaker Mode

It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

ATM=<n>
Set command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility
with landline modems.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer - No effect.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 137 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.14. AT+GCAP - Capabilities List

This command returns the equipment supported command set list.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+GCAP
Execution command returns the equipment supported command set list.
Additional info:

Supported Command Set:

+CGSM: 3GPP TS command set

+DS: Data Service common modem command set
+ES: WCDMA data Service common modem command set
+MS: Mobile Specific command set

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 138 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.15. AT+GMI - Manufacturer Identification

This command returns the manufacturer identification.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+GMI
Execution command returns the manufacturer identification followed by
an <OK> at newline.

AT+GMI=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 139 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.16. AT+GMM - Model Identification

The command returns the model identification.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+GMM
The execution command returns the model identification followed by an
<OK> at newline.

AT+GMM=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 140 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.17. AT+GMR - Revision Identification

The command returns the software revision identification.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+GMR
Execution command returns the software revision identification followed
by an <OK> at newline.

AT+GMR=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 141 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.18. AT+CEER - Extended Error Report

Reports extended error related to the last unsuccessful call.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CEER
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text
<report> offering the TA user an extended error report, in the format:

+CEER: <report>
+CEER: <report>

This report regards some error condition that may occur:

- the failure in the last unsuccessful call setup (originating or answering)
- the last call release
- the last unsuccessful LTE attach or unsuccessful PDP context
activation,
- the last LTE detach or PDP context deactivation.

the first line for the voice and the second line for data.

If no error condition has occurred since power up, then "Normal,

unspecified" condition is reported

AT+CEER=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 142 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.19. AT+GSN - Serial Number

This command reports the device board serial number.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+GSN[=<snt>]
Execution command returns the device board serial number. The number
returned is not the IMSI, but it is the board number.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<snt> string 0 the serial number type

Values:

0 : returns <sn>

1 : returns <imei>

2 : returns <imeisv>

3 : returns <svn>

Additional info:

<sn> - Indicate the product "serial number", identified as the IMEI of

the mobile, without command echo.
<imei> - International Mobile station Equipment Identity; IMEI is
composed of Type Allocation Code (TAC) (8 digits), Serial Number
(SNR) (6 digits) and the Check Digit (CD) (1 digit).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 143 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<imeisv> - International Mobile station Equipment Identity and

Software Version number; The 16 digits of IMEISV are composed of
Type Allocation Code (TAC) (8 digits), Serial Number (SNR) (6 digits)
and the software version (SVN) (2 digits).
<svn> - Software Version Number

AT+GSN=?
Test command returns the supported <snt> values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 144 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.20. AT+CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification

The command returns device manufacturer identification code.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CGMI
Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code
followed by an OK at newline.

AT+CGMI=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 145 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.21. AT+CGMM - Request Model Identification

This command returns the device model identification.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CGMM
Execution command returns the device model identification code
followed by an OK at newline.

AT+CGMM=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 146 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.22. AT+CGMR - Request Revision Identification

The command returns device software revision number.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CGMR
Execution command returns device software revision number followed
by an OK at newline.

AT+CGMR=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 147 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.23. AT+CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification

This command allows to retrieve the product serial number in form of IMEI of the
mobile.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CGSN[=<snt>]
Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the
IMEI of the mobile.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<snt> string N/A the serial number type

Values:

0 : returns <sn>

1 : returns <imei>

2 : returns <imeisv>

3 : returns <svn>

Additional info:

<sn> - serial number, identified as the IMEI of the mobile, without

command echo.
<imei> - International Mobile station Equipment Identity; IMEI is
composed of Type Allocation Code (TAC) (8 digits), Serial Number
(SNR) (6 digits) and the Check Digit (CD) (1 digit).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 148 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<imeisv> - International Mobile station Equipment Identity and

Software Version number; The 16 digits of IMEISV are composed of
Type Allocation Code (TAC) (8 digits), Serial Number (SNR) (6 digits)
and the software version (SVN) (2 digits).
<svn> - Software Version Number

AT+CGSN=?
Test command returns supported <snt> values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 149 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.24. AT#CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification

The command returns device manufacturer identification code.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CGMI
Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code,
with command echo.
The response is as follows
#CGMI: <code>
OK

AT#CGMI=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 150 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.25. AT#CGMR - Request Revision Identification

The command returns device software revision number.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CGMR
Execution command returns device software revision number, with
command echo.
The response is as follows
#CGMR: <num>
OK

AT#CGMR=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 151 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.26. AT#CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification

This command returns the product serial number, identified as the IMEI of the mobile,
with command echo.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CGSN[=[<snt>]]
Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the
IMEI of the mobile, with command echo.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<snt> integer 0 the serial number type

Values:

0 : returns <sn>

1 : returns <imei>

2 : returns <imeisv>

3 : returns <svn>

Additional info:

<sn> - serial number, identified as the IMEI of the mobile, without

command echo.
<imei> - International Mobile station Equipment Identity; IMEI is
composed of Type Allocation Code (TAC) (8 digits), Serial Number
(SNR) (6 digits) and the Check Digit (CD) (1 digit).
<imeisv> - International Mobile station Equipment Identity and
Software Version number; The 16 digits of IMEISV are composed of

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 152 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Type Allocation Code (TAC) (8 digits), Serial Number (SNR) (6 digits)

and the software version (SVN) (2 digits).
<svn> - Software Version Number

AT#CGSN=?
The test command returns supported <snt> values.

AT#CGSN
#CGSN: 358677008900540
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 153 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.27. AT#SWPKGV - Request Software Package Version

This command allows to retrieve the software package version.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SWPKGV
Execution command returns the software package version without
#SWPKGV: command echo. The response is as follows:

AT#SWPKGV
<Telit Software Package Version>-<Production Parameters Version>
<Modem FW Version>
<Production Parameters Version>
<Application FW Version>

OK

AT#SWPKGV=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT#SWPKGV
38.02.000-B006-P0H.000400
M0H.020000-B014
P0H.000400
A0H.000200-B006
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 154 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.28. AT+CPAS - Phone Activity Status

Execution command reports the device status in the form shown in Additional info
section.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CPAS
Additional info:

Message format returned by the execution command:

+CPAS: <pas>

Name Type Default Description

<pas> integer 0 phone activity status.

Values:

0 : ready (device allows commands from TA/TE)

1 : unavailable (device does not allow commands

from TA/TE)

2 : unknown (device is not guaranteed to respond to

instructions)

3 : ringing (device is ready for commands from

TA/TE, but the ringer is active)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 155 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

4 : call in progress (device is ready for commands

from TA/TE, but a call is in progress)

'1' and '2' at <pas> is not supported.

In the LTE registration state, CPAS: 4 (call in progress) is

displayed.

AT+CPAS=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for <pas>.

Although +CPAS is an execution command, 3GPP TS 27.007

requires the Test command to be defined.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 156 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.29. AT+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality

This command selects the level of functionality in the ME.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CFUN=[<fun>[,<rst>]]
Set command selects the level of functionality in the ME.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fun> integer 1 Power saving function

mode.

Values:

0 : NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode, see Additional info section.

1 : mobile full functionality with power saving disabled.

2 : disable TX, not supported

4 : disable both TX and RX

5 : mobile full functionality with power saving enabled

6 : module reboot

7 : OFF line mode. This mode cannot be set, can only be

read using the read command.

8 : FTM. This mode cannot be set, can only be read using

the read command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 157 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<rst> integer 0 reset flag

Values:

0 : do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun>

functionality level.

1 : reset the ME before setting it to <fun> functionality level,

this option works only with <fun> =1, with other it will
return an error

Additional info:

<fun>=0
minimum functionality, NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode: the AT interface
is not accessible. Consequently, once you have set <fun> level 0, do
not send further characters. Otherwise these characters remain in
the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result
code. The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME
back to full functionality level <fun>=1.

Special modes, you can only see them only through the read
command and you can't set those mode:
7 - Offline mode
8 - FTM

AT+CFUN=2 is same with <fun> 1 but the disable TX function is not

supported.

Issuing AT+CFUN=4[,0] causes the module to perform either a

network deregistration and a SIM deactivation.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 158 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If power saving mechanism enabled, it reduces the power

consumption during the idle time, thus allowing a longer standby
time with a given battery capacity.

To place the module in power saving mode, plug out the USB, set
the DTR (RS232) line to OFF and set CFUN to 5. Once in power
saving, the CTS line switch to the OFF status to signal that the
module is really in power saving condition. During the power
saving condition, before sending any AT command on the serial line
enabled the DTR line and wait for the CTS (RS232) line to go in ON
status. Until the DTR line is ON, the module will maintain the
power saving mode.

The power saving function does not affect the network behavior of
the module. Even during the power save condition, the module
remains registered on the network and reachable for incoming
calls or SMS. If a call income during the power save, then the
module will wake up and proceed normally with the unsolicited
incoming call code with CFUN mode 5, the unsolicited messages
are stored in Tx-buffer on USB until DTR line is ON.

The wake-up events from PSM are described in section 3.2.9 of

software User guide(1VV0301556).

AT+CFUN?
Read command reports the current setting of <fun> in the format

+CFUN: <fun>

AT+CFUN=?
Test command returns the list of supported values for <fun> and <rst>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 159 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.30. AT+CIND - Indicator Control

This command is used to control the registration state of modem indicators.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CIND=[<state>[,<state[,...]]]
Set command is used to control the registration state of ME indicators, in
order to automatically send the +CIEV URC, whenever the value of the
associated indicator changes. The supported indicators (<descr>) and their
order appear from test command AT+CIND=?
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer 1 registration

state

Values:

0 : the indicator is deregistered; there's no unsolicited

result code (+CIEV URC) automatically sent by the
modem to the application, whenever the value of the
associated indicator changes; the value can be directly
queried with +CIND?

1 : the indicator is registered: an unsolicited result code

(+CIEV URC) is automatically sent by the modem to the
application, whenever the value of the associated
indicator changes; it is still possible to query the value
through AT+CIND?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 160 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CIND?
Read command returns the current value of ME indicators, in the format:

+CIND: <ind>,<ind>,...<ind>

the order of the values <ind>s is the same as that in which the
associated indicators appear from test command AT+CIND=?.

AT+CIND=?
Test command returns pairs, where string value <descr> is a description
(max. 16 chars) of the indicator and compound value is the supported
values for the indicator, in the format:

+CIND: (<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s)),(<descr>, (list of supported

<ind>s)),... (<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s))
Additional info:

Test command response parameters

Name Type Default Description

<descr> string N/A indicator names as

follows (along with
their <ind> ranges).

Values:

"battchg" : battery charge level; indicator

<ind> in the range 0...5(bar
levels), or 99 (not measurable)

"signal" : signal quality; indicator <ind> in

the range 0...7(bar levels), or 99
(not measurable); same as bit

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 161 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

error rate (<ber>) in +CSQ

command

"service" : service availability; indicator

<ind> is 0 (not registered to any
network) or 1 (registered)

"sounder" : sounder activity; indicator <ind>

is 0 (no sound activity) or 1
(sound activity)

"message" : message received; indicator

<ind> is 0 (no unread SMS in
memory "SM") or 1 (unread SMS
in memory "SM")

"call" : call in progress; indicator <ind>

is 0 (no calls in progress) or 1 (at
least a call has been
established)

"roam" : roaming; indicator <ind> is 0

(registered to home network, or
not registered) or 1 (registered
to other network))

"smsfull" : SMS memory status; indicator

<ind> is 0 (memory locations
available) or 1 (an SMS storage
in the modem is full)

"rssi" : received signal strength level;

indicator <ind> values are 0
(signal strength under -
112dBm), from 1 to 4 (signal
strength from -97 to -66 dBm, in
15 dBm steps), 5 (signal strength
greater than -51 dBm), or 99 (not
measurable)

"GPRS coverage : there is packet service coverage;

indicator <ind> is 0 (no packet

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 162 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

service) or 1 (module attached to

a packet service)

"callsetup" : call setup status indicator;

indicator <ind> values are 0 (no
active call setup), 1 (MT call is
ringing), 2 (MO call was
initiated), 3 (MO call ringing at
called party)

Next command causes all the indicators to be registered

AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1

Next command causes all the indicators to be de-registered

AT+CIND=0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0

Next command to query the current value of all indicators

AT+CIND?
CIND: 4,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,2

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 163 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.31. AT+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting

This command configures sending of unsolicited result codes from TA to TE.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CMER=[<mode>[,<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>[,<bfr>]]]]]
Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes from
TA to TE in the case of indicator state changes.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 controls the

processing of
unsolicited result
codes

Values:

0 : buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes

1 : discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes when TA-TE

link is reserved (e.g. on-line data mode); otherwise
forward them directly to the TE

2 : buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes in the TA when

TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. on-line data mode) and
flush them to the TE after reservation; otherwise
forward them directly to the TE

3 : forward +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes directly to the

TE; when TA is in on-line data mode each +CIEV URC
is stored in a buffer; once the ME goes into command

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 164 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

mode (after +++ was entered), all URCs stored in the

buffer will be output

<keyp> integer 0 keypad event

reporting

Value:

0 : No keypad event reporting

<disp> integer 0 display event

reporting

Value:

0 : no display event reporting

<ind> integer 0 indicator event

reporting

Values:

0 : no indicator event reporting

2 : indicator event reporting

<bfr> integer 0 TA buffer clearing

Values:

0 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes is cleared when

<mode> 1..3 is entered

1 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes is flushed to the

TE when <mode> 1...3 is entered (OK response shall
be given before flushing the codes)

Sending of URCs in the case of key pressings or display changes

are currently not implemented.

After +CMER has been switched on with e.g. AT+CMER=2,0,0,2

command (i.e. <bfr> is 0), URCs for all registered indicators will be
issued only first time, if previous <mode> was 0, for backward

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 165 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

compatibility. Values shown by the indicators will be current

indicators values, not buffered ones. Subsequent +CMER
commands with <mode> different from 0 and <bfr> equal to 0 will
not flush the codes, even if <mode> was set again to 0 before. To
flush the codes, <bfr> must be set to 1.

Although it is possible to issue the command when SIM PIN is

pending, it will answer ERROR if "message" or "smsfull" indicators
are enabled in +CIND, because with pending PIN it is not possible
to give a correct indication about SMS status. To issue the
command when SIM PIN is pending you have to disable "message"
and "smsfull" indicators in +CIND first.

LE910Cx-EUX/SAX/SVX/WWX cannot be displayed sounder URC,

because it does not support audio playback

AT+CMER?
Read command returns the current setting of parameters, in the format:

+CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr>

AT+CMER=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for
parameters <mode>, <keyp>, <disp>, <ind>, <bfr>, in the format:

+CMER: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <keyp>s), (list of

supported <disp>s),(list of supported <ind>s),(list of supported <bfr>s)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 166 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.32. AT+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter

This command resets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter (ACM) value
in SIM card or in the active application in the UICC.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CACM=[<pwd>]
Set command resets the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter
(ACM) value in SIM card or in the active application in the UICC. ACM
contains the total number of home units for both the current and
preceding calls. SIM PIN2 is usually required to reset the value.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<pwd> string - SIM PIN2

AT+CACM?
Read command returns the current value of ACM in the format:

+CACM: <acm>

Additional info:

Response parameter

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 167 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<acm> string - accumulated call meter value similarly

coded as <ccm> under +CAOC; three
bytes of the ACM value in hexadecimal
format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal
value 30)

The value <acm> is in home units; price per unit and currency are
defined with command +CPUC.

AT+CACM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 168 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.33. AT+CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum

This command sets the Advice of Charge related to accumulated call meter maximum
(ACMmax) value stored in SIM.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CAMM=<acmmax>[,<pwd>]
Set command sets the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter
maximum value (ACMmax) stored in SIM. ACMmax contains the maximum
number of home units allowed to be consumed by the subscriber. When
ACM (refer +CACM) reaches ACMmax calls are prohibited. SIM PIN2 is
usually required to set the value.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<acmmax> string - accumulated call meter maximum value

<pwd> string - SIM PIN2

Setting <acmmax> to 0 disables the feature.

AT+CAMM?
Read command returns the current value of ACMmax in the format:

+CAMM: <acmmax>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 169 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CAMM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 170 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.34. AT+CPUC - Price per Unit and Currency Table

This command sets the values of Price per Unit and Currency Table.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CPUC=<currency>,<ppu>[,<pwd>]
Set command sets the values of Advice of Charge related Price per Unit
and Currency Table (PUCT) stored in SIM. The PUCT information can be
used to convert the home units (as used in commands +CAOC, +CACM and
+CAMM) into currency units. SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the
parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<currency> string - three-character currency code (e.g.

"GBP", "DEM", "USD"); character set as
specified by command select TE
character set +CSCS

<ppu> string - price per unit; dot is used as a decimal

separator (e.g. "2.66")

<pwd> string - SIM PIN2

AT+CPUC?
Read command reports the current values of <currency> and <ppu>
parameters in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 171 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CPUC: <currency>,<ppu>

AT+CPUC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 172 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.35. AT+CCWE - Call Meter Maximum Event

This command is used to enable/disable sending of an unsolicited result code +CCWV.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CCWE=<mode>
Set command is used to enable/disable sending of an unsolicited result
code +CCWV shortly before the ACM (Accumulated Call Meter) maximum
value is reached. The warning is issued approximately when 30 seconds
call time remains. It is also issued when starting a call if less than 30
seconds call time remains.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Current enable mode of +CCWE URC

Values:

0 : Disable the call meter warning event

1 : Enable the call meter warning event

The set command will respond with an error if the Accumulated

Call Meter service is not active in SIM.

<mode> is saved in NVM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 173 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CCWE?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> in the format:
+CCWE: <mode>

AT+CCWE=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 174 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.36. AT+CSVM - Set Voice Mail Number

Command to set voice mail server number.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSVM=<mode>[,<number>[,<type>]]
Set command is dummy. It only checks for parameters values validity; it
does not send any actual write request to SIM to update voice mail
number, nor sends any request to network to enable/disable voice mail.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 enable/disable voice mail

number

Values:

0 : disable the voice mail number

1 : enable the voice mail number

<number> string - phone number of format

specified by <type>

<type> integer 129 type of address octet in integer

format

Values:

129 : unknown type of number and ISDN/Telephony

numbering plan

145 : international type of number and ISDN/Telephony

numbering plan (contains the character "+")

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 175 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSVM?
Read command returns the currently selected voice mail number and the
status (i.e. enabled/disabled) in the format

+CSVM:<mode>,<number>,<type>

AT+CSVM=?
Test command reports the range for the parameters <mode> and <type>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 176 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.37. AT#MBN - Mailbox Numbers

This command returns the mailbox numbers stored on SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MBN
Execution command returns the mailbox numbers stored on SIM, if this
service is provided by the SIM.
The response is in the format:

[#MBN: <index>,<number>,<type>[,<text>][,mboxtype][<CR><LF>
#MBN: <index>,<number>,<type>[,<text>][,mboxtype][...]]]
Additional info:

The response has its fields described below.

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - record number

<number> string - string type mailbox number in

the format <type>

<type> integer N/A type of mailbox number octet in

integer format

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme

(contains the character "+")

<text> string - the alphanumeric text

associated to the number; used

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 177 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

character set should be the one

selected with command +CSCS

<mboxtype> string N/A the message waiting group type

of the mailbox, if available

Values:

VOICE : voice

FAX : fax

EMAIL : electronic mail

OTHER : other

If all queried locations are empty (but available), no information

text lines will be returned.

AT#MBN=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 178 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.38. AT#MWI - Message Waiting Indication

This command enables/disables the presentation of the Message Waiting Indicator
(MWI) URC.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#MWI=[<enable>]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the Message Waiting
Indicator URC, it can have two formats, as show in Additional info.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 1 enables/disables the presentation of the

#MWI: URC

Values:

0 : disables the presentation of the #MWI: URC

1 : enables the presentation of the #MWI: URC, see

Additional info.

Additional info:

If AT#MWI=1 has been entered, the #MWI: URC is displayed each

time.

- A new message waiting indicator is received from the network, the

URC format is:

#MWI: <status>,<indicator>[,<count>]

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 179 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- The module is powered on, the URC reports the status of the
message waiting indicators, as they are currently stored on SIM, the
format is:

#MWI: <status>[,<indicator>[,<count>][<CR><LF>
#MWI: <status>,<indicator>[,<count>][...]]]

The parameters are described in the unsolicited fields section for

each URC format.

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<status> integer indicates clear or set action when it is received

from the network.
Values:

0 : clear; has been deleted one of the

messages related to the indicator
<indicator>.

1 : set; there is a new waiting message

related to the indicator <indicator>

<status> integer indicates the status when it is read from SIM.

Values:

0 : no waiting message indicator is currently

set. In this case no other information is
reported.

1 : there are waiting messages related to the

message waiting indicator <indicator>

<indicator> integer message indicator has the same meaning

regardless if it comes from network or it is read
from SIM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 180 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

1 : either Line 1 (CPHS context) or Voice

(3GPP context)

2 : Line 2 (CPHS context only)

3 : Fax

4 : E-mail

5 : Other

<count> integer network information reporting the number of

pending messages related to the message waiting
indicator <indicator>.

<count> integer number of pending messages related to the

message waiting indicator <indicator> as it is
stored on SIM

Entering AT#MWI= returns OK but has no effect.

AT#MWI?
Read command reports whether the presentation of the message waiting
indicator URC is currently enabled or not, and the status of the message
waiting indicators as they are currently stored on SIM. The format is:

#MWI: <enable>,<status>[,<indicator>[,<count>][<CR><LF>
#MWI: <enable>,<status>,<indicator>[,<count>][...]]]

AT#MWI=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter
<enable>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 181 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.39. AT+CLAC - Available AT Commands

This command shows the available AT commands list.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CLAC
The execution command causes the ME to return one or more lines
reporting the AT commands that are available to the user. The format is:

<ATcmd1>[<CR><LF><ATcmd2>[...]]

<ATcmdn> is the AT command.

AT+CLAC will show for all supported AT commands regardless of

carrier network configuration. Particular AT command needs to
activate an appropriate carrier network configuration by using
#FWSWITCH.

AT+CLAC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 182 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.40. AT#LANG - Select Language

Set command selects the currently used language for displaying different messages.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#LANG=<lan>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<lan> string en selected language

Values:

en : English

it : Italian

de : German

AT#LANG?
Read command reports the currently selected <lan> in the format:
#LANG: <lan>

AT#LANG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <lan>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 183 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.41. AT+CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error

The command enables the use of result code.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CMEE=[<n>]
Set command disables/enables the use of result code:
+CME ERROR: <err>
as an indication of an error relating to the +Cxxx command issued.
When enabled, device related errors cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final
result code instead of the default ERROR final result code. ERROR is
returned normally when the error message is related to syntax, invalid
parameters or DTE functionality.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enable flag

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable and use numeric<err> values

2 : enable and use verbose <err> values

The detailed description of <err> is available in section "ME Error

Result Code - +CME ERROR: <err>".

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 184 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CMEE has no effect on the final result code +CMS.

AT+CMEE?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <n> in the format:

+CMEE: <n>

AT+CMEE=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 185 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.42. AT#CEERURC - Extended Error Report Unsolicited Response

This command enable/disable the +CEER URC

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CEERURC=<mode>
Set command enable/disable the +CEER URC presentation regards some
error condition that may occur. (See +CEER AT command).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0

Values:

0 : Disable the presentation of the +CEER URC (default

value).

1 : Enable the presentation of the +CEER URC.

AT#CEERURC?
Read command returns current value of the <mode> parameter:
#CEERURC: <mode>

AT#CEERURC=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 186 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.43. AT#OVERRIDEPDP - Set the default PDP type for LTE in home
network or roaming network
Set the default PDP type for LTE in home network or roaming network.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#OVERRIDEPDP=<cid>,<network_type>,<PDP_type>
Set command configures the default PDP type for LTE in home network or
roaming network.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A (PDP Context Identifier) numeric

parameter which specifies a
particular PDP context definition.

Value:

1÷max : where the value of max is returned by

the Test command

<network_type> integer N/A specifies a particular network type

definition.

Values:

0 : LTE Home Network

1 : LTE Roaming Network

<PDP_type> string N/A specifies the type of packet data

protocol.

Values:

"IP" : Internet Protocol

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 187 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

"IPV6" : Internet Protocol version 6

"IPV4V6" : Virtual <PDP_type> introduced to

handle dual IP stack UE capability

"MAX" : Nothing is configured (IP or IPV6 or

IPV4V6 according to +CGDCONT)

Manual reboot is required after changing.

Predefined default PDP type is dependent according to operator

requirement.

Predefined default PDP type that operator requested should not

recommended to change.

AT#OVERRIDEPDP?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in
the format:

#OVERRIDEPDP: <cid>,0:<PDP_type>,1:<PDP_type>

AT#OVERRIDEPDP=?
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 188 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

A few operators require that the devices need to bring up PDN connections
with the PDP type set as IPv6 or IP according to network type.
Profile 4 config to IPV6 only for LTE in home network and IP only for LTE in
roaming network.
AT+CGDCONT=4,"IPV4V6","apn"
OK

AT#OVERRIDEPDP=4,0,"IPV6"
OK

AT#OVERRIDEPDP=4,1,"IP"
OK

AT#REBOOT
OK

TMO Firmware example

TMO Firmware is configured default PDP type such as.
AT#OVERRIDEPDP?
#OVERRIDEPDP: 1,0:"IPV6",1:"IP"
#OVERRIDEPDP: 2,0:"IPV6",1:"IP"
#OVERRIDEPDP: 3,0:"IPV6",1:"IP"

OK

To use profile 3 as IP for LTE in home network, need to set it as follows.

AT+CGDCONT=3,"IP","apn"
OK

AT#OVERRIDEPDP=3,0,"IP"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 189 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#REBOOT
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 190 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.44. AT#ENSSHD - Enable/disable the SSHD daemon

This command is used to enable/disable the SSHD daemon.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENSSHD=<mode>
Set Command to enable/disable the SSHD daemon.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 SSHD daemon mode

Values:

0 : disable SSHD daemon

1 : enable SSHD daemon

NOTE: If the USB composition is not RNDIS(ECM), the SSHD

daemon will not run.
NOTE: Rebooting with SSHD enabled will increase boot time by
5~10 seconds

AT#ENSSHD?
Read command returns the current operation in the following format:
# ENSSHD: <operation>
...
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 191 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ENSSHD=?
Test command reports the supported range of values

SSHD is the OpenSSH server process at Module internal AP. It listens to

incoming connections using the SSH protocol and acts as the server for the
protocol.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 192 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.45. AT#HWREV - Hardware Identification

This command returns the device Hardware revision identification code.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#HWREV
Execution command returns the device Hardware revision identification
code without command echo.

AT#HWREV=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 193 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.46. AT#TRACE - Enable/Disable Trace

The command selects which trace outputs you want to display through the debugging
tool.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#TRACE=[<mode>[,<configurationString>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A switches all trace outputs ON

or OFF. If parameter <mode>
is no entered in
the command, the following
<configurationString> will be
used.

Values:

0 : sets all trace outputs OFF,

<configuration String> will be ignored

1 : sets all trace outputs ON,

<configurationString> will be ignored

<configurationString> string - enables/disables a set of

trace outputs, its syntax is
shown in the Additional info
section.

Additional info:

The syntax of the <configurationString> is:

["<unit>=<umode>[,<unit>=<umode>[,...]]"]
Here are the meanings and values of the string parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 194 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<unit> string N/A trace class name available to the

user to select the trace output. On
the right side of each name, in lower
case characters, there is the
TC_XXX... string (Trace Class name)
shown by the debugging tool.

Values:

generic : TC_GENERIC

socket : TC_SOCKET

clock : TC_CLOCK

pdp : TC_PDP

gnss : TC_GNSS

m2m_user : TC_M2M_USER

fota : TC_FOTA

fs : TC_FS

qmi : TC_QMI

sms : TC_SMS

info : TC_INFO

lwm2m : TC_LWM2M

net : TC_NET

sim : TC_SIM

spi : TC_SPI

usb : TC_USB

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 195 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

nv : TC_NV

rtc : TC_RTC

m2m_uart : TC_UART

power : TC_POWER

ftpc : TC_FTPC

ati : TC_ATI

backup : TC_BACKUP

nipd : TC_NIPD

sys : TC_SYS

psm : TC_PSM

ssl : TC_SSL

<umode> string N/A enables/disables the trace output

selected

Values:

0 : disables

1 : enables

AT#TRACE?
Read command reports the currently selected parameter values in the
format:
#TRACE: "<unit>=<umode>,...,<unit>=<umode>"

AT#TRACE=?
Test command returns OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 196 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Here are some examples:

• Set all trace outputs OFF

AT#TRACE=0
OK
Set all trace outputs ON
AT#TRACE=1
OK
Enable/disable trace outputs selected
AT#TRACE=,"generic=1,clock=0,lwm2m=1,pdp=0,gnss=0,ati=0"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 197 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.47. AT#DHCPV6DELEGATION - DHCPV6 Delegation Mode Set

DHCPv6 Delegation Mode Set

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#DHCPV6DELEGATION=<cid>,<mode>
Set command specifies the DHCPv6 delegation mode on profile.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A PDP context identifier

Value:

1÷max : specifies a particular PDP context definition (see

+CGDCONT command)

<mode> integer 0 multiplexer transparency

mechanism

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

mode can be set when profile exists.

this command only supports to LE910Cx-EU, LE910C1-EUX.

AT#DHCPV6DELEGATION?
Read command returns the current value of <cid>,<mode> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 198 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#DHCPV6DELEGATION: <cid>,<mode>
...
#DHCPV6DELEGATION: <cid>,<mode>

AT#DHCPV6DELEGATION=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 199 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.48. AT#PSMRI - Power Saving Mode Ring Indicator

The command enables or disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an URC message
while modem is in power saving mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT#PSMRI=<n>
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an URC
message while modem is in power saving mode. If enabled, a negative
going pulse is generated, when URC message for specific event is invoked.
The duration of this pulse is determined by the value of <n>.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 disables, enables/sets duration of the

generated pulse.

Values:

0 : disables RI pin response for URC message

50÷1150 : enables RI pin response for URC messages with

a duration specified in ms

the behavior for #PSMRI is invoked only when modem is in sleep

mode (AT+CFUN=5 and DTR Off on Main UART).

AT#PSMRI?
Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated, in the
format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 200 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#PSMRI: <n>

AT#PSMRI=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <n>

When RING signal for incoming call/SMS/socket listen is enabled,

the behavior for #PSMRI will be ignored.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 201 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.49. AT+CSCS - Select TE Character Set

This command sets character-set used by the device.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSCS=[<chset>]
Set command sets character-set used by the device.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<chset> string IRA character set

Values:

GSM : GSM default alphabet (3GPP TS 23.038).

IRA : international reference alphabet (ITU-T T.50).

8859-1 : ISO 8859 Latin 1 character set.

PCCP437 : PC character set Code Page 437.

UCS2 : 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded

character set (ISO/IEC10646).

AT+CSCS?
Read command returns the current value of the active character set.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 202 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSCS=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <chset>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 203 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.50. AT#CSCSEXT - Select GSM Hexadecimal Representation

Set commands enable/disable the hexadecimal characters representation.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#CSCSEXT=<mode>
Set commands enable/disable the hexadecimal characters representation
while character set, one selected with +CSCS, is GSM. (For example, 4142
equals two 7-bit characters with decimal values 65,66).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 HEX representation enable/disable

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

AT#CSCSEXT?
Read command returns the current value of the <mode> parameter.

AT#CSCSEXT=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 204 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSCS=?
+CSCS: ("GSM","IRA","8859-1","PCCP437","UCS2")

OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT#CSCSEXT?
#CSCSEXT: 0

OK
AT+CPBW=1,"8475763000",129,"Lin Zhao"
OK
AT+CPVR=1
+CPBR: 1,"8475763000",129,"Lin Zhao","","",0,"",""

OK
AT+CMGW=8475763000
> test #CSCSEXT
+CMGW: 8
OK
AT+CMGR=8
+CMGR: "STO UNSENT","8475763000","Lin Zhao"
test #CSCSEXT

OK
AT#CSCSEXT=1
OK
AT+CPBR=1
+CPBR: 1,"8475763000",129,004C006E006E0020005A00680061006F

OK
AT+CMGR=8
+CMGR: "STO
UNSENT","38343735373633303030","004C006E006E0020005A00680061006F"
7465737420234353435345585420

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 205 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.51. AT+PACSP - Network Selection Menu Availability

This command returns the current value of the <mode> parameter which is PLMN mode
bit in the CSP file with SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+PACSP?
Read command returns the current value of the <mode> parameter in
the format:
+PACSP<mode>
Additional info:

Read command response parameter

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A returns the PLMN mode bit (in CSP
file on the SIM)

Values:

0 : restriction of menu option for manual PLMN

selection

1 : no restriction of menu option for Manual

PLMN selection

It can support only AT&T specific module.

AT+PACSP=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 206 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 207 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.52. AT+CMUX - Multiplexing Mode

This command is used to enable/disable the multiplexing protocol control channel.

GSM 07.07, GSM 07.10

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CMUX=<mode>[,<subset>[,<port_speed>[,<N1>]]]
Set command is used to enable/disable the multiplexing protocol control
channel.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 basic option is currently the only

supported mode.

Value:

0 : basic option mode

<subset> integer N/A UIH frames used only; it is currently

the only supported value.

Value:

0 : UI frames used only

<port_speed> integer 1 transmission rate (fixed with 1 and

changes do not affect the actual
behavior. dummy value)

Values:

1 : 9600 bps

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 208 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : 19200 bps

3 : 38400 bps

4 : 57600 bps

5 : 115200 bps

6 : 230400 bps

<N1> integer 122 maximum frame size

Value:

1÷1500 : maximum frame size

Additional info:

For models with the M2M AT Parser support, two command sets are
provided depending on the activation status of the M2M AT Parser.
AT#M2MATP=0 (M2M AT Parser disabled) - only <mode> and
<subset> parameters are supported.
AT#M2MATP=1 (M2M AT Parser enabled) -
<mode>, <subset>,<port_speed>,<N1> parameters are supported.

For M2M AT Parser not supported model, only <mode> and

<subset> parameters are supported.

Note: after entering the Multiplexed Mode an inactive timer of five

seconds starts. If no CMUX control channel is established before
this inactivity timer expires the engine returns to AT Command
Mode

Note: all the CMUX protocol parameter are fixed as defined in

GSM07.10 and cannot be changed.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 209 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Note: the Length Indicator of the information field is fixed to 1

octet.

Note: E/A Bit of the Length Indicator should be set to 1 (length <=
127).

AT+CMUX?
Read command returns the current value of <mode> and <subset>
parameters, when M2M AT Parser disabled (AT#M2MATP=0) or M2M AT
Parser not supported model in the format:
+CMUX: <mode>,<subset>

Read command returns the current value of <mode>, <subset>,

<port_speed> and <N1>
parameters, when M2M AT Parser enabled (AT#M2MATP=1) in the format:
+CMUX: <mode>,<subset>,<port_speed>,<N1>

AT+CMUX=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
<mode> and <subset> when M2M AT Parser disabled (AT#M2MATP=0) or
M2M AT Parser not supported model.

Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters

<mode>, <subset>, <port_speed> and <N1>. when M2M AT Parser disabled
(AT#M2MATP=1).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 210 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.53. AT#CMUXMODE - CMUX Mode Set

The module is equipped with the CMUX standard protocol to provide multiplexing
features. The #CMUXMODE command configures the CMUX behavior concerning the
DTR control line, and the size of the internal output CMUX buffer.

3GPP TS 27.010

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CMUXMODE=<mode>
Set command specifics the CMUX mode
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 defines the DCE behavior when a

transition occurs on the physical DTR
control line.

Values:

0 : Ignore DTR feature is disabled, a transmission of the

physical DTR line instructs the DCE to disable the
CMUX and switches to the normal command mode

1 : Ignore DTR feature is disabled, a transmission of the

physical DTR line instructs the DCE to disable the
CMUX and switches to the normal command mode

5 : Ignore DTR feature is enabled, the DCE doesn’t care

the physical DTR line transitions

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 211 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Note: DLC establishment on Virtual Channel between mode 0 and

mode 1 is different. See Telit Multiplxer SW User Guide for the
detailed information

Note: a software or hardware reset restores the default value.

Note: during cmux session the set command will return

ERROR, only the read and test command can be used.

Note: All CMUXMODE command will have no effect when M2M AT

Parser enabled (AT#M2MATP=1).

AT#CMUXMODE?
Read command returns the current value of <mode> parameter.
+CMUXMODE: <mode>

AT#CMUXMODE=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 212 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.54. AT#USBCFG - USB Configuration

USB Composition Configuration

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#USBCFG=<composition>
Set the USB composition
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<composition> integer - Composition number for each PID.

Refer to an 'Additional info' chapter
for detailed composition number.

Additional info:

LE910Cx Linux Products:

Compositio
PID Functions
n
0x120
0 DIAG+ADB+RmNet+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
1
0x120
1 RNDIS+DIAG+ADB+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
3
0x120
2 DIAG+ADB+MBIM+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
4
0x120
3 MBIM
5
0x120
4 DIAG+ADB+ECM+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
6
0x125
5 RmNet+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
0
0x125
6 RNDIS+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
1

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 213 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0x125
7 MBIM+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
2
0x125
8 ECM+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
3
0x125
9 MODEM+MODEM
4
0x125
10 NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
5
0x123 DIAG+ADB+RmNet+AUDIO+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+S
11
0 AP
0x123 RNDIS+DIAG+ADB+AUDIO+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+S
12
1 AP
0x126
13 DIAG+ADB+RmNet+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
0
0x126
14 DIAG+ADB+RmNet+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+SAP
1
0x126
15 DIAG+ADB+RmNet+NMEA+MODEM+MODEM+AUX
2
LE910Cx ThreadX Products:
Composition PID Functions
0 0x1031 DIAG+MODEM+MODEM+RmNet
1 0x1033 DIAG+MODEM+MODEM+ECM
2 0x1034 MODEM+MODEM+RmNet
3 0x0135 MODEM+MODEM+ECM
4 0x1036 MODEM+MODEM
5 0x1037 DIAG+SER+MODEM+MODEM+RmNet
6 0x1038 SER+MODEM+MODEM+RmNet

The modem device is reset automatically, and new USB composition applied
from the next boot up time.

If trying to set the same composition as currently set the command will return
error.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 214 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If the new composition was set successfully the command will return OK.
If composition settings failed the command will return error.

Default value for USB composition is 0x1201, AT#USBCFG? will return 0 by

default.

If USBCFG is 3, it is MBIM only mode. For that reason, you can't change
the USB composition. If you want to change the USB composition, please
use Main UART or refer to "3.2.13. USB Interface" in SW User Guide
document.

USB compositions 0x1260 and 0x1261 are compositions for Wi-Fi bundling
and this USB compositions are not supported in LE910C1-SV/ST/SA.

PID_0x1262 is not supported in LE910C1-SV/ST/SA.

The value is stored when Set command executed and it is kept even on
firmware download case.

The SER interface of 0x1037 and 0x1038 PIDs for LE910Cx ThreadX
Products could be used only for m2mb application.
This interface isn't mapped with AT channel.
m2m application can use this SER interface with "/dev/usb2" path.

AT#USBCFG?
Returns the current composition set by number as detailed in the section above:

LE910Cx Linux Products:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 215 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0x1201 composition file returns 0

0x1203 composition file returns 1
0x1204 composition file returns 2
0x1205 composition file returns 3
0x1206 composition file returns 4
0x1250 composition file returns 5
0x1251 composition file returns 6
0x1252 composition file returns 7
0x1253 composition file returns 8
0x1254 composition file returns 9
0x1255 composition file returns 10
0x1230 composition file returns 11
0x1231 composition file returns 12
0x1260 composition file returns 13
0x1261 composition file returns 14
0x1262 composition file returns 15

LE910Cx ThreadX Products:

0x1031 composition file returns 0
0x1033 composition file returns 1
0x1034 composition file returns 2
0x1035 composition file returns 3
0x1036 composition file returns 4
0x1037 composition file returns 5
0x1038 composition file returns 6

AT#USBCFG=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <composition>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 216 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.55. AT#EXCEPINFO - Read exception information

This command reports the stored exception information.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#EXCEPINFO=<index>
Write command for clear the stored exception information. All the stored
information will be cleared if this command entered.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer N/A index of the information

Value:

0 : clear the stored exception information

AT#EXCEPINFO?
Read command that reports the stored exception information, in the
format:

#EXCEPINFO: <index>,<sw_ver>,<date>,<time>,<line>,<file>,<msg>

Parameters:
<index>: Integer type, index of the information.
<sw_ver>: String type. Stored software version name information.
<date>: String type, stored date information.
<time>: String type, stored time information. (UTC time. Not local time)
<line>: Integer type, stored line number information.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 217 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<file>: String type, stored file name information.

<msg>: String type, stored exception message information.

- The exception information will be stored up to 5 and will be

deleted from the old one when there is new exception.
- If the exception triggered before module get the time information
from network, the <date> and <time> can be wrong value.
- This exception information only can be used for the purpose to
check there was exception has been happened. The debug process
needs full memory dump same as before.

AT#EXCEPINFO=?
Test command returns with below format :
#EXCEPINFO: (0)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 218 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.56. AT#RESETINFO - Read reason for most recent devices reset or

power-down
This command used to get RESET INFO that has reason for most recent devices reset.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#RESETINFO
Execution command return last reset reason in the following format

RESETINFO: <reset type>

OK

<reset type>
0 - unknown
1 - warm: (e.g. reset from reboot command)
2 - hard: (e.g. reset from power key or reset line)
3 - crash: (e.g. reset due to module crash)

AT#RESETINFO
RESETINFO: 2

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 219 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.57. AT#PORTCFG - Connect Physical Ports to Service Access Points

This command allows to connect Service Access Points (software anchorage points) to
the external physical ports.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#PORTCFG=<Variant>
Set command allows to connect Service Access Points to the external
physical ports giving a great flexibility. Examples of Service Access Points:
AT Parser Instance #1, #2, #3, etc. ..
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Variant> integer 14 set port configuration. A short description,

for each <Variant> value, is reported in
test command section. The range depends
on the product.

Value:

0÷max : see test command section

To enable the set port configuration, the module must be rebooted.

In LE910C1-SV/ST/SA/EUX/SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-WWX, the

Variant 16 is not supported.

Variant 11 broadcasts NMEA on all ports in LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX

and LE910Cx-WWX.
Variant 18, available only on LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-
WWX, relays NMEA on USIF1 port only.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 220 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The default value of parameter <Variant> is 16 in LE910C1-

EU/NF/LA (4G+2G).

Variant 17 is supported for only LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX and

LE910Cx-WWX.

AT#PORTCFG?
Read command returns the requested and the active port configuration in
the format:

#PORTCFG: <requested>,<active>
Additional info:

Parameters returned by the read command, in format:

#PORTCFG: <requested>,<active>

Name Type Default Description

<requested> integer - value showing the requested

configuration that will be
activated on the next power ON.

<active> integer - value showing the actual

configuration.

AT#PORTCFG=?
Test command returns a brief description of the supported ports
arrangement solutions.
For each <Variant> are reported, on one row, the logical connections
between a physical port (USIF0, USB0, etc.) and a Service Access Point
(AT#1, AT#2, etc.).
The test command returns, for example, the following message:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 221 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#PORTCFG=?
#PORTCFG: Variant=0: AT= USIF0 USB0 USB1
#PORTCFG: Variant=3: AT= USIF0 USIF1 USB0
#PORTCFG: Variant=8: AT= USB0 USB1
#PORTCFG: Variant=11: AT= USIF0 USB0 USB1; NMEA= USIF1
#PORTCFG: Variant=14: AT= USIF0 USIF1 USB0 USB1
#PORTCFG: Variant=15: AT= USIF0 USB0 USB1; CONSOLE= USIF1
#PORTCFG: Variant=16: AT= USIF0 USB0 USB1; BT= USIF1
#PORTCFG: Variant=17: AT= USIF0 USB0 USB1; SPI= USIF1
#PORTCFG: Variant=18: AT= USIF0 USB0 USB1; NMEA= USIF1

OK

The <Variant> range depends on the product.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 222 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.58. AT#ATDELAY - AT Command Delay

This command sets a delay in second for the execution of successive AT command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ATDELAY=<delay>
Set command sets a delay in second for the execution of successive AT
command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<delay> integer 0 delay interval

Value:

0÷max : delay expressed in 100 milliseconds intervals; 0

means no delay. For max value refer to test
command

<delay> is only applied to first command executed after #ATDELAY

AT#ATDELAY?
Read command reports the currently selected parameter in the format:
#ATDELAY: <delay>

AT#ATDELAY=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<delay>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 223 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set 5 seconds delay for "AT#GPIO=1,1,1" command

AT#GPIO=1,0,1;#ATDELAY=50;#GPIO=1,1,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 224 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.59. AT#CMAR - Selective Master Reset

This AT command is used to reset user data to factory default on Modem NV and AP
AppZone file system.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CMAR=<unused>[,<resetType>]
Set command resets user data. The user data on Modem NV and AP
AppZone file system will be reset to default.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<unused> integer 0 this parameter is not really used, and it

is present only for backward
compatibility.

Value:

0 : dummy parameter

<resetType> integer 0 the user can select which kind of

format to perform; if omitted, the
command performs a complete format.

Values:

0 : format all

1 : format Modem NV

3 : format AP AppZone file system

If parameter <resetType> is omitted, the command has the same

behavior as AT#CMAR=0,0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 225 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This command will just reset user files in "/mod" directory for AP
AppZone file system.

After the execution is done, the module will automatically reboot.

AT#CMAR=?
Test command returns <unused> value and <resetType> values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 226 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.60. AT&Z - Store Telephone Number in the Internal Phonebook

The command stores a telephone number in the internal phonebook.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&Z<n>=<nr>
Execution command stores the telephone number <nr> in the record <n>.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A phonebook record

Value:

0÷9 : record number

<nr> string - telephone number (maximum length 24

digits)

The module has a built-in non-volatile memory where 10 telephone

numbers can be stored, each one having a maximum of 24 digits.

The records cannot be overwritten and must be cleared before

rewriting. To delete the record <n>, issue the command
AT&Z<n>=<CR>.

The records in the module memory can be viewed with the

command &N, and the phone number stored in record <n> can be
dialed using the ATDS=<n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 227 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.61. AT&N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers

The command displays telephone numbers stored in the internal phonebook.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&N[<n>]
Execution command returns the telephone number stored at the <n>
position in the internal memory.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A phonebook record number

Value:

0÷9 : phonebook record number

If parameter <n> is omitted, then all the internal records are

shown.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 228 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.62. AT#Z - Extended Reset

This command loads both base section and extended section.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#Z=<profile>
Set command loads both base section and extended section of the
specified user profile stored with AT&P.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<profile> integer 0 Parameter to select the user profile

Values:

0 : user profile 0

1 : user profile 1

AT#Z=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 229 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.63. AT&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics

The command displays last connection statistics.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V2
Execution command returns the last connection statistics and
connection failure reason.

Example of connection statistics get with no connection and no error.

• AT&V2

TOTAL CONNECTION TIME : 0:00:00

CONNECTION FAILURE REASON : powered off

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 230 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.64. AT#IMEISV - Request IMEI and Software Version Number

This command returns the International Mobile Station Equipment Identity and Software
Version Number.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#IMEISV
Execution command returns the International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity and Software Version Number, identified as the IMEISV of the
module.
Additional info:

The IMEISV is composed of the following elements (each element

shall consist of decimal digits only):
- Type Allocation Code (TAC). Its length is 8 digits.
- Serial Number (SNR) is an individual serial number uniquely
identifying each equipment within each TAC. Its length is 6 digits.
- Software Version Number (SVN) identifies the software version
number of the mobile equipment. Its length is 2 digits.

AT#IMEISV=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 231 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.65. AT&V0 - Display Current Configuration and Profile

The command displays current modem configuration and profile.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V0
Execution command returns all the modem configuration parameters
settings.

This command is the same as &V, it is included only for

backwards compatibility.

The row of information about CTS (C106) OPTIONS is in the output

of &V0 only for compatibility reasons and represents only a
dummy value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 232 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.66. AT#FWSWITCH - Set Active Firmware Image

This command selects a carrier profile.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#FWSWITCH=<net_conf>[,<storage_conf>]
Set command selects a carrier profile.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<net_conf> integer - Network configuration/carrier

profile to be enabled
Test command show the supported
<net_conf> values range.
Please, refer to the table in
Additional info section for the list of
supported <net_conf> values. The
default value depends on the
product variant.

<storage_conf> integer 0 Selects storage configuration. It is a

dummy parameter and intended
only for backwards compatibility
with older products.

Values:

0 : save the <net_conf> value in RAM

1 : save the <net_conf> value in NVM

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 233 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

List of supported <net_conf> values per product variant

default
Product Network Config
value
0 = AT&T, 1 = Verizon, 2 =
LE910Cx-
T-Mobile, 3 = Bell, 4 = 0
NF
Telus
10 = NTT Docomo, 11 =
Telstra, 12 = KDDI, 13 =
LE910Cx-
Softbank, 14 = Vodafone 10
AP
New Zealand, 15 = Spark
New Zealand
20 = China Mobile, 21 =
LE910C4-
China Unicom, 22 = China 20
CN
Telecom
LE910C1- 30 = Sprint, 31 =
30
NS SouthernLINC
10 = NTT Docomo, 11 =
Telstra, 12 = KDDI, 13 =
LE910Cx-
Softbank, 14 = Vodafone 10
APX
New Zealand, 15 = Spark
New Zealand
LE910C1- 40 = Global, 101 = T-
40
EUX Mobile
0 = AT&T, 1 = Verizon, 3 =
Bell, 4 = Telus, 40 =
LE910Cx-
Global, 101 = T-Mobile 0
WWX
Deutsche, 102 = AT&T
Mexico
0 = AT&T, 1 = Verizon, 3 =
LE910Cx-
Bell, 4 = Telus, 40 = 0
WWXD
Global, 102 = AT&T Mexico
LE910CX- 40 = Global, 101 = T-
40
EU Mobile, 103= Orange-WW

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 234 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This AT command is available on products which support multiple

customizations/carrier profiles.
LE910C1-AP only with only Telstra configuration does not support
this AT command.

This AT command performs a system reboot and factory restore.

<storage_conf> setting value has no effect on firmware

configuration. It is only for the backward compatibility.

A current activated <net_conf> is maintained, even if the firmware

is updated and the factory default values are restored. For
example, if the current <net_conf> is VZW, VZW config is
maintained after updating the firmware.

Softbank configuration is not available on FW version 25.20.xx8 and

older versions.

Network config <net_conf> larger than 100 (e.g. 101,102, 104) use
the Global profile so the firmware version displayed by
AT#SWPKGV will be the same, but each has different subset of
settings.

AT#FWSWITCH?
Read command reports the current active firmware image:
#FWSWITCH: <net_conf>,<storage_conf>

AT#FWSWITCH=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameters
<net_conf> and <storage_conf>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 235 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Switch to configuration 1-VZW:

AT#FWSWITCH =1
OK

Store current user config - 0 for network config 0 - AT&T, and restore user
config - 1 on new network config 1 - VZW on next boot time:
AT#FWSWITCH =1,0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 236 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.67. AT#FWAUTOSIM - Automatic Carrier Switch By SIM

This command is the functionality for automatic carrier switch by SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#FWAUTOSIM=<mode>
Set command sets automatic carrier switch enable mode by SIM.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 automatic carrier switch mode by SIM

Values:

0 : Disable automatic carrier switch by SIM

1 : Enable automatic carrier switch by SIM

2 : Enable one-shot automatic carrier switch by SIM

If automatic carrier switch mode is enabled, the #FWSWITCH

command will return ERROR.

This AT command is available on LE910Cx-NF, LE910Cx-CN,

LE910C1-NS, LE910Cx-AP and LE910Cx-WWX. LE910C1-AP only
for Telstra config don’t support this AT command.

AT#FWAUTOSIM?
Read command reports the current stored <mode>.

#FWAUTOSIM: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 237 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

automatic carrier switch mode by SIM

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A automatic carrier switch mode by

SIM

Values:

0 : Disable automatic carrier switch by SIM

1 : Enable automatic carrier switch by SIM

2 : Enable one-shot automatic carrier switch by

SIM

3 : Waiting enable one-shot automatic carrier

switch by SIM

AT#FWAUTOSIM=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

#FWAUTOSIM: (0-2)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 238 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.68. AT#SECIFCFG - Secure Interface Configuration

This command allows to set the interface secured and non-secured.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SECIFCFG=<sec_mask>,<pwd>
Set command set the interface secured and non-secured.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sec_mask> integer 0 secure mask value

Values:

0 : No secure interface (No secure on all interface)

1 : Serial AT interface (Secure AT access via USB,

UART)

2 : Remote AT interface (Secure AT access via

TCP/IP, SMS)

3 : Serial and Remote AT interface (Secure AT access

via USB, UART, TCP/IP, SMS)

<pwd> string - The credentials are 10 ~ 16 characters

and alphanumeric with capitals
complexity.

Additional info:

Once Interface secure enabled, all AT command is not available

except for secure AT commands #SECIFCFG, #SECIFAUTH and
#SECIFPWD until interface access is authenticated.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 239 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Need to reboot for new configuration.

Default password is "0123456789".

AT#SECIFCFG?
Read command returns the values in the following format:
#SECIFCFG: <sec_mask>
0 : No secure interface (No secure on all interface : default)
1 : Serial AT interface (secure AT access via USB, UART)
2 : Remote AT interface (secure AT access via TCP/IP, SMS)
3 : Serial and Remote AT interface (Secure AT access via USB, UART,
TCP/IP, SMS)
Ex)
AT#SECIFCFG?
#SECIFCFG: 1

OK

AT#SECIFCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.
AT#SECIFCFG=?
#SECIFCFG: (0-3),(10-16)

OK

Password is not displayed.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 240 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.69. AT#SECIFAUTH - Secure Interface Authentication

This command will be gotten an authentication with password.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SECIFAUTH=<pwd>
This command will be gotten an authentication with password.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<pwd> string - The credentials are 10 ~ 16 characters and

alphanumeric with capitals complexity.

Default password is “0123456789”.

AT#SECIFAUTH?
Read command returns the values in the following format:
#SECIFAUTH: <current authentication status>
0 : No authentication requirement
1 : Require authentication
2 : Authenticated
Ex)
AT#SECIFAUTH?
#SECIFAUTH: 1

OK

AT#SECIFAUTH=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 241 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.
AT#SECIFAUTH=?
#SECIFAUTH: (10-16)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 242 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.70. AT#SECIFPWD - Secure Interface Password

This command can change authentication password.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SECIFPWD=<old_pwd>,<new_pwd>,<new_pwd>
This command can change authentication password. New password needs
twice with the same value.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<old_pwd> string - The credentials are 10 ~ 16 characters

and alphanumeric with capitals
complexity.

<new_pwd> string - The credentials are 10 ~ 16 characters

and alphanumeric with capitals
complexity.

<new_pwd> string - The credentials are 10 ~ 16 characters

and alphanumeric with capitals
complexity.

Default password is "0123456789".

AT#SECIFPWD=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.
AT#SECIFPWD=?
#SECIFPWD: (10-16),(10-16),(10-16)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 243 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 244 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.71. AT#CQI - HSDPA Channel Quality Indication

This command returns the channel quality indication of the <mode> parameter which is
PLMN mode bit in the CSP file with SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CQI
Execution command indicates channel quality indication in the form:

#CQI: <cqi>

Additional info:

CQI values:

Name Type Default Description

<cqi> integer N/A Channel Quality indication

Values:

0÷30 : The value range for WCDMA. 1 (worst) – 30

(best)

0÷15 : The value range for LTE. 1 (worst) – 15 (best)

0 : out of range

31 : Unknown or not detectable

AT#CQI=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 245 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameter

<cqi>.

Will only work while socket is open and data transfer is active.
Working only with UTRAN and E-UTRAN (see +WS46).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 246 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.72. AT#FRATTRIGGER - Configure FRAT Trigger parameter

This command sets the parameter needed to trigger the FRAT.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#FRATTRIGGER=<gpio_pin>[,<trigger_value>]
This command sets the parameter needed to trigger the FRAT.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<gpio_pin> integer 0 Numeric parameter that selects

how to get the frat_trigger value.

Values:

0 : gets the frat_trigger value from

<trigger_value>.

1÷10 : gets the frat_trigger value from TGPIO

#<gpio_pin>.

<trigger_value> integer 1 numeric parameter which selected

how to trigger the FRAT.

Values:

0 : slow trigger

1 : fast trigger

<gpio_pin> is attached to ALT8 func (see AT#GPIO).

<gpio_pin> is save to NVM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 247 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<gpio_pin> default is 0.

<trigger_value> default is 1.

<trigger_value> will reset to default in each power up.

It can support only AT&T specific module.

AT#FRATTRIGGER?
Read command returns the current settings for the frat trigger:
#FRATTRIGGER: <gpio_pin>,<trigger_value>

AT#FRATTRIGGER=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameters
<gpio_pin>,<trigger_value>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 248 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.73. AT#PDPAUTH - PDP Authentication Parameters

This set command specifies PDP authentication parameters values for a PDP context
identified by the (local) context identification parameter <cid>.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PDPAUTH=<cid>,<auth_type>,[<username>,[<password>]]
Set command specifies PDP authentication parameters values for a PDP
context identified by the (local) context identification parameter <cid>.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A context identifier

Value:

1÷max : specifies a particular PDP context definition.

The value of max is returned by the Test
command.

<auth_type> integer 0 authentication type

Values:

0 : no authentication

1 : PAP authentication

2 : CHAP authentication

<username> string - supplied by network provider.

Required for <auth_type> = 1 and 2

<password> string - supplied by network provider.

Required for <auth_type> = 1 and 2.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 249 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#PDPAUTH?
Read command returns the PDP authentication parameters, excluding
<password>, set for every PDP, in the format:

#PDPAUTH: <cid1>,<auth_type1>,<username1><CR><LF>
...
#PDPAUTH:<cidmax>,<auth_typemax>,<usernamemax><CR><LF>]]

AT#PDPAUTH=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<cid> and <auth_type> and the maximum allowed length of the string
parameters <password> and <username>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 250 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.74. AT#TXCAL4G - Change Max TX Power Level for a Supported Band

This command changes the maximum power level for the specified band.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TXCAL4G=<band>[,<txPwrLev>]
Set command changes the tx power level for the specified band.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<band> integer - number of the LTE band whose TX

maximum power level must be
changed. To know its range, use Test
command.

<txPwrLev> integer 230 maximum TX power level for the band

specified, in 1/10dBm (230 = 23dBm). To
know its range, use Test command.
If <txPwrLev> is not specified, the
default value for maximum TX power
level is set for the band <band>

Value:

180÷250 : maximum power level

<txPwrLev> input resolution is dBm10.(Qualcomm limitation)

LTE band 71 doesn't support resolution dBm10.(Qualcomm

limitation)

After command set, you have to reboot modem.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 251 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#TXCAL4G?
Read command returns the bands supported and the maximum power
level set for each band in the format:
#TXCAL4G: <band>,<txPwrLev>
#TXCAL4G: <band>,<txPwrLev>
#TXCAL4G: <band>,<txPwrLev>
#TXCAL4G: <band>,<txPwrLev>
#TXCAL4G: <band>,<txPwrLev>
...

AT#TXCAL4G=?
Test command reports the supported range of parameters values.

Telit module are calibrated to fit the 3GPP standard, any change on
TX power value is under customer responsibility.

LTE band 71 doesn't support resolution dBm10.

• AT#TXCAL4G=71,232
ERROR
AT#TXCAL4G=71,230
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 252 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.75. AT#TXCAL - TX Calibration

This command change the Tx power level for the band specified.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TXCAL=<band>[,<value1>,<value2>,……<value16>]
Set command change the Tx power level for the band specified.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<band> integer N/A numeric parameter indicating the band.

Values:

0 : GSM 850

1 : GSM 900

2 : DCS 1800

3 : PCS 1900

The set command ( AT#TXCAL=<bnd> ) causes the values for <bnd>

band to reuse the default ones
After command set, you have to reboot modem.

AT#TXCAL?
Read command returns the current parameter settings for each band in
the format:
#TXCAL: <value_1>,<value_2>,....,<value_16>
#TXCAL: <value_1>,<value_2>,....,<value_16>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 253 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#TXCAL: <value_1>,<value_2>,....,<value_16>
#TXCAL: <value_1>,<value_2>,....,<value_16>

AT#TXCAL=?
Test command reports the supported range of parameters values.

Telit module are calibrated to fit the 3GPP standard, any change on
TX power value is under customer responsibility.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 254 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.76. AT#CIND - Indication Control Reader Indication

This command gets the Indicator Control for current values.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CIND?
Read command returns the current values of +CIND, in the format.
#CIND: <cind_ind>,<cind_ind>,…<cind_ind>
Additional info:

<cind_ind> - cind current set value according to the index of

+CIND command
0 - unset
1 - set

AT#CIND=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for the +CIND set
<cind_ind>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 255 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Next command changed the +CIND values:

AT+CIND=1,0,1,0,0,1,0,1,1,0,0

Next command to query the current value of all indicators:

AT#CIND?
#CIND:1,0,1,0,0,1,0,1,1,0,0

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 256 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.77. AT#MTUSIZE - Configure the MTU Size

This command sets a fixed MTU size. It must be issued before activating a PDP context.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#MTUSIZE=<MTU>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<MTU> integer 0 sets the MTU size

Values:

0 : MTU size used by the network operator

1÷2000 : possible values of MTU size

Values from 1 to 67 are accepted but are mapped onto value 0.

Refer to RFC 791, § 3.2, paragraph "Fragmentation and
Reassembly", which reports the following:
"Every internet module must be able to forward a datagram of 68
octets without further fragmentation. This is because an internet
header may be up to 60 octets, and the minimum fragment is 8
octets."

AT#MTUSIZE?
Read command returns the current settings for <MTU> in the format:
#MTUSIZE: <MTU>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 257 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MTUSIZE=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameter <MTU>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 258 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.78. AT#TID - Request Telit ID

The command returns Telit ID and version number.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#TID
Execution command returns device Telit ID and version number
separated by a comma, followed by an OK at newline.

AT#TID=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 259 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.79. AT+IMEISV - Request IMEI and Software Version Number

This command returns the International Mobile Station Equipment Identity and Software
Version Number.

3GPP TS 23.003

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+IMEISV
Execution command returns the International Mobile Station Equipment
Identity and Software Version Number, identified as the IMEISV of the
module.
Additional info:

The IMEISV is composed of the following elements (each element

shall consist of decimal digits only):
- Type Allocation Code (TAC). Its length is 8 digits.
- Serial Number (SNR) is an individual serial number uniquely
identifying each equipment within each TAC. Its length is 6 digits.
- Software Version Number (SVN) identifies the software version
number of the mobile equipment. Its length is 2 digits.

AT+IMEISV=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 260 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.80. AT#CGMM - Request Model Identification

This command returns the device model identification.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CGMM
Execution command returns the device model identification code, with
command echo.

AT#CGMM
#CGMM: <code>
OK

AT#CGMM=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 261 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.81. AT#IMSPDPSET - sets IMS Pdp APN Name

This command sets IMS Pdp APN Name. This name should be one of the APN names set
in +CGDCONT command and appropriated context will be opened for IMS.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#IMSPDPSET=<pdpApnName>
This command sets IMS Pdp APN Name.
This name should be one of the APN names set in +CGDCONT command
and appropriated context will be opened for IMS.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<pdpApnName> string - from 1 to 32 symbols ANSI fixed

string.

Can be used with or without quotes.

AT#IMSPDPSET?
Read command reports existing IMS Pdp APN Name in format:

#IMSPDPSET: ims

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 262 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.82. AT#FWTDEVICESET - Set FWT device for enabling 911 calling

Set FWT device for enabling 911 calling.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#FWTDEVICESET=<mode>
This command is used to set FWT(Fixed Wireless Terminal) device for
enabling 911 calling.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable or disable FWT deivces for enabling

911 calling.

Values:

0 : Disable 911 calling on FWT devices

1 : Enable 911 calling on FWT devices

This command is for Verizon and the UE shall include following

proprietary headers in the SIP INVITE:
P-Com.ServiceType: Static-Emergency
P-com.E911ServiceType: VZWFreedom

This command is only available when using "VZWFreedom" which

is the specified service type of emergency call on the FWT device.
Even if this command is not set, there is no affect when using
emergency calls or general voice calls.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 263 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

FWT devices are defined as LTE capable devices that allow users to
make voice calls by connecting external devices (example: a
landline telephone).

AT#FWTDEVICESET?
Read command reports whether FWT device for enabling 911 calling is
currently enabled or not, in the format:
#FWTDEVICESET: <mode>

AT#FWTDEVICESET=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.
AT#FWTDEVICESET=?
#FWTDEVICESET: (0-1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 264 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.83. AT#WKIO - Set RING CFG Parameters

This command configures the service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#WKIO=[<Mode>[,<Pin>[,<Trigger>[,<Timer>]]]]
Set command configures the service.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Mode> integer 0 Enable\Disable for the feature.

Values:

0 : Disable (default).

1 : Enable.

<Pin> integer 0 Set the outputs line for wakeup detection

Values:

0 : Ring Only (default, GPIO4 always in HIGH state)

1 : Ring & GPIO 4

2 : GPIO 4

3 : No Pins (GPIO4 always in HIGH state)

<Trigger> integer 2 Line will be Wakeup By

Values:

0 : SMS

1 : CALL

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 265 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : SMS Or CALL (default)

<Timer> integer 1 Set the time interval for the wakeup line
to be at LOW state.

Value:

1÷60 : sec

To received Pulse in the ring line you need to set AT\R=2 and save
profile (the ring wave shape will be Pulse only when call received).

To be able to wake up by SMS need to set the command

AT#E2SMSRI at power up.

The <Timer> parameter only affects the behavior of the GPIO4 pin.

AT#WKIO?
Read command returns the current settings of parameters in the format:
#WKIO: <Mode>,<Pin>,<Trigger>,<Timer>

AT#WKIO=?
Test command returns the supported values for the RINGCFG parameters:
#WKIO: (0,1),(0-2),(0-3),(1-60)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 266 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#WKIO=1,1,2,7

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 267 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.84. AT#CDORM - Dormant control command

Dormant control command

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CDORM=<action>[,<call_id>]
Set command used to:
1. Enable/Disable the indication of dormant mode.
2. Fast dormancy
3. Exit from dormancy.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer 0 mode for control

Values:

0 : Disable the dormant status unsolicited result code

1 : Enable the dormant status unsolicited result code :

Refer to Additional info

2 : Go to dormant(fast dormancy)

3 : Exit dormant for <call_id> or first found call id if no

<call_id> mentioned.

<call_id> integer N/A call identification number.

Value:

0÷17 : only for Exit dormancy action

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 268 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When the indication is enabled, an unsolicited report with current

status (dormant or active) per packet call will be sent to the DTE.
Then, an update report sent to the DTE each time a change detected
on status.

Unsolicited result code for <action> 1:

#CDORM:<call_id>,<dormant_status>
Where: <dormant_status> -
0 - call is in dormant mode
1 - call is in active mode

AT#CDORM?
The read command returns the current settings and status.

#CDORM:<unsolicited_status>[,<call_id>,<dormant_status>][<CR><LF>
#CDORM:<unsolicited_status>[,<call_id>,<dormant_status>][...]]

Where: <unsolicited_status>
0 - call is in dormant mode
1 - call is in active mode

AT#CDORM=?
The test command returns the possible ranges of <action> and <call_id>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 269 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.2.85. AT#CGMF - Request Product Code

Execution command returns the device product parameter code

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CGMF
The command returns the following message:

AT#CGMF
<product parameter version>

OK

AT#CGMF=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 270 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3. S Parameters

3.2.3.1. ATS0 - Number of Rings to Auto Answer

The command controls the automatic answering feature of the DCE.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS0=[<n>]
Set command sets the number of rings required before device
automatically answers an incoming call.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 Number of

rings

Values:

0 : auto answer disabled

1÷255 : number of rings required before automatic answer.

The DCE answers when the incoming call indication
(ring) has occurred the number of times indicated
by the value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 271 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Data only products ignore command setting and auto answer is

disabled if incoming call is a voice call.

ATS0?
Read command returns the current value of S0 parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 272 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.2. ATS1 - Ring Counter

S1 is incremented each time the device detects the ring signal of an incoming call. S1 is
cleared as soon as no ring occur.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS1

The form ATS1 has no effect, returns OK result code.

ATS1?
Read command returns S1 value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 273 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.3. ATS2 - Escape Character

The command manages the ASCII character used as escape character.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS2=<char>
Set command sets the ASCII character to be used as escape character.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 43 escape character decimal ASCII

Value:

43 : factory default value is '+'

The escape sequence consists of three escape characters

preceded and followed by n ms of idle (see S12 to set n).

This command only supports 43 for <char> parameter.

ATS2?
Read command returns the current value of S2 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 274 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.4. ATS3 - Command Line Termination Character

The command manages the character configured as command line terminator.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS3=<char>
Set command sets the value of the character either recognized by the
device as command line terminator and generated by the device as part of
the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text,
along with S4 parameter.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 13 command line termination character

(decimal ASCII)

Value:

0÷127 : command line termination character

The "previous" value of S3 is used to determine the command line

termination character for entering the command line containing
the S3 setting command. However, the result code issued shall use
the "new" value of S3 (as set during the processing of the
command line)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 275 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

ATS3?
Read command returns the current value of S3 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 276 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.5. ATS4 - Response Formatting Character

The command manages the character generated by the device as part of the header,
trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS4=<char>
Set command sets the value of the character generated by the device as
part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information
text, along with the S3 parameter.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 10 response formatting character (decimal

ASCII)

Value:

0÷127 : response formatting character

If the value of S4 is changed in a command line the result code

issued in response of that command line will use the new value of
S4.

ATS4?
Read command returns the current value of S4 parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 277 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 278 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.6. ATS5 - Command Line Editing Character

The command manages the value of the character recognized by the DCE as a request to
delete from the command line the immediately preceding character.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS5=<char>
Set command sets the value of the character recognized by the device as a
request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding
character.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 8 command line editing character (decimal

ASCII)

Value:

0÷127 : command line editing character

ATS5?
Read command returns the current value of S5 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 279 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.7. ATS7 - Connection Completion Time-Out

This set command specifies the amount of time that the DCE shall allow between either
answering a call (automatically or by the ATA command) or completion of signaling of
call addressing information to network (dialing), and establishment of a connection with
the remote DCE. If no connection is established during this time, the DCE disconnects
from the line and returns a result code indicating the cause of the disconnection.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS7=<tout>
Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds, that the device shall
allow between either answering a call(automatically or by A command) or
completion of signaling of call addressing information to network (dialing),
and establishment of a connection with the remote device.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 0 defines time interval expressed in seconds

Values:

0 : disabled

1÷255 : available range

At LE910C1-AP (for JAPAN), a max value is 100.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 280 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

ATS7?
Read command returns the current value of S7 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 281 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.8. ATS8 - Comma Dial Modifier Time

This command sets comma dial modifier time.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS8=[<time>]
Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds, that the DCE shall
pause, during signalling of call addressing information to the network
(dialling), when a "P" dial modifier is encountered in a dial string.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<time> integer 3 number of seconds

Values:

0 : DCE does not pause when "," encountered in dial

string.

1÷255 : Number of seconds to pause.

ATS8?
Read command returns the current value of S8 parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 282 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.9. ATS10 - Carrier Off with Firm Time

The command is available only for backward compatibility

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS10=<n>
Set command has no effect and is available only for backward
compatibility with landline modems.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A dummy

Value:

1÷255 : dummy parameter

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 283 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.10. ATS12 - Escape Prompt Delay

The command manages the prompt delay between two different escape characters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS12=<time>
Set command sets:
- the minimum period, before receipt of the first character of the three
escape character sequence, during which no other character has to be
detected in order to accept it as valid first character;
- the maximum period allowed between receipt of first or second
character of the three escape character sequence and receipt of the next;
- the minimum period, after receipt of the last character of the three
escape character sequence, during which no other character has to be
detected in order to accept the escape sequence as a valid one.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<time> integer 50 delay expressed in fiftieth of a second

Value:

20÷150 : expressed in fiftieth of a second (0.4 – 3 [s])

The minimum period S12 has to pass after CONNECT result code
too, before a received character is accepted as valid first character
of the three escape character sequence.

If the Escape Sequence Guard Time set to a value different from

zero, it overrides the one set with S12.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 284 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

ATS12?
Read command returns the current value of S12 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 285 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.11. ATS25 - Delay to DTR Off

The command manages the amount of time that the device will ignore the DTR.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS25=<time>
Set command defines the amount of time, in hundredths of second, that
the device will ignore the DTR for taking the action specified by command
&D.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<time> integer 5 expressed in hundredths of a second

Value:

0÷255 : expressed in hundredths of a second

The delay is effective only if its value is greater than 5. To be

recognized as valid, the DTR transition must be greater than S25.
Low values could require a transition increased of a factor 1.5 to be
correctly handled (e.g., to be sure that S25=5 works, use a DTR
toggle of 75ms to be detected).

In power saving (e.g. +CFUN=5 with DTR low) DTR must be off at
least 3 seconds for taking the action specified by command &D,
independently of S25 parameter.

ATS25?
Read command returns the current value of S25 parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 286 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 287 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.12. ATS30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer

This command defines disconnect inactivity timer.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS30=<tout>
Set command defines the inactivity time-out in minutes. The device
disconnects if no characters are exchanged for a time period of at least
<tout> minutes.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 0 expressed in minutes

Values:

0 : disabled, disconnection due to inactivity is disabled

1÷127 : inactivity time-out value

ATS30?
Read command returns the current value of S30 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 288 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.13. ATS38 - Delay To Before Forced Hang Up

This command sets delay to before forced hang up.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS38=<dalay>
Set command sets the delay, in seconds, between the device's receipt of H
command (or ON-to-OFF transition of DTR) and the disconnect operation.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<dalay> integer 20 acknowledge timer in units

of seconds

Values:

0÷254 : the device will wait <delay> seconds for the

remote device to acknowledge all data in the
device buffer before disconnecting

255 : the device doesn’t time-out and continues to

attempt to deliver data in the buffer until the
connection is lost or the data is delivered

<delay> parameter can be used to ensure that data in device buffer

is sent before device disconnects.

ATS38?
Read command returns the current value of S38 parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 289 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 290 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.14. AT&V1 - S Registers Display

The command displays the S registers values.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V1
Execution command returns the S registers values in both decimal and
hexadecimal format. The response is in the form:

DEC (value in dec. HEX (value in hex

REG (S register)
notation) notation)
<reg0> <dec> <hex>
<reg1> <dec> <hex>
... ... ...
<regN> <dec> <hex>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 291 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Here is a generic example showing the format.

AT&V1

REG DEC HEX

000 000 000
001 000 000
002 043 02B
003 013 00D
004 010 00A
005 008 008
007 060 03C
012 050 032
... ... ...
... ... ...

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 292 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.3.15. AT&V3 - Extended S Registers Display

The command displays the extended S registers values.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V3
Execution command returns the extended S registers values in both
decimal and hexadecimal format. The response is in the form as shown
in AT&V1 command.

Here is a generic example showing the format.

AT&V3

REG DEC HEX

000 000 000
001 000 000
002 043 02B
003 013 00D
004 010 00A
005 008 008
007 060 03C
012 050 032
025 005 005
... ... ...
... ... ...

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 293 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4. DTE - Modem Interface Control

3.2.4.1. ATE - Command Echo

This command allows to enable or disable the command echo.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATE[<n>]
The execution command allows to enable/disable the command echo.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 Configuration value

Values:

0 : disables command echo

1 : enables command echo, hence command sent to the

device are echoed back to the DTE before the response
is given.

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

ATE0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 294 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.2. ATQ - Quiet Result Codes

This command allows to enable or disable the result code.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATQ[<n>]
Set command enables or disables the result codes.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enables/disables result

codes

Values:

0 : enables result codes

1 : disables result codes. The commands entered after

ATQ1 do not return the result code.

2 : disables result codes (only for backward compatibility).

The commands entered after ATQ2 do not return the
result code.

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

ATQ0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 295 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

After issuing ATQ0 the OK result code is returned

AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1)
OK

After issuing ATQ1 or ATQ2 the OK result code is not returned.

AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 296 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.3. ATV - Response Format

This command allows to set format of information responses and result codes.

[1] ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATV[<n>]
Set command determines the contents of the header and
trailer transmitted with result codes and information responses. It
also determines if result codes are transmitted in a numeric form or
an alphanumeric form (according to [1]).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 format of information responses and result

codes. See Additional info section.

Values:

0 : limited headers and trailers and numeric format of

result codes

1 : full headers and trailers and verbose format of result

codes

Additional info:

<n>=0
information responses <text><CR><LF>
result codes <numericCode><CR>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 297 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<n>=1
<CR><LF>
information responses
<text><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>
result codes
<verboseCode><CR><LF>

the <text> portion of information responses is not affected by this

setting.

if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

ATV0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 298 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.4. ATI - Identification Information

This command returns identification information.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

ATI[<n>]
Execution command returns product information.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 information request

Values:

0 : numerical identifier

1 : module checksum

2 : checksum check result

3 : manufacturer

4 : product name

5 : DOB version

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

ATI0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 299 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.5. AT&C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control

This command controls the DCD output behavior.

ITU-T Recommendation V25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&C[<n>]
Set command controls the DCD output behavior of the serial port.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 DCD output behavior

Values:

0 : DCD remains always High

1 : DCD follows the Carrier detect status: if carrier is

detected DCD goes High, otherwise DCD is Low

2 : DCD is always High except for 1 sec "wink" when a data

call is disconnected

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

AT&C0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 300 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.6. AT&D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control

This set command configures the behavior of the module according to the DTR control
line transitions.

ITU-T Recommendation V25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT&D[<n>]
Set command configures the module behavior relative to the DTR signal
transitions.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 defines the module behavior

according to the DTR control line
transitions

Values:

0 : DTR transitions are ignored by the module

1 : When the MODULE is connected, the High to Low

transition of DTR pin sets the device in command mode
and the current connection is NOT closed.

2 : When the MODULE is connected, the High to Low

transition of DTR pin sets the device in command mode
and the current connection is closed.

3 : C108/1 operation enabled

4 : C108/1 operation disabled

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 301 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

if a connection has been set up issuing either #SKTD or #SKTOP,

then AT&D1 has the same effect as AT&D2.

If AT&D2 been issued and the DTR has been tied Low, auto
answering is inhibited and it is possible to answer only issuing
command ATA.

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

AT&D0.

&D3, &D4 are used for the backward compatibility, the command
has the same behaviour of AT&D0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 302 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.7. AT\Q - Standard Flow Control

This command controls the RS232 flow control behavior.

ITU-T Recommendation V25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT\Q[<n>]
Set command controls the RS232 flow control behavior.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 3 RS232 flow control behavior

Values:

0 : no flow control

2 : hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS

active)

3 : hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS

active)

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as

AT\Q0.

Hardware flow control (AT\Q3) is not active in command mode. To

active this setting in command mode, use AT#CLFO=1.

AT\Q's settings are functionally a subset of AT&K's ones.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 303 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 304 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.8. AT&K - Flow Control

Flow Control settings.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT&K[<n>]
Set command controls the RS232 flow control behavior.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 3 flow control behavior

Values:

0 : no flow control

3 : hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS

active)

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior as

AT&K0.

AT&K has no Read Command. To verify the current setting of

AT&K, simply check the settings of the active profile issuing AT&V.

Hardware flow control (AT&K3) is not active in command mode. To

active this setting in command mode, use AT#CFLO=1.

AT&K3 returns "ERROR" if the UART's RTS and CTS control lines
have been configured with the AT#V24CFG command as GPIO
mode or GPIO kernel mode (Default AT#V24CFG: AT commands
serial port mode).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 305 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.9. AT&S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control

Set DSR behavior on RS232

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT&S[<n>]
Set command controls the RS232 DSR pin behavior.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 3 Configuration parameter

Values:

0 : Always High

1 : Follows carrier status

2 : High when DATA mode connected

3 : High when the modem device is ready to receive AT

command

If option 1 selected, then DSR tied High when the device receives
from the network the UMTS traffic channel indication.

In power saving mode the DSR pin always tied Low & USB_VBUS
pin always tied Low.

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

AT&S0.

If option 1 or 2 active, DSR will not tie High in case of GSM voice
connection.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 306 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 307 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.10. AT+IPR - UART DCE Interface Data Rate Speed

The command sets the speed of the DTE serial port.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

[2] ITU-T Recommendation V25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+IPR=<rate>,<rate>
Set command specifies the DTE speed at which the device accepts commands
during command mode operations; it may be used to fix the DTE-DCE interface
speed.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<rate> integer 115200 speed of the first UART serial port expressed
in bit per second

Values:

300 : bps

600 : bps

1200 : bps

2400 : bps

4800 : bps

9600 : bps

19200 : bps

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 308 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

38400 : bps

57600 : bps

115200 : bps

230400 : bps

460800 : bps

921600 : bps

2000000 : bps

2500000 : bps

3000000 : bps

3500000 : bps

3750000 : bps

<rate> integer 115200 speed of the second UART serial port

expressed in bit per second

Values:

300 : bps

600 : bps

1200 : bps

2400 : bps

4800 : bps

9600 : bps

19200 : bps

38400 : bps

57600 : bps

115200 : bps

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 309 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

230400 : bps

460800 : bps

921600 : bps

If <rate> specified DTE-DCE speed fixed to that speed, hence no speed auto-
detection (autobauding) enabled.

AT+IPR?
Read command returns the current value of <rate> parameter.

AT+IPR?
+IPR: 115200,115200
OK

AT+IPR=?
Test command returns the list of supported auto detectable <rate> values and the
list of fixed-only <rate> values in the format:
+IPR:(list of supported auto detectable <rate> values), (list of fixed-only <rate>
values)

AT+IPR=?
+IPR:
(300,600,1200,2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200,230400,460800,921600,200
0000,2500000,3000000,3500000,3750000),(300,600,1200,2400,4800,9600,19200,3840
0,57600,115200,230400,460800,921600)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 310 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This command has no effect on USB interface; the DCE sends the OK result
but the settings has no effect on serial interface

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 311 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.11. AT#DTR - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flow control

The command configures how the outbound flow on serial ports is controlled by the DTR
signal.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#DTR=<n>
This set command configures the behavior of th outbound flow according
to the DTR control line level transitions.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A DTR outbound flow control

behavior

Values:

0 : DTR level transitions are ignored and cannot control the

outbound data flow

1 : DTR level transitions control the outbound data flow. If

DTR is asserted, the output data is sent; if DTR is not
asserted, the output data is blocked

Additional info:

For USIF ports default value of <n> is 0.

For USB ports default value of <n> is 2.

The range depends on the port.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 312 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

For USB ports, receiving input data has the same effect of a low to
high level transition. Therefore, if the DTR is not asserted, or if it is
asserted but its level has not been signaled by the DTE to the DCE,
after receiving input data the DTR is considered asserted. A new
DTR level transition from asserted to not asserted will block again
the outbound flow.

USIF ports without DTR pin only support <n>=0.

This command is available when #M2MATP is '1'.

AT#DTR?
Read command returns the current of <n> parameter.

AT#DTR=?
Test command returns the list of <n> values in the format:
#DTR: (list of <n> values)

For USB port:

AT#DTR=?
#DTR: (1,2)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 313 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.12. AT+FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type

Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both directions:
from DTE to DTA and from DTA to DTE.

ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+FLO=<type>
Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both
directions: from DTE to DTA and from DTA to DTE.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 2 flow control option for the data on the serial
port

Values:

0 : flow control None

2 : flow control Hardware (CTS-RTS)

This command is a shortcut of the +IFC command.

+FLO's settings are functionally a subset of &K's ones.

AT+FLO?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <type>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 314 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+FLO=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <type>.

Test command result is without command echo.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 315 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.13. AT+IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control

This set command selects the flow control of the serial port in both directions.

ITU-T Recommendation V25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+IFC=<byDTE>,<byDCE>
Set command selects the flow control behavior of the serial port in both
directions: from DTE to modem (<byDTE> option) and from modem to DTE
(<byDCE>)

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<byDTE> integer 2 specifies the method used by the DTE to

control the flow of data received from the
device (DCE)

Values:

0 : no flow control

2 : flow control by RTS control line (C105, Request to

Send)

<byDCE> integer 2 specifies the method used by the device

(DCE) to control the flow of data received
from the DTE

Values:

0 : no flow control

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 316 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : flow control by CTS control line (C105, Clear to Send)

The only possible commands are AT+IFC=0,0 and AT+IFC=2,2.

Hardware flow control (AT+IFC=2,2) is not active in command

mode. To active this setting in command mode, use AT#CFLO=1.

This command is equivalent to &K command.

AT+IFC=2,2 returns "ERROR" if the UART's RTS and CTS control

lines have been configured with the AT#V24CFG command as GPIO
mode or GPIO kernel mode (Default AT#V24CFG: AT commands
serial port mode).

AT+IFC?
Read command returns active flow control settings.

AT+IFC=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <byDTE>
and <byDCE>.

This command has no effect on USB interface. It is only for UART interface.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 317 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.14. AT+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing

This set command defines the asynchronous character framing.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+ICF=<format>[,<parity>]
Set command defines the asynchronous character framing to be used
when autobauding is disabled.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<format> string 3 sets the number of Data bits and Stop bits.
Only the <format>=3 is supported.

Value:

3 : 8 Data, 1 Stop

<parity> string 0 This parameter is used for the backward

compatibility. It's no meaningful.

Values:

0 : odd

1 : even

AT+ICF?
Read command returns current settings for parameters <format> and
<parity>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 318 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+ICF=?
Test command returns the ranges of values for the parameters <format>
and <parity>.

This command has no effect on USB interface. It's used only for UART
interface.

AT+ICF=3
OK

AT+ICF=?
+ICF: (3),(0,1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 319 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.15. AT#CFLO - Command Flow Control

This set command enables/disables the hardware flow control in command mode.
If enabled, the flow control is applied to both data mode and command mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#CFLO=<enable>
Set command enables/disables the flow control in command mode. If
enabled, the current flow control configured by +IFC, &K,\Q is applied to
both data mode and command mode.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enable/disable hardware flow control

Values:

0 : disable flow control in command mode

1 : enable flow control in command mode

Setting value is saved in the profile.

This behaviour is valid only for Main UART port.

In case of USB port, flow control always enabled independent of
this setting.

AT#CFLO?
Read command returns current setting value in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 320 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#CFLO: <enable>

AT#CFLO=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<enable>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 321 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.16. AT#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence

This command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#SKIPESC=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence (+++) while
transmitting during a data connection.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable skipping the escape

sequence (+++)

Values:

0 : does not skip the escape sequence; its transmission is

enabled.

1 : skips the escape sequence; its transmission is not

enabled.

In FTP connection the escape sequence is not transmitted,

regardless of the command setting.

AT#SKIPESC?
Read command returns the current value of the parameter <mode> in the
format:

#SKIPESC: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 322 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SKIPESC=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 323 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.17. AT#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time

This command sets a guard time in seconds for the escape sequence in GPRS to be
considered a valid one, and return to on-line command mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#E2ESC=<gt>
Set command sets a guard time in seconds for the escape sequence in
GPRS to be considered a valid one (and return to on-line command mode).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<gt> integer 0 sets a guard time in seconds

Values:

0 : no guard time

1÷3 : guard time in seconds.

If the Escape Sequence Guard Time set to a value different from

zero, it overrides the one set with S12.

AT#E2ESC?
Read command returns current value of the escape sequence guard time,
in the format:

#E2ESC: <gt>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 324 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#E2ESC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 325 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.18. ATX - Extended Result Codes

This command allows to select the subset of result code messages.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

ATX[<n>]
Set command selects the subset of result code messages the modem
uses to reply to the DTE upon AT commands execution.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 configuration value

Values:

0 : when entering in dial mode a CONNECT result code is

relayed; see Additional info.

1÷4 : when entering in dial mode a CONNECT <text> result

code is relayed, see Additional info.

Additional info:

<n>=0
OK, CONNECT, RING, NO CARRIER, ERROR, NO ANSWER result
codes are enabled. Dial tone and busy detection (NO DIALTONE
and BUSY result codes) are disabled.

<n>=1 .. 4
all the remaining result codes are enabled.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 326 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When the <n> parameter is omitted, the command acts like ATX0.

Current value is returned by AT&V.

Parameter:
<n>
0 - EXTENDED MESSAGES : X0=NO
1..4 - EXTENDED MESSAGES : X1=YES

For complete control on CONNECT response message see also +DR

command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 327 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.19. AT#KIPR - Keep DTE Interface Rate

This command enables/disables to keep the current DTE speed permanently.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#KIPR=<enable>
Set command enables/disables to keep the current DTE speed
permanently. If enabled, the current DTE speed configured by +IPR won't
be changed back to default value specified by manufacturer even if &F or
base section value of the specified by user profile even if Z.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enables/disables to keep the current DTE

speed permanently

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable to keep the current DTE speed

Setting value is saved in the NVM.

This behavior is valid only for UART port.

AT#KIPR?
Read command returns the current value of #KIPR parameter.

AT#KIPR?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 328 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#KIPR: 1
OK

AT#KIPR=?
Test command returns the list of supported <enable> values in the format:

AT#KIPR=?
#KIPR: (0,1)
OK

AT+IPR=115200,9600
OK
AT+IPR?
+IPR: 115200,9600
OK
AT&W&P
OK
AT#KIPR=1
OK
AT&F
OK
AT+IPR?
+IPR: 115200,9600
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 329 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.20. AT#NOPT - Notification Port

Set notification(URC) message port

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#NOPT=<num>
Set command specifies the port output notification (URC) messages

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<num> integer 0 Notification(URC) port

Values:

0 : All Ports; URC messages are sent to all ports

1 : UART 1 Port

2 : Telit USB Modem 1 Port

3 : Telit USB Modem 2 Port

4 : UART 2 Port

5 : Multiplexer DLCI1 Port

6 : Multiplexer DLCI2 Port

7 : Multiplexer DLCI3 Port

8 : Multiplexer DLCI4 Port

URC messages sent out only on the configured ports by this

command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 330 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If the configured port closed, URC messages will be discarded.

DTE must enable DTR line to get URC messages on Telit USB ports
and Multiplexer ports.

AT#NOPT?
Read command reports the current notification port.

AT#NOPT=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameter <num>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 331 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.21. AT#NOPTEXT - Notification Port Extension

Set notification port extension

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#NOPTEXT=<noptext_enable>[,<port1_enable>[,<port2_enable>[,<port3_enable>
[,<port4_enable>[,<port5_enable>[,<port6_enable>[,<port7_enable>[,<port8_enable
>]]]]]]]]
Set command specified the port output notification (URC) messages
This command is extended from AT#NOPT command.
Unlike AT#NOPT, this command allow to specify a number of URC ports URC
message print out
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<noptext_enable> integer 0 enable #NOPTEXT

Values:

0 : Disable #NOPTEXT command set

1 : Enable #NOPTEXT command set

<port1_enable> integer N/A enable port1 - UART 1 Port

Values:

0 : disable URC message on port1

1 : enable URC message on port1

<port2_enable> integer N/A enable port2 - Telit USB Modem 1

Port

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 332 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : disable URC message on port2

1 : enable URC message on port2

<port3_enable> integer N/A enable port3 - Telit USB Modem 2

Port

Values:

0 : disable URC message on port3

1 : enable URC message on port3

<port4_enable> integer N/A enable port4 - UART 2 Port

Values:

0 : disable URC message on port4

1 : enable URC message on port4

<port5_enable> integer N/A enable port5 - Multiplexer DLCI1

Port

Values:

0 : disable URC message on port5

1 : enable URC message on port5

<port6_enable> integer N/A enable port5 - Multiplexer DLCI2

Port

Values:

0 : disable URC message on port6

1 : enable URC message on port6

<port7_enable> integer N/A enable port5 - Multiplexer DLCI3

Port

Values:

0 : disable URC message on port7

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 333 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : enable URC message on port7

<port8_enable> integer N/A enable port5 - Multiplexer DLCI4

Port

Values:

0 : disable URC message on port8

1 : enable URC message on port8

if <noptext_enable> is enable, #NOPT's setting value ignored and URC

message port specified by #NOPTEXT setting value.

AT#NOPTEXT?
Read command show current <mode> on all notification(URC) port in the following
format
#NOPTEXT: <noptext_enable>,<port1_enable>,<port2_enable>,<port3_enable>,...

AT#NOPTEXT=?
Test command returns the list of supported values in the following format
#NOPTEXT: (0,1),(<port1_descr>,(0,1)),(<port2_descr>,(0,1)),...
<port_descr>:
1. "UART_1" - UART 1 Port
2. "USB_MDM1" - Telit USB Modem 1 Port
3. "USB_MDM2" - Telit USB Modem 2 Port
4. "UART_2" - UART 2 Port
5. "CMUX_1" - Multiplexer DLCI1 Port
6. "CMUX_2" - Multiplexer DLCI2 Port
7. "CMUX_3" - Multiplexer DLCI3 Port
8. "CMUX_4" - Multiplexer DLCI4 Port

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 334 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

DTE must enable DTR line to get URC messages on Telit USB ports,
otherwise URC message will be discarded

This command enable URC message on "UART_1" and "USB_MDM1"

• AT#NOPTEXT=1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 335 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.22. AT+ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting

This command controls whether or not the +ILRR: <rate> information text transmitted
from the modem (module) to the DTE.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile Yes - 2

AT+ILRR=<n>
Set command controls whether or not the +ILRR: <rate> information text
transmitted from the modem (module) to the DTE.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 local port speed rate reporting

Values:

0 : local port speed rate reporting disabled

1 : local port speed rate reporting enabled

This information if enabled sent upon connection.

AT+ILRR?
Read command returns active setting of <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 336 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+ILRR=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 337 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.23. AT\K - Break Handling

This command is used to Break Handling .

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT\K
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
compatibility with landline modems.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 338 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.24. AT\R - Ring (RI) Control

This command allows the user to control the RING output pin behaviour.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT\R[<n>]
Set command controls the RING output pin behaviour.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 RING pin behaviour

Values:

0 : RING on during ringing and further connection

1 : RING on during ringing

2 : RING follows the ring signal

If the parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour

of AT\R0.

To check the ring option status use the &V command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 339 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.25. AT\B - Transmit Break To Remote

This command controls transmit break to remote.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT\B
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
compatibility with landline modems

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 340 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.4.26. AT\N - Operating Mode

This command controls operating mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT\N
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
compatibility with landline modems

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 341 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5. Call (Voice and Data) Control

3.2.5.1. ATD - Dialup Connection

This command establishes a Mobile Originated call to the destination phone number.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes - 2

ATD
The ATD execution command can assume different formats, which are
described in the following Additional info section.

Additional info:

ATD<number>[;]
If ";" character is present, a voice call is performed using the phone
number given as parameter.

Name Type Default Description

<number> string - phone number to be dialed

Accepted characters are 0-9
and *,#,"A", "B", "C", "+". For
backwards compatibility with
landline modems, modifiers "R",
",", "W", "!", "@" are accepted,

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 342 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

but have no effect. "P" will pause

the dial string according to ATS8
duration.

ATD><str>[;]
If ";" character is present, a voice call is performed using the
phone number identified by an alphanumeric field. All available
memories are scanned to find out the field.

Name Type Default Description

<str> string - is an alphanumeric field identifying the

phone number. The characters must be
enclosed in quotation marks. The
parameter is case sensitive. Use +CSCS
command to select the character set.

ATD><mem><n>[;]
If ";" character is present, a voice call is performed using the
phone number stored in the selected phonebook memory storage
and in the selected entry location. Use +CPBS=? command to get
all the available memories.

Name Type Default Description

<mem> string N/A identifies the phonebook memory

storage

Values:

SM : SIM/UICC phonebook

FD : SIM/USIM fixed dialing phonebook

LD : SIM/UICC last dialing phonebook

MC : Missed calls list

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 343 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

RC : Received calls list

DC : MT dialled calls list

ME : MT phonebook

EN : SIM/USIM (or MT) emergency number

(+CPBW is not be applicable for this storage)

ON : SIM (or MT) own numbers (MSI storage may

be available through +CNUM also).

MB : Mailbox numbers stored on SIM, if this

service is provided by the SIM (see #MBN)

<n> integer - entry location. It must be in the

range of the available locations in
the used memory.

ATD><n>[;]
If ";" character is present, a voice call is performed using a phone
number on entry location <n> of the active phonebook memory
storage (see +CPBS).

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer - entry location of the active phonebook

ATDL
Issues a call to the last number dialed.

ATDS=<nr>[;]
If ";" character is present, a voice call is performed using the
number stored in the internal phonebook of the module. For
internal phonebook position refer to &N and &Z commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 344 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<nr> integer - identifies the internal phonebook

position of the module where is
stored the phone number to be dialed

ATD<number><modifier>[;]
If ";" character is present, a voice call is performed overriding the
CLIR supplementary service subscription default value, or
checking the CUG supplementary service information for the
current call according to the modifier.

Name Type Default Description

<number> integer - phone number to be dialed

<modifier> string N/A causes the call overrides the

CLIR supplementary service
subscription default value, or
checks the CUG supplementary
service information

Values:

I : invocation, restrict CLI presentation

i : suppression, allow CLI presentation

G : refer to +CCUG command

g : refer to +CCUG command

ATD*<gprs_sc>[*<addr>][*[<L2P>][*[<cid>]]]]#
This command is specific for GPRS functionality, and causes the
MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish
communication between the TE and the external PDN.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 345 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<gprs_sc> integer N/A is the GPRS Service Code, which

identifies a request to use the
GPRS communication

Value:

99 : GPRS Service Code

<addr> string - identifies the called party in the

address space applicable to the
PDP.

<L2P> string - indicates the layer 2 protocol to

be used (see +CGDATA). For
communications software that
does not support arbitrary
characters in the dial string, the
following numeric equivalents
shall be used: 1 is equivalent to
PPP.

<cid> integer - PDP context definition, see

+CGDCONT command

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 346 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Dial the phone number stored in the SIM phonebook at entry 6. The
call is a data or voice call according to the mode set by +FCLASS
command.

ATD>SM6
OK

• Dial the phone number stored in the active phonebook at entry 6. The
";" character is used, therefore the call is a voice call.

ATD>6;
OK

• Dial the phone number corresponding to the alphanumeric field

"Name". The alphanumeric field is searched in all available
memories. The ";" character is used, therefore the call is a voice
call.

ATD>"Name";
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 347 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.2. ATP - Pulse Dial

This command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

ATP
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility
with landline modems.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 348 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.3. ATO - Return to ON-Line Mode

This execution command is used, during a suspended data conversation, to return in on-
line mode from command mode. If there is no suspended conversation, it returns NO
CARRIER.

ITU-T Recommendation V. 25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

ATO

After issuing ATO command, the device returns in on-line mode.

To enter again command-mode you must issue the escape
sequence, see register S2.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 349 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.4. ATT - Tone Dial

This command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

ATT
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility
with landline modems.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 350 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.5. AT&G - Guard Tone

This command tells the modem which guard tone, if any, to transmit while transmitting
in the answer mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&G
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility
with landline modems.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 351 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.6. AT&Q - Sync/Async Mode

This command selects the communication mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&Q
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility
with landline modems.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 352 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.7. AT+CHSN - HSCSD non-transparent call configuration

Set command controls parameters for originating non-transparent HSCSD calls.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CHSN=[<wAiur>[,<wRx>[,<topRx>[,<codings>]]]]
Set command controls parameters for originating non-transparent HSCSD
calls. Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup.
In GERAN, changing <topRx> or <codings> value during a call does not
affect the current call. In GERAN, changing of <wAiur> or <wRx> affects
the current call only if <topRx> was non-zero when call was established.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<wAiur> integer 0 wanted air interface user rate.

Values:

0 : 0 indicates that TA shall calculate a proper value

from currently selected fixed network user rate.

1 : 9600 bps

2 : 14400 bps

4 : 28800 bps

7 : 57600 bps

<wRx> integer 0 wanted amount of receive timeslots.

Value:

0 : 0 indicates that TA shall calculate a proper value

from currently selected <wAiur> and <codings>.
This parameter is not applicable to UTRAN or
EUTRAN UEs.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 353 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<topRx> integer 0 top value for <wRx> that user is going

to request during the next established
nontransparent HSCSD call

Value:

0 : 0 indicates that user is not going to change

<wAiur>/<wRx> during the next call. This parameter
is not applicable to UTRAN or E-UTRAN UEs.

<codings> integer 0 a sum of integers each representing a

channel coding that is accepted for
non-transparent HSCSD calls.

Value:

0 : 0 indicates that all supported codings are accepted

(refer +CHSD command for other values). This
parameter is not applicable to UTRAN or E-UTRAN
UEs.

AT+CHSN?
+CHSN: <wAiur>,<wRx>,<topRx>,<codings>

AT+CHSN=?
+CHSN: (list of supported <wAiur>s), (list of supported <wRx>s),(list of
supported <topRx>,(list of supported <codings>s)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 354 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.8. ATA - Answer Incoming call

The command is used to answer to an incoming call if automatic answer is disabled.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

ATA
Execution command informs the DCE that answer sequence must be
started if automatic answer is disabled.

This command must be the last in the command line and must be
followed immediately by a <CR> character.

Data only products do not start the call and command answer
is ERROR if a voice call is requested.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 355 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.9. ATH - Hang Up/Disconnect the Current Call

This execution command hangs up/disconnects the current voice/data call or dial-up.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

ATH

When a data call or a dial-up is active the device is in on-line

mode hence, to execute ATH command the device must be
previously turned in command mode using the escape sequence
or, if &D1 option is active, tying Low the DTR pin.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 356 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.10. AT#DIALMODE - Set Dialing Mode

This command sets dialing modality.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#DIALMODE=[<mode>]
Set command sets dialing modality.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 sets dialing modality

Values:

0 : voice call only, see Additional info

1 : voice call only, see Additional info

2 : voice call and data call, see Additional info

Additional info:

<mode>=0
Voice call only, OK result code is received as soon as it starts
remotely ringing.

<mode>=1
Voice call only, OK result code is received only after the called party
answers. Any character typed aborts the call and OK result code is
received.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 357 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<mode>=2
Voice call and data call, the following custom result codes are
received, monitoring step by step the call status:
DIALING (MO in progress)
RINGING (remote ring)
CONNECTED (remote call accepted)
RELEASED (after ATH)
DISCONNECTED (remote hang-up).
Any character typed before the CONNECTED message aborts the
call.

In case a BUSY tone is received and at the same time ATX0 is

enabled ATD will return NO CARRIER instead of DISCONNECTED.

The setting is saved in NVM and available on following reboot.

AT#DIALMODE?
Read command returns current ATD dialling mode in the format:
#DIALMODE: <mode>

AT#DIALMODE=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 358 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.5.11. AT#CALLDISA - Call Disable Setting

This command used to control the Disable Call Type and SMS only registration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CALLDISA=<disable_type>[,<sms_only>]
Set command sets the Disable Call Type and SMS only registration
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<disable_type> integer 0 Disable Type. It is used to

enable/disable the Voice Call
function

Values:

0 : Enable Voice Call

1 : Disable Voice Call

2 : Disable Voice Call (same as 1)

<sms_only> integer 0 SMS only. It is used to on/off the

SMS only parameter.

Values:

0 : None

1 : SMS only registration

Settings are affected after rebooting

If 1st parameter is set, the outgoing calls are not possible and the
incoming calls are rejected on the modem.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 359 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If 2nd parameter is set to 1 when attempting the Attach request,

then the Network doesn't send the paging for Voice Call and send
the paging for only SMS.
It may vary depending on the operator or environment.
Occasionally, some network send the paging both even if sms_only
is set to 1.

If AT#CALLDISA=1,1 (Voice disable/ SMS only registration) is

executed, IMS PDN bring-up and registration will be blocked.

AT#CALLDISA?
Read command returns the values of parameters in the format:

#CALLDISA: <disable_type>,<sms_only>

AT#CALLDISA=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 360 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.6. Modulation & Compression Control

3.2.6.1. AT%E - Line Quality and Auto Retrain

This command is used for line quality monitoring and auto retrain or fall back/fall
forward.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT%E[<n>]
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
compatibility with landline modems.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer - this parameter is not really used, and it is

present only for backward compatibility

If <n> parameter is not specified, the default value is considered

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 361 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.6.2. AT+DS - Data Compression

The command sets the V42 compression parameter.

ITU-T V.25ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+DS=[<dir>[,<neg>[,<P1>[,<P2>]]]]
Set command sets the V42 compression parameter.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<dir> integer 3 desired direction of operations

Values:

0 : no compression

1 : transmit only

2 : receive only

3 : both directions, accept any direction

<neg> integer 0 whether the DCE should continue to operate

if the desired result is not obtained

Value:

0 : Do not disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the

remote DCE as specified in <direction>

<P1> integer 2048 maximum number of dictionary entries

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 362 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

512÷2048 : supported value

<P2> integer 6 the maximum string length

Value:

6 : the only supported value

AT+DS?
Read command returns current value of the data compression parameter.

AT+DS=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 363 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.2.6.3. AT+DR - Data Compression Reporting

This command enables the data compression reporting.

ITU-T V.25ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+DR=<n>
Set command enables/disables the data compression reporting upon
connection.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enables/disables the data compression

reporting upon connection

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

Additional info:

If enabled, the following intermediate result code is transmitted

before the final result code:
+DR: <compression>

AT+DR?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 364 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current value of the parameter <n> in the
format:
+DR: <n>

AT+DR=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 365 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Jamming Detection and Report

3.3.1. AT#JDRENH2 - Enhanced Jamming Detection and Report

This command enables/disable jamming detection and reports the relative result to the
user.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#JDRENH2=<mode>[,<sat2G>,<unused>,<carrNum2G>,<pRxLevT2G>,<unused
>,
<unused>,<unused>[,<P_RSSI_T4G>[,<P_RSRQ_T4G>[,<unused>[,<urcDump>]]]]]
The set command performs the following activities:
- enables/disables the detection of the presence of jamming in the module
coverage.
- selects one of the following two reports mode or both: on dedicated GPIO, by
means of the URC, or GPIO + URC

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable jamming detection

and select reporting mode

Values:

0 : disable jamming detection

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 366 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition on a GPIO pin, see Additional info
section

2 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition with an URC, see Additional info
section

3 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition as <mode>=1 and <mode>=2

4 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition with an URC every 3 sec, see
<mode>=2

5 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition as <mode>=1 and <mode>=4

6 : not used

<sat2G> integer 45 is the starting absolute threshold of

RSSI 2G network. After a frequency
scan in 2G bands, if the measured
power of a carrier is greater than
<sat2G> threshold, that carrier is
counted as possible jammed
carrier.

Value:

0÷63 : threshold values

<unused> integer N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<carrNum2G> integer 100 is the minimum number of possible

jammed carriers to consider that
the module is under jamming
condition

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 367 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0÷200 : number of carriers

<pRxLevT2G> integer 15 set the threshold of RxLev in 2G

Network. The RxLev_Thr threshold
is calculated as shown below:

RxLev_Thr = RxLev_Av * (1 +
(<pRxLevT2G>/100))
where RxLev_Av is the average of
the last 10 RxLev measures.

Value:

0÷100 : values used to compute RxLev_Thr

threshold

<unused> integer N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<unused> integer N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<unused> integer N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<P_RSSI_T4G> integer 20 Set the threshold of RSSI. The

threshold
(T_RSSI_MAX/T_RSSI_MIN) is
calculated as:

T_RSSI_MAX =
RSSI_Avg*(1+(<P_RSSI_T4G>/100))

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 368 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

T_RSSI_MIN = RSSI_Avg*(1-
(<P_RSSI_T4G>/100))

where RSSI_Avg is the average of

the last 50 RSSI measures.

Value:

0÷100 : RSSI threshold values

<P_RSRQ_T4G> integer 20 Set the threshold of RSRQ. The

threshold (RSRQ_Thr) is calculated
as
RSRQ_Thr = RSRQ_Avg*(1-
(<P_RSRQ_T4G>/100))

where RSRQ_Avg is the average of

the last 50 RSRQ measures.

Value:

0÷100 : RSRQ threshold values

<unused> integer 0 unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<urcDump> integer 0 enable/disable URC dump

Values:

0 : disable URC dump

1 : enable URC dump and save the jamming

condition in a file

Additional info:

<mode>=1

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 369 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The jamming condition is reported on pin GPIO_02 (JDR):

- GPIO_02 (JDR) = Low, Normal Operating Condition
- GPIO_02 (JDR) = High, Jammed Condition

To have information on GPIO_02 pin, refer to document [1]. GPIO_02 pin

can be used also by other functionality, see #GPIO command.

<mode>=2
the jamming condition is reported with a single URC on serial line, in the
format:
#JDR: <status>

<urcDump>=1
the text of the URC reporting the jamming condition is saved in the file:
/data/az/jdrenh2.urc
The URC is dumped only if it has been enabled (<mode>=2 to 5)

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<status> string jamming condition status, <mode>=2

Values:

JAMMED RAT : jamming condition detected, <RAT> is

the Radio Access Technology for
operators: GSM or LTE.

OPERATIVE RAT : Normal Operating condition restored.

Status shown only after a jamming
condition has occurred.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 370 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#JDRENH2?
Read command reports the current parameters values, in the format:

#JDRENH2:<mode>,<sat2G>,0,<carrNum2G>,<pRxLevT2G>,0,0,0,<P_RSSI_T4G>,
<P_RSRQ_T4G>,0,0

AT#JDRENH2=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 371 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.3.2. AT#JDRGNSS - GNSS Jamming Detect & Report

This command configures to support GNSS Jamming Detect & Report.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#JDRGNSS=<mode>
Set command allows to control the GNSS Jamming Detect & Report
feature.
The MODULE can detect if a GNSS Jammer is active in its range and give
indication to the user of this condition on the serial line with an unsolicited
code, in the format:

#JDRGNSS: <status>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 behavior mode of the Jammed Detect &

Report

Values:

0 : disables Jammed Detect & Report

1 : enables the Jammed Detect

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<status> string Jammed condition

Values:

JAMMING SUSPICION : Suspicion of GNSS

jamming

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 372 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

JAMMED : Jammed condition

detected

OPERATIVE : Normal Operating

condition restored

When the Jammed condition is changed, the Jammed <status> is

reported.

AT#JDRGNSS?
Read command reports the current behavior mode and Jammed state, in
the format:

#JDRGNSS: <mode>,<state>
Additional info:

where

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer 255 Jammed state

Values:

0 : Normal Operating condition restored

1 : Jammed condition detected

2 : Suspicion of GNSS jamming

255 : Unknown

AT#JDRGNSS=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 373 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters.

#JDRGNSS: (0,1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 374 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.3.3. AT#JDR4GCFG - LTE Jamming Detection Threshold Configuration

The command configures the LTE Jamming Detection thresholds.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#JDR4GCFG=<P_RSRP_T4G>,<P_RSRQ_T4G>,<P_RSSNR_T4G>,<Initial_Delay>
[,<Sampling_Number>
[,<P_RSSI_S4G>[,<UNUSED_4>[,<UNUSED_5>[,<UNUSED_6>[,<UNUSED_7>]]]]]]
Set command allows to configure the LTE Jamming Detection thresholds. After
configuration, use the #JDRENH2 command to enable/disable LTE jamming
detection and select reporting mode.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<P_RSRP_T4G> integer 30 set the threshold of RSRP. The

threshold (RSRP_Thr) is calculated
as:
RSRP_Thr = RSRP_Av*(1-
(<P_RSRP_T4G>/100))
where RSRP_Av is the average of
the last 8 RSRP measures

Value:

0÷100 : threshold of RSRP

<P_RSRQ_T4G> integer 90 set the threshold of RSRQ. The

threshold (RSRQ_Thr) is calculated
as:
RSRQ_Thr=
RSRQ_Av*(1+(<P_RSRQ_T4G>/100))
where RSRQ_Av is the average of
the last 8 RSRQ measures

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 375 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0÷100 : threshold of RSRQ

<P_RSSNR_T4G> integer 40 Set the threshold of RSSNR. The

threshold (RSSNR_Thr) is
calculated as:
RSSNR_Thr = RSSNR_Av*(1-
(<P_RSSNR_T4G>/100))
where RSSNR_Av is the average of
the last 8 RSSNR measures.
Currently NOT used in Jamming
Detection algorithm.

Value:

0÷100 : Threshold of RSSNR

<Initial_Delay> integer 500 Sets the delay in tens of ms from

power ON, to the beginning of the
RSSI samples collection.

Value:

0÷1000 : Value of Initial Delay

<Sampling_Number> integer 30 Number of samples required to

validate the Jamming condition

Value:

1÷200 : Number of samples

<P_RSSI_S4G> integer -50 RSSI threshold level in dBm, above

which the Jamming condition is
detected.

Value:

-120÷-20 : Value of RSSI Threshold

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 376 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<UNUSED_4> mixed - reserved for future use.

<UNUSED_5> mixed - reserved for future use.

<UNUSED_6> mixed - reserved for future use.

<UNUSED_7> mixed - reserved for future use.

<P_RSSNR_T4G> parameter is NOT used in Jamming Detection algorithm.

<Initial_Delay>, <Sampling_Number> and <P_RSSI_S4G> parameters are

not supported on ThreadX based modules.

AT#JDR4GCFG?
For Linux based modules:
Read command returns the current settings in the format:
#JDR4GCFG:
<P_RSRP_T4G>,<P_RSRQ_T4G>,<P_RSSNR_T4G>,<Initial_Delay>,<Sampling_Nu
mber>, <P_RSSI_S4G>,0,0,0,0
Regardless the values used for parameters <UNUSED_4> .. <UNUSED_7>, the
read command returns always 0.

For ThreadX based modules:

Read command returns the current settings in the format:
#JDR4GCFG: <P_RSRP_T4G>,<P_RSRQ_T4G>,<P_RSSNR_T4G>

Regardless the values used for parameters <UNUSED_4> .. <UNUSED_7>, the

read command returns always 0.

AT#JDR4GCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 377 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 378 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Network

3.4.1. AT+CNUM - Subscriber Number

This command returns the MSISDN (if the phone number of the device has been stored
in the SIM card).

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CNUM
Execution command returns the MSISDN (if the phone number of the
device has been stored in the SIM card) in the following format:

+CNUM: <alpha>,<number>,<type>[<CR><LF>
+CNUM: <alpha>,<number>,<type>[...]]

The parameters are described in the Additional info section.

Additional info:

List of the parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<alpha> string - alphanumeric string associated

to <number>; The character set
depends on the value set with
+CSCS.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 379 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<number> string - numeric string containing the

phone number in the format
<type>

<type> integer N/A type of number

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme

(contains the character "+")

AT+CNUM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 380 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.2. AT+COPN - Read Operator Names

This command read operator names.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+COPN
Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME in
the format:

+COPN: <numeric1>,<alpha1>[<CR><LF>
+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2>[...]]

The parameters are described in the Additional info section.

Additional info:

List of the parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<numericn> string - operator in numeric format, see

+COPS.

<alphan> string - operator in long alphanumeric

format, see +COPS.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 381 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Each operator code <numericn> that has an alphanumeric

equivalent <alphan> in the ME memory is returned.

Because <alphan> display to depend on character set (+CSCS),

<alphan> may not be displayed properly.

AT+COPN=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 382 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.3. AT+CREG - Network Registration Status

The command enables/disables the network registration unsolicited result code (URC)
and selects its presentation format.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CREG=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the network registration unsolicited result
code and selects one of the two available formats:

short format: +CREG: <stat>

long format: +CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]]

The parameter meanings are shown in Unsolicited code value section.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the network registration

unsolicited result code and selects one of
the two formats: shot or long format.
URC short format is displayed every time
there is a change in the network
registration status.
URC long format is displayed every time
there is a change of the network cell.

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 383 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : disable the network registration unsolicited result

code

1 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the short format

2 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the long format (includes the
network cell identification data)

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<stat> integer network registration status of the module

Values:

0 : not registered, terminal is not currently

searching a new operator to register to

1 : registered, home network

2 : not registered, but terminal is currently

searching a new operator to register to

3 : registration denied

4 : unknown

5 : registered, roaming

<lac> string the parameter reports:

Local Area Code when <AcT>=0
Tracking Area Code when <AcT>=7

<ci> string Cell Id for the currently registered on cell

<AcT> integer access technology of the registered network

Values:

0 : GSM

2 : UTRAN

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 384 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

7 : E-UTRAN

<lac>, <ci> and <AcT> network information is reported by URC only

if <mode>=2, and the module is registered on some network cell.

AT+CREG?
Read command returns the current value of <mode>, the registration
status <stat>, and the network information (<lac>, <ci> and <AcT>)
according to the used <mode> parameter value.

+CREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]]

<lac>, <ci>, and <AcT> network information is reported only if <mode>=2

and the module is registered on some network cell.

AT+CREG=?
Test command returns supported values for parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 385 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Check the registration status of the module.

AT+CREG?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
The module is in network searching state
...
...
Check again module status
AT+CREG?
+CREG: 0,1
OK
The module is registered

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 386 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.4. AT+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock

This command is used to lock, unlock, or interrogate a MT or a network facility.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>[,<passwd>[,<class>]]
Set command is used to lock, unlock, or interrogate a MT or a network
facility.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fac> string N/A facility

Values:

"AB" : All Barring services (applicable only for

<mode>=0)

"AC" : All inComing barring services (applicable only

for <mode>=0)

"AG" : All outGoing barring services (applicable only for

<mode>=0)

"AI" : BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)

"AO" : BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)

"IR" : BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming

outside the home country)

"OI" : BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 387 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

"OX" : BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls

except to Home Country)

"SC" : SIM (lock SIM/UICC card installed in the

currently selected card slot) (SIM/UICC asks
password in MT power-up and when this lock
command issued)

"FD" : SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM

or USIM) fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2
authentication has not been done during the
current session, PIN2 is required as <passwd>)

"PN" : Network Personalization

"PU" : network sUbset Personalization

"PP" : service Provider Personalization

"PC" : Corporate Personalization

"PF" : lock Phone to the very First inserted SIM/UICC

card (also referred in the present document as
PHFSIM) (MT asks password when other than
the first SIM/UICC card is inserted)

<mode> integer N/A defines the operation to be done on

the facility

Values:

0 : unlock

1 : lock

2 : query status

<passwd> string - shall be the same as password

specified for the facility from the MT
user interface or with command
Change Password +CPWD

<class> integer 7 a sum of integers each representing a

class of information

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 388 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1: voice(telephony)
2: data
4: fax (facsimile services)
8: short message service
16: data circuit sync
32: data circuit async
64: dedicated packet access
128: dedicated PAD access

Value:

1÷255 : 1..255

Additional info:

When <mode>=2 and command is successful:

+CLCK: <status>[,<class1>[<CR><LF>
+CLCK: <status>,<class2>[...]]

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer N/A the status of the facility

Values:

0 : not active

1 : active

AT+CLCK=?
Test command reports all the facilities supported by the device.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 389 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Querying such a facility returns an output on three rows, the first for voice,
the second for data, the third for fax:

AT+CLCK ="AO",2
+CLCK: <status>,1
+CLCK: <status>,2
+CLCK: <status>,4
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 390 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.5. AT+CPWD - Change Facility Password

This command is used to change the password for the facility lock function defined by
command Facility Lock +CLCK.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other Yes - 2

AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd>
Action command sets a new password for the facility lock function defined
by command Facility Lock +CLCK.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fac> string N/A facility

Values:

"AB" : All Barring services

"AC" : All inComing barring services

"AG" : All outGoing barring services

"AI" : BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)

"AO" : BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)

"IR" : BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming

outside the home country)

"OI" : BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)

"OX" : BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls

except to Home Country)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 391 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

"SC" : SIM (PIN request)

"P2" : SIM PIN2

"PN" : Network Personalization

"PU" : network sUbset Personalization

"PP" : service Provider Personalization

"PC" : Corporate Personalization

"PF" : lock Phone to the very First inserted SIM/UICC

card (also referred in the present document as
PHFSIM) (MT asks password when other than
the first SIM/UICC card is inserted)

<oldpwd> string - It shall be the same as password

specified for the facility from the MT
user interface or with command
Change Password +CPWD.

<newpwd> string - new password; maximum length of

password can be determined with
<pwdlength>

AT+CPWD=?
Test command returns a list of pairs (<fac>,<pwdlength>) which present
the available facilities and the maximum length of their password.
Additional info:

the available facilities and the maximum length of their password

Name Type Default Description

<fac> string - facility

<pwdlength> integer - maximum length of the

password for the facility

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 392 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 393 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.6. AT+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction

The command manages the CLIR service.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 22.081

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CLIR=[<n>]
Set command overrides the CLIR subscription when temporary mode is
provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This
adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command. This
command refers to CLIR service (see 3GPP TS 22.081), that allows a
calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the Calling Line
Identification (CLI, i.e., the phone number of the caller) to the called party
when originating a call.
This command sets the default behavior of the device in all outgoing calls.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 setting of CLIR service

Values:

0 : CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status

1 : CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)

2 : CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 394 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CLIR?
Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (<n>)
and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR
service (<m>), in the form
+CLIR: <n>,<m>

Additional info:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 facility status in the Mobile

Values:

0 : CLIR facility according to CLIR service network

status

1 : CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)

2 : CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)

<m> integer 0 facility status in the Network

Values:

0 : CLIR service not provisioned

1 : CLIR service provisioned permanently

2 : unknown (e.g. no network present)

3 : CLI temporary mode presentation restricted

4 : CLI temporary mode presentation allowed

AT+CLIR=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 395 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported values of parameter <n>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 396 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.7. AT+COLP - Connected Line Identification Presentation

This command enables/disables the presentation of the COL at the TE.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+COLP=[<n>]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the COL at the TE.
When enabled (and called subscriber allows), the following intermediate
result code is returned from TA to TE before any +CR or ITU T
Recommendation V.250 responses:

+COLP: <number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<alpha>]]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enable/disable COL indication

Values:

0 : disable COL indication

1 : enable COL indication

Additional info:

This command refers to the GSM/UMTS supplementary service

COLP (Connected Line Identification Presentation) that enables a
calling subscriber to get the connected line identity (COL) of the
called party after setting up a mobile originated call.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 397 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service COLR

in the network.

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<number> string string type phone number of format specified by

<type>

<type> integer type of address octet in integer format

Values:

129 : unknown type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan

145 : international type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan
(contains the character "+")

<subaddr> string string type subaddress of format specified

by <satype>

<satype> string type of subaddress octet in integer format (refer

3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.4.8)

<alpha> string alphanumeric representation of <number>

corresponding to the entry found in phonebook;
used character set should be the one selected
with command +CSCS

If COL information is needed, it is recommended to set <mode> to 1

in #DIALMODE command, in order to have network information
available for display before returning to command mode.

AT+COLP?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 398 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command gives the status of <n>, and also triggers an interrogation
of the provision status of the COLP service according 3GPP TS 22.081
(given in <m>) in the format:

+COLP: <n>,<m>
Additional info:

where

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A COL presentation enabled/disabled

Values:

0 : COL presentation disabled

1 : COL presentation enabled

<m> integer N/A status of the COLP service

Values:

0 : COLP not provisioned

1 : COLP provisioned

2 : unknown (e.g. no network is present)

This command issues a status request to the network, hence it

may take a few seconds to give the answer due to the time needed
to exchange data with it.

AT+COLP=?
Test command returns the range for the parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 399 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.8. AT+CHLD - Call Holding Services

The command controls the network call hold service.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CHLD=[<n>]
Set command controls the network call hold service. With this service it is
e.g. possible to disconnect temporarily a call and keep it suspended while
it is retained by the network, or make a multiparty connection.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A the parameter is used to release,

activate or add an held call

Values:

0 : releases all held calls, or sets the UDUB (User

Determined User Busy) indication for a waiting call.

1 : releases all active calls (if any exist), and accepts the
other (held or waiting) call

1X : releases a specific active call X

2 : places all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts
the other (held or waiting) call.

2X : places all active calls on hold except call X with which

communication shall be supported

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 400 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : adds an held call to the conversation

4 : connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber

from both calls (Explicit Call Transfer (ECT))

"X" is the numbering (starting with 1) of the call given by the

sequence of setting up or receiving the calls (active, held or
waiting) as seen by the served subscriber. Calls hold their number
until they are released. New calls take the lowest available
number.

Where both a held and a waiting call exist, the above procedures
apply to the waiting call (i.e. not to the held call) in conflicting
situation.

The command is only applicable to voice calls.

For VoLTE,
- conference call <n>=2X and <n>=4 parameter not supported.
- while no active or held calls option <n>=3 starts conference call
to conference server without participants.

AT+CHLD=?
Test command returns the list of supported values of parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 401 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.9. AT+CTFR - Call Deflection

This command is used to request a service that causes an incoming alerting call to be
forwarded to a specified number.

3GPP TS 22.072

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CTFR=<number>[,<type>[,<subaddr>[,<satype>]]]
Set command is used to request a service that causes an incoming
alerting call to be forwarded to a specified number.
This is based on the GSM/UMTS supplementary service CD (Call
Deflection, refer 3GPP TS 22.072).

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<number> string - string type phone number of format

specified by <type>

<type> integer 145 type of address octet in integer

format(refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause
10.5.4.7); default 145 when dialing string
includes international access code
character "+", otherwise 129

Values:

145 : default value when dialing string includes

international access code character "+"

129 : default value when dialing string doesn't include

international access code character "+"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 402 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<subaddr> string - string type subaddress of format

specified by <satype>

<satype> string - type of subaddress octet in integer

format (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause
10.5.4.8); default 128

The interaction of this command with other commands based on

other GSM/UMTS supplementary services is described on
GSM/UMTS standard.

Call Deflection is only applicable to an incoming voice call

Refer subclause (ME Error Result Code - +CME ERROR: <err>) for
possible <err> values.

Possible response(s): +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CTFR=?
Test command tests for command existence

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 403 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.10. AT+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data

Set command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD
3GPP TS 22.090).

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 22.090
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CUSD=[<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]]]

The unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the format:

+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>]

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 disable/enable the presentation of an

unsolicited result code

Values:

0 : disable the result code presentation

1 : enable the result code presentation

2 : cancel an ongoing USSD session (not applicable to read

command response)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 404 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<str> string - USSD-string (when <str> parameter is not

given, network is not interrogated)

- If <dcs> indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038

default alphabet is used ME/TA converts GSM
alphabet into current TE character set (see
+CSCS).

- If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit data coding

scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit
octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number; e.g. octet with integer value 42 is
presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65).

<dcs> integer - 3GPP TS 23.038 Cell Broadcast Data Coding

Scheme in integer format (default is 0).

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<m> integer Status service value

Values:

0 : no further user action required (network

initiated USSD-Notify, or no further
information needed after mobile initiated
operation)

1 : further user action required (network initiated

USSD-Request, or further information needed
after mobile initiated operation)

2 : USSD terminated by the network

3 : other local client has responded

4 : operation not supported

5 : network time out

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 405 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CUSD?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>

AT+CUSD=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 406 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.11. AT+CAOC - Advice of Charge

This command allows the user to get information about the cost of calls and to enable
an unsolicited event reporting of the Current Call Meter (CCM) information.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CAOC=<mode>
Set command refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary services that
enable subscriber to get information about the cost of calls; the command
also includes the possibility to enable an unsolicited event reporting of the
Current Call Meter (CCM) information.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A mode of presentation of CCM information

Values:

0 : query CCM value

1 : disables unsolicited CCM reporting

2 : enables unsolicited CCM reporting

Additional info:

If AT+CAOC=0 is issued, the current CCM value is shown in the

format:

+CCCM: <ccm>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 407 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

where:
<ccm> - current call meter in home units, string type: three bytes of
the CCM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates
decimal value 30)

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<ccm> hex The unsolicited result code enabled by parameter

<mode> is in the format:
+CCCM: <ccm>
where:
<ccm> - current call meter in home units, string type:
three bytes of the CCM value in hexadecimal format
(e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30)

The unsolicited result code +CCCM is sent when the CCM value
changes, but not more than every 10 seconds.

AT+CAOC?
Read command reports the value of parameter <mode> in the format:
+CAOC: <mode>

AT+CAOC=?
Test command reports the supported values for <mode> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 408 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CAOC command returns an estimate of the cost of the current call

only, produced by the MS and based on the information provided by
either AoCI or AOCC supplementary services; it is not stored in the
SIM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 409 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.12. AT+CLCC - List Current Calls

This command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CLCC
Execution command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics in
the format:
[+CLCC:<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<type>,<alpha>[<CR><LF>
+CLCC:<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<type>,<alpha>[...]]]

The parameters are described in the Additional info section.

Additional info:

List of the parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<idn> integer - call identification number

<dir> integer N/A call direction

Values:

0 : mobile originated call

1 : mobile terminated call

<stat> integer N/A state of the call

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 410 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : active

1 : held

2 : dialing (MO call)

3 : alerting (MO call)

4 : incoming (MT call)

5 : waiting (MT call)

<mode> integer N/A call type

Values:

0 : voice

1 : data

2 : fax (not supported by LTE)

9 : unknown

<mpty> integer N/A multiparty call flag

Values:

0 : call is not one of multiparty (conference) call

parties

1 : call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties

<number> string - phone number in format specified by

<type>

<type> integer N/A type of phone number octet in integer

format

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 411 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

145 : international numbering scheme (contains the

character "+")

<alpha> string - alphanumeric representation of

<number> corresponding to the entry
found in phonebook; used character set
should be the one selected with +CSCS

If no call is active then only OK message is sent. This command is useful

in conjunction with command +CHLD to know the various call status for
call holding

For VOLTE,
- conference call participant’s numbers start with “sip:” or “tel:”, for
example: sip:+12125551212

AT+CLCC=?
Test command returns OK result code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 412 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.13. AT+CSSN - SS Notification

The command refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications.

• 3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSSN=[<n>[,<m>]]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of notification result
codes from TA to TE.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 Set +CSSI result code presentation status

When <n>=1 and a supplementary service
notification is received after a mobile
originated call setup, an unsolicited code is
sent to TE before any other MO call setup
result codes
+CSSI: <code1>

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<m> integer 0 Sets the +CSSU result code presentation

status
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service
notification is received during a mobile
terminated call setup or during a call, an

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 413 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

unsolicited result code is sent to TE

+CSSU: <code2>

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<code1> integer +CSSI supplementary service notification.

Values:

0 : unconditional call forwarding is active

1 : some of the conditional call forwardings are

active

2 : call has been forwarded

3 : call is waiting

5 : outgoing calls are barred

6 : incoming calls are barred

<code2> integer +CSSU supplementary service notification.

Values:

0 : this is a forwarded call (MT call setup)

2 : call has been put on hold (during a voice

call)

3 : call has been retrieved (during a voice call)

5 : call on hold has been released (this is not a

SS notification) (during a voice call)

10 : additional incoming call forwarded

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 414 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSSN?
Read command reports the current value of the parameters.

AT+CSSN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>,
<m>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 415 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.14. AT+CCUG - Closed User Group

This command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary service.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 22.085

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CCUG=[<n>[,<index>[,<info>]]]
Set command enables the served subscriber to select a CUG index, to
suppress the Outgoing Access (OA), and to suppress the preferential CUG.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enables/disables the CUG

temporary mode

Values:

0 : disable CUG temporary mode

1 : enable CUG temporary mode. it enables to control the

CUG information on the air interface as a default
adjustment for all following outgoing calls.

<index> integer 10 Closed Used Group index

Values:

0÷9 : CUG index

10 : no index (preferred CUG taken from subscriber

data)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 416 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<info> integer 0 information added to the

CUG

Values:

0 : no information

1 : suppress Outgoing Access (OA)

2 : suppress preferential CUG

3 : suppress OA and preferential CUG

AT+CCUG?
Read command reports the current value of the parameters in the format

+CCUG: <n>,<index>,<info>

AT+CCUG=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 417 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.15. AT+CPOL - Preferred Operator List

The command is used to edit or update the UICC preferred list of networks. The list is
read in the UICC file selected by the command +CPLS.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CPOL=[<index>]
[,<format>[,<oper>[,<GSM_AcT>,<GSM_Compact_AcT>,
<UTRAN_AcT>,<E_UTRAN_AcTn>]]]
Execution command writes an entry in the SIM list of preferred operators.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer N/A the order number of operator

in the UICC preferred
operator list.

Value:

1÷n : order number in the list

<format> integer N/A format for <oper> parameter.

Values:

0 : long format alphanumeric <oper>

1 : short format alphanumeric <oper>

2 : numeric <oper>

<oper> string - Operator Identifier.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 418 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<GSM_AcT> integer N/A GSM access technology.

Values:

0 : access technology not selected

1 : access technology selected

<GSM_Compact_AcT> integer N/A GSM compact access

technology. Currently the
parameter is not supported
but set value is accepted.

Values:

0 : access technology not selected

1 : access technology selected

<UTRAN_AcT> integer N/A UTRAN access technology.

Currently the parameter is
not supported but set value is
accepted.

Values:

0 : access technology not selected

1 : access technology selected

<E_UTRAN_AcTn> integer N/A E-UTRAN access technology

Values:

0 : access technology not selected

1 : access technology selected

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 419 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

if <index> given but <oper> left out, the entry deleted. If <oper>
given but <index> left out, <oper> put in the next free location. If
only <format> given, the format of the <oper> in the read command
changes. Currently <GSM_Compact_AcT> not supported but set
value is acceptable.

AT+CPOL?
Read command returns all used entries from the UICC list of preferred
operators.

AT+CPOL=?
Test command returns the <index> range supported by the UICC and the
range for the <format> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 420 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Entry 3 in the preferred list of the operators is deleted.

AT+CPOL=3
OK

Operator identifier 22603 is inserted in the next free location of the list.
AT+CPOL=,2,22603
OK

Format of <oper> in the read command is changed (only 2 is allowed up to

now).
AT+CPOL=,2
OK

Operator Identifier 22603 is inserted in the 4th position of the list.

AT+CPOL=4,2,22603
OK

Available range for <index> is 1 to 16, for <format>= 2.

AT+CPOL=?
+CPOL: (1-16),(2)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 421 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.16. AT#CODECINFO - Codec Information

This command returns information about the channels codecs.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#CODECINFO[=<format>[,<mode>]]
This command is both a set and an execution command.

Set command enables/disables codec information reports depending on

the parameter <mode>, in the specified <format>.

Set command format:

AT#CODECINFO=<format>,<mode>
Execution command format:
AT#CODECINFO
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<format> integer 0 select the return information format:

numeric or textual

Values:

0 : numeric format, see info section

1 : textual format, see info section

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable unsolicited channels

codecs information

Values:

0 : disable codec information unsolicited report, see info

section

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 422 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : enable codec information unsolicited report only if

the codec changes, see info section

2 : enable short codec information unsolicited report

only if the codec changes, see info section

Additional info:

<mode>=1, the unsolicited channel mode information is reported

according to the <format> parameter value:

if <format>=0, the URC is:

#CODECINFO: <codec_used>,<codec_set>
if <format>=1, the URC is:
#CODECINFO:
<codec_used>,<codec_set1>[,<codec_set2>[..[,codec_setn]]]

<mode>=2 the unsolicited codec information is reported in the

following format:

#CODECINFO: <codec_used>
The <codec_used> format depends on the <format> parameter
value.

Execution command (AT#CODECINFO<CR>) returns immediately

channels codecs information according to the previous setting of
<format> parameter.

if <format>=0, the return message is:

#CODECINFO: <codec_used>,<codec_set>
if <format>=1, the return message is:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 423 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#CODECINFO:
<codec_used>,<codec_set1>[,<codec_set2>[..[,codec_setn]]]
The parameters and their format is described in the Unsolicited
code values section.

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<codec_used> string <format>=0, <codec_used> is displayed in

numeric format
Values:

0 : no TCH

1 : full rate speech 1 on TCH

2 : full rate speech 2 on TCH

4 : half rate speech 1 on TCH

8 : full rate speech 3 – AMR on TCH

16 : half rate speech 3 – AMR on TCH

32 : GSM-AMR Wide band mode

64 : UMTS-AMR Narrow band mode

128 : UMTS-AMR Wide band mode

129 : full data 4.8

130 : full data 2.4

131 : half data 4.8

132 : half data 2.4

133 : full data 14.4

134 : full data 9.6

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 424 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<codec_set> string <format>=0, <codec_set> is displayed in

numeric format. It is the sum of integers each
representing a specific channel codec.
channel codec:
1 - FR, full rate mode enabled
2 - EFR, enhanced full rate mode enabled
4 - HR, half rate mode enabled
8 - FAMR, AMR full rate mode enabled
16 - HAMR, AMR half rate mode enabled
32 - AMRWB, GSM-AMR Wide band mode
enabled
64 - UAMRNB, UMTS-AMR Narrow band mode
enabled
128 - UAMRWB, UMTS-AMR Wide band mode
enabled
Value:

1..255 : sum of integers each representing

a specific channel codec

<codec_used> string <format>=1, <codec_used> is displayed in

textual format
Values:

None : no TCH

FR : full rate speech 1 on TCH

EFR : full rate speech 2 on TCH

HR : half rate speech 1 on TCH

FAMR : full rate speech 3 – AMR on

TCH

HAMR : half rate speech 3 – AMR on

TCH

AMRWB : GSM-AMR Wide band mode

enabled

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 425 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

UAMRNB : UMTS-AMR Narrow band mode

enabled

UAMRWB : UMTS-AMR Wide band mode

enabled

FD96 : full data 9.6

FD48 : full data 4.8

FD24 : full data 2.4

HD48 : half data 4.8

HD24 : half data 2.4

FD144 : full data 14.4

<codec_setn> string <format>=1, <codec_setn> are displayed in

textual format

Values:

FR : full rate mode enabled

EFR : enhanced full rate mode

enabled

HR : half rate mode enabled

FAMR : AMR full rate mode enabled

HAMR : AMR half rate mode enabled

AMRWB : GSM-AMR Wide band mode

enabled

UAMRNB : UMTS-AMR Narrow band mode

enabled

UAMRWB : UMTS-AMR Wide band mode

enabled

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 426 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The command refers to codec information in speech call, and to

channel mode in data/fax call.

If AT#CODEC=0, the reported channels codecs set, for <format>=0,

is 255 (all codecs).

AT#CODECINFO?
Read command reports <format> and <mode> parameter values in the
format:

#CODECINFO: <format>,<mode>

AT#CODECINFO=?
Test command returns the range of supported <format> and <mode>
parameters values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 427 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.17. AT+CPLS - Selection of Preferred PLMN List

The command is used to select a list of preferred PLMNs in the SIM/USIM card.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CPLS=<list>
Set command select one PLMN selector with Access Technology list in the
SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM), that is used by
+CPOL command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<list> integer 0 PLMNs list

selector

Values:

0 : User controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology

EFPLMNwAcT, if not found in the SIM/UICC then PLMN
preferred list EFPLMNsel (this file is only available in
SIM card or GSM application selected in UICC)

1 : Operator controlled PLMN selector with Access

Technology EFOPLMNwAcT

2 : HPLMN selector with Access Technology

EFHPLMNwAcT

The value set by command is directly stored in NVM and doesn't

depend on the specific CMUX instance.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 428 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If trying to set + CPLS which is not in supported range, an error

would be returned.

AT+CPLS?
Read command returns the selected PLMN selector <list> from the
SIM/USIM.

AT+CPLS=?
Test command returns the whole index range supported <list>s by the
SIM/USIM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 429 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.18. AT+CSQ - Signal Quality

Execution command returns received signal strength indication <rssi> and channel bit
error rate <ber> from the MT.

[1] 3GPP TS 27.007

[2] 3GPP TS 07.07
[3] 3GPP TS 25.133

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CSQ
See Additional info sections.
Additional info:

2G Networks

The execution command returns the following message:

+CSQ: <rssi>,<sq>

Name Type Default Description

<rssi> integer N/A measurements of the radio signal

power, expressed in dBm, are
mapped to <rssi> as shown below

Values:

0 : -113 dBm or less

1 : -111 dBm

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 430 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2÷30 : -109 dBm ... -53 dBm; 2 dBm per step

31 : -51 dBm or greater

99 : not known or not detectable

<sq> integer N/A <sq>: signal quality

measurements of the channel
BER(bit error rate), expressed in %,
are mapped to <sq> as shown below

Values:

0 : less than 0.2%

1 : 0.2% to 0.4%

2 : 0.4% to 0.8%

3 : 0.8% to 1.6%

4 : 1.6% to 3.2%

5 : 3.2% to 6.4%

6 : 6.4% to 12.8%

7 : more than 12.8%

99 : not known or not detectable

4G Networks

The execution command returns the following message:

+CSQ: <rssi>,<sq>

Name Type Default Description

<rssi> integer N/A Received Signal Strength Indication.

For <rssi> to be compliant with 3GPP

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 431 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

TS27.007 specification, levels are

mapped to range 0...31.

Values:

0 : -113 dBm or less

1 : -111 dBm

2÷30 : -109...-53 dBm

31 : - 51 dBm or greater

99 : not known or not detectable

<sq> integer N/A <sq>: signal quality

RSRQ: Reference Signal Received
Quality.
For <sq> levels are mapped to range
0...7.

Values:

0 : -4...-3 dBm

1 : -6...-5 dBm

2 : -8...-7 dBm

3 : -10...-9 dBm

4 : -13...-11 dBm

5 : -15...-14 dBm

6 : -17...-16 dBm

7 : -19...-18 dBm

99 : not known or not detectable

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 432 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3G Networks

The execution command returns the following message:

+CSQ: <rssi>,<ecio>

Name Type Default Description

<rssi> integer N/A Received Signal Strength Indication.

For <rssi> to be compliant with 3GPP
TS27.007 specification, levels are
mapped to range 0...31.

Values:

0 : -113 dBm or less

1 : -111 dBm

2÷30 : -109...-53 dBm

31 : - 51 dBm or greater

99 : not known or not detectable

<sq> integer N/A <sq>: signal quality

EcIo: the signal-to noise ratio.
For <sq> levels are mapped to range
0...7.

Values:

0 : -1...0 dBm

1 : -5...-2 dBm

2 : -8...-6 dBm

3 : -11...-9 dBm

4 : -15...-12 dBm

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 433 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

5 : -18...-16 dBm

6 : -22...-19 dBm

7 : -24...-23 dBm

99 : not known or not detectable

TDSCDMA Networks

The execution command returns the following message:

+CSQ: <rssi>,<ecio>

Name Type Default Description

<rssi> integer 100 Received Signal Strength Indication.

For <rssi> levels are mapped to
range 100...191.

Values:

100 : -116 dBm or less

101 : -115

102÷190 : -114...-26 dBm

191 : - 25 dBm or greater

199 : not known or not detectable

<sq> integer 0 <sq>: signal quality

EcIo: the signal-to noise ratio.
For <sq> levels are mapped to range
0...7.

Values:

0 : -1...0 dBm

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 434 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : -5...-2 dBm

2 : -8...-6 dBm

3 : -11...-9 dBm

4 : -15...-12 dBm

5 : -18...-16 dBm

6 : -22...-19 dBm

7 : -24...-23 dBm

99 : not known or not detectable

NOTE: this command should be used instead of the %Q and %L

commands, since GSM/WCDMA relevant parameters are the
radio link ones and no line is present, hence %Q and %L have no
meaning

AT+CSQ=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters
<rssi> and <ber>.

Although +CSQ is an execution command without parameters,

3GPP TS 27.007 requires the Test command to be defined.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 435 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.19. AT#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information

This command reports information about the serving cell.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SERVINFO
Execution command reports information about serving cell. The information and
the format of the returned message depends on the network type.

GSM network
#SERVINFO:<BARFCN>,<dBM>,[<NetNameAsc>],<NetCode>,<BSIC>,<LAC>,<TA>,<
GPRS>[,[<PBARFCN>],[<NOM>],<RAC>,[PAT]]

LTE network
#SERVINFO:<EARFCN>,<dBM>,[<NetNameAsc>],<NetCode>,<PhysicalCellId>,<TA
C>,<DRX>,<SD>,<RSRP>

The parameters are described in the Additional info sections.

Additional info:

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<dBM> integer - received signal strength in dBm.

<NetNameAsc> string - operator name, quoted string or "" if

network name is unknown.

<NetCode> hex - country code and operator code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 436 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<LAC> integer - Localization Area Code

<BSIC> string - Base Station Identification Code

<TA> integer - Time Advance: it is available only if a

GSM or GPRS is running.

<GPRS> integer 0 GPRS supported in the cell

Values:

0 : not supported

1 : supported

<BARFCN> integer - BCCH ARFCN of the serving cell

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<NOM> string N/A Network Operator Mode.

Values:

I : Network Mode I

II : Network Mode II

III : Network Mode III

<RAC> integer - Routing Area Color Code.

<URA> integer - UTRAN Registration Area Identity

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 437 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<DRX> integer - Discontinuous reception cycle length.

<SD> integer N/A Service Domain

Values:

0 : No Service

1 : CS only

2 : PS only

3 : CS & PS

<RSCP> integer - Received Signal Code Power in dBm.

<EARFCN> integer - LTE Assigned Radio Channel

<PhysicalCellId> integer - Physical Cell ID

<TAC> integer - Tracking Area Code

<RSRP> integer - Reference Signal Received Power

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<PBARFCN> integer - Not supported by 3GPP. PBCCH ARFCN

of the serving cell; it is printed only if
PBCCH is supported by the cell,
otherwise the label "hopping" will be
printed

<PAT> integer N/A Priority Access Threshold.

Values:

0 : Priority Access Threshold

3÷6 : Priority Access Threshold

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 438 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SERVINFO=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 439 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.20. AT#NWEN - Network Emergency Number Update

This command enables the unsolicited result code of emergency number update.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#NWEN=[<en>]
Set command enables/disables the URC for emergency number update.
The URC format is:

#NWEN: <type>

The parameter is described in the Unsolicited field section.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<en> integer 0 enables/disables unsolicited indication of

emergency number update

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<type> integer unsolicited indication of emergency number update

Values:

1 : number list update from internal ME

2 : number list update from SIM

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 440 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : number list update from network

Entering AT#NWEN= returns OK but has no effect.

AT#NWEN?
Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication of network
emergency number update is currently enabled or not, in the format:

#NWEN: <en>

AT#NWEN=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <en>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 441 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.21. AT#BCCHLOCK - Lock to Single BCCH ARFCN

This command enables/disable the single BCCH ARFCN locking.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#BCCHLOCK=<LockedBcch>[,<LockedUarfcn>[,<LockedPsc>[,<LockedEarfcn>[
,<LockedPci>]]]]
This command allows to set the single BCCH ARFCN(also UARFCN and EARFCN)
the device must be locked to, selectable within those allowed for the specific
product.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<LockedBcch> integer 1024 enable/disable 2G BCCH locking

Values:

1024 : disable

0÷124 : enable on GSM 900MHz

975÷1023 : enable on GSM 900MHz

512÷885 : enable on DCS 1800MHz

128÷251 : enable on GSM 850MHz

512÷810 : enable on PCS 1900MHz

<LockedUarfcn> integer 0 enable/disable 3G BCCH locking

Values:

0 : disable

712÷10838 : enable on downlink UARFCN in

UMTS supported bands (some
values in range 712-10838 are not

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 442 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

supported according to product

band configuration).

<LockedPsc> integer 65535 enable/disable 3G BCCH locking

Primary Scrambling Code selection

Values:

65535 : disable

0÷511 : Primary Scrambling Code

<LockedEarfcn> integer 0 A number in the range 0-68935

representing the earfcn to search.
An value of 0 will remove the
earfcn restriction and any
associated Physical Cell ID lock.

Values:

0 : disable

0÷68935 : enable on downlink EARFCN in LTE

supported bands (some values in
range 0-68935 are not supported
according to product band
configuration).

<LockedPci> hex 0 E-UTRAN physical cell ID in

hexadecimal format. Valid range 0
- 1F7. If the value 0 of
<LockedEarfcn> is input, this value
would be 0.

Values:

0 : Physical cell id

0÷1F7 : Physical cell id

The values set by command are directly stored in NVM and need to be
reboot for lock and unlock function.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 443 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Note that the use of <LockedPsc> must be used with <LockedUarfcn> and
never use <LockedPsc> alone. In other words, if <LockedUarfcn> is 0,
<LockedPsc> must not have a specific value other than 65535. If you set
<LockedPsc> alone, the problems of 3G search or attach procedure should
be happened. However, make it to 65535(disable) alone is possible
regardless of <LockedUarfcn>.

It is not possible to lock to a 2G BCCH and a 3G BCCH at the same time.

If selected locked 3G BCCH is not available, the module will be out of

GSM/GPRS/UMTS network service even for emergency calls and will not
select an alternative BCCH.

If selected locked 2G BCCH is not in power scan list, the locking function
does not work and normal cell selection is performed.

If selected locked BCCH is available but the module is not allowed to

register to the corresponding PLMN, the module will be able to perform
only emergency calls and will not select an alternative BCCH.

If selected locked 2G/3G BCCH is available, the module, in idle and in

GPRS/UMTS data transfer, will not perform reselection to another
cell/ARFCN or UARFCN.

If selected locked 2G BCCH is available, the module, in GSM data transfer

(voice call, data call, sms), will not perform handover to another cell.

If selected locked 3G BCCH is available, the module, in UMTS connection,

will not perform handover to another cell/UARFCN.

If locked 3G BCCH is set through <LockedUarfcn>, the 3G rat is fixed. It

means +WS46 cannot be used for moving another RAT. If
<LockedUarfcn> is set to 0(disable), the +WS46 would return to the
previously value.

#BCCHLOCK setting implies a RAT selection, that is why it is not

recommended to use this command together with +WS46.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 444 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#BCCHLOCK setting has higher priority than PLMN selection, that is why it
is not recommended to use this command together with manual PLMN
selection +COPS=1.

In the situation that LTE locked function is used so certain frequency and
PCI should be fixed, if the handover event comes down from the network or
it is in poor signal strength environment, the RLF may occur continuously.
Also, event if reselection event is happened on itself, it cannot move
another cells or frequencies. So, this function should be used carefully.

AT#BCCHLOCK?
Read command reports the currently stored parameter
<LockedBcch>,<LockedUarfcn>,<LockedPsc>,<LockedEarfcn> and <LockedPci> in
the format:

#BCCHLOCK:
<LockedBcch>,<LockedUarfcn>,<LockedPsc>,<LockedEarfcn>,<LockedPci>

If <LockedEarfcn> is set to 0, the related EFS would be removed so

<LockedPci> always returned 0 even if its value was input.

AT#BCCHLOCK=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<LockedBcch>,<LockedUarfcn>,<LockedPsc>,<LockedEarfcn> and <LockedPci>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 445 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.22. AT#PLMNMODE - PLMN List Selection

Set command apply to new operator names depending on the parameter <mode>.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#PLMNMODE=<mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 Set command apply's to new operator

names depending on the parameter
<mode>

Values:

0 : previous operator names

1 : new operator names

If the <mode>=1, AT+COPN command shows new operator names.

When the AT#ENS value is 1 then the AT#PLMNMODE value will

always be 1 after reboot. (See #ENS for more details).

AT#PLMNMODE?
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>:

#PLMNMODE: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 446 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#PLMNMODE=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 447 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.23. AT#FPLMN - Periodical FPLMN Cleaning

Periodically delete the Forbidden PLMN list stored inside the SIM card, clear it or list it.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#FPLMN=<action>[,<period>]
The set command is used to manage the Forbidden PLMN List file
(FPLMN) stored in the SIM card.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer 0 kind of action for FPLMN file

Values:

0 : disable periodic FPLMN cleaning

1 : enable periodic FPLMN cleaning with period <period>

2 : clear FPLMN file contents (one shot)

3 : list contents of FPLMN file

<period> integer 60 interval in minutes for FPLMN clearing

Value:

1÷60 : interval in minutes

AT#FPLMN?
Read command reports whether the periodic deletion is currently enabled
or not, and the deletion period, in the format:

#FPLMN: <action>,<period>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 448 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FPLMN=?
Test command reports available values for parameters <action> and
<period>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 449 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.24. AT#CODEC - GSM and UMTS Audio Codec

GSM and UMTS audio codec mode settings

3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#CODEC=[<codec>]
Set command sets the GSM and UMTS audio codec mode.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<codec> integer 0 0 = all the codec modes are enabled

1-255: sum of integers each representing a
specific codec mode as follows
- 1 = FR, full rate mode enabled
- 2 = EFR, enhanced full rate mode
enabled
- 4 = HR, half rate mode enabled
- 8 = AMR-FR, AMR full rate mode enabled
- 16 = AMR-HR, AMR half rate mode
enabled
- 32 = FAWB, full rate AMR wide band
- 64 = UAMR2, UMTS AMR version 2
- 128 = UAWB, UMTS AMR wide band

Value:

0÷255 : codec modes setting

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 450 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Full rate mode is added by default to any setting in the SETUP

message (as specified in 3GPP TS 24.008), but the call drops if the
network assigned codec mode has not been selected by the user.

AT#CODEC=4 and AT#CODEC=16 are not recommended; better

using AT#CODEC=5 and AT#CODEC=24 respectively

The setting 0 is equivalent to the setting 255.

AT#CODEC?
Read command returns current audio codec mode in the format:

#CODEC: <codec>

AT#CODEC=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter
<codec>

• AT#CODEC=14
OK

sets the codec modes HR (4), EFR (2) and AMR-FR (8)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 451 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.25. AT#BND - Select Band

This command selects RF bands

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#BND=<band>[,<UMTS_band>[,<LTE_band>[,<TDSCDMA_band>]]]
Set command selects the current GSM, UMTS, LTE, and TDSCDMA bands.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<band> integer N/A GSM band selection. The default

value depends on the product.

Values:

0 : GSM 900 MHz + DCS 1800 MHz

1 : GSM 900 MHz + PCS 1900 MHz

2 : GSM 850 MHz + DCS 1800 MHz

3 : GSM 850 MHz + PCS 1900 MHz

4 : GSM 900 MHz + DCS 1800 MHz + PCS 1900

MHz

5 : GSM 900 MHz + DCS 1800 MHz + PCS 1900

MHz + GSM 850 MHz

<UMTS_band> integer N/A UMTS band selection. The

default value depends on the
product.

Values:

0 : B1 (2100 MHz)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 452 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : B2 (1900 MHz)

2 : B5 (850 MHz)

3 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B2 (1900 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz)

4 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz)

5 : B8 (900 MHz)

6 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B8 (900 MHz)

7 : B4 (1700 MHz)

8 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz)

9 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B8 (900 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz)

10 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B4 (1700 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz)

11 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B2 (1900 MHz) + B4

(1700 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B8 (900 MHz)

12 : B6 (800 MHz)

13 : B3 (1800 MHz)

14 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B2 (1900 MHz) + B4 (1700

MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800 MHz)

15 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B8 (900 MHz) + B3 (1800

MHz)

16 : B8 (900 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz)

17 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B4 (1700 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz) + B6 (800 MHz)

18 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800

MHz) + B8 (900 MHz)

19 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B6 (800 MHz)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 453 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

20 : B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800 MHz)

21 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800

MHz)

22 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B3 (1800 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz) + B8 (900 MHz)

23 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B3 (1800 MHz)

24 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B2 (1900 MHz) + B4 (1700

MHz) + B5 (850 MHz)

25 : B19 (850 MHz)

26 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800

MHz) + B8 (900 MHz) + B19 (850 MHz)

27 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B2 (1900 MHz) + B4 (1700

MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800 MHz) + B8
(900 MHz) + B19 (850 MHz)

<LTE_band> hex N/A indicates the LTE supported

bands expressed as the sum of
Band number (1+2+8 ...)
calculated as shown in the table
(mask of 32 bits):

Values:

0x00000 : No bands allowed

0x00001 : EUTRAN BAND1

0x00002 : EUTRAN BAND2

0x00004 : EUTRAN BAND3

0x00008 : EUTRAN BAND4

0x00010 : EUTRAN BAND5

0x00040 : EUTRAN BAND7

0x00080 : EUTRAN BAND8

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 454 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0x00100 : EUTRAN BAND9

0x00800 : EUTRAN BAND12

0x01000 : EUTRAN BAND13

0x02000 : EUTRAN BAND14

0x10000 : EUTRAN BAND17

0x20000 : EUTRAN BAND18

0x40000 : EUTRAN BAND19

0x80000 : EUTRAN BAND20

0x1000000 : EUTRAN BAND25

0x2000000 : EUTRAN BAND26

0x8000000 : EUTRAN BAND28

0x00200000000 : EUTRAN BAND34

0x02000000000 : EUTRAN BAND38

0x04000000000 : EUTRAN BAND39

0x08000000000 : EUTRAN BAND40

0x10000000000 : EUTRAN BAND41

0x8000000000000 : EUTRAN BAND66

0x0800000000000000 : EUTRAN BAND71

<TDSCDMA_band> hex N/A indicates the LTE supported

bands expressed as the sum of
Band number (1+2+8 ...)
calculated as shown in the table
(mask of 32 bits):

Values:

0x00000 : No bands allowed

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 455 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0x00001 : TDS BAND34 A

0x00020 : TDS BAND39 F

0x00010 : TDS BAND40 E

127 - GSM/WCDMA invalid value

FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF - LTE/TDSCDMA invalid value for all models

In set command LTE/TDSCDMA band mask should be entered in

HEX format without "0x".
In Read and test commands it also appears without "0x".

In set command, "NULL" input value is acceptable except last input

parameter.
And "NULL" means that previous value is remained.
Example:
AT#BND=5,15,800C5
OK
AT#BND=5,,800C5
OK

7.1 Appendix A represents default value of each variants.

If <mode> of #SELBNDMODE is 1, the bands of #BND cannot be

set. On the other hands, if <mode> of #SELBNDMODE is 0, the
bands of #BND can be set.

AT#BND?
Read command returns the current selected band in the format:

In case module does not support TDS-CDMA

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 456 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#BND: <band>,<UMTS_band>,<LTE_band>

In case module supports TDS-CDMA

#BND: <band>,<UMTS_band>,<LTE_band>,<TDSCDMA_band>

AT#BND=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters

In case module does not support TDS-CDMA

<band>, <UMTS_band> and <LTE_band>

In case module supports TDS-CDMA

<band>, <UMTS_band>,<LTE_band>, and <TDSCDMA_band>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 457 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command
AT#BND=5,15,800C5
OK
AT#BND=5,,800C5
OK

Test command
AT#BND=?
#BND: (0-5),(0,5,6,13,15),(800C5)
OK

Read command
AT#BND?
#BND: 5,15,800C5
OK

Read command shows that the supported LTE bands are: B1, B3, B7, B8,
and B20

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 458 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.26. AT#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection

This command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#AUTOBND=[<value>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer 0 only for backward compatibility.

Values:

0 : only for backward compatibility.

1 : only for backward compatibility.

2 : only for backward compatibility.

AT#AUTOBND?
Read command returns the current value of the parameter <value> in the
format:

#AUTOBND: <value>

AT#AUTOBND=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <value>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 459 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.27. AT#SNUM - Subscriber Number

This command writes the MSISDN information related to the subscriber (own number)
in the EFmsisdn SIM file.

3GPP TS 51.011

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SNUM=<index>[,<number>[,<alpha>]]
This set command writes the MSISDN information related to the
subscriber (own number) in the EFmsisdn SIM file.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - the number of the record in the

EFmsisdn file in SIM where the number
must be stored; its range goes from 1 to
a maximum value that varies from SIM to
SIM. If only <index> value is given, then
the EFmsisdn record in location <index>
is deleted.

<number> string - string containing the phone number

<alpha> string - alphanumeric string associated to

<number>; its maximum length varies
from SIM to SIM. Default value is empty
string (""), otherwise the used character
set should be the one selected with
+CSCS. The string could be written
between quotes; the number of
characters depends on the SIM. If empty

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 460 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

string is given (""), the corresponding

<alpha> will be an empty string.

The command returns ERROR if EFmsisdn file is not present in the

SIM, or if MSISDN service is not allocated and activated in the SIM
Service Table, see 3GPP TS 51.011.

AT#SNUM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 461 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.28. AT#PSNT - Packet Service Network Type

The command enables/disables unsolicited result code for packet service network type
(PSNT)

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PSNT=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables unsolicited result code for packet service
network type (PSNT) having the following format:

#PSNT:<nt>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables PSNT unsolicited

result code.

Values:

0 : disables PSNT unsolicited result code

1 : enables PSNT unsolicited result code

2 : PSNT unsolicited result code is enabled, and read

command returns the message shown in the read
section.

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<nt> integer network type

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 462 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : GPRS network

1 : EGPRS network

2 : WCDMA network

3 : HSDPA network

4 : LTE network

5 : unknown or not registered

<is_hsupa_available> integer HSUPA available

Values:

0 : HSUPA is not supported by

network

1 : HSUPA is supported by network

<is_hsupa_used> integer HSUPA used

Values:

0 : HSUPA is not in used

1 : HSUPA is in used

<is_hsdpa_available> integer HSDPA available

Values:

0 : HSDPA is not supported by

network

1 : HSDPA is supported by network

<is_hsdpa_used> integer HSDPA used

Values:

0 : HSDPA is not in used

1 : HSDPA is in used

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 463 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When the type of network is HSPA, the indication is certainly valid

during traffic, while it could be not valid in idle because it depends
on network broadcast parameters.

AT#PSNT?
If <mode> is set to 0 or 1, read command returns the current values of the
<mode> and <nt> parameters in the format:
#PSNT: <mode>,<nt>

If <mode> is set to 2, read command returns the current values of <mode>

and <nt> parameters followed by four dummy parameters set to 0.
#PSNT:<mode>,<nt>,0,0,0,0

AT#PSNT=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 464 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.29. AT#ENCALG - Set Encryption Algorithm

This command enables or disables the GSM and/or GPRS encryption algorithms
supported by the module.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENCALG=[<encGSM>][,<encGPRS]
Set command enables or disables the GSM and/or GPRS encryption
algorithms supported by the module.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<encGSM> integer 5 The <encGSM> (one byte long) is a bit

mask where each bit, when set,
indicates the corresponding GSM
encryption algorithm
bit 0 = A5/1
bit 1 = A5/2
bit 2 = A5/3
bits 3 - 7 = reserved for future use

Values:

0 : no GSM encryption algorithm

1÷7 : sum of integers each representing a specific

GSM encryption algorithm: 1 - A5/1 2 - A5/2 4 -
A5/3

255 : reset the default values

<encGPRS> integer 12 The <encGPRS> (one byte long) is a bit

mask where each bit, when set,
indicates the corresponding GPRS
encryption algorithm

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 465 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

bit 0 = GEA1
bit 1 = GEA2
bit 2 = GEA3
bit 3 = GEA4
bits 4 - 7 = reserved for future use

Values:

0 : no GPRS encryption algorithm

1÷15 : sum of integers each representing a specific

GPRS encryption algorithm: 1 - GEA1 2 - GEA2
4 - GEA3 8 - GEA4

255 : reset the default values

The values are stored in NVM and available on following reboot.

For possible <encGSM> and <encGPRS> encryptions see test

command response.

If no parameter is issued, the set command returns ERROR.

AT#ENCALG?
Read command reports the currently selected <encGSM> and <encGPRS>,
and the last used <usedGSM> and <usedGPRS> in the format:

#ENCALG: <encGSM>,<encGPRS>,<usedGSM>,<usedGPRS>
Additional info:

Last used <useGSM> and <useGPRS> are expressed in the format:

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 466 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<usedGSM> integer 0 GSM encryption algorithm

Values:

0 : no GSM encryption algorithm

1 : A5/1

2 : A5/2

3 : A5/3

255 : not available

<usedGPRS> integer 0 GPRS encryption algorithms

Values:

0 : no GPRS encryption algorithm

1 : GEA1

2 : GEA2

4 : GEA3

8 : GEA4

255 : not available

AT#ENCALG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters in
the format:
<encGSM> and <encGPRS>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 467 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ENCALG?
#ENCALG: 5,2,1,1
OK

AT#ENCALG=5,1
OK

Sets the GSM encryption algorithm A5/1 and A5/3, and the GPRS encryption
algorithm GEA1. It will be available at the next reboot.

AT#ENCALG?
#ENCALG: 5,2,1,1

The last two values indicate that the last used GSM encryption algorithm is
A5/1 and the last used GPRS encryption algorithm is GEA1

After reboot
AT#ENCALG?
#ENCALG: 5,1,1,1

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 468 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.30. AT+CEMODE - Set Mode of Operation for EPS

This command used to configure the mode of operation for EPS.

3GPP TS 24.301

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CEMODE=[<mode>]
This set command configures the mode of operation for EPS.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 2 mode of operation.

UE modes of operation can be found in
3GPP TS 24.301. Other values are reserved
and will result in an ERROR response to the
set command.

Values:

0 : PS mode 2 of operation

1 : CS/PS mode 1 of operation

2 : CS/PS mode 2 of operation

3 : PS mode 1 of operation

The definition for UE modes of operation can be found in 3GPP TS

24.301 [83]. Other values are reserved and will result in an
ERROR response to the set command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 469 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CEMODE?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode> in the
format:
+CEMODE: < mode >

The read command will return right values after set command, but
effectively the mode of operation changes after power cycle.

AT+CEMODE=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.

Set EPS mode

AT+CEMODE=1
OK

Check EPS mode

AT+CEMODE?
+CEMODE: 1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 470 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.31. AT+CPNER - Primary Notification Event Reporting

This command enables/disables reporting of primary notification events received from
the network.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CPNER=<reporting>
Set command enables and disables reporting of primary notification
events when received from the network with unsolicited result code.
+CPNERU: <message_identifier>,<serial_number>,<warning_type>
Primary notification events are used for public warning systems like ETWS
(Earthquake and Tsunami Warning Systems).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<reporting> integer 1 Controlling reporting of primary

notification events.

Values:

0 : Disable primary notification events.

1 : Enable reporting of primary notification events

without security information, unsolicited result
code

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<message_identifier> string in hexadecimal character format. The

parameter contains the message
identifier (2 bytes) of the primary
notification.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 471 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<serial_number> string in hexadecimal character format. The

parameter contains the serial number (2
bytes) of the primary notification.

<warning_type> string in hexadecimal character format. The

parameter contains the warning type (2
bytes) of the primary notification.

AT+CPNER?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter.

AT+CPNER=?
Test command returns supported of parameter.

AT+CPNER?
+CPNER: 1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 472 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.32. AT+CESQ - Extended Signal Quality

Execution command returns received signal quality parameters according to the
network on which the module is registered.

[1] 3GPP TS 27.007

[2] 3GPP TS 45.008
[3] 3GPP TS 25.133
[4] 3GPP TS 36.133

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CESQ
See Additional info section for networks on which the module can be
registered.
Additional info:

The execution command returns the following message. Its format

depends on the network on which the module is registered.

2G Networks

+CESQ: <rxlev>,<ber>,255,255,255,255

3G Networks

+CESQ: 99,99,<rscp>,<ecno>,255,255

LTE Networks

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 473 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CESQ: 99,99,255,255,<rsrq>,<rsrp>

Name Type Default Description

<rxlev> integer N/A received signal strength level, see

3GPP TS 45.008 subclause 8.1.4.

Values:

0 : rssi < -110 dBm

1 : -110 dBm ≤ rssi < -109 dBm

2 : -109 dBm ≤ rssi < -108 dBm

... : ...

61 : - 50 dBm ≤ rssi < - 49 dBm

62 : - 49 dBm ≤ rssi < -48 dBm

63 : - 48 dBm ≤ rssi

99 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a GERAN cell

<ber> integer N/A channel bit error rate.

Values:

0÷7 : as RXQUAL values, see 3GPP TS 45.008

subclause 8.2.4

99 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a GERAN cell

<rscp> integer N/A received signal code power (see

3GPP TS 25.133 subclause 9.1.1.3
and 3GPP TS 25.123 subclause
9.1.1.1.3).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 474 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : rscp < -120 dBm

1 : -120 dBm ≤ rscp < -119 dBm

2 : -119 dBm ≤ rscp < -118 dBm

... : ...

94 : -27 dBm ≤ rscp < -26 dBm

95 : -26 dBm ≤ rscp < -25 dBm

96 : -25 dBm ≤ rscp

255 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a UTRA cell

<ecno> integer N/A ratio of the received energy per PN

chip to the total received power
spectral density (see 3GPP TS
25.133 subclause).

Values:

0 : Ec/Io < -24 dB

1 : -24 dB ≤ Ec/Io < -23.5 dB

2 : -23.5 dB ≤ Ec/Io < -23 dB

... : ...

95 : -1 dB ≤ Ec/Io < -0.5 dB

96 : -0.5 dB ≤ Ec/Io < 0 dB

97 : 0 dB ≤ rsrp

255 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a UTRA cell

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 475 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<rsrq> integer 0 reference signal received quality,

see 3GPP TS 36.133 subclause 9.1.7.

Values:

0 : rsrq < -19.5 dB

1 : -19.5 dB ≤ rsrq < -19.0 dB

2 : -19.0 dB ≤ rsrq < -18.5 dB

... : ...

32 : -4 dB ≤ rsrq < -3.5 dB

33 : -3.5 dB ≤ rsrq < -3 dB

34 : -3 dB ≤ rsrq

255 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a E-UTRA cell

<rsrp> integer 0 reference signal received power,

see 3GPP TS 36.133 subclause 9.1.4.

Values:

0 : rsrp < -140 dBm

1 : -140 dBm ≤ rsrp < -139 dBm

2 : -139 dBm ≤ rsrp < -138 dBm

... : ...

95 : -46 dBm ≤ rsrp < -45 dBm

96 : -45 dBm ≤ rsrp < -44 dBm

97 : -44 dBm ≤ rsrp

255 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a E-UTRA cell

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 476 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CESQ=?
Test command returns values supported as compound values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 477 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.33. AT#ENS - Enhanced Network Selection

Set command is used to activate the Enhanced Network Selection (ENS) functionality.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENS=[<mode>]
Set command is used to activate the ENS functionality
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 ENS functionality

Values:

0 : Disable ENS functionality

1 : Enable ENS functionality

If AT#ENS=1 has been issued, the following values will be

automatically set and also at every next power-up:
- All bands are enabled
- SIM Application Toolkit enabled on user interface 0 if not
previously enabled on a different user interface (AT#STIA-2)
- PLMN list not fixed (AT#PLMNMODE=1)

AT#ENS?
Read command reports whether the ENS functionality is currently enabled
or not, in the format:

#ENS: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 478 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ENS=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameter
<mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 479 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.34. AT+WS46 - PCCA STD-101 Select Wireless Network

This command selects the cellular network (Wireless Data Service, WDS).

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+WS46=[<n>]
Set command selects the cellular network (Wireless Data Service, WDS) to
operate with the TA (WDS-Side Stack Selection).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A WDS-Side Stack to be used by the TA.

4G/3G products support <n> parameter

values 22, 28 and 31. 31 is factory default

4G/3G/2G products support <n> parameter

values 12,22,25,28,29,30 and 31. 25 is factory
default

4G/3G/2G/TDSCDMA products support <n>

parameter values
12,22,25,28,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,36,37,38 and
39. 36 is factory default

Values:

12 : GSM Digital Cellular Systems, GERAN only

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 480 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

22 : UTRAN only

25 : 3GPP Systems (GERAN and UTRAN and E-UTRAN)

28 : E-UTRAN only

29 : GERAN and UTRAN

30 : GERAN and E-UTRAN

31 : UTRAN and E-UTRAN

32 : TDSCDMA only

33 : GERAN and TDSCDMA

34 : TDSCDMA and E-UTRAN

35 : GERAN and TDSCDMA and E-UTRAN

36 : GERAN and TDSCDMA and UTRAN and E-UTRAN

37 : GERAN and TDSCDMA and UTRAN

38 : TDSCDMA and UTRAN

39 : TDSCDMA and UTRAN and E-UTRAN

The values in <n> for Query are mutually exclusive. If one value
(e.g. "25") is returned, other values shall not be returned.

<n> parameter setting is stored in NVM and available at next

reboot.

The factory default value depends on each variant.

LE910Cx-NA/EU/LA/E1: 3GPP Systems (GERAN and UTRAN and E-
UTRAN)
LE910Cx-AP/NF/N1/A1/L1 : UTRAN and E-UTRAN
LE910Cx-NS/SV/SA/ST: E-UTRAN only

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 481 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-CN: GERAN and TDSCDMA and UTRAN and E-UTRAN

If RAT is changed with this command all activated contexts will be

deactivated.

AT+WS46?
Read command reports the currently selected cellular network, in the
format:

+ WS46: <n>

AT+WS46=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 482 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.35. AT+CEDRXS - eDRX Setting

This command controls the setting of the UEs eDRX parameters.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CEDRXS=[<mode>[,<AcTtype>[,<Req_eDRX>]]]
Set command controls the setting of the UEs eDRX parameters. The
command controls whether the UE wants to apply eDRX or not, as well as
the requested eDRX value for each specified type of access technology.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 disable or enable the use of eDRX in

the UE. This parameter is applicable to
all specified types of access
technology, i.e. the most recent setting
of <mode> will take effect for all
specified values of <AcTtype>.

Values:

0 : disable the use of eDRX

1 : enable the use of eDRX

2 : enable the use of eDRX and enable the

unsolicited result code, see Additional info.

3 : disable the use of eDRX and discard all

parameters for eDRX or, if available, reset to the
manufacturer specific default values

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 483 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<AcTtype> integer N/A type of access technology.

Values:

1 : CAT M1

2 : GSM (A/Gb mode)

3 : UTRAN (lu mode)

4 : E-UTRAN (WB-S1 mode)

5 : E-UTRAN (NB1-S1 mode)

<Req_eDRX> string - half a byte in a 4-bit format. The eDRX

value refers to bit 4 to 1 of octet 3 of
the Extended DRX parameters
information element (see subclause
10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS 24.008). For the
coding and the value range, see
Extended DRX parameters information
element in 3GPP TS 24.008, Table
10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008. Default
value is "0000".

Additional info:

If <mode>=2 and there is a change in the eDRX parameters provided

by the network, the unsolicited result code reports:

+CEDRXS:
<AcTtype>[,<Req_eDRX>[,<NW_prove_DRX>[,<PagTimeWindow>]]]

Name Type Default Description

<NW_prove_DRX> string - half a byte in a 4-bit format.

The eDRX value refers to
bit 4 to 1 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters
information element (see
subclause 10.5.5.32 of

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 484 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3GPP TS 24.008). For the

coding and the value range,
see Extended DRX
parameters information
element in 3GPP TS 24.008
Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS
24.008.

<PagTimeWindow> string - half a byte in a 4-bit format.

The paging time window
refers to bit 8 to 5 of octet 3
of the Extended DRX
parameters information
element (see subclause
10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS
24.008). For the coding and
the value range, see the
Extended DRX parameters
information element in
3GPP TS 24.008 Table
10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008.

The only '4 - E-UTRAN (WB-S1 mode)' of <AcT-type> could be

supported.

Need to input together with <AcT-type> and

<Requested_eDRX_value> values when the '1 - enable the use of
eDRX' and '2 - enable the use of eDRX and enable the unsolicited
result code' of <mode> is set. Also, it needs to be added quotation
marks if <Requested_eDRX_value> is set.

The initial value of eDRX is like as follows.

E-UTRAN (WB-S1 mode): eDRX – disabled, PTW(Paging Time

Window) size - 4, cycle length - 1
CAT M1, GSM, UTRAN and E-UTRAN (NB-S1 mode): eDRX –
disabled. PTW(Paging Time Window) size - 0, cycle length - 0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 485 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The +CEDRXS command is executed only when it has LTE radio

technology.

AT+CEDRXS?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined value of
<AcTtype>.

AT+CEDRXS=?
Test command returns the supported <mode>s and the value ranges for
the access technology and the requested eDRX value as compound values.
The <Requested_eDRX_value> can be indicated 4 bit binary number.

AT+CEDRXS=?
+CEDRXS: <mode>,<AcT-type>,<Requested_eDRX_value>

OK

AT+CEDRXS?
+CEDRXS: 4,"1111"

OK
AT+CEDRXS=?
+CEDRXS: (0-3),(4),("0000"-"1111")

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 486 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.36. AT+CEDRXRDP - eDRX Read Dynamic Parameters

This command returns a message related to Extended Discontinuous Reception (eDRX).

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CEDRXRDP
Execution command returns the following message if eDRX is used for
the cell that the MS is currently registered to, in the format:

+CEDRXRDP: <AcT-type>[,<Requested_eDRX_value>[,<NWprovided_
eDRX_value>[,<Paging_time_window>]]]

If the cell that the MS is currently registered to is not using eDRX,

<AcTtype>=0 is returned.
Additional info:

Here is the list of the meanings of the parameter returned by the

+CEDRXRDP command.

Name Type Default Description

<AcTtype> integer 0 type of access

technology.

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 487 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : access technology is not

using eDRX

1 : CAT M1

2 : GSM (A/Gb mode)

3 : UTRAN (Iu mode)

4 : E-UTRAN (WB-S1 mode)

5 : E-UTRAN (NB-S1 mode)

<Requested_eDRX_value> string - half a byte in a 4

bit format. The
eDRX value
refers to bit 4 to 1
of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX
parameters
information
element (see
subclause
10.5.5.32 of 3GPP
TS 24.008). For
the coding and
the value range,
see Extended
DRX parameters
information
element in 3GPP
TS 24.008, Table
10.5.5.32/3GPP
TS 24.008.

<NW- string - half a byte in a 4

provided_eDRX_value> bit format. The
eDRX value
refers to bit 4 to 1
of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX
parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 488 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

information
element (see
subclause
10.5.5.32 of 3GPP
TS 24.008). For
the coding and
the value range,
see Extended
DRX parameters
information
element in 3GPP
TS 24.008 Table
10.5.5.32/3GPP
TS 24.008.

<Paging_time_window> string - half a byte in a 4

bit format. The
paging time
window referes
to bit 8 to 5 of
octet 3 of the
Extended DRX
parameters
information
element (see
subclause
10.5.5.32 of 3GPP
TS 24.008). For
the coding and
the value range,
see the Extended
DRX parameters
information
element in 3GPP
TS 24.008 Table
10.5.5.32/3GPP
TS 24.008.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 489 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If the NW do not support eDRX function, the CEDRXRDP execution

command always returns "0".

The only "4 - E-UTRAN (WB-S1 mode)" of <AcT-type> could be

supported.

The CEDRXRDP command is excuted only when it has LTE radio

technology.

AT+CEDRXRDP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 490 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.37. AT+CEREG - EPS Network Registration Status

This command monitors the Evolved Packet System (EPS) network registration status in
LTE.

[1] 3GPP TS 24.008

[2] 3GPP TS 24.301
[3] 3GPP TS 25.331

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CEREG=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the EPS network registration unsolicited
result code (URC) in LTE, and selects one of the available formats:

short format: +CEREG: <stat>

long format: +CEREG: <stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]]

<tac>, <ci>, and <AcT> are reported by the command only if available.

In case of error, possible response(s): +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the network registration

unsolicited result code (URC), and selects
one of the available formats.
The following events trigger the URC:
URC short format is displayed every time
there is a change in the EPS network
registration status.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 491 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

URC long format is displayed every time

there is a change of network cell in LTE.

Values:

0 : disable the network registration unsolicited result

code

1 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and select the short format

2 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the long format (includes the
network cell identification data)

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<stat> integer EPS registration status

Values:

0 : not registered, terminal is not currently

searching a new operator to register to

1 : registered, home network

2 : not registered, but terminal is currently

searching a new operator to register to

3 : registration denied

4 : unknown. Example, out of LTE coverage

5 : registered, roaming

6 : registered for "SMS only", home network (not

applicable)

7 : registered for "SMS only", roaming (not

applicable).

8 : attached for emergency bearer services only.

3GPP TS 24.008 [8] and 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]
specify the condition when the MS is

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 492 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

considered as attached for emergency bearer

services. (not applicable).

9 : registered for "CSFB not preferred", home

network (not applicable).

10 : registered for "CSFB not preferred", roaming

(not applicable).

<tac> string tracking area code (two bytes) in hexadecimal format

(e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal)

<ci> string LTE cell ID (four bytes) in hexadecimal format

<AcT> integer indicates the access technology of the serving cell.

Values:

0 : GSM (not applicable)

1 : GSM Compact (not applicable)

2 : UTRAN (not applicable)

3 : GSM w/EGPRS (see NOTE) (not applicable)

4 : UTRAN w/HSDPA (see NOTE) (not applicable)

5 : UTRAN w/HSUPA (see NOTE) (not applicable)

6 : UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA (see NOTE) (not

applicable)

7 : E-UTRAN

3GPP TS 44.060 [71] specifies the System Information messages

which give the information about whether the serving cell supports
EGPRS.

3GPP TS 25.331 [74] specifies the System Information blocks which

give the information about whether the serving cell supports
HSDPA or HSUPA.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 493 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CEREG?
Read command returns the current value of <mode>, the registration
status <stat>, and the information <tac>, <ci>, <AcT> according to the
current <mode> parameter value.

+CEREG: <mode>,<stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]]

<tac>, <ci> and <AcT> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the
mobile is registered on some network cell.

AT+CEREG=?
Test command returns supported values for parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 494 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.38. AT#RFSTS - Read Current Network Status

Command reads current network status.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#RFSTS
Execution command returns the current network status. The format of the returned
message is according to the network on which the module is registered or camped
on.

GSM network
#RFSTS:<PLMN>,<ARFCN>,<RSSI>,<LAC>,<RAC>,[<TXPWR>],<MM>,<RR>,<NOM>,<
CID>, <IMSI>,[<NetNameAsc>],<SD>,<ABND>[CR,LF] [CR,LF]
Parameter GSM Example Description
PLMN "450 05" Country code and operator code (MCC,
MNC)
ARFCN 114 GSM Assigned Radio Channel
RSSI -67 Received Signal Strength Indication
LAC 2011 Localization Area Code
RAC 11 Routing Area Code
TXPWR 1 Tx Power (In traffic only)
MM 19 Mobility Management
RR 0 Radio Resource
NOM 1 Network Operator Mode
CID 2825220 Cell ID
IMSI "450050203619261" International Mobile Station ID
NetNameAsc "SKTelecom" Operation Name, quoted string type or "" if
network name is unknown
SD 3 Service Domain
(0 : No Service, 1 : CS only, 2 : PS only, 3 :
CS+PS)
ABND 2 Active Band
(1 : GSM 850, 2 : GSM 900, 3 : DCS 1800, 4 :
PCS 1900)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 495 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

WCDMA network
#RFSTS:
<PLMN>,<UARFCN>,<PSC>,<Ec/Io>,<RSCP>,<RSSI>,<LAC>,<RAC>,[<TXPWR>],<DRX
>,<MM>,<RRC>,<NOM>,[<BLER>],<CID>,<IMSI>,[<NetNameAsc>],<SD>,[<CsAccess>
],[<PsAccess>],<nAST>[,<nUARFCN><nPSC>,<nEc/Io>,,,,],<ABND> [CR,LF] [CR,LF]
Parameter WCDMA Example
Description
PLMN "450 05" Country code and operator code (MCC, MNC)
UARFCN 10737 UMTS Assigned Radio Channel
PSC 75 Active PSC (Primary Synchronization Code)
Ec/Io -7.0 Active Ec/Io (chip energy per total wideband
power in dBm)
RSCP -74 Active RSCP (Received Signal Code Power in
dBm)
RSSI -67 Received Signal Strength Indication
LAC 2011 Localization Area Code
RAC 11 Routing Area Code
TXPWR 1 Tx Power (In traffic only)
DRX 64 Discontinuous reception cycle Length (cycle
length: display using ms)
MM 19 Mobility Management
RRC 0 Radio Resource Control
NOM 1 Network Operator Mode
BLER 005 Block Error Rate (005 means 0.5 %)
CID 2B1C05 Cell ID (IN HEX)
IMSI "450050203619261" International Mobile Station ID
Operation Name, Quoted string type or “” if
NetNameAsc "SKTelecom"
network name is unknown
Service Domain
SD 3 (0 : No Service, 1 : CS only, 2 : PS only, 3 :
CS+PS, 4 : Camped)
Circuit Switch Access (0: Normal calls only,
CsAccess 3 1: Emergency calls only, 2: No calls, 3: All
calls)
Packet Switch Access (0: Normal calls only,
PsAccess 3 1: Emergency calls only, 2: No calls, 3: All
calls)
nAST 3 Number of Active Set (Maximum 6)
nUARFCN UARFCN of n-th active set

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 496 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

nPSC PSC of n-th active set

nEc/Io Ec/Io of n-th active Set

Active Band (1: 2100 MHz, 2: 1900 MHz,
ABND 0 3: 850 MHz, 4: 900 MHz, 5: 1700 MHz,
6: 800 MHz, 7: 1800 MHz)

LTE network
#RFSTS:<PLMN>,<EARFCN>,<RSRP>,<RSSI>,<RSRQ>,<TAC>,[<TXPWR>],<DRX>,<M
M>, <RRC>,<CID>,<IMSI>,[<NetNameAsc>],<SD>,<ABND>,<SINR>[CR,LF] [CR,LF]
Parameter LTE Example
Description
PLMN "262 25" Country code and operator code (MCC, MNC)
EARFCN 6400 E-UTRA Assigned Radio Channel
RSRP -99 Reference Signal Received Power
RSSI -76 Received Signal Strength Indication
RSRQ -7 Reference Signal Received Quality
TAC 40A5 Tracking Area Code
TXPWR 0 Tx Power (In traffic only) in 1/10 dBm;
max value is 230 that is 230/10 = 23 dBm;
Range is -112dBm to 23dBm
DRX 64 Discontinuous reception cycle Length(cycle
length : display using ms)
MM 19 Mobility Management
RRC 0 Radio Resource Control
CID 0000007 Cell ID
IMSI "262011242110776" International Mobile Station ID
NetNameAsc "Telekom.de" Operation Name, quoted string type or "" if
network name is unknown
SD 3 Service Domain
(0: No Service, 1: CS only, 2: PS only, 3:
CS+PS, 4: Camped)
ABND 20 Active Band (1..71) 3GPP TS 36.101
SINR 93 Signal-to-Interface plus Noise Ratio
(range 0 - 250)
It is a logarithmic value of SINR, that
converted into dB has a value in range from -
20 to 30 dB.
The formula is
( SINR * 2 ) / 10 - 20 = dB

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 497 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

nSAT - Number of active set, Maximum is 6.

If nSAT value is 1, it means that active set number 1. Module does not display
after parameters of nSAT.

TXPWR of GSM network means 1 tx burst

MM - Mobility Management States are:

0 - NULL
3 - LOCATION_UPDATE_INITIATED
5 - WAIT_FOR_OUTGOING_MM_CONNECTION
6 - CONNECTION_ACTIVE
7 - IMSI_DETACH_INITIATED
8 - PROCESS_CM_SERVICE_PROMPT
9 - WAIT_FOR_NETWORK_COMMAND
10 - LOCATION_UPDATE_REJECTED
13 - WAIT_FOR_RR_CONNECTION_LU
14 - WAIT_FOR_RR_CONNECTION_MM
15 - WAIT_FOR_RR_CONNECTION_IMSI_DETACH
17 - REESTABLISHMENT_INITIATED
18 - WAIT_FOR_RR_ACTIVE
19 - IDLE
20 - WAIT_FOR_ADDITIONAL_OUTGOING_MM_CONNECTION
21 - WAIT_FOR_RR_CONNECTION_REESTABLISHMENT
22 - WAIT_FOR_REESTABLISH_DECISION
23 - LOCATION_UPDATING_PENDING
25 - CONNECTION_RELEASE_NOT_ALLOWED

MM (LTE) - Mobility Management States are:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 498 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 - NULL
1 - DEREGISTERED
2 - REGISTERED_INITIATED
3 - REGISTERED
4 - TRACKING_AREA_UPDATING_INITIATED
5 - SERVICE_REQUEST_INITIATED
6 - DEREGISTERED_INITIATED
7- INVALID_STATE

RR - Radio Resource States are:

0 - INACTIVE
1 - GOING_ACTIVE
2 - GOING_INACTIVE
3 - CELL_SELECTION
4 - PLMN_LIST_SEARCH
5 - IDLE
6 - CELL_RESELECTION
7 - CONNECTION_PENDING
8 - CELL_REESTABLISH
9 - DATA_TRANSFER
10 - NO_CHANNELS
11 - CONNECTION_RELEASE
12 - EARLY_CAMPED_WAIT_FOR_SI
13 - W2G_INTERRAT_HANDOVER_PROGRESS
14 - W2G_INTERRAT_RESELECTION_PROGRESS
15 - W2G_INTERRAT_CC_ORDER_PROGRESS
16 - G2W_INTERRAT_RESELECTION_PROGRESS
17 - WAIT_FOR_EARLY_PSCAN
18 - GRR
19 - G2W_INTERRAT_HANDOVER_PROGRESS

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 499 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

21 - W2G_SERVICE_REDIRECTION_IN_PROGRESS
22 - RESET
29 - FEMTO
30 - X2G_RESEL
31 - X2G_RESEL_ABORTED
32 - X2G_REDIR
33 - G2X_REDIR
34 - X2G_CGI
35 - X2G_CCO_FAILED
36 - X2G_CCO_ABORTED
37 - X2G_CCO_FAILED_ABORTED
38 - RR_INVALID

RRC (WCDMA) - Radio Resource Control States are:

0 - RRC_STATE_DISCONNECTED
1 - RRC_STATE_CONNECTING
2 - RRC_STATE_CELL_FACH
3 - RRC_STATE_CELL_DCH
4 - RRC_STATE_CELL_PCH
5 - RRC_STATE_URA_PCH
6 - RRC_STATE_WILDCARD
7 - RRC_INVALID

RRC (LTE) - Radio Resource Control States are:

0 - RRC_IDLE
1 - RRC_CONNECTED

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 500 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#RFSTS=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 501 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.39. AT#SPN - Read SIM Field SPN

This command reads SIM fields SPN.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SPN
Execution command returns the service provider string contained in the
SIM field SPN, in the format:

#SPN: <spn>
Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<spn> string service provider string contained in the SIM field SPN,
represented in the currently selected character set,
see +CSCS.

If the SIM field SPN is empty, the command returns the OK result
code.

AT#SPN=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 502 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.40. AT#CHBHCID - Change Context ID

This command is used to change CID (Context ID) of backhaul connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#CHBHCID=<IPFamily>,<CID>
Set command used to change CID (Context ID) for a backhaul (internal
application processor data interface) connection.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<IPFamily> integer N/A 4 is IPV4, 6 is IPV6

Values:

4 : IPV4

6 : IPV6

<CID> integer N/A Context ID

Value:

1÷24 : range [1 - 24]

This command just change CID without establishing backhaul

connection.

AT#CHBHCID?
Get current backhaul's CID for each IPV4 and IPV6

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 503 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Ex)
AT#CHBHCID?
#CHBHCID: 10,20

OK

AT#CHBHCID=?
Show usage
at#chbhcid=?
#chbhcid: (4,6),(1-24)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 504 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.41. AT#LTEULOOS - Enable or Disable for reporting

EVENT_LTE_UL_OUT_OF_SYNC event
This command is enabled or disabled for reporting EVENT_LTE_UL_OUT_OF_SYNC
event.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#LTEULOOS=<mode>
Set command enables/disables EVENT_LTE_UL_OUT_OF_SYNC event
reports depending on the parameter <mode>.
The module will displays URC when it happens
“EVENT_LTE_UL_OUT_OF_SYNC” event if the <mode> is 1.
#LTEULOOS: REPORT LTE_UL_OUT_OF_SYNC
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Reporting EVENT_LTE_UL_OUT_OF_SYNC

event.

Values:

0 : Disable to report “EVENT_LTE_UL_OUT_OF_SYNC”

1 : Enable to report “EVENT_LTE_UL_OUT_OF_SYNC”

The setting is saved in NVM

AT#LTEULOOS?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 505 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#LTEULOOS: <mode>

AT#LTEULOOS=?
Test command reports the supported range of values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 506 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.42. AT#ALLOWHAC - Allow Network Access with high Access Class

only
This command is enabled or disabled to control High-Access-class-only modules to
camp onto the network.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ALLOWHAC=<mode>
Set command enables or disables to control High-Access-class-only
modules to camp onto the network.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Defines to control Camp on to the network

without Low-Access-Classes

Values:

0 : Disable to camp on to the network without Low-

Access-Classes

1 : Enable to camp on to the network without Low-

Access-Classes

This setting value is saved in NVM.

It is recommended performing a reboot the module after every

#ALLOWHAC setting.

AT#ALLOWHAC?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 507 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#ALLOWHAC: <mode>

AT#ALLOWHAC=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mode>.

There is a possibility that this may cause GCF failures in the existing
GCT test cases.
There is a possibility that any new GCF test cases could fail.
There is a possibility that some carriers do not want UE to camp onto
the network when only High Access class is enabled in the SIM.
Therefore, this function should not be activated without the network
provider and customer approval.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 508 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.43. AT#MONI - Cell Monitor

This command is both a set and an execution command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MONI[=[<number>]]
Set command sets one cell out of seven, in a neighbor list of the serving
cell including it, from which extract GSM/LTE related information.

After entering the set command, enter the execution command

AT#MONI<CR> to get the GSM/LTE related information for the selected
cell and dedicated channel (if exists) in the format shown, for each
network, in the Additional info section.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<number> integer - the parameter meaning depends on the

network, see Additional info section.

Additional info:

GSM network

Name Type Default Description

<number> integer 0 GSM

network

Values:

0÷6 : it is the ordinal number of the cell, in the

neighbor list of the serving cell.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 509 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

7 : it is a special request to obtain GSM-

related information from the whole set of
seven cells in the neighbor list of the
serving cell

LTE network

Name Type Default Description

<number> integer 0 LTE network

Values:

0 : it is the serving cell

1 : it is the intra-frequency cells

2 : it is the inter-frequency cells

3 : it is the W-CDMA neighbor cells, the report

message is empty.

4 : it is the GSM neighbor cells

5,6 : it is not available

7 : it is a special request to obtain LTE-related

information from the all available neighbor
cells.

Execution command AT#MONI<CR> reports GSM/LTE related

information for selected cell and dedicated channel (if exists) in the
following formats:

a) When extracting data for the serving cell and the network name is
known the format is:

GSM network

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 510 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#MONI: <netname> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id>

ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>

LTE network
#MONI: <netmame> RSRP:<rsrp> RSRQ:<rsrq> TAC:<tac> Id:<id>
EARFCN:<earfcn> PWR:<dBm> DRX:<drx> pci:<physicalCellId>
QRxLevMin:<QRxLevMin>

b) When the network name is unknown, the format is:

GSM network
#MONI: <cc> <nc> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id>
ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>

LTE network
#MONI: Cc:<cc> Nc:<nc> RSRP:<rsrp> RSRQ:<rsrq> TAC:<tac>
Id:<id> EARFCN:<earfcn> PWR:<dBm> DRX:<drx>
pci:<physicalCellId> QRxLevMin:<QRxLevMin>

c) When extracting data for an adjacent cell, the format is:

GSM network
#MONI: Adj Cell<n> [LAC:<lac> Id:<id>] ARFCN:<arfcn>
PWR:<dBm>

LTE network

LTE intra-frequency and inter-frequency cells

#MONI: RSRP:<rsrp> RSRQ:<rsrq> PhysCellId:<physicalCellId>
EARFCN:<earfcn> PWR:<dBm>

LTE GSM neighbor cells

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 511 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#MONI: Adj Cell<n> BSIC:<bsic> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm>

Name Type Default Description

<netname> string - name of network operator

<cc> string - country code

<nc> string - network operator code

<n> integer - progressive number of

adjacent cell

<bsic> string - base station identification

code

<qual> integer - quality of reception: 0..7

<lac> string - localization area code

<id> integer - cell identifier

<arfcn> integer - assigned radio channel

<dBm> integer - received signal strength in

dBm.

<timadv> integer - timing advance

<rscp> integer - Received Signal Code Power

in dBm.

<drx> string - Discontinuous reception

cycle length

<physicalCellId> integer - physical cell identifier

<rsrp> integer - Reference Signal Received

Power

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 512 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<rsrq> integer - Reference Signal Received

Quality

<tac> integer - Tracking Area Code

<earfcn> integer - E-UTRA Assigned Radio

Channel

<QRxLevMin> integer - minimum required RX level

in the cell

TA: <timadv> reported only for the serving cell.

When AT#MONI=7 is the last setting entered, the execution

command AT#MONI<CR> reports the information previously listed
for each of the cells in the neighbor of the serving cell. The
information is formatting in a sequence of <CR><LF>-terminated
strings.

The timing advance value is meaningful only during calls or GPRS

transfers active.

AT#MONI=?
Test command reports the maximum number of cells, in a neighbor of the
serving cell excluding it, from which we can extract GSM/LTE related
information, along with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in
the format:

#MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>)
Additional info:

Parameters meaning.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 513 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<MaxCellNo> integer - maximum number of cells in a

neighbor of the serving cell and
excluding it from which we can
extract GSM/LTE related
information. This value is
always 6.

<CellSet> integer - last setting done with command

#MONI.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 514 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The module supports GSM network

AT+WS46?
+WS46: 30
OK
AT+CREG?
+CREG: 0,1
OK
AT#MONI=1
OK
AT#MONI=?
#MONI: (6,1)
OK
AT#MONI
#MONI: I TIM BSIC:25 RxQual:0 LAC:D5BD Id:3A27 ARFCN:1018 PWR:-
72dbm TA:-1
OK
AT#MONI=7
OK
AT#MONI=?
#MONI: (6,7)
OK
AT#MONI
#MONI:
Cell BSIC LAC CellId ARFCN Power C1 C2 TA RxQual PLMN
#MONI: S 25 D5BD 3A27 1018 -74dbm 31 31 4 7 I TIM
#MONI: N1 26 D5BD 3A26 1023 -79dbm -1 -1
#MONI: N2 21 D5BD 5265 1009 -78dbm -1 -1
#MONI: N3 27 D5BD 5266 13 -87dbm -1 -1
#MONI: N4 25 D5BD 5251 1020 -88dbm -1 -1
#MONI: N5 27 D5BD 5286 1011 -95dbm -1 -1
#MONI: N6 30 00D2 C5A0 16 -99dbm -1 -1

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 515 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.44. AT#BRCSFB - Blind G2L redirection after CSFB

This command enables/disables blind GSM to LTE redirection after CS fallback
Parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#BRCSFB=<par>
This command enables/disables blind GSM to LTE redirection after CS
fallback Parameters.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<par> integer N/A

Values:

0 : Disable blind G2L redirection after CSFB

1 : Enable blind G2L redirection after CSFB

Additional info:

The default value depends on product and software customization.

Default values table:

Product FWSWITCH BRCSFB

LE910C1-AP any 0
20 1
LE910C4-CN 21 1
22 0
LE910Cx-EU NA 1
LE910Cx-LA NA 0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 516 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx-NA(D) NA 0
LE910Cx-NF(D) any 0
LE910C1-NS any 0
LE910C1-SA(D) NA 0
LE910C1-ST NA 0
LE910C1-SV NA 0
LE910C1-APX NA 0
LE910C1-EUX NA 1
LE910Cx-SAX(D) NA 0
LE910C1-SVX(D) NA 0
0 0
1 1
2 1
LE910Cx-WWX(D)
3 1
4 1
40 1

Value saved in NVM.

Requires reboot after set command.

AT#BRCSFB?
The read command reports current state of blind G2L redirection after
CSFB.
Additional info:

#BRCSFB: <state>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 517 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer - current state of blind G2L redirection

after CSFB

AT#BRCSFB=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<par>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 518 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.45. AT#SELBNDMODE - Select Band configuration mode

This command selects band configuration mode

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SELBNDMODE=[<mode>]
Set command configures the mode of band set between #BND and
#BNDRAM.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 band configuration mode

Values:

0 : It makes to enable the #BND set cmd and disable the

#BNDRAM’s

1 : It makes to enable the #BNDRAM set cmd and disable

the #BND’s

AT#SELBNDMODE?
Read command reports the band configuration mode in the format:
#SELBNDMODE: <mode>

AT#SELBNDMODE=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 519 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.46. AT#MANAGEROAM - Managed Roam feature

This command sets the Managed Roam feature.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#MANAGEROAM=<mgrf>,<auto_reject>
Set command enables/disables specific features.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mgrf> integer 0 Managed Roaming Feature

Values:

0 : Disable Manage Roam

1 : Enable Manage Roam

<auto_reject> string 0 With 4 rejects on LU registration,

move to Automatic network selection

Values:

0 : Disable automatic network selection

1 : Enable automatic network selection

After setting this command, need to reset using #REBOOT or HW

reset

The <mgrf> default value for the following operators is '1'.

- LE910Cx-AP KDDI/TELSTRA/VNZ
- LE910Cx-EU
- LE910Cx-NF VZW

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 520 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- LE910C1-SV
- LE910C1-EUX/SVX
- LE910Cx-WWX BELL/TELUS/VZW

AT#MANAGEROAM?
Read command returns the current parameter value.

AT#MANAGEROAM=?
Test command returns the range of supported parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 521 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.47. AT#GTUNEANT - Get Tunable Anternna Interface

This command is get for Tunable Antenna Interface.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#GTUNEANT?
Read command for Tunable Antenna Interface.
Specific GPIO pin is available on the host interface that can be connected
to an external antenna switch.
Additional info:

Get the Tunable Antenna Interface.

<band_mask>,<ant1_cfg>[,<ant2_cfg>]

Name Type Default Description

<band_mask> hex -

<ant1_cfg> string -

<ant2_cfg> string -

This command value is returned when AT#STUNEANT value "1".

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 522 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#1 Gpio used and supported band is lte:2,4,5,12,13,14,66,71 wcdma:2,4,5, so

All mask value is D6071A for LE910Cx-NF.
AT#GPIO=2,0,17
AT#STUNEANT=1,2,1 ->GPIO2 high set for LTE BAND2
AT#GTUNEANT?
#GTUNEANT: 2,1
#GTUNEANT: D60718,0 ->GPIO2 low set except LTE BAND2
(LTE 4,5,12,13,14,66,71 / WCDMA:2,4,5)

#2 Gpio used and supported band is lte:2,4,5,12,13,14,66,71 wcdma:2,4,5, so

All mask value is D6071A for LE910Cx-NF.
AT#GPIO=2,0,17
AT#GPIO=3,0,18

AT#STUNEANT=1,2,1,1 -> gpio set for LTE BAND2

AT#STUNEANT=1,8,1,0 -> gpio set for LTE BAND4
AT#STUNEANT=1,10,0,1 -> gpio set for LTE BAND5
AT#STUNEANT=1,D60700,0,0 -> (LTE 12,13,14,66,71 / WCDMA 2,4,5)
AT#GTUNEANT?
#GTUNEANT: 2,1,1
#GTUNEANT: 8,1,0
#GTUNEANT: 10,0,1
#GTUNEANT: D60700,0,0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 523 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.48. AT#SDOMAIN - Supplementary service domain preference

This command allows to selects service domain preference.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SDOMAIN=[<Sdomain>],[<USdomain>]
Set command allows to selects service domain preference.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Sdomain> integer 3 supplementary service domain

preference

Values:

0 : Domain preference is auto

1 : Domain preference is CS only

2 : Domain preference is PS only

3 : Domain preference is PS preferred

<USdomain> integer N/A Unstructured supplementary service

domain preference

Values:

0 : Domain preference is CS only

1 : Domain preference is IMS preferred

Need to power cycle the unit for the setting to take effect.

the mode is saved into the NVM

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 524 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

For AT&T/Softbank/KDDI variants, the default value is 2. (except

for LE910C1-SA)

AT#SDOMAIN?
Read command returns the current value of parameters

AT#SDOMAIN=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 525 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.49. AT#NWSCANTMR - Network Scan Timer

This command sets the Network Scan Timer.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#NWSCANTMR=<tmr>
Set command sets the Network Scan Timer that is used by the module to
schedule the next network search when it is without network coverage (no
signal).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<tmr> integer 5 timer value in units of seconds

Value:

5÷3600 : time in seconds

Additional info:

Execution command reports time, in seconds, when the next scan

activity will be executed. The format is:

#NWSCANTMREXP: <time>

Name Type Default Description

<time> integer - Remained time of <tmr>.

if <time> is zero it means that the
timer is not running.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 526 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#NWSCANTMR?
Read command reports the current parameter setting in the format:

#NWSCANTMR: <tmr>

AT#NWSCANTMR=?
Test command reports the supported range of values

How much time it takes to execute the network scan depends either on how
much bands have been selected and on network configuration (mean value
is 5 seconds)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 527 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.50. AT#NASC - Non-Access-Stratum compliancy

This command allows to selects NAS compliancy.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#NASC=[<mode>]
Set command allows to selects NAS compliancy.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A NAS specification-compliant

Values:

0 : Forces UE to be Release 99 NAS specification -

compliancy.

1 : Forces UE to be Release 5 NAS specification -

compliancy.

2 : Forces UE to be Release 6 NAS specification -

compliancy.

3 : Forces NAS to comply with 3GPP Release 7.

4 : Forces NAS to comply with 3GPP Release 10.

5 : Forces NAS to comply with 3GPP Release 11.

Need to power cycle the unit for the setting to take effect.

The mode is saved into the NVM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 528 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Default value of <mode> for TMO firmwares(ST, NF-TMO) are

configured to '3' and for NTT firmwares are configured to '5' and
for KDDI firmwares are not configured and for the others are '2'.

AT#NASC?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>.

AT#NASC=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 529 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.51. AT+CDIP - Called line identification presentation

This command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CDIP=[<n>]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (called line
identifications) at the TE.

This command related to a network service that provides "multiple called

numbers (called line identifications) service" to an MT. This command
enables a called subscriber to get the called line identification of the
called party when receiving a mobile terminated call.
When the presentation of the called line identification at the TE is enabled,
the below URC is returned after every RING (or +CRING: <type>; refer
subclause "Cellular result codes +CRC") result code sent from TA to TE. It
is manufacturer specific if this response used when normal voice call
answered.

+CDIP:<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> string N/A parameter sets/shows the result code

presentation status to the TE

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 530 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<number> string phone number of format specified by <type>

<type> string type of address octet in integer format (refer 3GPP

TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.4.7)

<subaddr> string string type subaddress of format specified by

<satype>

<satype> string type of subaddress octet in integer format (refer

3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.4.8)

AT+CDIP?
Read command gives the status of <n> and also triggers an interrogation
of the provision status of the "multiple called numbers" service.

+CDIP: <n>,<m>
Additional info:

where

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A parameter sets/shows the result code

presentation status to the TE

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<m> integer 0 parameter shows the subscriber

"multiple called numbers" service
status in the network

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 531 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : "multiple called numbers service" is not

provisioned

1 : "multiple called numbers service" is provisioned

2 : unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)

AT+CDIP=?
Test command returns the range for the parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 532 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.52. AT+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation

This command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identity).

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 22.081

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CLIP=[<enable>]
Set command refers to the supplementary service CLIP (Calling
Line Identification Presentation) that enables a called subscriber to get
the calling line identity (CLI) of the calling party when receiving a mobile
terminated call. If enabled the device reports after each RING the
response:

+CLIP: <number>,<type>,"",128,<alpha>,<CLI_validity>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enables/disables CLI indication. The

command changes only the report
behavior of the device, it does not change
CLI supplementary service setting on the
network.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

Unsolicited fields:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 533 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Description

<number> string phone number of format specified by <type>

<type> integer type of address octet

Values:

128 : both the type of number and the

numbering plan are unknown

129 : unknown type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan

145 : international type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan
(contains the character "+")

161 : national type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan

<alpha> string alphanumeric representation of <number>

corresponding to the entry found in phonebook;
used character set should be the one selected
with command +CSCS

<CLI_validity> integer validity of CLIP

Values:

0 : CLI valid

1 : CLI has been withheld by the originator

2 : CLI is not available due to interworking

problems or limitation or originating
network

in the +CLIP: response they are currently not reported either the
subaddress information (it's always "" after the 2nd comma) and
the subaddress type information (it's always 128 after the 3rd
comma).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 534 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CLIP?
Read command returns the presentation status of the CLI in the format:

+CLIP: <enable>,<status>
Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer N/A status of the local setting

Values:

0 : CLI presentation disabled

1 : CLI presentation enabled

<status> integer N/A status of the CLIP service on the

network

Values:

0 : CLIP not provisioned

1 : CLIP provisioned

2 : unknown (e.g. no network is present)

Read command issues a status request to the network, hence it

may take a few seconds to give the answer due to the time needed
to exchange data with it.

AT+CLIP=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <enable>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 535 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.53. AT+COLR - Connected Line Identification Restriction status

This command refers to the GSM/UMTS supplementary service COLR (Connected Line
Identification Restriction) that enables a called subscriber to restrict the possibility of
presentation of connected line identity (COL) to the calling party after receiving a mobile
terminated call

3GPP TS 22.081

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+COLR
The command displays the status of the COL presentation in the
network. It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service
COLR in the network.
Execution command triggers an interrogation of the activation status of
the COLR service according to standard. The command returns the COLR
service status in the format:

+COLR: <m>

The <m> parameter is described in Additional info section.

Additional info:

Here is the meaning of the <m> parameter returned by the

command.

Name Type Default Description

<m> integer 0 subscriber COLR service status.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 536 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : COLR not provisioned

1 : COLR provisioned

2 : unknown (example: no network, etc.)

Activation, deactivation, registration and erasure of the

supplementary service COLR are not applicable.

AT+COLR=?
Test command tests for command existence

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 537 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.54. AT+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition

This command controls the call forwarding supplementary service.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CCFC=<reason>,<cmd>[,<number>[,<type>[,<class>[,<time>]]]]
The execution command controls the call forwarding supplementary
service. Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query
are supported.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<reason> integer 0 reason of call forwarding

Values:

0 : unconditional

1 : mobile busy

2 : no reply

3 : not reachable

4 : all calls (not with query command)

5 : all conditional calls (not with query command)

<cmd> integer 0 command parameter

Values:

0 : disable

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 538 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : enable

2 : query status

3 : registration

4 : erasure

<number> string - string type phone number of forwarding

address in format specified by <type>
parameter

<type> integer 129 type of address octet in integer format

Values:

129 : National numbering scheme

145 : International numbering scheme (contains the

character "+")

<class> integer 7 sum of integers each representing a

class of information which the command
refers to; default 7 (voice + data + fax)
- 1 voice(telephony)
- 2 data
- 4 fax (facsimile services) (not
supported by LTE)
- 8 short message service
- 16 data circuit sync
- 32 data circuit async
- 64 dedicated packet access
- 128 dedicated PAD access

Value:

0÷255 : class of information

<time> integer 20 time in seconds to wait before call is

forwarded; it is valid only when <reason>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 539 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

"no reply" is enabled (<cmd>=1) or

queried (<cmd>=2)

Value:

1÷30 : automatically rounded to a multiple of 5 seconds

Additional info:

when <cmd>=2 and command successful, it returns:

+CCFC: <status>,<class1>[,<number>,<type>[,,,<time>]][<CR><LF>
+CCFC: <status>,<class2>[,<number>,<type>[,,,<time>]][ ... ]]

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer 0 status of the network service

Values:

0 : not active

1 : active

<time> string - it is returned only when <reason>=2

("no reply") and <cmd>=2.

When querying the status of a network service (<cmd>=2) the

response line for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned
only if service is not active for any <class>.

AT+CCFC=?
Test command reports supported values for the parameter <reason>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 540 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CCFC=0,2 - To check if the unconditional call forwarding is on or off.

AT+CCFC=0,3,"Nunber" - To register the unconditional call forwarding to
the network.
AT+CCFC=0,1,"Nunber" - To activate the unconditional call forwarding.
AT+CCFC=0,0 - To deactivate the unconditional call forwarding.
AT+CCFC=0,3,"+972575684414" - For registration
AT+CCFC=0,1,"+ 972575684414" - For activation

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 541 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.55. AT+CCWA - Call Waiting

This command allows control of the supplementary service Call Waiting. Activation,
deactivation and status query are supported.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CCWA=[<n>[,<cmd>[,<class>]]]
Set command allows to enable/disable of the presentation of the URC to
the TE when call waiting service is enabled; it also permits to activate,
deactivate and query the status of the call waiting service.

The URC has the following format:

+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>[,<alpha>][,<cli_validity>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 Enables/disables the presentation of an

unsolicited result code

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<cmd> integer 0 Enables/disables or queries the service at

network level

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 542 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : disable

1 : enable

2 : query status

<class> integer 7 sum of integers each representing a class

of information which the command refers
to; default is 7 (voice + data + fax)
- 1 voice(telephony)
- 2 data
- 4 fax (facsimile services) (not supported
by LTE)
- 8 short message service
- 16 data circuit sync
- 32 data circuit async
- 64 dedicated packet access
- 128 dedicated PAD access

Value:

1÷255 : class of information

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<number> string Phone number of calling address in format

specified by <type>

<type> integer Type of address in integer format

Values:

128 : both the type of number and the

numbering plan are unknown

129 : Unknown type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 543 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

145 : International type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan
(contains the character "+")

161 : National type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan

<class> integer See before

<alpha> string Alphanumeric representation of <number>

corresponding to the entry found in phonebook;
used character set should be the one selected
with +CSCS.

<cli_validity> integer This parameter can provide details why

<number> does not contain a calling party BCD
number.
Values:

0 : CLI valid

1 : CLI has been withheld by the originator

2 : CLI is not available due to interworking

problems or limitations of originating
network

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 544 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The response to the query command is in the format:

+CCWA: <status>,<class1>[<CR><LF>
+CCWA: <status>,<class2>[ ... ]]

where

<status> represents the status of the service:

0 - inactive
1 - active

<classn> - same as <class>

If parameter <cmd> is omitted then network is not interrogated.

In the query command the class parameter must not be issued.

The difference between call waiting report disabling (AT+CCWA =

0,1,7) and call waiting service disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,0,7) is that in
the first case the call waiting indication is sent to the device by
network but this last one does not report it to the modem; instead
in the second case the call waiting indication is not generated by
the network. Hence the device results busy to the third party in the
second case, while in the first case a ringing indication is sent to
the third party.

The command AT+CCWA=1,0 has no effect and is a non sense, then

must not be issued.

AT+CCWA?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n> in the
format

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 545 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CCWA: <n>

AT+CCWA=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 546 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.56. AT+VZWRSRP - Read RSRP Values

Additional Verizon Wireless specific AT command used for certification tests.

LTE AT commands for Test automation REQ_FEB2014

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+VZWRSRP?
Read command reports the RSRP info in the format:

+VZWRSRP:<cellID1>,<EARFCN1>,<RSRP1>[,<cellID2>,<EARFCN2>,<RSRP2>[,...
[,<cellIDn>,<EARFCNn>,<RSRPn>]]]
Additional info:

Here are the parameters meaning:

Name Type Default Description

<cellIDx> integer - physical cell id (3 digits)

<EARFCNx> integer - EARFCN for the given cell

<RSRPx> integer - RSRP value in dBm/15kHz

AT+VZWRSRP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 547 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.57. AT+VZWRSRQ - Read RSRQ Values

Additional Verizon Wireless specific AT command used for certification tests.

LTE AT commands for Test automation REQ_FEB2014

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+VZWRSRQ?
Read command reports the RSRQ info in the format:

+VZWRSRQ:<cellID1>,<EARFCN1>,<RSRQ1>[,<cellID2>,<EARFCN2>,<RSRQ2>[,...
[,<cellIDn>,<EARFCNn>,<RSRQn>]]]
Additional info:

Here are the parameters meaning:

Name Type Default Description

<cellIDx> string - physical cell id (3 digits)

<EARFCNx> integer - EARFCN for the given cell

<RSRQx> string - RSRQ value

AT+VZWRSRQ=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 548 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.58. AT+COPS - Operator Selection

The command selects a network operator and registers the module.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto Yes - 2

AT+COPS=[<mode>[,<format>[,<oper>[,<act>]]]]
The set command attempts to select a network operator and registers the
module on the just chosen operator; the selection can be automatic or
manual.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 defines the operator selection: automatic

or manual.

Values:

0 : automatic selection, the parameter <oper> is ignored

1 : manual selection, the parameter <oper> must be

present

2 : deregister from network. The module is unregistered

until a +COPS with <mode>=0, 1 or 4 is issued

3 : set only <format> parameter, the parameter <oper>

is ignored

4 : manual/automatic, <oper> parameter must be

present. If manual selection fails, the module will
tray automatic mode (<mode>=0)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 549 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

5 : Unknown

<format> integer 0 specifies the operator name format, see

<oper> parameter

Values:

0 : alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits)

1 : alphanumeric short form

2 : numeric 5 or 6 digits [country code (3) + network

code (2 or 3)]

<oper> mixed - network operator in format defined

by <format> parameter. String type
<format> indicates if the format is
alphanumeric or numeric. long
alphanumeric format can be up to 16
characters long and short format up to 8
characters (refer GSM MoU SE.13 [9]).
numeric format is the GSM Location Area
Identification number (refer 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.1.3) which
consists of a three BCD digit country code
coded as in ITU-T E.212 Annex A [10], plus
a two BCD digit network code, which is
administration specific. Returned <oper>
shall not be in BCD format, but in IRA
characters converted from BCD. Hence,
the number has the structure: (country
code digit 3) (country code digit 2) (country
code digit1) (network code digit 3)
(network code digit 2) (network code digit
1).

<act> integer N/A selects access technology.

Values:

0 : GSM

2 : UTRAN

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 550 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

7 : E-UTRAN

<mode> parameter setting is stored in NVM and available at next

reboot. <mode>=3 is not saved.
If <mode>=1 or 4, the selected network is stored in NVM too and is
available at the next reboot (this will happen also after inserting
another SIM).
<mode>=5 is a value of 'read command' and not of 'set command'.
This is a transient state that occurs while a modem is initialized.
The network name can only be used among the list of network
names displayed by the +COPN command when using the manual
choice mode with alphanumeric format.

<format> parameter setting is never stored in NVM.

If AT+COPS=0 is issued after the switch-on, it causes a new

attempt to select a network operator and registers the module on
the selected operator.

AT+COPS?
Read command returns current value of <mode>, <format>, <oper> and
<AcT> in format <format>. If no operator is selected, <format>, <oper> and
<AcT> are omitted.

+COPS: <mode>[, <format>, <oper>,< act>]

If the module is deregistered, <format>, <oper>, and <act> parameters are

omitted.

A network name can be displayed with different name from showed

network name list by the +COPN command if the UE could get a
camped network name from USIM or network.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 551 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+COPS=?
Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an
operator present in the network. The quadruplets list is ended with the
range values of the <mode> and <formats> parameters.
The quadruplets in the list are closed between round brackets, separated
by commas, the <oper> parameter is returned in both formats.

+COPS: [quadruplets list (<stat>,<oper (in <format>=0)>,,<oper (in

<format>=2)>,< act>),
(<stat>,<oper (in <format>=0)>,,<oper (in <format>=2)>,< act>), ...]
[,,(range of <mode>),(range of <format>)]

<stat> parameter is described in the Additional info section.

Additional info:

Meaning of the <stat> parameter.

Name Type Default Description

<stat> integer N/A operator availability

Values:

0 : unknown

1 : available

2 : current

3 : forbidden

Since with this command a network scan is done, this command

may require some seconds before the output is given.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 552 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.59. AT#REJER - Network Reject Error Report

The command is related to a numeric error report that comes from the network.

It is described the meaning of the <reject_cause> numeric value that comes

from MM, GMM, and EMM.

• 3GPP TS 24.008 Annex G.

3GPP TS 24.301 Annex A.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#REJER=<mode>
Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code

#REJER: <reject_cause>,<AcT>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the network reject

unsolicited result code.

Values:

0 : disable the network reject unsolicited result code

1 : enable the network reject unsolicited result code

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 553 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<reject_cause> integer Indicates that <reject_cause> contains an

MM/GMM/EMM cause value, see 3GPP TS
24.008 Annex G and TS 24.301 Annex A.

<AcT> string Access Technology of the rejected network

Values:

GSM : GSM/GSM Compact/EGPRS

WCDMA : UTRAN/HSDPA/HSUPA

LTE : E-UTRAN

AT#REJER?
Read command returns the current value of <mode>, the reject cause
value <reject_cause> and the rejected network technology<AcT>.

#REJER: <mode>,<reject_cause>,<AcT>

AT#REJER=?
Test command returns supported values for parameter <mode>.

#REJER: 1,11,LTE

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 554 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.60. AT#LTESFN - Read LTE system and subframe number

This command can report the current LTE system frame number sub frame number.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#LTESFN[=[<sysFrameNumber>[,<subFrameNumber>]]]
Read command reports the current LTE system frame number
<sysFrameNumber> and sub frame number <subFrameNumber> in the
format:
#LTESFN: <sysFrameNumber>,<subFrameNumber>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sysFrameNumber> integer N/A system frame number

Value:

0÷1023 : system frame number value

<subFrameNumber> integer N/A subframe number

Value:

0÷9 : subframe number value

The <sysFrameNumber> and <subFrameNumber> can be reported

when module has LTE system. In other words, if LTE is not
acquired, the ERROR is returned. The <sysFrameNumber> and
<subFrameNumber> values are returned until the LTE RAT is
completely changed to no-service or another RAT.

AT#LTESFN?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 555 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command operates as execution command.

This command type needs for backward compatibility.

AT#LTESFN=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT#LTESFN=?
OK
AT#LTESFN
#LTESFN: 263,3
OK
AT#LTESFN?
#LTESFN: 455,3
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 556 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.61. AT#CIPHIND - Ciphering Indication

This command enables/disables unsolicited result code for cipher indication.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CIPHIND=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables unsolicited result code for cipher
indication. The ciphering indicator feature allows to detect that ciphering
is not switched on and to indicate this to the user. The ciphering indicator
feature may be disabled by the home network operator setting data in the
SIM/USIM. If this feature is not disabled by the SIM/USIM, then whenever a
connection is in place, which is unenciphered, or changes from ciphered to
unenciphered or vice versa, an unsolicited indication shall be given to the
user. The format is:

#CIPHIND: <mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable #CIPHIND: unsolicited

result code

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

AT#CIPHIND?
Read command reports the <mode>,<cipher> and <SIM/USIM flag>:

#CIPHIND: <mode>,<cipher>,<SIM/USIM flag>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 557 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

Here is the list of the parameters meaning returned by the read

command.

Name Type Default Description

<cipher> integer 0 shows cipher status

Values:

0 : cipher off

1 : cipher on

2 : unknown (missing network information)

<SIM/USIM integer 0 SIM/USIM cipher status

flag> indication

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

2 : unknown (flag not read yet)

AT#CIPHIND=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 558 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.62. AT#CLSMK - Control Classmark2 parameter

This command set command Classmark2 parameters used Uplink signal message.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CLSMK=<idx>,<val>
Set command Classmark2 parameters used Uplink signal message.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<idx> integer N/A Parameter index

Values:

0 : Restore to default values

1 : Classmark 3 Indicator

2 : CM Service Prompt

3 : Short Message Capability

4 : Pseudo Synchronization Capability

5 : Controlled Early Classmark Sending(ES_IND)

6 : SS Screening Indicator

7 : LCS VA Capability(LCS_VAC)

<val> integer N/A value

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 559 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The values are depending on GSM support.

After execution, module must be reset.

Otherwise, a module doesn't work by changed value.

When <idx> is 0, <val> has no effect. (dummy value)

AT#CLSMK?
Read command reports the <val> for each <idx>.

AT#CLSMK=?
Test command reports the ranges of the parameters <idx> and <val>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 560 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.63. AT#CRAC - Control Radio Access Capability

This command set command the nv items for controlling Radio Access Capability.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CRAC=<idx>,<val>
Set command the nv items for controlling Radio Access Capability.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<idx> integer N/A parameter index

Values:

0 : All items

1 : NV_EDGE_FEATURE_SUPPORT_I

2 : NV_EDGE_8PSK_POWER_CLASS_I

3 : NV_GERAN_FEATURE_PACK_1_I

4 : NV_DTM_FEATURE_SUPPORT_I

5 : NV_EDA_FEATURE_SUPPORT_I

6 : NV_EDTM_FEATURE_SUPPORT_I

7 : NV_REPEATED_ACCH_I

8 : GPRS multislot support flag

9 : RF power support flag

10 : High multislot support flag

11 : GMSK multislot support flag

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 561 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<val> integer N/A value

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

The values are depending on GSM support.

After execution, module must be reset.

Otherwise, a module doesn't work by changed value.

AT#CRAC?
Read command reports the <val> for each <idx>.

AT#CRAC=?
Test command reports the ranges of the parameters <idx> and <val>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 562 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.64. AT#RPMCFGEXT - RPM function configuration

This command configures RPM (Radio Policy Management) function.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#RPMCFGEXT=<app_max_num_reset>,<app_reset_counter>,<app_reset_timer>,
<app_reset_blk_leak_rate_timer>,<avg_reset_time>,<leak_rate_time>,<backoff_cn
t_0>,<backoff_cnt_1>,<backoff_cnt_2>,<backoff_cnt_3>,<cpdp_cnt_0>,<cpdp_cnt_1
>,<cpdp_cnt_2>,<cpdp_cnt_3>,<lr3_timer>

Set command sets the RPM configuration parameter.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<app_max_num_reset> integer N/A N1.

Max number of SW
resets per Hour
allowed by RPM
following "permanent"
MM/GMM/EMM reject

Value:

0÷255 : max number

<app_reset_counter> integer N/A APP-initiated reset

per hour

Value:

0÷255 : reset counter

<app_reset_timer> integer N/A 1 hour Timer for

tracking APP initiated
reset

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 563 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0÷65535 : reset timer

<app_reset_blk_leak_rate_timer> integer N/A LR-1.

Leak rate for C-BR-1
(Counter related to
N1)

Value:

0÷65535 : leak rate timer

<avg_reset_time> integer N/A T1.

Average time before
RPM resets modem
following permanent
MM/GMM/EMM reject

Value:

0÷255 : reset time

<leak_rate_time> integer N/A LR-2.

Leak rate for C-R-1
(Counter related to T1)

Value:

0÷65535 : leak rate time

<backoff_cnt_0> integer N/A F1.

Max number of PDP
Activation Requests /
PDN Connectivity
Requests per Hour
allowed by RPM
following a PDP
Activation ignore
Scenario.

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 564 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0÷255 : backoff_cnt_0

<backoff_cnt_1> integer N/A F2.

Max number of PDP
Activation Requests /
PDN Connectivity
Requests per Hour
allowed by RPM
following a
"Permanent" PDP
Activation Reject.

Value:

0÷255 : backoff_cnt_1

<backoff_cnt_2> integer N/A F3.

Max number of PDP
Activation Requests /
PDN Connectivity
Requests per Hour
allowed by RPM
following a
"Temporary" PDP
Activation Reject.

Value:

0÷255 : backoff_cnt_2

<backoff_cnt_3> integer N/A F4.

Max number of PDP
context or PDN
Connectivity
Activation/Deactivation
Requests per Hour
allowed by RPM.

Value:

0÷255 : backoff_cnt_3

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 565 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cpdp_cnt_0> integer N/A CPDP-1

Value:

0÷255 : cpdp_cnt_0

<cpdp_cnt_1> integer N/A CPDP-2

Value:

0÷255 : cpdp_cnt_1

<cpdp_cnt_2> integer N/A CPDP-3

Value:

0÷255 : cpdp_cnt_2

<cpdp_cnt_3> integer N/A CPDP-4

Value:

0÷255 : cpdp_cnt_3

<lr3_timer> integer N/A LR-3. Leak Rate3

timer (hour).
Leak rate for CPDP-1
to C-PDP-4 (Counter
related to F1)

Value:

0÷255 : lr3_timer

AT#RPMCFGEXT?
Read command reports the RPM configuration parameter.

#RPMCFGEXT:
<app_max_num_reset>,<app_reset_counter>,<app_reset_timer>,<app_reset_blk_l
eak_rate_timer>,<avg_reset_time>,<leak_rate_time>,<backoff_cnt_0>,<backoff_cnt

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 566 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

_1>,<backoff_cnt_2>,<backoff_cnt_3>,<cpdp_cnt_0>,<cpdp_cnt_1>,<cpdp_cnt_2>,<c
pdp_cnt_3>,<lr3_timer>

AT#RPMCFGEXT=?
Test command returns OK result.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 567 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.65. AT#RPMCFG - RPM function enable

This command enables/disables RPM (Radio Policy Management) function.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#RPMCFG=<rpm_ena>

Set command enables/disable the RPM function.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<rpm_ena> integer N/A Indicates whether RPM functionality is

to be enabled or disabled at power up

Values:

0 : Disabled

1 : Enabled

AT#RPMCFG?
Read command reports RPM function status.

#RPMCFG: <rpm_ena>

AT#RPMCFG=?
Test command returns OK result.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 568 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.66. AT#CEERNET - Extended Numeric Error Report for Network

Reject Cause
The command is related to extended numeric error report.

3GPP TS 24.008
3GPP TS 24.301

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CEERNET
Execution command causes the TA to return a numeric code in the
intermediate response format:

#CEERNET: <code>

which should offer the user of the TA a report for the last mobility
management (MM/GMM/EMM) or session management (SM/ESM)
procedure not accepted by the network.
Additional info:
1. The following error codes are valid for mobility
management (MM/GMM) or session management (SM), i.e.
for 2G and 3G networks.
2. In 4G network the <code>s meanings are included in tables
9.9.4.4.1 (for ESM causes) and 9.9.3.9.1 (for EMM cause) of
3GPP TS 24.301 Release 9.

Name Type Default Description

<code> integer N/A error code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 569 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

1 : SM unknown cause

2 : IMSI unknown in HLR

3 : illegal MS

4 : IMSI unknown in VISITOR LR

5 : IMEI not accepted

6 : illegal ME

7 : GPRS not allowed

8 : Operator determined barring (SM cause

failure)/ GPRS and not GPRS not allowed
(GMM cause failure)

9 : MS identity cannot be derived by network

10 : implicitly detached

11 : PLMN not allowed

12 : LA not allowed

13 : roaming not allowed

14 : GPRS not allowed in this PLMN

15 : no suitable cells in LA

16 : MSC TEMP not reachable

17 : network failure

20 : MAC failure

21 : SYNCH failure

22 : congestion

23 : GSM authentication unacceptable

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 570 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

24 : MBMS bearer capabilities insufficient for the

service

25 : LLC or SNDCP failure

26 : insufficient resources

27 : missing or unknown APN

28 : unknown PDP address or PDP type

29 : user authentication failed

30 : activation rejected by GGSN

31 : activation rejected unspecified

32 : service option not supported

33 : req. service option not subscribed

34 : serv. option temporarily out of order

35 : NSAPI already used

36 : regular deactivation

37 : QOS not accepted

38 : call cannot be identified (MM cause failure) /

SMN network failure (SM cause failure)

39 : reactivation required

40 : no PDP context activated (GMM cause

failure) / feature not supported (SM cause
failure)

41 : semantic error in TFT operation

42 : syntactical error in TFT operation

43 : unknown PDP context

44 : semantic err in PKT filter

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 571 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

45 : syntactical err in PKT filter

46 : PDP context without TFT activated

47 : multicast group membership timeout

48 : retry on new cell begin (if MM cause failure) /

activation rejected BCM violation (if SM
cause failure)

50 : PDP type IPV4 only allowed

51 : PDP type IPV6 only allowed

52 : single address bearers only allowed

63 : retry on new cell end

81 : invalid transaction identifier

95 : semantically incorrect message

96 : invalid mandatory information

97 : MSG type non-existent or not implemented

98 : MSG type not compatible with protocol state

99 : IE non-existent or not implemented

100 : conditional IE error

101 : MSG not compatible with protocol state

111 : protocol error unspecified

112 : APN restriction value incompatible with

active PDP context

If none of this condition has occurred since power up then <code>

0: "Normal, unspecified" condition is reported.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 572 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The <code> 1 cannot be used in ota.

Detach request reject cause from the network also be reported.

AT#CEERNET=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 573 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.67. AT#CEERNETEXT - Extended Error Report for Network Reject

Cause
This command is both a set and an execution command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CEERNETEXT[=[<func>]]
Set command enables/disables the URC presentation or deletes the last
network information. The execution command
(AT#CEERNETEXT<CR><LF>) gets the last reject error information from
the network and returns the following message:

#CEERNETEXT: <code>,<AcT>,<MCC>,<MNC>

If no error information is present, the execution command returns OK

When URC is enabled, it will occur every time a mobility management
(MM/GMM/EMM) or session management (SM/ESM) procedure is not
accepted by the network.
The URC message is equal to the message returned by the execution
command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<func> integer 0 enable/disable the URC or delete the last

network info

Values:

0 : disable the #CEERNETEXT URC

1 : enable the #CEERNETEXT URC

2 : delete last info of <code>, <AcT>, <MCC> and <MNC>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 574 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<code> integer last numeric Network Reject Cause from network,

see <code> in #CEERNET

<AcT> integer access technology of the registered network

Values:

0 : GSM

2 : UTRAN

7 : LTE

<MCC> string Mobile Country Code of the used network when last
numeric code was received

<MNC> string Mobile Network Code of the used network when last
numeric code was received

AT#CEERNETEXT?
The read command returns the current value of parameter <func> in the
format:
#CEERNETEXT: <func>
Additional info:

Parameters returned by the read command.

Name Type Default Description

<func> integer N/A can assume the following values:

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 575 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : #CEERNETEXT URC is disabled

1 : #CEERNETEXT URC is enabled

AT#CEERNETEXT=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the <func>
parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 576 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.68. AT#BNDRAM - Select Band without storing NVM

This command selects RF bands without storing NVM

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BNDRAM=[<band>[,<UMTS_band>[,<LTE_band>[,<TDSCDMA_band>]]]]
Set command selects the current GSM, UMTS, LTE, and TDSCDMA bands
without storing NV
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<band> integer N/A GSM band selection. The default

value depends on the product.

Values:

0 : GSM 900 MHz + DCS 1800 MHz

1 : GSM 900 MHz + PCS 1900 MHz

2 : GSM 850 MHz + DCS 1800 MHz

3 : GSM 850 MHz + PCS 1900 MHz

4 : GSM 900 MHz + DCS 1800 MHz + PCS 1900

MHz

5 : GSM 900 MHz + DCS 1800 MHz + PCS 1900

MHz + GSM 850 MHz

<UMTS_band> integer N/A UMTS band selection. The

default value depends on the
product.

Values:

0 : B1 (2100 MHz)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 577 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : B2 (1900 MHz)

2 : B5 (850 MHz)

3 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B2 (1900 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz)

4 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz)

5 : B8 (900 MHz)

6 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B8 (900 MHz)

7 : B4 (1700 MHz)

8 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz)

9 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B8 (900 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz)

10 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B4 (1700 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz)

11 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B2 (1900 MHz) + B4

(1700 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B8 (900 MHz)

12 : B6 (800 MHz)

13 : B3 (1800 MHz)

14 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B2 (1900 MHz) + B4 (1700

MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800 MHz)

15 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B8 (900 MHz) + B3 (1800

MHz)

16 : B8 (900 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz)

17 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B4 (1700 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz) + B6 (800 MHz)

18 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800

MHz) + B8 (900 MHz)

19 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B6 (800 MHz)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 578 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

20 : B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800 MHz)

21 : B2 (1900 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800

MHz)

22 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B3 (1800 MHz) + B5 (850

MHz) + B8 (900 MHz)

23 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B3 (1800 MHz)

24 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B2 (1900 MHz) + B4 (1700

MHz) + B5 (850 MHz)

25 : B19 (850 MHz)

26 : B1 (2100 MHz) + B5 (850 MHz) + B6 (800

MHz) + B8 (900 MHz) + B19 (850 MHz)

<LTE_band> hex N/A indicates the LTE supported

bands expressed as the sum of
Band number (1+2+8 ...)
calculated as shown in the table
(mask of 32 bits):

Values:

0x00000 : No bands allowed

0x00001 : EUTRAN BAND1

0x00002 : EUTRAN BAND2

0x00004 : EUTRAN BAND3

0x00008 : EUTRAN BAND4

0x00010 : EUTRAN BAND5

0x00040 : EUTRAN BAND7

0x00080 : EUTRAN BAND8

0x00800 : EUTRAN BAND12

0x01000 : EUTRAN BAND13

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 579 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0x02000 : EUTRAN BAND14

0x10000 : EUTRAN BAND17

0x80000 : EUTRAN BAND20

0x1000000 : EUTRAN BAND25

0x2000000 : EUTRAN BAND26

0x8000000 : EUTRAN BAND28

0x00200000000 : EUTRAN BAND34

0x02000000000 : EUTRAN BAND38

0x04000000000 : EUTRAN BAND39

0x08000000000 : EUTRAN BAND40

0x10000000000 : EUTRAN BAND41

0x8000000000000 : EUTRAN BAND66

0x0800000000000000 : EUTRAN BAND71

<TDSCDMA_band> hex N/A indicates the LTE supported

bands expressed as the sum of
Band number (1+2+8 ...)
calculated as shown in the table
(mask of 32 bits):

Values:

0x00000 : No bands allowed

0x00001 : TDS BAND34 A

0x00020 : TDS BAND39 F

0x00010 : TDS BAND40 E

127 - GSM/WCDMA invalid value

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 580 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF - LTE/TDSCDMA invalid value for all models

In set command LTE/TDSCDMA band mask should be entered in

HEX format without "0x".
In Read and test commands it also appears without "0x".

In set command, "NULL" input value is acceptable except last input

parameter.
And "NULL" means that previous value is remained.
Example:
AT#BNDRAM=5,15,800C5
OK
AT#BNDRAM=5,,800C5
OK

Init values of bands for #BNDRAM depends on the values of #BND.

If <mode> of #SELBNDMODE is 0, the bands of #BNDRAM cannot

be set. On the other hands, if <mode> of #SELBNDMODE is 1, the
bands of #BNDRAM can be set.

AT#BNDRAM?
Read command returns the current selected band in the format:
#BNDRAM: < GSM_band >[, < WCDMA_band >[,< LTE_band_mask >[,<
TDSCDMA_band_mask >]]]

AT#BNDRAM=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters
< GSM_band >, < WCDMA_band >,< LTE_band_mask >,<
TDSCDMA_band_mask >, if the technology supported by model.
LTE and TDSCDMA bands shown as maximal bit mask for model in HEX.
Example:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 581 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BNDRAM=?
#BNDRAM: (0-5),(0,5,6,13,15),(800C5)
OK

800C5 LTE bit mask means all combinations of next bands could be
accepted by SET command:
0x00000 No bands allowed
0x00001 EUTRAN BAND1
0x00004 EUTRAN BAND3
0x00040 EUTRAN BAND7
0x00080 EUTRAN BAND8
0x80000 EUTRAN BAND20

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 582 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.4.69. AT#RATORDER - Set RAT acquisition order

The command sets the Radio Access Technology (RAT) acquisition order.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#RATORDER=<RAT1>,<RAT2>,<RAT3>
Set command allows to configure the Radio Access Technology (RAT)
acquisition order when more technologies (2G/3G/LTE) are available.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<RAT1> integer N/A sets the first technology in priority table

Values:

3 : 2G

5 : 3G

9 : LTE

<RAT2> integer N/A sets the second technology in priority table

Values:

3 : 2G

5 : 3G

9 : LTE

<RAT3> integer N/A sets the third technology in priority table

Values:

3 : 2G

5 : 3G

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 583 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

9 : LTE

The setting is saved in NVM and available at next reboot.

AT#RATORDER?
Read command reports the current parameters values.

AT#RATORDER=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameters <RAT1>,
<RAT2> and <RAT3>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 584 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Packet Domain

3.5.1. AT#SWITCHATTPROF - Enable/Disable special LTE attach policy

based on operator requirements
Enable/Disable special LTE attach policy based on operator requirements

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SWITCHATTPROF=<mode>
Set command to enable or disable special LTE attach policy based on
operator requirements
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A enable or disable special LTE attach policy

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

Manual reboot is required after changing.

Predefined default value is dependent according to operator

requirements.

Predefined default value that operator requested should not

recommended to change.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 585 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This command is required when testing such as GCF/PTCRB RRM

(Radio Resource Management) without setting the requirements of
operators in the equipment.

AT#SWITCHATTPROF?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> in the format:
#SWITCHATTPROF: <mode>

AT#SWITCHATTPROF=?
Test command reports the supported range of values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 586 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.2. AT#DUALAPN - Double PDP Context on Same APN

Set command enables/disables the same APN multiple PDN feature.
The network operator can reply with reject to the PDN Connectivity Request on an APN
already in use with:

Cause #55 - Multiple PDN connections for a given APN not allowed

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#DUALAPN=[<mode>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 mode

Values:

0 : Disable the same APN multiple PDN feature

1 : Enable the same APN multiple PDN feature

These values are saved in the non-volatile memory.

#DUALAPN does not affect the standard +CGACT.

Manual reboot is required after changing.

AT#DUALAPN?
Read command reports the current setting for <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 587 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#DUALAPN=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 588 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.3. AT+CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class

This command sets the GPRS class.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGCLASS=[<class>]
Set command sets the GPRS class according to <class> parameter.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<class> string "A" GPRS class

Values:

"A" : Class-A mode of operation (A/Gb mode), or CS/PS

mode of operation (Iu mode) (factory default)

"B" : Class-B mode of operation (A/Gb mode), or CS/PS

mode of operation (Iu mode)

"CG" : Class-C mode of operation in PS only mode (A/Gb

mode), or PS mode of operation (Iu mode)

"CC" : Class-C mode of operation in CS only mode (A/Gb

mode), or CS (Iu mode)

AT+CGCLASS?
Read command returns the mode of operation set by the TE, in the format:

+CGLASS: <class>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 589 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGCLASS=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <class>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 590 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.4. AT#LABIMS - IMS (34.299) Configuration for GCF/PTCRB

certification
IMS (34.299) Configuration for GCF/PTCRB certification

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#LABIMS
resets the IMS parameters in the NVM of the device to the IR92 for
GCF/PTCRB certification.

Manual reboot is required after changing.

This command is required for testing GCF/PTCRB IMS 34.229.

AT#LABIMS=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 591 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.5. AT+CGQREQ - Quality of Service Profile (Requested)

Set command allows to specify a Quality of Service Profile (requested) that is used when
the terminal sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network. It
specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification
parameter, <cid>.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 03.060
3GPP TS 23.060

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGQREQ=[<cid>[,<precedence>[,<delay>[,<reliability>[,<peak>[,<mean>]]]]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - PDP context identification (see

+CGDCONT command).

<precedence> integer 0 precedence class

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

<delay> integer 0 delay class

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

<reliability> integer 0 reliability class

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 592 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

<peak> integer 0 peak throughput class

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

<mean> integer 0 mean throughput class

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class, is not checked

AT+CGQREQ=<cid> is a special set command syntax that delates the

PDP context identified by <cid> index.

AT+CGQREQ?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:

+CGQREQ:<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[<CR><LF>
+CGQREQ:<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[...]]

If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code
is returned.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 593 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGQREQ=?
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the supported values for the sub parameters in the format:

+CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,
(list of supported <precedence>s),(list of supported <delay>s),
(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of supported <peak>s),
(list of supported <mean>s)
Additional info:

PDP type meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<PDP_Type> string - specifies the type of packet data

protocol (see +CGDCONT command)

AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,0,0,3,0,0
OK

AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,3,0,0
OK

AT+CGQREQ=?
+CGQREQ: "IP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
+CGQREQ: "PPP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
+CGQREQ: "IPV6",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 594 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.6. AT+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context

Define PDP Context.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGDCONT=[<cid>[,<PDP_type>[,<APN>[,<PDP_addr>[,<d_comp>[,<h_comp>[,<I
Pv4AddrAlloc>[,<Emergency_ind>]]]]]]]]
Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified
by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - (PDP Context Identifier) numeric

parameter which specifies a
particular PDP context definition.
1..max - where the value of max
is returned by the Test command.

<PDP_type> string N/A (Packet Data Protocol type) a

string parameter which specifies
the type of packet data protocol.

Values:

"IP" : Internet Protocol

"PPP" : Point to Point Protocol

"IPV6" : Internet Protocol, Version 6

"IPV4V6" : Virtual <PDP_type> introduced to

handle dual IP stack UE capability

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 595 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<APN> string - (Access Point Name) a string

parameter which is a logical
name that is used to select the
GGSN or the external packet data
network. If the value is empty ("")
or omitted, then the subscription
value will be requested.

<PDP_addr> string - A string parameter that identifies

the terminal in the address space
applicable to the PDP. The
allocated address may be read
using the +CGPADDR command.

<d_comp> integer 0 Numeric parameter that controls

PDP data compression.

Values:

0 : compression off

1 : compression on

2 : V.42bis

<h_comp> integer 0 Numeric parameter that controls

PDP header compression.

Values:

0 : compression off

1 : compression on

2 : RFC1144 (applicable for SNDCP only)

3 : RFC2507

4 : RFC3095 (applicable for PDCP only)

<IPv4AddrAlloc> integer 0 a numeric parameter that

controls how the MT/TA requests
to get the IPv4 address
information.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 596 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : IPv4 Address Allocation through NAS

Signaling

1 : IPv4 Address Allocated through DHCP

<Emergency_ind> integer 0 indicates whether the PDP

context is for emergency bearer
services or not.

Values:

0 : PDP context is not for emergency bearer

services

1 : PDP context is for emergency bearer

services

a special form of the Set command, +CGDCONT=<cid>, causes the values

for context number <cid> to become undefined, except cid = 1 and
emergency profile.

emergency profile could be undefined only after setting emergency

indication parameter to 0.

Although max number of PDP profile is 24 , the user can only create 16 PDP
profiles (persistent profiles) , the rest 8 are temporarily profiles.

Profile 1 is the default profile and the attach profile, so even if you delete all
profiles, the profile 1 is always regenerated regardless rebooting.

In case of Verizon network operator, profile 3 is also used to attach profile.

So if delete 3 profile with +CGDCONT=3 command, profile 3 is re-created
after rebooting.

Predefined PDP profile file that operator requested should not

recommended to delete.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 597 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In case of Docomo network operator, profile 5 is reserved for dedicated

Device Management profile only.

AT+CGDCONT?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format:

+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>,<IPv4Add
rAlloc>,<Emergency_ind><CR><LF>
+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>,<IPv4Add
rAlloc>,<Emergency_ind>[...]

AT+CGDCONT=?
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","APN","10.10.10.10",0,0
OK
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,"IP","APN","10.10.10.10",0,0,0,0

OK
AT+CGDCONT=?
+CGDCONT: (1-24),"IP",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)
+CGDCONT: (1-24),"PPP",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)
+CGDCONT: (1-24),"IPV6",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)
+CGDCONT: (1-24),"IPV4V6",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 598 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.7. AT+CGCONTRDP - PDP Context Read Dynamic Parameters

The execution command returns the relevant information for a PDP Context established
by the network.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGCONTRDP[=<cid>]
The execution command returns the relevant information on a PDP Context
established by the network with the context identifier <cid>. If the parameter
<cid> is omitted, the information for all established PDP contexts is returned. The
response message has the following format:

+CGCONTRDP:<cid>,<bearerId>,<apn>[,<ip&subnet>[,<gw_addr>[,<DNS_prim>
[,<DNS_sec>[,<P_CSCF_prim>[,<P_CSCF_sec>]]]]]][<CR><LF>
+CGCONTRDP:<cid>,<bearerId>,<apn>[,<ip&subnet_mask>[,<gw_addr>[,<DNS_pr
im>
[,<DNS_sec>[,<P_CSCF_prim>[,<P_CSCF_sec>]]]]]] [...]]

If the context cannot be found an ERROR response is returned.

The response message parameters are described in the Additional info section.
If the parameter <cid> is omitted, the relevant information for all active non
secondary PDP contexts is returned.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - identifies a non secondary PDP context

definition. The parameter is local to the TE-
MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 599 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

List of the meaning of the response message parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<berrerId> integer - identifies the bearer, EPS Bearer in

EPS and NSAPI in UMTS/GPRS.

<apn> string - logical name used to select the

GGSN or the external packet data
network.

<ip&subnet> string - IP address and subnet mask of the

MT. The string is given as dot-
separated numeric (0-255)
parameters on the form. For more
information, see next Additional info
section.

<gw_addr> string - Gateway address of the MT. The

string is given as dot-separated
numeric (0-255) parameters.

<DNS_prim> string - IP address of the primary DNS

Server.

<DNS_sec> string - IP address of the secondary DNS

Server.

<P_CSCF_prim> string - IP address of the primary P-CSCF

Server.

<P_CSCF_sec> string - IP address of the secondary P-CSCF

Server.

Referring to <ip&subnet> parameter:

the string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255) parameters. The
format is:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 600 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

for IPv4:
"a1.a2.a3.a4.m1.m2.m3.m4"

for IPv6:
"a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8.a9.a10.a11.a12.a13.a14.a15.a16.
m1.m2.m3.m4.m5.m6.m7.m8.m9.m10.m11.m12. m13.m14.m15.m16"

When +CGPIAF is supported, its settings can influence the format of this
parameter returned with the execute form of +CGCONTRDP.

The dynamic part of the PDP context will only exist if established by the
network. The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with active
contexts.

If the MT has dual stack capabilities, two lines of information are returned
per <cid>. First one line with the IPv4 parameters followed by one line with
the IPv6 parameters.

AT+CGCONTRDP=?
Return the list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 601 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGACT=1,1
OK

AT+CGCONTRDP=?
+CGCONTRDP: (1)

OK

AT+CGCONTRDP =1
+CGCONTRDP:
1,5,lte.ktfwing.com,"10.196.170.243.255.255.255.248","10.196.170.244","172.19.140.7
","172.25.227.7"

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 602 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.8. AT#IMSSETTING - Sets IMS parameters

This command sets the IMS parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#IMSSETTING=<mode>[,<value>]
This command reads and sets some IMS parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A IMS parameter identifier

Values:

0 : IMS domain name

1 : username

2 : password

3 : sipt1

4 : siptf

5 : sipt2

6 : SMS format

7 : SMS Over IP Network Indication

8 : sipt4

9 : siptJ

<value> string - string parameter

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 603 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Parameters (<username>,<password>) have no effect and are

included only for backward compatibility.

AT#IMSSETTING=<mode> reads parameter <mode> value.

Default value of <SMS Over IP Network Indication> for ATT

firmware / Softbank firmware / Telstra firmware / Vodafone NZ
firmware are configured to '0' and for the others are '1'.

Default value of <sipt1>, <sipt2>, <sipt4>, <siptf> and <siptJ> are

based on operator requirements.

AT#IMSSETTING=?
Test command returns the supported range of <mode> in the format:

#IMSSETTING: (0-9)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 604 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.9. AT+CGQMIN - Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)

Set command allows to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the
terminal against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept
message.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 03.060
3GPP TS 23.060

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGQMIN=[<cid>[,<precedence>[,<delay>[,<reliability>[,<peak>[,<mean>]]]]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - PDP context identification (see

+CGDCONT command)

<precedence> integer 0 precedence class

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

<delay> integer 0 delay class

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

<reliability> integer 0 reliability class

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 605 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

<peak> integer 0 peak throughput class

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

<mean> integer 0 mean throughput class

Value:

0÷max : use test command to know the values

range

If a value is omitted for a class, then this class is not checked.

A special form of the set command, AT+CGQMIN=<cid> causes the

requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.

AT+CGQMIN?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:

+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[<CR><LF>
+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[...]]

If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code
is returned

AT+CGQMIN=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 606 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context
and the supported values for the sub parameters in the format:

+CGQMIN: <PDP_Type>,
(list of supported <precedence>s),(list of supported <delay>s),
(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of supported <peak>s),
(list of supported <mean>s)

Additional info:

PDP type meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<PDP_Type> string - specifies the type of packet data

protocol, see +CGDCONT command
Only the "IP" <PDP_Type> is currently
supported.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 607 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.10. AT+CGEQREQ - 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested)

The command allows to specify a 3G quality of service profile for the context identified by
the context identification parameter.

[1] 3GPP TS 27.007

[2] 3GPP TS 23.107

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGEQREQ=[<cid>[,<Traffic class>[,<Maximum bitrate UL>[,<Maximum

bitrate DL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>[,<Delivery
order>[,<Maximum SDU size>[,<SDU error ratio>[,<Residual bit error
ratio>[,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>[,<Transfer delay>[,<Traffic handling
priority>[,<Source Statistics Descriptor>[,<Signalling
Indication>]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]
Set command specifies a 3G Quality of Service profile for the context
identified by the (local) context identification parameter <cid> which is
used when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the
network.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - PDP context identification (see

+CGDCONT command).

<Traffic class> integer 4 traffic class

Values:

0 : conversational

1 : streaming

2 : interactive

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 608 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : background

4 : subscribed value

<Maximum integer 0 maximum bitrate Up Link (kbits/s)

bitrate UL>

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷11520 : supported range

<Maximum integer 0 maximum bitrate down link (kbits/s)

bitrate DL>

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷42200 : supported range

<Guaranteed integer 0 the guaranteed bitrate up

bitrate UL> link(kbits/s)

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷11520 : supported range

<Guaranteed integer 0 the guaranteed bitrate down

bitrate DL> link(kbits/s)

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷42200 : supported range

<Delivery integer 2 SDU delivery order

order>

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 609 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : disable

1 : enable

2 : subscribed value

<Maximum integer 0 maximum SDU size in octets

SDU size>

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷1520 : supported range

<SDU error string 0E0 SDU error ratio - mEe = m*10-e , for
ratio> example 1E2 means 1*10-2

Values:

0E0 : means 0*10-0

1E1 : means 1*10-1

1E2 : means 1*10-2

7E3 : means 7*10-3

1E3 : means 1*10-3

1E4 : means 1*10-4

1E5 : means 1*10-5

1E6 : means 1*10-6

<Residual bit string 0E0 residual bit error ratio - mEe =

error ratio> m*10-e , for example 1E2 mean
1*10-2

Values:

0E0 : means 0*10-0

5E2 : means 5*10-2

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 610 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1E2 : means 1*10-2

5E3 : means 5*10-3

4E3 : means 4*10-3

1E3 : means 1*10-3

1E4 : means 1*10-4

1E5 : means 1*10-5

1E6 : means 1*10-6

6E8 : means 6*10-8

<Delivery of integer 3 delivery of erroneous SDUs

erroneous
SDUs>

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

2 : no detect

3 : subscribed value

<Transfer integer 0 transfer delay (ms)

delay>

Values:

0 : subscribed value

100÷4000 : supported range

<Traffic integer 0 traffic handling priority

handling
priority>

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 611 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : subscribed value

1÷3 : supported range

<Source integer 0 specifies characteristics of the

Statistics source of the submitted SDUs for a
Descriptor> PDP context. This parameter should
be provided if the Traffic class is
specified as conversational or
streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
subclause 10.5.6.5).

Values:

0 : characteristics of SDUs is unknown

1 : characteristics of SDUs corresponds to a

speech source

<Signalling integer 0 used to indicate signalling content of

Indication> submitted SDUs for a PDP context.
This parameter should be provided if
the Traffic class is specified as
interactive (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
subclause 10.5.6.5).

Values:

0 : PDP context is not optimized for signalling

1 : PDP context is optimized for signalling

a special form of the Set command, +CGEQREQ=<cid> causes the

requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.

AT+CGEQREQ?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in
the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 612 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

[+CGEQREQ: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum

bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery
order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error
ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic
handling>,<Source Statistics Descriptor> ,<Signalling
Indication><CR><LF>][...]

If no PDP context defined, it has no effect and OK result code returned.

AT+CGEQREQ=?
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the supported values for the sub parameters in the format:

+CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <Traffic class>s),

(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum
bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of
supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery
order>s),(list of supported<Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported<SDU
error ratio>s),(list of supported<Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of
supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of supported <Transfer
delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling priority>s ,(list of supported
<Source statistics descriptor>s) ,(list of supported <Signalling
indication>s)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 613 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGEQREQ=1,0,384,384,128,128,0,0,"0E0","0E0",0,0,0
OK

AT+CGEQREQ?
+CGEQREQ: 1,0,384,384,128,128,0,0,"0E0","0E0",0,0,0,0,0

OK

AT+CGEQREQ=?
+CGEQREQ: "IP",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4
E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
+CGEQREQ: "PPP",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4
E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
+CGEQREQ: "IPV6",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4
E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
+CGEQREQ: "IPV4V6",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4
E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 614 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.11. AT+CGEQNEG - 3G Quality of Service Profile (Negotiated)

This command allows the TE to retrieve the negotiated 3G quality of service returned in
the Activate PDP Context Accept/Modify message.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGEQNEG=[<cid>[,<cid>[,…]]]
Set command returns the negotiated 3G QoS profile for the specified
context identifiers, <cid>s. The QoS profile consists of a number of
parameters, each of which may have a separate value.

+CGEQNEG: <cid>, <Traffic class>, <Maximum bitrate UL> ,<Maximum

bitrate DL>, <Guaranteed bitrate UL>, <Guaranteed bitrate DL>, <Delivery
order>, <Maximum SDU size>, <SDU error ratio>, <Residual bit error
ratio>, <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>, <Transfer delay>, <Traffic handling
priority>[<CR><LF>
+CGEQNEG: <cid>, <Traffic class>, <Maximum bitrate UL>, <Maximum
bitrate DL>, <Guaranteed bitrate UL>, <Guaranteed bitrate DL>, <Delivery
order>, <Maximum SDU size>, <SDU error ratio>, <Residual bit error
ratio>, <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>, <Transfer delay>, <Traffic handling
priority>[...]]

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT

command)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 615 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGEQNEG=?
Test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.

AT+CGEQREQ?
+CGEQREQ: 1,4,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0,0,0

OK

AT+CGACT=1,1
OK

AT+CGEQNEG=?
+CGEQNEG: (1)

OK

AT+CGEQNEG=1
+CGEQNEG: 1,3,128,384,0,0,2,1500,"1E4","1E5",3,0,1,0,0

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 616 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.12. AT+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address

This command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGPADDR=[<cid>[,...]]
Execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified
context identifiers.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - specifies a PDP context definition, see

+CGDCONT command. If no <cid> specified,
the addresses for all defined contexts are
returned.

Additional info:

The command returns a row of information for every <cid> whose

context has been defined. No row is returned for a <cid> whose
context has not been defined. Here is the response format:
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>
...

Name Type Default Description

<PDP_addr> string - identifies the terminal in an

address space applicable to the

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 617 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

PDP. The address may be static

or dynamic:

• for a static address, it will

be the one set by the
+CGDCONT command
when the context was
defined

• for a dynamic address it

will be the one assigned
during the last PDP context
activation that used the
context definition referred
to by <cid>; <PDP_addr> is
omitted if none is available

AT+CGPADDR=?
Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 618 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGACT=1,3
OK

AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,0
+CGACT: 2,0
+CGACT: 3,1

OK

AT+CGPADDR=3
+CGPADDR: 3,”xxx.yyy.zzz.www”

OK

AT+CGPADDR=?
+CGPADDR: (3)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 619 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.13. AT+CGCMOD - Modify PDP Context

The execution command is used to modify the specified PDP context(s) with respect to
QoS profiles and TFTs.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGCMOD=[<cid_n>[,...]]
After command has completed, the MT returns to V.250 online data state.
If the requested modification for any specified context cannot be achieved,
an ERROR or +CME: ERROR response is returned. Extended error
responses are enabled by the +CMEE command.

For EPS, the modification request for an EPS bearer resource will be
answered by the network by an EPS bearer Modification request. The
request must be accepted by the MT before the PDP context effectively
changed.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid_n> integer - generic PDP context identifier.

If no parameters are specified (no <cid_n> specified), the command

modifies all active contexts.

AT+CGCMOD=?
Test command returns a list of <cid_n>s associated with active contexts.

+CGCMOD: (list of <cid_n>s associated with active contexts)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 620 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.14. AT#AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property

Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#AUTOATT=[<auto>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<auto> integer 1 GPRS auto-

attach
property

Values:

0 : disables GPRS auto-attach property

1 : enables GPRS auto-attach property (factory default):

after the command #AUTOATT=1 issued (and at every
following startup) the terminal will automatically try to
attach to the GPRS service.

AT#AUTOATT?
Read command reports whether the auto-attach property is currently
enabled or not, in the format:

#AUTOATT: <auto>

AT#AUTOATT=?
Test command reports available values for parameter <auto>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 621 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.15. AT#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control

Set command sets the GPRS multislot class.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MSCLASS=[<class>[,<autoattach>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<class> integer 33 GPRS multislot class.

Values:

1÷12 : class

30÷33 : class

<autoattach> integer 0 specify when the new

multislot class will be
enabled.

Values:

0 : the new multislot class is enabled only at the

next detach/attach or after a reboot.

1 : the new multislot class is enabled immediately,

automatically forcing a detach / attach procedure
only in case of GSM network registered

It is only available for variants that support GSM.

AT#MSCLASS?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 622 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the current value of the multislot class in the
format:
#MSCLASS: <class>

AT#MSCLASS=?
Test command reports the range of available values for both parameters
<class> and <autoattach>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 623 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.16. AT#IMSUA - IMS user agent

This command sets IMS user agent. The user agent string needs to be sent with SIP
message.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#IMSUA=<UserAgent>
This command sets IMS user agent. The user agent string needs to be
sent with SIP message.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<UserAgent> string - IMS user agent

AT#IMSUA?
Read command returns the IMS User Agent in format:
#IMSUA: <UserAgent>

AT#IMSUA=?
Test command returns the supported string length for parameter:
<UserAgent>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 624 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#IMSUA="ims"
OK

AT#IMSUA?
#IMSUA: ims

OK

AT#IMSUA=?
#IMSUA: (549)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 625 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.17. AT#GAUTH - PPP Data Connection Authentication Type

This command sets the authentication type used in PDP Context Activation during PPP-
PS connections.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#GAUTH=[<type>]
Set command sets the authentication type used in PDP Context Activation
during PPP-PS connections.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 3 authentication type used in PDP Context

Activation during PPP-PS connections

Values:

0 : no authentication

1 : PAP authentication

2 : CHAP authentication

3 : AUTO authentication (PAP or CHAP or no authentication

according to host application)

if the settings on the server side (the host application) of the PPP
are not compatible with the #GAUTH setting, then the PDP Context
Activation will use no authentication.

AT#GAUTH?
Read command reports the current authentication type, in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 626 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#GAUTH: <type>

AT#GAUTH=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<type>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 627 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.18. AT#GPPPCFG - PPP-GPRS Parameters Configuration

This command permits to set parameters for a PPP-GPRS connection

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#GPPPCFG=<hostIPaddress>[,<unused_A>][,<unused_B>]]
Set command sets one parameter for a dial-up connection
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<hostIPaddress> string - Host IP address that is assigned to

the PPP server side (the host
application); String type, it can be
any valid IP address in the format:
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX"

<unused_A> integer - unused parameter

<unused_B> integer - unused parameter

if <hostIPaddress>="000.000.000.000" (factory default), host

address is not included in the IPCP Conf Req and the host address
choice is left to the peer

AT#GPPPCFG?
Read command reports the current PPP-GPRS connection parameters in
the format:

#GPPPCFG: <hostIPaddress>,<unused_A>,<unused_B>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 628 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#GPPPCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters

#GPPPCFG: (25),(0)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 629 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.19. AT+CGEQMIN - 3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)

This command sets the 3G Quality of Service parameters for the context identified by the
context identification parameter.

3GPP TS 27.007; 3GPP TS 03.60/23.060; 3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGEQMIN=[<cid>[,<Traffic class>[,<Maximum bitrate UL>[,<Maximum

bitrate DL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>[,<Delivery
order>[,<Maximum SDU size>[,<SDU error ratio>[,<Residual bit error
ratio>[,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>[,<Transfer delay>[,<Traffic handling
priority>[,<Source Statistics Descriptor>[,<Signalling
Indication>]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]
Set command allows specifying a 3G quality of service profile for the
context identified by the (local) context identification parameter <cid>
which is checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the
Activate/Modify PDP Context Accept Message.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - PDP context identification (see

+CGDCONT command).

<Traffic class> integer 4 traffic class.

Values:

0 : conversational

1 : streaming

2 : interactive

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 630 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : background

4 : subscribed value

<Maximum integer 0 maximum bitrate Up Link (kbits/s)

bitrate UL>

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷11520 : supported range

<Maximum integer 0 maximum bitrate down link (kbits/s)

bitrate DL>

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷42200 : supported range

<Guaranteed integer 0 the guaranteed bitrate up

bitrate UL> link(kbits/s)

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷11520 : supported range

<Guaranteed integer 0 the guaranteed bitrate down

bitrate DL> link(kbits/s)

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷42200 : supported range

<Delivery integer 2 SDU delivery order

order>

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 631 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : No - SDU

1 : Yes - SDU

2 : subscribed value

<Maximum integer 0 maximum SDU size in octets.

SDU size>

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷1520 : supported range

<SDU error string 0E0 SDU error ratio - mEe = m*10-e , for
ratio> example 1E2 mean 1*10-2.

Values:

0E0 : means 0*10-0

1E1 : means 1*10-1

1E2 : means 1*10-2

7E3 : means 7*10-3

1E3 : means 1*10-3

1E4 : means 1*10-4

1E5 : means 1*10-5

1E6 : means 1*10-6

<Residual bit string 0E0 residual bit error ratio - mEe =

error ratio> m*10-e , for example 1E2 mean
1*10-2

Values:

0E0 : means 0*10-0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 632 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

5E2 : means 5*10-2

1E2 : means 1*10-2

5E3 : means 5*10-3

4E3 : means 4*10-3

1E3 : means 1*10-3

1E4 : means 1*10-4

1E5 : means 1*10-5

1E6 : means 1*10-6

6E8 : means 6*10-8

<Delivery of integer 3 delivery of erroneous SDUs.

erroneous
SDUs>

Values:

0 : no delivery

1 : yes

2 : no detect

3 : subscribed value

<Transfer integer 0 transfer delay (ms)

delay>

Values:

0 : subscribed value

100÷4000 : supported range

<Traffic integer 0 traffic handling priority

handling
priority>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 633 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : subscribed value

1÷3 : supported range

<Source integer 0 specifies characteristics of the

Statistics source of the submitted SDUs for a
Descriptor> PDP context.
This parameter should be provided if
the Traffic class is specified as
conversational or streaming (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
10.5.6.5).
3GPP Release 8 140 3GPP TS 27.007
V8.3.0 (2008-03)

Values:

0 : characteristics of SDUs is unknown

1 : characteristics of SDUs corresponds to a

speech source

<Signalling integer 0 used to indicate signalling content of

Indication> submitted SDUs for a PDP context.
This parameter should be provided if
the Traffic class is specified as
interactive (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
subclause 10.5.6.5)

Values:

0 : PDP context is not optimized for signalling

1 : PDP context is optimized for signalling

a special form of the Set command, +CGEQMIN=<cid> causes the

requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 634 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGEQMIN?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in
the format:

[+CGEQMIN: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum

bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery
order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error
ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic
handling><Source statistics descriptor>,<Signalling indication><CR><LF>]
[+CGEQMIN:...]

If no PDP context defined, it has no effect and OK result code returned.

AT+CGEQMIN=?
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format:

+CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <Traffic class>s) ,(list of

supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s), (listof supported <Maximum bitrate
DL>s) ,
(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL >s), (list of supported
<Guaranteed bitrate DL >s) ,(list of supported <Delivery order>s) ,(list of
supported <Maximum SDU size>s) ,(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s) ,
(list of supported <Residual bit error ratio>s) ,(list of supported <Delivery
of erroneous SDUs>s) ,(list of supported <Transfer delay>s) ,(list of
supported <Traffic handling priority>s),
(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s) ,(list of supported
<Signalling indication>s)[...]]

Only the "IP" Packet Data Protocol type is supported.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 635 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGEQMIN=1,0,384,384,128,128,0,0,"0E0","0E0",0,0,0
OK

AT+CGEQMIN?
+CGEQMIN: 1,0,384,384,128,128,0,0,"0E0","0E0",0,0,0

OK

AT+CGEQMIN=?
+CGEQMIN: "IP",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),
(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4
E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
+CGEQMIN: "PPP",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4
E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
+CGEQMIN: "IPV6",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4
E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
+CGEQMIN: "IPV4V6",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4
E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 636 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.20. AT+CGEQOS - Define EPS Quality of Service

The command specifies the EPS Quality of Service parameters.

[1] 3GPP TS 23.203

[2] 3GPP TS 24.301

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGEQOS=[<cid>[,<QCI> [,<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>
[,<DL_MBR>,<UL_MBR>]]]]
Set command specifies the EPS Quality of Service parameters.
A special form of the set command, +CGEQOS= <cid> causes the values for
context number <cid> to become undefined.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - it specifies a particular EPS Traffic

Flows definition in EPS

<QCI> integer 9 it specifies a class of EPS QoS, see

standard [1].

Values:

0 : QCI is selected by network

1÷4 : value range for guaranteed bit rate Traffic Flows

5÷9 : value range for non-guaranteed bit rate Traffic

Flows

<DL_GBR> integer - it indicates DL GBR in case of GBR QCI.

The value is in kbit/s. This parameter is

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 637 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

omitted for a non-GBR QCI, see

standard [2].

<UL_GBR> integer - indicates UL GBR in case of GBR QCI.

The value is in kbit/s. This parameter is
omitted for a non-GBR QCI, see
standard [2].

<DL_MBR> integer - it indicates DL MBR in case of GBR QCI.

The value is in kbit/s. This parameter is
omitted for a non-GBR QCI, see
standard [2].

<UL_MBR> integer - it indicates UL MBR in case of GBR QCI.

The value is in kbit/s. This parameter is
omitted for a non-GBR QCI, see
standard [2].

Additional info:

Possible Response(s):
+CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CGEQOS?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined QoS.
+CGEQOS: <cid>,
<QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],[<DL_MBR>,<UL_MBR>][<CR>>LF>+CGEQOS:
<cid>, <QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],[<DL_MBR>,<UL_MBR>][...]]

AT+CGEQOS=?
Test command returns the ranges of the supported parameters:
+CGEQOS: (list of supported <cid>s),(list of supported <QCI>s), (list of
supported <DL_GBR>s), (list of supported <UL_GBR>s), (list of supported
<DL_MBR>s),(list of supported <UL_MBR>s)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 638 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.21. AT+CGPIAF - Printing IP Address Format

This command selects the printout format of the IPv6 address.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CGPIAF=[<IPv6_AddressFormat>[,<IPv6_SubnetNotation>[,<IPv6_LeadingZer
os> [,<Pv6_CompressZeros>]]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<IPv6_AddressFormat> integer 0 selects the IPv6 address

format. Relevant for all AT
command parameters that
can hold an IPv6 address.

Values:

0 : use IPv4-like dot-notation. IP

addresses, and subnetwork mask if
applicable, are dot-separated.

1 : use IPv6-like colon-notation. IP

address, and subnetwork mask if
applicable and when given explicitly,
are separated by a space.

<IPv6_SubnetNotation> integer 0 selects the subnet-notation

for remote address and
subnet mask. Setting does
not apply if IPv6 address
format
<IPv6_AddressFormat>=0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 639 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : both IP address, and subnet mask are

started explicitly, separated by a
space.

1 : the printout format is applying

/(forward slash) subnet-prefix
Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR)
notation.

<IPv6_LeadingZeros> integer 0 selects whether leading

zeros are omitted or not.
Setting does not apply if
IPv6 address format
<IPv6_AddressFormat>=0.

Values:

0 : leading zeros are omitted.

1 : leading zeros are included.

<Pv6_CompressZeros> integer 0 selects whether 1-n

instances of 16-bit- zero
values are replaced by only
"::". This applies only once.
Setting does not apply if
IPv6 address format
<IPv6_AddressFormat>=0.

Values:

0 : no zero compression.

1 : use zero compression.

AT+CGPIAF?
Read command returns the current parameter setting.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 640 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGPIAF=?
Test command returns values supported as compound values.

AT+CGPIAF=0,0,0,0
OK

AT+CGACT=1,1
OK

AT+CGPADDR =
+CGPADDR: 1,"252.1.171.171.205.205.239.224.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.1"

OK

AT+CGPIAF=1,0,0,0
OK

AT+CGACT=1,1
OK

AT+CGPADDR =
+CGPADDR: 1,"FC01:ABAB:CDCD:EFE0:0:0:0:1"

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 641 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.22. AT+CEVDP - Voice Domain Preference

This set command selects the voice domain preference.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CEVDP=<domain>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<domain> string N/A voice domain preference.

The default value depends on product and
the support of VoLTE.

Values:

1 : CS voice only

2 : CS voice preferred, IMS PS voice as secondary

3 : IMS PS voice preferred, CS as secondary

4 : IMS PS voice only

Default value of <domain> is 4 for LE910C1-SA/ST/SV/NS and

SoftBank Firrmware.
Default value is 3 for other models.

AT+CEVDP?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 642 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the selected domain in the format:

+CEVDP: <domain>

AT+CEVDP=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameter
<domain>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 643 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.23. AT+CGEREP - Packet Domain Event Reporting

This command enables or disables the presentation of unsolicited result codes.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CGEREP=[<mode>[,<bfr>]]
Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes in case
of certain events occurring in the module or in the network. The URC
formats and related events are shown in the Additional info sections.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 controls the processing of

URCs specified with this
command.

Values:

0 : buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result

code buffer is full, the oldest one can be discarded. No
codes are forwarded to the TE.

1 : discard unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is

reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode); otherwise
forward them directly to the TE.

2 : buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE

link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush
them to the TE when TA-TE link becomes available;
otherwise forward them directly to the TE.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 644 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<bfr> integer 0 controls the effect on

buffered codes when <mode>
1 or 2 is entered.

Values:

0 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within

this command is cleared when <mode> 1 or 2 is
entered.

1 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within

this command is flushed to the TE when <mode> 1 or 2
is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing
the codes)

Additional info:

A network request for PDP context activation occurred when the TA

was unable to report it to the TE with a +CRING unsolicited result
code and was automatically rejected.

+CGEV: REJECT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>

The network has requested a context reactivation. The <cid> that

was used to reactivate the context is provided if known to TA.

+CGEV: NW REACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]

The network has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was
used to activate the context is provided if known to TA.

+CGEV: NW_DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 645 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The mobile equipment has forced a PS detach. This implies that all
active contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported
separately.

+CGEV: ME_DETACH

The network has forced a PS detach. This implies that all active
contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately.

+CGEV: NW_DETACH

The mobile equipment has forced a change of MS class. The highest

available class is reported (see +CGCLASS).

+CGEV: ME CLASS <class>

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<PDP_type> string Packet Data Protocol type, which specifies the

type of packet data protocol

<PDP_addr> string identifies the terminal in the address space

applicable to the PDP

<cid> integer PDP Context Identifier

AT+CGEREP?
Read command returns the current <mode> and <bfr> settings, in the
format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 646 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr>

AT+CGEREP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CGEREP
command parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 647 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.24. AT+CGATT - PS Attach or Detach

This execution command is used to register (attach) the terminal to or deregister
(detach) the terminal from the Packet Domain service.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGATT=<state>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer N/A state of PS attachment

Values:

0 : detached

1 : attached

AT+CGATT?
Read command returns the current PS state in the format:
+CGATT: <state>

AT+CGATT=?
Test command returns the values range of the <state> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 648 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
OK

AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT: (0,1)
OK

AT+CGATT=1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 649 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.25. AT+CGTFT - Traffic Flow Template

This command allows the TE to specify a Packet Filter - PF for a Traffic Flow Template -
TFT that is used in the GGSN in UMTS/GPRS and Packet GW in EPS for routing of
packets onto different QoS flows towards the TE.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 03.60/23.060

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGTFT=[<cid>[,<packet filter identifier>[,<evaluation precedence

index>[,<source address and subnet mask>[,<prot num(ipv4)/next
hdr(ipv6)>[,<destination port range>[,<source port range>[,<ipsec sec param index
(spi)>[,<tos(ipv4) TP class(ipv6)&mask>[,<flow label (ipv6)>]]]]]]]]]
The concept further described in the 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]. A TFT consists of from
one and up to 16 Packet Filters, each identified by a unique <packet filter
identifier>. A Packet Filter also has an <evaluation precedence index> that is
unique within all TFTs associated with all PDP contexts that are associated with the
same PDP address.
The set command specifies a Packet Filter that whom added to the TFT stored in
the MT and used for the context identified by the (local) context identification
parameter, <cid>. The specified TFT will be stored in the GGSN in UMTS/GPRS and
Packet GW in EPS only at activation or MS-initiated modification of the related
context. Since this is the same parameter that is used in the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands, the +CGTFT command is effectively an extension to these
commands. The Packet Filters consist of a number of parameters, each of which
may be set to a separate value.
A special form of the set command, +CGTFT= <cid> causes all of the Packet Filters
in the TFT for context number
<cid> to become undefined. At any time there may exist only one PDP context with
no associated TFT amongst all

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 650 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

PDP contexts associated to one PDP address. At an attempt to delete a TFT, which
would violate this rule, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended
error responses are enabled by the +CMEE command.

Possible Response(s):
OK
ERROR

Parameters:

Def
Typ
Name aul Description
e
t

<cid> int - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP

ege context definition (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
r commands). The following parameters are defined in
3GPP TS 23.060 [47]:

<packet int - The value range is from 1 to 16.

filter ege
identifier r
>

<evaluati int - The value range is from 0 to 255.

on ege
preceden r
ce index>

<source stri - The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255)

address ng parameters on the form:
and
subnet "a1.a2.a3.a4.m1.m2.m3.m4" for IPv4 or
mask> "a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8.a9.a10.a11.a12.a13.a14.a15.a16.
m1.m2.m3.m4.m5.m6.m7.m8.m9.m10.m11.m12.m13.
m14.m15.m16", for IPv6.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 651 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<prot int - The value range is from 0 to 255.

num(ipv4) ege
/next r
hdr(ipv6)
>

<destinati stri - The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-65535)

on port ng parameters on the form "f.t".
range>

<source stri - The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-65535)

port ng parameters on the form "f.t".
range>

<ipsec int - The value is in hexadecimal format. The value range is

sec ege from 0 to FFFFFFFF.
param r
index
(spi)>

<tos(ipv4) stri - The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255)

TP ng parameters on the form "t.m".
class(ipv6
)&mask>

<flow int - The numeric value is in hexadecimal format. The value

label ege range is from 0 to FFFFF. Valid for IPv6 only.
(ipv6)> r

Additional info:

Some of the above listed attributes may coexist in a Packet Filter while
others mutually exclude each other, the possible combinations are shown in
3GPP TS 23.060 [47].

AT+CGTFT?
The read command returns the current settings for all Packet Filters for each
defined context.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 652 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGTFT: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence index>, <source

address and subnet mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>,
<destination port range>, <source port range>, <ipsec security parameter index
(spi)>, <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask /traffic class (ipv6) and mask>, <flow
label (ipv6)> [<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>, <evaluation
precedence index>, <source address and subnet mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) /
next header (ipv6)>, <destination port range>, <source port range>, <ipsec security
parameter index (spi)>, <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6)
and mask>, <flow label (ipv6)> [...]]

AT+CGTFT=?
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT
supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type
returned on a separate line. TFTs shall be used for PDP-type IP and PPP only. For
PDP-type PPP a TFT is applicable only when IP traffic is carried over PPP. If PPP
carries header-compressed IP packets, then a TFT cannot be use.
AT+CGTFT: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <packet filter identifier>s), (list of
supported <evaluation precedence index>s), (list of supported <source address and
subnet mask>s), (list of supported <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>s),
(list of supported <destination port range>s), (list of supported <source port
range>s), (list of supported <ipsec security parameter index (spi)>s), (list of
supported <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class(ipv6) and mask>s),
(list of supported <flow label (ipv6)>s) [<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <PDP_type>, (list of
supported <packet filter identifier>s), (list of supported <evaluation precedence
index>s), (list of supported <source address and subnet mask>s),(list of supported
<protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>s), (list of supported <destination port
range>s), (list of supported <source port range>s), (list of supported <ipsec security
parameter index (spi)>s),(list of supported <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask /
traffic class (ipv6) and mask>s), (list of supported <flow label (ipv6)>s) [...]]

The possible combinations listed on 3GPP TS 23.060 [47].

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 653 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.26. AT+CGDATA - Enter Data State

This command causes the device to establish a connection with the network. Commands
following +CGDATA command in the AT command line shall not be processed by the
device.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGDATA=[<L2P>,[<cid>[,<cid>[,….]]]]]
Set command causes to perform whatever actions are necessary to
establish a communication with the network using one or more GPRS PDP
types.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<L2P> string - String parameter that indicates the layer 2

protocol to be used
"PPP" - PPP Point-to-point protocol

<cid> integer - Numeric parameter which specifies a

particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command)

If parameter <L2P> is omitted, the layer 2 protocol is unspecified

AT+CGDATA=?
Test command reports information on the supported layer 2 protocols.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 654 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT+CGDATA=?
+CGDATA: ("PPP")

OK

AT+CGDATA="PPP",1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 655 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.27. AT+CGEQOSRDP - EPS Quality of Service Read Dynamic

Parameters
The command returns the parameters related to the Quality of Service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGEQOSRDP=[<cid>]
The execution command returns the Quality of Service parameters <QCI>,
[<DL_GBR> and <UL_GBR>] and
[<DL_MBR> and <UL_MBR>] of the active secondary or non secondary PDP
context associated to the provided context identifier <cid>.
If the parameter <cid> is omitted, the Quality of Service parameters for all
secondary or non secondary active PDP contexts are returned.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - it specifies a particular Traffic Flows

definition in EPS and a PDN connection
definition in UMTS/GPRS.

Additional info:

Possible Response(s):

+CGEQOSRDP:<cid>,<QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],[<DL_MBR>,<UL_MBR>][<C
R>>LF>
+CGEQOSRDP:<cid>,<QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],[<DL_MBR>,<UL_MBR>][...]]

Defined values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 656 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<QCI> integer - specifies a class of EPS QoS. (see 3GPP TS

23.203 [85])0 QCI is selected by network [1..4]
value range for guaranteed bit rate Traffic
Flows [5..9] value range for non-guaranteed
bit rate Traffic Flows.

<DL_GBR> integer - indicates DL GBR in case of GBR QCI. The

value is in kbit/s. This parameter is omitted
for a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83])

<UL_GBR> integer - indicates UL GBR in case of GBR QCI. The

value is in kbit/s. This parameter omitted for
a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83])

<DL_MBR> integer - indicates DL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The

value is in kbit/s. This parameter omitted for
a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83])

<UL_MBR> integer - indicates UL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The

value is in kbit/s. This parameter omitted for
a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83])

AT+CGEQOSRDP=?
+CGEQOSRDP: (list of <cid>s associated with secondary or non secondary active
contexts)
Parameters of both network and MT/TA initiated PDP contexts returned.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 657 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.28. AT+CGTFTRDP - Traffic Flow Template Read Dynamic Parameters

This command returns the relevant information about Traffic Flow Template of <cid>
together with the additional network assigned values when established by the network.

3GPP TS 27.007; 3GPP TS 03.60/23.060

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGTFTRDP=[<cid>]
The execution command returns the relevant information about Traffic Flow
Template for an active secondary or non secondary PDP context specified by <cid>
together with the additional network assigned values when established by the
network.
If the parameter <cid> is omitted, the Traffic Flow Templates for all active
secondary and non secondary PDP contexts are returned.
Parameters of both network and MT/TA initiated PDP contexts returned.

Possible Response(s):
+CGTFTRDP: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence index>,
<source address and subnet mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) / next
header(ipv6)>,<destination port range>, <source port range>, <ipsec security
parameter index (spi)>, <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6)
and mask>, <flow label ipv6)>, <direction>, <NW packet filter Identifier>[<CR><LF>
+CGTFTRDP: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence index>,
<source address and subnet mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>,
<destination port range>, <source port range>, <ipsec security parameter index
(spi)>, <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>, <flow
label (ipv6)>, <direction>,<NW packet filter Identifier> [...]]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 658 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cid> integer - a numeric parameter which specifies a

particular PDP context definition or Traffic
Flows definition.

Additional info:

List of the meaning of the response message parameters.

De
Nam
Type fau Description
e
lt

<pack intege N/ packet filter identifier

et r A
filter
identi
fier>

Value:

1÷16 : supported range

<eval intege N/ evaluation precedence index

uatio r A
n
prece
denc
e
index
>

Value:

0÷255 : supported range

<sour string - source address and subnet mask

ce The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255)
addre parameters on the form:
ss
and "a1.a2.a3.a4.m1.m2.m3.m4" for IPv4 or
subn

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 659 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

et "a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8.a9.a10.a11.a12.a13.a14.a15.a16.
mask m1.m2.m3.m4.m5.m6.m7.m8.m9.m10.m11.m12.m13.m1
> 4.m15.m16" for IPv6.

<prot string N/ protocol number for ipv4 or next header for ipv6
ocol A
numb
er/ne
xt
head
er>

Value:

0÷255 : supported range

<dest string - The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-65535)

inatio parameters on the form "f.t"
n port
range
>

<sour string - The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-65535)

ce parameters on the form "f.t"
port
range
>

<ipse hex N/ ipsec security parameter index (spi) in hexadecimal

c spi> A format

Value:

00000000÷FFFFFFFF : supported range

<tos/t string - type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6)
raffic and mask
class The string given as dot-separated numeric (0-255)
and parameters on the form "t.m"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 660 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

mask
>

<flow hex N/ valid for IPv6 only

label A
(ipv6)
>

Value:

00000÷FFFFF : supported range

<dire string N/ specifies the transmission direction in which the Packet

ction A Filter shall be applied
>

Values:

0 : Pre Release 7 TFT Filter (see 3GPP TS 24.008, table 10.5.162)

1 : Uplink

2 : Downlink

3 : Bidirectional (Used for Uplink and Downlink)

<NW intege N/ in EPS the value is assigned by the network when

packe r A established
t
filter
Identi
fier>

Value:

1÷16 : supported range

Some of the above listed attributes can coexist in a Packet Filter while
others mutually exclude each other. The possible combinations listed on
3GPP TS 23.060 [47].

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 661 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGTFTRDP=?
+CGTFTRDP: (list of <cid>s associated with active secondary or non secondary
contexts)

Some of the above listed attributes can coexist in a Packet Filter while
others mutually exclude each
other. The possible combinations listed on 3GPP TS 23.060 [47].

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 662 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.29. AT#PPPCFG - PPP Configuration

This command configures the PPP mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PPPCFG=<mode>
Set command sets the active/passive PPP mode
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 sets PPP mode

Values:

0 : passive mode

1 : active mode

AT#PPPCFG?
Read command returns the current <mode>, in the format:

#PPPCFG: <mode>

AT#PPPCFG=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<mode> .

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 663 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.30. AT+CGACT - PDP Context Activate or Deactivate

This command activates or deactivates the specified PDP context(s).

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGACT=[<state>[,<cid>[,<cid>][,...]]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer N/A activate/deactivate the PDP context

Values:

0 : deactivate

1 : activate

<cid> integer - specifies a PDP context definition (see

+CGDCONT command)

if no <cid>s are specified, the activation form of the command

activates the first three defined contexts. The deactivation form
deactivates all the active contexts.

AT+CGACT?
Read command returns the current activation state for all the defined PDP
contexts in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 664 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>
+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[...]]

AT+CGACT=?
Test command reports information on the supported PDP context
activation states <state>.

AT+CGACT=1,1
OK

AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,1

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 665 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.31. AT+CGDSCONT - Define Secondary PDP Context

Define secondary PDP Context.

[1] 3GPP TS 44.065

[2] 3GPP TS 25.323
[3] RFC1144
[4] RFC2507
[5] RFC3095

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGDSCONT=[<cid> ,<p_cid> [,<d_comp>[,<h_comp>]]]

Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a Secondary
PDP context identified by the (local) context Identification parameter,
<cid>.
The number of PDP contexts that may be in a defined state at the same
time is given by the range returned by the test command.
In EPS the command is used to define traffic flows.
A special form of the set command, +CGDSCONT= <cid> causes the values
for context number <cid> to become undefined.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - a numeric parameter which specifies a

particular PDP context definition. The
parameter is local to the TE-MT interface
and is used in other PDP context-related
commands. The range of permitted
values (minimum value = 1) is returned
by the test form of the command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 666 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<p_cid> integer - a numeric parameter which specifies a

particular PDP context definition which
has been specified by use of the
+CGDCONT command. The parameter is
local to the TE-MT interface. The list of
permitted values is returned by the test
form of the command.

<d_comp> integer 0 controls PDP data compression

(applicable for SNDCPonly) (refer 3GPP
TS 44.065 [61])

Values:

0 : off

1 : on(manufacturer preferred compression)

2 : V.42 bis

<h_comp> integer 0 controls PDP header compression (refer

3GPP TS 44.065 [61] and 3GPP TS 25.323
[62]).

Values:

0 : off

1 : on(manufacturer preferred compression)

2 : RFC1144 (applicable for SNDCP only)

3 : RFC2507

4 : RFC3095 (applicable for PDCP only)

AT+CGDSCONT?
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context
in the format:
+CGDSCONT: <cid>,<p_cid>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>[<CR><LF>
+CGDSCONT: <cid>,<p_cid>,<d_comp>,<h_comp> [...]]

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 667 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGDSCONT=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 668 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.32. AT+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status

Set command controls the presentation of the +CGREG: unsolicited result code

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CGREG=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the +CGREG: unsolicited result code, and
selects one of the available formats:

short format:
+CGREG:<stat>
long format:
+CGREG:<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>,<rac>]]

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the network registration

unsolicited result code (URC), and selects
one of the available formats.
The following events trigger the URC:
URC short format is displayed every time
there is a change in the network
registration status.
URC long format is displayed, according
to <mode> value, every time there is a
change of the network cell.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 669 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : disable the network registration unsolicited result

code

1 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the short format

2 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the long format (includes the
network cell identification data)

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<stat> integer registration status of the module

Values:

0 : not registered, terminal is not currently

searching a new operator to register to

1 : registered, home network

2 : not registered, but terminal is currently

searching a new operator to register to

3 : registration denied

4 : unknown

5 : registered, roaming

<lac> string the parameter reports:

Local Area Code when <AcT>=0 or 2
Tracking Area Code when <AcT>=7

<ci> string cell ID in hexadecimal format

<AcT> integer access technology of the registered network.

Values:

0 : GSM

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 670 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : UTRAN

7 : E-UTRAN

<rac> string routing area code (one byte) in hexadecimal format

Routing Area Code when <AcT>=0 or 2
Mobile Management Entity code when <AcT>=7

<lac>, <ci>, <AcT>, and <rac> network information is reported by

URC only if <mode>=2, and the module is registered on some
network cell.
<lac> and <rac> values will change <tac> and <mme_code> values
in LTE.

AT+CGREG?
Read command returns the current value of <mode>, the registration
status <stat>, and the network information (<lac>, <ci>, <AcT>, and <rac> )
according to the used <mode> parameter value.

+CGREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>,<rac>]]

<lac>, <ci>, <AcT>, and <rac> network information is reported only if

<mode>=2 or 4 and the module is registered on some network cell.
<lac> and<rac> values will change <tac> and <mme_code> values in LTE.

AT+CGREG=?
Test command returns supported values for parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 671 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.33. AT#SINGLEAPNSWITCH - set APN param change

This command sets APN param change.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SINGLEAPNSWITCH=<mode>
If it is enabled and an APN network identifier or APN-related parameter is
updated, Modem can re-activate PDN context with changed APN if there
are no application working on the activated PDN context and APN name is
changed. If the PDN context is for LTE attach, UE will attempt to reattach
with changed APN. In other systems, this command works as if it is
disabled.
If it is disabled, the changed APN will go into effect at the moment when
the PDN context is deactivated and then re-activated. Power recycling is
one of operations that will have new APN activated.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A Set enable or disable

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

Value set by command is directly stored in NVM and available at

next reboot.

default value is depended on network vendor. VZW/TELSTRA is 1.

no application means that user did not use #SGACT=1,1.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 672 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SINGLEAPNSWITCH?
Read command reports current configuration.

AT#SINGLEAPNSWITCH=?
Test command reports the supported range of values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 673 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.5.34. AT+CGSCONTRDP - Secondary PDP Context Read Dynamic

Parameters
This command returns parameters for a given <cid>.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGSCONTRDP[=<cid>]
The execution command returns <p_cid> and <bearer_id> parameters for
a given <cid>. If the context cannot be found an ERROR response is
returned. If the parameter <cid> is omitted, the <cid>, <p_cid> and
<bearer_id> are returned for all established PDP contexts. Format of the
returned message:

+CGSCONTRDP:<cid>,<p_cid>,<bearer_id>[<CR><LF>
+CGSCONTRDP:<cid>,<p_cid>,<bearer_id>[...]]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - specifies a particular PDP context or Traffic

Flows definition. The parameter is local to the
TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands.

Additional info:

Here is the list of the parameters meanings returned by the

+CGSCONTRDP command.

Name Type Default Description

<p_cid> integer - specifies a particular PDP

context definition or default EPS
context Identifier which has been

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 674 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

specified by use of the

+CGDCONT command. The
parameter is local to the TE-MT
interface.

<bearer_id> integer - identifies the bearer, EPS Bearer

in EPS and NSAPI in GPRS.

AT+CGSCONTRDP=?
The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts:

+CGSCONTRDP: (list of <cid>s associated with active contexts)

Parameters for network-initiated PDP contexts returned as well.

The dynamic part of the PDP context will only exist if established by
the network.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 675 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Phonebook

3.6.1. AT+CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage

This command selects phonebook memory storage, which is used by other phonebook
commands.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CPBS=<storage>[,<password>]
Set command selects phonebook memory storage, which is used by other
phonebook commands.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<storage> string "SM" the phonebook memory storage

Values:

"SM" : SIM phonebook

"FD" : SIM fixed dialing-phonebook (FDN) (only

phase 2/2+ SIM)

"LD" : SIM last-dialing-phonebook (+CPBF is not

applicable for this storage)

"MC" : device missed (unanswered received) calls list

(+CPBF is not applicable for this storage)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 676 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

"RC" : ME received calls list (+CPBF is not applicable

for this storage)

"MB" : mailbox numbers stored on SIM; it is possible

to select this storage only if the mailbox
service is provided by the SIM (see #MBN)

"DC" : ME last-dialing-phonebook (+CPBF is not

applicable for this storage)

"ME" : ME phonebook

"EN" : SIM emergency numbers phonebook (+CPBW

and +CPBF not applicable for this storage)

"ON" : SIM own numbers (MSISDNs) phonebook (MSI

storage may be available through +CNUM
also. +CPBF is not applicable for this storage)

"SD" : SIM Service Dialing Numbers (SDN)

phonebook (+CPBW is not applicable for this
storage)

<password> string - the PIN2-code required when selecting

PIN2-code locked <storage>s above
"FD"; If <password> parameter is given,
PIN2 will be verified, even if it is not
required, i.e. PIN2 is verified even if it
has already been inserted and verified
during current session.

If "SM" is the currently selected phonebook, selecting "FD"

phonebook with AT+CPBS="FD" command simply selects the FDN
as the phonebook upon which all subsequent +CPBW, +CPBF and
+CPBR commands act. The command does not deactivate "SM"
phonebook and does not activate FDN.

AT+CPBS?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 677 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns currently selected memory, number of used

locations and total number of locations in the memory, in the format:
+CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total>

For <storage>="MC": if there are more than one missed call from
the same number the read command will return only the last call.

AT+CPBS=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameter
<storage>.

Current phonebook storage is SIM.

AT+CPBS="SM"
OK
AT+CPBR=1
+CPBR: 1,"0105872928",129,"James"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 678 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.6.2. AT+CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries

The command reads phonebook entries.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>]
Execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range
<index1>...<index2> from the current phonebook memory storage selected
with +CPBS. If <index2> is left out, only location <index1> is returned.

The response format is:

[+CPBR:<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>][,<group>]
[,<adnumber>][,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>]]
...
[<CR><LF> +CPBR:<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>]
[,<group>][,<adnumber>] [,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>]]]

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index1> integer - value in the range of location numbers of

the currently selected phonebook memory
(see +CPBS)

<index2> integer - value in the range of location numbers of

the currently selected phonebook memory
(see +CPBS)

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 679 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

response parameters

Name Type Default Description

<indexn> integer - the location numbers of

phonebook memory

<number> string - phone number of format <type>

<type> integer N/A type of address octet

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme

(contains the character "+")

<text> string - the alphanumeric text

associated with the number;
character set as specified by
command select TE character
set +CSCS

<hidden> integer 0 indicates if the entry is hidden

or not

Values:

0 : phonebook entry not hidden

1 : phonebook entry hidden

<group> string - indicating a group the entry may

belong to; character set as
specified by command select TE
character set +CSCS

<adnumber> string - an additional phone number of

format <adtype>

<adtype> integer - type of address octet

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 680 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<secondtext> string - second text field associated

with the number; character set
as specified by command select
TE character set +CSCS

<email> string - email field; character set as

specified by command select TE
character set +CSCS

If "MC" is the currently selected phonebook memory storage, a

sequence of missed calls coming from the same number will be
saved as one missed call and +CPBR will show just one line of
information.

If all queried locations are empty (but available), no information

text lines may be returned. If listing fails in an MT error, +CME
ERROR: <err> is returned.

AT+CPBR=?
Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as
a compound value and the maximum lengths of <number>, <text>,
<group>, <secondtext> and <email>, in the format:

+CPBR: (<minIndex> -
<maxIndex>),<nlength>,<tlength>,<glength>,<slength>,<elength>

Additional info:

response parameters

Name Type Default Description

<minIndex> integer - the minimum <index> number

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 681 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<maxIndex> integer - the maximum <index> number

<nlength> integer - the maximum length of field

<number>

<tlength> integer - the maximum length of field

<text>

<glength> integer - the maximum length of field

<group>

<slength> integer - the maximum length of field

<secondtext>

<elength> integer - the maximum length of field

<email>

The value of <nlength> could vary, depending on the availability of

Extension service, in the following situations:
1. if "SM" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and
the SIM supports the Extension1 service
2. if "FD" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and
the SIM supports the Extension2 service
3. if "MB" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and
the SIM supports the Extension6 service

Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing

PB commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 682 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPBS="ME"
OK
AT+CPBS?
+CPBS: "ME",1,100

OK
AT+CPBR=?
+CPBR: (1-100),40,255

OK
AT+CPBR=1
+CPBR: 1,"01048771234",129,"James"

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 683 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.6.3. AT+CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries

This command search phonebook record from the current phonebook memory storage
selected with +CPBS.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CPBF=<findtext>
Execution command returns phonebook entries (from the current phonebook
memory storage selected with +CPBS) which alphanumeric field start with
string <findtext>.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<findtext> string - string to be searched among the

phonebook entries; character set as
specified by command select TE character
set +CSCS

Additional info:

This command returns the response in the following format:

[+CPBF:<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>][,<group>][,<adnumber>]
[,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>]<CR><LF>
+CPBF:<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>][,<group>][,<adnumber>]
[,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>][...]]]

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 684 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<indexn> integer - the location number of the phonebook

entry

<number> string - phone number of format <type>

<type> integer N/A type of address octet

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme (contains the

character "+")

<text> string - the alphanumeric text associated with the

number; character set as specified by
command select TE character set +CSCS

<group> string - a group the entry may belong to;

character set as specified by command
select TE character set +CSCS

<adnumber> string - an additional number of format <adtype>

<adtype> integer - type of address octet

<secondtext> string - a second text field associated with the

number; character set as specified by
command select TE character set +CSCS

<email> string - an email field; character set as specified

by command select TE character set
+CSCS

<hidden> string N/A indicates if the entry is hidden or not

Values:

0 : phonebook entry not hidden

1 : phonebook entry hidden

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 685 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CPBF is not applicable if the current selected storage (see +CPBS) is

either "MC", "RC" or "LD".

If <findtext>="", the command returns all the phonebook records.

If no PB records satisfy the search criteria, then an ERROR message is

reported.

AT+CPBF=?
Test command returns the maximum lengths of <number>, <text>, <group>,
<secondtext> and <email>, in the format:

+CPBF: <nlength>,<tlength>,<glength>,<slength>,<elength>
Additional info:

response parameters

Name Type Default Description

<nlength> integer - the maximum length of field <number>

<tlength> integer - the maximum length of field <text>

<glength> integer - the maximum length of field <group>

<slength> integer - the maximum length of field

<secondtext>

<elength> integer - the maximum length of field <email>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 686 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The value of <nlength> could vary, depending on the availability of

Extension service, in the following situations:
1. if "SM" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension1 service
2. if "FD" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension2 service
3. if "MB" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension6 service

Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing

PB commands.

Selecting phonebook
AT+CPBS="ME"
OK

Searching for string "J"

AT+CPBF="J"
+CPBF: 1,"01048771234",129,"James"
+CPBF: 2,"0169998888",129,"Jane"
OK

Searching for everything in phone book, and finding all entries

AT+CPBF=""
+CPBF: 1,"01048771234",129,"James"
+CPBF: 2,"0169998888",129,"Jane"
+CPBF: 7,"0115556666",129,"Juliet"
+CPBF: 5,"0181111234",129,"Kevin"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 687 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 688 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.6.4. AT+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry

This command writes phonebook entry in the current phonebook memory.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,<type>[,<text>[,<group>[,<adnumber>[,<adtype>
[,<secondtext>[,<email>[,<hidden>]]]]]]]]]
Execution command writes phonebook entry in location number <index> in the
current phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - the location numbers of phonebook

memory

<number> string - phone number in the format <type>

<type> integer 129 type of address octet

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme (contains the

character "+")

<text> string - the alphanumeric text associated with

the number; character set as specified
by command select TE character set
+CSCS

<group> string - a group the entry may belong to;

character set as specified by

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 689 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

command select TE character set

+CSCS

<adnumber> string - an additional number of format

<adtype>

<adtype> integer - type of address octet

<secondtext> string - a second text field associated with the

number; character set as specified by
command select TE character set
+CSCS

<email> string - email field; character set as specified

by command select TE character set
+CSCS

<hidden> integer 0 indicates if the entry is hidden or not

Values:

0 : phonebook entry not hidden

1 : phonebook entry hidden

If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten.

If either <number>, <type> and <text> are omitted, the phonebook entry in
location <index> is deleted.

If either "LD", "MC" or "RC" memory storage has been selected (see
+CPBS) it is possible just to delete the phonebook entry in location
<index>, therefore parameters <number>, <type> and <text> must be
omitted.

Before defining <group> string, it is recommended to check, with

#CPBGR command, the predefined group names, that could be already
stored in USIM in Grouping information Alpha String (GAS) file. If all
records in such file are already occupied, +CPBW command will return
ERROR when trying to use a new group name that is not in the predefined
GAS names. To define a new custom group string, it is necessary to

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 690 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

overwrite with it one of the old predefined strings, using #CPBGW

command.

AT+CPBW=?
Test command returns location range supported by the current storage and
types of address as compound values, the maximum length of <number> field,
supported number formats of the storage, the maximum length of <text> field,
the maximum length of <group>, the maximum length of <secondtext> and the
maximum length of <email>. The format is:

+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),<nlength>,(list of

supported <type>s),<tlength>, <glength>,<slength>,<elength>
Additional info:

response fields

Name Type Default Description

<nlength> integer - Maximum length of field <number>

<tlength> integer - Maximum length of field <text>

<glength> integer - Maximum length of field <group>

<slength> integer - Maximum length of field <secondtext>

<elength> integer - Maximum length of field <email>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 691 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

the value of <nlength> could vary, depending on the availability of

Extension service, in the following situations:
1. if "SM" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension1 service
2. if "FD" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension2 service
3. if "MB" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension6 service

Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing

PB commands.

if <index> is omitted or <index>=0, the number <number> is stored in the

first free phonebook location.

AT+CPBW=0,"+39040X192YZ1",129,"Text"
AT+CPBW=,"+39040X192YZ1",129,"Text"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 692 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.6.5. AT#CPBGR - Read Group Entries

This command returns Grouping information Alpha String (GAS) USIM file entries.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CPBGR=<indexFirst>[,<indexLast>]
Set command returns Grouping information Alpha String (GAS) USIM file
entries in location number range <indexFirst>...<indexLast>. If
<indexLast> is omitted, only location <indexFirst> is returned. The
response, for each location, is a string. This string is a name used for a
group the ADN entries can belong to.

The response format is:

[#CPBGR: <index1>,<text1>[<CR><LF>
#CPBGR: <index2>,<text2>[...]]]

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<indexFirst> integer - value in the range of location numbers

of GAS.

<indexLast> integer - value in the range of location numbers

of GAS.

Additional info:

Response parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - location number of the GAS entry

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 693 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<text> string - alphanumeric text associated to the

entry

AT#CPBGR=?
Test command returns the supported values of the parameters <indexn>
and the maximum length of <text> field, in the format:

#CPBGR: (<minIndex> - <maxIndex>),<tlength>

Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<minIndex> integer - minimum <index> number

<maxIndex> integer - maximum <index> number

<tlength> integer - maximum <text> field length

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 694 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.6.6. AT#CPBGW - Write Group Entry

Set command writes the name of a phonebook group <text> in the Grouping information
Alpha String (GAS) USIM file in a specified location number <index>.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CPBGW=<index>,<text>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - number of the record in the GAS file to be

written; value ranges from 1 to the number
of records of the GAS file, that varies from
USIM to USIM

<text> string - text to be stored in the record

If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten

AT#CPBGW=?
Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as
a compound value, and maximum length of <text> field. The format is:

+CPBGW: (list of supported <index>s),<tlength>

Additional info:

Parameter:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 695 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<tlength> integer - maximum length of field <text> in

bytes; actual maximum number of
characters that can be stored
depends upon <text> coding (see
+CSCS)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 696 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.6.7. AT#CPBD - Delete All Phonebook Entries

This command deletes all phonebook entries.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#CPBD
Execution command deletes all phonebook entries in the current
phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS.

AT#CPBD=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 697 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.6.8. AT#CPBE - Emergency Numbers Programming

This command is used to write the emergency number to "EN" phonebook for carrier
certification.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#CPBE=<index>[,<number>]
Set command writes the emergency number to "EN" phonebook.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer N/A index

Value:

1÷10 : index

<number> string - phone number

If <number> is omitted, the phonebook entry in location <index> is

deleted.

AT#CPBE?
Read command returns the emergency numbers stored by the user.

AT#CPBE=?
Test command reports the supported range of value for <index> and the
maximum length of <number>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 698 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPBR=1,117
+CPBR: 78,"911",129,"",,"","",,"",""
+CPBR: 79,"112",129,"",,"","",,"",""
+CPBR: 80,"*911",129,"",,"","",,"",""
+CPBR: 81,"#911",129,"",,"","",,"",""
+CPBR: 82,"*272911",129,"",,"","",,"",""
OK
AT#CPBE=1,"999"
OK
AT+CPBR=1,117
+CPBR: 68,"999",129,"",,"","",,"",""
+CPBR: 78,"911",129,"",,"","",,"",""
+CPBR: 79,"112",129,"",,"","",,"",""
+CPBR: 80,"*911",129,"",,"","",,"",""
+CPBR: 81,"#911",129,"",,"","",,"",""
+CPBR: 82,"*272911",129,"",,"","",,"",""
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 699 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

SIM

3.7.1. AT+CPIN - Enter the PIN

The command sends to the device a password which is necessary before it can be
operated.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]
Set command sends to the device a password which is necessary before it
can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.). If the PIN required
is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the <newpin> is required. The <newpin> will
replace the old pin in the SIM.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> string - PIN required or old PIN if the command is

used to change the SIM PIN

<newpin> string - new PIN that will replace old pin

AT+CPIN?
Read command reports the PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status of the device in
the form:

+CPIN: <code>
Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 700 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<code> string N/A PIN/PUK/PUK2

request status code

Values:

READY : ME is not pending for any

password

SIM PIN : ME is waiting SIM PIN to be

given

SIM PUK : ME is waiting SIM PUK to be

given

PH-SIM PIN : ME is waiting phone-to-SIM card

password to be given

PH-FSIM PIN : ME is waiting phone-to-very first

SIM card password to be given

PH-FSIM PUK : ME is waiting phone-to-very first

SIM card unblocking password
to be given

SIM PIN2 : ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be

given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed
command resulted in PIN2
authentication failure (i.e. +CME
ERROR: 17)

SIM PUK2 : ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be

given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed
command resulted in PUK2
authentication failure (i.e. +CME
ERROR: 18)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 701 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

PH-NET PIN : ME is waiting network

personalization password to be
given

PH-NET PUK : ME is waiting network

personalization unblocking
password to be given

PH-NETSUB PIN : ME is waiting network subset

personalization password to be
given

PH-NETSUB PUK : ME is waiting network subset

personalization unblocking
password to be given

PH-SP PIN : ME is waiting service provider

personalization password to be
given

PH-SP PUK : ME is waiting service provider

personalization unblocking
password to be given

PH-CORP PIN : ME is waiting corporate

personalization password to be
given

PH-CORP PUK : ME is waiting corporate

personalization unblocking
password to be given

Pin pending status at startup depends on PIN facility setting; to

change or query the default power up setting use the command
AT+CLCK.

AT+CPIN=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 702 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CMEE=1
OK

AT+CPIN?
+CME ERROR: 10 //error: you have to insert the SIM

AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY //you inserted the SIM and module is not waiting for PIN
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 703 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.2. AT+CPINR - Remaining PIN Retries

This command returns the number of remaining PIN retries for the MT passwords.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CPINR[=[<sel_code>]]
Execution command cause the MT to return the number of remaining PIN
retries for the MT passwords.
The intermediate response format is:

+CPINR: <code>,<retries>,<default_retries>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<sel_code> string - These values are strings and shall be

indicated within double quotes. It is
optional to support wildcard match by '*',
meaning match any (sub-)string.

Additional info:

One line with one intermediate result code is returned for every
<code> selected by <sel_code>.

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 704 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<code> string - type of PIN

<retries> integer - number of remaining

retries per PIN

<default_retries> integer - number of default/initial

retries per PIN

AT+CPINR=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT+CPINR="SIM*"
+CPINR: SIM PIN,3,3
+CPINR: SIM PUK,10,10
+CPINR: SIM PIN2,0,3
+CPINR: SIM PUK2,2,10

OK
AT+CPINR="*SIM*"
+CPINR: SIM PIN,3,3
+CPINR: SIM PUK,10,10
+CPINR: SIM PIN2,0,3
+CPINR: SIM PUK2,2,10
+CPINR: PH-FSIM PIN,10,10
+CPINR: PH-FSIM PUK,0,0

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 705 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.3. AT#PCT - Display PIN Counter

This command reports the PIN/PUK or PIN2/PUK2 input remaining attempts, if +CPIN
password is required.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#PCT
Execution command reports the PIN/PUK or PIN2/PUK2 input remaining
attempts, depending on +CPIN requested password, in the format:

#PCT: <n>
Additional info:

Here is shown the parameter meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A remaining attempts.

Values:

0 : the SIM is blocked

1÷3 : if the device is waiting either SIM PIN or SIM

PIN2 to be given.

1÷10 : if the device is waiting either SIM PUK or SIM

PUK2 to be given.

AT#PCT=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 706 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK

AT#PCT Check PIN remained counter

#PCT: 3
OK

AT+CPIN=1111 Input incorrect PIN number

+CME ERROR: incorrect password

AT#PCT
#PCT: 2
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 707 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.4. AT+ICCID - Read ICCID

Execution command reads on SIM the Integrated Circuit Card Identification (ICCID). It is
the card identification number that provides a unique identification number for the SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+ICCID
The command returns the following message:

+ICCID: <ICCID>

AT+ICCID=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT+ICCID
+ICCID: 89861109091740011006

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 708 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.5. AT+CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

This command returns the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI).

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CIMI
Execution command returns the value of the International Mobile
Subscriber Identity stored in the SIM without command echo.

If the SIM is not inserted, the command returns ERROR.

AT+CIMI=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT+CIMI
22201701202507
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 709 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.6. AT#CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

This command returns the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CIMI
Execution command returns the value of the International Mobile
Subscriber Identity stored in the SIM with command echo.

If the SIM is not inserted, the command returns ERROR.

AT#CIMI=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#CIMI
#CIMI: 450050209516643
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 710 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.7. AT+CRSM - Restricted SIM access

The command transmits to the UICC some specific commands and their required
parameters.

3GPP TS 11.11/51.011
3GPP TS 27.007
ETSI TS 102 221

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CRSM=<command>[,<fileId>[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>[,<pathid>]]]]
Set command transmits to the MT the SIM <command> and its required
parameters. The MT handles internally all SIM-MT interface locking and
file selection routines. As response to the command, MT sends the actual
SIM information parameters and response data. The response of the
command is in the format:

+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]

For parameters meanings see Additional info section.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<command> integer N/A command passed on by the MT to the

SIM

Values:

176 : READ BINARY

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 711 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

178 : READ RECORD

192 : GET RESPONSE

214 : UPDATE BINARY

220 : UPDATE RECORD

242 : STATUS

<fileId> integer - identifier of an elementary data file on

SIM. Mandatory for every command
except STATUS.

<P1> integer N/A parameter passed on by the MT to the

SIM. It is mandatory for every
command except GET RESPONSE and
STATUS.

Value:

0÷255 : parameter passed on by the MT to the SIM

<P2> integer N/A parameter passed on by the MT to the

SIM. It is mandatory for every
command except GET RESPONSE and
STATUS.

Value:

0÷255 : parameter passed on by the MT to the SIM

<P3> integer N/A parameter passed on by the MT to the

SIM. It is mandatory for every
command except GET RESPONSE and
STATUS.

Value:

0÷255 : parameter passed on by the MT to the SIM

<data> string - information which shall be written to

the SIM (hexadecimal character
format).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 712 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<pathid> string - contains the path of an elementary file

on the SIM/UICC in hexadecimal
format. This shall only be used in the
mode "select by path from MF" (e.g.
"7F205F70").

Additional info:

Response data fields:

Name Type Default Description

<sw1> integer - information from the SIM about

the execution of the
actual command (successful or
failed)

<sw2> integer - information from the SIM about

the execution of the
actual command (successful or
failed)

<response> hex - response of a successful

completion of the command
previously issued (hexadecimal
character format). STATUS and
GET RESPONSE return data,
which gives information about the
current elementary data field.
This information includes the type
of file and its size. After READ
BINARY, READ RECORD or
RETRIEVE DATA command the
requested data will be returned.
<response> is not returned after
a successful UPDATE BINARY,
UPDATE RECORD or SET DATA
command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 713 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Use only decimal numbers for parameters <command>, <fileid>,

<P1>, <P2> and <P3>.

AT+CRSM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 714 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read binary, ICCID(2FE2)

AT+CRSM=176,12258,0,0,10
+CRSM: 144,0,982850702001107686F4
OK

Read record, ADN(6F3A)

AT+CRSM=178,28474,1,4,40
+CRSM:
144,0,42434A554EFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF06811056789282FFFFFFFFFFFFFF
OK

Update Binary, KcGPRS(6F52)

AT+CRSM=214,28539,0,0,8,C69018C7958C87
+CRSM: 144,0
OK

Update Record, ADN(6F3A)

AT+CRSM=220,28474,9,4,30,657469FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFF FFFFFFFFFFF
+CRSM: 144,0
OK

Status, FPLMN(6F7B)
AT+CRSM=242,28539
+CRSM:144,0,623C820238218410A0000000871002FFFFFFFF89040300FFA511800131
81030 10A3282011E8304000030E08A01058B032F0609C6099001C0830101830181
OK

Get Response, MSISDN(6F40)

AT+CRSM=192,28480
+CRSM:
144,0,621E8205422100260283026F40A5039201008A01058B036F06058002004C8800
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 715 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.8. AT+CSIM - Generic SIM Access

This command sends a generic command to the UICC.

[1] 3GPP TS 11.11

[2] 3GPP TS 31.101
[3] 3GPP TS 31.102

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CSIM=<length>,<command>
Set command transmits to the MT the <command>, it then shall send as it
is to the SIM. As response to the command, MT sends back the actual
UICC <response> to the TA as it is. The response message of the
command is in the format:

+CSIM: <length>,<response>

Error case:
+CME ERROR: <err>

The response messages parameters are described in the Additional info

section.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - characters number of the <command>

sent to UICC (two times the actual
length of the command)

<command> string - command passed on by the MT to the

UICC in the format as described in

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 716 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3GPP TS 51.011 (hexadecimal

character format, refer to +CSCS)

Additional info:

List of the meaning of the response messages parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - characters number of the

<response> sent to TE (two times
the actual length of the response)

<response> string - response to the command passed

on by the UICC to the TE in the
format as described in 3GPP TS
51.011 (hexadecimal character
format; refer +CSCS)

<err> string - error values (numeric format

followed by verbose format)

AT+CSIM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT+CSIM=<lock>
This special form of the command has no effect and is kept only for
backward compatibility.

Parameters:
<lock>=1 locking of the interface
<lock>=0 unlocking of the interface

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 717 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• 2G SIM, see standard [1]:

STATUS
AT+CSIM=10,A0F2000016
+CSIM:48,"000002A87F20020000000000099300220800838A838A9000"
OK

SELECT EF 6F07
AT+CSIM=14,A0A40000026F07
+CSIM: 4,"9F0F"
OK

GET RESPONSE
AT+CSIM=10,A0C000000F
+CSIM: 34,"000000096F0704001A001A010200009000"
OK

SELECT EF 6F30
AT+CSIM=14,A0A40000026F30
+CSIM: 4,"9F0F"
OK

READ BINARY
AT+CSIM=10,A0B00000FC
+CSIM:508,"FFFFFF1300831300901300541300301300651300381300801301801
3000113110913013013009813007713005913004313008113009513014013002313
0016330420130041FFFFFFFFFFFF21436542F41922F28822F201FFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF9000"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 718 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.9. AT+CCHO - Open Logical Channel

Open Logical Channel

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CCHO=<dfname>
Execution command causes the MT to return <sessionId> to allow the TE
to identify a channel that is being allocated by the currently selected UICC,
which is attached to ME. The currently selected UICC will open a new
logical channel, select the application identified by the <dfname> received
with this command and return a <sessionId> as the response. The ME
shall restrict the communication between the TE and the UICC to this
logical channel.

The response message of the command is in the format:

+CCHO: <sessionId>

The <sessionId> is described in the Additional info section.

Error case:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<dfname> string - all selectable applications in the UICC are

referenced by a DF name coded on 1 to 16
bytes

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 719 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

Response parameter

Name Type Default Description

<sessionId> integer - a session Id to be used in order to

target a specific application on
the smart card (e.g. (U)SIM, WIM,
ISIM) using logical channels
mechanism

The logical channel number is contained in the CLASS byte of an

APDU command, thus implicitly contained in all APDU commands
sent to a UICC. In this case it will be up to the MT to manage the
logical channel part of the APDU CLASS byte and to ensure that the
chosen logical channel is relevant to the <sessionId> indicated in
the AT command.

This <sessionId> is to be used when sending commands with

Generic UICC Logical Channel access +CGLA commands.

AT+CCHO=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 720 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.10. AT+CCHC - Close Logical Channel

Close Logical Channel

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CCHC=<sessionId>
Execution command asks the ME to close a communication session with the
active UICC. The ME shall close the previously opened logical channel. The
TE will no longer be able to send commands on this logical channel. The
UICC will close the logical channel when receiving this command.

Error case:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<sessionId> integer - a session Id to be used in order to

target a specific application on the
smart card (e.g. (U)SIM, WIM, ISIM)
using logical channels mechanism

AT+CCHC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 721 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.11. AT+CGLA - Generic UICC Logical Channel Access

This command is used to control the currently selected UICC on the TE.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGLA=<sessionId>,<length>,<command>
Set command transmits to the MT the <command> it then shall send as it
is to the selected UICC. In the same manner the UICC <response> shall be
sent back by the MT to the TA as it is. This command allows a direct control
of the currently selected UICC by a distant application on the TE. The TE
shall then take care of processing the received UICC information.
The response of the command is in the format:

+CGLA: <length>,<response>

Error case:
+CME ERROR: <err>

The response messages parameters are described in the Additional info

section.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sessionId> integer - the identifier of the session to be used

in order to send the APDU commands
to the UICC. It is mandatory to send
commands to the UICC when targeting

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 722 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

applications on the smart card using a

logical channel other than the default
channel (channel "0").

<length> integer - length of the characters that are sent

to TE in <command> (two times the
actual length of the command)

<command> string - command passed on by the MT to the

UICC in the format as described in
3GPP TS 31.101 (hexadecimal
character format; refer +CSCS).

Additional info:

List of the meaning of the response messages parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - length of the characters that are

sent to TE in the <response> (two
times the actual length of the
response)

<response> string - response to the command passed

on by the UICC to the MT in the
format as described in 3GPP TS
31.101 (hexadecimal character
format; refer +CSCS).

<err> string - error values (numeric format

followed by verbose format)

AT+CGLA=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 723 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.12. AT+CUAD - UICC Application Discovery

This command asks the MT to discover what applications are available for selection on
the UICC.

3GPP TS 27.007
ETSI TS 102.221

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CUAD
This command asks the MT to discover what applications are available
for selection on the UICC. The ME shall access and read the EFDIR file in
the UICC and return the values that are stored in the records.

Response syntax:
+CUAD: <response>

The parameter is described in the Additional info section.

Additional info:

the parameter meaning

Name Type Default Description

<response> string - the content of the EFDIR;

hexadecimal character format

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 724 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CUAD=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 725 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.13. AT#CCID - Read ICCID

Execution command reads on SIM the Integrated Circuit Card Identification (ICCID). It is
the card identification number that provides a unique identification number for the SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CCID
The command returns the following message:

#CCID: <ICCID>
OK

AT#CCID=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#CCID
#CCID: 89861109091740011006
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 726 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.14. AT#SIMPR - SIM Presence Status

The command enables/disables the SIM presence status unsolicited indication.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#SIMPR=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the SIM presence status unsolicited
indication in the ME. This command reports also the status of the remote
SIM, if the SIM Access Profile (SAP) functionality is supported and has
been enabled by AT#RSEN command.
If notification is enabled, the ME informs about every (local and remote)
SIM status changes through the following URC:

#SIMPR: <SIM>,<status>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 notification type

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<SIM> integer local or remote SIM

Values:

0 : local SIM

1 : remote SIM

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 727 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<status> integer current SIM status

Values:

0 : SIM not inserted

1 : SIM inserted

Entering AT#SIMPR= returns OK but has no effect.

AT#SIMPR?
Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #SIMPR is
currently enabled or not, along with the local and remote SIM status, in
the format:

#SIMPR: <mode>,0,<status><CR><LF>
#SIMPR: <mode>,1,<status>

If SAP functionality is not supported or enabled, the remote SIM

status is always 0.

AT#SIMPR=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 728 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.15. AT#QSS - Query SIM Status

Query SIM Status.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#QSS=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the Query SIM Status unsolicited
indication in the ME. The format of the unsolicited indication is the
following:

#QSS: <status>

The parameter is described in the Unsolicited field section.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Type of notification

Values:

0 : disabled. It is only possible to query the current SIM

status through read command AT#QSS?

1 : enabled. The ME informs at every SIM status change

through the unsolicited indication where <status>
range is 0...1

2 : enabled. The ME informs at every SIM status change

through the unsolicited indication where <status>
range is 0...3

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 729 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<status> integer current SIM status

Values:

0 : SIM not inserted

1 : SIM inserted

2 : SIM inserted and PIN unlocked

3 : SIM inserted and READY (SMS and

Phonebook access are possible)

The command reports the SIM status change after the <mode> has
been set to 2.
It is strongly suggested to set <mode>=2 and save the value in the
user profile, then power off the module. The proper SIM status will
be available at the next power on.

AT#QSS?
Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #QSS is
currently enabled or not, along with the SIM status, in the format:

#QSS: <mode>,<status>

The parameters are described in the previous sections.

AT#QSS=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 730 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.16. AT#SIMSELECT - SIM Slot Switch

SIM Slot Switch

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SIMSELECT=<slot>
Set command selects to activate one of the two SIM slots to support Dual
SIM Single Standby (DSSS).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<slot> integer 1 SIM slot

Values:

1 : SIM slot 1

2 : SIM slot 2

To select SIM slot 2 on LE910Cx series, SIM slot 2 must be

activated by AT#ENSIM2 command (AT#ENSIM2=1).

AT#SIMSELECT?
Read command reports the activate SIM slot, in the format:

#SIMSELECT: <slot>

AT#SIMSELECT=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 731 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter

<slot>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 732 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.17. AT#RSEN - Remote SIM Enable

This command used to enable or disable the remote SIM feature.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#RSEN=<mode>[,<sap_format>,<role>,<port>,<beacon>]
Set command enables/disables the Remote SIM feature.
If the status of the remote SIM changes, then the status is shown with the
following URC:

#RSEN: <conn>
<conn> parameter is described in Unsolicited fields section.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A mode

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<sap_format> integer 1 SAP format

Value:

1 : binary SAP

<role> integer 0 client or server role

Value:

0 : remote SIM client

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 733 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<port> integer 1 mandatory if <mode> is 1 and

<sap_format> is 1

Value:

1 : dummy value

<beacon> integer 0 retransmission timer of SAP

connection request

Value:

0÷100 : timer interval in seconds (dummy value)

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<conn> integer connection status

Values:

0 : disconnected

1 : connected

AT#RSEN?
Read command returns the connection status of the remote SIM, in the
format:
#RSEN: <conn>

AT#RSEN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<mode>, <sap_format>, <role>, <port> and <beacon>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 734 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This command is not supported in the following models.

- LE910C1-SA/SV/ST
- LE910C1-EUX/SVX/SAX
- LE910Cx-WWX

To connect the remote SIM

AT#RSEN=1,1,0,1,0
OK
#RSEN: 1

To disconnect the remote SIM

AT#RSEN=0
OK
#RSEN: 0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 735 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.18. AT#ENSIM2 - Enable SIM Slot2

This command enables/disables SIM slot2.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENSIM2=<mode>
Set command enables/disables SIM slot2.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A mode

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

The new setting is applied to next boot.

In LE910Cx-AP/EU/NF, LE910C1-NA/NS and LE910C1-EUX, the

default value of the parameter <mode> is 0. The default value of all
other models is 1.

AT#ENSIM2?
Read command reports the status of SIM slot2, in the format:

#ENSIM2: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 736 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ENSIM2=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 737 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.19. AT#HSEN - Hot-Swap Enable

This command enables/disables the hot-swap function.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#HSEN=<mode>
Set command enables/disables the hot-swap function.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 hot-swap mode

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

AT#HSEN?
Read command reports the hot-swap status, in the format:

#HSEN: <mode>

AT#HSEN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 738 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If SIMIN pin is not connected, the hot-swap function cannot be

supported.

The changed setting is applied to the next boot.

Please set as disable if you want not to use this feature.

SIMIN pin is connected and SIM is inserted.

AT#HSEN?
#HSEN: 1
OK
AT#SIMPR?
#SIMPR: 1,0,1
#SIMPR: 1,1,0
OK

Remove SIM card.

#SIMPR: 0,0

Insert SIM card.

#SIMPR: 0,1

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 739 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.20. AT#SIMINCFG - SIMIN Pin Configuration

This command allows to set the SIMIN pin status for SIM detection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SIMINCFG=<GPIOPin>,<siminDetMode>
Set command sets SIMIN pin status for SIM detection.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<GPIOPin> integer - number of the GPIO pin used as

SIMIN pin. Actually, it is a dummy
parameter that is not used.

<siminDetMode> integer 0 status of SIMIN pin for SIM

detection

Values:

0 : SIMIN pin LOW means SIM inserted. HIGH

means SIM removed.

1 : SIMIN pin LOW means SIM removed. HIGH

means SIM inserted.

For products with extended memory (e.g. LE910C1-LA, LE910C1-

EU, LE910C1-NV e-var), the default value for parameter
<siminDetMode> is 1.

AT#SIMINCFG?
Read command reports the selected SIMIN pin status in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 740 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#SIMINCFG: 0,<siminDetMode>

AT#SIMINCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range of value for parameters
<GPIOPin> and <siminDetMode>.

If SIMIN pin is not connected, the hot-swap function cannot be supported.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 741 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.21. AT#ESIMID - Provides the EUICC ID

This command provides the unique ID number for the eUICC card present in the slot.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ESIMID=<slot>
Set command provides the unique ID number for the eUICC card present
in the slot.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<slot> integer N/A Slot for which the EID is requested

Values:

1 : Slot 1

2 : Slot 2

Additional info:

Response:
#ESIMID: <eid_value>

Name Type Default Description

<eid_value> hex - The EID value

AT#ESIMID=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<slot>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 742 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 743 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.22. AT#ESIMPF - Manage the profiles

This command queries, switches or deletes the profiles supported by the card.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#ESIMPF=<mode>,<slot>[,<profile_id>[,<enable_profile>]]
Set command queries, switches or deletes the profiles supported by the
card. The response contains a list of profiles supported by the card and
profile information of the currently active profile.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A mode information

Values:

0 : queries the profiles

1 : switches the profiles

2 : deletes the profiles

<slot> string N/A Slot information

Values:

1 : Slot 1

2 : Slot 2

<profile_id> integer N/A profile ID information

Values:

1 : profile 1

2 : profile 2

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 744 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : profile 3

4 : profile 4

5 : profile 5

6 : profile 6

7 : profile 7

8 : profile 8

<enable_profile> integer N/A Profile enable or not

Values:

0 : disable the profile

1 : enable the profile

Additional info:

If you want queries the profile, only two parameters <mode> and
<slot> are needed. The return value is as follow.
Response about queries the profile:
#ESIMPF: <profile_id>,<profile_type>

Name Type Default Description

<profile_type> integer N/A Profile type information

Values:

0 : Profile type regular

1 : Profile type emergency

If you want deletes the profile, only three parameters <mode>,

<slot> and <profile_id> are needed. The return value is OK or
ERROR.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 745 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If you want switches the profile, all parameters are needed. The
return value is OK or ERROR.

AT#ESIMPF=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<mode>,<slot>,<profile_id>,<enable_profile>

Profile query:
AT#ESIMPF=0,1
#ESIMPF: 1,0
#ESIMPF: 2,0
OK

Switches the profile:

AT#ESIMPF=1,1,2,1
OK

Deletes the profile:

AT#ESIMPF=2,1,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 746 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.23. AT#ESIMPFINFO - Provides the profile data

This command provides the profile data for the profile ID.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#ESIMPFINFO=<slot>,<profile_id>
Set command provides the profile data for the profile ID in request.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<slot> integer N/A Slot information

Values:

1 : Slot 1

2 : Slot 2

<profile_id> integer N/A Profile ID information

Values:

1 : profile 1

2 : profile 2

3 : profile 3

4 : profile 4

5 : profile 5

6 : profile 6

7 : profile 7

8 : profile 8

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 747 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

Response:
#ESIMPFINFO:
<iccid>,<profile_state>,<profile_nickname>,<profile_spn>,<profile_name>,<profi
le_class>,<profile_rules>

Name Type Default Description

<iccid> integer - Card identification number

<profile_state> integer N/A Profile state information

Values:

0 : inactive profile

1 : active profile

<profile_nickname> string - Nickname of profile

<profile_spn> string - The profile service provider

<profile_name> string - Name of profile

<profile_class> integer N/A Profile class information

Values:

0 : Test profile

1 : Provisioning profile

2 : Operational profile

<profile_rules> integer - Indicates the profile policy rules

applicable for this profile. If this
parameter is missing, it indicates
there is no profile policy rule
associated with this profile.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 748 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ESIMPFINFO=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<slot>,<profile_id>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 749 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.24. AT#ESIMUPN - Updates the nickname

This command updates the nickname of the requested profile.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#ESIMUPN=<slot>,<profile_id>,<nickname>
Set command updates the nickname of the requested profile. If the
nickname is missing or has zero length, the nickname is removed from
profile.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<slot> integer N/A Slot information

Values:

1 : Slot 1

2 : Slot 2

<profile_id> integer N/A Profile ID information

Values:

1 : profile 1

2 : profile 2

3 : profile 3

4 : profile 4

5 : profile 5

6 : profile 6

7 : profile 7

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 750 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

8 : profile 8

<nickname> string - Nickname information, supported 0 ~

64 character string.

AT#ESIMUPN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<slot>,<profile_id>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 751 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.25. AT#ESIMGETADDR - Configures the default SM-DP+ address

This command configures the default SM-DP+ address on the eUICC.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#ESIMGETADDR=<slot>[,<default_smdp_addr>]
Set command configures the default SM-DP+ address on the eUICC.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<slot> integer N/A Slot information

Values:

1 : slot 1

2 : slot 2

<default_smdp_addr> string - Support 0 ~ 255 character

string. Indicates the address
that must be configured on
the eUICC as the default SM-
DP+ address.

Additional info:

If <default_smdp_addr> is set to 0, the command removes the

default SM-DP+ address from the eUICC.

If the default SM-DP+ address is missing, the command retrieves

the default SM-DS address configured on the eUICC. It can also
return the default SM-DP+ address if it is configured on the eUICC.
Response:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 752 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#ESIMGETADDR: <default_smds_address>,<default_smdp_addr>

Name Type Default Description

<default_smds_address> string - default SM-DS

address

AT#ESIMGETADDR=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<slot>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 753 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.26. AT#ESIMCAP - Sets or gets the terminal capability

This command allows the client to set the contents of the TERMINAL CAPABILITY
command that is sent to the card as part of card initialization procedure.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#ESIMCAP=<slot>[,<tag>,<value>,<remove_tlv>]
Set command allows the client to set the contents of the TERMINAL
CAPABILITY command that is sent to the card as part of card initialization
procedure. The configuration set by this command is applicable only from
the next card initialization.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<slot> integer N/A Slot information

Values:

1 : Slot 1

2 : Slot 2

<tag> integer N/A Terminal capability tag, according to

ETSI TS 102.221. The service allows
the client to update only certain tags
including

Values:

82 : additional interface support

83 : eUICC-related capabilities

<value> integer - Value of the terminal capability.

<remove_tlv> integer N/A Indicates whether this TLV should be

removed from the terminal capability

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 754 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

that is sent to the card. When this is

set to TRUE, the value field is ignored.

Values:

0 : not remove the terminal capability

1 : remove the terminal capability, the value field is

ignored

Additional info:

In case <tag> is '82':

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer N/A Value of the terminal capability.

Values:

0 : UICC-CLF interface according to ETSI TS

102.613 not supported

1 : UICC-CLF interface according to ETSI TS

102.613 supported

In case <tag> is '83':

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer N/A unsigned Integer used as a bit field,

according to GSMA SGP.22
0 … 255 - used as a bit field:
bit1:
0 - Local User Interface in the Device
(LUId) not supported
1 - Local User Interface in the Device
(LUId) supported

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 755 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

bit2:
0 - Local Profile Download in the
Device (LPDd) not supported
1 - Local Profile Download in the
Device (LPDd) supported
bit3:
0 - Local Discovery Service in the
Device (LDSd) not supported
1 - Local Discovery Service in the
Device (LDSd) supported
bit4:
0 - LUIe based on SCWS not
supported
1 - LUIe based on SCWS supported
bit5 to 8: reserved for future.

Value:

0÷255 : eUICC-related capabilities

If there is only <slot> parameter in set command, this command

returns Terminal Capability set in card as follows:
Response:
#ESIMCAP: <terminal_cap_len>,< tag >,<value>,<tag>,<value> ……

Name Type Default Description

<terminal_cap_len> integer - number of sets of <tag>

and <value>

<tag> integer N/A Terminal capability tag,

according to ETSI TS
102.221. The service
allows the client to

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 756 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

update only certain tags

including.

Values:

80 : Terminal power supply

81 : Extended logical channels

terminal support

82 : additional interface support

83 : eUICC-related capabilities

<value> mixed - In case <tag> is '80':

<value> - Hex value,
within the constructed
TLV object.
First byte - Actual used
supply voltage class
Second byte - Maximum
available power supply of
the terminal ('0A' to '3C')
Third byte - Actual used
clock frequency ('0A' to
'FF')

In case <tag> is '81':

<value> - The extended
logical channels terminal
support TLV with zero
length. In order to allow
future extension of this
TLV.

AT#ESIMCAP=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 757 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters

<slot>,<tag>,<remove_tlv>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 758 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.27. AT#ESIMPFUC - Provides the user consent

This command provides the user consent to the service which is required for proceeding
with the profile download/installation operation after receiving a
UIM_ADD_PROFILE_IND indication with status set to
UIM_PROFILE_USER_CONSENT_REQUIRED.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ESIMPFUC=<slot>,<user_consent>
Set command provides the user consent to the service which is required
for proceeding with the profile download/installation operation after
receiving a UIM_ADD_PROFILE_IND indication with status set to
UIM_PROFILE_USER_CONSENT_REQUIRED.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<slot> integer N/A Slot information

Values:

1 : Slot 1

2 : Slot 2

<user_consent> integer N/A User consent information

Values:

0 : Not OK for profile operation

1 : OK for profile operation

AT#ESIMPFUC=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 759 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters

<slot>,<user_consent>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 760 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.28. AT#ESIMADDPF - Allows download a new profile

This command allows the eUICC card to download a new profile based on the activation
code and confirmation code provided.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ESIMADDPF=<slot>,<act_code>[,<conf_code>[,<user_consent>]]
Set command allows the eUICC card to download a new profile based on the
activation code and confirmation code provided.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<slot> integer 1 Slot information

Values:

1 : Slot 1

2 : Slot 2

<act_code> string - Indicated the activation code

required for downloading a profile.

<conf_code> string - Indicated the confirmation code

required for downloading a profile.

<user_consent> integer 0 Indicates whether the control point

is able to support a request for
consent from the user.

Values:

0 : User consent not supported

1 : User consent supported

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 761 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Indication during profile download:

#ESIMADDPF:
<slot>,<status>[,<error_cause>,<percentage>,<pp_rule>,<user_consent_neede
d>]

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<slot> integer Slot information

<status> integer Indicates the status of profile download and

install.
Values:

1 : Profile download error

2 : Profile download in progress with

download percentage.

3 : Profile download is complete, and

installation is in progress.

4 : Profile installation is complete.

5 : User consent is required for

proceeding with
download/installation of profile.

<error_cause> integer Indicates the cause of the download error.

Values:

1 : Profile download generic error.

2 : Profile download error from the

SIM card.

3 : Profile download error from the

network.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 762 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

4 : Profile download error no memory

on terminal.

5 : Profile download error unsupported

profile class.

6 : Profile download error profile policy

rules not allowed.

<percentage> integer Percentage of download/installation done.

<pp_rule> integer Indicates the profile policy rules for this

profile.

<user_consent_needed> integer Indicates whether user consent is required

or not.

AT#ESIMADDPF=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<slot>,<user_consent>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 763 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.29. AT#ESIMMEMRST - Resets the eUICC card

This command resets the eUICC card present on given slot based on the provided
option.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ESIMMEMRST=<slot>,<option_1>,<option_2>,<option_3>
Set command resets the eUICC card present on given slot based on the
provided option. If two or more options are set, the action is taken for all
those set options.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<slot> integer N/A Slot information

Values:

1 : Slot 1

2 : Slot 2

<option_1> integer N/A Option 1

Values:

0 : do not action

1 : delete all the test profiles

<option_2> integer N/A Option 2

Values:

0 : do not action

1 : delete all operational profiles

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 764 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<option_3> integer N/A Option 3

Values:

0 : do not action

1 : reset the default SM-DP+ address

AT#ESIMMEMRST=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for
parameters <slot>,<option_1>,<option_2> and <option_3>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 765 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.30. AT#VSIMSETPROF - Set Virtual SIM profile

This command selects and activates a Virtual SIM profile.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#VSIMSETPROF=<profId>[,<storeNewMode>]
Execution command selects and activates a Virtual SIM profile or
deactivates the Virtual SIM profile and instructs the device to use the
UICC, using the unconditional activation (i.e. without any possibility to fall
back).
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<profId> integer 0 indicates the profile identifier.

Values:

0 : the profile 0 represents the UICC

1 : refer to the secured storage table that

includes all the subscription data

<storeNewMode> integer 1 Flag to store <profId> selection

in file system.

Values:

0 : do not store <profId> in file system

1 : store <profId> in file system

SET, READ, TEST commands return always immediate ERROR if

Virtual SIM application is not present\corrupted or wrong key is
present.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 766 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#VSIMSETPROF=1 returns immediate ERROR in case SIM profile is

missing (i.e. #SECT, #SECP operations has not been performed
yet).

#VSIMSETPROF=0 returns immediate ERROR in case physical SIM

is missing.

Expect 3 - 4 seconds delay when SIM switch is performed in warm

status (module already running) from physical SIM, 2 seconds from
virtual SIM.

If request is performed immediately after AT parser availability, it

can require 3 seconds more. If first response is ERROR please
retry, it could be due to booting process. To avoid that, send a TEST
command before.

AT#VSIMSETPROF?
Read command reports the current value of parameter in the format:

#VSIMSETPROF: <profId>

A special value of 255 indicates that the physical SIM is selected, but a SIM
is not inserted

AT#VSIMSETPROF=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the input
parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 767 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.31. AT#VSIMLISTPROF - List existing profiles

This command display ICCID list of existing profiles to manage Virtual SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#VSIMLISTPROF
Execution command causes the module to list ICCIDs that have been
retrieved from the Virtual SIM.
Additional info:

The data are shown in the following format:

#VSIMLISTPROF: <index>,<active>, <ICCIDx>

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - Profile index to be used to select

the profile. The number of
supported profiles depends upon
the Virtual SIM.

<active> integer N/A Parameter indicating whether the

profile is the currently active
(selected) one.

Values:

0 : not active

1 : active

<ICCIDx> string - ICCID of the <index> profile

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 768 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

SET, TEST commands return always immediate ERROR if Virtual

SIM application is not present, corrupted or wrong key is present.

Can take 3 - 4 s when performed the first time in warm status

(module already running) if physical SIM is active, 2 s if virtual is
active.

If request is performed immediately after AT parser availability,

can require 3 s more. If first response is ERROR please retry,
could be due to booting process. To avoid that, send TEST
command before.

AT#VSIMLISTPROF=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 769 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.32. AT#VSIMSTAT - Display general details of VSIM

This command displays the details associated with the VSIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#VSIMSTAT
Execution command returns a range of information about the VSIM with
the follow format:
#VSIMSTAT: <simos state>,<last error>,<perso>,<perso error>

Additional info:

Parameters description

Name Type Default Description

<simos integer N/A State of VSIM

state>

Values:

0 : No SimOs present

1 : SimOs is present, but it is not running

2 : SimOs running

3 : SimOs disabled

4 : SimOs corrupted

5 : Generic fail

6 : SimOs timeout during startup

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 770 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<last integer 0 last error

error>

Value:

0 : No error

<perso> integer N/A personalization file

Values:

0 : No vsim_perso file present

1 : The vsim_perso file is present

2 : Error in the personalization file and

presence of vsim_perso_err file

<perso string N/A personalization error

error>

Values:

0 : No vsim_perso file present

String : String taken from vsim_perso_err file

The value <last error> is always 0, because last error is not

enabled until further enhancements.

AT#VSIMSTAT=?
Test command returns OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 771 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.33. AT#VSIMVER - Get SIM version

This command returns the version of the Virtual SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#VSIMVER
Execution command returns the Virtual SIM version followed by an OK at
Newline, or ERROR if the Virtual SIM is not present or not active.

To get the version from AT#VSIMVER, it is only needed that the

Virtual SIM is running.

The return string from AT#VSIMVER is a hexadecimal string, e.g.:

#VSIMVER: "02040A0C02040A0C02"
Maximum length of the string is 66 chars.

AT#VSIMVER=?
Test command returns OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 772 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.7.34. AT#SIMDET - SIM Detection Mode

This command manages the SIM detection mode.

[1] Telit Hardware Design Guide of the used module.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SIMDET=<mode>
Set command simulates the SIM status or selects the automatic SIM
detection status. This command is used by modules providing the
dedicated SIMIN pin. Refer to document [1] to have information on
dedicated SIMIN pin.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 2 SIM detection mode

Values:

0 : ignore dedicated SIMIN pin and simulate the status

"SIM Not Inserted"

1 : ignore dedicated SIMIN pin and simulate the status

"SIM Inserted"

2 : automatic SIM detection using dedicated SIMIN Pin

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 773 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When #SIMDET=1 (that simulates "SIM Inserted") is issued, a

query to detect the presence of the SIM is forced, regardless of
SIMIN pin status.
If SIM is not responding (for example, because it is not present)
then, after a timeout, the modem gives up and sets the SIM status
to SIM NOT INSERTED.
If SIM is correctly answering to query, then SIM status becomes
SIM READY.

AT#SIMDET?
Read command returns the currently selected SIM Detection Mode in the
format:

#SIMDET: <mode>,<simIn>
Additional info:

The values for <simIn> are:

Name Type Default Description

<simIn> integer 0 SIMIN pin status.

Values:

0 : SIM not inserted

1 : SIM inserted

AT#SIMDET=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 774 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

ERRATA: Correct value for "Setting saved" column in table at the

beginning of command description is "Common Profile"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 775 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

SIM Toolkit

3.8.1. AT#STIA - SIM/USIM Toolkit Interface Action

The SIM/USIM Application Toolkit (SAT/USAT) provides an interface to the applications
existing in the SIM/USIM device. The module must support the mechanisms required by
the SIM/USIM applications.

[1] 3GPP TS 23.038

[2] 3GPP TS 31.111
[3] Telit SIM/USIM Application Toolkit Application Note

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#STIA=[<mode>[,<timeout>]]
Set command is used to enable/disable the SIM/USIM Application Toolkit
(SAT/USAT). In addition, the command can enable the URCs sending.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 enables/disables SAT/USAT.

In addition, <mode> parameter enables
the:
- #STN URCs notifying the user that the
SIM/USIM application has issued a
proactive command. Some proactive
commands require a user response.
- #STN URCs that are the SIM/USIM
device responses concerning actions
initiated by the user, refer to Additional
info section.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 776 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If <mode>=2, the URC format depends on

the <cmdType> as described in the
Additional info sections. For <cmdType>,
and all other URC parameters refer to
#STGI command. The <mode> parameter
values are listed below.

Values:

0 : disable SAT/USAT

1 : enable SAT/USAT without #STN URC

2 : enable SAT/USAT and extended #STN URC

3 : enable SAT/USAT and reduced #STN URC

17 : enable SAT/USAT without #STN URC and the

alphabet used

18 : enable SAT/USAT, extended #STN URC, and the

alphabet used

19 : enable SAT/USAT, reduced #STN URC, and the

alphabet used

33 : enable SAT/USAT without #STN URC and the UCS2

alphabet used

34 : enable SAT/USAT, extended #STN URC, and the

UCS2 alphabet used

35 : enable SAT/USAT, reduced #STN URC, and the

UCS2 alphabet used

<timeout> integer 1 When an ongoing proactive command,

requiring a user response, is not
answered before <timeout> minutes, it is
automatically aborted. In this case, the
terminal response from the module is
either "ME currently unable to process
command" or, if applicable, "No response
from user". In addition, the following URC
is sent on the AT interface. For parameter

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 777 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

meaning of the URC refer to Unsolicited

fields section.

#STN:<cmdTerminateValue>

Value:

1,2 : timeout expressed in minutes

Additional info:

<mode>=3, the URC has the following reduced format:

#STN: <cmdType>

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=1 (REFRESH), the URC has the following extended
format:
#STN: 1,<refreshType>

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=5 (SET UP EVENT LIST), the URC has the following
extended format:
#STN: 5[,<eventListMask>]

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=16 (SET UP CALL), the URC has the following
extended format:
#STN: 16,<cmdDetails>,[<confirmationText>],<calledNumber>

<mode>=2, and one of the following proactive command:

<cmdType>=17 (SEND SS)
<cmdType>=18 (SEND USSD)
<cmdType>=19 (SEND SHORT MESSAGE)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 778 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cmdType>=20 (SEND DTMF)

<cmdType>=32 (PLAY TONE)
<cmdType>=64 (OPEN CHANNEL)
<cmdType>=65 (CLOSE CHANNEL)
<cmdType>=66 (RECEIVE DATA)
<cmdType>=67 (SEND DATA)

the URC has the following extended format:

#STN: <cmdType>[,<alphaIdentifier>]
If <cmdType>=19 (SEND SHORT MESSAGE) fails, the #STN: 119 URC is sent to
the module.

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=33 (DISPLAY TEXT), the URC is sent if allowed by

SIM/USIM, the extended format is:
#STN: 33[,<cmdDetails>[,<alphaIdentifier>]]
If bit 7 of <cmdDetails>=1, the response with the #STSR command is required.

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=34 (GET INKEY), the URC has the following
extended format:
#STN: 34,<cmdDetails>,<text>

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=35 (GET INPUT), the URC has the following
extended format:
#STN: 35,<cmdDetails>,<text>,<responseMin>,<responseMax>[,<defaultText>]

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=36 (SELECT ITEM), the URC has the following
extended format:
the first line of output is:
#STN: 36,<cmdDetails>,<numOfItem>[,<titleText>]<CR><LF>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 779 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

one line follows for every item, repeated <numOfItems> times:

#STN: 36,<itemId>,<itemText>[,<nextActionId>]

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=37 (SET UP MENU), the URC has the following
extended format:
the first line of output is:
#STN: 37,<cmdDetails>,<numOfItem>,<titleText><CR><LF>
one line follows for every item, repeated for <numOfItems>:
#STN: 37,<itemId>,<itemText>[,<nextActionId>]

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=40 (SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT), the URC has the
following extended format:
#STN: 40[,<idleModeTextString>]

This Additional info section deals with the action initiated by the user (no
proactive commands activated by the SIM/USIM device).
If the call control or SMS control facility present in the SIM/USIM device is
activated, when the user application makes an outgoing call, or sends a SS or
USSD, or a SMS, the following #STN URC could be sent to indicate whether the
outgoing call has been accepted, rejected or modified by the SIM, or if the SMS
service center address or destination has been changed. For parameters
meaning refer to Unsolicited fields section.
#STN:
<cmdControlResponse>,<Result>[,<alphaIdentifier>[,<Number>[,<MODestAddr
>]]]

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 780 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cmdTerminateValue> integer is defined as <cmdType> + terminate offset.

Terminate offset = 100

<cmdControlResponse> integer response of the SIM/USIM device

Values:

150 : SMS control response

160 : call/SS/USSD response

<Result> integer identify the result of the Call or SMS control

performed by SIM/USIM device
Values:

0 : Call/SMS not allowed

1 : Call/SMS allowed

2 : Call/SMS allowed with modification

<alphaIdentifier> string optional text provided by the SIM/USIM

device in ASCII format

<Number> string Called number, Service Center Address or

SS String in ASCII format

<MODestAddr> string MO destination address in ASCII format

The settings are saved on user profile and available on following reboot.
SIM/USIM Toolkit activation/deactivation is only performed at power on
according to the saved setting.

If AT#ENS=1, the <mode> parameter is set to 2.

Just one instance at a time, the one which first issued AT#STIA=<mode>
(with <mode> not equal to 0), is allowed to issue SAT/USAT commands,
and this is valid till the same instance issues AT#STIA=0. After reboot,
SAT/USAT can be used on another instance.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 781 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

A typical SAT/USAT session on AT interface starts after an #STN: 37

unsolicited code is received, if enabled (see above). At that point usually an
AT#STGI=37 command is issued (see #STGI), and after the SAT main
menu has been displayed on TE an AT#STSR=37,0,x command is issued to
select an item in the menu (see #STSR).

AT#STIA?
Read command can be used to get information about the SAT/USAT interface. The
message format is:
#STIA: <state>,<mode>,<timeout>,<SatProfile>
Additional info:

Returned parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer 0 state of the sending of the SET UP

MENU proactive command (37)

Values:

0 : SIM/USIM has not sent the SET UP MENU

proactive command (37)

1 : SIM/USIM has sent the SET UP MENU proactive

command (37)

<mode> integer - refer to Set section

<timeout> integer - refer to Set section

<SatProfile> string - SAT/USAT Terminal Profile. Is the list of

SIM/USIM Application Toolkit facilities
supported by the ME. The profile cannot
be changed by the TA.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 782 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In SAT/USAT applications an SMS message is usually sent to the network

provider containing service requests, e.g. to send the latest news. The
provider returns a message with the requested information. Before
activating SAT/USAT, it is recommended to set the SMS text mode with the
AT+CMGF=1 command and enable URC for incoming SMS messages with
+CNMI command.

AT#STIA=?
Test command returns the range of available values for the parameters <mode>
and <timeout>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 783 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.8.2. AT#STGI - SIM Toolkit Get Information

This command interfaces to the SIM/USIM Application Toolkit to get information on the
ongoing proactive command.

3GPP TS 31.111
Telit SIM/USIM Application Toolkit Application Note

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#STGI=[<cmdType>]
Set command gets parameters of the ongoing proactive command. The
command can be used after the reception of the #STN: <cmdType> URC. If
no proactive command is ongoing, it returns an ERROR message.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cmdType> integer N/A proactive command code. For each

proactive command listed below, the
response format is described in the
Additional info sections.

Values:

1 : REFRESH

5 : SET UP EVENT LIST

16 : SET UP CALL

17 : SEND SS

18 : SEND USSD

19 : SEND SHORT MESSAGE

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 784 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

20 : SEND DTMF

32 : PLAY TONE

33 : DISPLAY TEXT

34 : GET INKEY

35 : GET INPUT

36 : SELECT ITEM

37 : SET UP MENU

40 : SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT

Additional info:

<cmdType>=1 (REFRESH)
the response format:
#STGI: 1,<refreshType>

Name Type Default Description

<refreshType> integer N/A identifies the refresh type

Values:

0 : SIM Initialization and Full File Change

Notification

1 : File Change Notification

2 : SIM Initialization and File Change

Notification

3 : SIM Initialization

4 : SIM Reset

5 : NAA Application Reset

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 785 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

6 : NAA Session Reset

7 : Steering of Roaming

8 : Steering of Roaming WLAN

<cmdType>=5 (SET UP EVENT LIST)

the response format:
#STGI: 5,<eventListMask>

Name Type Default Description

<eventListMask> hex N/A identifies the list of events to

monitor.
The <eventListMask> (two bytes
long) is a bit mask where each
bit, when set, indicates that the
corresponding event must be
monitored (e.g. if
<eventListMask> is 0x0001, it
means that MT call must be
monitored).
bit 0 = MT call
bit 1 = Call connected
bit 2 = Call disconnected
bit 3 = Location status
bit 4 = User activity
bit 5 = Idle screen available
bit 6 = Card reader status (if
class "a" is supported)
bit 7 = Language selection
bit 8 = Browser Termination (if
class "c" is supported)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 786 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

bit 9 = Data available (if class "e"

is supported)
bit 10 = Channel status (if class
"e" is supported)
bits 11 - 15 = reserved for future
use

Value:

0x0001÷0x01FF : mask

<cmdType>=16 (SET UP CALL)

the response format:
#STGI: 16,<cmdDetails>,[<confirmationText>],<calledNumber>

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> integer N/A identifies the command

details

Values:

0 : set up call, but only if not currently

busy on another call

1 : set up call, but only if not currently

busy on another call, with redial

2 : set up call, putting all other calls (if

any) on hold

3 : set up call, putting all other calls (if

any) on hold, with redial

4 : set up call, disconnecting all other calls

(if any)

5 : set up call, disconnecting all other calls

(if any), with redial

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 787 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<confirmationText> string - string for user

confirmation stage

<calledNumber> string - string containing called

numbers

This section is dedicated to the following proactive commands:

<cmdType>=17 (SEND SS)
<cmdType>=18 (SEND USSD)
<cmdType>=19 (SEND SHORT MESSAGE)
<cmdType>=20 (SEND DTMF)
<cmdType>=32 (PLAY TONE)
the response format:
#STGI: <cmdType>[,<alphaIdentifier>]

Name Type Default Description

<alphaIdentifier> string - optional text provided by the

SIM/USIM device in ASCII format

<cmdType>=33 (DISPLAY TEXT)

the response format:
#STGI: 33,<cmdDetails>[,<text>]

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit position,

according to its value, has a specific
meaning:
bit 0:
0 - normal priority
1 - high priority
bits 1-6:
reserved for future use

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 788 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

bit 7:
0 - clear message after a delay
1 - wait for user to clear message

Value:

0x00÷0xFF : mask

<text> string - text provided by the SIM/USIM

device in ASCII format

<cmdType>=34 (GET INKEY)

the response format:
#STGI: 34,<cmdDetails>,<text>

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit position,

according to its value, has a specific
meaning:
bit 0:
0 - digits only (0-9, *, # and +)
1 - alphabet set
bit 1:
0 - SMS default alphabet (GSM
character set)
1 - UCS2 alphabet
bit 2:
0 - character sets defined by bit 0
and bit 1 are enabled
1 - character sets defined by bit 0
and bit 1 are disabled and the
"Yes/No" response is requested
bits 3-6:
0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 789 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

bit 7:
0 - no help information available
1 - help information available

Value:

0x00÷0x87 : mask

<text> string - string as prompt for test

<cmdType>=35 (GET INPUT)

the response format:
#STGI:
35,<cmdDetails>,<text>,<responseMin>,<responseMax>[,<defaultText>]

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit

position, according to its value,
has a specific meaning:
bit 0:
0 - digits only (0-9, *, #, and +)
1 - alphabet set
bit 1:
0 - SMS default alphabet (GSM
character set)
1 - UCS2 alphabet
bit 2:
0 - ME may echo user input on
the display
1 - user input shall not be
revealed in any way. Hidden
entry mode is only available
when using digit input. In hidden
entry mode only characters ('0'-
'9', '*' and '#') are allowed.
bit 3:
0 - user input to be in unpacked

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 790 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

format
1 - user input to be in SMS
packed format
bits 4-6:
0
bit 7:
0 - no help information available
1 - help information available

Value:

0x00÷0x8F : mask

<text> string - string as prompt for text

<responseMin> integer N/A minimum number of characters

of the user input

Value:

0÷255 : minimum length of user input.

<responseMax> integer N/A maximum number of characters

of the user input.

Value:

0÷255 : maximum length of user input

<defaultText> string - string supplied as default

response text

<cmdType>=36 (SELECT ITEM)

the response format:
the first line of output is:
#STGI: 36,<cmdDetails>,<numOfItem>[,<titleText>]<CR><LF>
one line follows for every item, repeated <numOfItems> times:
#STGI: 36,<itemId>,<itemText>[,<nextActionId>]

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 791 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit

position, according to its value,
has a specific meaning:
bit 0:
0 - presentation type is not
specified
1 - presentation type is specified
in bit 1
bit 1:
0 - presentation as a choice of
data values if bit 0 = 1
1 - presentation as a choice of
navigation options if bit 0 is 1
bit 2:
0 - no selection preference
1 - selection using soft key
preferred
bits 3-6:
0
bit 7:
0 - no help information available
1 - help information available

Value:

0x00÷0x87 : mask

<numOfItems> integer - number of items in the list

<titleText> string - menu title string

<itemId> integer N/A item identifier

Value:

1÷numOfItems : item identifier range

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 792 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<itemText> string - item title string

<nextActionId> integer - is the code of next proactive

command to be issued upon
execution of the menu item.
If <nextActionId>=0, no next
action information available.

<cmdType>=37 (SET UP MENU)

the response format:
the first line of output is:
#STGI: 37,<cmdDetails>,<numOfItem>,<titleText><CR><LF>
one line follows for every item, repeated for <numOfItems>:
#STGI: 37,<itemId>,<itemText>[,<nextActionId>]

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit

position, according to its value,
has a specific meaning:
bit 0:
0 - no selection preference
1 - selection using soft key
preferred
bit 1-6:
0
bit 7:
0 - no help information available
1 - help information available

Value:

0x00÷0x81 : mask

<numOfItems> integer - number of items in the list

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 793 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<titleText> string - menu title string

<itemId> integer N/A item identifier

Value:

1÷numOfItems : item identifier range

<itemText> string - item title

<nextActionId> integer - numerical code of next proactive

command type to be issued upon
execution of the menu item.
If <nextActionId>=0, no next
action information available.

<cmdType>=40 (SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT)

the response format:
#STGI: 40,<idleModeTextString>

Name Type Default Description

<idleModeTextString> string - text provided by the

SIM/USIM device in ASCII
format

The proactive commands are only those command types that use
the AT interface. SAT/USAT commands which are not using the AT
interface (not MMI related SAT commands, e.g. PROVIDE LOCAL
INFORMATION) are executed without sending any indication to the
user.

AT#STGI?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 794 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the ongoing proactive command and the

SAT/USAT state. The message format is:
#STGI: <state>,<cmdType>
Additional info:

Returned parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer - state of the sending of the SET UP

MENU proactive command (37),
refer to AT#STIA? command

<cmdType> integer - ongoing proactive command code

AT#STGI=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameters <state> and
<cmdType>.

A typical SAT/USAT session, running on AT interface, starts when the user

receives the #STN: 37 URC. The unsolicited result code must be previously
enabled by the #STIA command. The #STN: 37 notifies the user that the
main menu of the SIM/USIM Application has been sent to TA, and TA has
stored the just received menu. Later, at any time, you can type in
the AT#STGI=37 command to display the main menu of the SIM/USIM
Application on TE.
Upon receiving the #STGI response, you must enter the #STSR command to
confirm the execution of the proactive command and provide any required
user response. In this case, you must enter the AT#STSR=37,0,x command
to select the x item of the SIM/USIM Application menu.
The #STN: 237 URC indicates that the main menu of the SIM/USIM
Application has been removed from TA, and it is no longer available. In this
case, AT#STGI=37 command returns ERROR message.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 795 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.8.3. AT#STSR - SIM Toolkit Send Response

This command allows the user to provide a response to confirm the execution of the
ongoing proactive command.

3GPP TS 31.111
Telit SIM/USIM Toolkit Application Note

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#STSR=[<cmdType>[,<userAction>[,<data>]]]
Set command allows the user to provide a response action to the ongoing
proactive command when the action is required by the command itself.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cmdType> integer - proactive command code, refer to

#STGI command to have information
on the <cmdType>

<userAction> integer 0 identify the user action

Values:

0 : the user accepts the ongoing proactive

command

16 : proactive SIM/USIM session terminated by user

17 : backward move in the proactive SIM/USIM

session requested by the user

18 : no response from user

19 : help information required by the user

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 796 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

20 : USSD/SS Transaction terminated by user

32 : TA currently unable to process command

34 : user has denied SIM/USIM call setup request

35 : user cleared down SIM/USIM call before

connection or network release

<data> string - data entered by user, see Additional

info section

Additional info:

<data> parameter is used according to <cmdType>, and when

<userAction>=0:

<cmdType>=34 (GET INKEY)

<data> contains the key pressed by the user. The character set is
selected by +CSCS command.

If the ongoing proactive command requires to the user a binary

choice (yes/no), the valid content of <data> is:
- "Y" or "y" (positive answer) and "N" or "n" (negative answer) for
"IRA", "8859-1", "PCCP437" character sets
- "0079" or "0059" (positive answer) and "006E" or "004E"
(negative answer) for UCS2 alphabet

The ongoing proactive command to require a binary choice sets bit 2

of the <cmdDetails> parameter to 1, see #STGI command.

<cmdType>=35 (GET INPUT).

<data> contains the string of characters entered by the user.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 797 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cmdType>=36 (SELECT ITEM).

<data> contains the item identifier selected by the user.

<userAction>=0 is used, for example, to

- accept a call when the ongoing proactive command is SET UP
CALL, <cmdType>=16
- start a connection when the ongoing proactive command is OPEN
CHANNEL, <cmdType>=64

Use of icons is not supported. All icon related actions will respond
with no icon available.

AT#STSR?
Read command returns the ongoing proactive command and the
SAT/USAT interface state. The format message is:
#STSR: <state>,<cmdType>

If there is no ongoing proactive command, an ERROR message is returned.

Additional info:

Returned parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer - state of the sending of the SET UP

MENU proactive command (37),
refer to AT#STIA? command

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 798 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cmdType> integer - proactive command code, refer to

#STGI command to have
information on the <cmdType>

AT#STSR=?
Test command returns the range for the parameters <state> and
<cmdType>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 799 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.8.4. AT#SDM - Set SIM Toolkit Display Mode

This command is used to set normal/high priority standby display mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SDM=<priority>
Set command sets to normal/high priority standby display mode.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<priority> integer 0 priority

Values:

0 : normal

1 : high

AT#SDM?
Read command returns the current value of the <priority> parameter.

AT#SDM=?
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <priority>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 800 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.8.5. AT#STKENV - Send SIM Toolkit Envelop Command

This command is used to send Envelope command to the UICC when the UE has
successfully accepted the list of events of SIM application toolkit.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#STKENV=<cmd_id>
Execution command sends Envelop command to UICC.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cmd_id> integer N/A command type

Values:

1 : menu selection

2 : language selection

3 : user activity

4 : Idle screen available

AT#STKENV=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

#STN: 05,03
AT#STKENV=3
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 801 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.8.6. AT#STIME - Set SIM Toolkit timeout value

This command sets the timeout value for STK timeout test of GCF/PTCRB.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#STIME=[<mode>]
Set command sets a unit of STK timeout value.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 a unit of STK timeout value

Values:

0 : in minute

1 : in second

AT#STIME?
Read command returns the current <mode>.

AT#STIME=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

AT#STIA command is not set to a second unit. When you test "No response
from user" and "timeout" of STK test, you must change to a second unit to
timeout value of STK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 802 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set STK timeout value to a second unit.

AT#STIME=1
OK

Timeout value is 30 second

AT#STIA=2,30
OK

Set STK timeout value to a minute unit.

AT#STIME=0
OK

Timeout value is 1 minute

AT#STIA=2,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 803 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

SMS & CB

3.9.1. AT+CSMS - Select Message Service

This command selects messaging service type.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.041

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CSMS=<service>
Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of
messages supported by the ME:

+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>

For parameters meaning see Additional info section.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<service> integer 0 Select

Message
Service

Values:

0 : 3GPP TS 23.040 and 3GPP TS 23.041. The syntax of

SMS AT commands is compatible with 3GPP TS
27.005

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 804 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : 3GPP TS 23.040 and 3GPP TS 23.041. The syntax of

SMS AT commands is compatible with 3GPP TS
27.005. The requirement of <service> setting 1 is
mentioned under corresponding command
descriptions

Additional info:

Parameters meaning of the returned message.

Name Type Default Description

<mt> integer N/A mobile terminated messages support

Values:

0 : type not supported

1 : type supported

<mo> integer N/A mobile originated messages support

Values:

0 : type not supported

1 : type supported

<bm> integer N/A broadcast type messages support

Values:

0 : type not supported

1 : type supported

Setting of <service> will not be stored automatically.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 805 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSMS?
Read command reports current service setting along with supported
message types in the format:

+CSMS: <service>, <mt>, <mo>, <bm>

AT+CSMS=?
Test command reports the supported value of the parameter <service>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 806 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.2. AT+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage

The command selects the memory storage used by SMs (Short Messages).

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CPMS=<memr>[,<memw>[,<mems>]]
Set command selects memory storages <memr>, <memw> and <mems>
to be used for reading, writing, sending and storing SMs

The command returns the memory storage status in the format:

+CPMS: <usedr>,<totalr>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<useds>,<totals>

The returned parameters are described in the Additional info section.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<memr> string SM memory from which messages are

read and deleted

Values:

ME : SMS memory storage in Flash

SM : SIM SMS memory storage

SR : Status Report message storage (in SIM EF-SMSR

file exists otherwise in the RAM non-volatile
memory)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 807 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<memw> string SM memory to which writing and sending

operations are made

Values:

ME : SMS memory storage in Flash

SM : SIM SMS memory storage

<mems> string SM memory to which received SMs are

preferred to be stored

Values:

ME : SMS memory storage in Flash

SM : SIM SMS memory storage

Additional info:

Here is the meaning of the parameters returned by the command.

Name Type Default Description

<usedr> integer - number of SMs stored in <memr>

<totalr> integer - max number of SMs that <memr>

can contain

<usedw> integer - number of SMs stored in <memw>

<totalw> integer - max number of SMs that <memw>

can contain

<useds> integer - number of SMs stored in <mems>

<totals> integer - max number of SMs that <memw>

can contain

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 808 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

"SR" non-volatile memory is cleared when another SIM card is

inserted. It is kept, even after a reset, while the same SIM card is
inserted.

For LE910Cx-NF and LE910Cx-NFD products when AT#FWSWITCH

setting is 1 (Verizon) or 2 (T-Mobile) the default value for
parameters <memr>, <memw> and <mems> is "ME".
For all other products/settings the default is "SM".

AT+CPMS?
Read command reports the message storage status.
+CPMS:<memr>,<usedr>,<totalr>,<memw>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<mems>,
<useds>,<totals>

The parameters are described in previous sections.

AT+CPMS=?
Test command reports the supported values for parameters <memr>,
<memw> and <mems>.

AT+CPMS="SM","ME","SM"
+CPMS: 1,20,27, 50,1,20
OK

AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM",1,20,"ME",27, 50,"SM",1,20
OK
You have 1 out of 20 SMS SIM positions occupied

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 809 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.3. AT+CMGF - Message Format

Selects the format of SMS messages to be used in following SMS commands.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CMGF=[<mode>]
Set command selects the format of SMS messages used with send, list,
read and write commands.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 format to use for SMS operations

Values:

0 : PDU mode

1 : text mode

AT+CMGF?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode> in the
format:

+CMGF: <mode>

AT+CMGF=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 810 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 811 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.4. AT+CSCA - Service Center Address

This command allows to set the Service Center Address for SMS transmissions.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CSCA=<number>[,<type>]
Set command sets the Service Center Address to be used for mobile
originated SMS transmissions
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<number> string - String type phone number of forwarding

address in format specified by <type>
parameter

<type> integer N/A The type of number;

For Verizon FW, the range of <type> is 0 -
255.

Values:

129 : National numbering scheme

145 : International numbering scheme (contains the

character "+")

AT+CSCA?
Read command reports the current value of the SCA in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 812 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CSCA: <number>,<type>

If SCA is not present the device reports an error message.

AT+CSCA=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To use the SM service, is mandatory to set a Service Center Address

at which service requests will be directed.

In Text mode, this setting is used by send and write commands; in

PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only when
the length of the SMSC address coded into the <pdu> parameter
equals zero.

The current settings are stored through +CSAS.

AT+CSCA="821029190903",145
OK

AT+CSCA?
+CSCA: "+821029190903",145
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 813 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.5. AT+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters

This command is used to select values for additional parameters for storing and sending
SMS when the text mode is used (AT+CMGF=1).

3GPP TS 23.40
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,<dcs>]]]]
Set command is used to select values for additional parameters for
storing and sending SMS when the text mode is used (AT+CMGF=1).
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fo> integer 17 first octet of SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-DELIVER

PDU, as described in 3GPP TS 23.040

bit 0/1 = Message Type Indicator

bit 2 = Reject Duplicates
bit 3/4 = Validity Period Format
bit 5 = Status Report Request
bit 6 = User Data Header Indicator
bit 7 = Reply Path

Value:

0÷255 : mask

<vp> mixed 167 Validity Period, the format depends on Validity

Period Format in <fo>, as described in 3GPP
TS 23.040:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 814 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

bit bit
Format
3 4
0 0 Validity Period not present
Validity Period present, enhanced
0 1
format
Validity Period present, relative
1 0
format
Validity Period present, absolute
1 1
format

Value:

0÷255 : range for Validity Period in relative format

<pid> integer 0 TP-Protocol-Identifier, as described in 3GPP

TS 23.40

Value:

0÷255 : described in 3GPP TS 23.40

<dcs> integer 0 SMS Data Coding Scheme, as described in

3GPP TS 23.038

Value:

0÷255 : described in 3GPP TS 23.038

In the parameter <fo>: only the following values are supported for
Message Type Indicator:
[00] - SMS-DELIVER
[01] - SMS-SUBMIT

In the parameter <fo>: user is not responsible for setting bit 2 and
bit 6, if set, they will have no meaning.

In the parameter <vp>: the absolute format is a quoted time-string

type (see +CCLK )

The current settings are stored through +CSAS.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 815 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<vp> is stored only as integer type, i.e. only in its relative format.

<vp>, <pid> and <dcs> default values are loaded from first SIM SMS
Parameters profile, if present. If it is not present, then the default
values are those above indicated.

AT+CSMP?
Read command returns the current setting in the format:
+CSMP: <fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>

If the Validity Period Format (<fo>'s bit[4]bit[3]) is [00] (i.e. Not

Present), <vp> is represented just as a quoted empty string ("").

AT+CSMP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 816 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set the parameters for an outgoing message with 24 hours of validity

period and default properties:
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK

Set the parameters for an outgoing message with validity period in

enhanced format: the <vp> string actually codes 24 hours of validity
period.
AT+CSMP=9,"01A80000000000"
OK

Set the parameters for an outgoing message with validity period in

enhanced format: the <vp> string actually codes 60 seconds of
validity period.
AT+CSMP=9,"023C0000000000"
OK

Set the parameters for an outgoing message with validity period in

enhanced format: the <vp> string actually codes 29 hours 85 minutes
30 seconds of validity period.
AT+CSMP=9,"03925803000000"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 817 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.6. AT+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters

This command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text mode.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSDH=[<show>]
Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in
text mode (AT+CMGF=1) result codes.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<show> integer 0 control the display of the result codes.

Values:

0 : do not show header values (see Additional info section)

1 : show the values in result codes

Additional info:

If <show>=0
do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP
(<sca>,<tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda> or
<tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs
and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode.
For SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code do not show <pid>,
<mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or <cdata>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 818 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSDH?
Read command reports the current setting in the format:

+CSDH: <show>

AT+CSDH=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<show>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 819 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.7. AT+CSCB - Select Cell Broadcast

The command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be received by the
device.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.041
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CSCB=[<mode>[,<mids>[,<dcss>]]]
Set command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be
received by the device
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 select which types of Cell Broadcast

messages are to be received

Values:

0 : the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are

accepted

1 : the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are

rejected

<mids> string - message Identifiers: all different possible

combinations of the CBM message
identifiers; default is empty string ("").

<dcss> string - Data Coding Schemes: all different possible

combinations of CBM data coding schemes;
default is empty string ("").

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 820 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The current settings are stored also by +CSAS command

AT+CSCB?
Read command reports the current value of parameters <mode>, <mids>
and <dcss>.

AT+CSCB=?
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>.

Select a range
AT+CSCB=0,"0,1,300-315,450","0-3"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 821 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.8. AT+CSAS - Save Settings

Execution command saves settings which have been made by the +CSCA, +CSMP and
+CSCB commands in local non-volatile memory.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CSAS=<profile>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<profile> integer 0 Index of the profile where the settings are

saved

Values:

0 : it saves the settings to NVM

1÷n : SIM profile number; the value of <n> depends on

the SIM.

Certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore

they are always saved to NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.

If parameter is omitted the settings are saved in the non-volatile

memory.

AT+CSAS=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 822 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 823 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.9. AT+CRES - Restore Settings

Execution command restores message service settings saved by +CSAS command from
either NVM or SIM.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CRES[=<profile>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<profile> integer N/A Defines which message service

profiles to restore.

Values:

0 : restores message service settings from NVM

1÷n : restores message service settings from SIM. The n

value depends on the SIM.

Certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore

they are always restored from NVM, regardless the value of
<profile>

If parameter is omitted the command restores message service

settings from NVM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 824 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CRES=?
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 825 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.10. AT+CMMS - More Message to Send

Set command controls the continuity of SMS relay protocol link. When feature is enabled
(and supported by network) multiple messages can be sent much faster as link is kept
open.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMMS=[<n>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enables/disables the

relay protocol link
continuity.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : keep enabled until the time between the response of the

latest message send command (+CMGS, +CMSS, etc.)
and the next send command exceeds 5 seconds, then
the link is closed and the parameter <n> is
automatically reset to 0

2 : enable (if the time between the response of the latest

message send command and the next send command
exceeds 5 seconds, the link is closed but the parameter
<n> remains set to 2)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 826 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Entering AT+CMMS= returns OK but has no effect.

AT+CMMS?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n> in the
format:

+CMMS: <n>

AT+CMMS=?
Test command returns the range of supported <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 827 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.11. AT+CGSMS - Select Service for MO SMS Messages

Set command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to
send MO SMS messages.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGSMS=[<service>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<service> integer 1 indicates the service or service

preference to be used
Factory default for VZW&NTT FW is 3.

Values:

0 : Packet Domain

1 : circuit switched

2 : Packet Domain preferred (use circuit switched if

GPRS not available)

3 : circuit switched preferred (use Packet Domain if

circuit switched not available)

Entering AT+CGSMS= returns OK but has no effect.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 828 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGSMS?
The read command returns the currently selected service or service
preference in the format:

+CGSMS: <service>

AT+CGSMS=?
Test command reports the supported list of currently available <service>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 829 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.12. AT+CNMI - New Message Indications to Terminal Equipment

This command sets the parameters for receiving SMS messages.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CNMI=[<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]]]
Set command selects the behavior of the device on how the receiving of new
messages from the network is indicated to the DTE.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 unsolicited result

codes buffering option.

Values:

0 : Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result

code buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some
other place or the oldest indications may be discarded
and replaced with the new received indications.

1 : Discard indication and reject new received message

unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved,
otherwise forward them directly to the TE.

2 : Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA in case the

DTE is busy and flush them to the TE after reservation.
Otherwise forward them directly to the TE.

3 : if <mt> is set to 1, it enables the hardware ring line for

1 sec.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 830 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<mt> integer 0 result code indication

reporting for SMS-
DELIVER.

Values:

0 : No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE and

message is stored.

1 : If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the

memory location is routed to the TE using the URC
described in Additional info section.

2 : SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and

messages in the message waiting indication group)
are routed directly to the TE using the URC described
in the Additional info section.

3 : Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using

unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages
of other data coding schemes result in indication as
defined in <mt>=1.

<bm> integer 0 broadcast reporting

option

Values:

0 : Cell Broadcast Messages are not sent to the DTE

2 : New Cell Broadcast Messages are sent to the DTE

with the URC described in Additional info section.

<ds> integer 0 SMS-STATUS-

REPORTs reporting
option

Values:

0 : status report receiving is not reported to the DTE and

is not stored

1 : the status report is sent to the DTE with the URC

described in the Additional info section.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 831 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : if a status report is stored, then the unsolicited result

code, described in Additional info section, is sent.

<bfr> integer 0 buffered result codes

handling method

Values:

0 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within

this command is flushed to the TE when <mode>=1..3
is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing
the codes)

1 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within

this command is cleared when <mode>=1..3 is
entered.

Additional info:

<mt>=1:

+CMTI: <mems>,<index>

<mt>=2:

PDU mode
+CMT: <alpha>,<length><CR><LF><PDU>

TEXT mode
+CMT:<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<C
R><LF> <data>

The parameters written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last

setting.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 832 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group

(stored message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.

Acknowledge for the received SMS-DELIVER SM is sent to network immediately

when +CSMS <service> is set to '0' or when +CSMS <service> is set to
'1', acknowledge is sent via +CNMA command during predefine time-out, an
error is sent to network in case timeout expire, next +CMT response is depend
on acknowledge of current received +CMT response in case +CSMS <service>
parameter set to '1'.

<bm>=2:

PDU mode
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><PDU>

Text mode
+CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pag>,<pags><CR><LF><data>

<ds>=1:

PDU mode
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><PDU>

TEXT mode
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>,<ra>,<tora>,<scts>,<dt>,<st>

Acknowledge for the received SMS-STATUS-REPORT SM is sent to network

immediately when +CSMS <service> is set to '0' or when +CSMS <service> is set
to '1', acknowledge is sent via +CNMA command during pre-defined timeout, an
error is sent to network in case timeout expire, next +CDS response is depend

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 833 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

on acknowledge of current received +CDS response in case +CSMS <service>

parameter set to '1'.

<ds>=2:

+CDSI: <mems>,<index>

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<mems> string memory storage where the new message is stored: "SM",
"ME".

<index> integer location on the memory where SMS is stored.

<alpha> string alphanumeric representation of originator/destination

number corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook;
used character set should be the one selected with
command +CSCS.

<lenght> integer PDU length

<PDU> string PDU message

<oa> string originating address, string type converted in the currently

selected character set (see +CSCS)

<alpha> string alphanumeric representation of <oa>; used character set

should be the one selected with command +CSCS.

<scts> string arrival time of the message to the SC

<tooa> integer type of number <oa>:

129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")

<fo> string first octet of message PDU, see 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 834 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<pid> string Protocol Identifier

<dcs> string Data Coding Scheme

<sca> string Service Centre address, string type, converted in the

currently selected character set (see +CSCS)

<tosca> integer type of number <sca>:

129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")

<length> integer text length

<data> string TP-User-Data

* If <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used
and <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-
Indication is not set (bit 6 of <fo> is 0), each character of
GSM alphabet will be converted into current TE character
set (see +CSCS).

* If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme

is used or <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-
Header-Indication is set (bit 6 of <fo> is 1), each 8-bit octet
will be converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as two characters
0x32 0x41).

Class 2 messages and messages in the "store" message

waiting indication group result in indication as defined in
<mt>=1.

<sn> integer message serial number

<mid> integer message ID

<dcs> string Data Coding Scheme

<pag> integer page number

<pags> integer total number of pages of the message

<data> string CBM Content of Message

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 835 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

* If <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used,

each character of GSM alphabet will be converted into
current TE character set (see +CSCS)

* If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme

is used, each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA
character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be
converted as two characters 0x32 0x41)

<mr> integer message reference number; 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Message-

Reference in integer format

<ra> string recipient address, string type, represented in the currently

selected character set (see +CSCS)

<tora> integer type of number <ra>:

129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")

<scts> string arrival time of the message to the SC

<dt> string sending time of the message

<st> string message status as coded in the PDU

DTR signal is ignored, hence the indication is sent even if the DTE is
inactive (DTR signal is Low). In this case the unsolicited result code may be
lost so if MODULE remains active while DTE is not, at DTE startup is
suggested to check whether new messages have reached the device
meanwhile with command AT+CMGL=0 that lists the new messages
received.

AT+CNMI?
Read command returns the current parameter settings for +CNMI command in
the form:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 836 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>

AT+CNMI=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CNMI command
parameters

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CNMI=1,2,0,1,0
OK

Received message from network

+CMT: "+821020955219",,"07/07/26,20:09:07+36"
TEST MESSAGE

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 837 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.13. AT+CMGL - List Messages

This command is used to list the messages.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMGL[=<stat>]
Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value
<stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message
storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<stat> mixed - <stat> parameter type and the command

output depend on the last settings of the
+CMGF command (message format to be
used). There are two modes:
- PDU mode
- Text mode
See the following Additional info sections.

Additional info:

When message format is PDU mode, the <stat> parameter is:

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 838 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<stat> integer N/A status value

Values:

0 : new message

1 : read message

2 : stored message not sent yet

3 : stored message already sent

4 : all messages

In case of PDU mode the representation format (see +CMGF) is:

+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>[...]]

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - message position in the storage list.

<stat> integer - message status. See the above <stat>

parameter description.

<alpha> string - String type alphanumeric representation

of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to an
entry found in the phonebook; used
character set is the one selected with
command +CSCS.

<length> integer - PDU length in bytes

<pdu> string - message in PDU format, according to

3GPP TS 23.040

When message format is TEXT mode, the <stat> parameter is:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 839 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<stat> string N/A status value

Values:

"REC : new message

UNREAD"

"REC READ" : read message

"STO UNSENT" : stored message not sent yet

"STO SENT" : stored message already sent

"ALL" : all messages

In case of TEXT mode, the representation format for stored messages

(either sent or unsent) or received messages (either read or unread, not
message delivery confirm) is:

+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa/toda>,<length>]<CR><LF>
<data>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa/toda>,<length>]<CR><LF>
<data>[...]]

The information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH

last setting.

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - message position in the storage list.

<stat> string - message status. See the above <stat>

parameter description.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 840 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<oa/da> string - originator/destination address,

represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS).

<alpha> string - The alphanumeric representation of

<da> or <oa>, corresponding to an
entry found in the phonebook; used
character set is the one selected with
command +CSCS.

<scts> string - TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in

Time String Format.

<tooa/toda> integer N/A type of number <oa/da>

For Verizon FW, the range of
<tooa/toda> is 0 - 255.

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the

"+")

<length> integer - text length

<data> string - TP-User-Data

If <dcs> indicates that 3GPP TS
23.038 default alphabet is used, each
character of GSM alphabet will be
converted into current TE character
set (see +CSCS)
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2
data coding scheme is used, each 8-
bit octet will be converted into two
IRA character long hexadecimal
number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be
converted as two characters 0x32
0x41)
If <fo> indicates that a UDH is
present each 8-bit octet will be

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 841 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

converted into two IRA character long

hexadecimal number. The <length>
indicates text length in characters
without UDH length.

In case of TEXT mode, the representation format for delivery confirm

messages is:

+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,<ra>,<tora>,<scts>,<dt>,<st>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,<ra>,<tora>,<scts>,<dt>,<st>[...]]

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - message position in the storage list.

<stat> string - Message status. See the last <stat>

parameter description.

<fo> integer - first octet of the message PDU

<mr> integer - message reference number; 3GPP TS

23.040 TP-Message-Reference in integer
format

<ra> string - recipient address, represented in the

currently selected character set (see
+CSCS)

<tora> string - type of number <ra>

<scts> string - arrival time of the message to the SC

<dt> string - sending time of the message

<st> integer - message status as coded in the PDU

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 842 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of SMS with

"REC UNREAD" status.

The order in which the messages are reported by

+CMGL corresponds to their position in the memory storage.

AT+CMGL=?
Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 843 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.14. AT+CMGR - Read Message

This command is used to read a message.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMGR=<index>
Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from
<memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and
delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - message index. The command output

depends on the last settings of command
+CMGF (message format to be used). There
are two modes:
- PDU mode
- Text mode

See the following Additional info sections.

Additional info:

In case of PDU mode, if there is a message in location <index>, the output

has the following format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 844 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CMGR: <stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>

Name Type Default Description

<stat> integer N/A status of the message

Values:

0 : new message

1 : read message

2 : stored message not yet sent

3 : stored message already sent

<alpha> string - string type alphanumeric representation

of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to an entry
found in the phonebook; used character
set is the one selected with command
+CSCS

<length> integer - PDU length in bytes

<PDU> string - message in PDU format, according to

3GPP TS 23.040

In case of Text mode, if there is a received message in location <index>,

the output has the following format (the information written in italics will
be present depending on +CSDH last setting):

+CMGR:<stat>,<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>
[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>

In case of Text mode, if there is either a sent or an unsent message in

location <index> the output format is:

+CMGR:<stat>,<da>,<alpha>
[,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp>],<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 845 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In case of Text mode, if there is a Message Delivery Confirm message in

location <index> the output format is:

+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,<ra>,<tora>,<scts>,<dt>,<st>

Name Type Default Description

<stat> string N/A status of the message

Values:

"REC : new received message

UNREAD"

"REC READ" : received message read

"STO UNSENT" : message stored not yet sent

"STO SENT" : message stored already sent

<fo> integer - first octet of the message PDU

<mr> integer - message reference number; 3GPP TS

23.040 TP-Message-Reference in integer
format

<ra> string - recipient address, represented in the

currently selected character set (see
+CSCS)

<tora> string - type of number <ra>

<scts> string - arrival time of the message to the SC

<dt> string - sending time of the message

<st> integer - message status as coded in the PDU

<pid> integer - Protocol Identifier

<dcs> integer - Data Coding Scheme

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 846 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<vp> mixed - Validity Period; its format depends on

SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting (see +CPMS):
1. Not present: if <fo> tells that
Validity Period Format is not
present
2. Integer: if <fo> tells that Validity
Period Format is relative
3. Quoted time-string type: if <fo>
tells that Validity Period Format is
absolute
4. Quoted hexadecimal
representation of 7 octets: if <fo>
tells that Validity Period Format is
enhanced

<oa> string - Originator address, represented in the

currently selected character set (see
+CSCS).

<da> string - Destination address, represented in the

currently selected character set (see
+CSCS).

<alpha> string - The alphanumeric representation of

<da> or <oa>, corresponding to an entry
found in the phonebook; used character
set is the one selected with command
+CSCS.

<sca> string - Service Centre Address

<tooa> integer N/A type of number of <oa>

For Verizon FW, the range of <tooa> is 0 -
255.

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the "+")

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 847 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<toda> integer N/A type of number of <da>

For Verizon FW, the range of <toda> is 0 -
255.

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the "+")

<tosca> integer N/A type of number of <sca>

For Verizon FW, the range of <tosca> is 0
- 255.

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the "+")

<length> integer - text length

<data> string - TP-User-Data

If <dcs> indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038
default alphabet is used, each character
of GSM alphabet will be converted into
current TE character set (see +CSCS)
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data
coding scheme is used, each 8-bit octet
will be converted into two IRA character
long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A
will be converted as two characters 0x32
0x41)
If <fo> indicates that a UDH is present
each 8-bit octet will be converted into two
IRA character long hexadecimal number.
The <length> indicates text length in
characters without UDH length.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 848 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Both in PDU and Text Mode, if status of the message was 'received
unread' before reading, then status in the storage changes to
'received read'

AT+CMGR=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 849 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.15. AT+CNMA - New Message Acknowledgement

This command is used to confirm the correct reception of a new message.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CNMA
Execution command confirms correct reception of a new message (SMS-
DELIVER or SMS-STATUS-REPORT) which is routed directly to the TE.

Acknowledge with +CNMA is possible only if the +CSMS parameter is set

to 1 (+CSMS=1) when a +CMT or +CDS indication is shown.

If no acknowledgement is given within the network timeout (17 seconds),

an RP-ERROR is sent to the network, the <mt> and <ds> parameters of
the +CNMI command are then reset to zero (do not show new message
indication).

If command is executed, but no acknowledgement is expected, or some

other ME related error occurs, result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is
returned.

The AT command syntax and functionalities are different between SMS

PDU Mode and SMS Text Mode, as explained in Additional info sections.
Additional info:

PDU Mode

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 850 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CNMA[=<n>[,<length>[<CR>PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC>]]]
Either positive (RP-ACK) or negative (RP-ERROR)
acknowledgement to the network is possible. Parameter <n>
defines which one will be sent. Optionally (when <length> is
greater than zero) an acknowledgement TPDU (SMS-DELIVER-
REPORT for RP-ACK or RP-ERROR) may be sent to the network.
The entering of PDU is done similarly as specified in command
Send Message +CMGS, except that the SMSC address field is not
present.

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A type of acknowledgement in PDU

mode

Values:

0 : send RP-ACK without PDU (same as TEXT

mode)

1 : send RP-ACK with optional PDU message

2 : send RP-ERROR with optional PDU message

<length> integer - length of the PDU message

Text Mode

AT+CNMA
Only positive acknowledgement to network (RP-ACK) is possible.

AT+CNMA=?
Test command returned information are different between SMS PDU
Mode and SMS Text Mode, as explained below.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 851 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

PDU Mode
Test command returns the possible range of values for the
parameter <n>.

Text Mode
Test command returns the OK result code.

In case that a directly routed message must be buffered in ME/TA

(possible when +CNMI parameter <mode> equals 0 or 2) or AT
interpreter remains too long in a state where result codes cannot be
sent to TE (e.g. user is entering a message using +CMGS),
acknowledgement (RP-ACK) is sent to the network without waiting
+CNMA command from TE.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 852 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• PDU Mode

AT+CSMS=1
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK

Set PDU mode.

AT+CMGF=0
OK

AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0
OK

Message is received from network.

+CMT: "",70
06816000585426000480980600F170110370537284...

Send positive acknowledgement to the network.

AT+CNMA=0
OK

Message is received from network.

+CMT: "",70
06816000585426000480980600F170110370537284...

Send negative acknowledgment (Unspecified error) to the network.

AT+CNMA=2,3<CR>
> 00FF00 <Ctrl-Z>
OK

• Text Mode

AT+CSMS=1
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK

Set Text mode.

AT+CMGF=1
OK

AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 853 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Message is received from network.

+CMT: "+821020955219",,"07/07/26,20:09:07+36"
TEST MESSAGE

Send positive acknowledgement to the network.

AT+CNMA
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 854 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.16. AT+CMGS - Send Short Message

The command is related to sending short messages.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CMGS
Execution command sends a short message to the network. It can have
two syntax formats according to the SMS format: PDU or Text mode (see
+CMGF command). If short message is successfully sent to the network,
the result is shown with the following URC:

+CMGS: <mr>[,<scts>]
Additional info:

In PDU mode, the +CMGS command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGS=<length>

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

and waits for the specified number of bytes. the PDU shall be
hexadecimal format (each octet of the PDU is given as two IRA
character long hexadecimal number) and given in one line.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 855 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer N/A length in bytes of the PDU to be

sent (excluding the SMSC address
octets)

Value:

7÷164 : number of bytes

In Text mode, the +CMGS command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

After this prompt, you can enter text that should be formatted as
follows:

- if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that GSM03.38 default

alphabet is used and current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates that
3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set,
then ME/TA converts the entered text into GSM alphabet,
according to 3GPP TS 27.005, Annex A; backspace can be used
to delete last character and carriage returns can be used; after
every <CR> entered by the user the sequence
<CR><LF><greater_than><space> is sent to the TE.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 856 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data

coding scheme is used or current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates
that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set,
the entered text should consist of two IRA character long
hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA converts into 8-bit octet
(e.g. the 'asterisk' will be entered as 2A (IRA50 and IRA65) and
this will be converted to an octet with integer value 0x2A)

To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

Name Type Default Description

<da> string - destination address, string type

represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS).

<toda> string 129 type of destination address

For Verizon FW, the range of <toda> is
0 - 255.

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the

"+")

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<mr> integer TP-Message-Reference number as per 3GPP TS

23.040

<scts> string TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String

Format.
<scts> is returned when +CSMS <service> value is 1
and network supports.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 857 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The DCD signal shall be in ON state while data is entered. The

echoing of data is controlled by echo command E.

In PDU mode: when the length of the SMSC address equals 0,

then the SMSC address set with command +CSCA is used; in this
case the SMSC Type of Address octet shall not be present in the
data.

To ensure that during the command execution, which may take

several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands issued,
care must take.

It is possible to send a concatenation of at most 16 SMs; the

maximum number of chars depends on the <dcs>:
- 2432 chars
- 2128 chars if 8-bit is used
- 1056 chars if UCS2 is used

If message sending fails for some reason, then an error code is

reported.

AT+CMGS=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To avoid malfunctions it is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr> or +CMS

ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 858 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set PDU mode

AT+CMGF=0
OK
AT+CMGS=18
> 088128010099010259115507811020905512F90000A704F4F29C0E
+CMGS: 124

OK

Set text mode

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK
AT+CMGS="01090255219",129
>TEST MESSAGE
+CMGS:125

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 859 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.17. AT+CMGC - Send SMS Command

The command is related to sending SMS command.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMGC
Execution command sends command message from a TE to the network
(SMS-COMMAND). It can have two syntax formats according to the SMS
format: PDU or Text mode (see +CMGF command). If SMS command is
successfully sent to the network, the result is shown with the following
URC:

in PDU mode:
+CMGC: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]

in text mode:
+CMGC: <mr>[,<scts>]

Additional info:

In PDU mode, the +CMGC command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGC=<length>

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 860 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

and waits for the specified number of bytes. the PDU shall be
hexadecimal format (each octet of the PDU is given as two IRA
character long hexadecimal number) and given in one line.
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - length of the actual TP data unit in

octets. (Excluding the SMSC
address octets).

Message header and contents in PDU mode format. See

description in Table:
Reference Description Length
<SCA> Service Center address: 1, 3-12
1 BYTE: length (number of followed BYTES
octets). Mandatory 1 BYTE: <tosca> - (When
value between 128-255 length is
1, length
BYTE =
0)
<FO> First Octet. 1 BYTE

Bit/s Reference Description

0-1 Message- Parameter
Type- describing the
Indicator message type.
1 0 SMS-
COMMAND (in
the direction
MS to SC)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 861 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

5 TP-Status- Parameter
Report- indicating if a
Request status report is
requested by
the MS
0 A status
report is not
requested
1 A status
report is
requested
6 TP-User- Parameter
Data- indicating
Header- whether the
Indicator beginning of
the User Data
field contains a
Header in
addition to the
short message
or contains
only the short
message
0 The TP-UD
field contains
only the short
message
1 The
beginning of
the TP-UD field
contains a
Header in
addition to the
short message
<TP-MR> Message Reference. An integer 1 BYTE
representation of a reference number
of the SM submitted to the SC by the
MS. Values between 0-255.
<TP-PID> Protocol-Identifier. Values between 0- 1 BYTE
255.
<TP-CT> Command Type 1 BYTE

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 862 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<TP-MN> Message Number 1 BYTE

<TP-DA> Destination address formatted 2-12
according to the formatting rules of BYTES
address fields.
<TP-CDL> Command data length 1 BYTE
<TP-CD> Command data 0-156
BYTES

In Text mode, the +CMGC command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGC=<fo>,<ct>[, <pid>[,<mn>[, <da>[,<toda>]]]]

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

Name Type Default Description

<fo> integer - First octet of 3GPP TS 23.040 SMS-

COMMAND in integer format.

<ct> integer - TP-Command-Type in integer format

specified in 3GPP TS 23.040. Default
value is 0.

<pid> integer 0 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer

format.

Value:

0÷255 : TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 863 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<mn> integer - TP-Message-Number in integer

format.

<da> string - TP-Destination-Address-Value field

in string format represented in the
currently selected character set
(see +CSCS).

<toda> integer 129 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-

Address octet:

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the

"+")

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<mr> integer TP-Message-Reference in integer format

<ackpdu> string RP-User-Data element of RP-ACK PDU (When

+CSMS <service> value is 1 and network
supports).

<scts> string TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String

Format. (When +CSMS <service> value is 1 and
network supports).

The DCD signal shall be in ON state while data is entered. The

echoing of data is controlled by echo command E.

In PDU mode: when the length of the SMSC address equals 0,

then the SMSC address set with command +CSCA is used; in this
case the SMSC Type of Address octet shall not be present in the
data.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 864 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

To ensure that during the command execution, which may take

several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands issued,
care must take.

If message sending fails for some reason, then an error code is

reported.

AT+CMGC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To avoid malfunctions it is suggested to wait for the +CMGC: <mr> or +CMS

ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 865 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set PDU mode

AT+CMGF=0
OK
AT+CMGC=15
> 07917952140230f202440002340C917952446585600100
+CMGC: 124

OK

Set text mode

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK
AT+CMGS="01090255219",129
> Text Message is entered <CTRL-Z>
+CMGS:125

OK
AT+CMGC=2,1,0,125
> Text Message is entered <CTRL-Z>
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 866 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.18. AT+CMSS - Send Message from Storage

This command sends to the network a message which is already stored in the <memw>
storage.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]
Execution command sends to the network a message which is already
stored in the <memw> storage (see +CPMS) at the location <index>.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> string - location value in the message storage

<memw> of the message to send

<da> string - destination address, string type

represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS); if it is given it
shall be used instead of the one stored with
the message.

<toda> integer N/A type of destination address

For Verizon FW, the range of <toda> is 0 -
255.

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the "+")

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 867 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is

sent in the format:
+CMSS: <mr>

Name Type Default Description

<mr> integer - message reference number

If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported:

+CMS ERROR:<err>

To store a message in the <memw> storage see command +CMGW.

Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,

which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting
commands are issued.

AT+CMSS=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMSS: <mr> or

+CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 868 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.19. AT+CMGW - Write Short Message to Memory

The command is related to writing short messages.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CMGW
Execution command writes a new short message in the <memw>
memory storage (see +CPMS). It can have two syntax formats according
to the SMS format: PDU or Text mode (see +CMGF command). If short
message is successfully written the following URC is displayed:

+CMGW: <index>
Additional info:

In PDU mode the +CMGW command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

and waits for the specified number of bytes.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 869 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer N/A length in bytes of the

PDU to be written

Value:

7÷164 : number of bytes

<stat> integer N/A message status

Values:

0 : new message new message (received unread

message; default for DELIVER messages
(3GPP TS 23.040 SMS-DELIVER messages))

1 : read message

2 : stored message not sent yet (default for

SUBMIT messages (3GPP TS 23.040 SMS-
SUBMIT messages))

3 : stored message already sent

<data> hex - PDU bytes, given in

online mode

In Text mode the +CMGW command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGW[=<da>[,<toda>[,<stat>]]]

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 870 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

After this prompt, you can enter text that should be formatted as
follows:

- if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that GSM03.38/23.038

default alphabet is used and current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates
that 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is
not set, then ME/TA converts the entered text into GSM
alphabet, according to 3GPP TS 27.005, Annex A; backspace can
be used to delete last character and carriage returns can be
used..

- if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data

coding scheme is used or current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates
that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set,
the entered text should consist of two IRA character long
hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA converts into 8-bit octet
(e.g. the 'asterisk' will be entered as 2A (IRA50 and IRA65) and
this will be converted to an octet with integer value 0x2A)

The command waits for the specified number of bytes.

To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

Name Type Default Description

<da> string - destination address, string type

represented in the currently
selected character set (see
+CSCS).

<toda> integer N/A type of destination address

For Verizon FW, the range of
<toda> is 0 - 255.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 871 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the

character "+")

<stat> string "STO message status

UNSENT"

Values:

"REC : new received message unread

UNREAD"

"REC READ" : received message read

"STO UNSENT" : message stored not yet sent

"STO SENT" : message stored already sent

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<index> integer message location index in the memory <memw>

(see +CPMS). If message storing fails for some
reason, an error code is reported.

The DCD signal shall be in ON state while <data> is entered. The

echoing of <data> is controlled by echo command E.

In PDU mode, not only SUBMIT messages can be stored in SIM,

but also DELIVER and STATUS REPORT messages (3GPP TS
23.040 SMS-STATUS-REPORT messages). SUBMIT messages can
only be stored with status 2 or 3; DELIVER and STATUS REPORT
messages can only be stored with status 0 or 1.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 872 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Care must be taken to ensure that during the command

execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM
interacting commands are issued.

It is possible to save a concatenation of at most 16 SMs; the

maximum number of chars depends on <dcs>:
- 2432 chars
- 2128 chars if 8-bit is used
- 1056 chars if UCS2 is used

In text mode, not only SUBMIT messages can be stored in SIM,

but also DELIVER messages.

The type of saved message depends upon the current <fo>

parameter (see +CSMP). For a DELIVER message, current <vp>
parameter (see +CSMP) is used to set the message Service
Centre Time Stamp <scts>, so it must be an absolute time string,
e.g. "09/01/12,11:15:00+04".

SUBMIT messages can only be stored with status "STO UNSENT"

or "STO SENT"; DELIVER messages can only be stored with
status "REC UNREAD" or "REC READ".

If message writing fails for some reason, then an error code is

reported.

AT+CMGW=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To avoid malfunctions it is suggested to wait for the +CMGW: <index> or

+CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 873 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

set PDU mode

AT+CMGF=0
OK
AT+CMGW=18
> 088128010099010259115507811020905512F90000A704F4F29C0E
+CMGW: 29

OK

set text mode

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK
AT+CSCA="821029190903",145
OK
AT+CMGW="0165872928"
> test message...
+CMGW: 28

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 874 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.20. AT+CMGD - Delete Message

This command allows to delete from memory messages.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]
Execution command deletes SMS message(s) from a selected memory
storage. Storage is selected by command +CPMS.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - Message index in the selected storage; it

can have values from 1 to N, where N
depends on the available space in the
selected storage (see +CPMS)

<delflag> integer 0 Type of multiple message deletion

Values:

0 : delete message specified in <index>

1 : delete all read messages from selected storage,

leaving unread messages and stored mobile
originated messages (whether sent or not)
untouched

2 : delete all read messages from selected storage and

sent mobile originated messages, leaving unread
messages and unsent mobile originated messages
untouched

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 875 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : delete all read messages from selected storage, sent

and unsent mobile originated messages, leaving
unread messages untouched

4 : delete all messages from selected storage.

If <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then, if <index> is greater

than 0, <index> is ignored and the command follows the rules for
<delflag> shown above.

In case of Verizon FW, delete an empty slot with specified <index>

will return +CMS ERROR: 321 or ERROR.

AT+CMGD=?
Test command shows the valid memory locations <index> and the
supported values of <delflag>.

AT+CMGD=?
+CMGD: (1,2,3,6,7,17,18,19,20,37,38,39,47),(0-4)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 876 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.21. AT#SMSMODE - SMS Commands Operation Mode

SMS Commands Operation Mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SMSMODE=<mode>
Set command enables/disables the check for presence of SMS Service
Centre Address (SCA) in the Fixed Dialing Number (FDN) phonebook.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 Enables/disables the check for

presence of SCA in FDN
phonebook.

Values:

1 : Disables the check for presence of SCA in FDN

phonebook.

2 : Enables the check for presence of SMS SCA in the

FDN phonebook when FDN are enabled. If the SMS
SCA is not present a SMS cannot be sent.

AT#SMSMODE?
Read command reports whether the check of SMS SCA in FDN phonebook
is enabled or not, in the format:

#SMSMODE: <mode>

AT#SMSMODE=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 877 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the range of <mode> parameter values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 878 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.22. AT#SMSSECENA - Secure SMS Enable/Disable

Secure SMS Management Enable/Disable.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SMSSECENA=<action>
Set command enables/disables the secure SMS management.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer 1 Enable/Disable the secure SMS

management

Values:

0 : Disable the secure SMS management

1 : Enable the secure SMS management

AT#SMSSECENA?
Read command reports whether the secure SMS management is enabled
or not, in the format:
#SMSSECENA: <action>

AT#SMSSECENA=?
Test command reports the range of <action> parameter values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 879 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.23. AT#CMGS - Send Short Message

This command sends a short message.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CMGS=<param1>,<param2>
Execution command sends a short message to the network. <param1> and
<param2> assume different meanings according to the used SMS format.
If message is successfully sent, then the result is shown with the following
URC:

#CMGS: <mr>
<mr> parameter is described in Unsolicited fields section.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<param1> mixed - The meaning of this parameter depends on

the SMS format (PDU or Text mode)
selected by +CMGF.

<param2> mixed - The meaning of this parameter depends on

the SMS format (PDU or Text mode)
selected by +CMGF.

Additional info:

In case of PDU mode the parameters meaning is the following:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 880 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<param1> integer N/A length in bytes of the PDU to be

sent (excluding the SMSC address
octets)

Value:

7÷164 : number of bytes

<param2> hex - PDU bytes

In case of Text mode the parameters meaning is the following:

Name Type Default Description

<param1> string - destination address

<param2> string - text to send

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<mr> integer TP-Message-Reference number as per 3GPP TS 23.040

in PDU mode: when the length of the SMSC address equals 0, then
the SMSC address set with command +CSCA is used; in this case
the SMSC Type Of Address octet shall not be present in the
<param2>.

In Text mode, the text entered with <param2> should be enclosed

between double quotes and formatted as follows:
- if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038
default alphabet is used and current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates
that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-DataHeader-Indication is not set,

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 881 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

then the ME/TA converts the entered text into GSM alphabet,
according to 3GPP TS 27.005 Annex A.

- if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data

coding scheme is used and current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates
that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-DataHeader-Indication is set, then
the entered text should consist of two IRA character long
hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA converts into 8-bit octet
(e.g. the asterisk will be entered as 2A (IRA 50 and IRA 65) and
this will be converted to an octet with integer value 0x2A).

If message sending fails for some reason, then an error code is

reported.

AT#CMGS=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To avoid malfunctions it is suggested to wait for the #CMGS: <mr> or +CMS

ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
The command maximum length is 560 including the AT command itself. For
example: AT#CMGS="1234567","SMS text" the length is 28.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 882 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.24. AT#CMGW - Write Short Message To Memory

This command writes a new short message.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CMGW=<param1>,<param2>
Execution command writes a new short message in the <memw> memory
storage (see +CPMS). <param1> and <param2> assume different
meanings according to the used SMS format.
If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is shown
with the following URC:

#CMGW: <index>
<index> parameter is described in Unsolicited fields section.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<param1> mixed - The meaning of this parameter depends on

the SMS format selected (PDU or Text
mode) by +CMGF.

<param2> string - The meaning of this parameter depends on

the SMS format selected (PDU or Text
mode) by +CMGF.

Additional info:

In case of PDU mode the parameters meaning is the following:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 883 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<param1> integer N/A length in bytes of the PDU to be

written

Value:

7÷164 : number of bytes

<param2> hex - PDU bytes

In case of Text mode the parameters meaning is the following:

Name Type Default Description

<param1> string - destination address

<param2> string - text to write

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<index> integer message location index in the memory <memw> (see

+CPMS)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 884 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In Text mode, the text entered with <param2> should be enclosed

between double quotes and formatted as follows:
- if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038
default alphabet is used and current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates
that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-DataHeader-Indication is not set,
then the ME/TA converts the entered text into GSM alphabet,
according to 3GPP TS 27.005 Annex A.

- if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data

coding scheme is used and current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates
that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-DataHeader-Indication is set, then
the entered text should consist of two IRA character long
hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA converts into 8-bit octet
(e.g. the asterisk will be entered as 2A (IRA 50 and IRA 65) and
this will be converted to an octet with integer value 0x2A).

If message storing fails for some reason, then an error code is

reported.

AT#CMGW=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To avoid malfunctions it is suggested to wait for the #CMGW: <index> or

+CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
The command maximum length is 560 including the AT command itself. For
example: AT#CMGW="1234567","SMS text" the length is 28.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 885 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.25. AT#CMGLCONCINDEX - Report Concatenated SMS Indexes

The command reports list of all concatenated SMS

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CMGLCONCINDEX
The command reports a line for each concatenated SMS containing:

#CMGLCONCINDEX: <N>,<i>,<j>,<k>,...

If no concatenated SMS is present on the SIM, only OK result code will be

returned.
The parameters are described in the Additional info section.
Additional info:

Here is the meaning of the parameters returned by the command.

Name Type Default Description

<N> integer - Number of segments that form the

whole concatenated SMS.

<i> integer - index of the first SMS segment.

0 if segment has not been received.

<j> integer - index of the second SMS segment.

0 if segment has not been received.

<k> integer - index of the third SMS segment

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 886 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 if segment has not been received

<...> integer - index of the next SMS segment ...

AT#CMGLCONCINDEX=?
Test command returns OK result code.

Example of 2 concatenated SMS:

First composed by 3 segments: 1,2,3, but segment 0 not received yet.
Secondo composed by segments: 4,5,6,7,8, but segment 7 not received yet.

AT#CMGLCONCINDEX
#CMGLCONCINDEX: 3,0,2,3
#CMGLCONCINDEX: 5,4,5,6,0,8
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 887 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.26. AT#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator

This set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an incoming SMS
message. If enabled, a negative going pulse is generated when receiving an incoming
SMS message.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT#E2SMSRI=[<n>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 RI enabling

Values:

0 : disables RI pin response for incoming SMS

messages

50÷1150 : enables RI pin response for incoming SMS. The

value of <n> is the duration in ms of the pulse
generated on receipt of an incoming SMS.

If +CNMI=3,1 command is issued, and the module is in a GPRS

connection, a 100 ms break signal is sent and a 1 sec. pulse is
generated on RI pin, no matter if the RI pin response is either
enabled or not.

AT#E2SMSRI?
Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated on
receipt of an SMS, in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 888 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#E2SMSRI: <n>

<n>=0 means that the RI pin response to an incoming SMS is

disabled

AT#E2SMSRI=?
Reports the range of supported values for parameter <n>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 889 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.27. AT#SMOV - SMS Overflow

The command is used to enable the SMS overflow signaling functionality.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#SMOV=[<mode>]
Set command enables the SMS overflow signaling function. If enabled,
URC code is:

#SMOV: <memo>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 signaling functionality mode

Values:

0 : disables SMS overflow signaling function

1 : enables SMS overflow signaling function

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<memo> string the SMS storage that has reached the maximum
capacity
Values:

"SM" : SIM Memory

"ME" : NVM SMS Storage

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 890 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When the maximum storage capacity has been reached, if enabled,

a network-initiated notification is sent.

AT#SMOV?
Read command reports whether the SMS overflow signaling function is
currently enabled or not, in the format:

#SMOV: <mode>

AT#SMOV=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 891 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.28. AT#SMSMOVE - Move Short Message to other Memory

This command moves selected Short Message from current memory to destination
memory.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SMSMOVE=<index>
Execution command moves selected Short Message from current memory
to destination memory.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<index> string - message index in the memory selected by

+CPMS command. It can have values form 1
to N, where N depends on the available
space, see +CPMS.

If the destination memory is full, an error is returned.

AT#SMSMOVE?
Read command reports the message storage status of the current
memory and the destination memory in the format:

#SMSMOVE:<curr_mem>,<used_curr_mem>,<total_curr_mem>,
<dest_mem>,<used_dest_mem>,<total_dest_mem>

Additional info:

Parameters:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 892 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<curr_mem> string N/A current memory, selected

by +CPMS command

Values:

SM : SIM SMS memory storage

ME : NVM SMS storage

<used_curr_mem> integer - number of SMs stored in

the current memory

<total_curr_mem> integer - max number of SMs that

the current memory can
contain

<dest_mem> string SM destination memory

Values:

SM : SIM memory

ME : device memory

<used_dest_mem> integer - number of SMs stored in

the destination memory

<total_dest_mem> integer - max number of SMs that

the destination memory
can contain

AT#SMSMOVE=?
Test command reports the supported values for parameter <index>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 893 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SMSMOVE?
#SMSMOVE: "ME",3,100,"SM",0,50
OK
The current memory is ME where 3 SMs are stored; the destination memory
is SIM that is empty
AT+CMGL=ALL
+CMGL: 1,"STO UNSENT","32XXXXXXXX","",
Test 1
+CMGL: 2,"STO UNSENT","32XXXXXXXX","",
Test 2
+CMGL: 3,"STO UNSENT","32XXXXXXXX","",
Test 3
OK
List the SMs to discover the memory index
AT#SMSMOVE=1
OK
Move the SM in the first position of ME to SIM
AT#SMSMOVE?
#SMSMOVE: "ME",2,100,"SM",1,50
OK
Now we have 2 SMs in ME and 1 in SIM

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 894 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.29. AT#SMSUCS - SMS Un-Change Status

Set commands to keep the SMS status.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SMSUCS=<mode>
Set command allows to keep the SMS Status to UNREAD after +CMGR or
+CMGL.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Change/Not Change the SMS status

Values:

0 : The SMS Status will change.

1 : The SMS Status will not change.

AT#SMSUCS?
Read command returns the current value of the <mode> parameter.

AT#SMSUCS=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 895 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SMSUCS?
#SMSUCS: 1

OK
AT+CMGR=1
+CMGR: "REC UNREAD","+393333075581","","08/07/07,10:48:44+36"
TEST MESSAGE.

OK
AT+CMGR=1
+CMGR: "REC UNREAD","+393333075581","","08/07/07,10:48:44+36"
TEST MESSAGE.

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 896 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.9.30. AT#ISMSCFG - SMS Transport Configuration

This command changes the configuration parameter for outgoing SMS.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ISMSCFG=<mode>
Set command changes the configuration parameter for outgoing SMS,
which will be used to route the SMS either over CPS or over IMS (IP
Multimedia Core Network Subsystem).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A configuration parameter for outgoing

SMS.

Values:

0 : SMS service is not to be invoked over the IP networks

1 : SMS service is preferred to be invoked over the IP

networks

Default value of <mode> is 0 for ATT Firmware (NA, SA, NF-ATT)

and Vodafone NZ Firmware.
Default value is 1 for other models.

Device reboot is needed all the time after changing <mode> value.
The current setting is stored in NVM.

AT#ISMSCFG?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 897 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current domain selected to route the outgoing
SMS in the format:

#ISMSCFG: <mode>

AT#ISMSCFG=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>, in the format:

#ISMSCFG: (list of supported <mode>s)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 898 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Time & Alarm

3.10.1. AT+CCLK - Clock Management

The command is related to real time clock management.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CCLK=<time>
Set command sets the real-time clock of the module.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<time> string N/A Current time as quoted

string in the format:
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"

Values:

yy : year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99

MM : month (two digits are mandatory), range is 01..12

dd : day (two digits are mandatory) The range for dd(day)

depends either on the month and on the year it
refers to. Available ranges are: (01..28) (01..29)
(01..30) (01..31). Trying to enter an out of range value
will raise an ERROR message.

hh : hour (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..23

mm : minute (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..59

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 899 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

ss : seconds (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..59

±zz : time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in

quarter of an hour, between the local time and GMT;
two digits are mandatory), range is -96...+96

AT+CCLK?
Read command returns the current setting <time> of the real-time clock,
in the format:

+CCLK: <time>

The three last characters of <time>, i.e. the time zone information,
are returned by AT+CCLK? only if the #NITZ URC 'extended' format
has been enabled (see #NITZ).

AT+CCLK=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

Set date and time:

AT+CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+00"
OK
Read date and time:
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "02/09/07,22:30:25"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 900 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.2. AT+CALA - Alarm Management

This command is related to the alarm management.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CALA=<time>[,<n>[,<type>[,<text>[,<recurr>[,<silent>]]]]]
Set command stores in the internal Real Time Clock of the module an
alarm time with respective settings.

It is possible to set up a recurrent alarm for one or more days in the week.
• Currently just one alarm can be set.
• Alarms are not supported after disconnecting from power. Coin cell
are supported. In case of a power cut, alarm will be deleted and
needs to be re-set.

When the RTC time reaches the alarm time then the alarm starts, the
behavior of the module depends on the setting <type> and if the module
was already ON at the moment when the alarm time had come.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<time> string - current alarm time as quoted string in

the format:

"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"

Refer to +CCLK for the string meaning.

Empty string (+CALA="") deletes the
current alarm and resets all the +CALA

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 901 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

parameters to the factory default

configuration.
"hh:mm:ss±zz" string must be used only
when issuing +CALA with parameter
<recurr>.

<n> integer 0 index of the alarm

Value:

0 : the only value supported

<type> integer 1 alarm behavior type

Values:

0 : reserved

1 : the module wakes up fully operative as if the

ON/OFF button has been pressed. If the module is
already ON when the alarm times out, then it does
nothing.

2÷8 : see Additional info section.

<text> string - alarm code text string used in the URC

+CALA. It has meaning only if <type> is
equal to 2, 5 or 6.

<recurr> string N/A sets a recurrent alarm for one or more

days in the week in the following format:

"X[,Y[,...]]"

where X, Y, ... can assume the following

values:

Values:

0 : all days in the week

1 : Monday

2 : Tuesday

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 902 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : Wednesday

4 : Thursday

5 : Friday

6 : Saturday

7 : Sunday

<silent> integer N/A indicates if the alarm is silent or not

Values:

0 : the alarm is not silent

1 : the alarm is silent

Additional info:

<type>=2
The module wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was
powered OFF, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the
module issues an unsolicited code every 3 s:
+CALA: <text>
Where <text> is the +CALA optional parameter previously set.
The module keeps on sending the unsolicited code every 3 s until a
#WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90 seconds timer
expires. If the module is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the
#WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down.

<type>=3
The module wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was
powered OFF, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the
module starts playing the alarm tone on the selected path for the
ringer (see command #SRP).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 903 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The module keeps on playing the alarm tone until a #WAKE or

#SHDN command is received or a 90 s time-out occurs. If the device
is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command
within 90s then it shuts down.
If alarm expires during a call alarm sound will stop when the call is
disconnected.

<type>=4
The module wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was
off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the module
brings the alarm pin high, provided that one has been set (using
#ALARMPIN or #GPIO) and keeps it in this state until a #WAKE or
#SHDN command is received or a 90 seconds timer expires. If the
device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE
command within 90s then it shuts down.

<type>=5
The module will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and
<type>=3.

<type>=6
The module will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and <type>=4.

<type>=7
The module will make both the actions as for <type>=3 and <type>=4.

<type>=8

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 904 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The module wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the module sets
high the RI output pin. The RI output pin remains high until next
#WAKE issue or until a 90s timer expires. If the device is in "alarm
mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s. After
that it shuts down.

The "alarm mode" is indicated by hardware pin CTS to the ON

status and DSR to the OFF status, while the "power saving" status
is indicated by a CTS - OFF, DSR - OFF and USB_VBUS - OFF
status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON or
USB_VBUS - ON status.
During the "alarm mode" the device will not make any network
scan and will not register to any network and therefore is not able
to dial or receive any call or SMS.
The only commands that can be issued to the module in this state
are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be
issued during this state.

AT+CALA?
Read command returns the list of current active alarm settings in the
device, in the following format:

[+CALA: <time>,<n>,<type>,[<text>],<recurr>,<silent>]

Note: on READ command <time> does not include the time zone.

AT+CALA=?
Test command returns the list of supported index values, alarm types,
maximum length of the text to be displayed in the URC +CALA, maximum
length of <recurr> and supported <silent>s, in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 905 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CALA: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported

<type>s),<tlength>,<rlength>,(list of supported <silent>s)
Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<tlength> string - maximum length of <text>

parameter

<rlength> string - maximum length of <recurr>

parameter

AT+CALA="02/09/07,23:30:00+00"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 906 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.3. AT+CSDF - Setting Date Format

This command sets the date format of the date information presented to the user.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSDF=[<mode>[,<auxmode>]]
This command sets the date format of the date information presented to
the user, which is specified by use of the <mode> parameter. The <mode>
affects the date format on the phone display and doesn't affect the date
format of the AT command serial interface, so it has no effect on our
device.

The command also sets the date format of the TE-TA interface, which is
specified by use of the <auxmode> parameter (i.e., the <auxmode> affects
the <time> of +CCLK).

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 phone display data format.

Values:

1 : DD-MMM-YYYY

2 : DD-MM-YY

3 : MM/DD/YY

4 : DD/MM/YY

5 : DD.MM.YY

6 : YYMMDD

7 : YY-MM-DD

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 907 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<auxmode> integer 1 TE-TA interface data format.

Values:

1 : yy/MM/dd

2 : yyyy/MM/dd

The <time> format of +CCLK and +CALA is:

• "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz" when <auxmode>=1
• "yyyy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz" when <auxmode>=2

If the parameters are omitted (AT+CSDF=), then this command sets

the default value of <mode>.

AT+CSDF?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> and <auxmode> in
the format:

+CSDF: <mode>,<auxmode>

AT+CSDF=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<mode> and <auxmode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 908 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT+CSDF?
+CSDF: 1,1
OK

AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "00/01/02,03:42:08+00"
OK

• AT+CSDF=1,2
OK

AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "2000/01/02,03:42:23+00"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 909 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.4. AT+CTZR - Time Zone Reporting

This command enables and disables the time zone change event reporting.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CTZR=<onoff>
Set command permits to enable/disable the time zone change event
reporting.
If the reporting is enabled and whenever the time zone is changed, the MT
returns the unsolicited result code:

+CTZV: <tz>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<onoff> string 0 enable/disable the time zone change event

reporting.

Values:

0 : Disable time zone change event reporting

1 : Enable time zone change event reporting

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<tz> string New time zone.

AT+CTZR?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 910 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the currently selected <onoff> in the format:

+CTZR: <onoff>

AT+CTZR=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<onoff>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 911 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.5. AT+CTZU - Automatic Time Zone Update

Set command enables/disables the automatic time zone update via NITZ.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CTZU=<onoff>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<onoff> integer 0 enables/disables the automatic time zone

update via NITZ

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

The command +CTZU is the ETSI standard equivalent of Telit

custom command #NITZ (for the date and time update
functionality).

Despite of the name, the command +CTZU enables automatic

update of the date and time set by +CCLK command (not only time
zone). This happens when a Network Identity and Time Zone (NITZ)
message is sent by the network.
If the automatic date and time update functionality has been
enabled by +CTZU or #NITZ (or both), NITZ message will cause a
date and time update.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 912 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CTZU?
Read command reports the current setting of <onoff> in the format:

+CTZU: <onoff>

AT+CTZU=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <onoff>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 913 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.6. AT#CCLK - Clock Management

The command is related to real time clock management.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CCLK=<time>
Set command sets the real-time clock of the module.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<time> string N/A Current time as quoted

string in the format:
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz,d"

Values:

yy : year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99

MM : month (two digits are mandatory), range is 01..12

dd : day (two digits are mandatory) The range for dd(day)

depends either on the month and on the year, it
refers to. Available ranges are: (01..28) (01..29)
(01..30) (01..31). Trying to enter an out of range value
will raise an ERROR message.

hh : hour (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..23

mm : minute (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..59

ss : seconds (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..59

±zz : time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in

quarter of an hour, between the local time and GMT;
two digits are mandatory), range is: -96..+96

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 914 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

d : number of hours added to the local TZ because of

Daylight Saving Time (summertime) adjustment;
range is 0-2.

AT#CCLK?
Read command returns the current setting of the real-time clock, in the
format <time>.

If the time is set by the network but the Daylight-Saving Time (DST)
information is missing, or the time is set by +CCLK command, then
the <time> format is:

"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"

AT#CCLK=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

Set command:
AT#CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+04,1"
OK

Read command:
AT#CCLK?
#CCLK: "02/09/07,22:30:25+04,1"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 915 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.7. AT#CCLKMODE - Clock Mode

This command allows to enable the local time or the UTC time.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CCLKMODE=<mode>
Set command enables the local time or the UTC time in +CCLK and #CCLK
commands and in #NITZ URC
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Time and date mode

Values:

0 : Local time + local time zone offset

1 : UTC time + local time zone offset

AT#CCLKMODE?
Read command reports whether the local time or the UTC time is enabled,
in the
format:

#CCLKMODE: <mode>

AT#CCLKMODE=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 916 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Example of the two clock mode settings:

AT#CCLKMODE?
#CCLKMODE: 0
OK
#NITZ: 13/03/05,15:20:33+04,0
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "13/03/05,15:20:37+04"
OK
AT#CCLKMODE=1
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "13/03/05,14:20:45+04"
OK
AT#CCLKMODE?
#CCLKMODE: 1
OK
#NITZ: 13/03/05,14:20:53+04,0
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "13/03/05,14:20:55+04"
OK
AT#CCLKMODE=0
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "13/03/05,15:20:59+04"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 917 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.8. AT#CLKSRC - Set Time Clock Source

This command selects the source time clock.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CLKSRC=<src>
Set command selects the source time clock for the system between NITZ,
GNSS or a combination between.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<src> integer 0 sets the clock

source

Values:

0 : NITZ time only

1 : GNSS time only

2 : GNSS time priority

3 : NITZ time priority

4 : DISABLE. With this value, clock source shall not be

update not by NITZ nor by GNSS. The only possibility to
set it is by manual setting.

AT#CLKSRC?
Read command reports the current clock source configuration.
#CLKSRC: <src>,<curr>
<src> - see description above.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 918 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<curr> - the current source of time as displayed by +cclk command.

Values are:
0 - INVALID. Time wasn't yet updated through NITZ, GNSS or Manual.
1 - NITZ source.
2 - GNSS source.
3 - Manual source.

AT#CLKSRC=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <src>.

The setting is saved automatically in NVM.

Setting time manually is possible to all values of <src>, but in values

of '0', '1', '2' and '3' time shall be override when NITZ or GNSS
arrives according to the rule that is defined to that value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 919 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.9. AT#WAKE - Wake from Alarm Mode

Stop any alarm activity

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WAKE=<opmode>
Execution command stops any eventually present alarm activity and, if the
module is in alarm mode, it exits the alarm mode and enters the normal
operating mode.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<opmode> integer 0 operating

mode

Value:

0 : normal operating mode; the module exits the alarm

mode and enters the normal operating mode, any
alarm activity is stopped (e.g. alarm tone playing)
and an OK result code is returned.

If #WAKE=0 command is issued after an alarm has been set with

+CALA command, but before the alarm has expired, it will answer
OK but have no effect.

AT#WAKE?
Read command returns the operating status of the device in the format:
#WAKE: <status>
where:
<status>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 920 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 - normal operating mode

1 - alarm mode or normal operating mode with some alarm activity.

AT#WAKE=?
Test command returns OK result code.

The alarm mode is indicated by status ON of hardware pin CTS and

by status ON of pin DSR; the power saving status is indicated by a
CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status; the normal operating status is
indicated by DSR - ON.

During the alarm mode the device will not make any network scan
and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial
or receive any call or SM, the only commands that can be issued to
the MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other
command must not be issued during this state.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 921 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.10. AT+CSTF - Setting Time Format

Set command sets the time format of the time information presented to the user.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSTF=[<mode>]
Set command sets the time format of the time information presented to
the user.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A phone display time format, The default

value is manufacturer specific.

Values:

1 : HH:MM (24 hour clock)

2 : HH:MM a.m./p.m.

3÷7 : Manufacturer specific

AT+CSTF?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> in the format:
+CSTF: <mode>.

AT+CSTF=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 922 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reads the supported <mode>s as a compound value.

+CSTF: (list of supported <mode>s)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 923 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.11. AT+CALD - Delete Alarm

This command deletes an alarm in the ME.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CALD=<n>
Execution command deletes an alarm in the ME.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A alarm index

Value:

0 : alarm index

AT+CALD=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for <n> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 924 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.10.12. AT#NITZ - Network Identity and Time Zone

This command handles Network Identity and Time Zone.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#NITZ=[<val>[,<mode>]]
Set command enables/disables the automatic date/time updating and the
Full Network Name applying. It enables also the #NITZ URC in the format:

#NITZ: <datetime>

and permits to change its format.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<val> integer 7 identifies the functionalities to enable.

The <val> parameter is a sum of integer
values, where every value corresponds to a
functionality:
1 - enables automatic date/time updating
2 - enables Full Network Name applying
4 - sets the #NITZ URC 'extended' format
(see <datetime> below)
8 - sets the #NITZ URC 'extended' format
with Daylight Saving Time (DST) support
(see <datetime> below)

Values:

0 : disables every functionality

1÷15 : sum of integer values

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 925 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the #NITZ URC

Values:

0 : disables the URC

1 : enables the URC

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<datetime> string string format depends on parameter <val>

"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss" - 'basic' format, if <val> is in

(0..3)
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz" - 'extended' format, if
<val> is in (4..7)
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz,d" - 'extended' format
with DST support, if <val> is in (8..15)

For the meaning of the <datetime> subfields,

please check +CCLK and #CCLK commands

If the DST information isn't sent by the network, then the

<datetime> parameter will have the format
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz".

Date and time information can be sent by the network after GSM
registration or after PS attach.

AT#NITZ?
Read command reports whether
1. automatic date/time updating
2. Full Network Name applying
3. #NITZ URC (as well as its format)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 926 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

are currently enabled or not in the format:

#NITZ: <val>,<mode>

AT#NITZ=?
Test command returns supported values of parameters <val> and <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 927 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

WLAN

3.11.1. AT#WLANSTART - Enable/disable WLAN

This command is used to enable/disable WLAN.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANSTART=<mode>[,<cid>[,<ip_family>]]
Set command is used to enable/disable WLAN.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A Status mode

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

2 : Auto enable with start

<cid> integer N/A (PDP Context Identifier) numeric

parameter which specifies a particular
PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT
command).

Value:

1÷max : The value of max is returned by the Test

command.

<ip_family> integer N/A IP family

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 928 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

4 : ipv4

6 : ipv6

• Enable WLAN will start it as access point mode by default

unless configure prior to start (AT#WLANMODE).
• In case of starting WLAN with no network (no SIM card,
+CFUN=4, ...) WLAN will start without internet access and it
will return +CME ERROR: No Internet Access if set
AT#WLANSTART=1. For the case of setting
AT#WLANSTART=2, even starting WLAN without network,
OK response will be returned, and the WLAN data
connection will be regained whenever the network is
successfully registered.

AT#WLANSTART?
Read command returns the current WLAN status in the format:
#WLANSTART: <mode>,<cid>
Where:
<mode>
0 - WLAN OFF
1 - WLAN ON
2 - WLAN ON and auto start
<cid> - as <cid> before

AT#WLANSTART=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 929 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.2. AT#WLANBROADCAST - Enable/disable broadcast

This command is used to enable/disable broadcast.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANBROADCAST=<mode>
Set command is used to enable/disable broadcast.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A Status mode

Values:

0 : Enable broadcast

1 : Disable broadcast

AT#WLANBROADCAST?
Read command returns the current broadcast status in the format:
#WLANBROADCAST: <mode>
Where:
<mode>
0 - Enable broadcast
1 - Disable broadcast

AT#WLANBROADCAST=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 930 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter

<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 931 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.3. AT#WLANSSID - Change SSID name

This command is used to change the SSID name.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANSSID=<ssid>
Set command is used to change the SSID name.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<ssid> string - SSID

The <ssid> length must be of 32 characters or less.

AT#WLANSSID?
Read command returns the current SSID in the format:
#WLANSSID: <ssid>

AT#WLANSSID=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 932 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.4. AT#WLANMODE - Change WLAN mode

This command is used to change the WLAN mode (AP/STA/AP+STA/AP+AP).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANMODE=[<mode>]
Set command is used to change the WLAN mode
(AP/STA/AP+STA/AP+AP).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A Status mode

Values:

0 : Access point mode

1 : STA mode

2 : AP+STA mode

3 : AP+AP mode

If #ETHMODE is set to 1 and ethernet is activated, this command

should not be set as STA mode or AP+STA mode.

AT#WLANMODE?
Read command returns the current mode status in the format:

#WLANMODE: <mode>
Where:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 933 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<mode>
0 - Access point mode
1 - STA mode
2 - AP+STA mode
3 - AP+AP mode

AT#WLANMODE=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 934 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.5. AT#WLANIP - Return assigned IP address

This command returns the assigned IP address.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANIP
Executing this command returns the assigned IP address.

AT#WLANIP=?
Test command returns OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 935 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.6. AT#WLANSIGNAL - Return signal strength of the network

This command returns the signal strength of the connected network.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANSIGNAL
Executing this command returns the signal strength of the connected
network.

AT#WLANSIGNAL=?
Test command returns OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 936 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.7. AT#WLANSCAN - Scanning wifi networks

This command is used for scanning Wi-Fi networks.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANSCAN=[<mode>]
Set command for client mode only for scanning for Wi-Fi networks.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A Mode

Values:

0 : Normal result

1 : Extend result

AT#WLANSCAN=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 937 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.8. AT#WLANCONNECT - Connect to SSID

This command is used to connect to a given SSID.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANCONNECT=<ssid>[,<security>,<key>]
Set command for client mode only, to connect to a given SSID.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<ssid> string - SSID

<security> integer N/A security

Values:

0 : WEP

1 : WPAX

2 : WPA2-EAP

3 : WPA3 SAE

<key> string - key

The <key> length must be of 32 characters or less.

For security type WPA2, <key> parameter is not used

AT#WLANCONNECT?
Read command returns the SSID to which it connects into the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 938 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#WLANCONNECT: <ssid>

AT#WLANCONNECT=?
Test command reports supported values for the parameter <security>
#WLANCONNECT: (0-1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 939 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.9. AT#WLANDISCONNECT - Disconnect from the network

This command is used to disconnect the network.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANDISCONNECT
Execution command will disconnect from the network. Relevant for
client mode only.

AT#WLANDISCONNECT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 940 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.10. AT#WLANCONFIG - Add or change the hostapd.conf

This command is used to add hostapd.conf file.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#WLANCONFIG=<size>
Set command allows to add or change the hostapd.conf.
Hostapd configuration file controls many options with regards to AP mode
only, in which not all are supported by the current WIFI chip.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<size> integer - File size

AT#WLANCONFIG=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 941 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.11. AT#WLANSECURITY - Add hostapd.conf file.

This command allows changing WLAN security parameters. Relevant for AP mode only

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANSECURITY=<wpa>[,<key_mgmt>,<pairwise>,<key>]
Set command allows changing WLAN security parameters. Relevant for
AP mode only.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<wpa> integer N/A Security type

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : WPA1

2 : WPA2

3 : WPA1 + WPA2

4 : WPA3

<key_mgmt> integer N/A Security type

Values:

0 : WPA-PSK

1 : WPA3-SAE

<pairwise> integer N/A This controls wpa's data encryption.

Values:

0 : TKIP

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 942 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : CCMP

2 : TKIP and CCMP

<key> string - The network's password.

For both security type wpa/wpa2/wpa3, <key> length must be of 32

characters or less.

AT#WLANSECURITY?
Read command reports the current value of the parameters.

AT#WLANSECURITY=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
<wpa>,<key_mgmt>,<pairwise>,<key> in the format:
#WLANSECURITY: (0-4),(0-2),(0-2),""

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 943 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.12. AT#WLANEAPCFG - Configure WPA2-EAP settings

Configure WPA2-EAP settings

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANEAPCFG=<method>[,<identity>,<password>,<priv_key_password>]
Set command for configuring the EAP method and associated parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<method> integer 0 WPA2-EAP method used.

Values:

0 : PEAPV0-MSCHAPV2

1 : PEAPV1-GTC

2 : TTLS-MSCHAPV2

3 : TTLS-GTC

4 : TLS

<identity> string - Identifier/Domain name

required for EAP server
authentication.

<password> string - Password for authentication

with EAP server.

<priv_key_password> string - Password for client private

key used for TLS method.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 944 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The <identity>,<password>,<private_key_password> parameters

have a maximum length of 64 characters.

AT#WLANEAPCFG?
Read command returns the WPA2-EAP method and identifier name
configured, in the format:
# WLANEAPCFG: <method>,<identity>

AT#WLANEAPCFG=?
Test command reports supported values for the parameter.
#WLANEAPCFG: (0-
4),"[email protected]","password","priv_key_passwd"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 945 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.13. AT#WLANEAPCERT - Store WLAN EAP Certificates

Store WLAN EAP Certificates

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANEAPCERT=<cert_type>,<size>
Set command to store certificate files (CA Certificate, Client Certificate,
and Client Private key) required for WPA2-EAP methods, into NVM.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cert_type> integer 0 Certificate type to be stored.

Values:

0 : CA certificate from EAP server

1 : Client certificate for TLS method

2 : Client private key file for TLS

<size> integer - Size of certificate to be loaded. 1..8192

Certificate file data should be in PEM format.

To complete the certificate store operation, send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A
hex) to exit without writing the file data send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If the #WLANEAPCERT command is issued again, same certificate
file will be overwritten with latest command input.

AT#WLANEAPCERT?
Read command returns error.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 946 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#WLANEAPCERT=?
Test command returns the supported values for the parameter.
#WLANEAPCERT: (0-1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 947 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.14. AT#WLANCFGERROR - Display last error in detailed form

This command displays the error of hostapd.conf file in detailed form.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANCFGERROR
Execution command will display the last error in detailed form.

AT#WLANCFGERROR=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 948 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.15. AT#WLANINDI - Enable/disable WLAN unsolicited message

This command is used to enable/disable WLAN unsolicited message.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANINDI=<state>
Set command is used to enable/disable WLAN unsolicited message.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer 0 Status mode

Values:

0 : Disable (factory default)

1 : Enable

Need to be saved on profiles.

AT#WLANINDI?
Read command returns the current WLAN status in the format:
#WLANINDI: <state>
Where:
<state>
0 - OFF
1 - ON

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 949 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#WLANINDI=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<state>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 950 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.16. AT#ISEL - Send command via cellular modem or Linux processor

This command directs the WE866Cx Connection Manager to send command via cellular
modem or Linux processor.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ISEL=<mode>
Set command directs the WE866Cx Connection Manager to send AT
commands and data either via a cellular modem or a Linux processor.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Mode

Values:

0 : Executes the AT commands and transmit the data via

Cellular modem processor

1 : Executes the AT commands and transmit the data via

Linux Network Stack.

Additional info:

When AT#ISEL=1 is issued, the following socket AT commands are

executed in WE866Cx Connection Manager:
#SS
#SI
#ST
#SD
#SSEND
#SH

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 951 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#SA
#SL
#SLUDP
#SRECV
#SSENDUDP
#SCFG
#SCFGEXT
#SCFGEXT2
#SCFGEXT3
#SLASTCLOSURE
#SO
#SSENDUDPEXT
#SSENDEXT
#PKTSZ
#DSTO

NOTE: Since the connection manager interface is tightly coupled

with USB configuration ports 13 and 14, the AT#ISEL commands
will work in USBCFG 13 and 14 only. Hence, AT#ISEL should be
executed after AT#CONNMGRSTART

AT#ISEL?
Read command reports the current mode enabled.

AT#ISEL=?
Test command reports the available range of values for the parameter
<mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 952 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.17. AT#WLANBD - Store and erase custom bin file

This command is used to add or change the WLAN board data firmware file or otp file.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#WLANBD=<index>[,<size>]
Set command allows to add or change the WLAN board data firmware file
or otp file.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer N/A This parameter specifies the type of bin file
for upload.

Values:

0 : bdwlan.bin (WLAN board data firmware)

1 : otp.bin (otp)

<size> integer - The parameter is optional parameter to

specify the size of wlan board data firmware
file or otp bin. If this parameter not
specified, the data transfer will be ended
when the '+++' has been input.
If the size parameter is zero and there are
added bin file matched to the <index>, it will
be cleared for set to default.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 953 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• The new bin will be applied after next wlan enable.

• The new bin will be stored in the file system and will not be
cleared even after a reboot. The new bin will be used as
default if it's exist.
• The new bin will be set to default (cleared) after the
LE910Cx is flashed with TFI or XFP.

AT#WLANBD?
Read command returns status of the currently added wlan board data
firmware file or otp file.

#WLANBD : <index>,<size>
#WLANBD : <index>,<size>

Parameter:
<index> The parameter indicate the kind of bin file.
0: bdwlan.bin (wlan board data firmware)
1: otp.bin (otp)

<size> 0 means there are no added wlan board data firmware file. (default)
If the size lager than 0, it means there are added firmware file.

AT#WLANBD=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 954 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.18. AT#WLANICMP - WLANICMP Ping Support

This command enables/disables the ICMP Ping support on WLAN interface.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANICMP=<mode>
Set Command enables/disables the ICMP Ping support on WLAN
interface.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A ICMP Ping Support Mode

Values:

0 : Disable ICMP Ping support

1 : Reserved

2 : Enable free ICMP ping support; the module is sending

a proper ECHO_REPLY to every IP address pinging it.

AT#WLANICMP?
Read command returns whether the ICMP Ping support is currently
enabled or not, in the format:

#WLANICMP: <mode>

AT#WLANICMP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the <mode>
parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 955 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 956 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.19. AT#WLANPING - Send PING request

This command is used to send Ping Echo Request Messages and to receive the
corresponding Echo Reply on WLAN Interface.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANPING=<IPaddr>[,<retryNum>[,<len>[,<timeout>[,<ttl>]]]]
Set command is used to send Ping Echo Request Messages and to receive
the corresponding Echo Reply on WLAN Interface.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<IPaddr> string - IP address of the remote host. This

parameter can be either:
- Any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
- Any host name to be solved with a
DNS query

<retryNum> string 4 Number of Ping Echo Requests to send

Value:

1÷64 : The supported range of ping echo requests to

send.

<len> integer 32 The length of Ping Echo Request

message.

Value:

32÷1640 : The supported range of length for Ping

Echo request message.

<timeout> integer 50 Timeout in 100 ms units, waiting a

single Echo Reply.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 957 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

10÷600 : timeout

<ttl> integer 128 Time to live

Value:

1÷255 : Time to live

Additional info:

Once all the Echo Reply messages are received, a string like that is
displayed:
#WLANPING: <replyid>,<IP address>,<replyTime>,<ttl>
Where:
<replyid> - Echo Reply Number
<IPAddress> - IP address of the remote host
<replytime> - Time, in 100 ms units, required to receive the
response
<ttl> - Time to live of the Echo Reply message.

When the Echo Request timeout expires (no reply received on time)
the response will contain <replyTime> set to 600 and <ttl> set to
255.

To receive the corresponding Echo Reply is not required to enable

separately AT#WLANICMP.

Ping interval is 200 milliseconds.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 958 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Node will wait for all the ping replies and then displayed. For
example, if <retryNum>is 64 then result is displayed once all 64
results are received.

AT#WLANPING=?
The test command returns the following message:
#WLANPING <IPaddr>,<retryNum>,<len>,<timeout>,<ttl>

• AT#WLANPING= "www.telit.com"
#WLANPING: 01,"81.201.117.177",6,50
#WLANPING: 02,"81.201.117.177",5,50
#WLANPING: 03,"81.201.117.177",6,50
#WLANPING: 04,"81.201.117.177",5,50
OK

• AT#WLANPING=?
#WLANPING: 255,(1-64),(32-1460),(10-600),(1-255)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 959 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.20. AT#WLANAPCLIND - WLAN AP client list change notification

This command is used to enable/disable the WLAN AP client list change indication.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANAPCLIND=<mode>
Set command is used to enable/disable the WLAN AP client list change
indication. Relevant for AP mode only.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A Client list change indication

Values:

0 : Disable WLAN AP client list change indication

1 : Enable WLAN AP client list change indication

WLAN event notification must be disabled before entering online

data mode.
If WLAN event notification is enabled, then client list change
indication is displayed as given below. After the indication host can
query the client list using AT#WLANAPCLIST command.
<CR><LF>#WLANAPCLIND<CR><LF>

AT#WLANAPCLIND?
Read command returns whether the WLAN event notification is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
#WLANAPCLIND: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 960 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#WLANAPCLIND=?
Test command returns the supported range of <mode> parameter values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 961 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.21. AT#WLANCMIFSEL - Select between Concurrent mode interfaces

This command is used to switch between the two concurrent WLAN interfaces.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANCMIFSEL=<IFnum>
Set command allows you to select the requested type of WLAN interface,
to apply further AT commands.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<IFnum> integer 0 Current Interface

Values:

0 : First Interface

1 : Second Interface

This command is applicable only to the Concurrent mode

supported in AT#WLANMODE=<3>.

AT#WLANCMIFSEL?
Read command returns the currently selected concurrent mode WLAN
interface status in the format:
#WLANCMIFSEL: <IFnum>
Where:
<IFnum>
0 - First interface (default)
1 - Second interface

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 962 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Note: The default value is 0

AT#WLANCMIFSEL=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<IFnum>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 963 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.22. AT#WLANAPCLIST - Wi-Fi client information

This Command returns number of clients, their MAC addresses , IP addresses, Host
names, and Tx/Rx statistics.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANAPCLIST
Returns number of clients, their MAC addresses , IP addresses, Host
names, and Tx/Rx statistics.

AT#WLANAPCLIST=?
Test commands returns OK

AT#WLANAPCLIST
#WLANAPCLIST:
1,”00:f4:6f:9b:4f:b9”,”192.168.68.100”,”www.client1.com”,569,3467
#WLANAPCLIST:
2,”00:1d:c9:01:02:03”,”192.168.68.101”,“www.client2.com”,500,367
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 964 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.23. AT#WLANCLOCK - Set SDIO clock of the WLAN

This command is used to set the SDIO clock of the WLAN interface

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#WLANCLOCK=<clock>
Set command for configure SDIO clock of the WLAN.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<clock> integer 6 parameter to specify the SDIO clock

Values:

1 : 400khz

2 : 20Mhz

3 : 25Mhz

4 : 50Mhz

5 : 100Mhz

6 : 200Mhz

In order to apply new configuration, the WLAN must be restarted.

This value stored into module storage and keep maintain changed
value by customer even if reboot or FW update

AT#WLANCLOCK?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 965 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read currently configured SDIO clock of the WLAN as below format

#WLANCLOCK: <clock>

Additional info:

The parameter is displaying currently configured <clock> value

Name Type Default Description

<clock> integer 6 The currently configured <clock>

value

Values:

1 : 400khz

2 : 20Mhz

3 : 25Mhz

4 : 50Mhz

5 : 100Mhz

6 : 200Mhz

AT#WLANCLOCK=?
Test command returns the supported range for parameter <clock>

#WLANCLOCK: (1 - 6)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 966 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.24. AT#WLANMODULE - WLAN Module Type

This command is used to define the WLAN Module Type.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#WLANMODULE[=[<module_id>]]
Set command allows to define WLAN module type to be used.
It will select the appropriate WLAN board file to be downloaded to the
module.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<module_id> integer 0 Module Identification Number

Values:

0 : Module Type WE866C3

1 : Module Type WE866C6

Additional info:

Default selected module type is WE866C3

This command is applicable after starting WE866Cx Connection

Manager application. This command should be run after
configuring AT#ISEL=1.

This command should be run before running AT#WLANSTART

command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 967 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This is a one-time configuration command, the configuration is

retained across reboots, power cycles, FOTA but not after XFP/TFI
update. The configuration must be done again after XFP/TFI
update.

AT#WLANMODULE?
Read command returns the current configured WLAN Module type
#WLANMODULE: <module_id>
Where:
<module_id>
0 - Module Type WE866C3
1 - Module Type WE866C6

AT#WLANMODULE=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

at#wlanmodule?
#WLANMODULE: 0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 968 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.25. AT#WLANDFS - WLAN DFS Master Feature

This command is used to enable/disable WLAN DFS Master Feature.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#WLANDFS=[<dfs_master_en>]
Set command allows to enable/disable WLAN DFS Master feature.
It configures WLAN Access Point mode to operate or avoid DFS channels.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<dfs_master_en> integer 1 Enable/disable DFS channel

support.
By default, DFS is enabled in the
system.

Values:

0 : Disable DFS channels support

1 : Enable Access Point operation for DFS

channels

NOTE: This command is applicable after starting WE866Cx

Connection Manager application. This command should be
executed after configuring AT#ISEL=1.

This command should be run before running AT#WLANSTART

command.

This is a one-time configuration command, the configuration is

retained across reboots, power cycles, FOTA but not after XFP/TFI

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 969 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

update. The configuration must be done again after XFP/TFI

update.

AT#WLANDFS?
Read command returns the current DFS Master mode configuration.
#WLANDFS: <configuration>
Where:
<configuration>
0 - DFS Master feature disabled
1 - DFS Master feature enabled

AT#WLANDFS=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

at#wlandfs?
#WLANDFS: 1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 970 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.26. AT#WLANMACMODE - Enable/disable MAC address filtering

This command is used to enable/disable the MAC address filter and is Relevant for AP
mode only.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANMACMODE=<mode>
Set command allows to enable/disable the MAC address filter. Relevant
for AP mode only.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 MAC address filter Mode

Values:

0 : Accept unless in deny list (default)

1 : Deny unless in accept list

AT#WLANMACMODE?
Read command returns the current mode in the format:

#WLANMACMODE : <num>

Example:
at#wlanmacmode?
#WLANMACMODE: 1

AT#WLANMACMODE=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 971 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter

<mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 972 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.27. AT#CONNMGRSTART - Start/stop WE866C3 Connection Manager

This command is used to start/stop the WE866C3 Connection Manager application.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CONNMGRSTART=<operation>,<host_port_id>
Set command is used to start/stop WE866C3 Connection Manager
application.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<operation> integer N/A Operating State

Values:

0 : Stop Connection Manager

1 : Start Connection Manager

<host_port_id> integer N/A Host port ID

Values:

0 : USB0 or USIF0

1 : USB1 or USIF0

2 : Reserved

3 : Reserved

NOTE: To use main uart(USIF0), AT#M2MATP must be configured

as 1 (enable) before starting connection manager.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 973 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#CONNMGRSTART?
Read command return the current operating state:
#CONNMGRSTART: <operation>
Where: <operation>
0 - Not running
1 - Running

AT#CONNMGRSTART=?
Test command return the supported ranges

AT#CONNMGRSTART=1,1
OK
AT#CONNMGRSTART?
#CONNMGRSTART: 1
OK
AT#CONNMGRSTART=?
#CONNMGRSTART: (0-1),(0-3)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 974 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.28. AT#WLANMACDENY - Add/remove MAC address to/from deny list

This command is used to add/remove MAC address to/from deny list.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANMACDENY=<mode>,<mac_address>
Set command allows to add/remove MAC address to/from deny list.
Relevant for AP mode only.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A Deny list mode

Values:

0 : Remove from deny list

1 : Add to deny list

<mac_address> string - Mac address.

Note: Mac address should be
written with ':' between each Hexa
number.
Example:
00:A0:C6:00:00:17

AT#WLANMACDENY?
Read command returns the deny list.

AT#WLANMACDENY=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 975 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 976 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.29. AT#WLANMACACCEPT - Add/Remove MAC address to/from

accept list
This command allows to add/remove MAC address to/from accept list.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANMACACCEPT=<mode>,<mac_address>
Set command allows to add/remove MAC address to/from accept list.
Relevant for AP mode only.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A Accept list Mode

Values:

0 : Remove from accept list

1 : Add to accept list

<mac_address> string - MAC Address.

NOTE: Mac address should be
written with ':' between each Hexa
number.
Example:
00:A0:C6:00:00:17

AT#WLANMACACCEPT?
Read command returns the accept list:

AT#WLANMACACCEPT=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 977 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 978 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.30. AT#WLANCOUNTRYCODE - Set the regulatory domain

This command is used to change the country code.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANCOUNTRYCODE=<country_code>
Set command allows to change the country code. Relevant for AP mode
only.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<country_code> string - Country Code

Note: This can limit available channels and transmit power.

Default: US

AT#WLANCOUNTRYCODE?
Read Command returns the current country code in the format:

#WLANCOUNTRYCODE: <string>
Example:
at#wlancountrycode?
#WLANCOUNTRYCODE: US

OK

AT#WLANCOUNTRYCODE=?
Test command returns OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 979 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 980 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.31. AT#WLANMAC - Return Wi-Fi Hot-Spot MAC address

This command will return Wi-Fi Hot-Spot MAC address

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANMAC
Execution Command will return Wi-Fi Hot-Spot MAC address

AT#WLANMAC=?
Test command returns OK

AT#WLANMAC
#WLANMAC: "00:f4:6f:9b:4f:b9"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 981 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.11.32. AT#WLANPC - Change the channel number and the wlan protocol
This command is used to change the AP channel number and the protocol.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WLANPC=<mode>,<num>
Set command allows to change the AP channel number. Relevant for AP
mode only.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 2 Protocol type

Values:

0 : 'b-only' (2.4 GHz)

1 : 'b/g' (2.4 GHz)

2 : 'b/g/n' (2.4 GHz)

3 : 'a/n' (5 GHz)

4 : 'a/n/ac' (5 GHz)

<num> integer - Channel number. default value is 6

The channel can be selected automatically at run time by setting

channel=0.

AT#WLANPC?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 982 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current channel number and protocol in the
format:
#WLANPC : <mode>,<num>
For example:
AT#WLANPC?
#WLANPC: 1,12
OK

AT#WLANPC=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 983 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Audio

3.12.1. Audio Basic Configuration

3.12.1.1. AT+CALM - Alert Sound Mode

This command is used to select the general alert sound mode of the device.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT+CALM=<mode>
Select the general alert sound mode of the device.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 general alert sound mode

Values:

0 : normal mode

1 : silent mode; no sound will be generated by the device,

except for alarm sound

2 : stealth mode; no sound will be generated by the

device

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 984 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If silent mode is selected then incoming calls will not produce

alerting sounds but only the unsolicited messages RING or
+CRING.

AT+CALM?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>.

AT+CALM=?
Test command returns supported values as compound value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 985 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.2. AT+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level

This command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the device.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT+CRSL=<level>
Set command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the
device.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<level> integer 3 Incoming call ringer sound level.

Values:

0 : Level: Off

1 : Level: Low

2 : Level: Middle

3 : Level: High

4 : Level: Progressive

AT+CRSL?
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the call ringer in the
format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 986 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CRSL: <level>

AT+CRSL=?
Test command reports <level> supported values as compound value.

+CRSL: (0-4)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 987 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.3. AT+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level

This command allows to set the volume of internal loudspeaker audio output.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT+CLVL=<level>
Set command is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker
audio output of the device.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<level> integer 0 Loudspeaker volume.

Value:

0÷max : max value can be read by issuing the Test

command

For LE910Cx ThreadX : <level> factory default=5

For LE910Cx Linux: <level> factory default=0

AT+CLVL?
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the loudspeaker
volume in the format:
+CLVL: <level>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 988 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CLVL=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <level>

LE910Cx Linux : The setting is saved using the &W command.

LE910Cx ThreadX : The setting is not saved.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 989 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.4. AT+CMUT - Microphone Mute Control

This command enables/disables the muting of the microphone audio line during a voice
call.

• 3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT+CMUT=<n>
Set command enables/disables the muting of the microphone audio line
during a voice call.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 Controls the muting of the microphone audio

line

Values:

0 : mute off, microphone active

1 : mute on, microphone muted

This command mutes/activates both internal and external

microphone audio paths.

AT+CMUT?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 990 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports whether the muting of the microphone audio line
during a voice call is enabled or not, in the format:

+CMUT: <n>

AT+CMUT=?
Test command reports the supported values for <n> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 991 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.5. AT+CSIL - Silence Command

This command enables the silent mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSIL=[<n>]
Set command enables/disables the silent mode. When the phone is in
silent mode, all signalling tones from MT are suppressed.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enables/disables the silent mode

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

AT+CSIL?
Read command returns the current value of the parameter <n> in the
format:
+CSIL: <n>

AT+CSIL=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 992 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.6. AT#CAP - Change Audio Path

Change physical audio path.
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

• Telit Modules Software User Guide 2G/3G/4G

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#CAP=[<n>]
Set command defines the mode (hardware or software) to select one
physical audio path when the module provides two physical audio paths.
If the module supports only one physical audio path this command is
provided for backward compatibility.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 audio path

Values:

0 : not supported

1 : handsfree MIC1 - SPKR1 SPKR2 (automatic DSP profile

1 Hands Free)

2 : headset - MIC2 – SPKR1 SPKR2 (automatic DSP profile

2 Headset)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 993 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- The command works only for Analog mode (#DVI = 0)

- The audio path is mutually exclusive, enabling one disables the
other.
- When changing the audio path, the volume level is set at the
previously stored value for that audio path (see +CLVL).

AT#CAP?
Read command reports the set value of the parameter <n> in the format:
#CAP: <n>

AT#CAP=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.

The setting is saved in NVM using the &W command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 994 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.7. AT#SRP - Select Ringer Path

This command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SRP=[<n>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 ringer path number

Values:

0 : it has no effect

1 : it has no effect

2 : it has no effect

3 : it has no effect

AT#SRP?
Read command reports the set value of the parameter <n> in the format:

#SRP: <n>

AT#SRP=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <n>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 995 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.8. AT#SHFSD - Handsfree Sidetone Set

The command purpose is to enable/disable sidetone feature on audio Handsfree path
and change the gain level.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SHFSD=[<mode>[,<gain_level>]]
Set command enables/disables the sidetone on Handsfree audio output
and change the gain level.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable handsfree sidetone

Values:

0 : disable handsfree sidetone

1 : enable handsfree sidetone

<gain_level> integer 15 handsfree sidetone gain level

Value:

0÷30 : handsfree sidetone gain level (+2dB/step)

These parameters saved in NVM issuing AT&W command.

Effected on analog mode only

AT#SHFSD?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 996 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports whether the handsfree sidetone is currently

enabled or not, and current gain level in the format:

#SHFSD: <mode>,<gain_level>

AT#SHFSD=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode> and <gain_level>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 997 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.9. AT#SHSSD - Set Handset Sidetone

This command enables the sidetone on headset audio output and change the gain level.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SHSSD=[<mode>[,<gain_level>]]
Set command enables/disables the sidetone on Headset audio output and
change the gain level.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the handset sidetone

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<gain_level> integer 15 Headset sidetone gain level

Value:

0÷30 : Headset sidetone gain level (+2dB/step)

This parameter is saved in NVM issuing AT&W command.

Effected on analog mode only.

AT#SHSSD?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 998 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports whether the Headset sidetone is currently enabled

or not, and current gain level in the format:
#SHSSD: <mode>,<gain_level>

AT#SHSSD=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode> and <gain_level>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 999 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.10. AT#SPKMUT - Speaker Mute Control

This command enables/disables the global muting of the speaker audio line.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SPKMUT=<n>
Set command enables/disables the global muting of the speaker audio
line, for every audio output (ring, incoming sms, voice, Network coverage).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 muting of the speaker audio line

Values:

0 : mute OFF, speaker active

1 : mute ON, speaker muted

this command mutes/activates both speaker audio paths, internal

speaker and external speaker.

For LE910C1-EUX//SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-WWX product:

• this command enable/disable the muting of the speaker audio
line during a voice call.
• this command only enable/disable the voice call, not global mute.

AT#SPKMUT?
Read command reports whether the muting of the speaker audio line
during a voice call is enabled or not, in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1000 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#SPKMUT: <n>

AT#SPKMUT=?
Test command reports the supported values for <n> parameter.

The setting is saved in NVM using the &W command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1001 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.11. AT#OAP - Open Audio Loop

This set command enables/disables the Open Audio Path.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#OAP=[<mode>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the Open Audio Path

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

The audio loop will be established between microphone and

speaker using sidetone scaling value.
AT#OAP command is intended for testing purposes only.
Thus, care must be taken to ensure that during the command
execution no other audio interacting commands are issued.

AT#OAP?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode> in the
format:

#OAP: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1002 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#OAP=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mode>.

The audio loop is established between microphone and speaker

using sidetone scaling value.
#OAP is intended for testing purposes only. Thus, care must be
taken to ensure that during the command execution no other audio
interacting commands are issued.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1003 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.12. AT#SRS - Select Ringer Sound

Set command sets the ringer tone.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SRS=[<n>,<tout>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 10 ringing tone

Values:

0 : current ringing tone

1÷max : ringing tone number, where max can be read by

issuing the Test command AT#SRS=?

<tout> integer 0 ringing tone playing time-out in

seconds.

Values:

0 : ringer is stopped (if present) and current ringer

sound is set.

1÷60 : ringer sound playing for <tout> seconds and, if <n> >
0, ringer sound <n> is set as default ringer sound.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1004 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- When the command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> > 0, the <n>
ringing tone is played for <tout> seconds and stored as default
ringing tone.
- If command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> = 0, the playing of
the ringing is stopped (if present) and <n> ringing tone is set as
current.
- If command is issued with <n> = 0 and <tout> > 0 then the current
ringing tone is played.
- If both <n> and <tout> are 0 then the default ringing tone is set as
current and ringing is stopped.

If all parameters are omitted then the behavior of Set command is

the same as Read command

AT#SRS?
Read command reports current selected ringing tone and its status in the
following format:
#SRS: <n>,<status>
Additional info:

Parameters returned by the Read command and not described in

the previous sections.

Name Type Default Description

<ringing tone number> integer N/A ringing tone number

Value:

1÷max : ringing tone number

<status> integer 0 ringing status

Values:

0 : selected but not playing

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1005 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : currently playing

AT#SRS=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameters <n> and
<tout>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1006 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.13. AT#SRSEXT - Select Ringer Sound Extended

This command used to set the specific ring sound from file system.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SRSEXT=<mode>[,<file_name>]
Set command sets the specific ring sound from file system.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 mode

Values:

0 : mode off

1 : mode on

<file_name> string - Current ringing file name. Has a

maximum of 32 characters.

- When the command is issued with <mode>=1, the ringing tone is

stored as default ringing tone (AT#SRS is ignored).
- If command is issued with <mode>=0, default ring tone will set
according to AT#SRS.
- <file_name> parameter is mandatory if the <mode>=1 is issued,
but it has to be omitted for <mode>=0 is issued.
- <file_name> must be exists in APLAY folder (AT#ALIST).
- The setting is saved in NVM and available on following reboot.

AT#SRSEXT?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1007 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports current selected ringing and its status in the form:
#SRSEXT: <mode>,<file_name>
where:
<mode> - ringing tone mode
<file_name> - file name.

AT#SRSEXT=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameters <mode>
and <file_name>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1008 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.14. AT#HSGS - Headset GPIO Select

This command used to select the headset GPIO for headset detect.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#HSGS=<n>
Set command select the headset GPIO for headset detect.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer - GPIO number for headset detect, Valid range

is "any input/output pin" (see "Hardware
User's Guide").

- See on "Hardware User's Guide" Headset detection HW

instructions.
- Default value is 0, which means no Headset pin set.
- This command Influence on #GPIO and vice versa.
- This parameter is saved in NVM.

AT#HSGS?
Read command returns the current status of headset detection in the
format:
When <n> not Zero
#HSGS: <n>,<status>
<n> equal to Zero
#HSGS: <n>
where:
<n> - Selected the GPIO number.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1009 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<status> -
1 - Not connected (Logic 'L' voltage level)
2 - Connected (Logic 'H' voltage level)

AT#HSGS=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1010 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.15. AT#HFRECG - Handsfree Receiver Gain

Handsfree Receiver Gain

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#HFRECG=<level>
Set the handsfree analogue output gain
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<level> integer 0 handsfree analogue output gain

Value:

0÷6 : handsfree analogue output (-2dB/step)

This command Influence on +CRSL +CLVL gain dB and another

output gain.

Parameter is saved in NVM issuing AT&W command

Effected on analog mode only

AT#HFRECG?
Returns the current value of parameter <level>, in the format:
#HFRECG: <level>

AT#HFRECG=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1011 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Returns the supported range of values of parameter <level>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1012 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.16. AT#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain

This command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#HSMICG=[<level>]
Set command sets the handset microphone input gain.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<level> integer 0 handset microphone input gain

Value:

0÷7 : input gain (+6dB/step)

AT#HSMICG?
Read command returns the current handset microphone input gain, in the
format:

#HSMICG: <level>

AT#HSMICG=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<level>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1013 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The setting is saved using the &W command.

The setting is saved using the &W command.

Analog and digital audio are supported.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1014 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.17. AT#HSRECG - Handset Receiver Gain

This command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#HSRECG=<level>
Set handset analogue output gain
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<level> integer 0 handset analogue output gain

Value:

0÷6 : analogue output gain (-3dB/step)

Parameter is saved in NVM issuing AT&W command

AT#HSRECG?
Read command returns the current handset analog output gain, in the
format:

#HSRECG: <level>

AT#HSRECG=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<level>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1015 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The setting is saved using the &W command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1016 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.1.18. AT#HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain

Handsfree Microphone Gain

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#HFMICG=[<level>]
Set the handsfree analogue microphone input gain
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<level> integer 1 handsfree microphone input gain

Value:

0÷7 : handsfree microphone gain (+7dB/step)

Parameter is saved in NVM issuing AT&W command

AT#HFMICG?
Returns the current handsfree microphone input gain, in the format:
#HFMICG: <level>

AT#HFMICG=?
Returns the supported range of values of parameter <level>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1017 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.2. Tones configuration

3.12.2.1. AT#STM - Signaling Tones Mode

This command enables/disables the signaling tones output on the audio path

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#STM=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the signalling tones output on the audio
path selected with #SRP command (LE910x supported by fix SRP only).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 signaling tones status

Values:

0 : signaling tones disabled

1 : signaling tones enabled

2 : all tones disabled

AT#STM=0 has the same effect as AT+CALM=2.

AT#STM=1 has the same effect as AT+CALM=0.

AT#STM?
Read command reports whether the current signaling tones status is
enabled or not, in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1018 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#STM: <mode>

AT#STM=?
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>

The setting is saved in NVM using the &W command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1019 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.2.2. AT#TONE - Tone Playback

This command allows the playback of either a single DTMF tone or a dial tone for a
specified period of time.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#TONE=<tone>[,<duration>]
Execution command allows the playback of either a single DTMF tone or a
dial tone for a specified period of time.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<tone> mixed N/A ASCII character describing the tone to be

reproduced.

Values:

0÷9 : DTMF tones from 0 to 9

# : DTMF tone #

* : DTMF tone *

A÷D : DTMF tones from A to D

Y : free tone

<duration> integer 30 Duration of current tone in 1/10 of sec.

Value:

1÷300 : tenth of seconds

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1020 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• #TONE return Error, when play an audio file(#APLAY) and record

an audio file(#ARECD) and play ringer sound(#SRS,ringer,ringback
tone)
For LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-WWX product:
• Not support Y tone

AT#TONE=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
<tone> and <duration>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1021 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.2.3. AT#TSVOL - Tone Classes Volume

This command is used to manage the tone classes volume selection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#TSVOL=<class>,<mode>[,<volume>]
Set command is used to select the volume mode for one or more tone
classes.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<class> integer N/A sum of integers each representing a class

of tones which the command refers to :

Values:

1 : GSM tones

2 : ringer tones

4 : alarm tones

8 : signaling tones

16 : DTMF tones

32 : SIM Toolkit tones

64 : user defined tones (TBD)

128 : reserved

255 : all classes

<mode> integer 0 it indicates which volume is used for the

classes of tones represented by <class>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1022 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : default volume is used

1 : The volume <volume> is used

<volume> string N/A volume to be applied to the set of classes

of tones represented by <class>; it is
mandatory if <mode> is 1.

Value:

1÷max : the value of max can be read issuing the Test

command AT#TSVOL=?

- The class DTMF Tones (<class>=16) refers only to the volume for
locally generated DTMF tones. It does not affect the level of the
DTMF generated by the network as result of AT+VTS command.
- The class signaling tones(<class>=8) effected on VoLTE signaling
tones only.
- The all classes does not effect on active voice call only AT+CLVL
value effected.
- The all classes except ringer tones(<class>= 2)/signaling
tones(<class>=8) are effected on analog mode only.
The ringer tones (<class>=2) is effected on analog and digital
mode.
The signaling tones(<class>=8) is effected on analog and digital
mode.

AT#TSVOL?
Read command returns for each class of tones the last setting of <mode>
and, if <mode> is not 0, of <volume> too, in the format:
#TSVOL: 1,<mode1>[,<volume1>]<CR><LF>
...
#TSVOL: 64,<mode64>[,<volume64>]

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1023 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

no info is returned for class 128.

AT#TSVOL=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters
<class>, <mode> and <volume>.

• AT#TSVOL=84,1,5
OK

• AT#TSVOL?
#TSVOL: 1,0
# TSVOL: 2,0
# TSVOL: 4,1,5
# TSVOL: 8,0
# TSVOL: 16,1,5
# TSVOL: 32,0
#TSVOL: 64,1,5
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1024 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.2.4. AT#SMSVOL - SMS notification volume

This command allows to set the volume of SMS notification.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SMSVOL=<level>
Set command is used to select the volume of the SMS notification.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<level> integer 14 SMS notification volume

Value:

0÷14 : volume step of SMS notification

AT#SMSVOL?
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the SMS notification
volume in the format:

#SMSVOL: <level>

AT#SMSVOL=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <level>

• AT#SMSVOL=11
(volume set to 11 level for SMS notification)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1025 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1026 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.2.5. AT#OOBTSET - Out of Band Tone Set

This set command sets an out of band tone.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#OOBTSET=<mode>,<setting>
Set command for out of band tone.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A selects type of OOB tone set

Values:

1 : duration of VoLTE DTMF tone

2 : volume of VoLTE DTMF tone

<setting> integer N/A if <mode>=1, means duration of a tone.

if <mode>=2, means volume step of tone

Values:

0÷255 : duration of every single tone in 10ms; The

default is 10

1÷10 : volume step of tone; The default is 1

AT#OOBTSET?
Read command reports the currently setting in the form:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1027 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#OOBTSET: <mode>,<setting>

AT#OOBTSET=?
Test command returns OK result code.

• AT#OOBTSET=1,10
(duration set to 100ms for VoLTE DTMF tones)

• AT#OOBTSET=2,1
(volume set to 1 level for VoLTE DTMF tones)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1028 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.3. Audio Profiles

3.12.3.1. AT#PRST - Audio Profile Factory Configuration

This command restores the audio profile to default.
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#PRST
Execution command resets the actual audio parameters in the NVM of
the device to the default set. It is not allowed if active audio profile is 0.
The audio parameters to reset are:

- microphone line gain

- earpiece line gain
- side tone gain
- LMS adaptation speed (step size)
- LMS filter length (number of coefficients)
- speaker to micro signal power relation
- noise reduction max attenuation
- noise reduction weighting factor (band 300-500Hz)
- noise reduction weighting factor (band 500-4000Hz)
- AGC Additional attenuation
- AGC minimal attenuation
- AGC maximal attenuation

AT#PRST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1029 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Current audio profile is reset

AT#PRST
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1030 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.3.2. AT#PSAV - Audio Profile Configuration Save

The command stores in NVM the current audio profile. It is not allowed if active audio
profile is 0, refer to #PSEL command for active profile selection.
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.
This command not saves the actual audio parameters in the NVM of the device.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#PSAV
Execution command saves the following audio parameters:
- microphone line gain
- earpiece line gain
- side tone gain
- LMS adaptation speed
- LMS filter length (number of coefficients)
- speaker to micro signal power relation
- noise reduction max attenuation
- noise reduction weighting factor (band 300-500Hz)
- noise reduction weighting factor (band 500-4000Hz)
- AGC Additional attenuation
- AGC minimal attenuation
- AGC maximal attenuation

AT#PSAV=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1031 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#PSAV
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1032 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.3.3. AT#PSET - Audio Profile Setting

This command used to set parameters for the active audio profile.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#PSET=<scal_in>[,<scal_out>[,<side_tone_atten>[,<adaption_speed>[,<filter_len
gth>[,<rxtxrelation>[,<nr_
atten>[,<nr_w_0>[,<nr_w_1>[,<add_atten>[,<min_atten>[,<max_atten>]]]]]]]]]]]
Set command sets parameters for the active audio profile. It is not allowed if active
audio profile is 0.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<scal_in> integer - microphone line digital gain

(unused)

<scal_out> integer - earpiece line digital gain

(unused)

<side_tone_atten> integer - side tone attenuation

<adaption_speed> integer - LMS adaptation speed (unused)

<filter_length> integer - LMS filter length (number of

coefficients) (unused)

<rxtxrelation> integer - speaker to micro signal power

relation (unused)

<nr_ atten> integer - noise reduction max attenuation

(unused)

<nr_w_0> integer - noise reduction weighting factor

(band 300-500Hz) (unused)

<nr_w_1> integer - noise reduction weighting factor

(band 500-4000Hz) (unused)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1033 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<add_atten> integer - AGC Additional attenuation

(unused)

<min_atten> integer - AGC minimal attenuation

(unused)

<max_atten> integer - AGC maximal attenuation

(unused)

It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

AT#PSET?
Read command returns the parameters for the active profile in the format:
#PSET:
<scal_in>,<scal_out>,<side_tone_atten>,<adaption_speed>,<filter_length>,<rxtxrel
ation>,<nr_atten>,<nr_w_0>,<nr_w_1>,<add_atten>,<min_atten>,<max_atten>

It is not allowed if active audio profile is 0.

AT#PSET=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for the audio parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1034 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.3.4. AT#ADSPC - Audio DSP Configuration

This command used to switch the DSP profile audio path.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ADSPC=<n>[,<ecns mode>]
Set command switches the DSP profile audio path depending on
parameter <n>.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 DSP profile configuration

Values:

0 : Automatic

1 : Hands Free

2 : Headset

3 : Handset

4 : Speaker phone Bluetooth ®

5 : TTY

6 : USB

<ecns mode> integer 0 ECNS mode

Values:

0 : Disables ECNS mode

1 : Enables ECNS

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1035 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- On Automatic mode:
Digital: handset
Analog: according to #CAP
- This command influence on the #CAP / #SRP.
- On Active/MT/MO Voice Call return Error.
- When #TTY command enabled, SET #ADSPC command return
Error.
- The <n> = 4 Speaker phone Bluetooth ® has no effect is included
only for backward compatibility.
- The <n> = 5 "TTY" only configured DSP profile to "Full TTY" mode,
to enable TTY mode and another TTY mode using by #TTY
command.
- The <n> = 6 is only supported by "Disable ECNS mode".

AT#ADSPC?
Read command reports the active DSP profile configuration in the format:
For TTY profile:
#ADSPC: <n>
For Another DSP profile:
#ADSPC: <n>,<ecns mode>

AT#ADSPC=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1036 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.3.5. AT#AUSBC - Audio USB Configuration

This command used to set the USB Audio configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#AUSBC=<samplerate>
Set command sets the USB Audio configuration.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<samplerate> integer 1 Sample rate

Values:

0 : USB Audio sample rate 8KHz

1 : USB Audio sample rate 16KHz

#AUSBC is only supported in LE910Cx Linux, Not supported in

LE910Cx ThreadX.

Manual reboot is required after changing.

The setting is saved in system.

When the firmware is updated, the setting is set to default, but the
setting is maintained in case of FOTA update.

AT#AUSBC?
Report the currently sample rate of USB audio.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1037 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#AUSBC: 1

AT#AUSBC=?
Test command report the range of supported values for parameters
<samplerate>

Configure USB audio <samplerate> to 8KHz

AT#AUSBC=0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1038 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.3.6. AT#PSEL - Audio Profile Selection

This command manages the audio profile selection.
It has no effect and it is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#PSEL=<prof>
Set command selects the active audio profile.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<prof> integer 0 current profile

Values:

0 : standard profile

1÷3 : extended profiles, modifiable

For LE910Cx ThreadX products, 12 profiles can be selected, with

the following functionalities:
0: LEGACY
1: SPEAKERPHONE
2: HEADSET
3: HANDSET
4 .. 11: reserved

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1039 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#PSEL?
Read command returns the active profile in the format:

#PSEL:<prof>

AT#PSEL=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <prof>.

The setting is saved using the &W command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1040 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.4. Echo Canceller Configuration

3.12.4.1. AT#SHSEC - Handset Echo Canceller

It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SHSEC=[<mode>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 dummy parameter

Values:

0 : dummy value

1 : dummy value

AT#SHSEC?
Read command returns the current value of the parameter <mode> in the
format:

#SHSEC: <mode>

AT#SHSEC=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1041 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The setting is saved using the &W command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1042 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.4.2. AT#SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller

This command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SHFEC=[<mode>]
This command has no effect and is included only for backward
compatibility.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 mode parameter

Values:

0 : mode value

1 : mode value

• This setting returns to default after power off.

• Added to #ADSPC.

AT#SHFEC?
Read command reports the value of parameter <mode>, in the format:
#SHFEC: <mode>

AT#SHFEC=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1043 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter

<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1044 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.4.3. AT#SHSNR - Handset Noise Reduction

This command enables the noise reduction function on audio handset input.
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

Audio Tunning for Handsfree Systems, 80464NT11417A

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SHSNR=<mode>
Set command enables/disables the noise reduction function on audio
handset input.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables noise reduction for

handset mode

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

This parameter is saved in NVM issuing AT&W command.

Added to #ADSPC

AT#SHSNR?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1045 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current value of the parameter <mode>, in the
format:

#SHSNR: <mode>

AT#SHSNR=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mode>.

The setting is saved using the &W command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1046 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.4.4. AT#SHFNR - Handsfree Noise Reduction

The command purpose is to enable/disable the Noise Reduction feature on audio
Handsfree path.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SHFNR=<mode>
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Set command enables/disables the noise

reduction function on audio handsfree
input.

Values:

0 : disables noise reduction for handsfree mode

1 : enables noise reduction for handsfree mode

Note: <Mode> parameter is saved in NVM issuing AT&W command.

AT#SHFNR?
Read command reports whether the noise reduction function on audio
handsfree input is currently enabled or not, in the format:

#SHSNR: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1047 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SHFNR=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1048 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.5. Embedded DTMF Decoder & TTY

3.12.5.1. AT#DTMF - Embedded DTMF Decoder Enabling

This command enables/disables the embedded DTMF decoder.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#DTMF=<mode>
Set command enables/disables the embedded DTMF decoder.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the embedded DTMF

decoder

Values:

0 : disables DTMF decoder

1 : enables DTMF decoder

2 : enables DTMF decoder without URC notify

Additional info:

<mode>=1
The DTMF tone receiving is notified with an unsolicited message
through AT interface in the following format:

#DTMFEV: X,Y

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1049 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<X> string DTMF digit

<Y> string DTMF Detect type, in-band (0) or out-band (1)

The value set by command is not saved and a software or hardware

reset restores the default value. The value can be stored in NVM
using AT&W command.
LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-WWX cannot be stored value
in NVM using profiles.

AT#DTMF?
Read command returns the currently selected <mode> in the format:

#DTMF: <mode>

AT#DTMF=?
Test command returns the supported values of the parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1050 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.5.2. AT#TTY - TeleType Writer

This command enables the TTY functionality.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TTY=<support>
Set command enables/disables the TTY functionality.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<support> integer 0 enables/disables TTY functionality

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

2 : enable VCO mode (Voice Carry Over)

3 : enable HCO mode (Hearing Carry Over)

- Enabling this command, blocked #ADSPC set command.

- The value set by command is directly stored in NVM and doesn’t
depend on the specific AT instance.
- On Active/MT/MO Voice Call return Error.

AT#TTY?
Read command returns whether the TTY functionalities currently enabled
or not, in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1051 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#TTY: <support>

AT#TTY=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<support>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1052 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.6. Digital Voice Interface

3.12.6.1. AT#DVI - Digital Voiceband Interface

Digital Voiceband Interface handling.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#DVI=<mode>[,<dviport>,<clockmode>]
Set command enables/disables the Digital Voiceband Interface, see
documents [1].
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 Enables/disables the

DVI

Values:

0 : disable DVI; audio is forwarded to the analog

line; DVI pins should be Not Connected/or Tri-
State

1 : Enable DVI: audio is forwarded to the DVI block

<dviport> integer 2 Select DVI port

Value:

2 : DVI port 2 will be used

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1053 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<clockmode> integer 1 Select DVI clock mode

Values:

0 : DVI slave

1 : DVI master

2 : DVI master, clock always on

- #DVI parameters are saved in the extended profile.

- <clockmode> 2 is not saved in the extended profile.
Only <clockmode> 0 or 1 can be saved in the extended profile.
- #DVI parameters are not saved in the extended profile by
LE910Cx ThreadX product.
- On <mode> 0 supported by "DVI master" only.
- When the <clockmode> 2, If change the <clockmode> 2 to
<clockmode> 0 or 1 the device will reboot for clock off.
- #DVICFG and #DVICLK return Error, when <clockmode> 2.
If you want to set the DVI clock in <clockmode> 2, Please set
<clockmode> 2 after set the DVI clock in <clockmode> 0 or 1
- It impact power consumption if using <clockmode> 2.
- The <dviport> parameter have no effect and is included only for
backward compatibility.
- On Active/MT/MO Voice Call return Error.
- <clockmode> 0 and 2 are not supported by LE910Cx ThreadX
product.
- On LE910Cx-WWXD product, the #DVI command will return an
error.

AT#DVI?
Read command reports last setting, in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1054 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#DVI: <mode>,<dviport>,<clockmode>.

AT#DVI=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameters
<mode>,<dviport> and <clockmode>.

Configure DVI as master on DVI Port #2.

AT#DVI=1,2,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1055 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.6.2. AT#DVIEXT - Digital Voiceband Interface Extension

Digital Voiceband Interface Extension.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#DVIEXT=<config>[,<samplerate>[,<samplewidth>[,<audiomode>[,<edge>]]]]
Set command configures the Digital Voiceband Interface.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<config> integer 0 Transmission mode

Values:

0 : PCM Mode

1 : I2S Mode

<samplerate> integer 0 Sample rate

Values:

0 : audio scheduler sample rate 8KHz

1 : audio scheduler sample rate 16KHz

2 : audio scheduler sample rate 48KHz

<samplewidth> integer N/A Number of bit per sample

Value:

0 : <samplewidth> has no effect is included only

for backward compatibility

<audiomode> integer N/A Mode of audio

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1056 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0 : <audiomode> has no effect is included only for

backward compatibility

<edge> integer N/A Edge on which bit is

transmitted

Value:

0 : <edge> has no effect is included only for

backward compatibility.

- Sample rate has to be only in I2S Mode.

- Manual reboot is required for LE910Cx Linux after changing.
- The setting is saved in system.
- Supported samplewidth is 16bit only.
- 48KHz sample rate is not supported in LE910Cx ThreadX.

AT#DVIEXT?
Read command reports last setting, in the format:
#DVIEXT: <config>,<samplerate>,<samplewidth>,<audiomode>,<edge>

AT#DVIEXT=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameters:
<config>,<samplerate>,<samplewidth>,<audiomode>,<edge>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1057 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.6.3. AT#DVICLK - Digital Voiceband Interface Clock

The command configures the DVI clock signal.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#DVICLK=<clock>[,<samplerate>]
Set command configures and activates the DVICLK clock signal and the
Digital Voiceband Interface.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<clock> integer 0 DVI Clock

Values:

0 : Disable (factory default)

128 : DVI Clock activated at 128 KHz

256 : DVI Clock activated at 256 KHz

512 : DVI Clock activated at 512 KHz

1024 : DVI Clock activated at 1024 KHz

2048 : DVI Clock activated at 2048 KHz

4096 : DVI Clock activated at 4096 KHz

<samplerate> integer 0 sample rate

Values:

0 : audio scheduler sample rate 8KHz

1 : audio scheduler sample rate 16KHz

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1058 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- On Active/MT/MO Voice Call return Error.

- Clock 4096KHz don't supported with Sample Rate 8KHz
- #DVICFG return Error, when <clock> enabled.
- On Clock value zero (0) the clock rate and sample rate taken from
#DVICFG <clock> value.
- This parameter is saved in NVM issuing AT&W command.
- The command works only for PCM mode (#DVIEXT=0)
- #DVICLK return Error, when I2S mode (#DVIEXT=1)
- #DVICLK return Error, when clock always on mode (#DVI=1,2,2)

For LE910Cx ThreadX product:

- Clock 2048KHz supports only Sample Rate 8KHz.
- Clock 4096KHz supports only Sample Rate 16KHz.
- Both <clock> and <samplerate> should be entered.
#DVICLK return Error, if only <clock> is enter.
- Factory default is <clock> 2048 and <samplerate> 0(8KHz).
- Not support #DVICFG.
- Not supports <clock> 0, <clock> 128, <clock> 256, <clock> 512,
<clock> 1024.
- This parameter is not save in NVM.

AT#DVICLK?
Read command reports last setting, in the format:

#DVICLK: <clock>,<samplerate>

AT#DVICLK=?
Test command reports the range of parameter <clk> and <samplerate>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1059 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.6.4. AT#DVICFG - Digital Voiceband Interface Configuration

This command used to set the DVI configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#DVICFG=[<clock>[,<decoder pad>[,<decoder format>[,<encoder

pad>[,<encoder format>]]]]]
Set command sets the DVI configuration.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<clock> integer 0 Clock speed for master mode

Values:

0 : normal mode

1 : high speed mode

<decoder pad> integer 1 PCM padding enable in decoder

path

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<decoder integer 2 PCM format in decoder path

format>

Values:

0 : u-Law

1 : A-Law

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1060 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : linear

<encoder pad> integer 1 PCM padding enable in encoder

path

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<encoder integer 2 PCM format in encoder path

format>

Values:

0 : u-Law

1 : A-Law

2 : linear

- #DVICFG parameters are saved in the extended profile.

- #DVICFG return Error, when #DVICLK enabled.
- LE910x only supported by first parameter <clock>
- Normal mode (factory default) = 2048KHz with sample rate 8k.
- High speed mode = 4096KHz with sample rate 16k.
- Another parameters (<decoder pad>,<decoder format>,<encoder
pad>,<encoder format>) have no effect and are included only for
backward compatibility.
- The command work only for PCM mode(#DVIEXT=0)
- #DVICFG return Error, when I2S mode(#DVIEXT=1)
- #DVICFG return Error, when clock always on mode(#DVI=1,2,2)

AT#DVICFG=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1061 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter

<clock>,<decoder pad>,<decoder format>,<encoder pad>,<encoder
format>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1062 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.6.5. AT#PCMRXG - DVI Speaker Volume Level

This command used to set the PCM audio RX volume.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#PCMRXG=<RX_VOL>
Set command sets the PCM Audio RX value.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<RX_VOL> integer N/A PCM RX volume in RX path

Value:

-5000÷1200 : -5000(-50 dB) ~ 1200(+12 dB)

- meaning of a RX_VOL is 1/100 dB step.

- meaning of -50 dB is mute

AT#PCMRXG?
Read command returns the current PCM Audio RX value:
#PCMRXG: <RX_VOL>

AT#PCMRXG=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<RX_VOL>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1063 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.6.6. AT#PCMDELAY - Set delay before close the PCM Clock/SYNC

This command used to set delay before close the PCM Clock/SYNC.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#PCMDELAY=<delay>
Set command Set delay before close the PCM Clock/SYNC.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<delay> integer 0 time in seconds to wait before close the

PCM Clock/SYNC

Value:

0÷10 : from 0 seconds to 10 seconds

- Delay after the voice call only.

- This parameter is saved in NVM issuing AT&W command.
- The command work only for PCM mode (#DVIEXT=0)
- #PCMDELAY return Error, when I2S mode (#DVIEXT=1)

AT#PCMDELAY?
Read command returns the current <delay> parameters, in the format:
#PCMDELAY: <delay>

AT#PCMDELAY=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1064 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the range of supported values for all the sub
parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1065 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.7. Audio File Management

3.12.7.1. AT#ACDB - Store the ACDB(Audio Calibration Database) file

LE910Cx Linux:
This command used to store ACDB(Audio Calibration Database) file on file system or to
read current size of specific ACDB file.

LE910Cx ThreadX:
Injection of Audio Configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ACDB=<mode>,<category>[,<size>]
LE910Cx Linux:
Set command to store <category> acdb file on FS or to return the current
size in Bytes of specific <category> file.

LE910Cx ThreadX:
Execution command starts injection of Audio configuration (ACDB) into the
device. Once command is issued, the device will print the "connect" reply
and will wait for data to be received.
+++ sequence can be used for end of data transmission (which will result
in OK response).
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A required action

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1066 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : Store file on FS

1 : Returns the current <size> of the <category> file

<category> integer N/A ACDB file

Values:

0 : Audio_cal.acdb

1 : Bluetooth_cal.acdb

2 : General_cal.acdb

3 : Global_cal.acdb

4 : Handset_cal.acdb

5 : Hdmi_cal.acdb

6 : Headset_cal.acdb

7 : Speaker_cal.acdb

<size> integer - Number of bytes to write to the file

LE910Cx Linux:
In <mode> = 0
After command line terminated with <CR>, We see the
intermediate result code CONNECT.
After this prompt, the file type must be in binary format.
If data successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If data sending fails for some reason, an error code reported.

In <mode> = 1
Command returns the current <size> of the <category> file.
#ACDB: <size>

LE910Cx ThreadX:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1067 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Only <mode> 0 parameter is supported.

AT#ACDB[=<mode>]
Parameters:
<mode> - Inject mode
0 - Cold mode Injection. Audio Configuration is injected into FLASH.
In order to be effective a reboot is required.

After command line terminated with <CR>, We see the

intermediate result code CONNECT.
After this prompt, the file type must be in binary format.
If data successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If data sending fails for some reason, an error code reported.

AT#ACDB?
LE910Cx Linux:
Reports the supported range of <category> file.
#ACDB: (0-1),(0-7),(File Size)

LE910Cx ThreadX:
Report OK
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1068 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• LE910Cx Linux:
AT#ACDB=0,2,38
CONNECT
(send the file with 38 bytes here)
OK

• LE910Cx Linux:
AT#ACDB=1,2
#ACDB: 38
OK

• LE910Cx ThreadX:
AT#ACDB=0
CONNECT
(send the image file)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1069 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.7.2. AT#ASEND - Save Audio File

This command allows user to send an audio file to serial port and store it in linux file
system.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ASEND=<filename>,<filesize>
Execution command allows user to send an audio file to serial port and
store it in linux file system.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<filename> string - file name

Allowed extensions for <filename>:
* pcm or no extension - the audio
supported format is PCM raw data
* wav - the audio supported format
is RIFF/WAVE File Format

<filesize> integer - file size in bytes

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1070 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When the sending is stopped or an error occurs, an URC is

provided with the following format:

#ASENDEV: <result>

Where:
<result>
0 - file storing done
1 - file storing error

- In case Storing is completed or an error occurs, URC is received.

- Filename has a maximum of 32 characters
- The total size of all audio files must not be over <total size> in
#ASIZE
- The file should be sent using RAW ASCII file transfer. the flow
control is set to hardware and baudrate is set to 115200 bps in the
UART port settings.
- it's not allowed for TE to use two or more serial ports as DATA
service (DUN and asend) simultaneously.

AT#ASEND=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

After the CONNECT, an audio file has to be sent to serial port

• AT#ASEND="test.pcm",159182
CONNECT

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1071 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.7.3. AT#ARECD - Record an Audio File

This command records speech data coming from microphone in the modem file system
with an audio file format.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto Yes - 2

AT#ARECD=<mode>[,<fileName>[,<dir>]]
Set command allows enabling/disabling recording speech data coming
from microphone in the modem file system with an audio file format. It's
mandatory to specify the file extension and it's necessary to write file
name between a couple of double inverted commas.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Audio recording operating mode.

Values:

0 : stop to record. Optional parameter is not allowed

1 : start to record. Optional parameter is mandatory

<fileName> string - file name; it should be inserted as a

string type with .pcm or .wav extension

<dir> integer 0 audio path selection

Values:

0 : record from the microphone

1 : record from the downlink path

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1072 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When the recording is stopped (<mode> = 0) or if an error occurs, an

URC is issued in the following format:
#ARECDEV:<result>

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<result> integer URC reporting the operation result

Values:

0 : file recording done

1 : file recording error

If optional <dir> parameter is omitted, recording will be made from

microphone for legacy.

Filename has a maximum of 16 characters excluding double

inverted commas.

The overall size of all audio files must not be over <totalSize> in
#ASIZE

Below 200 Kb of free space the file system could stop the recording
and no more recordings are allowed.

only wav and pcm formats are currently supported

AT#ARECD?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> in the format:
#ARECD: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1073 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ARECD=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameter
<mode> in the format:
#ARECD: (0,1)

• Start recording
AT#ARECD =1,"rec.pcm"
OK
End recording
AT#ARECD =0
OK
#ARECDEV: 0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1074 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.7.4. AT#APLAY - Play an Audio File

This command plays an audio file.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#APLAY<mode>[,<dir>,<filename>[,<volume>]]
This command plays audio file on the speaker or uplink path.

When the playing is ended, the following URC is displayed showing the
playing result code.

#APLAYEV: <result>

For <result> code values see unsolicited code value section.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 playback mode

Values:

0 : stop playback, optional parameters are ignored

1 : start playback, optional parameters <dir> and

<filename> are mandatory

<dir> integer 0 audio path selection

Values:

0 : send to the speaker

1 : send to the uplink path

<filename> string - file name, maximum character length is

16.
It is mandatory to specify the file

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1075 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

extension and write file name between

double quotes

<volume> integer 20 Optional playback volume in dB

If the volume optional setting is not
present in the #APLAY command the
default value is always 20.

Value:

0÷69 : playback volume, one dB per step

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<result> integer playing result

Values:

0 : file playing done

1 : file playing error

The format of mono audio file is 8k samples/sec and 16

bits/sample.

.wav and .pcm file formats are supported

AT#APLAY?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode>,<dir> in the format:

#APLAY: <mode>,<dir>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1076 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#APLAY=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters
<mode>, <dir>

#APLAY: (0,1),(0,1)

• Start the playback on the speaker channel using the default value for
<volume> parameter.

AT#APLAY = 1,0,"rec.pcm"
OK

The playing is successfully ended.

#APLAYEV: 0

• Start the playback on the speaker channel with <volume> = 44

AT#APLAY = 1,0,"rec.pcm",44
OK

The playing is successfully ended.

#APLAYEV: 0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1077 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.7.5. AT#ALIST - List Audio Files

The command lists all audio files stored in linux file system.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ALIST
Execution command reports the list of the audio files stored in linux file
system, in the format:
#ALIST: <filename>,<filesize>,<crc><CR><LF>

Additional info:

Intermediate response parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<filename> string - file name

<filesize> integer - file size in bytes

<crc> hex - file CRC16 poly

(x^16+x^12+x^5+1) in hex
format.

CRC16 is calculated using the standard CRC16-CCITT

x^16+x^12+x^5+1 polynomial (0x1021 representation) with initial
value FFFF.

if one file currently stored in efs is in use, then CRC16 cannot be

calculated and execution command does not report <crc> for that
file.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1078 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

CRC calculation time depends on file size. If one filesize is large,

Return-time spends a little more time.

AT#ALIST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1079 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.7.6. AT#ASIZE - Audio Available Size

This command shows residual space in bytes available to store audio files.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ASIZE
Execution command shows residual space in bytes available to store
audio files, in the format:
#ASIZE: <totalSize>,<usedSize>,<freeSize>

Additional info:

Intermediate response parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<totalSize> integer - size of total NVM file system

memory expressed in kB

<usedSize> integer - size of used NVM file system

memory expressed in kB

<freeSize> integer - size of available free NVM file

system memory expressed in kB

AT#ASIZE=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1080 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.7.7. AT#ADELF - Delete Audio File

This command deletes a specific audio file.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ADELF=<filename>
Set command deletes a specific audio file.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<filename> string - File name to be deleted.

filename has a maximum of 32 characters.

AT#ADELF=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1081 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.7.8. AT#ADELA - Delete all Audio Files

This command deletes all audio files stored on the Linux File system.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ADELA
Set command deletes all audio files stored on the Linux File system.

AT#ADELA=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1082 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.12.7.9. AT#ACDBEXT - Extended Control the ACDB(Audio Calibration

Database) file
This command used to store ACDB(Audio Calibration Database) file on file system or to
read current size of specific ACDB file or select the ACDB file to be loaded into the
module.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ACDBEXT=<mode>,<slot>[,<category>[,<size>]]
Set command to store <category> acdb file on FS or to return the current
size in Bytes of specific <category> file or Select the acdb file to be loaded
into the module.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A required action

Values:

0 : Store file on FS

1 : Returns the current <size> of the <category> file

2 : Select the acdb files of <slot> to be loaded into the

module

<slot> integer 0 Slot

Values:

0 : Slot 0

1 : Slot 1

2 : Slot 2

3 : Slot 3

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1083 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<category> integer N/A ACDB file

Values:

1 : Bluetooth_cal.acdb

2 : General_cal.acdb

3 : Global_cal.acdb

4 : Handset_cal.acdb

5 : Hdmi_cal.acdb

6 : Headset_cal.acdb

7 : Speaker_cal.acdb

<size> integer - Number of bytes to write to the file

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1084 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#ACDBEXT is only supported in LE910Cx Linux, Not supported in

LE910Cx ThreadX

In <mode> = 0
After command line terminated with <CR>, We see the
intermediate result code CONNECT.
After this prompt, the file type must be in binary format.
If data successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If data sending fails for some reason, an error code reported.
#ACDBEXT cannot store acdb file to <slot>=0.
<slot>=0 is only for #ACDB, #ACDB can store acdb file to <slot>=0.

In <mode> = 1
Command returns the current <size> of the <category> file.
#ACDBEXT: <size>

In <mode> = 2
Command select the acdb file of <slot> to be loaded into the
module.
Manual reboot is required after changing.
The setting is saved in system.
7 acdb files are 1 set, and it works only when there are 7 files in the
<slot>.
If there are no 7 acdb files in the <slot>, an error is returned.

AT#ACDBEXT?
Reports the currently loaded <slot>.
#ACDBEXT: 0

AT#ACDBEXT=?
Reports the supported range of <slot> and <category> file

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1085 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#ACDBEXT: (0-2),(0-3)(0-7),(File Size)

• AT#ACDBEXT=0,1,2,38
CONNECT
(send the file with 38 bytes here)
OK

• AT#ACDBEXT=1,1,2
#ACDB: 38
OK

• AT#ACDBEXT=2,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1086 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

eCall

3.13.1. AT+CECALL - Initiate eCall

The command is to trigger an eCall to the network.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CECALL=<eCallType>
Set command is used to trigger an eCall to the network. Based on the
configuration selected, it can be used to either trigger a test call, a
reconfiguration call, a manually initiated call or an automatically initiated
call.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<eCallType> integer 0 eCall type that must be initiated

Values:

0 : test call

1 : reconfiguration call

2 : manually initiated eCall

3 : automatically initiated eCall

Additional info:

The sending of a MSD is pointed out with an unsolicited message

through AT interface that can report the HL-ACK data bits or an
error code with the format:
#ECALLEV: <prim>,<data>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1087 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<prim> integer indicates the type of unsolicited sent.

Values:

0 : Pull-IND

1 : Data_CNF

2 : AL-Ack

16 : sync loss

<data> string Data content of Application Layer message (only with

AL-Ack).

AT+CECALL?
Read command returns the type of eCall that is currently in progress in
the format:

+CECALL: <eCallType>

AT+CECALL=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<eCallType>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1088 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.2. AT#ECALL - Embedded IVS Inband Modem Enabling

This command enables embedded IVS modem

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#ECALL=<mode>
Set command enables/disables the embedded IVS modem.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables IVS modem

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

Additional info:

The sending of a MSD is pointed out with an unsolicited message

through AT interface that can report the HL-ACK data bits or an
error code in the following format:

#ECALLEV: <prim>,<data>

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<prim> integer error code

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1089 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : Pull-IND

1 : Data_CNF

2 : AL-Ack

16 : sync loss

<data> string Data content of Application Layer message (only with

AL-Ack)

the value set by command is not saved and a software or hardware

reset restores the default value.
The value can be stored in NVM using profiles

When IVS modem is enabled PCM playing, PCM recording and

DTMF decoding are automatically disabled (#SPCM or #DTMF will
return error)

+CECALL command supersedes this command because it enables

automatically eCall functionality

AT#ECALL?
Read command returns the current value of <mode> in the format:

#ECALL: <mode>

AT#ECALL=?
Test command returns the supported values for <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1090 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.3. AT#EMRGD - Dial an Emergency Call

This command dials an emergency call.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#EMRGD[=<par>]
Execution command initiates an emergency call without specifying the
emergency service.
Set command initiates an emergency call specifying the emergency
service.
When the emergency call can initiate, an unsolicited result code reports
the selected emergency services in the following format:

#EMRGD: <serv>[,<serv>..[,<serv]]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<par> integer 0 eCall service (if eCall is supported, Rel8

feature) or sum of integers representing the
required emergency services:
• 1 = Police
• 2 = Ambulance
• 4 = Fire Brigade
• 8 = Marine Guard
• 16 = Mountain Rescue
Values:

0 : unspecified

1÷31 : mask of emergency services

32 : manually initiated eCall

64 : automatically initiated eCall

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1091 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

Parameter of the unsolicited result code:

Name Type Default Description

<serv> string "Police" emergency and eCall service

Values:

"Police" : police

"Ambul" : ambulance

"FireBrig" : fire brigade

"MarineGuard" : marine guard

"MountRescue" : mountain rescue

"MIeC" : manually initiated eCall

"AIeC" : automatically initiated eCall

AT#EMRGD?
Read command reports the emergency numbers received from the
network (if available) and the associated emergency services in the
format:

[#EMRGD: <num1>[,<par1>,<serv>[,<serv>..[,<serv]]]
[#EMRGD: <numN>[,<parN>,<serv>[,<serv>..[,<serv]]]]

Additional info:

Parameter:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1092 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<num> integer - emergency number

AT#EMRGD=?
Test command reports the supported values of parameter <par>.

• Set the emergency call type

AT#EMRGD=17
#EMRGD: "Police"," MountRescue "
OK

Read the emergency number received by the Network

AT#EMRGD?
#EMRGD: 123,2,"Ambul"
#EMRGD: 910,5,"Police","FireBrig"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1093 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.4. AT#MSDPUSH - IVS Push Mode Activation

This command allows to enable IVS to issue the request for MSD transmission.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MSDPUSH
Execution command enables IVS to issue the request for MSD
transmission.
The downlink signal format is reused to send an initiation message to
the PSAP.

AT#MSDPUSH=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1094 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.5. AT#MSDSEND - Sending MSD Data to IVS

This command sends MSD data to IVS modem.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#MSDSEND
Execution command allows to send 140 bytes of MSD data to the IVS
embedded while modem is in command mode.

The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for
the MSD to send.
To complete the operation, send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex).

If data are successfully sent, then the response is OK.

If data sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.

The maximum number of bytes to send is 140; trying to send

more data will cause the surplus to be discarded and lost.

AT#MSDSEND?
Read command reports the stored MSD data, in the format: <stored MSD
data>

AT#MSDSEND=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1095 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.6. AT#MSDREAD - Read eCall MSD

This command returns the last eCall Minimum Set of Data (MSD) set with #MSDSEND

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MSDREAD
Execution command returns the last MSD set by #MSDSEND in the
following format:

#MSDREAD: <data>

AT#MSDREAD?
Read command has the same effect of execution command.

AT#MSDREAD=?
Test command returns OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1096 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#MSDSEND
>011C0601D55D70D65C3597CA1851030814154404837881499D49B75888C0C832
0C8320CFF00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
000000000000
OK
AT#MSDREAD
#MSDREAD:
011C0601D55D70D65C3597CA1851030814154404837881499D49B75888C0C8320
C8320CFF000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
00000000000
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1097 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.7. AT#ECALLNWTMR - Configure Network Deregister Timer

This command sets timers related to network deregistration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ECALLNWTMR=[<T3242_DEREGISTER_TIMER>,<T3243_DEREGISTER_TIMER
>]
Set command sets timers which are related network deregistration.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<T3242_DEREGISTER_TIMER> integer 720 Timer

value in
units of
minutes

Value:

1÷2184 : Set the time after which

the GSM and UMTS
communication module
terminates network
registration. This timer
operates after the
emergency call

<T3243_DEREGISTER_TIMER> integer 720 Timer

value in
units of
minutes

Value:

1÷2184 : Set the time after which

the GSM and UMTS
communication module

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1098 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

terminates network
registration. This timer
operates after the test or
reconfiguration call.

The setting is available after a reboot

This command works in eCall only sim or AT#ECONLY=2

AT#ECALLNWTMR?
Read command returns the current parameter value.

AT#ECALLNWTMR=?
Test command returns the range of supported parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1099 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.8. AT#ECALLTMR - Reconfigure eCall Timer

The command configures the eCall timers.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ECALLTMR=[<alAckPeriod>,<signalDuration>,<sendMsdPeriod>,<msdMaxTra
nsmitTime>,<CCFT>]
Set command allows to configure the eCall related timers.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<alAckPeriod> integer 5000 set the AL ACK period

Value:

1000÷65535 : timer value in units of

milliseconds

<signalDuration> integer 2000 set the IVS initiation signal

duration

Value:

1000÷65535 : timer value in units of

milliseconds

<sendMsdPeriod> integer 5000 set the MSD duration

Value:

1000÷65535 : timer value in units of

milliseconds

<msdMaxTransmitTime> integer 20 set the maximum MSD

transmission duration

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1100 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

10÷65535 : timer value in units of

seconds

<CCFT> integer 60 set the automatic call

termination counter T2

Value:

0÷65535 : timer value in units of minutes

The setting is saved in NVM and it is available without reboot.

AT#ECALLTMR?
Read command reports the current parameters values.

AT#ECALLTMR=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameters <alAckPeriod>,
<signalDuration>, <sendMsdPeriod>, <msdMaxTransmitTime> and <CCFT>.

Modules supporting the command

LE910C1-NA
LE910C1-AP
LE910Cx-NF
LE910Cx-EU
LE910C1-NAD
LE910Cx-NFD

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1101 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.9. AT#ECONLY - Set eCall Only Mode

This command enables the eCall Only mode of operation.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ECONLY=<mode>
Set command enables/disables the eCall Only mode of operation
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 eCall Only mode of operation

Values:

0 : disable eCall Only mode, normal mode

1 : enable eCall Only mode if eCall only subscription is

available

2 : enable eCall Only mode even if eCall only subscription

is not available

The value set by command is directly stored in NVM.

The <mode> of "1 - enable eCall Only mode if eCall only

subscription is available" is available at the next switch-on.

AT#ECONLY?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> and <status> in the
format:

#ECONLY: <mode>,<status>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1102 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer N/A status of eCall Only functionality

Values:

0 : eCall only mode doesn’t apply

1 : eCall only mode applies

2 : eCall only mode applies, but T3242 or T3243

are running

AT#ECONLY=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1103 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.13.10. AT#ECALLURC - Enable/Disable eCall URC

The command manages the eCall Unsolicited Result Codes allowing the user to know
the eCall events in real-time.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ECALLURC=<mode>
The command selects eCall URC with the following format:
#ECALLEV: <stat>[,<data>]

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Sets the URC mode with the related

unsolicited result code configuration.

Values:

0 : eCall URC Version 1, stat = {0,1,2}

1 : eCall URC Version 2, stat = {0,1,2,11,12}

2 : eCall URC Version 3, stat = {0,1,2,5,6,7,11,12}

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<stat> integer It reports the last eCall event occurred.

Values:

0 : eCall START message detected

1 : eCall LL-ACK message detected

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1104 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : eCall HL-ACK message detected

5 : T5 expiring, IVS automatically unmutes

downlink and uplink

6 : T6 expiring, IVS automatically unmutes

downlink and uplink

7 : T7 expiring, IVS automatically unmutes

downlink and uplink

11 : IVS disconnects microphone and speaker

from speech codec and connects In-band
Modem to speech codec

12 : IVS disconnects In-band Modem from speech

codec and connects microphone and speaker
to speech codec

<data> integer It reports the application layer message.

Values:

0 : Positive ACK

1 : Clear-down

AT#ECALLURC?
Read command reports the currently selected eCall URC mode in the
format:
#ECALLURC: <mode>

AT#ECALLURC=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1105 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Power Down

3.14.1. AT#REBOOT - Module Reboot

Immediate module reboot.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#REBOOT
Execution command reboots immediately the unit.
It can be used to reboot the system after a remote update of the script in
order to have the new one running.

If #REBOOT follows an AT command that stores some

parameters in NVM, it is recommended to insert a delay of at
least 5 seconds before to issue #REBOOT, to permit the complete
NVM storing.

#REBOOT is an obsolete AT command; please refer to #ENHRST

to perform a module reboot.

URC messages occurred during the shutdown procedure of

#REBOOT may not be shown.

AT#REBOOT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

• Reboot the module

AT#REBOOT
OK
(the module reboots)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1106 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1107 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.14.2. AT#ENHRST - Periodic Reset

Enable or Disable the one shot or periodic unit reset

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENHRST=<mode>[,<delay>]
Set commands enables/disables the unit reset after the specified <delay>
in minutes
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Enable\Disable mode

Values:

0 : disables the unit reset

1 : enables the unit reset only one time (one shot reset)

2 : enables periodically unit reset

<delay> integer - time interval in minutes after that the unit

reboots; numeric value in minutes

The settings are saved automatically in NVM only if old or new

<mode> value is 2, i.e. unit set in periodic reset mode. Therefore,
any change from 0 to 1 or conversely is not stored in NVM.

The command AT#ENHRST=1,0 causes the immediate module

reboot. If it follows an AT command that stores some parameters
in NVM, it is strongly recommended to insert a delay of at least 5
sec before issuing it, to permit the complete NVM storing process.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1108 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When the command is set with <mode>=2, it could take more time
than the <delay> value due to booting time.

AT#ENHRST?
Read command reports the current parameter settings in the following
format:
#EHNRST: <mode>[,<delay>,<remainTime>]
Additional info:

Read command parameter for <mode> =1 or 2.

Name Type Default Description

<remainTime> integer - time remaining before next

reset

AT#ENHRST=?
Test command reports supported range of values for parameters <mode>
and <delay>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1109 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Example of #ENHRST usage and expected unit behavior.

• AT#ENHRST=1,60
...
Module reboots after 60 minutes

• AT#ENHRST=1,0
Module reboots immediately

• AT#ENHRST=2,60
...
Module reboots after 60 minutes and indefinitely after every
following power on

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1110 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.14.3. AT#SHDN - Software Shutdown

This command turns the module OFF.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SHDN
Execution command causes device to detach from the network and
shut down. Before definitive shut down an OK response is returned.
When issuing the command any previous activity terminated and the
device will not respond to any further command.
To turn it on again hardware pin ON/OFF must be tied low.
The maximum time to shut down the device, completely is 25 seconds.

AT#SHDN=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1111 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.14.4. AT#SYSHALT - System Turn-Off

The command sets the module in SYSHALT state.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SYSHALT
The execution command sets the module in SYSHALT state. To power
down the module, the serial port (ASC0) must have the control signals
CTS, DTR, DCD and RING low.

AT#SYSHALT?
Read command returns the current stored parameters in the following
format:

#SYSHALT: <GPIORestore>,<DTRWakeUpEn>,<RebootEn>
Additional info:

Here are the parameters meanings.

Name Type Default Description

<GPIORestore> integer 0 select the

GPIOs and
serial ports
pins setting

Values:

0 : GPIOs and serial ports pins are left

unchanged

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1112 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : GPIO and serial pins are set in input

with pull down

<DTRWakeUpEn> integer 0 select the DTR

behavior

Values:

0 : DTR has no effect on module turned

OFF by #SYSHALT

1 : DTR transition from low to high

turns on again the module turned off
by #SYSHALT command

<RebootEn> integer 1 select how the

module exits
SYSHALT

Values:

0 : module exits from SYSHALT and

stays in detached mode like CFUN=4
status. To restore normal behavior,
the user shall set CFUN=1

1 : module exits from SYSHALT

performing a total reboot

The parameters are not settable.

AT#SYSHALT=?
Test command reports the range for the parameters <GPIORestore>,
<DTRWakeUpEn> and <RebootEn>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1113 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#SYSHALT command is available when #M2MATP is '1'.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1114 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.14.5. AT#FASTSHDN - Fast Shutdown Configuration

This command can be used as a set command to configure a GPIO pin performing a fast
shutdown when on it is forced a High to Low level transition. Or can be used as an
execute command to force immediately a fast shutdown.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#FASTSHDN[=<enable>[,<pin>]]
Set command configure fast power down.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enable/disable the fast shutdown

execution via a GPIO pin.

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

<pin> integer - GPIO number used for fast power down

event monitoring. Valid range is "any input
pin" (see "Hardware User's Guide").
This parameter used when <enable> is 1.

Additional info:

Module enter power off autonomously if fast power down is enabled

and event monitoring GPIO goes to low after modem boot done.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1115 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The execution command #FASTSHDN<CR><LF> forces the module

to execute immediately fast power down regardless to the GPIO
status or enabled status.

All configured values stored on module and applied after next

power cycle.
However, LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-WWX can be
applied immediately.

The stored configuration is maintained when after firmware

switching.

It has highest priority than other functions when fast power down
enabled and GPIO is used as fast power down event monitoring.
Customer should not use GPIO for other function.

Execution command response can be omitted to reduce time

taking on power down.

Should do not use GPIO8 as fast power down pin on mPCIe type.

AT#FASTSHDN?
Read command returns the saved value in the format:

#FASTSHDN: <enable>,<pin>

AT#FASTSHDN=?
Test command reports the range for the parameters <enable> and <pin>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1116 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

HW and Radio Control

3.15.1. AT#ETHMAC - Configure MAC Address for Ethernet Interface

Configure hardware MAC address for ethernet interface

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto Yes - 2

AT#ETHMAC=<macaddr>
Set command configures MAC address for ethernet interface.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<macaddr> string - MAC address, the parameter should

include double quotes("")
e.g. "xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx"

Written MAC address is maintained after firmware updating.

This command is supported for LE910C1-EU/NF/LA (4G+2G).

AT#ETHMAC?
Read MAC address stored for ethernet interface.

AT#ETHMAC=?
Test command returns OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1117 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Example of this command.

• AT#ETHMAC="00:21:7E:00:00:00"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1118 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.2. AT#ETHCFG - Ethernet LAN configuration

This command configures ethernet LAN parameters for gateway, subnet mask, DHCP
and DNS.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#ETHCFG=<GWIPAdddress>,<SubNetMask>,<Start_IPaddress>,<End_IPaddres
s>[,<DNS1>[,<DNS2>]]
Set command configures ethernet LAN parameters for gateway, subnet mask,
DHCP and DNS.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<GWIPAdddress> string - Gateway IP address.

<SubNetMask> string - Subnet mask for gateway.

<Start_IPaddress> string - Starting of IP range to be assigned

by DHCP server to clients.

<End_IPaddress> string - Last of IP range to be assigned by

DHCP server to clients.

<DNS1> string - Preferred DNS server IP address

<DNS2> string - Alternate DNS server IP address

This command is used for DHCP and DNS configuration.

This command is available when ethernet is in LAN mode and ethernet is

enabled.

If LAN parameters are changed by this command, the other interfaces

(RNDIS, ECM or WLAN) will be affected.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1119 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If DNS settings are set, the DNS settings are kept after reboot.

If DNS settings are set to 0.0.0.0, the DNS settings are deleted.

If the setting is not maintained after firmware update.

AT#ETHCFG?
Read command returns the values in the following format
#ETHCFG:
<GWIPAdress>,<SubNetMask>,<Start_IPaddress>,<End_IPaddress>,<DNS1>,<DN
S2>

OK

AT#ETHCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters.

AT#ETHCFG=192.168.10.1,255.255.255.0,192.168.10.2,192.168.10.20,8.8.8.8

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1120 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.3. AT#ETHIP - Return assigned IP address

This command returns the assigned IP address

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ETHIP
Execute returns the assigned IP address from host (DHCP server).

If ethernet interface is disabled or is in LAN mode, this command

return "0.0.0.0".

AT#ETHIP=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1121 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.4. AT#ETHMODE - Change Ethernet Mode

Set command changes the ETH mode

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto Yes - 2

AT#ETHMODE=<mode>
Set command changes the ETH mode
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 ETH mode

Values:

0 : LAN mode

1 : WAN mode

If #ETHEN is set to 1 or 2, the command return ERROR.

If #WLANMODE is set to 1 or 2, this command should not be set as

WAN mode.

AT#ETHMODE?
Read command returns the current mode status

AT#ETHMODE=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1122 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1123 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.5. AT#ETHSTATUS - Link status of Ethernet

This command is used to enable/disable the presentation of ethernet link status URC.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto Yes - 2

AT#ETHSTATUS=[<urcmode>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<urcmode> integer 0 URC mode

Values:

0 : It disables the presentation of ethernet link status

URC

1 : It enables the presentation of ethernet link status

URC;

Additional info:

If the <urcmode> is enabled, the user is nofied by the following URC:

#ETHSTATUS: <status>

If ethernet cable is connected and ethernet link status is

established, the value of <status> is 1

If ethernet cable is disconnected, the value of <status> is 0

This command is possible to detect ethernet link status when

ethernet interface is enabled by #ETHEN command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1124 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ETHSTATUS?
Read command returns the current parameter setting and ethernet link
status in the format:
#ETHSTATUS: <urcmode>,<status>

AT#ETHSTATUS=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1125 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.6. AT#ETHEN - Enable/Disable ETH

This command is used to enable/disable Ethernet MAC and PHY

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ETHEN=<mode>[,<cid>]
Set command enable/disable ETH.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 status mode

Values:

0 : Disable ETH

1 : Enable ETH

2 : Auto enable

<cid> integer - (PDP Context Identifier) numeric parameter

which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command)

In case of enabling ETH with no network (No SIM card, +CFUN=4,

...), this command will return ERROR.

If target PDP is not connected to WWAN by this command, this

command will return ERROR.

If a PDP context is already established, return OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1126 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In case of enabling ETH without external PHY, this command

return ERROR.

SIM slot 2 should be disabled before executing this command

because ethernet interface is shared with USIM2 port; please refer
to #SIMSELECT and #ENSIM2 command.

If <mode> is set to 2, ETH will auto enable upon re-connection

based on #ETHMODE setting i.e. backhaul connection is
established or DHCP client executed.

If #ETHMODE is set to 1 and <mode> is set to 1, DHCP client is

executed.

If #ETHMODE is set to 0 and <mode> is set to 1, backhaul

connection is established.

AT#ETHEN?
Read command returns the ETH state and session state.
Additional info:

#ETHEN: <mode>,<state>

OK
Where:
<mode>
0 - ETH disabled state
1 - ETH enabled state
2 - ETH enable and start backhaul connection or DHCP client
<state> - data connection status
0 - disabled
1 - enabled

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1127 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ETHEN=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1128 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.7. AT#USBZLPDIS - Configure Modem Ports for a host not sending

ZLP
This command makes USB Modem ports and SAP port available with a host not sending
ZLP packet.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#USBZLPDIS=<mode>
Set command configures Modem ports and SAP port for a host not
sending ZLP
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 USB ZLP

configuration

Values:

0 : Disable; This mode is used that Host should send ZLP

after transferring a packet with maximum
size(wMaxPacketSize).

1 : Enable; This mode is used when the host does not

send ZLP after transferring a packet with maximum
size(wMaxPacketSize).

This command could make downgrade on throughput.

This command effects to two Modem ports and one SAP port.

Manual reboot is required after changing.

The setting is maintained even after firmware updates.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1129 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#USBZLPDIS?
Read command show current <mode> in the following format
#USBZLPDIS: <mode>

AT#USBZLPDIS=?
Test command returns the range of supported values

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1130 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.8. AT+CBC - Battery Charge

This command allows to read the current Battery Charge status.

• 3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT+CBC
Execution command returns the current Battery Charge status.
Additional info:

Battery Charge status is shown in the format:

+CBC: <bcs>,<bcl>

Name Type Default Description

<bcs> integer N/A battery status

Values:

0 : ME is powered by the battery

1 : ME has a battery connected, and charger pin is

being powered

2 : ME does not have a battery connected

3 : Recognized power fault, calls inhibited

<bcl> integer N/A battery charge level, only if

<bcs>=0

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1131 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : battery is exhausted, or ME does not have a

battery connected

25 : battery charge remained is estimated to be

25%

50 : battery charge remained is estimated to be

50%

75 : battery charge remained is estimated to be

75%

100 : battery is fully charged

<bcs>=1 indicates that the battery charger supply is inserted and

the battery is being recharged if necessary with it. Supply for ME
operations is taken anyway from VBATT pins.

Without battery/power connected on VBATT pins or during a

power fault the unit is not working, therefore values <bcs>=2 and
<bcs>=3 will never appear.

<bcl> indicates battery charge level only if battery is connected

and charger is not connected.

AT+CBC=?
Test command returns parameter values supported as a compound
value.

The ME does not make differences between being powered by a

battery or by a power supply on the VBATT pins, so it is not possible
to distinguish between these two cases.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1132 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CBC
+CBC: 0,75
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1133 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.9. AT#TEMPCFG - Temperature Monitor Configuration

Set command sets the temperature zones shown in Note section. Use #TEMPMON
command to get the current internal temperature of the module.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TEMPCFG=<etlz_clr>,<etlz>,<etlz_act_in>,<otlz_clr>,<otlz>,<otlz_act_in>,<otnz
_clr>,<otnz>,<otnz_act_in>,<otuz_clr>,<otuz>,<otuz_act_in>,
<etuz_clr>,<etuz>,<etuz_act_in>
Set command sets the Temperature zones used in the #TEMPMON command.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<etlz_clr> integer -273 extreme low zone temperature

threshold clear.

Value:

- : degree C (See note.)

273

<etlz> integer -33 extreme low zone temperature

threshold.

Value:

-40÷105 : degree C

<etlz_act_in> integer 0 extreme low zone action info.

Value:

0÷5 : action

<otlz_clr> integer -35 operate low zone temperature

threshold clear.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1134 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

-40÷105 : degree C

<otlz> integer -28 operate low zone temperature

threshold.

Value:

-40÷105 : degree C

<otlz_act_in> integer 0 operate low zone action info.

Value:

0÷5 : action

<otnz_clr> integer -30 operate normal zone temperature

threshold clear.

Value:

-40÷105 : degree C

<otnz> integer 94 operate normal zone temperature

threshold.

Value:

-40÷105 : degree C

<otnz_act_in> integer 0 operate normal zone action info.

Value:

0÷5 : action

<otuz_clr> integer 80 operate up zone temperature

threshold clear.

Value:

-40÷105 : degree C

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1135 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<otuz> integer 99 operate up zone temperature

threshold.

Value:

-40÷105 : degree C

<otuz_act_in> integer 2 operate up zone action info.

Value:

0÷5 : action

<etuz_clr> integer 82 extreme up zone temperature

threshold clear.

Value:

-40÷105 : degree C

<etuz> integer 105 extreme up zone temperature

threshold.

Value:

105 : degree C (See note.)

<etuz_act_in> integer 3 extreme up zone action info.

Value:

0÷5 : action

etlz_clr - Extreme low zone threshold clear is enforced to have value of '-
273'. Module doesn't operate in such temperature, but this value is logically
set in order to define clearly 'thermal state' to temperatures below -40 deg.
etuz - Extreme up zone threshold is enforced to have value of '105'. Module
doesn't operate in such temperature, but this value is logically set in order
to define clearly 'thermal state' to temperatures above 105 deg.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1136 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The module is shutdown(action-5) at temperature above the Extreme up

zone threshold (105 deg).

"#TEMPMON" set command, changes field "actions" to "mitigate" or "none"

to all zones.

The temperature correctly set are saved in a configuration file in the

module file system.

AT#TEMPCFG?
Read command reports the current parameter setting for #TEMPCFG command in
the format:

#TEMPCFG: <etlz_clr>,<etlz>,<etlz_act_in>,<otlz_clr>,<otlz>,<otlz_act_in>,<otnz_c
lr>,
<otnz>,<otnz_act_in>,<otuz_clr>,<otuz>,<otuz_act_in>,<etuz_clr>,<etuz>,<etuz_act
_in>

AT#TEMPCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range values for parameters <x_clr>,<x>,
<x_act_in>, where "x" is substitute for etlz, otlz, otnz, otuz, etuz.

Values are:
#TEMPCFG: (-40-105),(-40-105),(0-5)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1137 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Thermal mitigation mechanism

After setting new values, the mitigation algorithm operates with them if a
power cycle or #REBOOT command is executed.
Thermal mitigation mechanism works like this:
- the whole temperature scale is divided into 5 states (zones).
- each measured temperature should belong to a state called the current
state.

Each state is defined by the following fields:

threshold upper temperature boundary of the state. Values are in
Celsius degrees.
threshold_clr lower temperature boundary of the state. Values are in
Celsius degrees.
action_info indicator that indicates if an action should be taken or not
in the current state.

action_info can be: none or mitigate, their values are shown in the table
below.

none mitigate mitigation action

0 no mitigation
1 data throttling (reducing uplink baud rate)
2 TX back off (reducing MTPL - Max Tx Power Limit)
3 emergency calls only
RF OFF. RX and TX circuits automatically disabled
4
(using +CFUN=4)
5 automatic shutdown. Module is powered OFF

There are five limitations on setting temperature and actions, in-order to

keep module safety.
- User is prohibited to set an action of "automatic shutdown" to 'operate
normal zone'.
- User is prohibited to set an action of "no mitigation" or "data throttling
"to "operate up zone".

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1138 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- User is prohibited to set an action of "no mitigation" or "data throttling"

or "tx backoff" to "extreme up zone".
- User is prohibited to set "normal zone" above 97deg.
- If the module enters into a state of "emergency only" calls, registration
again to a regular call, happens just when the module returns to "no
mitigation" state only.
- A "+CME ERROR: operation not supported" error will be received as a
response.

When temperature exceeds the current state threshold, the thermal

mitigation algorithm searches the next state when this temperature is lower
than threshold. After it finds it, the current state is updated to that state and
then it checks whether action is mitigate. If yes, then it activates the
mitigation according to the action_in of the current state.
When temperature decreases below threshold_clr then it does the same
algorithm as above, but in the opposite direction. It searches the next state
when this temperature is greater than threshold_clr, updates the current
state to that state, and activates mitigation as described above.

In the state definitions there are the following two rules:

- rule 1: overlap between 2 adjacent states of at least 2 deg (Celsius), i.e.:
thr of state(x) - thr_clr of state(x+1) greater or equal than 2

- rule 2: every state shall have free temperature range which has no part
in any overlap range.
This range should be at least 2 deg (Celsius), i.e.:
thre_clr state(x+2) - thre state(x) greater or equal than 2

Rule 1 comes to ensure hysteresis in the transition between two states.

Rule 2 comes to ensure a minimum range for a stable state.

Referring to the figure below:

State 0 is Extreme low zone
State 1 is Operate low zone
State 2 is Operate normal zone

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1139 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

State 3 is Operate up zone

State 4 is Extreme up zone

After moving to zone with activity 3(emergency call only), only when
moving to zone with activity 0(no mitigation) the device will register
to the network.
<action> for high-zone can't be <no action> or <data throttling>.
<action> for extreme high zone can't be <no action> or <data
throttling> or <tx backoff>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1140 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#TEMPCFG= -273,-33,3,-35,-28,2,-30,80,0,78,90,3,88,105,3
OK

Rules 1 and 2 are respected.

zone thr_clr thr action_in
Extreme low -273 -33 3: emergency call
zone only
Operate low -35 -28 2: TX back off
zone
Operate -30 80 0: no mitigation
normal zone
Operate up 78 90 3: emergency call
zone only
Extreme up 88 105 3: emergency call
zone only

• AT#TEMPCFG=-273,-33,3,-35,-28,2,-30,80,0,79,90,3,88,105,3
+CME ERROR: operation not supported

Rule 1 is not respected - Hysteresis is lesser than 2 deg :

(thr of Operate normal zone) - (thr_clr of Operate up zone) = 1 < 2

zone thr_clr thr action_in

Extreme low -273 -33 3: emergency call
zone only
Operate low -35 -28 2: TX back off
zone
Operate normal -30 80 0: no mitigation
zone
Operate up 79 90 3: emergency call
zone only
Extreme up 88 105 3: emergency call
zone only

• AT#TEMPCFG=-273,-33,3,-35,-28,2,-30,80,0,78,90,3,81,105,3
+CME ERROR: operation not supported

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1141 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Rule 2 is not respected - free temperature range is lesser then -20

deg :
(thr_clr of Extreme up zone) - (thr of Operate normal zone) = 1 < 2

zone thr_clr thr action_in

Extreme low -273 -33 3: emergency call
zone only
Operate low -35 -28 2: TX back off
zone
Operate -30 80 0: no mitigation
normal zone
Operate up 78 90 3: emergency call
zone only
Extreme up 81 105 3: emergency call
zone only

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1142 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.10. AT#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control

General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#GPIO=[<pin>,<mode>[,<dir>[,<save>]]]
Execution command sets the value of the general-purpose output pin
GPIO<pin> according to <dir> and <mode> parameter.
Not all configuration for the three parameters are valid.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> integer - GPIO pin number.

supported range is from 1 to a value that
depends on the hardware.

<mode> integer 0 This parameter's meaning depends on

<dir> setting.
Refer to Additional info sections.

Values:

0 : remove any Pull-up/Pull-down if <dir>=0 - INPUT;

output pin cleared to 0 (Low) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT

1 : remove any Pull-up/Pull-down if <dir>=0 - INPUT;

output pin set to 1 (High) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT

2 : Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=0 or

1 - INPUT or OUTPUT

3 : enable Pull-Up if <dir>=0 - INPUT

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1143 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

4 : enable Pull-Down if <dir>=0 - INPUT

<dir> integer 0 GPIO pin direction

Refer to additional info for details of
Alternate functions.

Values:

0 : Pin direction is INPUT

1 : Pin direction is OUTPUT

2÷19 : pin direction is Alternate Function

<save> integer 0 GPIO pin save configuration

Values:

0 : Pin configuration is not saved

1 : Pin configuration is saved

Additional info:

when <save> is omitted the configuration is stored only if user set or

reset ALTx function on <dir> parameter.

When <mode>=2 (and <dir> is omitted), the command reports the

direction and value of GPIO<pin> in the format :

#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>

Reports a no meaning value if ALTERNATE FUNCTION

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1144 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<dir> integer - Current direction setting of the

GPIO<pin>

<stat> integer - - logic value read from pin GPIO<pin>

in the case the pin <dir> is set to input;
- logic value present in output of the
pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir>
is currently set to output;
- No meaning value for the pin
GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is
set to alternate function or Tristate pull
down.

<dir> values from 2 to 19 select an alternate function ranging

respectively from ALT1 to ALT18.

ALTx Function associated to ALTx

ALT1 (<dir>=2) valid for GPIO1 as "SLED"
valid for all GPIOs: alternate function is
ALT2 (<dir>=3)
"Alarm Pin"
ALT3 (<dir>=4) valid for all GPIOs as "TempMon Pin"
ALT4 (<dir>=5) valid for all GPIOs as "AD_Det Pin"
ALT5 (<dir>=6) valid for all GPIOs as "AD_Rep Pin"
ALT6 (<dir>=7) valid for all GPIOs as "FASTSHDN"
ALT7 (<dir>=8) valid for GPIO4 as "WKIO"
ALT8 (<dir>=9) valid for ALL "FRATTRIGGER"
ALT9 (<dir>=10) valid for ALL "HSGC"
ALT10 (<dir>=11) valid for GPIO8 as "SWREADYEN"
ALT11 (<dir>=12) valid for ALL GPIOs as "I2C commands"
valid for GPIO8 as "W_DISABLE of
ALT12 (<dir>=13)
PSMWDISACFG"
valid for GPIO10 as "VBUS control of
ALT13 (<dir>=14)
PSMWDISACFG"
ALT14 (<dir>=15) reserved
ALT15 (<dir>=16) valid for all GPIOs as "Dying GASP"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1145 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

valid for all GPIOs as "Antenna Control

ALT16 (<dir>=17)
0"
valid for all GPIOs as "Antenna Control
ALT17 (<dir>=18)
1"
valid for all GPIOs as "Kernel GPIO
ALT18 (<dir>=19)
Driver"

- ALT6, ALT11, ALT12, ALT13, ALT15, ALT18 can't be set via #GPIO
- SLED & SWREADYEN will work depending on HW version and are
assigned to ALT1 & ALT10 by default.
- To activate SLED by default, #SLED command should be set to
<mode>=2 after setting ALT1 as follows. (See #SLED, #SLEDSAV
command)
AT#GPIO=1,0,2
OK
AT#SLED=2
OK
AT#SLEDSAV
OK

- ALT6 is available for all GPIOs and this value is only possible to set
by #FASTSHDN.
- ALT15 is available for all GPIOs and this value is only possible to
set by #DGEN.
- LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-WWX don't support "ALT18".

- While using the pins in the alternate function, the GPIO read/write
access to that pin is not accessible and shall be avoided.
- While GPIO<pin> in used by ALT function, it cannot be set as GPIO
output or any other ALT function before the original ALT released
or change it to GPIO input (default state).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1146 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#GPIO?
Reports the read direction and value of all GPIO pins, in the format:

#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[<CR><LF>#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[...]]

where:
<dir> - Refer to Set section
<stat> - Refer to Set section

If <mode> = 3 or 4, the output format is:

#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>,<mode>[<CR><LF>#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>,<mode>[...]]

AT#GPIO=?
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters.
<pin>, <mode>,<dir>,<save>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1147 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Examples of Set section

• AT#GPIO=?
#GPIO: (1-10),(0-4),(0-14,16-19),(0,1)
OK

• AT#GPIO=3,1,1 // setting GPIO3 as output and value is HIGH

OK

• AT#GPIO=4,1,1,1 // setting GPIO4 as output and value is HIGH and

GPIO pin save configuration
OK

• AT#GPIO=3,2 // report GPIO3 state

#GPIO: 1,1

OK

• AT#GPIO? // read command

#GPIO: 1,1 // GPIO1 is output and output value is HIGH
#GPIO: 0,0
#GPIO: 1,1
#GPIO: 0,0
#GPIO: 0,1 // GPIO5 is input and input value is HIGH
#GPIO: 1,0
#GPIO: 0,0
#GPIO: 11,1
#GPIO: 0,0
#GPIO: 0,0

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1148 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.11. AT#ALARMPIN - Alarm Pin Configuration

This command allows to configure the ALARM Pin.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ALARMPIN=<pin>
Set command allows to set a GPIO pin as ALARM pin.

Configuring a GPIO pin as ALARM pin is equivalent to setting it up with the

ALT2 alternate function. Therefore, a GPIO pin can be configured as
ALARM pin also through the #GPIO command. To have information on
GPIO pins refer to document [1].
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> integer 0 GPIO pin number.

Max is the number of GPIO pins provided by
the module. For information on the available
GPIO pins use the test command.

Values:

0 : no ALARM pin set

1÷Max : GPIO pin number

AT#ALARMPIN?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1149 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current value of the parameter <pin> in the
format:

#ALARMPIN: <pin>

AT#ALARMPIN=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <pin>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1150 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.12. AT#SLED - STAT_LED GPIO Setting

The command configures the behavior of the STAT_LED GPIO.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#SLED=<mode>[,<onDuration>[,<offDuration>]]
Set command sets the behaviour of the STAT_LED GPIO.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 2 defines the STAT_LED GPIO

behavior.

Values:

0 : GPIO tied low

1 : GPIO tied high

2 : GPIO is handled with specific timings. See

Additional info section

3 : GPIO is turned ON/OFF alternatively, with period

defined by the sum <onDuration> +
<offDuration>

4 : GPIO is handled with specific timings. See

Additional info section

5 : status led disabled

<onDuration> integer 10 duration of period in which

STAT_LED GPIO is tied high while
<mode>=3

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1151 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1÷100 : in tenth of seconds

<offDuration> integer 10 duration of period in which

STAT_LED GPIO is tied low while
<mode>=3

Value:

1÷100 : in tenth of seconds

Additional info:

<mode>=2, the timings of STAT_LED GPIO are:

- not registered: always ON
- registered in idle: blinking 1 s ON and 2 s OFF
- registered in idle with power saving: blinking time depends on
network condition to minimize power consumption

<mode>=4, the timings of STAT_LED GPIO are:

- not registered: blinking 0.5 s ON and 0.5 s OFF
- registered in idle: blinking 300 ms ON and 2.7 s OFF
- registered in idle with power saving: blinking time depends on
network condition to minimize power consumption

In LE910, GPIO will be set to default (gpio in).

When module boots the STAT_LED GPIO is always tied High and it
holds this value until the first NVM reading.

SLED function of a GPIO corresponds to ALT1 function of the GPIO,

so ALT1 function should be set through AT#GPIO command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1152 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

On miniPCIe modules STAT_LED GPIO cannot be driven and

therefore it must be disabled by setting <mode>= 5 (status led
disabled).

AT#SLED?
Read command returns the STAT_LED GPIO current setting, in the format:
#SLED: <mode>,<onDuration>,<offDuration>

AT#SLED=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<mode>, <onDuration> and <offDuration>.

The setting is saved using the #SLEDSAV command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1153 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.13. AT#SLEDSAV - Save STAT_LED GPIO Setting

This command allows to save the current STAT_LED GPIO setting.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SLEDSAV
Execution command saves the STAT_LED GPIO setting in NVM.

AT#SLEDSAV=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1154 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.14. AT#SWREADYEN - SW READY ENable

This command used to enable/disable Software ready LED.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SWREADYEN=<en>
Set command enable/disable sw ready led as indicator for that the modem
software completed its initialization.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<en> integer 1 enable/disable sw ready led

Values:

0 : sw ready led will always be in ‘off’ state

1 : sw ready led will be ‘on’ after modem sw initialization

The default value of parameter <en> is 0 (off) in LE910C1-

EU/NF/LA (4G+2G).

AT#SWREADYEN?
Read command reports the current setting of sw ready enable.
#SWREADYEN: <en>
<en> - see description above.

AT#SWREADYEN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <en>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1155 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The setting is saved automatically in NVM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1156 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.15. AT#ADC - Read Analog/Digital Converter Input

This command returns the current voltage value of the specified ADC inputs, expressed
in mV.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ADC=[<adc>,<mode>[,<dir>]]
Execution command reads selected <adc> pin voltage, converts it by
baseband internal ADC and prints outs the result as shown in Additional
info section.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<adc> integer 1 index of input pin

Value:

1÷n : input pin index. For the number of available ADCs

see document [1]

<mode> integer 2 required action

Value:

2 : query ADC value

<dir> integer 0 direction. Its interpretation is currently not

implemented.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1157 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0 : no effect

Additional info:

Format of the message printed out by the execution command:

#ADC:<value>

Name Type Default Description

<adc> integer - pin voltage expressed in mV.

The command returns the last valid measure.

AT#ADC?
Read command reports all pins input voltage in the format:

#ADC:<value>[<CR><LF>#ADC:<value>[...]]

AT#ADC=?
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters <adc>, <mode> and <dir>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1158 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.16. AT#V24CFG - V24 Output Pins Configuration

This command sets the AT commands serial port interface output pins mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#V24CFG=<pin>,<mode>[,<save>]
Set command sets the AT commands serial port interface output pins
mode.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> integer N/A AT commands serial port interface

hardware pin

Values:

0 : DCD (Data Carrier Detect)

1 : CTS (Clear To Send)

2 : RI (Ring Indicator)

3 : DSR (Data Set Ready)

4 : DTR (Data Terminal Ready)

5 : RTS (Request To Send)

6 : RXD (Receive Data)

7 : TXD (Transmit Data)

<mode> integer 0 AT commands serial port interface

hardware pins mode

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1159 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : AT commands serial port mode: the V24 pins are

controlled by the serial port device driver

1 : GPIO mode: output pins can be managed through the

AT#V24 command only

2 : GPIO Kernel mode: output pins directly controlled by

kernel GPIO driver

<save> integer N/A Save V24 pin configuration

Values:

0 : Pin configuration is not saved

1 : Pin configuration is saved

If <mode> is set to 2, output pins directly cannot be controlled by

#V24 command, <save> parameter should be set to 1, module
must be rebooted, the pins configuration is applied at next power
cycle and pins are directly controlled by kernel GPIO driver.

If <save> parameter is omitted, the value of <mode> is changed as

default mode from next power cycle.

Changing V24 pins configuration may affect the cellular module

functionality set through +CFUN.

If <pin>=4 is set to <mode>=2 or 1, <save> parameter should be set

to 1, module must be rebooted, pin configuration is applied at next
power cycle. Changing from <mode>=2 or 1 to <mode>=0, module
must be rebooted.

If <pin>=1, 5 ,6 or 7 is set to <mode>=2 or 1, <save> parameter

should be set to 1, module must be rebooted, pin configuration is

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1160 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

applied at next power cycle. The unset pins of 4 pins do not work as
UART pin. Changing from <mode>=2 or 1 to <mode>=0, module
must be rebooted.

The default value of parameter <mode> for pin0, pin2 and pin3 is 2
in LE910C1-EU/NF/LA (4G+2G).

<pin>=1 and / or <pin>=5 can be set as <mode>=1 or <mode>=2 only

if flow control is disabled.

If <pin>=6 and / or <pin>=7, are configured as <mode>=1 or

<mode>=2 it will not be possible to use the UART and therefore it
will not be possible to have the serial interface available for AT
commands.

For LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-WWX products:

- Not supported CTS/RTS/RXD/TXD/DTR pins
- Not supported GPIO Kernel mode
- DTR pin cannot be set as GPO when #M2MATP is '1'.

AT#V24CFG?
Read command returns actual mode for all the pins (either output and
input) in the format:

#V24CFG: <pin1>,<mode1>[<CR><LF><CR><LF>
#V24CFG: <pin2>,<mode2>[...]]

AT#V24CFG=?
Test command reports supported range of values for parameters
<pin>,<mode> and <save>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1161 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.17. AT#V24 - V24 Output Pins Control

This command sets the state of the output pins of the AT commands serial port
interface.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#V24=<pin>[,<state>]
Set command sets the AT commands serial port interface output pins
state.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> integer N/A AT commands serial port interface

hardware pin:

Values:

0 : DCD (Data Carrier Detect)

1 : CTS (Clear To Send)

2 : RI (Ring Indicator)

3 : DSR (Data Set Ready)

4 : DTR (Data Terminal Ready)

5 : RTS (Request To Send)

6 : RXD (Receive Data)

7 : TXD (Transmit Data)

<state> integer N/A State of AT commands serial port interface

output hardware pins (0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)
when pins are in GPIO mode (see
AT#V24CFG):

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1162 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : Low state

1 : High state

If <pin> is set to <mode>=2 by #V24CFG, the <state> is not actual

state because pin is controlled by kernel GPIO driver.

If <pin>=1, 5, 6 or 7 is set to <mode>=2 or 1 by #V24CFG, the state

of the unset pins returns 1. (see #V24CFG)

If <pin>=6 or 7 works as UART pin, the state of the pins is not actual
state because pins are controlled by UART driver

For LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX/APX/SNX and LE910Cx-WWX product:

- Not support CTS/RTS/RXD/TXD pins.
- Not support GPIO Kernel mode.

AT#V24?
Read command returns actual state for all the pins (either output and
input) in the format:

#V24: <pin1>,<state1>[<CR><LF>
#V24: <pin2>,<state2>[...]]

AT#V24=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameters <pin> and
<state>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1163 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.18. AT#I2CWR - Write to I2C

This command is used to send data to an I2C peripheral connected to module.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#I2CWR=<sdaPin>,<sclPin>,<deviceId>,<registerId>,<len>
Execution command sends data to an I2C peripheral connected to module
GPIOs. After the writing activity has been accomplished, the GPIOs will not
be restored to the original setting. Use #GPIO command to see the status
of the used GPIOs. To have information on GPIO pins refer to document [1].
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sdaPin> integer - GPIO number for SDA. To know the

range use #I2CWR test command.

<sclPin> integer - GPIO number for SCL. To know the

range use #I2CWR test command.

<deviceId> hex N/A address of the I2C device (7 bits). The

Least Significant Bit is used for
read/write command, but in this
#I2CWR implementation, it doesn't
matter if the LSB is set to 0 or 1.
Address must be written in
hexadecimal form without 0x.
10 bit address is also supported.

Value:

0÷3FF : addressing range extended to 10 bit

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1164 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<registerId> hex N/A register to write data to

Value:

0÷FF : value must be written in hexadecimal form

without 0x

<len> integer N/A number of data to send

Value:

1÷254 : number of data to send

Additional info:

After entering the command, the module returns the prompt ">"
and waits for the data to send. To complete the operation, send Ctrl-
Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without writing the message send ESC
char (0x1B hex). Data must be written in hexadecimal form.

If data are successfully sent, the response is OK, otherwise an error

code is reported.

AT#I2CWR=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<sdaPin>, <sclPin>, <deviceId>, <registerId>, <len>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1165 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set GPIO_2 as SDA, and GPIO_3 as SCL. Device I2C address is 0x20; 0x10 is
the address of the first register where to write I2C data; 14 data bytes will
be written starting from register 0x10.

AT#I2CWR=2,3,20,10,14
> 00112233445566778899AABBCCDD<ctrl-z>
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1166 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.19. AT#I2CRD - Read from I2C

This command is used to read data from an I2C peripheral connected to module.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#I2CRD=<sdaPin>,<sclPin>,<deviceId>,<registerId>,<len>
Execution command reads data from an I2C peripheral connected to
module GPIOs. After the reading activity has been accomplished, the
GPIOs will not be restored to the original setting. Use #GPIO command to
see the status of the used GPIOs. To have information on GPIO pins refer
to document [1].
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sdaPin> integer - GPIO number for SDA. To know the

range use #I2CRD test command.

<sclPin> integer - GPIO number for SCL. To know the

range use #I2CRD test command.

<deviceId> hex N/A address of the I2C device (7 bits). The

Least Significant Bit is used for
read/write command, but in this
#I2CCF implementation, it doesn't
matter if the LSB is set to 0 or 1.
Address must be written in
hexadecimal form without 0x.
10 bit address is also supported

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1167 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0÷3FF : addressing range extended to 10 bit

<registerId> hex N/A Register to read data from

Value:

0÷FE : value must be written in hexadecimal form

without 0x

<len> integer N/A Number of data to receive

• Data Read from I2C will be
dumped in hexadecimal format

• If data requested are more than

data available in the device,
dummy data (normally 0x00 or
0xff) will be dumped
Value:

1÷254 : number of data to receive

AT#I2CRD=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<sdaPin>, <sclPin>, <deviceId>, <registerId>, <len>.

Read 12 bytes from I2C device with address 0x20, starting from register
address 0x10. SDA is mapped on GPIO_02, SCL is mapped on GPIO_03.

AT#I2CRD=2,3,20,10,12
#I2CRD: 00112233445566778899AABBCC
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1168 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.20. AT#I2CCF - Combined Format for I2C Writing and Reading

This command is used to write and read data to/from an I2C device using the I2C
Combined Format. The module acts as an I2C master.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#I2CCF=<sdaPIn>,<sclPin>,<deviceId>,<lenwr>,<lenrd>
This command is used to write and read data to/from an I2C device using
the I2C Combined Format. The module as master transmits data to the
slave device and then, reads data from it through two GPIOs
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sdaPIn> integer - GPIO number for SDA. To know the range

use #I2CCF test command.

<sclPin> integer - GPIO number for SCL. To know the range

use #I2CCF test command.

<deviceId> hex N/A address of the i2c device (7 bits). The

Least Significant Bit is used for
read/write command, but in this #I2CCF
implementation, it doesn't matter if the
LSB is set to 0 or to 1. Address must be
written in hexadecimal from without 0x.

Value:

0÷3FF : addressing range extended to 10 bit

<lenwr> integer N/A number of data to write.

Value:

0÷254 : number of data to write.

<lenrd> integer N/A number of data to read.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1169 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0÷254 : number of data to read.

Additional info:

After entering the command, and if <lenwr> > 0, the module returns
the prompt ">" and waits for the data to send. To complete the
operation enter Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without writing the
message enter ESC char (0x1B hex).
Data must be written in hexadecimal form without 0x.
If data are successfully sent, the response is OK, otherwise an error
code is reported.

AT#I2CCF=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<sdaPin>, <sclPin>, <deviceId>, <lenwr>, <lenrd>.

Set GPIO_2 as SDA, GPIO_3 as SCL; Device I2C address is 0x20;

First is send data 0x0a; after a "RESTART", 4 data bytes are read
AT#I2CCF=2,3,20,1,4
>0a<ctrl-z>
#I2CCF: abcdef12
OK

The sequence is following:

START - 0x20- 0x0a -RESTART - 0X21 - data read 1 -...- data read 4 - STOP

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1170 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.21. AT#SPIEN - Enable SPI Configuration

This command used to enable/disable SPI configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SPIEN=<mode>
Set command enables SPI configuration.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 mode

Values:

0 : Disable SPI configuration

1 : Enable SPI configuration

Manual reboot is required after changing.

Change value is stored on module and applied after next power

cycle.

If <mode> is 0, interface is configured as UART 2 Port (See

"Hardware User Guide section 3.1") and setting values configured
by #SPICFG are initialized.

This command is synchronized with variant 17 of #PORTCFG in

LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-WWX product. If SPI is
enabled, the request value of #PORTCFG is changed to 17 at the
same time.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1171 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SPIEN?
Read command show current <mode> in the following format
#SPIEN: <mode>

AT#SPIEN=?
Test command returns the range of supported values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1172 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.22. AT#SPICFG - SPI Pins Configuration

This command used to configure SPI pins for multiple slave supporting.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SPICFG=<ID>[,<CS>[,<interrupt>[,<slave_ready_GPIO>]]]
Set command configures CS (Chip Select), interrupt pin and slave ready
GPIO for multiple slave supporting.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<ID> integer N/A SPI context identifier

Value:

0÷2 : numeric parameter which specifies a

SPI definition

<CS> integer - Chip select GPIO number

<interrupt> integer - GPIO number; GPIO can be

configured as an interrupt
source of a SPI master device.
This allows a SPI slave device
to notify the SPI master device
of data being transferred.

<slave_ready_GPIO> integer - GPIO number; GPIO can be

configured for slave ready
state. If SPI master device
receives the ready state (active
low state) from slave device,
SPI master device allows SPI
read/ write operation.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1173 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Manual reboot is required after changing.

All configurations are stored on module and applied after next

power cycle.

When SPI is enabled through #SPIEN=1, this operation can be

worked.

The first <CS> value is always 0 because it is dedicated SPI_CS pin

(See "Hardware User Guide section 3.1")

It has highest priority than other functions when SPI configuration

enabled and GPIO is used as SPI operation. Customer should not
use GPIO for other function.

AT#SPICFG?
Read command returns the current settings of #SPICFG.
#SPICFG: <ID>,<CS>,<interrupt>,<slave_ready_GPIO><CR><LF>
#SPICFG: <ID>,<CS>,<interrupt>,<slave_ready_GPIO><CR><LF>
#SPICFG: <ID>,<CS>,<interrupt>,<slave_ready_GPIO><CR><LF>

AT#SPICFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1174 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#SPICFG?
#SPICFG: 0,0,2,5
#SPICFG: 1,8,3,6
#SPICFG: 2,9,4,7
OK
AT#SPICFG=0
OK
AT#SPICFG=1
OK
AT#SPICFG=2
OK
AT#SPICFG?
#SPICFG: 0,0,0,0
#SPICFG: 1,0,0,0
#SPICFG: 2,0,0,0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1175 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.23. AT#HSICEN - Enable HSIC Configuration

This command used to configure HSIC mode as slave or master.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#HSICEN=<mode>
Set command sets HSIC configuration as HSIC master or HSIC slave
mode.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 HSIC mode

Values:

0 : Disable HSIC configuration

1 : Enable HSIC master mode

2 : Enable HSIC slave mode

Manual reboot is required after changing.

The setting is maintained even after firmware updates.

If <mode>=2, USB interface doesn't work.

The default value of <mode> is 1 in LE910C1-EU/NF/LA (4G+2G).

AT#HSICEN?
Read command show current <mode> in the following format

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1176 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#HSICEN: <mode>

AT#HSICEN=?
Test command returns the range of supported values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1177 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.24. AT#RXDIV - Enable RX Diversity and Set DARP

This command enables the RX Diversity and sets DARP.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#RXDIV=<divEnable>,<DARPMode>
Set command enables/disables the RX Diversity and sets DARP.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<divEnable> integer 1 enable/disable the RX

Diversity

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

6 : Test mode. The main antenna port is used for

the Tx chain; second antenna port is used as the
only Rx chain

<DARPMode> integer 1 select DARP mode

Values:

0 : DARP not supported

1 : DARP phase 1

The values set by command are available at next power-on.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1178 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#RXDIV?
Read command reports the currently selected <divEnable> and
<DARPMode> parameters in the format:

#RXDIV: <DivEnable>,<DARPMode>

AT#RXDIV=?
Test command reports the supported values of
parameters <divEnable> and <DARPMode>.

- The values set by command are directly stored in NVM, and they are
available at next power on.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1179 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.25. AT#GSMAD - GSM Antenna Detection

Set the behavior of the antenna detection algorithm. To use this command, the module
must be provided by a specific circuitry, refer to document [1].

[1] Telit Antenna Detection Application Note, 80000NT10002A

[2] Telit Hardware Design Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#GSMAD=<mod>[,<urcmode>[,<interval>[,<detGPIO>[,<repGPIO>[,<antenna>[,<
adc>]]]]]]
Set command sets the behavior of antenna detection algorithm. Refer to
document [2] to have information on GPIO pins.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mod> integer 0 selects the antenna detection mode.

Refer to Additional info section.

Values:

0 : antenna detection not active; format is

AT#GSMAD=0[,<adc>]

1 : periodic activation of the antenna detection

2 : instantaneous activation of the antenna detection

3 : as <mod>=2, but the command does not return the

control until the detection algorithm ended

<urcmode> integer 0 selects the URC presentation mode. It

has meaning and can be set only if
<mod>=1.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1180 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : disable the antenna detection URC

1 : enable the antenna detection URC

<interval> integer 120 interval between two consecutive

antenna detection algorithm runs. It is
expressed in seconds, and has meaning
only if <mod>=1.

Value:

1÷3600 : seconds

<detGPIO> integer 0 defines which GPIO pin is used by the

antenna detection algorithm as input.
The chosen GPIO must be configured in
alternate function, refer to #GPIO
command.

Values:

0 : no GPIO pin is used

1÷max : max value depends on the module hardware

<repGPIO> integer 0 defines which GPIO pin is used by the

antenna detection algorithm (as output)
to report antenna status. It has meaning
only if <mod>=1.
The chosen GPIO must be configured in
alternate function, refer to #GPIO
command.
Value 0 means that no report is made
using GPIO (default 0).

Values:

0 : no GPIO is used

1÷max : max value depends on the module hardware

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1181 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<antenna> integer 1 index of requested antenna.

Values:

1 : Main

2 : DIV

3 : GPS

<adc> integer 1 index of requested ADC

Values:

1 : ADC1

2 : ADC2

3 : ADC3

Additional info:

<mod>=1
The command starts the antenna detection every <interval> period, and
uses the <detGPIO> pin to detect the antenna status. If the algorithm
detects an antenna status change and the <urcmod>=1, the user is notified
by the following URC:

#GSMAD: <antenna>,<presence>

<mod>=2
The command starts instantaneously the main antenna detection. if the
algorithm detects a change in the main antenna status the module is
notified by URC.
This modality is obsolete and is maintained only for backward compatibility.
We suggest to use the modality 3

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1182 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<mod>=3
The command starts instantaneously the main antenna detection as in
<mod>=2, but the command does not return the control until the detection
algorithm ended. The returned value is the antenna status just detected.
The returned value is the antenna <presence> status just detected and it
format is:

#GSMAD: <antenna>,<presence>
OK

The instantaneous activation does not affect a periodic activation eventually

started before.

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<antenna> integer antenna

Values:

1 : Main (default)

2 : DIV

3 : GPS

<presence> integer returns information on the antenna status.

Values:

0 : antenna connected

1 : antenna connector short circuited to ground

2 : antenna connector short circuited to power

3 : antenna not detected (open circuit)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1183 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- last <urcmode> settings are saved as extended profile parameters.

- GPIO is set to LOW when antenna is connected. Set to HIGH otherwise
- #GSMAD parameters, excluding <urcmode>, are saved in NVM.

AT#GSMAD?
Read command returns the current parameter settings for #GSMAD command in
the format:
#GSMAD:
<mod>,<urcmode>,<interval>,<detGPIO>,<repGPIO>,<antenna>,<adc><CR><LF>
#GSMAD: <mod>,<urcmode>,<interval>,<detGPIO>,<repGPIO>,<antenna>,<adc><C
R><LF>
#GSMAD:
<mod>,<urcmode>,<interval>,<detGPIO>,<repGPIO>,<antenna>,<adc><CR><LF>

AT#GSMAD=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <mod>,
<urcmode>, <interval>, <detGPIO>, <repGPIO>, <antenna> and <adc>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1184 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.26. AT#VAUX - Auxiliary Voltage Output Control

This command configures the Auxiliary Voltage output pin.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#VAUX=[<n>,<stat>]
Set command enables/disables the Auxiliary Voltage output pin. To have
information on VAUX pin refer to document [1].
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 VAUX pin index

Value:

1 : only one VAUX pin is available

<stat> integer 1 Enable/disable VAUX output or get its status

Values:

0 : disables output

1 : enables output

2 : gets current VAUX pin status

Additional info:

When <stat>=2 and command is successful, it returns:

#VAUX: <value>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1185 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer N/A gives information about the output

pin status.

Values:

0 : output is disabled

1 : output is enabled

The current setting is stored through #VAUXSAV.

set command will not work and always return ERROR if the WLAN
started.

AT#VAUX?
Read command reports whether the Auxiliary Voltage pin output is
currently enabled or not, in the format:
#VAUX: <value>

AT#VAUX=?
Test command reports the supported range of value for parameters <n>
and <stat>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1186 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.27. AT#VAUXSAV - Auxiliary Voltage Output Save

This command allows to save the current state of the Auxiliary Voltage output pin in
NVM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#VAUXSAV
Execution command saves the current state of VAUX pin in NVM. The
state will be reloaded at the next power on.

AT#VAUXSAV=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1187 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.28. AT#TEMPMON - Temperature Monitor

This command is used to retrieve internal temperature information of the module.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TEMPMON=<mod>[,<urcMode>[,<action>[,<GPIO>]]]
Set command sets the behavior of the module internal temperature
monitor.

#TEMPMEAS: <level>,<value>

The temperature monitoring message parameters are described in the

Unsolicited fields section.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mod> integer N/A select the temperature monitoring

mode.

Values:

0 : sets the command parameters

1 : triggers the measurement of the module internal

temperature, reporting the result using the format
shown above

<urcMode> integer 1 URC presentation mode

Values:

0 : disables the presentation of the temperature

monitoring URC.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1188 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : enables the presentation of the temperature

monitoring URC, whenever the module internal
temperature reaches either operating or extreme
levels.

<action> integer 1 sum of integers, each representing

the action to be done whenever the
module internal temperature
reaches either operating or
extreme levels.

Values:

0 : no action

1 : (01) Activating of thermal mitigation according to

thermal configuration file.

2 : (10) Output pin <GPIO> is tied HIGH when operating

temperature bounds are reached; when the
temperature is back to normal the output pin
<GPIO> is tied LOW. If this <action> is required, it is
mandatory to set the <GPIO> parameter too.

3 : (11) This value contains <action=1> and <action=2>

i.e. activate thermal mitigation and a GPIO
indication. If this <action> is required, it is
mandatory to set the <GPIO> parameter too.

<GPIO> integer - GPIO number. Valid range is any

GPIO pin as described in #GPIO
command. This parameter is
needed and required only if
<action> 2 or 3 is enabled.

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<level> integer threshold level (see Note1)

Values:

-2 : Extreme temperature lower bound.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1189 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

-1 : Operating temperature lower bound.

0 : normal temperature.

1 : Operating temperature upper bound.

2 : Extreme temperature upper bound.

<value> integer actual temperature expressed in degrees Celsius.

AT#TEMPMON?
Read command reports the current parameter settings for the command
in the format:

#TEMPMON: <urcMode>,<action>[,<GPIO>]

AT#TEMPMON=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<mod>, <urcMode>, <action>, and <GPIO>.

Thresholds levels are defined in #TEMPCFG command. See there for

detailed description on thermal mitigation configuration.

Last <GPIO> is saved in the NVM.

Thermal mitigation is disabled automatically when using laboratory

test SIM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1190 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.29. AT#QTEMP - Query Temperature Overflow

This command returns if the device internal temperature is in the working range or not.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#QTEMP=[<mode>]
Set command has currently no effect. The interpretation of parameter
<mode> currently not implemented. The value assigned to it will simply
have no effect.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A mode

Value:

0 : returns "OK"

AT#QTEMP?
Read command queries the device internal temperature sensor for over
temperature and reports the result in the format:
#QTEMP: <temp>
where:
<temp> - over temperature indicator
0 - The device temperature is in the working range.
1 - The device temperature is out of the working range.

See note for working range definition.

AT#QTEMP=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1191 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.

Working range is the normal range as defined in #TEMPCFG command.

Working range default value is (-30°C...+80°C).
The device should not be operated out of its working temperature range,
elsewhere proper functioning of the device is not ensured.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1192 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.30. AT#TESTMODE - Test Mode Configuration

Set module in test mode for configuring and testing the POWER level.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TESTMODE=<cmd>
The command allows to execute some CT commands through AT
interface. The functionality has to be first activated by sending
AT#TESTMODE="TM", which sets the module in Test Mode. Only after this
set, AT#TESTMODE can be used with the other allowed CT commands. To
exit from Test Mode and go back to Operative Mode, the command
AT#TESTMODE ="OM" has to be sent.
AT#TESTMODE= "CT_command"
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cmd> string N/A "CT_command": this string corresponds to a

CT command. To be accepted by
AT#TESTMODE, the CT command has to
belong to the following list of CT commands
enabled for this use:

Values:

"TM" : forces the module in Test

Mode

"OM" : forces the module in

Operative Mode

“BANDS” : returns the list of

supported bands

"SET[tech]BAND [band]" : sets the band of used

technology (tunes the RF

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1193 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

to Mid CH by default).
Refer to Note 1.

"SETLTEBW [bw]" : sets the bandwidth for

LTE. (Before "SETLTEBW"
SET command, you have to
set the "SETLTEBAND"
command.)

“CH [chan]" : sets the channel. (Before

"CH” SET command, you
have to set the
"SET<tech>BAND"
Command).

"SETCHREGION [ch_reg_idx]" : tunes the RF to lowest (0) /

middle (1) / highest (2)
channel in selected band.

“GETCH" : returns current channel.

"TCH" : starts the non-stop

module transmission. (not
while RXON active)

"PL [pl_val]" : Refer to Note 2.

"TXPDM [txpdm_val]" : Refer to Note 2.

"TXGAIN [txgain_val]" : Refer to Note 2.

"TXBURST [txburst_val]" : Refer to Note 2.

"RXON" : RX chain enable. (not while

TCH active)

"LNA [lna_gain]" : sets the LNA Gain for GSM

/ WCDMA. Refer to Note 3.

"EXP [expected_pwr]" : expected RX power for LTE

/ TDSCDMA. Refer to Note
4.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1194 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

"RL" : read Rx power level

(Results might have +/-
3dB tolerance).

"RLDIV" : read diversity Rx power

level (Results might have
+/- 3dB tolerance). (LTE
and WCDMA supported
only)

"ESC" : exits the current non-stop

sequence (stop TX
transmission) and disable
RX chain.

"TMGNSS" : Start GNSS testmode

"WBIQGNSS" : Perform WBIQ GNSS test

"OMGNSS" : Exit from GNSS testmode

Additional info:

GSM Bands:
Band Code Band
0 GSM 850
1 GSM 900
2 GSM 1800
3 GSM 1900

WCDMA Bands:
Band Code Band Frequency [MHz]
1 WCDMA I 2100
2 WCDMA II 1900
3 WCDMA III 1800
4 WCDMA IV 1700
5 WCDMA V 850
6 WCDMA VI 850 Japan
8 WCDMA VIII 900
19 WCDMA XIX 800 Japan

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1195 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LTE Bands:
Band Code Band Frequency [MHz]
1 LTE-B1 2100
2 LTE-B2 1900
3 LTE-B3 1800
4 LTE-B4 1700
5 LTE-B5 850
7 LTE-B7 2600
8 LTE-B8 900
9 LTE-B9 1900
12 LTE-B12 700
13 LTE-B13 700
14 LTE-B14 700
17 LTE-B17 700
18 LTE-B18 800
19 LTE-B19 800
20 LTE-B20 800
25 LTE-B25 1900
26 LTE-B26 850
28 LTE-B28 700
34 LTE-B34 2000
38 LTE-B38 2600
39 LTE-B39 1900
40 LTE-B40 2300
41 LTE-B41 2600
66 LTE-B66 AWS-3
71 LTE-B71 600

GSM Channels:
BAND Channel
code Low Mid High
0 128 189 251
1 975 63 124
2 512 700 884
3 512 660 809

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1196 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

WCDMA Channels:
BAND Channel
code Low Mid High
I 9612 9750 9888
II 9262 9400 9538
III 937 1112 1288
IV 1312 1412 1513
V 4132 4182 4233
VI 4163 4175 4188
VIII 2712 2787 2863
XIX 312 338 363

LTE Channels:
Channel
BAND
Low Mid High
B1 18025 18300 18575
B2 18625 18900 19175
B3 19225 19575 19925
B4 19975 20175 20375
B5 20425 20525 20625
B7 20775 21100 21425
B8 21475 21625 21775
B9 21825 21975 22125
B12 23035 23095 23155
B13 23180 23229 23279
B14 23305 23330 23355
B17 23755 23790 23825
B18 23855 23925 23995
B19 24025 24075 24125
B20 24175 24300 24425
B25 26065 26365 26665
B26 26715 26865 27015
B28 27235 27435 27635
B28
(LE910Cx- 27235 27310 27385
EU)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1197 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

B34 36225 36275 36325

B38 37775 38000 38225
B39 38275 38450 38625
B40 38675 39150 39625
B41 40240 40740 41240
B66 131997 132322 132647
B71 133147 133297 133446

GSM Recommended PL value:

BAND Code PL POWER Range
0 28
31-35 [dBm]
1 29
2 26 28-32 [dBm]
3 26 28-32 [dBm]

WCDMA Recommended TXPDM value:

BAND TXPDM POWER Range
I 67
II 62
III 68
IV 61
21 - 25 [dBm]
V 66
VI 66
VIII 66
XIX 66

LTE Recommended TXGAIN value:

BAND TXGAIN POWER Range
B1 66
B2 62
B3 65
B4 60
20.3 - 25.7 [dBm]
B5 66
B7 55
B8 65
B9 64

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1198 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

B12 64
B13 58
B14 58
B17 62
B18 66
B19 66
B20 66
B25 62
B26 64
B28 64
B38 53
B39 65
B40 53
B41 53
B66 60
B71 66

LTE Recommended SETLTEBW value:

BW BW Value
0 1.4 MHz
1 3 MHz
2 5 MHz
3 10 MHz
4 15 MHz
5 20 MHz

BAND BANDWIDTH
0 1 2 3 4 5
B1 X X O O O O
B2 O O O O O O
B3 O O O O O O
B4 O O O O O O
B5 O O O O X X
B7 X X O O O O
B8 O O O O X X
B9 X X O O O O
B12 O O O O X X

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1199 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

B13 X X O O X X
B14 X X O O X X
B17 X X O O X X
B18 X X O O O X
B19 X X O O O X
B20 X X O O O O
B25 O O O O O O
B26 O O O O O X
B28 X X O O O O
B38 X X O O O O
B39 X X O O O O
B40 X X O O O O
B41 X X O O O O
B66 O O O O O O
B71 X X O O O O

Note 1: "SET[tech]BAND [band]"

"SETGSMBAND [band]" for GSM
"SETWCDMABAND [band]" for WCDMA
"SETLTEBAND [band]" for LTE
"SETTDSBAND [band]" for TD-SCDMA.

Note 2: sets TX power level as below.

for GSM in range: 0 - 31
for WCDMA in range: 0 - 100
for LTE in range: 0 - 100
for TD-SCDMA in range: 0 - 100

Note 3: sets the LNA Gain as below.

For GSM [lna_gain] value have to be in range 0-5.
For WCDMA [lna_gain] value have to be 0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1200 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Note 4: Range for LTE / TDSCDMA systems is from -113 to 0.

Note 5: The string of the enabled CT command must have the

correct number of parameters supported by the CT command. The
parameter is not case sensitive.

Note 6: BW should set for each LTE band properly as 3GPP

specification. (TS36.101 5.6.1 Channel bandwidths per operating
band)

Note 7: "CH" command should be input as TX channel. It is going to

auto conversion to RX channel.

AT#TESTMODE?
Read command reports the currently selected <command> in the format:

#TESTMODE: <testModeStatus>
Additional info:

Parameter meaning:

Name Type Default Description

<testModeStatus> integer 0 status

Values:

0 : module is in Operative Mode

1 : module is in Test Mode

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1201 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#TESTMODE=?
Test command returns the ERROR result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1202 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

GSM Example:
Configure TEST EQUIPMENT to band GSM I and set ARFCN = 63, PL = 29.
AT#TESTMODE="TM"
AT#TESTMODE="SETGSMBAND 1"
AT#TESTMODE="TCH"
AT#TESTMODE="PL 29"
Verify on instrument side that TX max power level is about 31-35dBm.
AT#TESTMODE="ESC"

Configure TEST EQUIPMENT to band GSM 2 and set ARFCN = 700, PL = 26.
AT#TESTMODE="TM"
AT#TESTMODE="SETGSMBAND 2"
AT#TESTMODE="TCH"
AT#TESTMODE="PL 26"
Verify on instrument side that TX max power level is about 28-32dBm.
AT#TESTMODE="ESC"

RX test:
GSM: Inject a modulated GSM signal to the unit
AT#TESTMODE="TM"
AT#TESTMODE="SETGSMBAND 2"
AT#TESTMODE="RXON"
AT#TESTMODE="LNA 0"
AT#TESTMODE="RL"
AT#TESTMODE="ESC"
To return to online mode:
AT#TESTMODE="OM" verify that module switches to operative mode.
Verify that module switches to operative mode.

WCDMA Example:
Configure TEST EQUIPMENT in not signaling mode,

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1203 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

band WCDMA I and set UARFCN =9750, TXPDM =69:

AT#TESTMODE="TM"
AT#TESTMODE="SETWCDMABAND 1"
AT#TESTMODE="TCH"
AT#TESTMODE="TXPDM 69"
Verify on instrument side that TX max power level is about 21-25dBm.
AT#TESTMODE="ESC"

Configure TEST EQUIPMENT/CMD in not signaling mode,

WCDMA VIII and set ARFCN =2787, TXPDM =66:
AT#TESTMODE="TM"
AT#TESTMODE="SETWCDMABAND 8"
AT#TESTMODE="TCH"
AT#TESTMODE="TXPDM 66"
Verify on instrument side that TX max power level is about 21-25dBm.
AT#TESTMODE="ESC"

RX test:
WCDMA: Inject a modulated WCDMA signal to the unit
AT#TESTMODE="TM"
AT#TESTMODE="SETWCDMABAND 8"
AT#TESTMODE="RXON"
AT#TESTMODE="LNA 0"
AT#TESTMODE="RL"
AT#TESTMODE="ESC"
To return to online mode:
AT#TESTMODE="OM"
Verify that module switches to operative mode.

LTE Example:
Configure TEST EQUIPMENT to band LTE I and set EARFCN = 18300, TXGAIN
= 68.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1204 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Recommend 4G TX test sequence is below:

Spectrum analyzer setup:
Frequency=1950MHz
RBW=1MHz
Span=100MHz
Manual Attenuation = 30dB
Ref level Offset = depends on a cable loss
Use the trigger video to fix the measurement
Use the peak search marker
AT#TESTMODE="TM"
AT#TESTMODE="SETLTEBAND 1"
AT#TESTMODE="CH 18300"
AT#TESTMODE="TCH"
AT#TESTMODE="TXGAIN 68"
Verify on instrument side that TX max power level is about 20.3 - 25.7dBm.
AT#TESTMODE="ESC"
To return to online mode:
AT#TESTMODE="OM"
Verify that module switches to operative mode.

RX test:
LTE: Inject a modulated LTE signal with RX channel 6300 to the unit.
Recommend 4G TX test sequence is below:
Signal generator setup:
Frequency = 806MHz + 500kHz(offset)
Level = -60dBm
CW is sent (RF on, MOD off)
Offset = depends on a cable loss
AT#TESTMODE="TM"
AT#TESTMODE="SETLTEBAND 20"
AT#TESTMODE="CH 24300"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1205 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#TESTMODE="RXON"
AT#TESTMODE="EXP -75"
AT#TESTMODE="RL"
AT#TESTMODE="ESC"
To return to online mode:
AT#TESTMODE="OM"
Verify that module switches to operative mode.

GNSS Example:
Start GNSS Testmode:
AT#TESTMODE="TMGNSS"
OK
Perform WBIQ test:
AT#TESTMODE="WBIQGNSS"
#TESTMODE: Count: 1, C/N0: 65.0 (DBHz), Freq: 100106 (Hz)
OK
Exit from GNSS testmode:
AT#TESTMODE="OMGNSS"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1206 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.31. AT#RXTOGGLE - Swap RX from Main to Diversity

This command swaps the receiver from the main antenna to the diversity antenna.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#RXTOGGLE=<TOGGLE_enable>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<TOGGLE_enable> integer 2 toggle between normal to

diversity antenna

Values:

0 : set the RX to the main antenna

1 : set the RX to the diversity antenna

2 : set the RX to both the main and the

diversity antennas

Please disable usage of two antennas (AT#RXDIV=0) before

swapping antennas.

The values set by command are directly stored in NVM.

They are available at next power on.(Solution provider's

Limitation.)

AT#RXTOGGLE?
Read command reports the currently selected <TOGGLE_enable> in the
format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1207 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#RXTOGGLE: <TOGGLE_enable>

AT#RXTOGGLE=?
Test command reports the supported range of values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1208 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#RXTOGGLE?
#RXTOGGLE: 2 this means that RX is set to both the main and the diversity
antennas (Default)
OK

AT#RXDIV?
#RXDIV: 1,1 this means that diversity antenna is already enabled
OK

AT#RXDIV=0,1 this disables the RX Diversity

OK
AT#RXTOGGLE=1 this means that the RX is set to the diversity antenna
OK
AT#RXDIV=1,1 Enable the diversity antenna RX
OK

AT#REBOOT reboot the module

OK

AT+COPS=0 register to the 3G network

OK
AT+CREG=1 enable network registration unsolicited result code
OK
AT+CREG? read <mode> and <stat> parameters
+CREG: 1,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1209 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.32. AT#CBC - Battery and Charger Status

This command returns the current Battery and Charger state.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CBC
Execution command returns the current Battery and Charger state. The
response is in the format:

#CBC: <ChargerState>,<BatteryVoltage>
Additional info:

The response has its fields described below.

Name Type Default Description

<ChargerState> integer 0 Battery charger state

Values:

0 : charger not connected

1 : charger connected and charging

2 : charger connected and charge

completed

<BatteryVoltage> integer - battery voltage in units of

10 mV: it is the real
battery voltage only if
charger is not connected;
if the charger is connected
this value depends on the
charger voltage

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1210 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#CBC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1211 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.33. AT#STUNEANT - Set Tunable Antenna Interface

This command set for Tunable Antenna Interface.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#STUNEANT=<enable>[,<band_mask>,<ant1_cfg>[,<ant2_cfg>]]
Set command for Tunable Antenna Interface.
Specific GPIO pin is available on the host interface that can be connected
to an external antenna switch.
This command can be used after setting the GPIOs from #GPIO command.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enables/disables tunable

antenna operation and all GPIOs
set.

Values:

0 : disables (factory default)

1 : enables

<band_mask> hex 0x00000000 This parameter can be set when

<enable> parameter is 1.

Values:

0x00000000 : No bands allowed

0x00000001 : LTE BAND1

0x00000002 : LTE BAND2

0x00000004 : LTE BAND3

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1212 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0x00000008 : LTE BAND4

0x00000010 : LTE BAND5

0x00000020 : LTE BAND7

0x00000040 : LTE BAND8

0x00000080 : LTE BAND9

0x00000100 : LTE BAND12

0x00000200 : LTE BAND13

0x00000400 : LTE BAND14

0x00000800 : LTE BAND18

0x00001000 : LTE BAND19

0x00002000 : LTE BAND20

0x00004000 : LTE BAND25

0x00008000 : LTE BAND26

0x00010000 : LTE BAND28

0x00020000 : LTE BAND66

0x00040000 : LTE BAND71

0x00080000 : WCDMA BAND1

0x00100000 : WCDMA BAND2

0x00200000 : WCDMA BAND3

0x00400000 : WCDMA BAND4

0x00800000 : WCDMA BAND5

0x01000000 : WCDMA BAND6

0x02000000 : WCDMA BAND8

0x04000000 : WCDMA BAND19

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1213 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0x08000000 : GSM BAND 850(B5)

0x10000000 : GSM BAND 900(B8)

0x20000000 : GSM BAND 1800(B3)

0x40000000 : GSM BAND1900(B2)

0x80000000 : LTE BAND 38

0x100000000 : LTE BAND 39

0x200000000 : LTE BAND 40

0x400000000 : LTE BAND 41

<ant1_cfg> integer 0 This parameter can be set when

<enable> parameter is 1.

Values:

0 : GPIO is Low (default)

1 : GPIO is High

<ant2_cfg> integer 0 This parameter can be set when

<enable> parameter is 1.

Values:

0 : GPIO is Low (default)

1 : GPIO is High

Additional info:
Signal name Pin Description
ant1_cfg ALT16 Antenna Control 0
ant2_cfg ALT17 Antenna Control 1

- Tunable antenna pin function of GPIOs correspond to ALT16,17

function of the GPIOs, so it should also set which GPIO will used as
ALT16,17 function through AT#GPIO command. Access those GPIOs

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1214 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

through AT#GPIO command while Tunable antenna function is

enabled is not recommended.
- First, GPIOs what you want to use should set through #GPIO
command before #STUNEANT command setting.
In stuneant "enable" state, tunable antenna gpio cannot be set via
GPIO command.

band_mask is supported by LE910Cx series.

1 2 3 4 5 6
LTE 1 LTE 2 LTE 3 LTE 4 LTE 5 LTE 7
7 8 9 10 11 12
LTE 8 LTE 9 LTE 12 LTE 13 LTE 14 LTE 18
13 14 15 16 17 18
LTE19 LTE 20 LTE 25 LTE 26 LTE 28 LTE 66
19 20 21 22 23 24
LTE 71 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5
25 26 27 28 29 30
W6 W8 W19 G850 G900 G1800
31 32 33 34 35

G1900 LTE 38 LTE 39 LTE 40 LTE 41

the setting is saved in NVM.

band mask should be entered in HEX format without "0x".

AT#STUNEANT?
Read command returns the saved value in the format:
#STUNEANT: <enable>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1215 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#STUNEANT=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters
<enable>,<supported_band_mask>,<ant1_cfg>,<ant2_cfg>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1216 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Example 1.
AT#STUNEANT=?
#STUNEANT: (0,1),(D6071A),(0,1),(0,1) for LE910C1/C4-NF
OK
Variant LTE WCDMA GSM Supported
band_mask
LE910Cx- 2,4,5,12,13, 2,4,5 Not D6071A
NF 14,66,71 support
LE910Cx- 1,3,7,8,20, 1,3,8 3,8 32292065
EU 28
LE910C1- 1,3,5,8,28 1,5,8 Not A90055
AP support
LE910C1- 1,3,5,8,9,18, 1,5,6,8,19 Not 78998D5
AP(Japan) 19,26,28 support
LE910C1- 2,4,12 1,2,4,5,8 2,3,5,8 7AD8010A
NA
LE910Cx- 1,2,3,4,5,7, 1,2,4,5 2,3,5,8 78D9003F
LA 28
LE910C1- 2,4,5,12,25, Not support Not C11A
NS 26 support
LE910C1- 4,13 Not support Not 208
SV support
LE910C1- 2,4,12,14,66 Not support Not 2050A
SA support
LE910C1- 2,4,12,66,71 Not support Not 6010A
ST support
LE910Cx- 1,3,7,8,20,
1,3,8 3,8 32292065
EUX 28
LE910C1- Not
4,13 Not support 208
SVX support
LE910C1- Not
2,4,12,66 Not support 2010A
SAX support
1,2,3,4,5,7,8,
LE910Cx-
9,12,13,14,18, 1,2,4,5,6,8,19 2,3,5,8 7FD9FFFF
WWX
19,20,25,26,28
LE910C4- 1,3,5,8,
1,8 3,8 7B2080055
CN 38,39,40,41

*GSM 850(B5), GSM 900(B8), GSM 1800(B3), GSM 1900(B2)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1217 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Example 2.
AT#GPIO=2,0,17 -> Setting the ALT16 for GPIO2.
AT#STUNEANT=1 -> All supported band set GPIO2 high.
AT#STUNEANT?
#STUNEANT: 1
AT#GTUNEANT?
#GTUNEANT: 1,D6071A

AT#GPIO=2,0,0 -> Clear the Alternate GPIO setting.

AT#STUNEANT=0 -> Disable the STUNEANT setting.
AT#STUNEANT?
#STUNEANT: 0
AT#GTUNEANT?
ERROR

1. Gpio used and supported band is LTE: 2,4,5,12,13,14,66,71

WCDMA: 2,4,5, so All mask value is D6071A for LE910Cx-NF.
AT#GPIO=2,0,17 -> Setting the ALT16 for GPIO2.
AT#STUNEANT=1,2,1 -> LTE BAND2 set GPIO2 high.

#GTUNEANT:2,1
#GTUNEANT: D60718,0 -> All bands except LTE BAND2 set GPIO2
low.
(LTE 4,5,12,13,14,66,71 / WCDMA:2,4,5)

Case of change the other gpio pin.

AT#STUNEANT=0
AT#GPIO=3,0,18-> Setting the ALT17 for GPIO3.
AT#STUNEANT=1,2,1->LTE BAND2 set the GPIO3 high.

AT#GTUNEANT?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1218 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#GTUNEANT: 2,1
#GTUNEANT: D60718,0 ->All bands except LTE BAND2 set the
GPIO3 low.
(LTE 4,5,12,13,14,66,71 / WCDMA:2,4,5)

2. Gpio used and supported band is lte:2,4,5,12,13,14,66,71

wcdma:2,4,5, so All mask value is D6071A for LE910Cx-NF

AT#GPIO=2,0,17->Setting the ALT16 for GPIO2.

AT#GPIO=3,0,18->Setting the ALT17 for GPIO3.

AT#STUNEANT=1,2,1,1 -> LTE BAND2 set gpios.

AT#STUNEANT=1,8,1,0 -> LTE BAND4 set gpios.
AT#STUNEANT=1,10,0,1 -> LTE BAND5 set gpios.
AT#STUNEANT=1,D60700,0,0 -> (LTE 12,13,14,66,71 / WCDMA 2,4,5)

#GTUNEANT: 2,1,1
#GTUNEANT: 8,1,0
#GTUNEANT: 10,0,1
#GTUNEANT: D60700,0,0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1219 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.15.34. AT#SKIPGCF - SKIPGCF mode enable / disable for thermal test

This command allows to set for skip the GCF mode when thermal test with Call-box and
GCF SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SKIPGCF=<mode>
Set command enables/disables to skip GCF mode for thermal test with
Call-box and GCF SIM.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable the skip GCF mode

Values:

0 : Disable the skip GCF mode. (Factory Default)

1 : Enable the skip GCF mode.

Qualcomm described that Thermal management is active only

when using a non-GCF SIM, i.e., a SIM that is not programmed with
MCC-MNC(1-1).

The values set by command stored in NVM and this value be

applied after rebooting the modem.

After setting the #SKIPGCF=1, Need UE twice reboot for thermal

algorithm proper operation with GCF programmed SIM.

AT#SKIPGCF?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1220 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the current stored parameter:

#SKIPGCF: <mode>

AT#SKIPGCF=?
Test command returns the supported range of value for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1221 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Mobile Broadband

3.16.1. Ethernet Control Mode (ECM)

3.16.1.1. AT#ECM - Ethernet Control Model Setup

This command sets up an Ethernet Control Model (ECM) session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ECM=<Cid>,<Did>
This command sets up an Ethernet Control Model (ECM) session.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Cid> integer - context id that will be used by ECM. Refer to

test command to know the supported range
of values

<Did> integer - device id, currently limited to 0 (only one

device)

Additional info:

This command only works in ECM Mode.

This command activates a context, so all necessary setup has to be

done before it (registration, APN).

If target PDP is not connected to WWAN , return ERROR

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1222 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If a PDP context is already established , return OK

If user configuration is not in proper format, return ERROR

- ex) ip: 192.168.225.2 , nm: 255.255.255.0 gw: 1.1.111.1

If user try to set different network configuration comparing to

current one using AT#ECMC first. Then upon executing #ECM
command, the UART console will be disconnected as USB driver
will be reloaded to make host device broadcast DHCP.

For LE910C1-EUX, to enable the ECM session configuration the

module must be rebooted.

AT#ECM?
Read command returns the session state in the following format:
# ECM: <Did>,<State>
OK
Additional info:

Here are the parameters meaning returned by the read command

and not described in the previous sections.

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer - Device id ( only 0 is valid)

<State> integer 0 ECM session status

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1223 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ECM=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1224 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.16.1.2. AT#ECMC - ECM Configure

The command manages the Ethernet Control Model session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ECMC=<DId>,<parId>,<par>
This command configures an Ethernet Control Model (ECM) session.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<DId> integer 0 device id.

Value:

0 : currently there is just one valid value

<parId> integer N/A parameter id

Values:

0 : custom address

1 : custom mask

2 : custom gateway

3 : custom dns 1 (NOT supported by LE910Cx ThreadX)

4 : custom dns 2 (NOT supported by LE910Cx ThreadX)

5 : device name (NOT supported by LE910Cx ThreadX)

<par> string - a valid parameter value

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1225 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This command only works in ECM mode.

The parameters should be surrounded by quotes e.g. "192.168.168.1" and

the value should be in proper format.

Validation of relationship among ip, netmask and gateway is not checked

when you set. It will be checked when you execute AT#ECM command.

On LE910Cx ThreadX only the subnet mask 255.255.255.0 has been tested;
not matching values in custom address or custom gateway could lead to an
unpredictable behavior.

Provide a valid device name, otherwise the results could be wrong.

If the User set Custom Address only and do not set device name, then
ERROR will be returned.

AT#ECMC?
LE910Cx Linux:
Read command returns the last session configuration in the following format:
#ECMC:
<Did>,<State>,<Address>,<Address_Mask>,<Address_Gateway>,<Address_Dns1>,<
Address_Dns2>,<Address_Custom>,<Address_CustomMask>,<Address_CustomGat
eway>,<Address_CustomDns1>,<Address_CustomDns2>,<Mac_Address>,<Device_
Name>
...
OK

LE910Cx ThreadX:
Read command returns the last session configuration in the following format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1226 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#ECMC:
<Did>,<State>,<Address_Custom>,<Address_CustomMask>,<Address_CustomGate
way>

Additional info:

Parameters returned by the Read command and not described in the previous
sections.

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer 0 device id

Value:

0 : currently 0

<State> integer N/A State of ECM session.

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

<Current_Address> string - Current IP Address

<Current_Address_Mask> string - Current Net Mask

<Current_Address_Gateway> string - Current address gateway

<Current_Address_Dns1> string - Current Primary DNS

<Current_Address_Dns2> string - Current secondary DNS

<Address_Custom> string - User IP Address

<Address_CustomMask> string - User IP Net Mask

<Address_CustomGateway> string - User IP Gateway

<Address_CustomDns1> string - User Primary DNS

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1227 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<Current_Address_Dns2> string - Current secondary DNS

<Device_Name> string - Valid Device Name

"USER Setting" values will be adopted when you execute AT#ECM command.

In case of CURRENT Settings, void string will be shown if the value is not set,
for example: If there is no DNS value, then "CURRENT PRIMARY DNS" will
be " "

In case of USER Settings. if user does not set target value, then void string
will be displayed.

if current netmask is "255.255.255.0", and you set only "USER IP" address
without setting "USER NETMASK", then netmask will
become "255.255.255.0", and will be used in #ECM as well.

AT#ECMC=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1228 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.16.1.3. AT#ECMD - ECM Shutdown

This command is used to shutdown an Ethernet Control Model (ECM) session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ECMD=<Did>
Set command to shutdown an Ethernet Control Model (ECM) session.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer N/A Device id, currently limited to 0 (only one

device)

Value:

0 : Device id (currently limited to only one device)

NOTE: this command also deactivates the context.

NOTE: If ECM backhaul is not connected yet, Returns OK

NOTE: LE910C1-EUX, to make active the command the module

must be rebooted.

AT#ECMD?
Read command returns the session state in the following format:

#ECM: <Did>,<State>
OK
Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1229 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Parameter returned by the read command and not described in the

previous sections.

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer - Device id, currently limited to 0 (only

one device)

<State> integer 0 ECM Backhaul connection status

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enable

AT#ECMD=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for <Did>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1230 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.16.1.4. AT#RNDIS - Remote Network Driver Interface Specification setup

This command sets up Remote Network Driver Interface Specification(RNDIS) session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#RNDIS=<Cid>,<Did>
This command sets up a Remote Network Driver Interface Specification
(RNDIS) session.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Cid> integer - Valid PDP ID

<Did> integer - Device id, currently limited to 0(only one

device)

This command activates a PDP context, so all necessary setup has

to be done before it (registration, APN).

If target PDP is not connected to WWAN , return ERROR

If a PDP context is already established , return OK

If user configuration is not in proper format, return ERROR

- ex) ip: 192.168.225.2 , nm: 255.255.255.0 gw: 1.1.111.1

If user try to set different network configuration comparing to

current one using AT#RNDISC first. Then upon executing #RNDIS
command, the UART console will be disconnected as USB driver
will be reloaded to make host device broadcast DHCP.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1231 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#RNDIS?
Read command returns the session state in the following format:
Additional info:

#RNDIS: <Did>,<State>
...
OK

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer 0 device id

Value:

0 : device id

<State> integer 0 RNDIS backhaul connection status

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

AT#RNDIS=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1232 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.16.1.5. AT#RNDISC - Remote Network Driver Interface Specification

configure
This command configures Remote Network Driver Interface Specification (RNDIS)
session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#RNDISC=<Did>,<Parid>,<Par>
This command configures Remote Network Driver Interface Specification (RNDIS)
session.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer - Device id, currently limited to 0 (only one

device)

<Parid> integer N/A Parameter id

Values:

0 : customer address

1 : custom mask

2 : custom gateway

3 : custom dns 1

4 : custom dns 2

5 : device name

<Par> string - a valid parameter in proper format or range

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1233 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This command only works in RNDIS mode.

Network address should be surrounded by quotes ex) "192.168.168.1" and

the value should be in proper format.

Validation of relationship between ip, netmask and gateway is not checked

when you set. it'll be checked when you execute AT#RNDIS command.

Provide a valid device name, otherwise the results could be not right.

If the User set Customer Address only and do not set device name, then
ERROR would be returned.

This command can only configure IPv4.

AT#RNDISC?
Read command returns the last session configuration in the following format:
Additional info:

#RNDISC:
<Did>,<State>,<Current_Address>,<Current_Address_Mask>,<Current_Address_
Gateway>,<Current_Address_Dns1>,<Current_Address_Dns2>,<Address_Custom
>,<Address_CustomMask>,<Address_CustomGateway>,<Address_CustomDns1>,
<Address_CustomDns2>, <Device_Name>
...
OK

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer 0 Device id

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1234 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0 : device id

<State> integer N/A RNDIS Session Status

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

<Current_Address> string - Current IP Address

<Current_Address_Mask> string - Current Net Mask

<Current_Address_Gateway> string - Current address gateway

<Current_Address_Dns1> string - Current Primary DNS

<Current_Address_Dns2> string - Current secondary DNS

<Address_Custom> string - User IP Address

<Address_CustomMask> string - User IP Net Mask

<Address_CustomGateway> string - User IP Gateway

<Address_CustomDns1> string - User Primary DNS

<Address_CustomDns2> string - User Secondary DNS

<Device_Name> string - Valid Device Name

"USER Setting" values will be adopted when you execute AT#RNDIS

command.

In case of CURRENT Settings, void string will be shown if the value is not set,
for example: If there's no DNS value , then "CURRENT PRIMARY DNS" will
be " "

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1235 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In case of USER Settings. if user doesn't set target value, then void string will
be displayed.

if current netmask is "255.255.255.0", and you set only "USER IP" address
without setting "USER NETMASK", then netmask will
become "255.255.255.0", and will be used in #RNDIS as well.

AT#RNDISC=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1236 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.16.1.6. AT#RNDISD - Remote Network Driver Interface Specification

shutdown
This command is used to shutdown a Remote Network Driver Interface Specification
(RNDIS) session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#RNDISD=<Did>
This command is used to shutdown a Remote Network Driver Interface
Specification (RNDIS) session.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer - Device id, currently limited to 0 (only one

device)

This command also deactivates the PDP context.

If backhaul is not connected yet, Returns OK

AT#RNDISD?
Read command returns the session state in the following format:
Additional info:

#RNDISD: <Did>,<State>
...
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1237 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer - Device id, currently limited to 0 (only

one device)

<State> integer 0 RNDIS backhaul connection status

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

AT#RNDISD=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1238 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

IPEasy

3.17.1. AT#SGACT - PDP Context Activation

This command enables/disables the PDP context activation.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SGACT=<cid>,<stat>[,<userId>,<pwd>]
Execution command is used to activate the specified PDP context, followed
by binding data application to the PS network. Also, it is used to deactivate
the PDP context and unbind data application from PS network.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A PDP context identifier

numeric parameter which specifies a
particular PDP context definition
The value of max is returned by the Test
command.

Value:

1÷max : specifies a particular PDP context definition

(see +CGDCONT command)

<stat> integer N/A activate/deactivate the PDP context

specified

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1239 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : deactivate the context

1 : activate the context

<userId> string - user identifier, used only if the context

requires it

<pwd> string - password, used only if the context requires

it

Additional info:

Execution command returns a list of IP addresses for the specified

context identifiers in the format:
If IP or IPV6 PDP context:
#SGACT: <ipAddr>

For DUAL STACK IPV4V6 PDP context:

#SGACT: [<ipAddrV4>],[<ipAddrV6>]

Name Type Default Description

<ipAddr> string - ip address ipv4 or ipv6

<ipAddrV4> string - ip address ipv4(if v4 PDP context

activated)

<ipAddrV6> string - ip address ipv6(if v6 PDP context

activated)

context activation/deactivation returns ERROR if there is not any

socket associated to it (see AT#SCFG).

In LTE network, default PDP context (cid 1) is activated by

piggybacking on LTE attach procedure and maintained until
detached from NW. This command with cid 1 is just binding or
unbinding application to the default PDP context.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1240 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If the unsolicited result code for obtaining IP address was enabled

(urcmode value) using #SGACTCFG command, on start-up and due
to USB enumeration timing the unsolicited may not appear, user
should manually use +CGPADDR command to see the IP address.

PDP authentication is changed by #SGACTAUTH and #USERID and

#PASSW when activate using #SGACT And it's synchronizes with
the #PDPAUTH. and you can't sync when you're deactivate.

PDP context deactivation returns an ERROR if the socket session of

applications such as Socket, FTP and etc is active.

LwM2M client tries to connect server with using CID=4 PDN by

default according to the ATT requirement(attm2mglbal). But if
CID=4 cannot be connected, LwM2M client uses CID=1. In that
case,There is problem that cannot use the data connection by
#SGACT=1,1. At that time, it need to use the AT#LWM2MSkIP
command or check if SIM card supports LwM2Mglobal service.

AT#SGACT?
Returns the state of all the five contexts, in the format:

#SGACT: <cid1>,<Stat1><CR><LF>
...
#SGACT: <cid max>,<Stat max>
Additional info:

parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<cidn> integer - as <cid> in Set section

<statn> integer N/A context status

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1241 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : context deactivated

1 : context activated

AT#SGACT=?
Reports the range for the parameters <cid> and <stat>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1242 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.2. AT#SGACTCFG - PDP Automatic Context Activation-Reactivation

This command configures the automatic activation/reactivation of the specified PDP
context

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SGACTCFG=<cid>,<retry>,[,<delay>[,<urcmode>]]
Set command is used to enable or disable the automatic
activation/reactivation of the context for the specified PDP context, to set
the maximum number of attempts and to set the delay between an
attempt and the next one. The context is activated automatically after
every GPRS Attach or after a NW PDP CONTEXT deactivation if at least one
IPEasy socket is configured to this context (sees AT#SCFG).
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A numeric parameter which

specifies a particular PDP context
definition
The value of max is returned by the
Test command.

Value:

1÷max : specifies a particular PDP context definition

<retry> integer 0 specifies the maximum number of

context activation attempts in case
of activation failure

Values:

0 : disable the automatic activation/reactivation of

the context

1÷15 : supported range

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1243 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<delay> integer N/A specifies the delay in seconds

between an attempt and the next
one

Value:

180÷3600 : supported range

<urcmode> integer 0 URC presentation mode.

Values:

0 : disable unsolicited result code

1 : enable unsolicited result code, after an automatic

activation/reactivation, of the local IP address
obtained from the network. It has meaning only if
<auto>=1

Additional info:

The unsolicited message is in the format:

If IP or IPV6 PDP context:
#SGACT: <ip_address>

For DUAL STACK IPV4V6 PDP context:

#SGACT: [<ipAddrV4>],[<ipAddrV6>]
Reporting the local IP address obtained from the network.

the URC presentation mode <urcmode> is related to the current AT

instance only.
Last <urcmode> setting is saved for every instance as extended
profile parameter, thus it is possible to restore it even if the
multiplexer control channel is released and set up, back and forth.

<retry> and <delay> setting is global parameter saved in NVM

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1244 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

if the automatic activation is enabled on a context, then it is not

allowed to modify by the command AT#SCFG the association
between the context itself and the socket connection identifier; all
the other parameters of command AT#SCFG are modifiable while
the socket is not connected

AT#SGACTCFG?
Read command reports the state of all the five contexts, in the format:

#SGACTCFG: <cid1>,<retry1>,<delay1>, < urcmode >CR><LF>

...
#SGACTCFG: <cid max>,<retry5>,<delay5>,< urcmode >
Additional info:

parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<cidn> integer - PDP context identifier

<retryn> integer - specifies the maximum number of

context activation attempts in
case of activation failure

<delayn> integer - specifies the delay in seconds

between an attempt and the next
one

<urcmode> integer - URC presentation mode

AT#SGACTCFG=?
Test command reports supported range of values for parameters <cid>
>,<retry>,<delay>and < urcmode >.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1245 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1246 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.3. AT#SGACTCFGEXT - Extended PDP Context Configuration

This command manages the extended configuration of context activation.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SGACTCFGEXT=<cid>,<abortAttemptEnable>[,<unused>[,<unused>[,<unused>
]]]
Set command is used to enable new features related to context activation.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A PDP context identifier (see

+CGDCONT command)
numeric parameter which
specifies a particular PDP
context definition
The value of max is returned
by the Test command

Value:

1÷max : supported range

<abortAttemptEnable> integer N/A enables/disables abort

during context activation
attempt

Values:

0 : old behavior: no abort possible while

attempting context activation

1 : abort during context activation attempt

is possible by sending a byte on the
serial port

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1247 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<unused> mixed - unused parameter

<unused> mixed - unused parameter

<unused> mixed - unused parameter

Additional info:

It takes effect on successive GPRS context activation attempt through

#SGACT command in the following manner.
While waiting for AT#SGACT=<cid>,1 response (up to 150 s) is possible to
abort attempt by sending a byte and get back AT interface control(NO
CARRIER indication).

If we receive delayed CTXT ACTIVATION ACCEPT after abort, network will

be automatically informed of our aborted attempt through relative
protocol messages (SM STATUS) and will also close on its side.
Otherwise, if no ACCEPT is received after abort, network will be informed
later of our PDP state through other protocol messages (routing area
update for instance).

the command is not effective while the context is already open.

AT#SGACTCFGEXT?
Read command reports the state of all the five contexts, in the format:

#SGACTCFGEXT: <cid1>,< abortAttemptEnable1 >,0,0,0<CR><LF>

...
#SGACTCFGEXT: <cid max>,< abortAttemptEnable5 >,0,0,0<CR><LF>

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1248 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<cidn> integer - as <cid> in Set section

<abortAttemptEnableN> integer - as <abortAttemptEnable> in

Set section

AT#SGACTCFGEXT=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1249 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.4. AT#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation

This command deactivate or activate authentication process

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No Yes - 2

AT#GPRS=[<mode>]
Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually
proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with
#PASSW and #USERID.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A GPRS context activation mode

Values:

0 : GPRS context deactivation request

1 : GPRS context activation request

Additional info:

In the case that the PDP context #1 has been activated, the result
code:if IPV4 or IPV6 PDP context:
+IP: <ip_address_obtained>

OK

For DUAL STACK IPV4V6 PDP context#1

+IP: [<ipAddrV4>],[<ipAddrV6]

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1250 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<ipAddrV4> string - ip address ipv4(if v4 PDP context

activated)

<ipAddrV6> string - ip address ipv6(if v6 PDP context

activated)

This command is valid only for Context 1.

In case of Verizon, This command is valid only for Context 3.

It is strongly recommended to use the same command (e.g.

#GPRS) to activate the context, deactivate it and interrogate about
its status.

AT#GPRS?
Read command reports the current status of the GPRS context, in the
format:

#GPRS: <status>
Additional info:

parameter meaning,

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer N/A status of PDP context

Values:

0 : GPRS context deactivated

1 : GPRS context activated

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1251 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#GPRS=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>.

• AT#GPRS=1
#GPRS: 129.137.1.1

OK
Now GPRS Context has been activated and our IP is 129.137.1.1

AT#GPRS=0
OK
Now GPRS context deactivated, IP is lost.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1252 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.5. AT#CGPADDR - Show PDP Address

This command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CGPADDR=[<cid>[,<cid>[,…]]]
Execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified
context identifiers in the format:

#CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[<CR><LF>#CGPADDR:
<cid>,<PDP_addr>[...]]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A specifies a particular PDP context definition

(see +CGDCONT command). If no <cid>
specified, the addresses for all defined
contexts are returned.

Value:

1÷max : the value of max is returned by the Test command

Additional info:

parameter meaning,

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1253 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cid> integer N/A specifies a particular PDP

context definition (see
+CGDCONT command). If no
<cid> specified, the addresses
for all defined contexts are
returned.

Value:

1÷5 : supported range

<PDP_addr> string - identifies the terminal in an

address space applicable to the
PDP. The address may be static
or dynamic. For a static address,
it will be the one set by the
+CGDCONT command when the
context was defined. For a
dynamic address it will be the
one assigned during the last
PDP context activation that used
the context definition referred to
by <cid>;<PDP_addr> is omitted
if none is available

AT#CGPADDR=?
Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1254 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#GPRS=1
#GPRS: xxx.yyy.zzz.www

OK

AT#CGPADDR=1
#CGPADDR: 1,"xxx.yyy.zzz.www"

OK

AT#CGPADDR=?
#CGPADDR: (1)

OK

AT#CGPADDR =
#CGPADDR: 1,"10.76.2.254"
#CGPADDR: 2,""
#CGPADDR: 3,""

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1255 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.6. AT#SCFG - Socket Configuration

The command sets the configuration for the socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SCFG=<connId>,<cid>,<pktSz>,<maxTo>,<connTo>,<txTo>
Set command sets the socket configuration parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A Socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : supported range (conMax value is returned

by test command)

<cid> integer N/A PDP context identifier

numeric parameter which specifies a
particular PDP context definition
The value of max is returned by the Test
command.

Value:

1÷max : specifies a particular PDP context definition

<pktSz> integer 300 packet size to be used by the TCP/UDP/IP

stack for data sending. Used for online
data mode only

Values:

0 : automatically chosen by the device

1÷1500 : packet size in bytes

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1256 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<maxTo> integer 90 exchange timeout (or socket inactivity

time); if there's no data exchange within
this timeout period the connection is
closed

Values:

0 : no timeout

1÷65535 : timeout value in seconds

<connTo> integer 600 connection timeout; if we can't establish a

connection to the remote within this
timeout period, an error is raised.

Value:

10÷1200 : timeout value in hundreds of milliseconds

<txTo> integer 50 data sending timeout; data are sent even

if they're less than max packet size, after
this period. Used for online data mode
only

Values:

0 : no timeout

1÷255 : timeout value in hundreds of milliseconds

256 : set timeout value in 10 milliseconds

257 : set timeout value in 20 milliseconds

258 : set timeout value in 30 milliseconds

259 : set timeout value in 40 milliseconds

260 : set timeout value in 50 milliseconds

261 : set timeout value in 60 milliseconds

262 : set timeout value in 70 milliseconds

263 : set timeout value in 80 milliseconds

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1257 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

264 : set timeout value in 90 milliseconds

these values are automatically saved in NVM

AT#SCFG?
Read command returns the current socket configuration parameters values for all
the six sockets, in the format:

#SCFG: <connId1>,<cid1>,<pktsz1>,<maxTo1>,<connTo1>,<txTo1><CR><LF>
...
#SCFG:
<connIdconMax>,<cidconMax>,<pktszconMax>,<maxToconMax>,<connToconMax>,
<txToconMax><CR><LF>

AT#SCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the sub parameters.

• AT#SCFG?
#SCFG: 1,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 2,2,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 3,2,250,90,600,50
#SCFG: 4,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 5,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 6,1,300,90,600,50
...
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1258 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.7. AT#SCFGEXT - Socket Configuration Extended

This command sets the socket configuration extended parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SCFGEXT=<connId>,<srMode>,<dataMode>,<keepalive>,[,<ListenAutoRsp>[,<s
endDataMode>]]
Set command sets the socket configuration extended parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer 1 socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier.

conMax value is returned by test
command

<srMode> integer 0 SRING unsolicited mode.

Refer to additional info for
more detail.

Values:

0 : normal mode

1 : data amount mode

2 : data view mode

3 : data view with UDP datagram informations

<dataMode> integer 0 "data view mode"

presentation format

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1259 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : data represented as text

1 : data represented as sequence of

hexadecimal numbers (from 00 to FF)

<keepalive> integer 0 TCP keepalive timer timeout.

The interval between two
keepalive transmissions in
idle condition.

Values:

0 : TCP keepalive timer is deactivated

1÷240 : TCP keepalive timer timeout in minutes

<ListenAutoRsp> integer 0 Set the listen auto-response

mode, that affects the
commands AT#SL and
AT#SLUDP

Values:

0 : deactivated

1 : activated

<sendDataMode> integer 0 data mode for sending data

in command mode
(AT#SSEND)

Values:

0 : data represented as text

1 : data represented as sequence of

hexadecimal numbers (from 00 to FF). Each
octet of the data is given as two IRA
character long hexadecimal number

Additional info:

<srMode> 0,

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1260 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

SRING : <connId>

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer - socket connection identifier

<srMode> 1,

SRING : <connId>,<recData>

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer - socket connection identifier

<recData> integer - amount of data received on the socket

connection

<srMode> 2,

SRING : <connId>,<recData>,<data>

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer - socket connection identifier

<recData> integer - amount of data received on the socket

connection

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1261 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<data> string - received data; the presentation format

depends on the sub parameter
<dataMode> value

<srMode> 3,

SRING : <sourceIP>,<sourcePort><connId>,<recData>, <dataLeft>,<data>

Name Type Default Description

<sourceIP> string - remote server address

<sourcePort> string - remote server port

<connId> integer - socket connection identifier

<recData> integer - amount of data received on the socket

connection

<dataLeft> integer - the number of bytes left in the UDP

datagram

<data> string - received data; the presentation format

depends on the subparameter
<dataMode> value

KeepAlive Interval - Interval between two successive keepalive

retransmissions, if acknowledgement to the previous keepalive
transmission is not received.
Non configurable value: 75 sec.
KeepAlive Probes - The number of unacknowledged retransmissions to
send out before closing socket.
Non configurable value: 9 retransmissions.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1262 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

For the behavior of AT#SL and AT#SLUDP in case of auto-response mode

or in case of no auto-response mode, see the description of the two
commands.

<sendDataMode> parameter has effect on #SSEND and #SSENDUDP

When <srMode> is 2 or 3 then the URC is not buffered and it may appear
during AT commands (before 'OK').

AT#SCFGEXT?
Read command returns the current socket extended configuration parameters
values for all the six sockets, in the format:

#SCFGEXT:
<connId1>,<srMode1>,<dataMode1>,<keepalive1>, <ListenAutoRsp1>,<sendDataM
ode1>,<CR><LF>
...
#SCFGEXT: <connId6>,<srMode6>,<dataMode6>,<keepalive6>,
<ListenAutoRsp6>,<sendDataMode6>

AT#SCFGEXT=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the sub parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1263 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Socket 1 set with data view sring, text data mode, a keepalive time of
30 minutes and listen auto-response set.
Socket 3 set with data amount sring, hex recv data mode, no
keepalive and listen auto-response not set.
Socket 4 set with hex recv and send data mode.

AT#SCFGEXT?
#SCFGEXT: 1,2,0,30,1,0
#SCFGEXT: 2,0,0,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT: 3,1,1,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT: 4,0,1,0,0,1
#SCFGEXT: 5,0,0,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT: 6,0,0,0,0,0

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1264 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.8. AT#SCFGEXT2 - Socket Configuration Extended 2

Socket Configuration Extended.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SCFGEXT2=<connId>,<bufferStart>[,<abortConnAttempt>[,<unused_B>[,<unus
ed_C> [,<noCarrierMode>]]]]
Set command sets the socket configuration extended parameters for features not
included in #SCFGEXT command.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier

value (conMax value is returned
by the Test command)

<bufferStart> integer 0 select one of the two data

sending timeout methods, the
first one defined "old" the
second one "new".
The "old" data sending timeout
method is set - by default - by
#SCFG command, which sets
also the <txTo> data sending
timeout value. With
#SCFGETXT2 command, you
can set either the "old" or the
"new" data sending timeout
method. If the "new" method is
selected, the "old" one is
automatically disabled.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1265 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The checking if new data have

been received from serial port
is done with a granularity that
is directly related to #SCFG
<txTo> setting with a
maximum period of 1 sec.

Values:

0 : select "old" method: start transmission

timer only first time if new data are
received from the serial port

1 : select "new" method: restart

transmission timer when new data is
received from serial port

<abortConnAttempt> integer 0 enable the abort of an ongoing

connection attempt started by
#SD command and before the
reception of the CONNECT
message (in online mode) or
OK message (in command
mode).
Values automatically saved in
NVM.

Values:

0 : not possible to interrupt connection

attempt

1 : it is possible to interrupt the connection

attempt (<connTo> set by #SCFG or DNS
resolution running if required) and give
back control to AT interface by reception
of a character. As soon as the control
given to the AT interface, the ERROR
message will be received on the interface
itself.

<unused_B> integer - reserved for future use

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1266 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<unused_C> integer - reserved for future use

<noCarrierMode> integer 0 select the NO CARRIER

message format received
when the socket is closed.

Values:

0 : no additional information is attached to

NO CARRIER message

1 : NO CARRIER: <connId> message

2 : NO CARRIER: <connId>, <cause>

message. Refer to Additional info section

Additional info:

<noCarrierMode>=2 selects the following NO CARRIER message format:

NO CARRIER: <connId>, <cause>

Name Type Default Description

<cause> integer - is the socket disconnection cause.

Refer to #SLASTCLOSURE command to know
its values and meanings.

Is necessary to avoid overlapping of the two methods. Enabling new

method, the old method for transmission timer (#SCFG) is automatically
disabled to avoid overlapping.

Check if new data have been received from serial port is done with a
granularity directly related to <txTo> parameter which is set by #SCFG
command. The maximum period is 1 sec.

Like #SLASTCLOSURE, in case of subsequent consecutive closure causes

received, the original disconnection cause indicated.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1267 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In the case of command mode connection and remote closure with

subsequent inactivity timeout closure without retrieval of all available data
(#SRECV or SRING mode 2), it is indicated cause 1 for both possible FIN
and RST from remote.

AT#SCFGEXT2?
Read command returns the current socket extended configuration of the six
sockets. The format is:

#SCFGEXT2:<connId1>,<bufferStart1>,<abortConnAttempt1>,0,0,<noCarrierMode1>
<CR><LF>
...
#SCFGEXT2:<connIdconMax>,<bufferStarconMax>,<abortConnAttemptconMax>0,0,<noCa
rrierModeconMax><CR><LF>

AT#SCFGEXT2=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all parameters.

• Set the new transmission timer behavior for <connId>=1 and

<connId>=2 sockets.
AT#SCFGEXT2=1,1
OK

AT#SCFGEXT2=2,1
OK

Change the <txTo> data sending timeout of the <connId>=1 socket.

AT#SCFG=1,1,300,90,600,30
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1268 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.9. AT#SCFGEXT3 - Socket Configuration Extended 3

This command sets the socket configuration extended parameters for features not
included in #SCFGEXT command nor in #SCFGEXT2 command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SCFGEXT3=<connId>,<immRsp>[,<closureTypeCmdModeEnabling>[,<
fastsring>,<lingerTime>[,<UDPSocketMode>[,<ssendTimeout>]]]]
Set command sets the socket configuration extended parameters for features not
included in #SCFGEXT command nor in #SCFGEXT2 command.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection

identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : supported range

(conMax value is
returned by test
command)

<immRsp> integer 0 Enables AT#SD

command mode
immediate
response

Values:

0 : means that AT#SD in

command mode (see AT#SD)
returns after the socket is
connected

1 : means that AT#SD in

command mode returns

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1269 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

immediately. Then the state

of the connection can be
read by the AT command
AT#SS

<closureTypeCmdModeEnabling> integer 0 It has no effect

and is included
only for backward
compatibility

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

<fastsring> integer 0 It has no effect

and is included
only for backward
compatibility

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

<lingerTime> integer 1 Defines the time

(in seconds) that
the connection
will not return
until all queued
messages for the
socket have been
successfully sent
or the linger
timeout has been
reached.

Values:

1 : minimum

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1270 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

120 : maximum seconds (equals

to 2 minutes)

<UDPSocketMode> mixed 1 Defines the socket

mode of operation
WRT the remote
socket

Values:

1 : DL will accept any remote IP

and PORT, UL for specified
IP and port only.

2 : DL will accept any remote IP

and PORT, UL changes the
remote IP and PORT to the
last used (received/ sent) IP
and port.

3 : Connected mode, DL and UL

for specified IP and port
only.

<ssendTimeout> integer 0 Timeout for

#SSEND;
data sending is
retried until the
timer has expired.
If <ssendTimeout>
= 0, then, if data
sending fails,
there will not be
data sending
retries.

Values:

0 : no timeout

1 : immediate exit (error)

in case of stack

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1271 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

temporary suspended
internally

100÷600 : timeout value in

hundreds of
milliseconds

parameter is saved in NVM

AT#SCFGEXT3?
Read command returns the current socket extended configuration parameters
values for all the six sockets, in the format:

#SCFGEXT3: <connId1>, <immRsp1>,

<closureTypeCmdModeEnabling1>, <fastsring1>,
<lingerTime1>,<UDPSocketMode1>,<ssendTimeout1><CR><LF>
...
#SCFGEXT3: <connIdconMax>, <immRspconMax>,
<closureTypeCmdModeEnablingconMax>, <fastsringconMax>,
<lingerTimeconMax>,<UDPSocketModeconMax>,<ssendTimeoutconMax><CR><L
F>

AT#SCFGEXT3=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1272 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.10. AT#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset

Socket Parameters Reset

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SKTRST
Execution command resets the actual socket parameters in the NVM of
the device to the default ones.

The socket parameters to reset are:

- User ID
- Password
- Packet Size
- Socket Inactivity Time-Out
- Data Sending Time-Out
- Socket Type
- Remote Port
- Remote Address
- TCP Connection Time-Out

AT#SKTRST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

• AT#SKTRST
OK
socket parameters have been reset

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1273 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1274 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.11. AT#SD - Socket Dial

This command opens a remote connection via socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SD=<connId>,<txProt>,<rPort>,<IPaddr>[,<closureType>[,<lPort>[,<connMode>
[,<txTime>[,<userIpType>]]]]]
Execution command opens a remote connection via socket.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A Socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : supported range (conMax value is

returned by test command)

<txProt> integer N/A Transmission protocol.

Values:

0 : TCP

1 : UDP

<rPort> integer N/A Remote host port to contact.

Value:

1÷65535 : remote host port number

<IPaddr> string - IP address of the remote host:

- any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1275 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- any host name to be solved with a DNS

query
- any valid IPv6 address in the format:
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx
or
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

<closureType> integer 0 socket closure behaviour for TCP

Values:

0 : local host closes immediately when remote host

has closed

255 : local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)

254 : Receive indication that remote sent FIN/RST

during reading the buffer

<lPort> integer N/A UDP connections local port

Value:

1÷65535 : UDP local port number

<connMode> integer 0 Connection mode.

Values:

0 : online mode connection

1 : command mode connection

<txTime> integer 0 adjusting a time interval for series of

UDP data packets will be uploaded.

Values:

0 : Time interval is not requested

1÷1000 : Time interval in milliseconds

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1276 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<userIpType> integer 0 ip type for socket to open

Values:

0 : no ip type chosen

1 : ipv4

2 : ipv6

<userSockType> this parameter only valid when <ipaddr> is domain name

and dual stack connection is open by (#SGACT).

when <userSockType> is "no ip type chosen" ipv6 will be requested firstly.

When ipv6 DNS server doesn't support so ipv4 will be requested.

<closureType> parameter is valid for TCP connections only and has no

effect (if used) for UDP connections.

<lPort> parameter is valid for UDP connections only and has no effect (if
used) for TCP connections.

if we set <connMode> to online mode connection and the command is

successful we enter in online data mode and we see the intermediate
result code CONNECT. After the CONNECT we can suspend the direct
interface to the socket connection (nb the socket stays open) using the
escape sequence (+++): the module moves back to command mode and we
receive the final result code OK after the suspension.
After such a suspension, it's possible to resume it in every moment (unless
the socket inactivity timer timeouts, see #SCFG) by using the
#SO command with the corresponding <connId>.

if we set <connMode> to command mode connection and the command is

successful, the socket is opened and we remain in command mode and we
see the result code OK.

if there are input data arrived through a connected socket and not yet read
because the module entered command mode before reading them (after an
escape sequence or after #SD has been issued with <connMode> set to

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1277 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

command mode connection), these data are buffered and we receive the
SRING URC (SRING presentation format depends on the last
#SCFGEXT setting); it's possible to read these data afterwards issuing
#SRECV. Under the same hypotheses it's possible to send data while in
command mode issuing #SSEND.

<txTime> parameter is valid for UDP connections only and has no effect (if
used) for TCP connections. For slow servers it is recommended to adjust
the time interval for uploading series of data packets in order to do not lose
data. The following data packet will be sent after the previous data packet's
time interval has been expired.

if we set <connMode> to online mode connection and the command is

successful we enter in online data mode and we see the intermediate
result code CONNECT. After the CONNECT we can open additional online
mode connection only after suspending the first socket connection (socket
stays open) using the escape sequence (+++).

To check the indication of the FIN/RST received use the command AT#SI.

AT#SD=?
Test command reports the range of values for all the parameters.

• Open socket 1 in online mode

AT#SD=1,0,80,"www.google.com",0,0,0
CONNECT
...

Open socket 1 in command mode

AT#SD=1,0,80,"www.google.com",0,0,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1278 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.12. AT#SH - Socket Shutdown

The set command closes a socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SH=<connId>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier to be

closed

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax value is

returned by test command

Socket cannot be closed in states "resolving DNS" and

"connecting", see #SS command.

AT#SH=?
Test command reports the range for parameter <connId>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1279 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.13. AT#SL - Socket Listen

The command opens/closes socket listening.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SL=<connId>,<listenState>,<listenPort>[,<lingerT>]
Set command opens/closes a socket listening for an incoming TCP
connection on a specified port.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷6 : socket connection identifier

<listenState> integer N/A listening action

Values:

0 : close socket listening

1 : start socket listening

<listenPort> integer N/A local listening port

Value:

1÷65535 : local listening port value

<lingerT> integer N/A linger time

Values:

0 : immediate closure after remote closure

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1280 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

255 : local host closes only after an escape

sequence (+++)

If successful, command returns a final result code OK. If the

ListenAutoRsp flag has not been set through the command
#SCFGEXT (for the specific <connId>), then, when a TCP connection
request comes on the input port, if the sender is not filtered by
internal firewall (see #FRWL), an URC is received:

+SRING : <connId>
Afterwards we can use #SA to accept the connection or #SH to
refuse it.
If the ListenAutoRsp flag has been set, then, when a TCP
connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not
filtered by the internal firewall (see #FRWL), the connection is
automatically accepted: the CONNECT indication is given and the
modem goes into online data mode.
If the socket is closed by the network the following URC is
received:

#SKTL: ABORTED

AT#SL?
Read command returns all the actual listening TCP sockets.

AT#SL=?
Test command returns the range of supported values of the parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1281 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Open a socket listening for TCP on port 3500.

AT#SL=1,1,3500
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1282 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.14. AT#SA - Socket Accept

Execution command accepts an incoming socket connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SA=<connId>[,<connMode>]
Execution command accepts an incoming socket connection after an URC

SRING: <connId>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A Socket connection identifier.

Value:

1÷max : Socket connection identifier value (max is

returned by the Test command)

<connMode> integer 0 Connection mode, as for

command #SD.

Values:

0 : online mode connection

1 : command mode connection

The SRING URC has to be a consequence of a #SL issue.

Setting the command before to having received a SRING will result

in an ERROR indication, giving the information that a connection
request has not yet been received.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1283 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SA=?
Test command reports the range of values for all the parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1284 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.15. AT#SLUDP - Socket Listen UDP

This command opens/closes a socket listening for an incoming UDP connection on a
specified port.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#SLUDP=<connId>,<listenState>,<listenPort>
Execution command opens/closes a socket listening for an incoming UDP
connection on a specified port.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax

value is returned by test command

<listenState> integer 0 indicates the action that will be

performed

Values:

0 : closes socket listening

1 : starts socket listening

<listenPort> integer 1 local listening port

Value:

1÷65535 : available port numbers

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1285 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If the ListenAutoRsp flag has not been set through the command
#SCFGEXT (for the specific connId), then, when an UDP connection
request comes on the input port, if the sender is not filtered by
internal firewall (see #FRWL), an URC is received:

+SRING : <connId>

Afterwards we can use #SA to accept the connection or #SH to

refuse it.

If the ListenAutoRsp flag has been set, then, when an UDP

connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not
filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), the
connection is automatically accepted: the CONNECT indication is
given and the modem goes into online data mode.

If the socket is closed by the network the following URC is

received:

#SLUDP: ABORTED

when closing the listening socket <listenPort> is a don't care

parameter

AT#SLUDP?
Read command returns all the actual listening UDP sockets.

AT#SLUDP=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the sub
parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1286 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Next command opens a socket listening for UDP on port 3500.

AT#SLUDP=1,1,3500
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1287 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.16. AT#USERID - Authentication User ID

This command sets the user identification string.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#USERID=[<user>]
Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the
authentication step.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<user> string - it is the authentication User Id; the max length

for this value is the output of Test command,
AT#USERID=? (factory default is the empty
string "").

AT#USERID?
Read command reports the current user identification string, in the
format:

#USERID: <user>

AT#USERID=?
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string
parameter <user>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1288 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#USERID="myName"
OK

AT#USERID?
#USERID: "myName"

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1289 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.17. AT#SLASTCLOSURE - Detect the Cause of a Socket Disconnection

The command detects the cause of a socket disconnection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SLASTCLOSURE=<connId>
Execution command reports the socket disconnection cause.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax value is

returned by test command

Additional info:

The execution command reports the disconnection cause of the

selected socket. The format of the returned message is:

#SLASTCLOSURE: <connId>,<cause>

Name Type Default Description

<cause> hex 0 socket

disconnection
cause.

Values:

0 : not available (socket has not yet been closed)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1290 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : remote host TCP connection close due to

FIN/END: normal remote disconnection decided
by the remote application

2 : remote host TCP connection close due to RST,

all other cases in which the socket is aborted
without indication from peer (for instance
because peer doesn't send ack after maximum
number of retransmissions/peer is no more
alive). All these cases include all the "FATAL"
errors after recv or send on the TCP socket
(named as different from EWOULDBLOCK)

3 : socket inactivity timeout

4 : network deactivation (PDP context deactivation

from network)

Any time socket is re-opened, last disconnection cause is reset.

Command report 0 (not available).

User closure cause (#SH) is not considered and if a user closure is

performed after remote disconnection, remote disconnection
cause remains saved and is not overwritten.

If more consecutive closure causes are received, the original

disconnection cause is saved.
(For instance: if a TCP FIN is received from remote and later a TCP
RST because we continue to send data, FIN cause is saved and not
overwritten)

Also in case of <closureType> (#SD) set to 255, if the socket has not
yet been closed by user after the escape sequence,
#SLASTCLOSURE indicates remote disconnection cause if it has
been received.

In case of UDP, cause 2 indicates abnormal (local) disconnection.

Cause 3 and 4 are still possible.
(Cause 1 is obviously never possible)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1291 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In case of command mode connection and remote closure with

subsequent inactivity timeout closure without retrieval of all
available data (#SRECV or SRING mode 2), it is indicated cause 1
for both possible FIN and RST from remote.

AT#SLASTCLOSURE=?
Test command reports the supported range for parameter <connId>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1292 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.18. AT#SI - Socket Info

This command is used to get socket information.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SI[=<connId>]
Execution command returns information about all sockets data traffic.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : supported range (conMax value is returned

by test command)

Additional info:

The response format is:

#SI: <connId>,<sent>,<received>,<buff_in>,<ack_waiting>[,<cause>]

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer - socket connection identifier

<sent> integer - total amount (in bytes) of sent data

since the last time the socket
connection identified by <connId> has
been opened

<received> integer - total amount (in bytes) of received data

since the last time the socket

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1293 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

connection identified by <connId> has

been opened

<buff_in> integer - total amount (in bytes) of data just

arrived through the socket connection
identified by <connId> and currently
buffered, not yet read

<ack_waiting> integer - total amount (in bytes) of sent and not

yet acknowledged data since the last
time the socket connection identified
by <connId> has been opened

<cause> integer - socket disconnection cause

0 - not available (socket has not yet
been closed)
1 - remote host TCP connection close
due to FIN/END: normal remote
disconnection decided by the remote
application
2 - remote host TCP connection close
due to RST, all other cases in which
the socket is aborted without
indication from peer (for instance
because peer doesn't send ack after
maximum number of retransmissions/
peer is no more alive). All these cases
include all the "FATAL" errors after
recv or send on the TCP socket (named
as different from EWOULDBLOCK)
3 - socket inactivity timeout
4 - network deactivation (PDP context
deactivation from network)

Not yet acknowledged data are available only for TCP connections.
The value <ack_waiting> is always 0 for UDP connections.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1294 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Issuing #SI<CR> causes getting information about data traffic of all the
sockets, the response format is:

#SI: <connId1>,<sent1>,<received1>,<buff_in1>,<ack_waiting1><CR><LF>...
#SI:
<connIdconMax>,<sentconMax>,<receivedconMax>,<buff_inconMax>,<ack_wa
itingconMax>

Only if <closureType> is set to 254 and <closureTypeCmdModeEnabling> is set

to 1, AT#SI response format will be:
#SI: <connId>,<sent>,<received>,<buff_in>,<ack_waiting>,<cause>

AT#SI=?
Test command reports the range for parameter <connId>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1295 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#SI
#SI: 1,123,400,10,50
#SI: 2,0,100,0,0
#SI: 3,589,100,10,100
#SI: 4,0,0,0,0
#SI: 5,0,0,0,0
#SI: 6,0,98,60,0
...
OK

Sockets 1,2,3,6 are opened with some data traffic.

For example, socket 1 has 123 bytes sent, 400 bytes received, 10
bytes waiting to be read and 50 bytes waiting to be acknowledged
from the remote side.

AT#SI=1
#SI: 1,123,400,10,50

OK

We have information only about socket number 1

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1296 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.19. AT#PADCMD - PAD Command Features

This command sets features of the pending data flush to socket, opened with #SD
command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PADCMD=<mode>
Set command for features of the pending data flush to socket, opened with
#SD command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A enable/disable forwarding

Values:

0 : Bit 1: disable forwarding

1 : Bit 1: enable forwarding

Forwarding depends on character defined by #PADFWD.

Other bits are reserved.

AT#PADCMD?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> in the format:
#PADCMD: mode

AT#PADCMD=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1297 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter

<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1298 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.20. AT#PADFWD - PAD Forward Character

PAD forward character

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PADFWD=<char>[,<mode>]
Set command sets the char that immediately flushes pending data to
socket opened by AT#SD command
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 1 specifies the ascii code of the char used to

flush data

Value:

0÷255 : ascii code of the char used to flush data

<mode> integer 0 flush mode

Values:

0 : normal mode

1 : reserved

Use AT#PADCMD to enable the socket char-flush activity

AT#PADFWD?
Read command reports the currently selected <char> and <mode> in the
format:
#PADFWD: <char>,<mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1299 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#PADFWD=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<char> and <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1300 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.21. AT#E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator

This command enables the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket Listen connect.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT#E2SLRI=[<n>]
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to a
Socket Listen connect and, if enabled, the duration of the negative going
pulse generated on receipt of connect.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 RI enabling

Values:

0 : RI disabled for Socket Listen connect

50÷1150 : RI enabled for Socket Listen connect; a negative

going pulse is generated on receipt of connect
and <n> is the duration in ms of this pulse

AT#E2SLRI?
Read command reports whether the Ring Indicator pin response to a
Socket Listen connect is currently enabled or not, in the format:

#E2SLRI: <n>

AT#E2SLRI=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1301 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1302 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.22. AT#ICMP - Ping Support

Set command enables/disables the ICMP Ping support.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#ICMP=<mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 ICMP mode

selection.

Values:

0 : disable ICMP Ping support

1 : enable firewalled ICMP Ping support: the module is

sending a proper ECHO_REPLY only to a subset of IP
Addresses pinging it; this subset of IP Addresses has
been previously specified through #FRWL command.

2 : enable free ICMP Ping support; the module is sending

ECHO_REPLY to every IP Address pinging it.

AT#ICMP?
Read command returns whether the ICMP Ping support is currently
enabled or not, in the format:

#ICMP: <mode>

AT#ICMP=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1303 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for the <mode>
parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1304 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.23. AT#PING - Send PING Request

This command is used to send Ping Echo Request.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#PING=<IPaddr>[,<retryNum>[,<len>[,<timeout>[,<ttl>[,<pdpId>]]]]]
Execution command is used to send Ping Echo Request messages and to
receive the corresponding Echo Reply. Before sending PING Request the
PDP context must be activated by #SGACT command.

Once the single Echo Reply message is received, a string like that is
displayed:

#PING: <replyId>,<Ip Address>,<replyTime>,<ttl>

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<IPaddr> string - address of the remote host, string type.

This parameter can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
- any host name to be solved with a
DNS query

<retryNum> integer 4 the number of Ping Echo Request to

send

Value:

1÷64 : Ping Echo Request number

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1305 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<len> integer 32 the length of Ping Echo Request

message

Value:

32÷1460 : Ping Echo Request length

<timeout> integer 50 the timeout, in 100 ms units, waiting a

single Echo Reply

Value:

1÷600 : timeout, in 100 ms units

<ttl> integer 128 time to live

Value:

1÷255 : time to live

<pdpId> integer - PDP context identifier 1..max - numeric

parameter which specifies a particular
PDP context definition (default See
#PROTOCOLCFG)
The value of max is returned by the
Test command.

Additional info:

<pdpId> default value.

The default value of this parameter depends on the software
customization as shown in the following table.

Software customization <pdpId> default value

Verizon 3
All other 1

Unsolicited fields:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1306 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Description

<replyId> integer Echo Reply number

<IpAddress> string IP address of the remote host

<replyTime> integer time, in 100 ms units, required to receive the

response

<ttl> integer time to live of the Echo Reply message

When the Echo Request timeout expires (no reply received on time)
the response will contain <replyTime> set to 600 and <ttl> set to
255.

To receive the corresponding Echo Reply is not required to enable

separately #ICMP

The format of IPv6 address is not represented according to

+CGPIAF setting

If it does not use the <pdpId> it will be tried PING by default value
(See #PROTOCOLCFG)

Echo Reply numbers <replyId> are not guaranteed to be in

numerical sequence.
Replies not in chronological order could happen due to network
responses order.

AT#PING=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the #PING
command parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1307 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#PING="www.telit.com"
#PING: 01,"81.201.117.177",6,50
#PING: 02,"81.201.117.177",5,50
#PING: 03,"81.201.117.177",6,50
#PING: 04,"81.201.117.177",5,50

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1308 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.24. AT#QDNS - Query DNS

The command executes a DNS query

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#QDNS=<host name>[,<userIpType>]
Execution command executes a DNS query to solve the host name into an
IP address.
If the DNS query is successful, then the IP address will be reported in the
result code:

#QDNS: <host name>,<IP address>

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<host name> string - Host name string

<userIpType> integer 0 Currently unused

Values:

0 : IPv4v6

1 : IPv4

2 : IPv6

Additional info:

IP address in the result code

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1309 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<IP string - this parameter is in the format:

address> xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

the command activates the PDP context if this is not previously

activated. In this case, the context will be deactivated after the DNS
query.

This command requires that the authentication parameters are

correctly set and that the PS network is present.

AT#QDNS=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<userIpType>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1310 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.25. AT#NTP - Calculate and Update Date and Time with NTP
Calculate and Update Data and Time with NTP

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#NTP=<name>[,<port>[,<update>[,<timeout>[,<tz>]]]]
This set command permits to calculate and update date and time through
NTP protocol sending a request to a NTP server and then returns an
intermediate response having the following format:
#NTP: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz"

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<name> string - address of the NTP server

This parameter can be either: any valid IP
address in the format: "xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
or "xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx"
any host name to be solved with a DNS
query

<port> integer 123 NTP server port to contact

Only default value can be selected since
nonofficial ports are not supported.
Interface to provide compatibility with
ME910.

Value:

1÷65535 : Port of the time server

<update> integer 0 enable/disable system time update.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1311 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<timeout> integer 1 waiting timeout for server responses in

seconds

Value:

1÷10 : Range of Inquiry timeout in seconds

<tz> integer 0 Time Zone: indicates the difference,

expressed in quarter of an hour, between
the local time and GMT. -47 - 48 : in 15
minutes

Value:

-47÷48 : Time Zone

LE910Cx Linux products do not allow to set any port except

for default port 123.

#SGACT must be called to activate the PDP context before

calling #NTP command.

AT#NTP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <name>,
<port>, <update>, <timeout> and <tz>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1312 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.26. AT#NTPCFG - Configure NTP Parameters

This command allows to configure additional parameters to be used for NTP operations.

[1] Standard RFC5905

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#NTPCFG=<cid>[,<authType>[,<keyId>,<keysFilePath>]]
Set command allows to configure additional parameters to be used for
NTP operations.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A Context id used to perform NTP

operations. Refer to test command
to know the supported range of
values.

Values:

1÷16 : LE910Cx ThreadX: context id for NTP

operations

1÷6 : LE910Cx Linux: context id for NTP

operations

<authType> integer 0 Authentication type to be used with

NTP server

Values:

0 : do not authenticate server

1 : use symmetric key to authenticate server (see

standard [1]), using <keyId> and

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1313 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<keysFilePath> to retrieve the required

parameters

<keyId> integer - if <authType> is 1, it provides the key

Id to authenticate the server.

<keysFilePath> string - if <authType> is 1, it provides the

absolute path of the file where the
server keys can be found. Only MD5
keys are supported.

The file containing the keys can be loaded in the module filesystem
using #M2MWRITE command.

The key content is loaded from the file only when #NTP is issued.

AT#NTPCFG?
Read command reports the parameters current values in the format:
#NTPCFG: <cid>,<authType>

AT#NTPCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of <cid>, <authType> and
<keyId> parameters values.

Set <cid>=3
AT#NTPCFG=3
OK
Set <cid>=1, symmetric key mode, <keyId>=1 and load the keys from the
provided file
AT#NTPCFG=1,1,1,"/mod/server_keys.txt"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1314 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.27. AT#PROTOCOLCFG - Configure Protocol Parameters

This command configures the parameters needed to specific protocols.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PROTOCOLCFG=<protocol>,<cid>[,<UNUSED_1>[,<UNUSED_2>[,<UNUSED_3
>]]]
Set command defines the parameters needed to specific protocols.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<protocol> string N/A protocol to be configured

Values:

"FTP" : FTP protocol

"SMTP" : SMTP protocol

"PING" : PING service (ICMP protocol)

"SSL" : SSL protocol

<cid> integer N/A cid of the PDP context to be used for

the specified protocol

Value:

1÷max : identifier (max is returned by the test

command)

<UNUSED_1> mixed - Reserved 1

<UNUSED_2> mixed - Reserved 2

<UNUSED_3> mixed - Reserved 3

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1315 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

For VZW products, default <cid> will be 3. The others will have 1 as
default.

AT#PROTOCOLCFG?
Read command returns the current settings in the format:
#PROTOCOLCFG:"FTP",<cid>,<UNUSED_1>,<UNUSED_2>,<UNUSED_3><CR><LF
>
#PROTOCOLCFG:"SMTP",<cid>,<UNUSED_1>,<UNUSED_2>,<UNUSED_3><CR><L
F>
#PROTOCOLCFG:"PING",<cid>,<UNUSED_1>,<UNUSED_2>,<UNUSED_3><CR><L
F>
#PROTOCOLCFG:"SSL",<cid>,<UNUSED_1>,<UNUSED_2>,<UNUSED_3><CR><LF
>

the list could be different between a product and the other.

AT#PROTOCOLCFG=?
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1316 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.28. AT#GDATAVOL - PS Data Volume

The command resets data counters or reports data counts of the PS sessions.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#GDATAVOL=[<mode>]
Execution command reports, for every active PDP context, the amount of
data the last PS session received and transmitted, or it will report the total
amount of data received and transmitted during all past PS sessions, since
last reset.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 resets or

reads data
counters.

Values:

0 : resets the PS data counter for the all the available

PDP contexts (1-16)

1 : reports the last PS session data counter for the all the
set PDP contexts (i.e. all the PDP contexts with APN
parameter set using +CGDCONT). Refer to Additional
info section to see the format.

2 : reports the total PS data counter, since last reset, for

the all the set PDP contexts (i.e. all the PDP context
with APN parameter set using +CGDCONT). Refer to
Additional info section to see the format.

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1317 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When <mode>=1, the command returns the following last data

counts:

The message format is:

#GDATAVOL: <cidn>,<totn>,<sentn>,<receivedn>[<CR><LF>
...
#GDATAVOL: <cidm>,<totm>,<sentm>,<receivedm>[...]]
Each message line shows the data related to the n-th, m-th, and so
on <cid>.

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A contexts identifiers

Value:

0÷16 : context identifiers

<totn> integer - number of bytes either received

or transmitted in the last PS
session for <cidn> PDP context;

<sentn> integer - number of bytes transmitted in

the last PS session for
<cidn> PDP context;

<receivedn> integer - number of bytes received in the

last PS session for <cidn> PDP
context;

When <mode>=2, the command returns the following total data

counts, since last reset executed by AT#GDATAVOL=0

The message format is:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1318 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#GDATAVOL: <cidn>,<totn>,<sentn>,<receivedn>[<CR><LF>
...
#GDATAVOL: <cidm>,<totm>,<sentm>,<receivedm>[...]]
Each message line shows the data related to the n-th, m-th, and so
on <cid>.

Name Type Default Description

<totn> integer - number of bytes either received

or transmitted in every PS
session since last reset, for
<cidn> PDP context.

<sentn> integer - number of bytes transmitted, in

every PS session since last reset,
for <cidn> PDP context

<receivedn> integer - number of bytes received, in

every PS session since last reset,
for <cidn> PDP context

Last PS session counters not saved in NVM so they are loosen at

power off.

Total PS session counters saved on NVM.

AT#GDATAVOL=?
Test command returns the supported range of the <mode> parameter
values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1319 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.29. AT#IIDIPV6 - Configure Context Identifier and IID

This command permits to have a fixed IID (Interface Identifier) in IPv6 address
associated to a selected context identifier <cid>.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#IIDIPV6=<cid>,<IID>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A context identifier, see +CGDCONT command.

Value:

1÷max : specifies a PDP context identifier. max value is

returned by test command

<IID> string - can be any valid IP address in one of the two

following formats:
- xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- yyyy:yyyy:yyyy:yyyy
If the <IID> is set to empty string for a
selected <cid>, all the IPv6 address for that
<cid> are set by the network.

AT#IIDIPV6?
Read command returns a row for each <cid> reporting the current <IID>
setting in the following format:
...

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1320 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#IIDIPV6: <cid>,<IID>
...

AT#IIDIPV6=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameter <cid> and the
maximum length of <IID>.

Suppose to use the IID "1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8" on the cid 3

AT#IIDIPV6=3,1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8
OK

AT#IIDIPV6?
#IIDIPV6: 1,"0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0"
#IIDIPV6: 2,"0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0"
#IIDIPV6: 3,"1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8"
#IIDIPV6: 4,"0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0"
...
...
OK

Set a socket to use the cid 3

AT#SCFG=2,3
OK

AT#SGACT=3,1
#SGACT: 254.128.0.0.0.0.0.0.1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1321 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.30. AT#PASSW - Authentication Password

This command sets the user password string.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#PASSW=[<pwd>]
Set command sets the user password string to be used during the
authentication step.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<pwd> string - it's the authentication password; the max

length for this value is the output of Test
command, AT#PASSW=? (Factory default is
the empty string "").

AT#PASSW=?
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string
parameter <pwd>.

• Set the password "myPassord"

AT#PASSW="myPassword"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1322 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.31. AT#SGACTAUTH - PDP Context Authentication Type

This command sets the authentication type for IP Easy

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SGACTAUTH=<type>
Set command sets the authentication type for IP Easy.
This command has effect on the authentication mode used on
AT#SGACT or AT#GPRS commands.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 1 authentication type for IP Easy

Values:

0 : no authentication

1 : PAP authentication

2 : CHAP authentication

the parameter is not saved in NVM.

as per the Telstra requirement, the default value for the Telstra is
"0 - no authentication".

AT#SGACTAUTH?
Read command reports the current IP Easy authentication type, in the
format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1323 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#SGACTAUTH: <type>

AT#SGACTAUTH=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<type>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1324 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.32. AT#PKTSZ - Packet Size

Set the TCP/UDP/IP packet size.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#PKTSZ=[<size>]
Set command sets the default packet size used by the TCP/UDP/IP stack
for data sending. Used for online data mode only.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<size> integer 300 packet size in bytes

Values:

0 : automatically chosen by the device

1÷1500 : packet size in bytes

AT#PKTSZ?
Read command reports the current packet size value.

After issuing command AT#PKTSZ=0, the read command reports

the value automatically chosen by the device.

AT#PKTSZ=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <size>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1325 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#PKTSZ=100
OK

AT#PKTSZ?
#PKTSZ: 100

OK

AT#PKTSZ=0
OK

AT#PKTSZ?
#PKTSZ: 300

OK

value automatically chosen by device

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1326 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.33. AT#DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out

This command sets the maximum time to await before sending a packet whose size in
less than the default one.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#DSTO=[<tout>]
Set command sets the maximum time that the module awaits before
sending anyway a packet whose size is less than the default one. Used for
online data mode only.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 50 packet sending time-out in 100ms units

Values:

0 : no time-out, wait forever for packets to be

completed before send

1÷255 : hundreds of ms

in order to avoid low performance issues, it is suggested to set the

data sending time-out to a value greater than 5

this time-out applies to data whose size is less than packet size
and whose sending would have been delayed for an undefined time
until new data to be sent had been received and full packet size
reached

AT#DSTO?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1327 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the current data sending time-out value.

AT#DSTO=?
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <tout>.

• AT#DSTO=10 ->1 sec. time-out

OK

AT#DSTO?
#DSTO: 10

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1328 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.34. AT#SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out

This command sets the TCP connection timeout to wait the first CONNECT message
sent by the TCP peer.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SKTCT=[<tout>]
Set command sets the TCP connection time-out for the first CONNECT
answer from the TCP peer to be received.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 600 TCP first CONNECT answer time-out in

100ms units

Value:

10÷1200 : hundreds of ms

this time-out applies only to the time that the TCP stack waits for
the CONNECT answer to its connection request.

The time for activate the GPRS and resolving the name with the
DNS query (if the peer was specified by name and not by address)
is not counted in this time-out.

AT#SKTCT?
Read command reports the current TCP connection time-out.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1329 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SKTCT=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>.

• AT#SKTCT=600
OK
socket first connection answer time-out has been set to 60 s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1330 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.35. AT#SKTOP - Socket Open

This command activates the context number 1, proceeds with the authentication with the
user ID and password previously set by #USERID and #PASSW commands, and opens a
socket connection with the host specified in the #SKTSET command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SKTOP
Execution command activates the context number 1, proceeds with the
authentication with the user ID and password previously set by #USERID
and #PASSW commands, and opens a socket connection with the host
specified in the #SKTSET command. Eventually, before opening the
socket connection, it issues automatically a DNS query to solve the IP
address of the host name.
If the connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a
NO CARRIER indication is sent.

This command is obsolete.

It's suggested to use the couple #SGACT and #SO instead of it.

AT#SKTOP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

• AT#SKTOP
..GPRS context activation, authentication and socket open..
CONNECT

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1331 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.36. AT#SKTSET - Socket Definition

This command sets the socket parameters values.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SKTSET=[<socketType>,<remotePort>,<remoteAddr>,[<closureType>],[<localP
ort>],[<userIpType>]]
Set command sets the socket parameters values.
Parameters:

Defau
Name Type Description
lt

<socketTyp intege 0 socket protocol type

e> r

Values:

0 : TCP

1 : UDP

<remotePo intege 3333 remote host port to be opened

rt> r

Value:

1÷65535 : port number

<remoteAd string "" any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

dr> - any valid IPv6 address in the format:
- xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx or
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in
the format: <host name>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1332 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

"" : remote host address

<closureTy intege 0 socket closure behaviour for TCP

pe> r

Values:

0 : local host closes immediately when remote host has

closed

255 : local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)

<localPort> intege N/A local host port to be used on UDP socket

r

Value:

1÷65535 : port number

<userIpTyp intege 0 ip type for socket to open

e> r

Values:

0 : no ip type chosen

1 : IPv4

2 : IPv6

<closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type.

For UDP sockets will be unused.

<local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type.

For TCP sockets will be unused.

The resolution of the host name is over when opening the socket.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1333 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Therefore, if an invalid host name given to the #SKTSET command an error

message issued.

the DNS Query to be successful requests that:

- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection.

Issuing command #QDNS will overwrite <remote addr> setting.

AT#SKTSET?
Read command reports the socket parameters values, in the format:

AT#SKTSET: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>,<closure type>,<local

port>,<userIpType>

AT#SKTSET=?
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters.

• AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"www.telit.net"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1334 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.37. AT#SRECV - Socket Receive Data in Command Mode

The command permits the user to read data arrived through a connected socket when
the module is in command mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SRECV=<connId>,<maxByte>[,<UDPInfo>]
Execution command permits the user to read data arrived through a
connected socket but buffered and not yet read because the module
entered command mode before reading them; the module is notified of
these data by a SRING: URC, whose presentation format depends on the
last #SCFGEXT setting.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer NA socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax value

is returned by test command

<maxByte> integer NA max number of bytes to read

Value:

1÷1500 : max number of bytes to read

<UDPInfo> integer 0 enables/disables the visualization of

UDP datagram information.

Values:

0 : UDP information disabled

1 : UDP information enabled, see Additional info

section.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1335 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

If <UDPInfo> is set to 1 (AT#SRECV=<connId>,<maxBytes>,1), the

command returns a message having the following format:

#SRECV: <remoteIP>,<remotePort><connId>,<recData>,<dataLeft>

Name Type Default Description

<remoteIP> string - remote ip address

<remotePort> string - remote port address

<recData> integer - received data

<dataLeft> integer - remaining bytes in the

datagram.

Issuing #SRECV when there is no buffered data raises an error.

AT#SRECV=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
<connId> <maxByte> and <UDPInfo>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1336 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.38. AT#ST - Socket Type

Socket Type

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#ST[=<connId>]
Set command reports the current type of the socket (TCP/UDP) and its
direction (Dialer/Listener)
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMAX : socket connection identifier. conMax value

is returned by test command

Additional info:

The response format is:

#ST: <connId>,<type>,<direction>

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer N/A socket type

Values:

0 : No socket

1 : TCP socket

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1337 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : UDP socket

<direction> integer N/A direction of the socket

Values:

0 : None

1 : Dialer

2 : Listener

Issuing #ST command without <connId> socket identifier, it returns

information about type of all sockets. For each socket, the format of
the returned message is:

#ST: <connIdn>,<typen>,<directionn><CR><LF>

AT#ST=?
Test command reports the range for parameter <connId>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1338 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Examples for single socket and for all sockets

• For single socket

AT#ST=3
#ST: 3,2,1

Socket 3 is an UDP dialer

• for all socket

AT#ST
#ST: 1,0,0
#ST: 2,0,0
#ST: 3,2,1
#ST: 4,2,2
#ST: 5,1,1
...
Socket 1 is closed.
Socket 2 is closed.
Socket 3 is an UDP dialer
Socket 4 is an UDP listener
Socket 5 is a TCP dialer

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1339 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.39. AT#SKTL - Socket Listen

Command opens/closes the socket listening for connection requests.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SKTL=[<mode>[,<socket type>[,<input port>[,<closure type>]]]]

Execution command opens/closes the socket listening for connection
requests.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A socket mode

Values:

0 : closes socket listening

1 : starts socket listening

<socket integer N/A socket protocol type

type>

Values:

0 : TCP protocol

1 : UDP protocol

<input port> integer N/A local host input port to be listened

Value:

1÷65535 : port number

<closure integer 0 socket closure behaviour for TCP

type>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1340 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : local host closes immediately when remote

host has closed

255 : local host closes after an escape sequence

(+++)

Additional info:

When a connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is

not filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), an
unsolicited code is reported:

+CONN FROM: <remote addr>

Name Type Default Description

<remote string - host address of the remote

addr> machine that contacted the device

When the connection is established the CONNECT indication is given

and the modem goes into data transfer mode.

On connection close or when context is closed with #GPRS=0 the

socket is closed and no listen is anymore active.

If the context is closed by the network while in listening, the socket

is closed, no listen is anymore active and an unsolicited code is
reported:

#SKTL: ABORTED

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1341 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

the command to be successful requests that:

- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1

AT#SKTL?
Read command returns the current socket listening status and the last
settings of parameters <socket type>,<input port> and <closure type>, in
the format:

#SKTL: <status>,<socket type>,<input port>,<closure type>

Additional info:

parameter meaning,

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer N/A socket listening status

Values:

0 : socket not listening

1 : socket listening

AT#SKTL=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>,
<socket type>, <input port> and <closure type>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1342 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Activate GPRS
AT#GPRS=1
#GPRS: ###.###.###.###

OK

Start listening
AT#SKTL=1,0,1024
OK
or
AT#SKTL=1,0,1024,255
OK

Receive connection requests

+CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1
CONNECT
exchange data with the remote host
send escape sequence
+++

NO CARRIER
Now listen is not anymore active

to stop listening
AT#SKTL=0,0,1024, 255
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1343 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.40. AT#SSENDUDP - Send UDP Data to a Specific Remote Host

This command allows to send data over UDP to a specific remote host.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSENDUDP=<connId>,<remoteIP>,<remotePort>
Set command allows, while the module is in command mode, to send data
over UDP to a specific remote host.
UDP connection has to be previously completed with a first remote host
through #SLUDP / #SA.
Then, if module receives data from this or another host, it is able to send
data to it.
Like command #SSEND, the device responds with ">" prompt and waits
for the data to send.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : supported range. conMax value is

returned by test command

<remoteIP> string - IP address of the remote host in

dotted decimal notation, string type:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"

<remotePort> integer N/A remote host port

Value:

1÷65535 : supported range

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1344 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

after SRING that indicates incoming UDP data and issuing #SRECV
to receive data itself, through #SS is possible to check last remote
host (IP/Port).

if successive resume of the socket to online mode Is performed

(#SO), connection with first remote host is restored as it was
before.

the maximum number of bytes to send is 1500

AT#SSENDUDP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<connId>, <remoteIP> and <remotePort>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1345 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Starts listening on <LocPort> (previous setting of firewall through

#FRWL has to be done)
AT#SLUDP=1,1, <LocPort>
OK

SRING: 1 // UDP data from a remote host available

AT#SA=1,1
OK

SRING: 1

AT#SI=1
#SI: 1,0,0,23,0 // 23 bytes to read

OK

AT#SRECV=1,23
#SRECV:1,23
message from first host

OK

AT#SS=1
#SS: 1,2,<LocIP>,<LocPort>,<RemIP1>,<RemPort1>

OK

AT#SSENDUDP=1,<RemIP1>,<RemPort1>
>response to first host

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1346 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

OK

SRING: 1 // UDP data from a remote host available

AT#SI=1
#SI: 1,22,23,24,0 // 24 bytes to read

OK

AT#SRECV=1,24
#SRECV:1,24
message from second host

OK

AT#SS=1
#SS: 1,2,<LocIP>,<LocPort>,<RemIP2>,<RemPort2>

OK

Remote host has changed, we want to send a reponse:

AT#SSENDUDP=1,<RemIP2>,<RemPort2>
>response to second host

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1347 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.41. AT#SSENDUDPEXT - Send UDP Data to a Specific Remote Host

EXTENDED
This command permits, while the module is in command mode, to send data over UDP
to a specific remote host including all possible octets (from 0x00 to 0xFF)

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#SSENDUDPEXT=<connId>,<bytestosend>,<remoteIP>,<remotePort>
This command permits, while the module is in command mode, to send
data over UDP to a specific remote host including all possible octets (from
0x00 to 0xFF)
As indicated about #SSENDUDP:
UDP socket has to be previously opened through #SLUDP / #SA, then we
are able to send data to different remote hosts.
Like #SSENDEXT, the device responds with the prompt '>' and waits for
the data to send, operation is automatically completed when
<bytestosend> have been sent.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : supported range. conMax value is

returned by test command

<bytestosend> integer N/A bytes to be sent

Value:

1÷1500 : supported range

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1348 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<remoteIP> string - IP address of the remote host in

dotted decimal notation
("xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx")

<remotePort> integer N/A remote host port

Value:

1÷65535 : supported range

AT#SSENDUDPEXT=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<connId>,<bytestosend>,<remoteIP> and <remotePort>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1349 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.42. AT#BASE64 - Base64 Encoding/Decoding of Socket Sent/Received

Data
This command is used to enable or disable base64 encoding and decoding data of a
socket.

RFC 2045 - MIME

RFC 3548

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#BASE64=<connId>,<enc>,<dec>[,<unused_B>[,<unused_C>]]
Set command enables base64 encoding and decoding of data
sent/received to/from the socket in online or in command mode.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷max : socket connection identifier value (max

value is returned by the Test command)

<enc> integer 0 selects the encoding standard. The

data received from serial port are
base64 encoded according to the
<enc> parameter and forwarded to
the <connId> socket.

Values:

0 : no encoding of data received from serial port.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1350 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : base64 encoding compliant to RFC 2045 - MIME

standard. As indicated from RFC2045 the encoded
output stream is represented in lines of no more
than 76 characters each. Lines are defined as
sequences of octets separated by a CRLF
sequence.

2 : base64 encoding compliant to RFC 3548 standard.

As indicated from RFC3548 CRLF have not to be
added.

<dec> integer 0 selects the decoding standard. The

data received from the
<connId> socket, are decoded
according to the <dec> parameter
and forwarded to the serial port.

Values:

0 : no decoding of data received from socket

<connId>

1 : base64 decoding compliant to RFC 2045 - MIME

standard. Decoding of data received from socket
<connId> and sent to serial port. Same rule as for
<enc> regarding line feeds in the received file that
has to be decoded.

2 : base64 decoding compliant to RFC 3548 standard.

Decoding of data received from socket <connId>
and sent to serial port. Same rule as for <enc>
regarding line feeds in the received file that has to
be decoded.

<unused_B> integer - reserved for future use

<unused_C> integer - reserved for future use

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1351 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

It is possible to use command to change current <enc>/<dec>

settings for a socket already opened in command mode or in
online mode after suspending it. In this last case it is necessary to
set AT#SKIPESC=1.

To use #BASE64 in command mode, if data to send exceed

maximum value for #SSENDEXT command, they must be divided in
multiple parts. These parts must be a multiple of 57 bytes, except
for the last one, to distinguish EOF condition (Base64 encoding
rules). For the same reason if #SRECV command is used by the
application to receive data, a multiple of 78 bytes must be
considered.

To use #SRECV to receive data with <dec> enabled, it is necessary

to consider that: reading <maxByte> bytes from socket, user will
get less due to decoding that is performed.

AT#BASE64?
Read command returns the current <enc>/<dec> settings for all the six
sockets. The format is:
#BASE64:<connId1><enc1>,<dec1>,0,0<CR><LF>
...
#BASE64:<connIdmax>,<encmax>,<decmax>,0,0<CR><LF>

AT#BASE64=?
Test command returns the range of supported values of all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1352 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Skip the escape sequence, its transmission is not enabled

AT#SKIPESC=1
OK

Open a remote connection in online mode

AT#SD=<connId>,<txProt>,<rPort>,<IPaddr>
CONNECT
data sent without modifications (default)
..........
+++ (suspension)
OK

Encode data coming from serial port.

AT#BASE64=<connId>,1,0
OK

Resume suspended socket

AT#SO=<connId>
CONNECT
data received from serial port are base64 encoded and sent to the
socket
..........
+++ (suspension)
OK

Decode data coming from socket.

AT#BASE64=<connId>,0,1
OK

Resume suspended socket

AT#SO=<connId>
CONNECT
data received from socket are base64 decoded and sent to the serial
port
..........
+++ (suspension)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1353 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.43. AT#SO - Socket Restore

Execution command resumes the direct interface to a socket connection which has been
suspended by the escape sequence.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SO=<connId>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax value is

returned by test command

AT#SO=?
Test command reports the range of values for <connId> parameter

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1354 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.44. AT#SS - Socket Status

Execution command reports the current sockets status.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SS
Execution command reports the current sockets status using the
following message format:

#SS: <connId>,<state>,<locIP>,<locPort>,<remIP>,<remPort><CR><LF>
[<connId>,<state>,<locIP>,<locPort>,<remIP>,<remPort><CR><LF>[...]]
Additional info:

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer - socket connection identifier

<state> integer 0 actual state of the socket

Values:

0 : socket closed

1 : socket with an active data transfer

connection

2 : socket suspended

3 : socket suspended with pending data

4 : socket listening

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1355 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

5 : socket with an incoming connection.

Waiting for the user accept or shutdown
command

6 : socket in opening process. The socket is

not in Closed state but still not in Active or
Suspended or Suspended with pending data
state

<IocIP> string - IP address associated by the

context activation to the
socket

<IocPort> integer - two meanings:

• the listening port if we
put the socket in listen
mode
• the local port for the
connection if we use
the socket to connect
to a remote machine
<remIP> string - when we are connected to a
remote machine this is the
remote IP address

<remPort> string - it is the port we are connected

to on the remote machine

AT#SS=?
Test command reports the range for <connId> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1356 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Get information about all sockets.

AT#SS
#SS: 1,3,91.80.90.162,61119,88.37.127.146,10510
#SS: 2,4,91.80.90.162,1000
#SS: 3,0
#SS: 4,0
#SS: 5,3,91.80.73.70,61120,88.37.127.146,10509
#SS: 6,0
...
OK

Socket 1: opened from local IP 91.80.90.162/local port 61119 to

remote IP 88.37.127.146/remote port 10510 is suspended with
pending data.

Socket 2: listening on local IP 91.80.90.162/local port 1000.

Socket 5: opened from local IP 91.80.73.70/local port 61120 to

remote IP 88.37.127.146/remote port 10509 is suspended with
pending data.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1357 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.45. AT#DNS - Manual DNS Selection

This command manually set primary and secondary DNS servers.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#DNS=<cid>,<primary>,<secondary>
Set command allows to manually set primary and secondary DNS servers for a
PDP context defined by +CGDCONT.
Parameters:

Defa
Name Type Description
ult

<cid> intege N/A numeric parameter which specifies a particular

r PDP context definition
The value of max is returned by the Test command.

Value:

1÷max : specifies a particular PDP context definition

<primary string - Ipv4- manual primary DNS server, string type, in the
> format "xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx" used for the specified cid;
we're using this value instead of the primary DNS
server come from the network (default is "0.0.0.0")
Ipv6- manual primary DNS server, string type, in the
format
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.x
xx.xxx.xxx" used for the specified cid; we're using
this value instead of the primary DNS server come
from the network (default is
"0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0".
Ipv6 can also be in HEX format:
"xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1358 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<seconda string - Ipv4- manual primary DNS server, string type, in the
ry> format "xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx" used for the specified cid;
we're using this value instead of the primary DNS
server come from the network (default is "0.0.0.0")
Ipv6- manual primary DNS server, string type, in the
format
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.x
xx.xxx.xxx" used for the specified cid; we're using
this value instead of the primary DNS server come
from the network (default is
"0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0").
Ipv6 can also be in HEX format:
"xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx"

if <primary> is "0.0.0.0" and <secondary> is not "0.0.0.0", then issuing

AT#DNS=... raises an error.

if <primary> is "0.0.0.0" were using the primary DNS server come from the
network as consequence of a context activation.

if <primary> is not "0.0.0.0" and <secondary> is "0.0.0.0", then were using

only the manual primary DNS server.

the context identified by <cid> has to be previously defined, elsewhere

issuing AT#DNS=... raises an error.

the context identified by <cid> has to be not activated yet, elsewhere

issuing AT#DNS=... raises an error.

AT#DNS?
Read command returns the manual DNS servers set either for every defined PDP
context and for the single GSM context (only if defined), in the format:

[#DNS: <cid>,<primary>,<secondary>[<CR><LF>
#DNS: <cid>,<primary>,<secondary>]]

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1359 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In case +cgdcont determined as ipv4v6 the format is

[#DNS: <cid>,<primary ip4>,<primary ip6>,<secondary ip4>,<secondary
ip6>[<CR><LF>
#DNS: <cid>,<primary ip4>,<primary ip6>,<secondary ip4>,<secondary ip6>]]

AT#DNS=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the <cid> parameter
only, in the format:

#DNS: (1-5),,

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1360 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.46. AT#CACHEDNS - DNS Response Caching

This command is related to DNS and DNS response caching.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CACHEDNS=[<mode>]
Set command enables caching a mapping of domain names to IP
addresses, as does a resolver library.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables caching

Values:

0 : caching disabled; it cleans the cache too

1 : caching enabled

The validity period of each cached entry (i.e. how long a DNS
response remains valid) is determined by a value called the Time
To Live (TTL), set by the administrator of the DNS server handing
out the response.

If the cache is full (8 elements) and a new IP address is resolved,

an element is deleted from the cache: the one that has not been
used for the longest time.

It is recommended to clean the cache, if command +CCLK has

been issued while the DNS Response Caching was enabled.

AT#CACHEDNS?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1361 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports whether the DNS Response Caching is currently

enabled or not, in the format:

#CACHEDNS: <mode>

AT#CACHEDNS=?
Test command returns the currently cached mapping along with the range
of available values for parameter <mode>, in the format:

#CACHEDNS: [<hostn1>,<IPaddr1>,[...,[<hostnn>,<IPaddrn>,]]](0,1)

Additional info:

Response parameters

Name Type Default Description

<hostn> string - host name

<IPaddr> string - IP address in the format

"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1362 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.47. AT#SSEND - Send Data in Command Mode

This command is used to send data through a connected socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSEND=<connId>
Execution command permits, while the module is in command mode, to
send data through a connected socket.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : supported range. conMax value is returned

by test command

Additional info:

To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit

without writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If data are successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If data sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.

the maximum number of bytes to send is 1500.

it's possible to use #SSEND only if the connection was opened by

#SD, else the ME is raising an error.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1363 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

a byte corresponding to BS char(0x08) is treated with its

corresponding meaning; therefore previous byte will be cancelled
(and BS char itself will not be sent).

AT#SSEND=?
Test command reports the range for parameter <connId>.

• Send data through socket number 2.

AT#SSEND=2
>Test<CTRL-Z>

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1364 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.48. AT#SSENDEXT - Send Data in Command Mode extended

This command allows to send data through a connected socket including all possible
octets (from 0x00 to 0xFF).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSENDEXT=<connId>,<bytestosend>
Set command permits, while the module is in command mode, to send
data through a connected socket including all possible octets (from 0x00
to 0xFF).
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection

identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : supported range. conMax value is

returned by test command

<bytestosend> integer N/A number of bytes to be

sent

Value:

1÷1500 : Please refer to test command for range.

Refer to additional info for more detail.

Additional info:

<bytestosend> - number of bytes to be sent :

The device responds to the command with the prompt
'>' <greater_than><space> and waits for the data to send.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1365 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When <bytestosend> bytes have been sent, operation is

automatically completed.
If data are successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If data sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.

it's possible to use #SSENDEXT only if the connection was opened

by #SD, else the ME is raising an error.

all special characters are sent like a generic byte.

(For instance: 0x08 is simply sent through the socket and don't
behave like a BS, i.e. previous character is not deleted)

AT#SSENDEXT=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
<connId> and <bytestosend>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1366 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Open the socket in command mode:

AT#SD=1,0,<port>,"IP address",0,0,1

OK

Give the command specifying total number of bytes as second

parameter:
at#ssendext=1,256
>............ ; // Terminal echo of bytes sent is displayed here

OK

All possible bytes (from 0x00 to 0xFF) are sent on the socket as
generic bytes.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1367 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.49. AT#FRWL - Firewall Setup

This command controls the internal firewall settings.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FRWL=[<action>[,<ip_addr>[,<net_mask>]]]
Set command controls the internal firewall settings
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer 0 command action

Values:

0 : remove selected chain

1 : add an ACCEPT chain

2 : remove all chains (DROP everything); <ip_addr>

and <net_mask> have no meaning in this case.

<ip_addr> string - remote address to be added into the

ACCEPT chain; it can be any valid IP
address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

<net_mask> string - mask to be applied on the <ip_addr>; it

can be any valid IP address mask in the
format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

Additional info:

Firewall criterion
The firewall applies for incoming (listening) connections only. Its
general policy is DROP, therefore all packets that are not included
into an ACCEPT chain rule will be silently discarded.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1368 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When a packet comes from the IP address incoming_IP, the firewall

chain rules will be scanned for matching with the following criteria:

incoming_IP & <net_mask> = <ip_addr> & <net_mask>

If criterion is matched, then the packet is accepted and the rule

scan is finished; if criteria are not matched for any chain the packet
is silently dropped

AT#FRWL?
Read command reports the list of all ACCEPT chain rules registered in the
Firewall settings in the format:

#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
...
OK

AT#FRWL=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <action>.

• Let assume we want to accept connections only from our devices

which are on the IP addresses ranging from

197.158.1.1 to 197.158.255.255

We need to add the following chain to the firewall:

AT#FRWL=1,"197.158.1.1","255.255.0.0"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1369 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1370 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.50. AT#SKTD - Socket Dial

This command opens a socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SKTD=[<socketType>[,<remotePort>[,<remoteAddr>[,<closureType>[,<localPo
rt>[,<userIpType>]]]]]]
Set command opens the socket towards the peer specified in the parameters.
Parameters:

Defau
Name Type Description
lt

<socketTyp intege 0 socket protocol type

e> r

Values:

0 : TCP

1 : UDP

<remotePo intege 3333 remote host port to be opened

rt> r

Value:

1÷65535 : port number

<remoteAd string - address of the remote host, string type. This

dr> parameter can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any valid IPv6 address in the format:
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx or
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
.xxx.xxx.xxx

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1371 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- any host name to be solved with a DNS query

<closureTy intege 0 socket closure behaviour for TCP

pe> r

Values:

0 : local host closes immediately when remote host has

closed

255 : local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)

<localPort> intege N/A local host port to be used on UDP socket

r

Value:

1÷65535 : port number

<userIpTyp intege 0 ip type for socket to open

e> r

Values:

0 : no ip type chosen

1 : IPv4

2 : IPv6

<closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP sockets
left unused.

<local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP sockets
left unused.

the resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket, therefore
if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTD command, then an error
message will be issued.

the command to be successful requests that:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1372 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT

- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) the GPRS
coverage is enough to permit a connection
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1

If all parameters omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same
as Read command.

The main difference between this command and #SKTOP is that this
command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or
OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made
with #SKTD is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is
maintained.

AT#SKTD?
Read command reports the socket dial parameters values, in the format:

AT#SKTD: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>,<closure type>,<local

port>,<userIpType>

AT#SKTD=?
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1373 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#SKTD=0,1024,"123.255.020.001",255
CONNECT

AT#SKTD=1,1024,"123.255.020.001", ,1025
CONNECT
In this way my local port 1025 is opened to the remote port 1024

AT#SKTD=0,1024,"www.telit.net", 255
CONNECT

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1374 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.51. AT#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save

This command stores the current socket parameters in the NVM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SKTSAV
Execution command stores the following socket parameters in the NVM:
• User ID
• Password
• Packet Size
• Socket Inactivity Time-Out
• Data Sending Time-Out
• Socket Type (UDP/TCP)
• Remote Port
• Remote Address
• TCP Connection Time-Out

If some parameters have not been previously specified then a

default value will be stored.

AT#SKTSAV=?
Test command returns OK result code.

• AT#SKTSAV
OK
socket parameters have been saved in NVM

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1375 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.52. AT#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out

The command sets the timeout on no data exchanging on the socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SKTTO=[<tout>]
Set command sets the maximum time with no data exchanging on the
socket that the module awaits before closing the socket and deactivating
the GPRS context.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 90 socket inactivity time-out in seconds units

Values:

0 : no time-out

1÷65535 : time-out in seconds

this time-out applies when no data exchanged in the socket for a

long time and therefore the socket connection automatically closed
and the GPRS context deactivated.

AT#SKTTO?
Read command reports the current "socket inactivity time-out value".

AT#SKTTO=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1376 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#SKTTO=30
OK
->(30 sec. time-out)

AT#SKTTO?
#SKTTO: 30

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1377 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.53. AT#NWDNS - DNS from Network

The command allows to get the primary and secondary DNS addresses for selected GSM
or PDP context identifiers

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#NWDNS=[<cid>[,<cid>[,…]]]
Execution command returns either the primary and secondary DNS
addresses for the GSM context (if specified) and/or a list of primary and
secondary DNS addresses for the specified PDP context identifiers.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A numeric parameter which specifies a

particular PDP context definition
The value of max is returned by the test
command.

Value:

1÷max : specifies a particular PDP context definition (see

+CGDCONT command).

Additional info:

The command returns only one row of information for every

specified <cid>, even if the same <cid> is present more than once.
The command returns a row of information for every specified <cid>
whose context has been already defined. No row is returned for a
<cid> whose context has not been defined yet.
Response format is:

#NWDNS: <cid>,<PDNSaddress>,<SDNSaddress>[<CR><LF>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1378 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#NWDNS: <cid>,<PDNSaddress>,<SDNSaddress> [...]]

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - context identifier

<PDNSaddress> string - primary DNS addresses set

through AT#DNS command.
If not set, they are the
primary and secondary DNS
addresses assigned during
the PDP (or GSM) context
activation.

<SDNSaddress> string - secondary DNS addresses

set through AT#DNS
command. If not set, they are
the primary and secondary
DNS addresses assigned
during the PDP (or GSM)
context activation.

if no <cid> is specified, the DNS addresses for all defined contexts

are returned.

issuing the command with more than 6 parameters raises an

error.

The command returns only one row of information for every

specified <cid>, even if the same <cid> is present more than once.
The command returns a row of information for every specified
<cid> whose context has been already defined. No row is returned
for a <cid> whose context has not been defined yet. Response
format is:
#NWDNS: <cid>,<PDNSaddress>,<SDNSaddress>[<CR><LF>
#NWDNS: <cid>,<PDNSaddress>,<SDNSaddress> [...]]

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1379 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

where:
<cid> - context identifier, as before
<PDNSaddress>,<SDNSaddress> - primary and secondary DNS
addresses set through AT#DNS command. If not set, they are the
primary and secondary DNS addresses assigned during the PDP
(or GSM) context activation.

AT#NWDNS=?
Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1380 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.54. AT#NWMTUSIZE - MTU size from Network

The command returns IPv4 MTU used, one for each PDP context. This is equal to the
MTU provided by the Network, if provided. If MTU is not provided by the Network, it is
equal to the default MTU.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#NWMTUSIZE=[<cid>]
Execution command returns IPv4 MTU used, one for each PDP context.
This is equal to the MTU provided by the Network, if provided. If MTU is not
provided by the Network, it is equal to the default MTU.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A numeric parameter which specifies a

particular PDP context definition

Value:

1÷max : specifies a particular PDP context definition (see

+CGDCONT command)

Additional info:

Response format is:

#NWMTUSIZE: <cid>,<MTU>[<CR><LF>
#NWMTUSIZE: <cid>,<MTU> [...]]

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1381 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cid> integer - context identifier

<MTU> integer - MTU provided by the Network, if

provided. If MTU is not provided by the
Network, it is equal to the default MTU

If no <cid> is specified, the MTUs for all defined contexts are

returned.

AT#NWMTUSIZE=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1382 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.55. AT#TCPREASS - TCP Reassembly

This command sets enables/disables the TCP Reassembly feature.
In TCP/IP, packets can be fragmented according to the specification, so it is necessary to
reassemble the fragmented packet in the TCP/IP stack layer.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#TCPREASS=<n>
Set command enables/disables the TCP reassembly feature, in order to
handle fragmented TCP packets.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 Enable TCP reassembly feature.

Value:

1 : Enable TCP reassembly feature

Additional info:

Disable TCP reassembly feature is not supported.

AT#TCPREASS?
Read command returns whether the TCP reassembly feature is enabled or
not, in the format:

#TCPREASS:<n>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1383 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#TCPREASS=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter <n>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1384 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.56. AT#TCPMAXDAT - Maximum TCP Payload Size

This command sets the maximum TCP Payload Size.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#TCPMAXDAT=<size>
Set command allows setting the maximum TCP payload size in TCP
header options.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<size> integer 0 Maximum TCP payload size accepted in one

single TCP/IP datagram.
It is sent in TCP header options in SYN
packet.

Values:

0 : the maximum TCP payload size is automatically

handled by module

496÷1420 : maximum TCP payload size

AT#TCPMAXDAT?
Read command reports the current maximum TCP payload size, in the
format.

#TCPMAXDAT:<size>

AT#TCPMAXDAT=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1385 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <size>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1386 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.57. AT#TCPMAXWIN - Set Maximum TCP Window Size

This command sets Configure the TCP window size.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#TCPMAXWIN=[<winSize>[,<scalefactor>]]
This command permits to configure the TCP window size.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<winSize> integer 0 TCP maximum window size

Values:

0 : TCP window size is handled

automatically by the module

536÷65535 : TCP window size value

<scalefactor> integer 0 TCP scale factor

Value:

0÷8 : TCP scale factor value

Additional info:

command has to be set before opening socket connection (#SD,

#SL/SA, #FTPOPEN/GET/PUT...) to take effect.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1387 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

It permits to slow down TCP when application wants to retrieve data

slowly (for instance: cmd mode), to avoid early RST from server.

Some networks, such as Firstnet, may require a different TCP

scale factor value. Otherwise it recommend to keep the default
value.

AT#TCPMAXWIN?
Read command reports the currently selected <winSize>,<scalefactor> in
the format:

#TCPMAXWIN:<winSize>,<scalefactor>

AT#TCPMAXWIN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<winSize>,<scalefactor>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1388 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.17.58. AT#SIOWATERMARK - Configure SIO Tx Watermark Size

This command sets Configure the buffer size of SIO Tx Watermark.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SIOWATERMARK=<Low watermark size>,<High watermark size>,<Max

watermark size>
Set command permits to configure the buffer size of SIO Tx Watermark.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Low watermark integer 50000 Set the Low buffer size of SIO
size> Watermark

Value:

1000÷50000 : Range Value

<High watermark integer 75000 Set the High buffer size of SIO
size> Watermark

Value:

2000÷75000 : Range Value

<Max watermark integer 108000 Set the Max buffer size of SIO
size> Watermark

Value:

10000÷108000 : Range Value

command has to be set before opening socket connection (#SD) to

take effect.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1389 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If you use UART(lower then 115200). You may need to use this
command.

Slow UART in LTE RAT cause the network to be

disconnected.(relating to TCP_WINDOW_SIZE_FULL)

The high watermark shall be 1000 more than the low watermark.
The max watermark shall be 8000 more than the high watermark.

AT#SIOWATERMARK?
Read command returns the current parameter settings.

#SIOWATERMARK: <low watermark>,<high watermark>,<max

watermark>

AT#SIOWATERMARK=?
Test command reports the supported range of parameters values.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1390 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

FTPEasy

3.18.1. AT#FTPAPP - FTP Append

This command is used to append data to an already existing file via FTP during an FTP
session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPAPP=<fileName>[,<connMode>]
Set command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data connection
and append data to existing <fileName> file.

If the data connection succeeds, a CONNECT indication is sent, afterward

a NO CARRIER indication is sent when the socket is closed.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fileName> string - the file name

<connMode> integer 0 the connection mode

Values:

0 : online mode

1 : command mode

If <connMode> is set to 1, the data connection is opened, the device

remains in command mode and the OK result code is displayed
(instead of CONNECT).

Use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1391 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The command causes an ERROR result code if no FTP connection

has been opened yet.

AT#FTPAPP=?
Test command reports the maximum length of <fileName> and the
supported range of values of <connMode>. The format is:

#FTPAPP: <length>, (list of supported <connMode>s)

Additional info:

Parameter meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - is the maximum length of

<fileName>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1392 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.2. AT#FTPAPPEXT - FTP Append Extended

The command sends data on a FTP data port while the module is in command mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPAPPEXT=<bytestosend>[,<eof>]
This command permits to send data on a FTP data port while the module
is in command mode.
FTP data port has to be previously opened through #FTPPUT (or
#FTPAPP) with <connMode> parameter set to command mode connection.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<bytestosend> integer N/A number of bytes to be sent

Value:

1÷1500 : number of bytes

<eof> integer 0 data port closure

Values:

0 : normal sending of data chunk

1 : close data port after sending data chunk

Additional info:

The device responds to the command with the prompt

<greater_than><space> and waits for the data to send.
When <bytestosend> bytes have been sent, operation is
automatically completed. If (all or part of the) data are successfully
sent, then the response is:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1393 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#FTPAPPEXT:<sentbytes> OK

Name Type Default Description

<sentbytes> integer - the number of sent bytes

<sentbytes> could be less than <bytestosend>. If data sending fails

for some reason, an error code is reported.

AT#FTPAPPEXT=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<bytestosend> and <eof>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1394 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FTPOPEN=”IP”,username,password
OK

AT#FTPPUT=<filename>,1
(the new param 1 means that we open the connection in command mode)

OK

Here data socket will stay opened, but interface will be available (command
mode)
AT#FTPAPPEXT=Size
>... write here the binary data. As soon Size byte are written, data are sent
and OK is returned
#FTPAPPEXT:<SentBytes> OK
……..
Last #FTPAPPEXT will close the data socket, because second (optional)
parameter has this meaning:
AT#FTPAPPEXT=Size,1
>... write here the binary data. As soon Size byte are written, data are sent
and OK is returned
#FTPAPPEXT:<SentBytes> OK
If the user has to reopen the data port to send another (or append to the
same) file, he can restart with the FTPPUT (or FTPAPP).
Then FTPAPPEXT, ...to send the data chunks on the reopened data port.

NOTE: if while sending the chunks the data port is closed from remote, user
will be aware of it because #FTPAPPEXT will indicate ERROR and cause
(available if previously issued the command AT+CMEE=2) will indicate that
socket has been closed.
Also in this case obviously, data port will have to be reopened with FTPPUT
and so on...(same sequence)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1395 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.3. AT#FTPCLOSE - FTP Close Command

The command purpose is to close the previously open FTP connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPCLOSE
Execution command closes an FTP connection.

AT#FTPCLOSE=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1396 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.4. AT#FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory

Command to change the working directory on FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPCWD=[<dirname>]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, changes the
working directory on FTP server.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<dirname> string - Name of the new working directory.

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

AT#FTPCWD=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1397 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.5. AT#FTPDELE - FTP Delete

This command, issued during a FTP connection, allows to delete a file from the remote
working directory.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPDELE=[<filename>]
Execution command, issued during a FTP connection, deletes a file from
the remote working directory.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<filename> string - Name of the file that must be deleted

This command returns an ERROR result code if no FTP connection

has been opened yet.

This command returns an ERROR result code in case of delayed

server response.
If this is the case, the #FTPMSG response is temporarily empty; a
later check of the #FTPMSG response will show the server
response.

AT#FTPDELE=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1398 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.6. AT#FTPFSIZE - Get File Size from FTP Server

This command returns the size of a file located on a FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPFSIZE=<filename>
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, permits to get the
size of a file located on a FTP server. The response format is:

#FTPFSIZE: <size>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<filename> string - the name of the file that you want to know
the size

Additional info:

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<size> integer - dimension in bytes of the file located

on the FTP server

AT#FTPTYPE=0 command must be issued before #FTPFSIZE

command, to set file transfer type to binary mode.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1399 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FTPFSIZE=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1400 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.7. AT#FTPGET - FTP Get Command

This command executes the FTP Get function during an FTP connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#FTPGET=[<filename>]
Execution command opens a data connection and starts getting a file from
the FTP server. If the data connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is
sent and the file is received on the serial port.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<filename> string - file name to get from server.

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned in case

no FTP connection has been opened yet.

Command closure should always be handled by application. To

avoid download stall situations a timeout should be implemented
by the application.

AT#FTPGET=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1401 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.8. AT#FTPGETPKT - FTP Get in Command Mode

FTP gets in command mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPGETPKT=<fileName>[,<viewMode>]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
connection and starts getting a file from the FTP server while remaining in
command mode.
The data port is opened, we remain in command mode and we see the
result code OK.
Retrieval from FTP server of <fileName> is started, but data are only
buffered in the module.
It is possible to read data afterwards issuing #FTPRECV command.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fileName> string - file name. Maximum length: 200

characters.

<viewMode> integer 0 choose the view mode

Values:

0 : text format

1 : hexadecimal format

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned in case

no FTP connection has been opened yet.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1402 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Command closure should always be handled by application. To

avoid download stall situations a timeout should be implemented
by the application.

AT#FTPGETPKT?
Read command reports current download state for <fileName> with
<viewMode> chosen, in the format:

#FTPGETPKT: <remotefile>,<viewMode>,<eof>
Additional info:

The following parameter signals the state of the file transmission.

Name Type Default Description

<eof> integer N/A End of file

Values:

0 : file currently being transferred

1 : complete file has been transferred to FTP client

AT#FTPGETPKT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1403 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.9. AT#FTPMSG - FTP Read Message

This command returns the last response received from the FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPMSG
Execution command returns the last response received from the server
during an FTP connection.

AT#FTPMSG=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1404 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.10. AT#FTPOPEN - FTP Connection Opening

This execution command opens an FTP connection toward the FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPOPEN=[<server:port>,<username>,<password>[,<mode>]]
Execution command opens an FTP connection toward the FTP server.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<server:port> string - address and port of FTP server

(factory default port 21), in the format:
“ipv4” / “ipv4:port”
“ipv6” / “[ipv6]” / “[ipv6]:port”
“dynamic_name” /
“dynamic_name:port”

<username> string - authentication user identification for

FTP

<password> string - authentication password for FTP

<mode> integer 0 active or passive mode

Values:

0 : active mode

1 : passive mode

In FTP Open case, the solution dependency limits the maximum

time out to 1200 (120 seconds). The FTPTO value that exceed 1200
is considered as 1200.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1405 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Before opening FTP connection the GPRS must been activated with
AT#GPRS=1 or AT#SGACT.

AT#FTPOPEN=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1406 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.11. AT#FTPPUT - FTP Send File

This command sends a file to the FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#FTPPUT=[<filename>[,<connMode>]]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
connection and starts sending <filename> file to the FTP server.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<filename> string - name of the file (maximum length 200

characters)

<connMode> integer 0 select online or command mode:

If online mode is selected (default) and
the data connection succeeds, a
CONNECT indication is sent; afterward
a NO CARRIER indication is sent when
the socket is closed.

If command mode is selected and the

data connection succeeds, we remain
in command mode and we see the
result code OK (instead of CONNECT).

Values:

0 : online mode

1 : command mode

Use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1407 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

AT#FTPPUT=?
Test command reports the maximum length of <filename> and the
supported range of values of <connMode>.
Additional info:

The format is:

#FTPPUT: <length>, (list of supported <connMode>s)

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - maximum length of <filename>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1408 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.12. AT#FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory

This command, issued during an FTP connection, shows the current working directory
on FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPPWD
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, shows the
current working directory on FTP server.

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

AT#FTPPWD=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1409 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.13. AT#FTPRECV - Receive Data in Command Mode

The command permits the user to read a given amount of data already transferred via
FTP from a remote file.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#FTPRECV=<blockSize>
Execution command permits the user to transfer at most <blocksize>
bytes of remote file, provided that retrieving from the FTP server has been
started with a previous #FTPGETPKT command, onto the serial port.
This number is limited to the current number of bytes of the remote file
which have been transferred from the FTP server.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<blockSize> integer N/A maximum number of bytes to read

Value:

1÷3000 : maximum number of bytes to read

it’s necessary to have previously opened FTP data port and started
download and buffering of remote file through #FTPGETPKT
command.

issuing #FTPRECV when there’s no FTP data port opened raises an

error.

data port will stay opened if socket is temporary waiting to receive

data (#FTPRECV returns 0 and #FTPGETPTK gives an EOF 0
indication).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1410 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FTPRECV?
Read command reports the number of bytes currently received from FTP
server, in the format:

#FTPRECV:<available>

AT#FTPRECV=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <blocksize>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1411 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FTPRECV?
#FTPRECV: 3000

OK

Read required part of the buffered data:

AT#FTPRECV=400
#FTPRECV:400
Text row number 1 * 11111111111111111111111111 * Text row number 2 *
22222222222222222222222222 * Text row number 3 *
33333333333333333333333333 * Text row number 4 *
44444444444444444444444444 *
Text row number 5 * 55555555555555555555555555 *
Text row number 6 * 66666666666666666666666666 * Text row number 7 *
77777777777777777777777777 *
Text row number 8 * 888888888888888888888

OK

AT#FTPRECV=200
#FTPRECV:200
88888 *
Text row number 9 * 99999999999999999999999999 *
Text row number 10 * AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA* Text row
number 11 * BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB *
Text row number 12 * CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC

OK

NOTE: to check when you have received complete file it’s possible to use
AT#FTPGETPKT read command:

AT#FTPGETPKT?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1412 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#FTPGETPKT:sample.txt,0,1

OK
(you will get <eof> set to 1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1413 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.14. AT#FTPREST - Set Restart Position for FTP GET

This command sets the restart position.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#FTPREST=<restartposition>
Set command sets the restart position for successive #FTPGET (or
#FTPGETPKT) command.
It permits to restart a previously interrupted FTP download from the
selected position in byte.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<restartposition> integer - position in byte of restarting for

successive #FTPGET (or
#FTPGETPKT)

It’s necessary to issue #FTPTYPE=0 before successive #FTPGET

(or #FTPGETPKT) to set binary file transfer type.

Setting <restartposition> has affect on successive FTP download.

After successive successfully initiated #FTPGET (or #FTPGETPKT)
command, <restartposition> is automatically reset.

Value set for <restartposition> has affect on next data transfer

(data port opened by #FTPGET or #FTPGETPKT).
Then <restartposition> value is automatically assigned to 0 for next
download.

AT#FTPREST?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1414 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current <restartposition>

#FTPREST:<restartposition>

AT#FTPREST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1415 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.15. AT#FTPTO - FTP Time Out

Set the FTP time out.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPTO=[<tout>]
Set command sets the time out used when opening either the FTP control
channel or the FTP traffic channel.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 100 time out in 100 milliseconds units

Value:

100÷5000 : hundreds of milliseconds

AT#FTPTO?
Read command returns the current FTP operations time out in the format:

#FTPTO: <tout>

AT#FTPTO=?
Test command returns the range of supported values

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1416 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.16. AT#FTPTYPE - FTP Type

This command sets the FTP file transfer type.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#FTPTYPE=[<type>]
Set command, issued during a FTP connection, sets the file transfer type.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer N/A file transfer type

Values:

0 : binary

1 : ASCII

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

AT#FTPTYPE?
Read command returns the current file transfer type, in the format:

#FTPTYPE: <type>

AT#FTPTYPE=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <type>:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1417 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#FTPTYPE: (0,1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1418 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.17. AT#FTPLIST - FTP List

This command is used during a FTP connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPLIST[=[<name]]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
connection and starts getting from the server the list of contents of the
specified directory or the properties of the specified file
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<name> string - is the name of the directory or file

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

Issuing AT#FTPLIST<CR> opens a data connection and starts

getting from the server the list of contents of the working directory.

AT#FTPLIST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1419 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.18.18. AT#FTPCFG - FTP Configuration

This command sets the time-out used when opening either the FTP control channel or
the FTP traffic channel.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPCFG=<tout>,<IPPignoring>[,<FTPSEn>[,<FTPext>]]
Sets the time-out used when opening either the FTP control channel or
the FTP traffic channel.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 100 time out in

100
milliseconds
units

Value:

100÷5000 : hundreds of ms

<IPPignoring> integer N/A enable or

disable IP
private
ignoring

Values:

0 : No IP Private ignoring. During a FTP passive

mode connection client uses the IP address
received from server, even if it is a private IPV4
address.

1 : IP Private ignoring enabled. During a FTP

passive mode connection if the server sends a

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1420 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

private IPV4 address the client doesn’t consider

this and connects with server using the IP
address used in AT#FTPOPEN

<FTPSEn> integer 0 enable or

disable
FTPS
security

Values:

0 : disable FTPS security: all FTP commands will

perform plain FTP connections

1 : enable FTPS security

<FTPext> integer 0 FTP

extension

Values:

0 : always use EPRT and EPSV commands

1 : if both module and server ipv4 use PORT and

PASV commands Option added to pass-through
firewall that is unaware of the extended FTP
commands for FTPPUT, FTPLIST, FTPAPP,
FTPGET

if parameter <tout> is omitted the behavior of Set command is the

same as Read command.

AT#FTPCFG?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:

AT#FTPCFG=<tout>,<IPPignoring>,<FTPSEn>,<FTPext>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1421 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FTPCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter(s).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1422 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

SMTP

3.19.1. AT#ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server

This command allows to set the SMTP server address for e-mail sending.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#ESMTP=<smtp>
Set command sets the SMTP server address, used for sending e-mails.
SMTP server can be specified as IP address or as nick name.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<smtp> string - SMTP server address. This parameter can be

either:
• any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
• any host name to be solved with a DNS
query in the format: <host name>
(factory default is the empty string "").

The SMTP server used shall be inside the APN space (the SMTP
server provided by the network operator) or it must allow the relay,
otherwise the command will refuse to send the e-mail.

AT#ESMTP?
Read Command reports the current SMTP server address, in the format:

#ESMTP: <smtp>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1423 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ESMTP=?
Test command returns the max length for the parameter <smtp>.

Example of SMTP server format name:

AT#ESMTP="smtp.mydomain.com"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1424 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.2. AT#APPSKTCFG - Configure Socket Parameters

This command sets the parameters needed to socket services (FTP, SMTP, HTTP).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#APPSKTCFG=<connTo>[,<UNUSED_1>[,<UNUSED_2>[,<UNUSED_3>[,<UNUS
ED_4>]]]]
Set command sets the parameters needed to socket services (FTP, SMTP, HTTP)
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connTo> integer 0 connection timeout. If a connection

can not be established to the remote
host within this period, an error is
raised.

Values:

0 : internal stack timeout value

10÷1200 : timeout value in hundreds of milliseconds

<UNUSED_1> integer - reserved for future use

<UNUSED_2> integer - reserved for future use

<UNUSED_3> integer - reserved for future use

<UNUSED_4> integer - reserved for future use

values are automatically saved in NVM.

AT#APPSKTCFG?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1425 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current settings in the format:

#APPSKTCFG: <connTO>,0,0,0,0<CR><LF>

AT#APPSKTCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1426 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.3. AT#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation

This command activates a GPRS context and sends an e-mail message.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SEMAIL=[<da>,<subj>]
Execution command activates a GPRS context, if not previously activated
by #EMAILACT, and sends an e-mail message. The GPRS context is
deactivated when the e-mail is sent.
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for
the message body text.
To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char(0x1B hex).
If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<da> string - destination address

<subj> string - subject of the message (maximum length 100

characters).

Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,

no other commands are issued.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR /
+CMS ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands.

This command is obsolete. It's suggested to use the couple

#EMAILACT and #EMAILD instead of it.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1427 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When SMTP over SSL is enabled, this command will not activate a
GPRS context. Instead, use #EMAILACT before.

AT#SEMAIL=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

• AT#SEMAIL="[email protected]","subject of the mail"

>message body... This is the text of the mail message...
CTRL-Z
..wait..

OK

Message has been sent.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1428 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.4. AT#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Activation

This command deactivates/activates the GPRS context.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#EMAILACT=[<mode>]
Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually
proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with
#PASSW and #USERID.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A GPRS context activation mode

Values:

0 : GPRS context deactivation request

1 : GPRS context activation request

AT#EMAILACT?
Read command reports the current status of the GPRS context for the e-
mail, in the format:

#EMAILACT: <status>

Additional info:

Response format meanings

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1429 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer N/A GPRS status

Values:

0 : GPRS context deactivated

1 : GPRS context activated

AT#EMAILACT=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>.

• AT#EMAILACT=1
OK
Now GPRS Context has been activated

AT#EMAILACT=0
OK
Now GPRS context has been deactivated.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1430 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.5. AT#SMTPCFG - Configure SMTP Parameters

Configure SMTP parameters

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SMTPCFG=<ssl_enabled>[,<port>[,<mode>[,<UNUSED_1>[,<UNUSED_2>[,<U
NUSED_3>]]]]]
Sets the parameters needed to the SMTP connection
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<ssl_enabled> integer 0 Numeric parameter indicating if the

SSL encryption is enabled

Values:

0 : SSL encryption disabled

1 : SSL encryption enabled

<port> string 25 SMTP port to contact

Value:

1÷65535 : SMTP ports to contact

<mode> integer 0 SMTP start session command

Values:

0 : SMTP start session command HELO

1 : SMTP start session command EHLO

<UNUSED_1> integer - for future purposes

<UNUSED_2> integer - for future purposes

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1431 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

some servers support an obsolete implementation of SMTPS on port 465.

The module only supports the standard implementation of SMTP over
SSL/TLS described in RFC 3207.
So do not use port 465 on servers with an obsolete implementation of
SMTPS: the module will not work properly.
Use instead port 25 or port 587.

<mode> not implemented and should be 0.

AT#SMTPCFG?
Read command returns the current settings in the format:

#SMTPCFG: <ssl_enabled>,<port>,<mode>,0,0,0<CR><LF>

AT#SMTPCFG=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameters <ssl_enabled>,
<port> and <mode> in the format:

#SMTPCFG: (list of supported <ssl_enabled>s),(list of supported <port>s),(list of

supported <mode>s),(0),(0),(0)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1432 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.6. AT#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address

This command sets the sender address string to be used for sending the e-mail.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#EADDR=[<eAddr>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<eAddr> string "" sender address. This parameter can be set

to any string with any length up to the one
reported by the test command.

Value:

"" : default value

AT#EADDR?
Read command reports the current sender address, in the format:

#EADDR: <eAddr>

AT#EADDR=?
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string
parameter <eAddr>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1433 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The examples describe how to set and get the sender e-mail address.

• Set the sender e-mail address.

AT#EADDR="[email protected]"
OK

• Get sender e-mail address.

AT#EADDR?
#EADDR: "[email protected]"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1434 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.7. AT#ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset

This execution command resets the e-mail parameters to the "factory default"
configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#ERST
The e-mail parameters to reset are:
• E-mail User Name
• E-mail Password
• E-mail Sender Address
• E-mail SMTP server

AT#ERST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1435 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.8. AT#EMAILMSG - SMTP Read Message

The command returns the last response from SMTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#EMAILMSG
Execution command returns the last response from SMTP server.

AT#EMAILMSG=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1436 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.9. AT#EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name

This command sets the user identification string to be used during the SMTP
authentication step.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#EUSER=[<eUser>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<eUser> string "" string containing the e-mail authentication

User ID

Value:

"" : factory default

If no authentication is required then the <eUser> parameter must

be the empty string "".

AT#EUSER?
Read command returns the value of the current user identification string
<e-user>, in the format:
#EUSER: <eUser>

AT#EUSER=?
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string
parameter <eUser>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1437 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#EUSER="myE-Name"
OK

AT#EUSER?
#EUSER: "myE-Name"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1438 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.10. AT#ESAV - E-mail Parameters Save

This execution command stores the e-mail parameters in the NVM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#ESAV

The e-mail parameters that are stored are:

- E-mail User Name
- E-mail Password
- E-mail Sender Address
- E-mail SMTP server

AT#ESAV=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

If a parameter value has not been previously specified using the e-

mail parameters setting commands, like #EADDR, then a default
value will be taken.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1439 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.11. AT#EMAILPDPCFG - Configure Email PDP Cid

This command gets configure email PDP cid

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#EMAILPDPCFG=<cid>
This command sets the cid that used for email PDP Context
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - Numeric parameter indicating the PDP

Context Identifier Range: (1-max).
Default: 1( in VZW products default is 3)
The value of max is returned by the Test
command

AT#EMAILPDPCFG?
Read command returns the current used cid in the format:

AT#EMAILPDPCFG?
#EMAILPDPCFG: 1

OK

AT#EMAILPDPCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <cid>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1440 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#EMAILPDPCFG=?
#EMAILPDPCFG: (1-max)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1441 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.12. AT#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password

This command sets the password string to be used during the authentication step of the
SMTP.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#EPASSW=[<ePwd>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<ePwd> string "" e-mail authentication password that can

have any string value up to max length
reported by test command

Value:

"" : factory default

If no authentication is required then the <ePwd> parameter shall

be empty "".

AT#EPASSW=?
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string
parameter <ePwd>.

AT#EPASSW="myPassword"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1442 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.19.13. AT#EMAILD - E-mail Sending

This command sends an e-mail message.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#EMAILD=[<da>,<subj>]
A PDP context has already been activated with AT#SGACT=1,1 or
AT#EMAILACT=1 or AT#GPRS=1.
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for
the message body text.
To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char(0x1B hex).
If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<da> string - destination address (maximum length 100

characters).

<subj> string - subject of the message (maximum length 100

characters).

If the length of one of the string type parameters exceeds the

maximum length, then module returns an error indication.

Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,

no other commands are issued: to avoid malfunctions it is
suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS ERROR:<err>
response before issuing further commands.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1443 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

maximum size for message body is 12KB. trying to send more data
will cause the surplus to be discarded and lost.

In case of Verizon Network Operator, AT#SGACT=3,1 or

AT#EMAILACT=1 or AT#GPRS=1.

AT#EMAILD=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT#EMAILD="[email protected]","subject of the mail"

>message body... . This is the text of the mail message
CTRL-Z
... wait...
OK
Message has been sent.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1444 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

HTTP

3.20.1. AT#HTTPCFG - Configure HTTP Parameters

This command sets the parameters needed to the HTTP connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#HTTPCFG=<prof_id>[,<server_address>[,<server_port>[,<auth_type>[,<userna
me>
[,<password>[,<ssl_enabled>[,<timeout>[,<cid>[,<unused1>[,<unused2>]]]]]]]]]]
Sets the parameters needed to the HTTP connection
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<prof_id> integer N/A indicating the profile identifier

Value:

0÷2 : Profile identifier

<server_address> string - IP address of the HTTP server. This

parameter can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
- any valid IPv6 address in one of the
following format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
"xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx"
- any host name to be solved with a DNS
query. Default:
"" for first and second profile

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1445 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

"m2mlocate.telit.com" for third profile

<server_port> integer N/A indicating the TCP remote port of the

HTTP server to connect to.
default: 80 for first and second profile;
9978 for third profile.

Value:

1÷65535 : TCP remote port of the HTTP server to

connect to

<auth_type> integer 0 indicating the HTTP authentication type.

Values:

0 : no authentication

1 : basic authentication

<username> string - indicating authentication user

identification string for HTTP.

<password> string - indicating authentication password for

HTTP.

<ssl_enabled> integer 0 indicating if the SSL encryption is

enabled.

Values:

0 : SSL encryption disabled

1 : SSL encryption enabled

<timeout> integer 120 indicating the time interval in seconds to

wait for receiving data from HTTP
server.

Value:

1÷65535 : time interval in seconds to wait for receiving

data from HTTP server.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1446 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cid> integer N/A indicating the PDP Context Identifier.

Value:

0÷max : where the value of max is returned by the Test

Command

an ERROR is issued if <UNUSED_1> and <UNUSED_2> parameters are set

with a value different from 0.

a special form of the Set command, #HTTPCFG=<prof_id>, causes the

values for profile number <prof_id> to reset to default values.

For VZW products, default <cid> will be 3. The others will have 1 as default.

only one profile can use the SSL encryption.

HTTP AT command is supported the connection for IPv6 Server.

For WLAN, <UNUSED_1> is considered as <ssl_verify>, to enable or disable

CA certificate validation.
<UNUSED_1> parameter can be set to 0 or 1.
<UNUSED_2> parameter can be set only to 0.

HTTP AT command is supported the connection for IPv6 Server.

AT#HTTPCFG?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined profile in the format:

#HTTPCFG:<prof_id>,<server_address>,<server_port>,<auth_type>,<username>,<
password>,<ssl_enabled>,<timeout>,<cid>,0,0<CR><LF>[<CR><LF>
#HTTPCFG:<prof_id>,<server_address>,<server_port>,<auth_type>,<username>,<
password>,<ssl_enabled>,<timeout>,<cid>,0,0<CR><LF>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1447 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#HTTPCFG:<prof_id>,<server_address>,<server_port>,<auth_type>,<username>,<
password>,<ssl_enabled>,<timeout>,<cid>,0,0<CR><LF>

AT#HTTPCFG=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameters <prof_id>,
<server_port>, <auth_type>, <ssl_enabled>, <timeout>, <cid> and the maximum
length of <server_address>, <username> and <password> parameters in the
format:

#HTTPCFG: (list of supported <prof_id>s),<s_length>,(list of supported

<server_port>s), (list of supported <auth_type>s),<u_length>,<p_length>,(list of
supported <ssl_enabled>s),(list of supported timeout>s),(list of supported <cid>s)
Additional info:

parameter meaning,

Name Type Default Description

<s_length> integer - indicating the maximum length of

parameter <server_address>.

<u_length> integer - indicating the maximum length of

parameter <username>.

<p_length> integer - value indicating the maximum length of

parameter <password>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1448 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.20.2. AT#HTTPSND - Send HTTP POST or PUT request

This command performs a POST or PUT request to HTTP server and starts sending data
to the server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#HTTPSND=<prof_id>,<command>,<resource>,<data_len>[,<post_param>[,<ext
ra_header_line>]]
server and starts sending data to the server.
The device shall prompt a three character
sequence <greater_than><greater_than><greater_than> (IRA 62, 62, 62) after
command line is terminated with <CR>; after that the data can be entered from
TE, sized <data_len> bytes.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<prof_id> integer N/A indicating the profile identifier

Value:

0÷2 : profile identifier

<command> integer N/A indicating the command

requested

Values:

0 : POST command

1 : PUT command

<resource> string - indicating the HTTP resource

(uri), object of the request

<data_len> integer - indicating the data length to

input in Bytes

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1449 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<post_param> mixed N/A indicating the HTTP Content-

type identifier, used only for
POST command,
optionally followed by colon
character (:) and a string that
extends with sub types the
identifier

Values:

0[:extension] : "application/x-www-form-
urlencoded" with optional
extension

1[:extension] : "text/plain" with optional

extension

2[:extension] : "application/octet-stream"
with optional extension

3[:extension] : "multipart/form-data" with

optional extension

other content : free string corresponding to

other content type and
possible sub-types

<extra_header_line> string - indicating optional HTTP

header line. If sending ends
successfully, the response is
OK; otherwise an error code is
reported.

Additional info:

the HTTP request header sent with #HTTPSND always contains the
"Connection: close" line, and it can not be removed.
When the HTTP server answer is received, then the following URC is put on
the serial port:

#HTTPRING:<prof_id>,<http_status_code>,<content_type>,<data_size>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1450 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<prof_id> integer - profile identifier

<http_status_code> integer - status code, as received from the

server (see RFC 2616)

<content_type> string - reporting the "Content-

Type" header line, as received
from the server (see RFC 2616).
This field is empty if
<http_status_code> has a value
out of range (200-206)

<data_size> integer - amount of data received from the

server. If the server doesn't
report the "Content-Length:"
header line or
<http_status_code> has a value
out of range (200-206), the
parameter value is 0.

if there are no data from server or the server doesn't answer within the
time interval specified in <timeout> parameter of #HTTPCFG command,
then the URC #HTTPRING <http_status_code> parameter has value 0.

AT#HTTPSND=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameters <prof_id>,<command>
and <data_len> and the maximum length of <resource>, <post_param> and
<extra_header_line> parameters in the format:

#HTTPSND: (list of supported <prof_id>s),(list of supported <command>s),

<r_length>, (list of supported <data_len>s),<p_length>,<m_length>
Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1451 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

parameters meaning,

Name Type Default Description

<r_length> integer - indicating the maximum length of

parameter <resource>.

<p_length> integer - indicating the maximum length of

parameter <post_param>.

<m_length> integer - indicating the maximum length of

parameter <extra_header_line>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1452 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.20.3. AT#HTTPRCV - Receive HTTP Server Data

This command permits the user to read data from HTTP server in response to a previous
HTTP module request.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#HTTPRCV=<prof_id>,[<maxByte>]
Execution command permits the user to read data from HTTP server in
response to a previous HTTP module request.
The module is notified of these data by the #HTTPRING URC.
The device shall prompt a three character sequence
<less_than><less_than><less_than> (IRA 60, 60, 60) followed by the data.
If reading ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an error code
is reported.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<prof_id> integer N/A profile identifier

Value:

0÷2 : profile identifier

<maxByte> integer 0 max number of bytes to read at a time

Values:

0 : means infinite size

64÷1500 : supported range

if <maxByte> is unspecified, server data will be transferred all in

once.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1453 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If the data are not present or the #HTTPRING <http_status_code>

parameter has value 0, an error code is reported.

AT#HTTPRCV=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for
<prof_id> parameter in the format:

#HTTPRCV: (list of supported <prof_id>s)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1454 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.20.4. AT#HTTPQRY - Send HTTP GET, HEAD or DELETE Request

This command performs a GET, HEAD or DELETE request to HTTP server.

Standard RFC 2616

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#HTTPQRY=<prof_id>,<command>,<resource>[,<extra_header_line>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<prof_id> integer N/A profile identifier

Value:

0÷2 : identifier values

<command> integer N/A identifies command requested

to HTTP server

Values:

0 : GET

1 : HEAD

2 : DELETE

<resource> string - is the HTTP resource (URI),

object of the request

<extra_header_line> string - is the optional HTTP header

line

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1455 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

When the HTTP server answer is received, then the following URC is
put on the serial port:

#HTTPRING:
<prof_id>,<http_status_code>,<content_type>,<data_size>

If there are no data from server or the server does not answer
within the time interval specified in <timeout> parameter of
#HTTPCFG command, then the URC #HTTPRING
<http_status_code> parameter has value 0.

Name Type Default Description

<http_status_code> string - is the status code, as

received from the server,
see RFC 2616

<content_type> string - reports the "Content-

Type" header line, as
received from the server,
see RFC 2616. This field is
empty if
<http_status_code> has a
value out of range (200-
206)

<data_size> string - is the byte amount of data

received from the server.
If the server does not
report the "Content-
Length:" header line, or
<http_status_code> has a
value out of range (200-
206), the parameter value
is 0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1456 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

To set more than one HTTP header line in parameter

<extra_header_line>, they have to be separated by ">>"
Example:
AT#HTTPQRY=0,0, "myURI","Content-Type: xyz>>Authorization:
something"

If sending ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an

error code is reported.
The HTTP request header sent with #HTTPQRY always contains the
"Connection: close" line, and it cannot be removed.

AT#HTTPQRY=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters
<prof_id> and <command> and the maximum length of <resource>
parameter in the format:

#HTTPQRY:(list of supported <prof_id>s),(list of

supported <command>s),<r_length>, <m_length>
Additional info:

Meaning of <..._length> parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<r_length> integer - maximum length of parameter

<resource>.

<m_length> integer - maximum length of parameter

<extra_header_line>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1457 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.20.5. AT#HTTPSETRESOURCE - HTTP resource Setting

This command sets the value of URI for subsequent AT#HTTPSND and AT#HTTPQRY
commands in case the value of <resource> is empty.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#HTTPSETRESOURCE=<profId>
After command line is terminated with <CR>, the device responds sending
a four character sequence prompt:
<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (see IRA character set: 13, 10, 62, 32)

At this point, URI string can be introduced to be used in subsequent

AT#HTTPSND and AT#HTTPQRY commands in case the value of
<resource> is empty in those commands.
To complete the operation, send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
completing the operation send ESC char (0x1B hex).

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<profId> integer N/A profile identifier (see AT#HTTPSND and

AT#HTTPQRY commands); currently not
used

Value:

0÷2 : profile identifier

Maximum length for HTTP resource (URI) string is 1500

characters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1458 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#HTTPSETRESOURCE=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1459 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

SSL

3.21.1. AT#SSLCFG - Configure General Parameters of a SSL Socket

This command configures SSL connection parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLCFG=<SSId>,<cid>,<pktSz>,<maxTo>,<defTo>,<txTo>[,<sslSRingMode>[,<no
CarrierMode>[,<skipHostMismatch>[,<UNUSED_4>]]]]
Set command allows configuring SSL connection parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : Until now SSL block manages only one

socket

<cid> integer - PDP context identifier, see

+CGDCONT command.

<pktSz> integer 0 packet size to be used by the

SSL/TCP/IP stack for data
sending

Values:

0 : select automatically default value

(300)

1÷1500 : number of bytes

<maxTo> integer 90 exchange timeout or socket

inactivity timeout. In online

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1460 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

mode, if there's no data

exchange within this timeout
period, the connection
is closed.

Values:

0 : no timeout

1÷65535 : timeout in seconds

<defTo> integer 100 timeout that will be used by

default whenever the
corresponding parameter of
each command is not set.

Value:

10÷5000 : timeout in tenth of seconds

<txTo> integer 50 data sending timeout. In

online mode, after this period
data are sent also if they're
less than max packet size.

Values:

0 : no timeout

1÷255 : timeout value in hundreds of

milliseconds

<sslSRingMode> integer 0 sslSRing unsolicited mode

Values:

0 : SSLSRING disabled

1 : SSLSRING enabled in the format

2 : SSLSRING enabled in the format

<noCarrierMode> integer 0 permits to choose NO

CARRIER indication format

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1461 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

when the secure socket is

closed.

Values:

0 : NO CARRIER (Indication is sent as usual,

without additional information)

1 : NO CARRIER:SSL,<SSId> (Indication of
current <SSId> secure socket connection
is added. The fixed "SSL" string allows
the user to distinguish secure sockets
from TCP sockets)

2 : NO CARRIER:SSL,<SSId>,<cause> (refer
to additional info)

<skipHostMismatch> integer 1 ignores Host Mismatch alert

Values:

0 : Do not ignore

1 : Ignore

<UNUSED_4> integer - Reserved 4

Additional info:

<sslSRingMode> - sslSRing unsolicited mode:

1 - SSLSRING enabled in the format
SSLSRING: <SSId>,<recData>
where <SSId> is the secure socket identifier and <recData> is the
amount of data received and decoded by the SSL socket.
A new unsolicited is sent whenever the amount of data ready to be
read changes. Only a record is decoded at once so, any further record is
received and decoded only after the first have been read by the user by
means of the #SSLRECV command.
2 - SSLSRING enabled in the format
SSLSRING: <SSId>,<dataLen>,<data>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1462 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

where <SSId> is the secure socket identifier, <dataLen> is the length of the
current chunk of data (the minimum value between the available bytes and
1300) and <data> is data received (<dataLen> bytes) displayed in ASCII
format.

<noCarrierMode> - this parameter permits to choose NO CARRIER indication

format when the secure socket is closed as follows:
2 - NO CARRIER:SSL,<SSId>,<cause>
Indication of current <SSId> secure socket connection and closure
<cause> are added.
Following the possible <cause> values are listed:
0 - not available (secure socket has not yet been closed
1 - the remote TCP connection has been closed ( RST, or any fatal error in
send/recv are all included within this case)
2 - socket inactivity timeout
3 - network deactivation (PDP context deactivation from network)
4 - SSL "Close Notify Alert" message has been received
5 - the remote TCP connection has been closed(FIN)
after all data have been retrieved from socket
6 - Closure due to any other SSL alert different from the previous
ones.

these parameters cannot be changed if the secure socket is connected.

AT#SSLCFG?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:
#SSLCFG: <SSId1>,<cid>,<pktSz>,<maxTo>,<defTo><txTo>,<sslSRingMode>,<noCar
rierMode>,<skipHostMismatch>,0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1463 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SSLCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters.
#SSLCFG: (1),(1-16),(0-1500),(0-65535),(10-5000),(0-255),(0-2),(0-2),(0-1),(0)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1464 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.2. AT#SSLSECCFG - Configure Security Parameters of a SSL Socket

Configure security parameters of a SSL socket

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLSECCFG=<SSId>, <CipherSuite>, <auth_mode> [,<cert_format>]

This command allows configuring SSL connection parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : Until now only one SSL socket is available

<CipherSuite> integer 0 cipher suite,

In case of LE910C1-EUX/LE910C1-
SAX/LE910C1-SVX/LE910Cx-WWX,
refer to NOTE for supported
CipherSuite.

Values:

0 : cipher suite is chosen by remote server

1 : TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA

2 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

3 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256

4 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA

5 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

6 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1465 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

7 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA

8 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA

9 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256

10 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

<auth_mode> integer 0 authentication mode

Values:

0 : SSL Verify None

1 : manage server authentication

2 : manage server and client authentication if

requested by the remote server

<cert_format> integer 1 It selects the format of the certificate

to be stored via #SSLSECDATA
command

Values:

0 : DER format

1 : PEM format

it is supposed that the module is just powered on and the

AT#SSLSECCFG command is entered without
<cert_format> parameter, the default format is PEM. In this case
the AT#SSLSECCFG? read command doesn't return the setting of
the format in order to meet retro compatibility with other families.
Now, let's assume that AT#SSLSECCFG command is entered
again, but using the <cert_format> parameter for the first time: if
the read command is entered, it reports the parameter value just
used. If subsequently the <cert_format> is omitted, the
AT#SSLSECCFG? read command reports the parameter value
entered the last time.

Server CAcertificate has to be stored through AT#SSLSECDATA.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1466 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

if secure socket is not enabled using #SSLEN only test requests

can be made. Read command can be issued if at least a <SSId> is
enabled.

Supported CipherSuite for LE910C1-EUX/LE910C1-SAX/LE910C1-

SVX/LE910Cx-WWX -
0 - cipher suite is chosen by remote server
1 - TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
2 - TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
3 - TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
4 - TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
5 - TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
6 - TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
7 - TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
8 - TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

If <auth_mode> is different from 0, the module uses its internal

time and date to validate the certificate validity period.
If time and date are incorrectly set, the certificate validation may
fail. For additional information refer to AT+CCLK, AT#NITZ or
AT#NTP.

AT#SSLSECCFG?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:

#SSLSECCFG: <SSId>,<CipherSuite>,<auth_mode>[,<cert_format>]

AT#SSLSECCFG=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1467 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.
#SSLSECCFG: (1),(0-10),(0-2),(0,1)

In case of LE910C1-EUX/LE910C1-SAX/LE910C1-SVX/LE910Cx-WWX,
#SSLSECCFG: (1),(0-8),(0-2),(0,1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1468 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.3. AT#SSLEN - Enable a SSL Socket

This command activates/deactivates a socket secured by SSL.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLEN=<SSId>,<Enable>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one socket is available

<Enable> integer 0 activate/deactivate secure socket

Values:

0 : deactivate

1 : activate

If the unique available secure socket is not activated, all the

commands - belonging to the SSL set (example: #SSLSECDATA,
#SSL..., etc.) and different from test commands - return an error
message. #SSLS command is an exception, it can be issued also if
the socket is deactivated.

If the unique available secure socket is connected, it cannot be

deactivated issuing AT#SSLEN=1,0.

AT#SSLEN?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1469 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the current status of secure socket in the format:

#SSLEN: <SSId>,<Enable>
OK

AT#SSLEN=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters:

#SSLEN: (1),(0,1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1470 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.4. AT#SSLH - Close a SSL Socket

This command allows closing the SSL connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLH=<SSId>[,<ClosureType>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one socket is available

<ClosureType> integer 0 type of socket closure.

Value:

0 : only value 0 is supported

If secure socket has not be enabled through #SSLEN command,

only test command can be used.

AT#SSLH=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters:
#SSLH: (1),(0)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1471 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.5. AT#SSLSEND - Send Data through a SSL Socket

This command allows sending data through a secure socket

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLSEND=<SSId>[,<Timeout>]
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
data to send.
To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If data are successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If data sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : Until now SSL block manage only one socket.

<Timeout> integer 100 Socket send timeout

Value:

10÷5000 : hundreds of ms

the maximum number of bytes to send is 1023; trying to send more

data will cause the surplus to be discarded and lost.

if secure socket is not enabled using AT#SSLEN only test requests

can be made.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1472 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

if timeout is not set for SSL connection the default timeout value,
set by AT#SSLCFG, is used.

Before sending data through the SSL connection it has to be

established using AT#SSLD.

AT#SSLSEND=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters:
#SSLSEND: (1),(10-5000)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1473 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.6. AT#SSLRECV - Read Data from a SSL Socket

This command reads data from a SSL socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLRECV=<SSId>,<MaxNumByte>[,<Timeout>]
Set command allows to receive data, arrived through a connected secure
socket. Data has been buffered and not read yet.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 secure socket identifier

Value:

1 : until now only one SSL socket is supported

<MaxNumByte> integer N/A maximum number of bytes to read

Value:

1÷1000 : maximum number of bytes to read

<Timeout> integer 100 time-out in 100 ms units

Value:

1÷5000 : hundreds of ms

Additional info:

If data are received, the device responds:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1474 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#SSLRECV: NumByteRead
...(Data read)...

OK

If no data are received, the device responds:

#SSLRECV: 0
TIMEOUT

OK

If the remote host closes the connection, the device responds:

#SSLRECV: 0
DISCONNECTED

OK

If secure socket is not enabled using AT#SSLEN, only test requests

can be made.

If timeout is not set for SSL connection, the default timeout value,
set through AT#SSLCFG, is used.

Before receiving data from the SSL connection, it has to be

established using AT#SSLD.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1475 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SSLRECV=?
The test command returns the ranges of the parameters values in the
form:
#SSLRECV: (1),(1-1000),(1-5000)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1476 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.7. AT#SSLS - Report the Status of a SSL Socket

This command reports the status of secure sockets.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLS=<SSId>
The command reports the status of secure sockets. The response message of the
command can have the following formats:

if secure socket is connected, the format is:

#SSLS: <SSId>,<ConnectionStatus>,<CipherSuite>

otherwise:
#SSLS: <SSId>,<ConnectionStatus>

The response messages parameters are described in the Additional info section.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier.

Value:

1 : only one SSL socket is supported

Additional info:

List of the meaning of the response message parameters.

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1477 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<CipherSuite> integer 0 Cipher Suite identifier

In case of LE910C1-EUX/LE910C1-
SAX/LE910C1-SVX/LE910Cx-WWX,
refer to Note.

Values:

0 : cipher suite is chosen by remote server

1 : TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA

2 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

3 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256

4 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA

5 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

6 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

7 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA

8 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA

9 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256

10 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

<ConnectionStatus> integer N/A Connection Status identifier

Values:

0 : socket disabled

1 : connection closed

2 : connection open

This command can be issued even if the <SSId> is not enabled.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1478 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Supported CipherSuites for LE910C1-EUX/LE910C1-SAX/LE910C1-

SVX/LE910Cx-WWX -
0 - cipher suite is chosen by remote server
1 - TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
2 - TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
3 - TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
4 - TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
5 - TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
6 - TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
7 - TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
8 - TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

AT#SSLS=?
Test command returns the ranges of the parameters values in format:
#SSLS: (1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1479 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.8. AT#SSLI - Secure Socket Info

This command is used to get information about secure socket data traffic.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLI[=<SSId>]
Execution command is used to get information about secure socket data
traffic.
The response is in the format:

#SSLI:
<SSId>,<DataSent>,<DataRecv>,<PendingData>,<TCPConnWaitingAck>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one SSL socket is available

Additional info:

Parameters returned by the response message and not described in

the previous sections.

Name Type Default Description

<DataSent> integer - total amount (in bytes)

of data sent to the
TLS/SSL connection
since the beginning of
the connection itself
(obviously: not yet

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1480 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

encoded into TLS/SSL

record)

<DataRecv> integer - total number of bytes

received from the
TLS/SSL connection
since the beginning of
the connection itself
(obviously: already
decoded from
TLS/SSL record)

<PendingData> integer - number of bytes

available to be read
from the TLS/SSL
record that is
currently being
processed (obviously:
already decoded from
TLS/SSL record)

<TCPConnWaitingAck> integer N/A indication of the

underlying TCP socket
condition, if there are
TCP/IP packets sent
but not yet
acknowledged or not

Values:

0 : no TCP/IP packets sent waiting

for ack

1 : TCP/IP packets sent waiting for

ack

AT#SSLI=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1481 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#SSLI: (1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1482 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.9. AT#SSLSECDATA - Manage the Security Data

The command stores, reads, and deletes security data (Certificate, CA certificate, private
key) in / from NVM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLSECDATA=<SSId>,<Action>,<DataType>[,<Size>[,<Password>]]
This command allows to store, delete and read security data.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier.

Value:

1 : Until now SSL block manages only one socket.

<Action> integer N/A Action to do

Values:

0 : delete data from NVM

1 : store data in NVM

2 : read data from NVM

<DataType> integer N/A security data type

Values:

0 : certificate

1 : CA certificate

2 : RSA Private key

<Size> integer N/A Size of security data to be stored

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1483 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

1÷4096 : for Certificate and RSA Private key

1÷12228 : for CA certificate

<Password> string - it allows to read RSA key when it valids.

The max length of this value is 10. Only
1~9/a~z/A~Z characters are allowed.
Default is the empty string "".

Additional info:

If the <Action> parameter is 1 (store data into NVM) the device

responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the data
to store.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1484 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

secured data have to be in PEM or in DER format, depending on <

cert_format > chosen with #SSLSECCFG.
If no < cert_format> has been specified with #SSLSECCFG, PEM
format is assumed.

PEM format(see #SSLSECCFG command):To complete the

operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without writing the
message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
DER format(see #SSLSECCFG command): When <size> bytes are
entered, the certificate is automatically stored.
ESC or Ctrl-Z don't take effect, because they are considered as
possible octets contained in the certificate.

If data are successfully stored, then the response is OK; if it fails

for some reason, an error code is reported.
If the <Action> parameter is 2 (read data from NVM), data specified
by <DataType> parameter is shown in the following format:
#SSLSECDATA: <connId>,<DataType>
<DATA>

OK

If <DataType> data has not been stored (or it has been deleted) the
response has the following format:
#SSLSECDATA: <connId>,<DataType>
No data stored

OK

<size> parameter is mandatory if the <write> action is issued, but it

has to be omitted for <delete> or <read> actions are issued.

if secure socket is not enabled using AT#SSLEN only test requests

can be made.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1485 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If socket is connected an error code is reported.

in case of CA Certificate already stored(for instance: SUPL), it

could be possible to avoid #SSLSECDATA command.

Once the <Password> saved, changing password is not allowed. To

reset <password>, it can use AT#SSLSECDATA=1,0,2.

Maximum <size> for Certificate/ RSA Private key is 4096 bytes.

Only CA Certificate can support up to 12228 bytes in case of PEM
format.
If CA Certificate has a format to DER, it can be limited as 4096
bytes too.
The CA certificate chain can store 1 Root CA and up to 2
Intermediate CA and it is saved in NVM memory.

This module can be supported PKCS 1 type of RSA Private key.

AT#SSLSECDATA?
Read command reports what security data are stored in the format:
#SSLSECDATA: <SSId>,<CertIsSet>,<CAcertIsSet>,<PrivKeyIsSet>
<CertIsSet>, <CAcertIsSet>, <PrivKeyIsset> are 1 if related data are
stored into NVM otherwise 0.

AT#SSLSECDATA=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters:
#SSLSECDATA: (1),(0-2),(0,2),(1-4096),(10)
#SSLSECDATA: (1),(0-2),(1),(1-12228),(10)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1486 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.10. AT#SSLSECCFG2 - Configure Additional Parameters of a SSL

Socket
This command allows configuring additional SSL security parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLSECCFG2=<SSId>,<version>[,<unused_A>[,<unused_B>[,<unused_C>[,<un
used_D>]]]]
This command allows configuring additional SSL security parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer N/A Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : Until now SSL block manage only one socket

<version> integer 2 SSL/TLS protocol version

Values:

0 : protocol version TLSv1.0

1 : protocol version TLSv1.1

2 : protocol version TLSv1.2

<unused_A> integer - Reserved A

<unused_B> integer - Reserved B

<unused_C> integer - Reserved C

<unused_D> integer - Reserved D

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1487 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If secure socket has not be enabled through #SSLEN command, only test
command can be used.

AT#SSLSECCFG2?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:
#SSLSECCFG2: <SSId>,<version>,0,0,0,0

AT#SSLSECCFG2=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for all the Parameters
#SSLSECCFG2: (1),(0-2),(0),(0),(0),(0)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1488 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.11. AT#SSLSECDATAEXT - Manage the security data extended

Manage the security data extended

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLSECDATAEXT=<SSId>,<Action>,<DataType>,<Index>[,<Size>]
This command allows to store, delete , read and select security data(CA
certificate) into NVM.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : Until now SSL block manages only one socket.

<Action> integer N/A Action to do

Values:

0 : Delete data from NVM

1 : Store data into NVM

2 : Read data from NVM

3 : Select data from NVM

<DataType> integer N/A Type of Data

Value:

1 : CA Certificate

<Index> integer N/A Order to be saved

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1489 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

1÷3 : Supported index range

<Size> integer N/A Size of security data to be stored

Value:

1÷4096 : Supported data length

If the <Action> parameter is 1 (store data into NVM) the device

responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
data to store.

secured data have to be in PEM or in DER format, depending on <

cert_format > chosen with #SSLSECCFG.
If no < cert_format> has been specified with #SSLSECCFG, PEM
format is assumed.

PEM format(see #SSLSECCFG command): To complete the

operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without writing the
message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
DER format(see #SSLSECCFG command): When <size> bytes are
entered, the certificate is automatically stored. ESC or Ctrl-Z don't
take effect, because they are considered as possible octets
contained in the certificate.

If data are successfully stored, then the response is OK; if it fails

for some reason, an error code is reported.

If the <Action> parameter is 2 (read data from NVM), data specified

by <DataType>,<Index> parameters is shown in the following
format:
#SSLSECDATAEXT: <connId>,<DataType>,<Index>
<DATA>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1490 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

OK

If <DataType>, <Index> data has not been stored (or it has been
deleted) the response has the following format:
#SSLSECDATAEXT: <connId>,<DataType>,<Index>
No data stored

OK

<size> parameter is mandatory if the <write> action is issued, but it

has to be omitted for <delete> or <read> or <select> actions are
issued.

if secure socket is not enabled using AT#SSLEN only test requests

can be made.

If socket is connected an error code is reported.

Maximum supported number of CA certificate is up to 3.

To use for H/S procedure, you need to choose <Action> to 3("Select

data from NVM).

No chained CA certificates are supported.

AT#SSLSECDATAEXT?
Read command reports what security data are stored in the format:

#SSLSECDATAEXT: <SSId>,<SelectedIndex>,<CAcert1Set>,< CAcert2Set

>,< CAcert3Set >
< SelectedIndex >,< CAcert1Set >, < CAcert2Set >, < CAcert3Set > are 1 if
related data are stored into NVM otherwise 0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1491 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SSLSECDATAEXT=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters:

#SSLSECDATAEXT: (1),(0-3),(1),(1-3),(1-4096)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1492 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.12. AT#SSLD - Open a SSL Socket to a Remote Server

This command opens a remote connection via socket secured through SSL.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLD=<SSId>,<rPort>,<IPAddress>,<ClosureType>[,<connMode>[,<Timeout>]]
Execution command opens a remote connection via socket secured through SSL.
Both command and online modes can be used.
In the first case 'OK' is printed on success, and data exchange can be performed
by means of #SSLSEND and #SSLRECV commands.
In online mode 'CONNECT' message is printed, and data can be sent/received
directly to/by the serial port. Communication can be suspended by issuing the
escape sequence (by default +++) and restored with #SSLO command.
Parameters:

Defa
Name Type Description
ult

<SSId> intege 1 Secure Socket Identifier

r

Value:

1 : Until now only one SSL socket is available

<rPort> intege 1 Remote TCP port to contact

r

Value:

1÷65535 : TCP port number

<IPAddress string - address of SSL server.

> This parameter can be either:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1493 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- any valid IP address in the format:

"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx" any host name to be solved with
a DNS query
- any valid IPv6 address in the format:
"xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx" or
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xx
x.xxx.xxx.xxx"

<ClosureTy intege 0 Closure type

pe> r

Value:

0 : only value 0 supported

<connMode intege 1 connection mode

> r

Values:

0 : online mode connection

1 : command mode connection

<Timeout> intege 100 time-out in 100 ms units. It represents the

r maximum allowed TCP inter-packet delay. It
means that, when more data is expected during
the handshake, the module awaits <Timeout> *
100 msecs for the next packet. If no more data
can be read, the module gives up the handshake
and raises an ERROR response.

Value:

10÷5000 : hundreds of ms

if secure socket is not enabled using AT#SSLEN only test requests can be
made.

if timeout is not set for SSL connection the default timeout value, set by
AT#SSLCFG, is used.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1494 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

in online mode the socket is closed after an inactivity period (configurable

with #SSLCFG, with a default value of 90 seconds), and the 'NO CARRIER'
message is printed

in online mode data are transmitted as soon as the data packet size is
reached or as after a transmission timeout. Both these parameters are
configurable by using #SSLCFG.

if there are input data arrived through a connected socket and not yet read
because the module entered command mode before reading them (after
an escape sequence or after #SSLD has been issued with <connMode> set
to command mode connection), these data are buffered and we receive the
SSLSRING URC (if any of its presentation formats have been enabled by
means the #SSLCFG command); it’s possible to read these data
afterwards issuing #SSLRECV. Under the same hypotheses it’s possible to
send data while in command mode issuing #SSLSEND.

Before opening a SSL connection the GPRS context must have been
activated by AT#SGACT=x,1.

Before opening a SSL connection, make sure to have stored the needed
secure data (CA certificate), using AT#SSLSECDATA.

in case of CA Certificate already stored(for instance: SUPL), it could be

possible to avoid #SSLSECDATA command.

This module can be supported from at least 2048 bits of Server certificate
for Public key length.

AT#SSLD=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters:
#SSLD: (1),(1-65535),,(0),(0,1),(10-5000)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1495 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.13. AT#SSLO - Restore a SSL Socket after a +++

This command restores a SSL connection (online mode) suspended by an escape
sequence (+++).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLO=<SSId>
This command restores a SSL connection (online mode) suspended by an
escape sequence (+++). After the connection restore, the CONNECT
message is printed. Please note that this is possible even if the connection
has been started in command mode (#SSLD with <connMode>=1).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one socket is available.

If secure socket has not be enabled through #SSLEN command,

only test command can be used.

Before opening a SSL connection, the PDP context must have been
activated by AT#SGACT=X,1.

If an error occurs during reconnection the socket cannot be

reconnected, then a new connection has to be done.

AT#SSLO=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1496 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters:
#SSLO: (1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1497 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.21.14. AT#SSLSENDEXT - Send Data through a SSL Socket in Command

Mode
This command allows sending data through a secure socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLSENDEXT=<SSId>,<bytestosend>[,<Timeout>]
This command allows sending data through a secure socket.
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>'
<greater_than><space> and waits for the data to send.
When <bytestosend> bytes have been sent, operation is automatically
completed.
If data are successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If data sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer N/A Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : Until now SSL block manage only one socket.

<bytestosend> string - number of bytes to be sent.

Please refer to test command for
range

<Timeout> integer 100 time-out in 100 ms units.

Value:

10÷5000 : hundreds of ms.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1498 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If secure socket is not enabled using #SSLEN only test requests

can be made.

if timeout is not set for SSL connection the default timeout value,
set by AT#SSLCFG, is used.

Before sending data through the SSL connection it hasto be

established using #SSLD.

All special characters are sent like a generic byte.

(For instance: 0x08 is simply sent through the socket and don't
behave like a BS, i.e. previous character is not deleted)

AT#SSLSENDEXT=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
#SSLSENDEXT: (1),(1-1024),(10-5000)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1499 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Easy Scan

3.22.1. AT#CSURV - Network Survey

The command allows to perform a network survey through band channels.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes - 2

AT#CSURV[= [<s>,<e>]]
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting
from channel <s> to channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURV<CR>, a full band
scan is performed.

After issuing the command the device responds with the string:

Network survey started...

After a while, a list of network survey information text lines, one for each
received BCCH-carrier, is reported.
The format of the ending string depends on the last #CSURVF setting.

If AT#CSURVF=0 or 1 the message body ends with the string:

Network survey ended

If AT#CSURVF=2 the message body ends with the string:

Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)

where:
<NoARFCN> is the number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> is the number of found BCCh

The network survey information text lines parameters are described in the
Additional info sections.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1500 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<s> integer - starting channel

<e> integer - ending channel

Additional info:

2G Network survey information text lines:

(For BCCH-Carrier)
arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc>
mnc: <mnc> lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStatus>
numArfcn: <numArfcn> arfcn: [<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]]
[numChannels: <numChannels> array: [<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [pbcch:
<pbcch> [nom: <nom> rac: <rac> spgc: <spgc> pat: <pat> nco: <nco>
t3168: <t3168> t3192: <t3192> drxmax: <drxmax> ctrlAck: <ctrlAck>
bsCVmax: <bsCVmax> alpha: <alpha> pcMeasCh: <pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

(For non BCCH-Carrier)

arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev>

Name Type Default Description

<arfcn> integer - C0 carrier assigned radio

channel (BCCH - Broadcast
Control Channel).

<bsic> integer - base station identification

code; if #CSURVF last
setting is 0, <bsic> is a
decimal number, else it is a
2-digits octal number.

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the

reception level (in dBm).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1501 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<ber> integer - decimal number; it is the bit

error rate (in %).

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits

number; it is the mobile
country code.

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits

number; it is the mobile
network code.

<lac> mixed - location area code; if

#CSURVF last setting is 0,
<lac> is a decimal number,
else it is a 4-digits
hexadecimal number.

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF

last setting is 0, <cellId> is a
decimal number, else it is a
4-digits hexadecimal
number.

<cellStatus> string N/A string type; it is the cell

status

Values:

CELL_SUITABLE : the cell is a

suitable cell.

CELL_LOW_PRIORITY : the cell is low

priority based on
the received
system
information.

CELL_FORBIDDEN : the cell is

forbidden.

CELL_BARRED : the cell is barred

based on the

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1502 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

received system
information.

CELL_LOW_LEVEL : the cell <rxLev> is

low.

CELL_OTHER : none of the above

(e.g. exclusion
timer running, no
BCCH available,
etc.).

<numArfcn> integer - number of valid channels in

the Cell Channel Description.

<arfcnn> integer - arfcn of a valid channel in

the Cell Channel Description
(n is in the range
1..<numArfcn>)

<numChannels> integer - decimal number; it is the

number of valid channels in
the BCCH Allocation list; the
output of this information for
non-serving cells depends
on last #CSURVEXT setting:
If #CSURVEXT=0 this
information is displayed only
for serving cell.
If #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this
information is displayed also
for every valid scanned
BCCH carrier.
If #CSURVEXT=3 this
information is displayed
more information like tx
power, reselection offset,
t3212 timer and so on.

<ban> integer - decimal number; it is the

arfcn of a valid channel in

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1503 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

the BA list (n is in the range

1..<numChannels>); the
output of this information for
non-serving cells depends
on last #CSURVEXT setting:
If #CSURVEXT=0 this
information is displayed only
for serving cell.
If #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this
information is displayed also
for every valid scanned
BCCH carrier.
If #CSURVEXT=3 this
information is displayed
more information like tx
power, reselection offset,
t3212 timer and so on.
(The following informations
will be printed only if GPRS
is supported in the cell)

<pbcch> integer N/A packet broadcast control

channel.

Values:

0 : pbcch not activated on the cell

1 : pbcch activated on the cell

<nom> integer - network operation mode

<rac> integer - routing area code

<spgc> integer N/A SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support.

Values:

0 : SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on

CCCH on this cell

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1504 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on
CCCH on this cell

<pat> integer - priority access threshold

<nco> integer - network control order

<t3168> integer - timer 3168

<t3192> integer - timer 3192

<drxmax> integer - discontinuous reception max

time (in seconds)

<ctrlAck> integer - packed control ack

<bsCVmax> integer - blocked sequence

countdown max value

<alpha> integer - alpha parameter for power

control

<pcMeasCh> integer N/A type of channel which shall

be used for downlink
measurements for power
control.

Values:

0 : BCCH

1 : PDCH

3G Network survey information text lines:

uarfcn: <uarfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc> scr code:
<scrcode> cellId: <cellId> lac: <lac> cellStatus: <cellStatus> rscp:
<rscp> ecio: <ecio>
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1505 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<uarfcn> integer - The carrier frequency is

designated by the UTRA Absolute
Radio Frequency Channel
Number.

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the

reception level (in dBm).

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it

is the mobile country code.

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits number;

it is the mobile network code.

<scrcode> integer - decimal number; it is the

scrambling code.

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal
number, else it is a 4-digits
hexadecimal number.

<lac> mixed - location area code; if #CSURVF

last setting is 0, <lac> is a
decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number.

<cellStatus> string N/A string type; it is the cell status

Values:

CELL_SUITABLE : the cell is a suitable

cell.

CELL_LOW_PRIORITY : the cell is low priority

based on the received
system information.

CELL_FORBIDDEN : the cell is forbidden.

CELL_BARRED : the cell is barred

based on the received
system information.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1506 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

CELL_LOW_LEVEL : the cell <rxLev> is low.

CELL_OTHER : none of the above (e.g.

exclusion timer
running, no BCCH
available, etc.).

<rscp> integer - decimal number; it is the

received signal code power (in
dBm)

<ecio> integer - decimal number; it is the chip

energy per total wideband power
(in dBm)

4G Network survey information text lines:

Currently work only if module camped on LTE cell.

For serving cell:

earfcn: <earfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc> cellId:
<cellId> tac: <tac> phyCellId: <pci> cellStatus: <cellStatus> rsrp:
<rsrp> rsrq: <rsrq> bw:<bandwidth>

For neighbor cell:

earfcn: <earfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> phyCellId: <pci> cellStatus:
<cellStatus> rsrp: <rsrp> rsrq: <rsrq>

Name Type Default Description

<earfcn> integer - E-UTRA Assigned Radio Channel

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the

reception level (in dBm)

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it

is the mobile country code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1507 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits number;

it is the mobile network code

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal
number, else it is a 8-digits
hexadecimal number

<tac> mixed - Tracking Area Code. if #CSURVF

last setting is 0, <tac> is a
decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

<pci> mixed - physical cell identifier; if

#CSURVF last setting is 0, <pci>
is a decimal number, else it is a
4-digits hexadecimal number

<cellStatus> string N/A it is the cell status.

Values:

CELL_SUITABLE : C0 is a suitable cell.

CELL_LOW_PRIORITY : the cell is low priority

based on the received
system information.

CELL_FORBIDDEN : the cell is forbidden.

CELL_BARRED : the cell is barred

based on the received
system information.

CELL_LOW_LEVEL : the cell <rxLev> is

low.

CELL_OTHER : none of the above e.g.

exclusion timer
running, no BCCH
available... etc

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1508 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<rsrp> integer - Reference Signal Received

Power

<rsrq> integer - Reference Signal Received

Quality

<bandwidth> integer - E-UTRA bandwidth of serving

cell

The bandwidth, <bandwidth>, of LTE neighbor cells(intra/inter)

cannot be appeared.

The value of <cellId> for LTE serving cell is replaced to cell

identifier.

<pci> is added with name of phyCellId and the cellId name for
neighbor cells were replaced to phyCellId.

The CELL_LOW_PRIORITY of <cellStatus> for LTE is not supported.

The command is executed within max. 3 minute.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1509 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

(GSM)
at#csurv

Network survey started...

arfcn: 48 bsic: 24 rxLev: -52 ber: 0.00 mcc: 610 mnc: 1 lac: 33281 cellId:
3648 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE numArfcn: 2 arfcn: 30 48 numChannels: 5
array: 14 19 22 48 82
arfcn: 14 rxLev: 8

Network survey ended

OK

(WCDMA)
at#csurv

Network survey started ...

uarfcn: 10737 rxLev: -55 mcc: 450 mnc: 05 scr code: 224 cellId: 63808804
lac: 8673 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE rscp: -59 ecio: -4.5

uarfcn: 10836 rxLev: -68 mcc: 450 mnc: 08 scr code: 1488 cellId: 14909569
lac: 7170 cellStatus: CELL_FORBIDDEN rscp: -70 ecio: -2.5

Network survey ended

OK

(LTE)
at#csurv

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1510 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Network survey started ...

earfcn: 2500 rxLev: -89 mcc: 450 mnc: 05 cellId: 448779 tac: 12556
phyCellId: 273 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE rsrp: -120 rsrq: -12 bw: 10

earfcn: 2500 rxLev: -97 phyCellId: 64 cellStatus: CELL_LOW_LEVEL rsrp: -

122 rsrq: -14

earfcn: 1350 rxLev: -88 phyCellId: 64 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE rsrp: -111

rsrq: -14

uarfcn: 10737 rxLev: -90 mcc: 450 mnc: 05 scr code: 224 cellId: 63808804
lac: 8673 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE rscp: -91 ecio: -5.0

uarfcn: 10836 rxLev: -98 mcc: 450 mnc: 08 scr code: 1488 cellId: 14909569
lac: 7170 cellStatus: CELL_FORBIDDEN rscp: -101 ecio: -7.0

uarfcn: 10836 rxLev: -105 mcc: 450 mnc: 08 scr code: 5008 cellId: 14909573
lac: 7170 cellStatus: CELL_FORBIDDEN rscp: -108 ecio: -16.0

Network survey ended

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1511 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.2. AT#CSURVF - Network Survey Format

The command configures the numbers format used in the messages related to the
surveying of the network bands channels.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CSURVF=[<format>]
Set command configures the numbers format in each information text line
of the network survey message (Easy Scan (R)).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<format> integer 0 format of the numbers in each network

survey information text line

Values:

0 : Decimal

1 : Hexadecimal values, no text

2 : the output ends with the specific string

Additional info:

When <format> is 0 or 1, the output ends with the string:

Network survey ended

When <format> is 2, the output ends with the string:

Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1512 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Where:
<NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh

AT#CSURVF?
Read command reports the current number format, as follows:
<format>

AT#CSURVF=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameter
<format>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1513 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.3. AT#CSURVNLF - Network Survey CR LF Removing

This command enables/disables the automatic <CR><LF> removing from each network
survey information text line.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CSURVNLF=[<value>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer 0 enables/disables the automatic <CR><LF>

removing from each network survey
information text line

Values:

0 : disables <CR><LF> removing; they will be present in

the information text line

1 : enables <CR><LF> removing from information text line

AT#CSURVNLF?
Read command reports whether the automatic <CR><LF> removing from
each network survey information text line is currently enabled or not, in
the format:
<value>

AT#CSURVNLF=?
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1514 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.4. AT#MCSGS - Manual Closed Subscriber Group Search

This command used to request Manual CSG Search.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MCSGS
Execution command used to request Manual CSG Search.

If CSG search launched successfully returns OK.

if module registered on VPLMN return error: "operation not

supported"

if previous powerup/periodic/manual CSG search didn't finished

yet return error: "wrong state"

if used inappropriate SIM or file EFCSGL empty return error:

"SIM wrong"

periodic CSG search run every 125 min (or 125 min after last
successful manual CSG search)

AT#MCSGS?
Read command reports the state of CSG search and CSG registration.
Additional info:

#MCSGS:<CSG_search_state>,<CSG_registration_state>

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1515 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<CSG_search_state> integer N/A

Values:

0 : No active CSG search

1 : power-up CSG search

2 : periodic CSG search

3 : manual CSG search

<CSG_registration_state> integer N/A

Values:

0 : inactive CSG registration

1 : active CSG registration

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1516 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.5. AT#CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey

This command enables/disables extended network survey.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CSURVEXT[=<value>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer 0 enables/disables the

automatic <CR><LF>
removing from each network
survey information text line

Values:

0 : disables extended network survey

1 : enables extended network survey; all the network

survey execution commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC)
display the BAList for every valid scanned BCCh
carrier

2 : enables extended network survey; all the network

survey execution commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC)
display the BAList for every valid scanned BCCh
carrier and, if GPRS is supported in the cell, they
report some GPRS informations carried by the System
Information 13 of the BCCh

3 : enables more extended network survey; all the

network survey execution commands (#CSURV,
#CSURVC). It displays transmit power level, receiving
level access min, Cell Reselection Offset, Penalty
Time, T3212 Periodic Location Update Timer and Cell
Reselection Offset

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1517 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#CSURVEXT configuration has effect on 2G cells only.

AT#CSURVEXT?
Read command reports whether automatic <CR><LF> removing is
currently enabled or not, in the format:
<value>

AT#CSURVEXT=?
Test command reports the range of values for dummy parameter <value>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1518 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.6. AT#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)

This command allows to perform a network survey through band channels with output in
numeric format.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes - 2

AT#CSURVC[=[<s>,<e>]]
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels belonging
to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from channel <s> to
channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURVC<CR>, a full band scan is performed.

After issuing the command the device responds with the string:

Network survey started...

After a while, a list of network survey information text lines, one for each received
BCCH-carrier, is reported.
The format of the ending string depends on the last #CSURVF setting.

If AT#CSURVF=0 or 1 the message body ends with the string:

Network survey ended

If AT#CSURVF=2 the message body ends with the string:

Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)

where:
<NoARFCN> is the number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> is the number of found BCCh

The network survey information text lines parameters are described in the
Additional info sections.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1519 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<s> integer - starting channel

<e> integer - ending channel

Additional info:

2G Network survey information text lines:

(For BCCH-Carrier)
arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc>
lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStatus> numArfcn: <numArfcn> arfcn:
[<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]] [numChannels: <numChannels> array: [<ba1>
..[<ba32>]] [pbcch: <pbcch> [nom: <nom> rac: <rac> spgc: <spgc> pat: <pat>
nco: <nco> t3168: <t3168> t3192: <t3192> drxmax: <drxmax> ctrlAck: <ctrlAck>
bsCVmax: <bsCVmax> alpha: <alpha> pcMeasCh: <pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

(For non BCCH-Carrier)

arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev>

Name Type Default Description

<arfcn> integer - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH

- Broadcast Control Channel).

<bsic> integer - base station identification code; if

#CSURVF last setting is 0, <bsic> is a
decimal number, else it is a 2-digits octal
number.

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the receiption level

(in dBm).

<ber> integer - decimal number; it is the bit error rate

(in %).

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the

mobile country code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1520 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2-digits/3-digits number; it

is the mobile network code.

<lac> mixed - location area code; if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <lac> is a decimal number,
else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number.

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is

0, <cellId> is a decimal number, else it is
a 4-digits hexadecimal number

<cellStat> string N/A string type; it is the cell status

Values:

0 : the cell is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE).

1 : the cell is low priority based on the received system

information (CELL_LOW_PRIORITY).

2 : the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN).

3 : the cell is barred based on the received system

information (CELL_BARRED).

4 : the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL).

5 : none of the above (e.g. exclusion timer running, no

BCCH available, etc.) (CELL_OTHER).

<numArfcn> integer - number of valid channels in the Cell

Channel Description.

<arfcnn> integer - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell

Channel Description (n is in the range
1..<numArfcn>)

<numChannels> integer - decimal number; it is the number of valid

channels in the BCCH Allocation list; the
output of this information for non-
serving cells depends on last
#CSURVEXT setting:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1521 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If #CSURVEXT=0 this information is

displayed only for serving cell.
If #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is
displayed also for every valid scanned
BCCH carrier.
If #CSURVEXT=3 this information is
displayed more information like tx
power, reselection offset, t3212 timer
and so on.

<ban> integer - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid

channel in the BA list (n is in the range
1..<numChannels>); the output of this
information for non-serving cells
depends on last #CSURVEXT setting:
Iif #CSURVEXT=0 this information is
displayed only for serving cell.
If #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is
displayed also for every valid scanned
BCCH carrier.
If #CSURVEXT=3 this information is
displayed more information like tx
power, reselection offset, t3212 timer
and so on.
(The following informations will be
printed only if GPRS is supported in the
cell)

<pbcch> integer N/A packet broadcast control channel.

Values:

0 : pbcch not activated on the cell

1 : pbcch activated on the cell

<nom> integer - network operation mode

<rac> integer - routing area code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1522 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<spgc> integer N/A SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support

Values:

0 : SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this

cell

1 : SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell

<pat> integer - priority access threshold

<nco> integer - network control order.

<t3168> integer - timer 3168

<t3192> integer - timer 3192

<drxmax> integer - discontinuous reception max time (in

seconds)

<ctrlAck> integer - packed control ack.

<bsCVmax> integer - blocked sequence countdown max value.

<alpha> integer - alpha parameter for power control.

<pcMeasCh> integer N/A type of channel which shall be used for

downlink measurements for power
control.

Values:

0 : BCCH

1 : PDCH

3G Network survey information text lines:

<uarfcn>,<rxLev>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<scrcode>,<cellId>,<lac>,<cellStat>,<rscp>,<eci
o>
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1523 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<uarfcn> integer - the cell carrier frequency designated by UTRA

Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the receiption level (in

dBm)

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the mobile

country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2-digits/3-digits number; it is the

mobile network code

<scrcode> integer - decimal number; it is the scrambling code

<cellId> integer - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is 0,

<cellId> is a decimal number, else it is a 8-
digits hexadecimal number

<lac> integer - location area code; if #CSURVF last setting is

0, <lac> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

<cellStat> string N/A string type; it is the cell status

Values:

0 : the cell is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE).

1 : the cell is low priority based on the received system

information (CELL_LOW_PRIORITY).

2 : the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN).

3 : the cell is barred based on the received system

information (CELL_BARRED).

4 : the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1524 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

5 : none of the above (e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH

available,etc.) (CELL_OTHER).

<rscp> integer - decimal number; it is the RSCP level (in dBm)

<ecio> integer - decimal number; it is the EC/IO ratio level (in

dB)

4G Network survey information text lines:

Currently work only if module camped on LTE cell.

For serving cell:

<earfcn>,<rxLev>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<cellId>,<tac>,<pci>,<cellStatus>,<rsrp>,<rsrq>,
<bandwidth>

For neighbor cell:

<earfcn>,<rxLev>,<pci>,<cellStatus>,<rsrp>,<rsrq>

Name Type Default Description

<earfcn> integer - E-UTRA Assigned Radio Channel

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the reception level (in

dBm)

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the

mobile country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits number; it is the

mobile network code

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is 0,

<cellId> is a decimal number, else it is a 8-
digits hexadecimal number

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1525 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<tac> mixed - Tracking Area Code. if #CSURVF last setting

is 0, <tac> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

<pci> mixed - physical cell identifier; if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <pci> is a decimal number, else
it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number

<cellStatus> integer N/A it is the cell status

Values:

0 : C0 is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE).

1 : the cell is low priority based on the received system

information (CELL_LOW_PRIORITY).

2 : the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN).

3 : the cell is barred based on the received system

information (CELL_BARRED).

4 : the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL).

5 : none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no

BCCH available…etc.. (CELL_OTHER).

<rsrp> integer - Reference Signal Received Power

<rsrq> integer - Reference Signal Received Quality

<bandwidth> integer - E-UTRA bandwidth of serving cell

The bandwidth, <bandwidth>, of LTE neighbor cells(intra/inter) cannot be

appeared.

The value of <cellId> for LTE serving cell is replaced to cell identifier.

<pci> is added with name of phyCellId and the cellId name for neighbor
cells were replaced to phyCellId.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1526 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The CELL_LOW_PRIORITY of <cellStatus> for LTE is not supported.

The command is executed within max. 3 minute.

The information provided by #CSURVC is the same as that provided by

#CSURV. The difference is that the output of #CSURVC is in numeric
format only.

at#csurvc

Network survey started ...

2500,-92,450,05,448779,12556,273,4,-122,-10,10

2500,-99,64,4,-122,-13

1350,-85,64,0,-110,-15

10737,-91,450,05,224,63808804,8673,4,-92,-5.0

10836,-104,450,08,1488,14909569,7170,2,-104,-9.0

Network survey ended

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1527 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.7. AT#CSURVW - Network Survey with only WCDMA

The command allows to perform a network survey through band channels with only
WCDMA.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes 180 s 2

AT#CSURVW[=[<s>,<e>]]
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting
from channel <s> to channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURVW<CR>, a full band
scan is performed.

After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started...
and, after a while, a list of information, one for each received carrier, is
reported.

The #CSURVW output ends in two ways, depending on the last

#CSURVF setting:
if #CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1
The output ends with the string:
Network survey ended
if #CSURVF=2
the output ends with the string:
Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)
Where:
<NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh
Parameters:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1528 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<s> integer - starting channel

<e> integer - ending channel

Additional info:

uarfcn: <uarfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc> scr code:
<scrcode> cellId: <cellId> lac: <lac> cellStatus: <cellStatus> rscp:
<rscp> ecio: <ecio>
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

Name Type Default Description

<uarfcn> integer - The carrier frequency is

designated by the UTRA Absolute
Radio Frequency Channel
Number

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the

reception level (in dBm)

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it

is the mobile country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits number;

it is the mobile network code

<scrcode> integer - decimal number; it is the

scrambling code

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal
number, else it is a 4-digits
hexadecimal number

<lac> mixed - location area code; if #CSURVF

last setting is 0, <lac> is a
decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1529 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cellStatus> string N/A string type; it is the cell status

Values:

CELL_SUITABLE : the cell is a suitable

cell

CELL_LOW_PRIORITY : the cell is low priority

based on the received
system information

CELL_FORBIDDEN : the cell is forbidden

CELL_BARRED : the cell is barred

based on the received
system information

CELL_LOW_LEVEL : the cell <rxLev> is low

CELL_OTHER : none of the above (e.g.

exclusion timer
running, no BCCH
available, etc.)

<rscp> integer - decimal number; it is the

received signal code power (in
dBm)

<ecio> integer - decimal number; it is the chip

energy per total wideband power
(in dBm)

The command is executed within max 3 minutes.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1530 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.8. AT#CSURVUC - Network Survey of User Defined Channels

(Numeric Format)
This command allows performing a quick survey through the given channels.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes - 2

AT#CSURVUC=[<ch1>[,...[,<chN>]]]
Set command allows performing a quick survey through the given
channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND
issue.
The result format is like command #CSURVC.
In 4G (partly implemented)
Currently work only if module camped on LTE cell.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<ch1>...<chN> integer - channel number (ARFCN (in case of

2G), UARFCN (in case of 3G), EARFCN
(in case of 4G))

Max value of N is 10.

the <chn> must be selected in same RAT.

The command is executed within max. 2 minute.

The information provided by #CSURVUC is the same as that provided by
#CSURVU. The difference is that the output of #CSURVUC is in numeric
format only.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1531 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

at#csurvuc=275

Network survey started ...

275,-65,450,05,7321443,12556,99,0,-97,-12,15

Network survey ended

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1532 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.9. AT#CSURVU - Network Survey of User Defined Channels

This command allows performing a quick survey through the given channels.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes - 2

AT#CSURVU=[<ch1>[,...[,<chN>]]]
Set command allows performing a quick survey through the given
channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND
issue.
The result format is like command #CSURV.
In 4G (partly implemented)
Currently work only if module camped on LTE cell.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<ch1>...<chN> integer - channel number (ARFCN (in case of

2G), UARFCN (in case of 3G), EARFCN
(in case of 4G))

Max value of N is 10.

the <chn> must be selected in same RAT.

The command is executed within max. 2 minute.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1533 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

at#csurvu=2500

Network survey started ...

earfcn: 2500 rxLev: -50 mcc: 450 mnc: 05 cellId: 7323679 tac: 12556
phyCellId: 64 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE rsrp: -82 rsrq: -14 bw: 10

earfcn: 2500 rxLev: -56 phyCellId: 99 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE rsrp: -82

rsrq: -16

Network survey ended

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1534 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.10. AT#CSURVP - PLMN Network Survey

This command performs a quick network survey through channels.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes - 2

AT#CSURVP=<plmn>
Set command performs a quick network survey through channels.
The survey stops as soon as a BCCH carriers belonging to the selected
PLMN is found.
The result format is like command #CSURV.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<plmn> integer N/A the desired PLMN in numeric format.

Value:

plmn : PLMN

AT#CSURVP=?
Test command returns OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1535 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.11. AT#CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey

This command performs a quick network survey.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes - 2

AT#CSURVB=[<n>]
Set command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum
number of available frequencies depending on last selected band and RAT)
channels. The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found.
The result format is like command #CSURV.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A number of desired BCCH carriers

Value:

1÷M : M is the maximum.

AT#CSURVB=?
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the
format:
(1-M)
where M is the maximum.

If it is in no service or LTE RAT service, it returns OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1536 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.12. AT#CSURVPC - PLMN Network Survey (Numeric Format)

This command performs a quick network survey through channels.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes - 2

AT#CSURVPC=<plmn>
Set command performs a quick network survey through channels.
The survey stops as soon as a BCCH carriers belonging to the selected
PLMN is found.
The result is given in numeric format and is like command #CSURVC.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<plmn> integer N/A the desired PLMN in numeric format.

Value:

plmn : PLMN

AT#CSURVPC=?
Test command returns OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1537 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.13. AT#CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)

This command performs a quick network survey.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes - 2

AT#CSURVBC=[<n>]
Set command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum
number of available frequencies depending on last selected band and RAT)
channels. The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found.
The result is given in numeric format and is like command #CSURVC.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A number of desired BCCH carriers

Value:

1÷M : M is the maximum.

AT#CSURVBC=?
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the
format:
(1-M)
where M is the maximum.

If it is in no service or LTE RAT service, it returns OK.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1538 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.14. AT#CSURVL - Network Survey with only LTE

The command allows to perform a network survey through band channels with only LTE.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes 180 s 2

AT#CSURVL[=[<s>,<e>]]
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting
from channel <s> to channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURVL<CR>, a full band
scan is performed.

After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started...
and, after a while, a list of information, one for each received carrier, is
reported.

The #CSURVL output ends in two ways, depending on the last

#CSURVF setting:
if #CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1
The output ends with the string:
Network survey ended
if #CSURVF=2
the output ends with the string:
Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)
Where:
<NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1539 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<s> integer - starting channel

<e> integer - ending channel

Additional info:

Currently work only if module camped on LTE cell.

For serving cell or other carrier cells:
earfcn: <earfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc> cellId:
<cellId> tac: <tac> phyCellId: <pci> cellStatus: <cellStatus> rsrp:
<rsrp> rsrq: <rsrq> bw: <bandwidth>
For neighbor cell:
earfcn: <earfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> phyCellId: <pci> cellStatus:
<cellStatus> rsrp: <rsrp> rsrq: <rsrq>

Name Type Default Description

<earfcn> integer - E-UTRA Assigned Radio Channel

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the

reception level (in dBm)

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it

is the mobile country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits number;

it is the mobile network code

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal
number, else it is a 8-digits
hexadecimal number

<tac> mixed - Tracking Area Code. if #CSURVF

last setting is 0, <tac> is a
decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

<pci> mixed - physical cell identifier; if

#CSURVF last setting is 0, <pci>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1540 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

is a decimal number, else it is a

4-digits hexadecimal number

<cellStatus> string N/A it is the cell status

Values:

CELL_SUITABLE : C0 is a suitable cell

CELL_LOW_PRIORITY : the cell is low priority

based on the received
system information

CELL_FORBIDDEN : the cell is forbidden

CELL_BARRED : the cell is barred

based on the received
system information

CELL_LOW_LEVEL : the cell <rxLev> is low

CELL_OTHER : none of the above e.g.

exclusion timer
running, no BCCH
available…etc

<rsrp> integer - Reference Signal Received

Power

<rsrq> integer - Reference Signal Received

Quality

<bandwidth> integer - E-UTRA bandwidth of serving

cell

The value of <bandwidth> for LTE neighbor cells(intra/inter) of

same PLMN cannot be appeared.

The CELL_LOW_PRIORITY of <cellStatus> for LTE is not supported.

The command is executed within max 3 minutes.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1541 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1542 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.15. AT#CSURVCL - Network Survey with only LTE (Numeric Format)

The command allows to perform a network survey through band channels with only
LTE.(Numeric Format)

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes 180 s 2

AT#CSURVCL[=[<s>,<e>]]
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels belonging
to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from channel <s> to
channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURVCL<CR>, a full band scan is performed.

After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started...
and, after a while, a list of information, one for each received carrier, is reported.

The #CSURVCL output ends in two ways, depending on the last #CSURVF setting:
if #CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1
The output ends with the string:
Network survey ended
if #CSURVF=2
the output ends with the string:
Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)
Where:
<NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<s> integer - starting channel

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1543 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<e> integer - ending channel

Additional info:

For serving cell or other carrier cells:

<earfcn>,<rxLev>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<cellId>,<tac>,<pci>,<cellStatus>,<rsrp>,<rsrq>,
<bandwidth>
For neighbor cell:
<earfcn>,<rxLev>,<pci>,<cellStatus>,<rsrp>,<rsrq>

Name Type Default Description

<earfcn> integer - E-UTRA Assigned Radio Channel

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the reception level (in

dBm)

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the

mobile country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits number; it is the

mobile network code

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is 0,

<cellId> is a decimal number, else it is a 8-
digits hexadecimal number

<tac> mixed - Tracking Area Code. if #CSURVF last setting

is 0, <tac> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

<pci> mixed - physical cell identifier; if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <pci> is a decimal number, else
it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number

<cellStatus> integer N/A it is the cell status

Values:

0 : C0 is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1544 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : the cell is low priority based on the received system

information (CELL_LOW_PRIORITY).

2 : the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN).

3 : the cell is barred based on the received system

information (CELL_BARRED).

4 : the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL).

5 : none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no

BCCH available…etc.. (CELL_OTHER).

<rsrp> integer - Reference Signal Received Power

<rsrq> integer - Reference Signal Received Quality

<bandwidth> integer - E-UTRA bandwidth of serving cell

The value of <bandwidth> for LTE neighbor cells(intra/inter) of same PLMN

cannot be appeared.

The CELL_LOW_PRIORITY of <cellStatus> for LTE is not supported.

The command is executed within max 3 minutes.

The information provided by #CSURVCL is the same as that provided by

#CSURVL. The difference is that the output of #CSURVCL is in numeric
format only.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1545 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.16. AT#CSURVCW - Network Survey with only WCDMA (Numeric

Format)
The command allows to perform a network survey through band channels with only
WCDMA (Numeric Format).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes 180 s 2

AT#CSURVCW[=[<s>,<e>]]
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels belonging
to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from channel <s> to
channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURVCW<CR>, a full band scan is performed.

After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started...
and, after a while, a list of information, one for each received carrier, is reported.

The #CSURVCW output ends in two ways, depending on the last #CSURVF setting:
if #CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1
The output ends with the string:
Network survey ended
if #CSURVF=2
the output ends with the string:
Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)
Where:
<NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1546 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<s> integer - starting channel

<e> integer - ending channel

Additional info:

<uarfcn>,<rxLev>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<scrcode>,<cellId>,<lac>,<cellStatus>,<rscp>,<
ecio>
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

Name Type Default Description

<uarfcn> integer - The carrier frequency is designated by the

UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the reception level (in

dBm)

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the

mobile country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits number; it is the

mobile network code

<scrcode> integer - decimal number; it is the scrambling code

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is 0,

<cellId> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

<lac> mixed - location area code; if #CSURVF last setting

is 0, <lac> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

<cellStatus> integer 0 decimal number; it is the cell status

Values:

0 : the cell is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1547 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : the cell is low priority based on the received system

information (CELL_LOW_PRIORITY)

2 : the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN)

3 : the cell is barred based on the received system

information (CELL_BARRED)

4 : the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL)

5 : none of the above (e.g. exclusion timer running, no

BCCH available, etc.) (CELL_OTHER)

<rscp> integer - decimal number; it is the received signal

code power (in dBm)

<ecio> integer - decimal number; it is the chip energy per

total wideband power (in dBm)

The command is executed within max 3 minutes.

The information provided by #CSURVCW is the same as that provided by

#CSURVW. The difference is that the output of #CSURVCW is in numeric
format only.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1548 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.17. AT#CSURVG - Network Survey with only GSM

The command allows to perform a network survey through band channels with only
GSM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes 180 s 2

AT#CSURVG[=[<s>,<e>]]
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting
from channel <s> to channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURVG<CR>, a full band
scan is performed.

After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started...
and, after a while, a list of information, one for each received carrier, is
reported.

The #CSURVG output ends in two ways, depending on the last

#CSURVF setting:
if #CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1
The output ends with the string:
Network survey ended
if #CSURVF=2
the output ends with the string:
Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)
Where:
<NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh
Parameters:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1549 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<s> integer - starting channel

<e> string - ending channel

Additional info:

(For BCCH-Carrier)
arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc>
mnc: <mnc> lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStatus>
numArfcn: <numArfcn> arfcn: [<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]]
[numChannels: <numChannels> array: [<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [pbcch:
<pbcch> [nom: <nom> rac: <rac> spgc: <spgc> pat: <pat> nco: <nco>
t3168: <t3168> t3192: <t3192> drxmax: <drxmax> ctrlAck: <ctrlAck>
bsCVmax: <bsCVmax> alpha: <alpha> pcMeasCh: <pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

(For non BCCH-Carrier)

arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev>

Name Type Default Description

<arfcn> integer - C0 carrier assigned radio

channel (BCCH - Broadcast
Control Channel)

<bsic> integer - base station identification

code; if #CSURVF last
setting is 0, <bsic> is a
decimal number, else it is a
2-digits octal number

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the

reception level (in dBm)

<ber> integer - decimal number; it is the bit

error rate (in %)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1550 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits

number; it is the mobile
country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits

number; it is the mobile
network code

<lac> mixed - location area code; if

#CSURVF last setting is 0,
<lac> is a decimal number,
else it is a 4-digits
hexadecimal number

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF

last setting is 0, <cellId> is a
decimal number, else it is a
4-digits hexadecimal number

<cellStatus> string N/A string type; it is the cell

status

Values:

CELL_SUITABLE : the cell is a

suitable cell

CELL_LOW_PRIORITY : the cell is low

priority based on
the received
system
information

CELL_FORBIDDEN : the cell is

forbidden

CELL_BARRED : the cell is barred

based on the
received system
information

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1551 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

CELL_LOW_LEVEL : the cell <rxLev> is

low

CELL_OTHER : none of the above

(e.g. exclusion
timer running, no
BCCH available,
etc.)

<numArfcn> integer - number of valid channels in

the Cell Channel Description

<arfcnn> integer - arfcn of a valid channel in

the Cell Channel Description
(n is in the range
1..<numArfcn>)

<numChannels> integer - decimal number; it is the

number of valid channels in
the BCCH Allocation list; the
output of this information for
non-serving cells depends
on last #CSURVEXT setting:
If #CSURVEXT=0 this
information is displayed only
for serving cell.
If #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this
information is displayed also
for every valid scanned
BCCH carrier.
If #CSURVEXT=3 this
information is displayed
more information like tx
power, reselection offset,
t3212 timer and so on.

<ban> integer - decimal number; it is the

arfcn of a valid channel in
the BA list (n is in the range
1..<numChannels>); the
output of this information for

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1552 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

non-serving cells depends

on last #CSURVEXT setting:
If #CSURVEXT=0 this
information is displayed only
for serving cell.
If #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this
information is displayed also
for every valid scanned
BCCH carrier.
If #CSURVEXT=3 this
information is displayed
more information like tx
power, reselection offset,
t3212 timer and so on.
(The following informations
will be printed only if GPRS
is supported in the cell)

<pbcch> integer 0 packet broadcast control

channel

Values:

0 : pbcch not activated on the cell

1 : pbcch activated on the cell

<nom> integer - network operation mode

<rac> integer - routing area code

<spgc> integer N/A SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support

Values:

0 : SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on

CCCH on this cell

1 : SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on
CCCH on this cell

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1553 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<pat> integer - priority access threshold

<nco> integer - network control order

<t3168> integer - timer 3168

<t3192> integer - timer 3192

<drxmax> integer - discontinuous reception max

time (in seconds)

<ctrlAck> integer - packed control ack

<bsCVmax> integer - blocked sequence

countdown max value

<alpha> integer - alpha parameter for power

control

<pcMeasCh> integer N/A type of channel which shall

be used for downlink
measurements for power
control

Values:

0 : BCCH

1 : PDCH

The command is executed within max 3 minutes.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1554 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.22.18. AT#CSURVCG - Network Survey with only GSM (Numeric Format)

The command allows to perform a network survey through band channels with only
GSM (Numeric Format).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No Yes 180 s 2

AT#CSURVCG[=[<s>,<e>]]
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels belonging
to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from channel <s> to
channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURVCG<CR>, a full band scan is performed.

After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started...
and, after a while, a list of information, one for each received carrier, is reported.

The #CSURVCG output ends in two ways, depending on the last #CSURVF setting:
if #CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1
The output ends with the string:
Network survey ended
if #CSURVF=2
the output ends with the string:
Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)
Where:
<NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<s> integer - starting channel

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1555 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<e> integer - ending channel

Additional info:

(For BCCH-Carrier)
<arfcn>,<bsic>,<rxLev>,<ber>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellId>, <cellStatus>,<numA
rfcn>[,<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]] [,<numChannels>[,<ba1>
..[<ba32>]][,<pbcch>[,<nom>,<rac>,<spgc> <pat> <nco> <t3168> <t3192>
<drxmax> <ctrlAck> <bsCVmax>,<alpha>,<pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

(For non BCCH-Carrier)

arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev>

Name Type Default Description

<arfcn> integer - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH

- Broadcast Control Channel)

<bsic> integer - base station identification code; if

#CSURVF last setting is 0, <bsic> is a
decimal number, else it is a 2-digits octal
number

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the reception level

(in dBm)

<ber> integer - decimal number; it is the bit error rate

(in %)

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the

mobile country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2/3 digits number; it is the

mobile network code

<lac> mixed - location area code; if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <lac> is a decimal number,
else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1556 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<cellId> mixed - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is

0, <cellId> is a decimal number, else it is
a 4-digits hexadecimal number

<cellStatus> integer 0 decimal number; it is the cell status

Values:

0 : the cell is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE)

1 : the cell is low priority based on the received system

information (CELL_LOW_PRIORITY)

2 : the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN)

3 : the cell is barred based on the received system

information (CELL_BARRED)

4 : the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL)

5 : none of the above (e.g. exclusion timer running, no

BCCH available, etc.) (CELL_OTHER)

<numArfcn> integer - number of valid channels in the Cell

Channel Description

<arfcnn> integer - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell

Channel Description (n is in the range
1..<numArfcn>)

<numChannels> integer - decimal number; it is the number of valid

channels in the BCCH Allocation list; the
output of this information for non-serving
cells depends on last #CSURVEXT
setting:
If #CSURVEXT=0 this information is
displayed only for serving cell.
If #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is
displayed also for every valid scanned
BCCH carrier.
If #CSURVEXT=3 this information is
displayed more information like tx

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1557 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

power, reselection offset, t3212 timer

and so on.

<ban> integer - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid

channel in the BA list (n is in the range
1..<numChannels>); the output of this
information for non-serving cells
depends on last #CSURVEXT setting:
If #CSURVEXT=0 this information is
displayed only for serving cell.
If #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is
displayed also for every valid scanned
BCCH carrier.
If #CSURVEXT=3 this information is
displayed more information like tx
power, reselection offset, t3212 timer
and so on.
(The following informations will be
printed only if GPRS is supported in the
cell)

<pbcch> integer N/A packet broadcast control channel

Values:

0 : pbcch not activated on the cell

1 : pbcch activated on the cell

<nom> integer - network operation mode

<rac> integer - routing area code

<spgc> integer N/A SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support

Values:

0 : SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this

cell

1 : SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1558 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<pat> integer - priority access threshold

<nco> integer - network control order

<t3168> integer - timer 3168

<t3192> integer - timer 3192

<drxmax> integer - discontinuous reception max time (in

seconds)

<ctrlAck> integer - packed control ack

<bsCVmax> integer - blocked sequence countdown max value

<alpha> integer - alpha parameter for power control

<pcMeasCh> integer N/A type of channel which shall be used for

downlink measurements for power
control

Values:

0 : BCCH

1 : PDCH

The command is executed within max 3 minutes.

The information provided by #CSURVCG is the same as that provided by

#CSURVG. The difference is that the output of #CSURVCG is in numeric
format only.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1559 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT Run

3.23.1. AT#SMSATRUN - Enable SMS Run AT Service

This command enables/disables the SMS AT RUN service.

Telit Running AT Commands Remotely Application Note, 80000NT10029a

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SMSATRUN=<mod>
Set command enables/disables the SMS AT RUN service.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mod> integer 0 enables/disables the SMS AT RUN service

Values:

0 : Service Disabled

1 : Service Enabled

When the service is active on a specific AT instance (see

#SMSATRUNCFG), that instance cannot be used for any other
scope, except for OTA service that has the highest priority.
For example, in the multiplexer request to establish the Instance,
the request will be rejected.

AT#SMSATRUN?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1560 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current settings of <mode> and the value of
<stat> in the format:
#SMSATRUN: <mod>,<stat>
Additional info:

Parameters returned by the Read command and not described in

the previous sections.

Name Type Default Description

<stat> string 0 service status

Values:

0 : not active

1 : active

AT#SMSATRUN=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mod>.

By default, the SMS ATRUN service is disabled.

LE910Cx Linux

It can be activated by the command #SMSATRUN.

LE910Cx ThreadX

It can be activated either by the command #SMSATRUN or receiving a

special SMS that can be sent from a Telit server.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1561 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.2. AT#SMSATRUNCFG - Set SMS Run AT Service Parameters

This command configures the SMS AT RUN service.

Telit Running AT Commands Remotely Application Note, 80000NT10029a

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SMSATRUNCFG=<instance>[,<urcmod>[,<timeout>]]
Set command configures the SMS AT RUN service.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance> integer 3 AT instance that will be used by the

service to run the AT Command

Value:

1÷3 : AT instance

<urcmod> integer 1 enable/disable unsolicited.

Values:

0 : disable unsolicited message

1 : enable an unsolicited message when an AT

command is requested via SMS

<timeout> integer 5 It defines in minutes the maximum time

for a command execution. If timeout
expires the module will be rebooted.

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1562 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1÷60 : Range in minutes

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<text> string when unsolicited is enabled, the AT Command

requested via SMS is indicated to TE with unsolicited
result code:
#SMSATRUN: <text>
e.g.:
#SMSATRUN: AT+CGMR;+CGSN;+GSN;+CCLK
Unsolicited is dumped on the instance that requested
the service activation.

AT#SMSATRUNCFG?
Read command returns the current settings of parameters in the format:
#SMSATRUNCFG:<instance>,<urcmod>,<timeout>

AT#SMSATRUNCFG=?
Test command returns the supported values for the #SMSATRUNCFG
parameters.

The instance used for the SMS AT RUN service is the same used for the
EvMoni service. Therefore, when the #SMSATRUNCFG sets the <instance>
parameter, the change is reflected also in the <instance> parameter of the
#ENAEVMONICFG command, and vice versa.
The set command returns ERROR if the command AT#ENAEVMONI?
returns 1 as <mod> parameter or the command AT#SMSATRUN? returns 1
as <mod> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1563 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.3. AT#SMSATWL - SMS AT Run White List

This command adds, deletes, prints an element of the white list.

Telit Running AT Commands Remotely Application Note, 80000NT10029a

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SMSATWL=<action>,<index>[,<entryType>[,<string>]]
Set command manages the whitelist.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer 0 identifies the action on the white list.

Values:

0 : add an element to the white list

1 : delete an element from the white list

2 : print and element of the white list

<index> integer N/A index of the white list

Value:

1÷8 : index values

<entryType> integer N/A type of entry

Values:

0 : phone number

1 : password

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1564 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<string> string - string parameter enclosed between

double quotes containing the phone
number or the password:
- phone number shall contain
numerical characters and/or the
character "+" at the beginning of the
string and/or the character "*" at the
end of the string.
- password shall be 16 characters
length.

When the character "*" is used, it means that all the numbers that
begin with the defined digit are part of the white list, e.g.:
- "+39*" all Italian users can ask to run AT Command via SMS
- "+39349*" all users having the Service Provider identified by 349
can ask to run AT Command via SMS

AT#SMSATWL?
Read command returns the list elements in the format:

#SMSATWL: [<entryType>,<string>]

AT#SMSATWL=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameters <action>,
<index> and <entryType>.

The command will return ERROR if executed using SMSATRUN digest mode
or TCPATRUN server mode.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1565 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.4. AT#TCPATRUNCFG - Set TCP AT Run Service Parameters

This command configures the TCP AT RUN service Parameters.

Telit Running AT Commands Remotely Application Note, 80000NT10029a

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#TCPATRUNCFG=<connId>,<instance>,<tcpPort>,<tcpHostPort>,<tcpHost>[,<u
rcmod> [,<timeout>[,<authMode>[,<retryCnt>[,<retryDelay>]]]]]
Set command configures the TCP AT RUN service.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer 1 socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : Socket connection identifier. conMax

value is returned by test command.

<instance> integer 2 AT instance that will be used by the

service to run the AT Command

Value:

1÷3 : AT instance

<tcpPort> integer 1024 TCP Listen port for the connection

to the service in server mode

Value:

1÷65535 : TCP Listen port

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1566 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<tcpHostPort> integer 1024 TCP remote port of the Host to

connect to, in client mode

Value:

1÷65535 : Tcp remote port

<tcpHost> string - IP address of the Host. The

parameter can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
- any host name to be solved with a
DNS query
- "" is default value

<urcmod> integer 1 enables/disables URC messages

(Refer to additional info for more
detail)

Values:

0 : disable unsolicited messages

1 : enable an unsolicited message when the TCP

socket is connected or disconnect

<timeout> string 5 Define in minutes the maximum

time for a command execution. If
timeout expires the module will be
rebooted

Value:

1÷5 : minutes of maximum time for a command

execution

<authMode> integer 0 determines the authentication

procedure in server mode

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1567 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : When connection is up, username and

password (in this order and each of them
followed by a Carriage Return) must be sent to
the module before the first AT command

1 : When connection is up, the user receives a

request for username and, if username is
correct, a request for password. Then a
message of "Login successful" will close
authentication phase.

<retryCnt> integer 0 in client mode, at boot or after a

socket disconnection, this
parameter represents the number
of attempts that are made to re-
connect to the Host.

Value:

0÷5 : the number of attempts

<retryDelay> integer 2 in client mode, delay between one

attempt and the other

Value:

1÷3600 : delay in minutes

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<urcmod> integer When unsolicited is enabled, an asynchronous TCP Socket

connection is indicated to TE with unsolicited result code:
#TCPATRUN: <iphostaddress>
When unsolicited is enabled, the TCP socket disconnection
is indicated to TE with unsolicited result code:
#TCPATRUN: <DISCONNECT>
Unsolicited is dumped on the instance that requested the
service activation.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1568 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

if username and/or password are not allowed (see AT#TCPATRUNAUTH)

the connection will close immediately.

the current settings are stored in NVM.

to start automatically the service when the module is powered-on, the

automatic PDP context activation has to be set (see AT#SGACTCFG
command).

the set command returns ERROR if the command AT#TCPATRUNL?

returns 1 as <mod> parameter or the command AT# TCPATRUND?
returns 1 as <mod> parameter

AT#TCPATRUNCFG?
Read command returns the current settings of parameters in the format:

#TCPATRUNCFG:<connId>,<instance>,<tcpPort>,<tcpHostPort>,<tcpHost>,<urcm
od>, <timeout>,<authMode>,<retryCnt>,<retryDelay>

AT#TCPATRUNCFG=?
Test command returns the supported values for the #TCPATRUNCFG parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1569 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.5. AT#TCPATRUNFRWL - TCP AT Run Firewall List

This command controls the internal firewall settings for the TCPATRUN connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TCPATRUNFRWL=<action>,<ip_addr>,<net_mask>
Set command controls the internal firewall settings for the TCPATRUN
connection.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer N/A command action

Values:

0 : remove selected chain

1 : add an ACCEPT chain

2 : Remove all chains (DROP everything); <ip_addr>

and <net_mask> has no meaning in this case.

<ip_addr> string - remote address to be added into the

ACCEPT chain; string type, it can be any
valid IP address in the format:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

<net_mask> string - mask to be applied on the <ip_addr>.

Refer to additional info for more detail.

Additional info:

<net_mask> - mask to be applied on the <ip_addr>; string type, it

can be any valid IP address mask in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
Command returns OK result code if successful.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1570 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Firewall general policy is DROP, therefore all packets that are not
included into an ACCEPT chain rule will be silently discarded.
When a packet comes from the IP address incoming_IP, the firewall
chain rules will be scanned for matching with the following criteria:
incoming_IP & <net_mask> = <ip_addr> & <net_mask>
If a criterion is matched, then the packet is accepted and the rule
scan is finished; if a criterion is not matched for any chain the
packet is silently dropped.

A maximum of 5 firewalls can be present at same time in the List.

AT#TCPATRUNFRWL?
Read command reports the list of all ACCEPT chain rules registered in the
Firewall settings in the format:

#TCPATRUNFRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
#TCPATRUNFRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
...

OK

AT#TCPATRUNFRWL=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <action>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1571 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.6. AT#TCPATRUNAUTH - TCP AT Run Authentication Parameters

List
This command manages the authentication parameters for the TCPATRUN connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#TCPATRUNAUTH=<action>,<userid>,<passw>
Execution command controls the authentication parameters for the
TCPATRUN connection.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer N/A command action

Values:

0 : remove selected chain

1 : add an ACCEPT chain

2 : remove all chains (DROP everything); <userid> and

<passw> has no meaning in this case.

<userid> string - username to be added into the

ACCEPT chain. The maximum parameter
permitted length is 50 characters.

<passw> string - password of the user on the <userid>. The

maximum parameter permitted length is
50 characters.

A maximum of 3 entries (password and userid) can be present at

same time in the list.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1572 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#TCPATRUNAUTH?
Read command reports the list of all ACCEPT chain rules, registered in
the Authentication Parameters settings, in the format:

#TCPATRUNAUTH: <userid>,<passw>
#TCPATRUNAUTH: <userid>,<passw>
...

OK

AT#TCPATRUNAUTH=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <action>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1573 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.7. AT#TCPATRUND - TCP AT Run in Dial (Client) Mode

The command enables/disables the TCPATRUN service in client mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#TCPATRUND=<mod>
Set command enables/disables the TCPATRUN service in client mode.
When this service is enabled, the module tries to open a connection to the
Host (the Host is specified in #TCPATRUNCFG).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mod> integer 0 TCPATRUN service mode.

Values:

0 : Service disabled

1 : Service enabled

to start automatically the service when the module is powered-on,

the automatic PDP context activation has to be set (see
AT#SGACTCFG command).

if the connection closes or at boot, if service is enabled and context

is active, the module will try to reconnect for the number of
attempts specified in AT#TCPATRUNCFG; also the delay between
one attempt and the other will be the one specified in
AT#TCPATRUNCFG.

while the TCP Run AT service executes a command that takes long
time to get the response, a new command will be pending until the
module has finished sending all of its response result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1574 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#TCPATRUND?
Read command returns the current settings of <mode> and the value of
<stat> in the format:

#TCPATRUND: <mod>,<stat>
Additional info:

<stat> parameter description

Name Type Default Description

<stat> integer N/A connection status.

Values:

0 : not connected

1 : connected or connecting at socket level

2 : not connected but still trying to connect,

attempting every delay time (specified in
AT#TCPATRUNCFG)

AT#TCPATRUND=?
Test command returns the supported values for the TCPATRUND
parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1575 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.8. AT#TCPATRUNCLOSE - Closes TCP Run AT Socket

Execution command that closes TCPATRUN connection

Telit Running AT Commands Remotely Application Note, 80000NT10029a

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#TCPATRUNCLOSE
Closes the socket used by TCPATRUN connection.

TCPATRUN status is still enabled after this command, so the

service re-starts automatically.

AT#TCPATRUNCLOSE=?
Test command returns OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1576 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.9. AT#TCPATCMDSEQ - TCP AT Run Command Sequence

This command enables/disables, for TCP Run AT service, a feature that allows giving
more than one AT command without waiting for responses.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#TCPATCMDSEQ=<mod>
Set command enable/disable, for TCP Run AT service, a feature that
allows giving more than one AT command without waiting for responses.
It does not work with commands that uses the prompt '>' to receive the
message body text (e.g. “at+cmgs”, “at#semail”)
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mod> integer 0 current mode for TCP Run AT feature for

multiple commands

Values:

0 : service disabled

1 : service enabled

AT#TCPATCMDSEQ?
Read command returns the current settings of parameters in the format:

#TCPATCMDSEQ: <mod>

AT#TCPATCMDSEQ=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1577 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported values for the TCPATCMDSEQ

parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1578 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.10. AT#TCPATCONSER - TCP AT Run Service on Serial Port

This command sets the TCP Run AT in transparent mode, in order to have direct access
to the serial port specified.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#TCPATCONSER=<port>,<rate>
Set command sets the TCP Run AT in transparent mode, in order to have
direct access to the serial port specified. Data will be transferred directly,
without being elaborated, between the TCP Run AT service and the serial
port specified.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<port> integer 0 identifies the serial port

Values:

0 : UART

1 : USB1

2 : USB2

<rate> string - baud rate for data transfer. Allowed values

are 300,1200,
2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200.

Additional info:

< port >

Not all of these ports will be available at the same time.
The port available will be displayed by the test command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1579 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

the command has to be issued from the TCP ATRUN instance.

After this command has been issued, if no error has occurred, then
a "CONNECT" will be returned by the module to advise that the
TCP ATRUN instance is in online mode and connected to the port
specified.

to exit from online mode and close the connection, the escape
sequence (+++) has to be sent on the TCP ATRUN instance.
The escape sequence needs to be sent in one single packet.
The use of Telnet for Windows sending every single byte in a TCP
packet is not appropriate to perform this connection.

AT#TCPATCONSER=?
Test command returns the supported values for the
TCPATCONSER parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1580 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.11. AT#ATRUNDELAY - Set the Delay on Run AT Command Execution

It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ATRUNDELAY=<srv>,<delay>
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<srv> integer 0 service affected by the configuration

Values:

0 : TCP Run AT service

1 : SMS Run AT service

<delay> integer 0 value of the delay, in seconds

Value:

0÷30 : supported range

AT#ATRUNDELAY?
Read command returns the current settings of parameters in the format:

#ATRUNDELAY: 0, <delayTCP>
#ATRUNDELAY: 1, <delaySMS>
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1581 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ATRUNDELAY=?
Test command returns the supported values for the
ATRUNDELAY parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1582 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.23.12. AT#TCPATRUNL - Enables TCP AT Run Service in Listen (Server)

Mode
This command enables/disables the TCP AT RUN service in server mode. When this
service is enabled, the module tries to put itself in TCP listen state.

Telit Running AT Commands Remotely Application Note, 80000NT10029a

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#TCPATRUNL=<mod>
Set command enables/disables the TCP AT RUN service in server mode.
When this service is enabled, the module tries to put itself in TCP listen
state.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mod> integer 0 enable/disable TCP AT RUN service in server

mode.

Values:

0 : service disabled

1 : service enabled

to start automatically the service when the module is powered-on,

the automatic PDP context activation has to be set (see
AT#SGACTCFG command).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1583 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

while the TCP Run AT service executes a command that takes long
time to get the response, a new command will be pending until the
module has finished sending all of its response result code.

AT#TCPATRUNL?
Read command returns the current settings of <mode> and the value of
<stat> in the format:

#TCPATRUNL: <mod>,<stat>

where:
<stat> - connection status
0 - not in listen
1 - in listen or active

AT#TCPATRUNL=?
Test command returns the supported values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1584 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Event Monitor

3.24.1. AT#ENAEVMONI - Enable EvMoni Service

This command enables/disables the EVENT MONITOR service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENAEVMONI=<mod>
Set command enables/disables the EVMoni service.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mod> integer 0 enable/disable service

Values:

0 : disable service

1 : enable service

When the service is active on a specific AT instance, that instance

cannot be used for any other scope, except for OTA service that has
the highest priority. For example, in the multiplexer request to
establish the Instance, the request will be rejected

AT#ENAEVMONI?
Read command returns the current settings of <mode> and the value of
<stat> in the format:

#ENAEVMONI: <mod>,<stat>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1585 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<stat> integer 0 service status

Values:

0 : not active

1 : active

AT#ENAEVMONI=?
Test command returns the supported values for the <mod> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1586 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.24.2. AT#ENAEVMONICFG - Set EvMoni Service Parameters

This command configures the EvMoni service parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENAEVMONICFG=<instance>[,<URCMod>[,<timeout>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance> integer 3 AT instance that will be used by the

service to run the AT command

Value:

1÷3 : AT instance

<URCMod> integer 1 enable or disable unsolicited message.

The URC format is:
#EVMONI: <Text>

Values:

0 : disable unsolicited message

1 : enable an unsolicited message when an AT

command is executed after an event is occurred

<timeout> integer 5 it defines the maximum time for a

command execution. If timeout expires
the module will be rebooted

Value:

1÷60 : minutes

Unsolicited field:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1587 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Description

<Text> string is the AT Commands list sent on the instance that

requested the service activation.

The instance used for the EvMoni service is the same used for the
SMS AT RUN service. Therefore, when the #ENAEVMONICFG sets
the <instance> parameter, the change is reflected also in the
<instance> parameter of the #SMSATRUNCFG command, and vice
versa.

The set command returns ERROR if the command #ENAEVMONI?

returns 1 as <mod> parameter or the command #SMSATRUN?
returns 1 as <mod> parameter.

AT#ENAEVMONICFG?
Read command returns the current settings of parameters in the format:

#ENAEVMONICFG: <instance>,<urcmod>,<timeout>

AT#ENAEVMONICFG=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameters <instance>,
<urcmod> and <timeout>.

Example of received URC

#EVMONI: AT+CGMR;+CGSN;+GSN;+CCLK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1588 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.24.3. AT#EVMONI - Event Monitoring

This command provides a set of events that can be configured and monitored the device.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#EVMONI=<label>,<mode>[,<paramType>,<param>]
Set command enables/disables the single event monitoring, configures
the related parameters and associates the AT command string to execute
when the event has occurred.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<label> string N/A event type; For each <label> (or event)
is dedicated an Additional info section
to describe the command syntax and
its behavior.

Values:

"VBATT" : battery voltage monitoring

"DTR" : DTR monitoring

"ROAM" : roaming monitoring

"CONTDEACT" : context deactivation monitoring

"RING" : call ringing monitoring

"STARTUP" : module start-up monitoring

"REGISTERED" : network registration monitoring

"GPIO1" : monitoring on a selected GPIO in

the GPIO range

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1589 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

"GPIO2" : monitoring on a selected GPIO in

the GPIO range

"GPIO3" : monitoring on a selected GPIO in

the GPIO range

"GPIO4" : monitoring on a selected GPIO in

the GPIO range

"GPIO5" : monitoring on a selected GPIO in

the GPIO range

"ADCH1" : ADC High Voltage monitoring

"ADCL1" : ADC Low Voltage monitoring

"DTMF1" : monitoring on user defined DTMF

string

"DTMF2" : monitoring on user defined DTMF

string

"DTMF3" : monitoring on user defined DTMF

string

"DTMF4" : monitoring on user defined DTMF

string

"SMSIN" : monitoring on incoming SMS

<mode> integer 0 disable/enable single event

monitoring

Values:

0 : disable the single event monitoring

1 : enable the single event monitoring

<paramType> integer 0 Indicates the type of parameter

contained in <param>.
In particular, <paramType>=0
indicates that <param> contains the
AT command string to execute when
the related event has occurred. Here

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1590 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

are the rules to build the AT command

string.
- The string must start with AT or at
chars
- If the string contains the character ",
then it has to be replaced with the 3
characters \22
- The max string length is 96
characters
- If it is an empty string, then the AT
command is erased
Other <paramType> values define the
<param> meaning according to the
type of event. As stated above, for
each event identified by the <label> is
dedicated an Additional info section to
describe the <paramType> values and
the #EVMONI command behavior.

Values:

0 : indicates that <param> contains the AT

command string to execute when the related
event has occurred.

n : define the <param> meaning according to the

event type. Refer to Additional info section.

<param> string - Its meaning depends on the <label>

and <paramType> parameters. Refer
to Addition info section.

Additional info:

<label>=VBATT, battery voltage monitoring.

<paramType> can assume values in the range 0 - 2.

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1591 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<param> integer 0 When <paramType>=1, <param> is

the battery voltage threshold to
monitor.

Value:

0÷500 : 1 unit is 10 mV.

<param> integer 0 When <paramType>=2, <param> is

the time interval starting from the
instant in which the voltage battery
goes below the threshold specified
with <paramType>=1. When the
interval is elapsed and the voltage
battery is below the threshold, the
#EVMONI executes the AT command
configured with <paramType>=0.

Value:

0÷255 : seconds

<label>=DTR, DTR monitoring.

<paramType> can assume values in the range 0 - 2.

Name Type Default Description

<param> integer 0 When <paramType>=1, <param> is

the DTR status to monitor.

Values:

0 : Low

1 : High

<param> integer 0 When <paramType>=2, <param> is

the time interval starting when DTR
status has the value specified with
<paramType>=1. When the interval

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1592 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

is elapsed and the DTR status is

equal to the value previously
specified, the #EVMONI executes
the AT command configured with
<paramType>=0.

Value:

0÷255 : sec

<label>=ROAM, roaming monitoring.

<paramType> can assume only the value 0.
After roaming, the #EVMONI executes the AT command configured
with <paramType>=0.

<label>=CONTDEACT, context deactivation

<paramType> can assume only the value 0.
After the deactivation of all active contexts, the #EVMONI executes
the AT command configured with <paramType>=0.

<label>=RING, call ringing monitoring.

<paramType> can assume values in the range 0 - 1.

Name Type Default Description

<param> integer 1 When <paramType>=1, <param> is

the number of call rings after which
the event occurs. The event is
notified by the execution of the AT
command configured with
<paramType>=0.

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1593 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1÷50 : numbers of call rings

<label>=STARTUP, module start-up monitoring.

<paramType> can assume only the value 0.
After module start-up, the #EVMONI executes the AT command
configured with <paramType>=0.

<label>=REGISTERED,
<paramType> can assume only the value 0.
When the module is started up, and the SMSs have been ordered in
the internal memory, the event under monitoring is the network
registration (to home network or in roaming). After registration, the
#EVMONI executes the AT command configured with
<paramType>=0

<label>=GPIO1, GPIO2, GPIO3, GPIO4, GPIO5 monitoring.

<paramType> can assume values in the range 0 - 3.

Name Type Default Description

<param> integer 1 When <paramType>=1, <param> is

the GPIO pin number to be
monitored. Supported range is from
1 to a value that depends on the
hardware.

Value:

1÷max : max depends on the hardware.

<param> integer 0 When <paramType>=2, <param> is

the GPIO status value to monitor.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1594 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : GPIO status LOW

1 : GPIO status HIGH

<param> integer 0 When <paramType>=3, <param> is

the time interval starting when GPIO
pin has the value specified with
<paramType>=2. When the interval
is elapsed and GPIO pin value is
equal to the value previously
specified, the #EVMONI executes
the AT command configured with
<paramType>=0.

Value:

0÷255 : sec

<label>=ADCH1, ADC High Voltage monitoring.

<paramType> can assume values in the range 0 - 3.

Name Type Default Description

<param> integer 1 When <paramType>=1, <param> is

the ADC pin number to monitor.

Value:

1÷max : max dependes on the hardware.

<param> integer 0 When <paramType>=2, <param> is

the ADC High voltage threshold to
monitor.

Value:

0÷2000 : Expressed in mV

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1595 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<param> integer 0 When <paramType>=3, <param> is

the time interval starting when the
selected ADC pin (<paramType>=1)
goes above the threshold specified
with <paramType>=2. When the
interval is elapsed and the ADC pin
level is above the previously
specified threshold, the #EVMONI
executes the AT command
configured with <paramType>=0.

Value:

0÷255 : Expressed in sec

<label>=ADCL1, ADC Low Voltage monitoring.

<paramType> can assume values in the range 0 - 3.

Name Type Default Description

<param> integer 0 When <paramType> = 1, <param> is

the ADC pin number to monitor.

Value:

1÷max : max dependes on the hardware.

<param> integer 0 When <paramType> = 2, <param> is

the ADC Low voltage threshold to
monitor.

Value:

0÷2000 : Expressed mV

<param> integer 0 When <paramType>=3, <param> is

the time interval starting when the
selected ADC pin (<paramType>=1)
goes below the threshold specified
with <paramType>=2. When the

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1596 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

interval is elapsed and the ADC pin

level is below the previously
specified threshold, the #EVMONI
executes the AT command
configured with <paramType>=0.
Does not matter the fluctuation of
the ADC voltage inside the time
interval.

Value:

0÷255 : Expressed in seconds.

<label>=DTMF1, DTMF2, DTMF3, DTMF4 monitoring on user defined

DTMF string.
<paramType> can assume values in the range 0 - 2.

Name Type Default Description

<param> string - When <paramType>=1, <param> is

the DTMF string. The single DTMF
characters have to belong to the
range ((0-9),#,*,(AD)); the maximum
number of characters in the string is
15

<param> integer 1000 When <paramType>=2, <param> is

the maximum time interval within
which a DTMF tone must be
detected after the reception of the
previous one in order to be
considered as belonging to the
DTMF string. When the complete
DTMF string is received, the event
has occured and the #EVMONI
executes the AT command
configured with <paramType>=0

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1597 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

500÷5000 : Expressed in msec

<label>=SMSIN, monitoring on incoming SMS.

<paramType> can assume values in the range 0 - 1.

Name Type Default Description

<param> string - When <paramType>=1, <param>

contains the text string that must be
received in an incoming SMS to
create the event. In this case,
#EVMONI executes the AT command
configured with <paramType>=0. The
maximum number of characters in
the SMS text string is 15.
If no text is specified in<param>
(empty string), each incoming SMS
triggers the event and #EVMONI
executes the AT command configured
with <paramType>=0.

<label>=CONSUME1, CONSUME2, CONSUME3, CONSUME4,

CONSUME5 used to define an action to be used in consume
functionality, see #CONSUMECFG command.
<paramType> can assume only values 0.
When the action identified by the <action_id> parameter of the
#CONSUMECFG command occurs, the #EVMONI executes the AT
command configured with <paramType>=0.

The DTMF string monitoring is available only if the DTMF decode

has been enabled (see #DTMF command)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1598 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#EVMONI?
Read command returns the current settings for each event in the format:
#EVMONI: <label>,<mode>,<param0>[,<param1>[,<param2>[,<param3>]]]
where <param0>, <param1>, <param2> and <param3> assume the
meaning according to the <paramType> and <label> values used in the set
command.

AT#EVMONI=?
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1599 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Check the default configuration

AT#EVMONI?
#EVMONI: "VBATT",0,"",0,0
#EVMONI: "DTR",0,"",0,0
#EVMONI: "ROAM",0,""
#EVMONI: "CONTDEACT",0,""
#EVMONI: "RING",0,"",1
#EVMONI: "STARTUP",0,""
#EVMONI: "REGISTERED",0,""
#EVMONI: "GPIO1",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "GPIO2",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "GPIO3",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "GPIO4",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "GPIO5",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "ADCH1",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "ADCL1",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "DTMF1",0,"","",1000
#EVMONI: "DTMF2",0,"","",1000
#EVMONI: "DTMF3",0,"","",1000
#EVMONI: "DTMF4",0,"","",1000
#EVMONI: "SMSIN",0,"",""
OK
Configure VBATT event
AT#EVMONI="VBATT",0,0,"AT+CGMR"
OK
AT#EVMONI="VBATT",0,1,500
OK
AT#EVMONI="VBATT",0,2,255
OK
Check the VBATT event configuration
AT#EVMONI?
#EVMONI: "VBATT",0,"AT+CGMR",500,255
#EVMONI: "DTR",0,"",0,0
#EVMONI: "ROAM",0,""
#EVMONI: "CONTDEACT",0,""
#EVMONI: "RING",0,"",1
#EVMONI: "STARTUP",0,""
#EVMONI: "REGISTERED",0,""
#EVMONI: "GPIO1",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "GPIO2",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "GPIO3",0,"",1,0,0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1600 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#EVMONI: "GPIO4",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "GPIO5",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "ADCH1",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "ADCL1",0,"",1,0,0
#EVMONI: "DTMF1",0,"","",1000
#EVMONI: "DTMF2",0,"","",1000
#EVMONI: "DTMF3",0,"","",1000
#EVMONI: "DTMF4",0,"","",1000
#EVMONI: "SMSIN",0,"",""
OK

• Test command
AT#EVMONI=?
#EVMONI: "VBATT",(0,1),(0-2),(0-500),(0-255)
#EVMONI: "DTR",(0,1),(0-2),(0,1),(0-255)
#EVMONI: "ROAM",(0,1),0
#EVMONI: "CONTDEACT",(0,1),0
#EVMONI: "RING",(0,1),(0,1),(1-50)
#EVMONI: "STARTUP",(0,1),0
#EVMONI: "REGISTERED",(0,1),0
#EVMONI: "GPIO1",(0,1),(0-3),(1-10),(0,1),(0-255)
#EVMONI: "GPIO2",(0,1),(0-3),(1-10),(0,1),(0-255)
#EVMONI: "GPIO3",(0,1),(0-3),(1-10),(0,1),(0-255)
#EVMONI: "GPIO4",(0,1),(0-3),(1-10),(0,1),(0-255)
#EVMONI: "GPIO5",(0,1),(0-3),(1-10),(0,1),(0-255)
#EVMONI: "ADCH1",(0,1),(0-3),(1),(0-2000),(0-255)
#EVMONI: "ADCL1",(0,1),(0-3),(1),(0-2000),(0-255)
#EVMONI: "DTMF1",(0,1),(0-2),(500-5000)
#EVMONI: "DTMF2",(0,1),(0-2),(500-5000)
#EVMONI: "DTMF3",(0,1),(0-2),(500-5000)
#EVMONI: "DTMF4",(0,1),(0-2),(500-5000)
#EVMONI: "SMSIN",(0,1),(0,1)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1601 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

IoT Portal

3.25.1. AT#DWCFG - Configure DeviceWISE Parameters

Configure deviceWISE parameters. Here is a basic interaction diagram.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#DWCFG=[<serverUrl>[,<deviceIDSelector>[,<appToken>[,<security>[,<heartBeat
>[,<autoReconnect>[,<overflowHandling>[,<atrunInstanceId>[,<serviceTimeout>[,<c
ontextID>[,<unused_1>[,<unused_2>[,<unused_3>]]]]]]]]]]]]
This command permits to configure parameters related to the deviceWISE
functionality
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1602 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<serverUrl> string - indicating the URL of the M2M

Service instance in
address:port form.

<deviceIDSelector> integer 0 device identifier

Values:

0 : IMEI (basically 0 if not SIM card or CDMA

ID installed)

1 : CCID/ESN

<appToken> string - Application token provided in

the Management Portal,
typically a string of 16
characters.

<security> integer 0 SSL TLS secure connection

enabling

Values:

0 : SSL TLS disabled

1 : SSL TLS enabled

<heartBeat> integer 60 If no packets are received in the

number of seconds specified in
the heartbeat field, a heartbeat
message will be sent to keep
the connection alive.

Value:

10÷86400 : heartbeat time interval in seconds

<autoReconnect> integer 2 Flag indicating if the connection

manager should automatically
reconnect to the service.

Values:

0 : auto-reconnect disabled

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1603 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : auto-reconnect lazy - reconnect on next

send and every 3600 seconds.

2 : auto-reconnect moderate - reconnect 120

seconds, then every 3600 seconds after
the first day.

3 : auto-reconnect aggressive - reconnect

every 120 seconds.

<overflowHandling> integer 0 Flag indicating if the way to

handle overflows in data
management.

Values:

0 : FIFO

1 : LIFO

<atrunInstanceId> integer 2 AT instance used by the service

to run the AT Command.

Value:

0÷4 : AT instance that will be used by the

service to run the AT Command(This
param is not in use just for backward
capability)

<serviceTimeout> integer 5 It defines in seconds the

maximum time interval for a
service request to the server.

Value:

1÷120 : time interval in seconds

<contextID> integer - PDP context identifier (see

+CGDCONT command)

<unused_1> integer - parameter for future use. Must

be set to 0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1604 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<unused_2> integer - parameter for future use. Must

be set to 0

<unused_3> integer - parameter for future use. Must

be set to 0

Additional info:

<security> - Flag indicating if the SSL encryption is enabled.

0 - SSL encryption disabled
1 - SSL encryption enabled
If SSL encryption enabling is required, some initial settings have
to be done as follows. For further details, refer to "SSL/TLS User Guide".
SSL channel has to be enabled as follows:
AT#SSLEN=1,1
OK
If server authentication is needed, #SSLSECCFG has to be set
as follows:
AT#SSLSECCFG=1,0,1,0
OK
Then, CA Certificate(DER format) has to be stored as follows:
AT#SSLSECDATA=1,1,1,<size>
>
.........................// store CA Certificate
OK
NOTE: Only the configuration SSL commands listed above are admitted. DW
connection in secure mode cannot be used contemporarily to any command
starting an SSL connection (including SSL sockets, FTPS, secure SMTP and
HTPS).

<deviceIDSelector> is 0 basically if no SIM card or CDMA ID installed

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1605 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#DWCFG?
Read command returns the current settings in the format:

#DWCFG:
<serverUrl>,<deviceIDSelector>,<appToken>,<security>,<heartBeat>,<autoReconne
ct>,<overflowHandling>,<atrunInstanceId>,<serviceTimeout>,<contextID>,0,0,0

AT#DWCFG=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameters <deviceIDSelector>,
<security>, <heartBeat>,
<AutoReconnect>,<overflowHandling>,<atrunInstanceId> and <serviceTimeout> and
the maximum length of <serverUrl> and <appToken> parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1606 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.2. AT#DWSEND - Send Data to IoT Portal

The command is related to sending data to the IoT Portal

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#DWSEND=<type>,<param_1>[,<param_2>[,...[,<param_N>]]]
Execution command permits to send formatted data to the IoT Portal.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 0 code for the type of

message to send.

Values:

0 : normal request

1 : method request

2 : method update

3 : method ack

<param_1> string - the meaning of the

<param_1> parameter
depends on the values of
<type>. Refer to Additional
info section.

<param_2>...<param_N> string - the meaning of the

<param_2> ... <param_N>
parameters depends on
the values of <type>. Refer
to Additional info section.

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1607 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<type>=0, identifies an "API execution request" message format.

Name Type Default Description

<param_1> string - Contains the API command to

execute.

<param_2+> string - String parameter required by the

method, in the format
<key_i>,<value_i>.
They are key-value pairs
indicating the i-th parameter, with
i=0,...,12.
If the current API does not require
input variables, these parameters
can be omitted.

<type>=1, identifies a "Remote method execution request" message

format.

Name Type Default Description

<param_1> string - "thingKey", is the key of a thing

to execute

<param_2> string - timeout, time to wait before

returning an error for the
request.

<param_3> string - method, the method key of a

thing to execute

<param_4> integer N/A is singleton

Values:

0 : more than one of these instances can exist

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1608 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : no more than one of these instances can

exist

<param_5+> string - string parameters required by

the method, in the format
<key_i>,<value_i>. They are key-
value pairs indicating the i-th
parameter, with i=0,...,10. If the
current method does not require
input variables, these
parameters can be omitted.

<type>=2, identifies a "Method update" message format.

Name Type Default Description

<param_1> string - id, the identification of the method

instance

<param_2> string - message, a message represents

the current status of the method

<type>=3, identifies a "Method acknowledgement" message format.

Name Type Default Description

<param_1> string - id, the identification of the method

instance

<param_2> string - status, the integer result status

for the execution.
0 is reserved for OK

<param_3> string - when status is set to non zero

value:
error message associated with
the status

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1609 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<param_3+> string - when status is set to zero value:

return parameters of the method.
Key-value pairs should be used.
<param_i> should be the name of
the element and <param_i+1>
should be the value of the
element. If the current method
does not require output variables,
these parameters can be omitted.

It's possible to use #DWSEND only if the connection has been

opened with #DWCONN.

If data are successfully sent, then the response is OK. If data

sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.

The response to the #DWSEND command reports the

<msgId> value that identifies the sending.

There is no limit on the length of the single <param_i>, but there is

a limit in the total length of the AT command string, that cannot
exceed 400 characters. If this threshold is exceeded, then an
ERROR will be raised.
There is also a limit of 20 messages on the receive queue. If the
queue is full, the consequent send will still succeed but the
response for that particular request will be dropped until an item is
removed from this queue (See commands #DWRCV and
#DWRCVR).

AT#DWSEND=?
Test command reports the maximum length of <type> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1610 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.3. AT#DWSENDR - Send Raw Data to IoT Portal

The command is related to sending data to the IoT Portal

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#DWSENDR=<dataLen>
Execution command permits to send raw data to the M2M Service.
Content must be valid JSON.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<dataLen> integer N/A number of bytes to be sent

Value:

1÷1500 : range of the number of bytes to be sent

Additional info:

<dataLen> - number of bytes to be sent

The module responds to the command with the prompt
<greater_than><space> and waits for the data to send.
When <dataLen> bytes have been sent, operation is automatically
completed.
If data are successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If data sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1611 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

the response to the AT#DWSENDR command reports the

<msgId> value that identifies the sending.
There is also a limit of 20 messages on the receive queue. If the
queue is full, the consequent send will still succeed but the
response for that particular request will be dropped until an item is
removed from this queue (See command AT#DWRCV and
AT#DWRCVR).

it's possible to use AT#DWSENDR only if the connection has been

opened with AT#DWCONN .

AT#DWSENDR=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for
<dataLen> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1612 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.4. AT#DWRCV - Receive Data from IoT Portal

The command is related to receiving data from the IoT Portal

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#DWRCV=<msgId>
Execution command permits the user to read formatted data arriving from
IoT Portal.
The incoming data have been previously notified by the following URC:

#DWRING: <type>,<msgId>,<len>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<msgId> integer - index of the data message to receive, as

indicated in the URC #DWRING

Additional info:

If the incoming data are accepted with AT#DWRCV, then the

formatted data are received and showed with the following URC:

#DWDATA:
<msgId>,<error>,<len>,<param_1>[,<param_2>[,...[,<param_n>]]]

Name Type Default Description

<msgId> string - defined as Set section

<error> string - error code of the message to

receive, 0 if there is no error.

<len> string - defined as Set section

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1613 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<param_i> string - indicating the i-th parameter

associated to the type specified

If the received data are the consequence of a previous data sending

issued by AT#DWSEND, then the <msgId> value is the same of the
<msgId> value reported in the answer of AT#DWSEND.

The incoming Server data are notified by the URC #DWRING with
the following format:

#DWRING: <type>,<msgId>,<len>

Name Type Default Description

<type> string - type of message to receive

<msgId> integer - index of the data message to receive

<len> integer - length of data message to receive

it is possible to use AT#DWRCV only if the connection has been

opened with AT#DWCONN, else the ME is raising an error.
If the data received are the consequence of a previous data sending
issued by AT#DWSEND, then they can be read only using
AT#DWRCV command and not AT#DWRCVR command (i.e.:
AT#DWRCV and AT#DWRCVR are not interchangeable).

AT#DWRCV=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1614 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.5. AT#DWLRCV - List Information on Messages Pending from IoT

Portal
This command allows the users to get the list of the incoming messages from IoT
Portal.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#DWLRCV
Execution command reports the list of the pending messages from IoT
Portal in the following format:

#DWLRCV:<msg_number>[,<msgId_1>,<msg_1_len>[,
...<msgId_N>,<msg_N_len>]]
Additional info:

Parameters meanings.

Name Type Default Description

<msg_number> integer - number of messages

pending from IoT Portal (at
least 0)

<msgId_i> integer - index of the i-th data

message to receive

<msg_i_len> integer - length of the i-th data

message to receive

It is possible to use #DWLRCV only if the connection has been

opened with #DWCONN, else the ME is raising an error.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1615 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#DWLRCV=?
Test command reports OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1616 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.6. AT#DWSTATUS - Query Connection Status

The command purpose is to query the IoT Portal to receive the status of the connection,
including some runtime statistics.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#DWSTATUS
Execution command returns the status of the connection, including some runtime
statistics. Note, all statistics should be stored in RAM, not NVM.
Additional info:

The IoT Portal will return a generic structure:

#DWSTATUS:
<connected><lastErrorCode>,<latency>,<pktsIn>,<pktsOut>,<bytesIn>,<bytesOu
t>

Name Type Default Description

<connected> integer N/A Connection status.

Values:

3 : waiting to connect

2 : connected

1 : trying to connect

0 : disconnected

<lastErrorCode> integer - last error code encountered by the

client.

<latency> integer - milliseconds measured between last

request and reply.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1617 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<pktsIn> integer - number of packets received, tracked by

the server

<pktsOut> integer - number of packets sent

<bytesIn> integer - number of bytes received, TCP/IP

payload

<bytesOut> integer - number of bytes sent

AT#DWSTATUS=?
Test command reports OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1618 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.7. AT#DWCONN - Connect to IoT Portal

This command connects/disconnects to the IoT Portal.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#DWCONN=<connect>
Set command connects/disconnects to the M2M Service.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connect> integer 0 flag to connect/disconnect to the M2M

Service

Values:

0 : disconnect

1 : connect

AT#DWCONN=1 performs the socket connection and the MQTT

connection. AT#DWCONN=0 performs the socket disconnection.

the PDP Context used for the network connection is the first
(<cid>=1 has to be previously defined with AT+CGDCONT command
and activated with AT#SGACT command)

if the secure mode connection has been enabled, it cannot be used

contemporarily to any command starting an SSL connection
(including SSL sockets, FTPS, secure SMTP and HTPS).

AT#DWCONN?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1619 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current settings for all parameters in the
format:

#DWCONN: <connect>>,<status>
Additional info:

Read command response format:

Name Type Default Description

<connect> integer - see Set section

<status> integer N/A the real connection status

Values:

0 : disconnected

1 : trying to connect

2 : connected

3 : waiting to connect

AT#DWCONN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1620 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.8. AT#DWRCVR - Receive Raw Data from M2M Service

This command permits the user to read raw data arriving from M2M Service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#DWRCVR=<msgId>
Execution command permits the user to read raw data arriving from M2M
Service; the module is notified of these data by the URC #DWRING.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<msgId> integer - index of the data message to receive, as

indicated in the URC #DWRING

Additional info:

If the data received are the consequence of a previous data sending

(issued by AT#DWSENDR), then the <msgId> value is the same of
the <msgId> value reported in the answer of AT#DWSENDR.

The incoming Server data are notified by the URC #DWRING with
the following format:

#DWRING: <type>,<msgId>,<len>

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer - type of the data message to receive

<msgId> integer - index of the data message to receive

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1621 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<len> integer - length of data message to receive

If the incoming data are accepted with AT#DWRCVR, then the data
are received and showed with the following URC:

#DWRDATA: <msgId>,<error>,<len>,<data>

Name Type Default Description

<msgId> integer - defined as Set section

<error> integer - error code of the message to

receive, 0 if there is no error.

<len> integer - defined as Set section

<data> string - M2M Service data

it is possible to use AT#DWRCVR only if the connection has been

opened with AT#DWCONN, else the ME is raising an error.
If the data received are the consequence of a previous data sending
issued by AT#DWSENDR, then they can be read only using
AT#DWRCVR command and not AT#DWRCV command (i.e.:
AT#DWRCV and AT#DWRCVR are not interchangeable).

AT#DWRCVR=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1622 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.9. AT#DWEN - Enable Agent Features

This command permits to enable/disable up to 8 different deviceWISE features.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#DWEN=<feat>,<en>[,<option1>[,<option2>[,<option3>[,<option4>[,<option5>]]]]
]
Set command permits to enable/disable up to 8 different deviceWISE features.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<feat> integer N/A feature to enable or disable

Values:

0 : remote at commands

1÷7 : reserved for future use

<en> integer N/A enable or disable this features

Values:

0 : disable the feature

1 : enable the feature

<option1> string - reserved for future use

<option2> string - reserved for future use

<option3> string - reserved for future use

<option4> string - reserved for future use

<option5> string - reserved for future use

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1623 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

the <en> value is considered only at the very first connection to M2M
Service (AT#DWCONN=1) after a device power on or reboot

feature 0 (Remote AT commands) has no option

AT#DWEN?
Read command returns the current settings for each feature in the format:

#DWEN: <feat>,<en>,<option1>,<option2>,<option3>,<option4>,<option5>

AT#DWEN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <feat> and
<en> and the maximum length of <optionX> (where X=1,..,5) parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1624 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.10. AT#LWM2MSKIP - LwM2M Client startup mode

The set command enables and disables the LwM2M Client initialization mode at module
startup. This command allows to the user the possibility to change the LwM2M client
agents initialization.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#LWM2MSKIP=<enable>[,<agentMask>][,<reboot>]
The set command enables/disables the LwM2M Client initialization and
startup in the module.
It was created to give the user the possibility to control the LwM2M client
initialization.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enables or disables the "skipping

client startup" modality

Values:

0 : skip is disabled, thus the LwM2M clients

selected in the <agentMask> parameter are
configured to be started at module startup

1 : skip is enabled, thus the LwM2M clients selected

in the <agentMask> parameter are configured to
be not started at module startup

<agentMask> hex 0 set of LwM2M clients affected by the

enable parameter.
The command admits the parameter
in hexadecimal format without the
prefix 0x.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1625 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The following values and

combinations are accepted:
1: Telit client, bit mask 00000001
2: Verizon client, bit mask 00000010
4: AT&T client, bit mask 00000100
8: DOCOMO client, bit mask 00001000

ERROR is returned if a bit of the the

mask has no LwM2M client mapped
on.

<agentMask>= 0 is not allowed since it

is useless: it means that the
skipping/not skipping required
operation should not affect any
clients.

Giving the command without

<agentMask> parameter will affect all
LwM2M clients.

Value:

1÷FF : bit mask length

<reboot> integer 1 enables or disables the automatic

reboot after the command setting

Values:

0 : Reboot is disabled

1 : Reboot as part of issuing the command (Default)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1626 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If the command changes the current agents skip settings, in case

of <reboot> parameter missing or set to 1, the module is rebooted.
No reboots will be triggered if the command is not changing the
current behavior.

The command affects only the clients indicated in

the <agentMask>. If a client startup is already skipped, a
successive skip setting involving another agent will not impact on
the former one (see example).

There is no relation between the LwM2M in the <agentMask> and

the module customization: it is possible to set the skip property for
a Verizon client even on a module not customized for it; it simply
returns OK but there will not be a real effect at the next startup.

For products LE910C1-SA, LE910Cx-SAD the command supports

only <enable>.
If other parameters are provided ERROR is returned:
AT#LWM2MSKIP=<enable>

AT#LWM2MSKIP?
Read command reports the current values of parameters in the format:

#LWM2MSKIP: <enable>,<maskStatus>

For products LE910C1-SA, LE910Cx-SAD the read command

reports:
#LWM2MSKIP: <enable>

AT#LWM2MSKIP=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1627 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for all the
parameters.

For products LE910C1-SA, LE910Cx-SAD the test command

reports:
#LWM2MSKIP: (0,1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1628 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set the skip property for all agents available in the module: all the clients
are stopped at startup (reboot is performed in particular cases, see
additional notes):
AT#LWM2MSKIP=1
OK

all LwM2M clients are skipped. The mask could vary according to the agents
available in the module:
AT#LWM2MSKIP?
#LWM2MSKIP: 1,7
OK

Reset the skip property for Telit Client. Please note that the other LwM2M
clients are not affected, since not indicated in the <agentMask>:
AT#LWM2MSKIP=0,1
OK

AT#LWM2MSKIP?
#LWM2MSKIP: 1,6
OK

Set the skip property for all agents available in the module (reboot is not
performed):
AT#LWM2MSKIP=1,,0
OK

Set the skip property for AT&T client. Reboot is not performed: it takes
effect at next reboot:
AT#LWM2MSKIP=1,4,0
OK

Reset the skip property for AT&T client. Reboot is not performed: it takes
effect at next reboot:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1629 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#LWM2MSKIP=0,4,0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1630 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.11. AT+ODIS - Commands for Saving and Retrieving the Odis

Parameters
This command allows the end-user to handle the Host ODIS parameters. In case of
AT&T LwM2M agent up and running, the command is executed internally to the LwM2M
client, updating this client about the values change (i.e.: the server will be notified about
this change if the observation on these items is active).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+ODIS=<instance>,<hostUniqueDevId>,<hostManufacturer>,<hostModel>,<host
SwVersion>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance> integer N/A Instance number

Values:

0 : Instance #0

1 : Instance #1

<hostUniqueDevId> string - contains a string, between

double quotes, with the host
unique device identifier
HUID0, default value

<hostManufacturer> string - contains a string, between

double quotes, with the host
manufacturer identifier.
HMAN0, default value

<hostModel> string - contains a string, between

double quotes, with the host
model identifier.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1631 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

HMOD0, default value

<hostSwVersion> string - contains a string, between

double quotes, with the host
software version identifier.
HSW0, default value

The odis setting requires all the odis values to be set each time the
command is issued, therefore, to change only one odis parameters it is
recommended to read all the values first, and then compose the command
input string accordingly.

Since the odis items are 4, it is quite unlikely but possible that some the
storing of some of them fails. In this case, the new values, where
succeeded, are kept. An advice is that, in case of storing failure, the
+ODIS? command is used to verify what are the odis items changed, if any.

This command is only valid on AT&T firmware, and not on other carriers
firmware.

AT+ODIS?
Read command reports the current odis values in the format:
+ODIS: <instance#0>,<hostManufacturer#0>,<hostModel#0>,<hostSwVersion#0>
+ODIS: <instance#1>,<hostManufacturer#1>,<hostModel#1>,<hostSwVersion#1>

As per AT&T specification, the <hostUniqueDevId> odis parameter could be

set but it cannot be read by AT commands.

AT+ODIS=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for all parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1632 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+ODIS?
+ODIS: 0,"HMAN0","HMOD0","HSW0"
+ODIS: 1,"HMAN1","HMOD1","HSW1"
OK

AT+ODIS=0,"HUID12","HMAN34","HMOD56","HSW78"
OK

AT+ODIS?
+ODIS: 0,"HMAN34","HMOD56","HSW78"
+ODIS: 1,"HMAN1","HMOD1","HSW1"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1633 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.25.12. AT#FOTAURC - Sets FOTA Extended URCs

This command allows the end-user to enable/disable the FOTA extended URCs,
resulting in a verbosity FOTA operations.
Those settings are generally neither related nor manageable with other LwM2M agent
commands.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#FOTAURC=<enable>
The settings are stored in the module and are not affected by module
power-cycle, TFI or FOTA flashing.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enable/disable extended URCs

Values:

0 : disable extended URCs

1 : enable extended URCs

This command affects LwM2M, FA1 and OTAUP operations.

The command should add the following URCs:

- #OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT" at the FOTA startup beginning
- #OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED" at the delta package download
beginning
- #OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD COMPLETED" at the delta package
download end

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1634 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- #OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD FAILED" at the delta package download

failure
- #OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK PASS" in case of valid delta
package
- #OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL" in case of invalid delta
package

Please notice that following error URCs are issued always,

regardless the #FOTAURC
command setting:
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD FAILED"
#OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL",<errorCode>

Please notice that the time to issue the URCs is strictly related to
the agent that is in charge of managing the FOTA operations and
may strongly vary between them.

Please notice that the #OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL" URC

may appear more than once, according to the retry policy of the
delta validity check used by the FOTA entity, such as in LwM2M
client.

<errorCode> reported in #OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL" URC

may assume the following values:
- 10 in case of invalid delta file (i.e.: when the delta file has an
invalid or corrupted tag)
- 21 in case of CRC calculated error (i.e.: when the delta file is not
applicable to the current software version)

AT#FOTAURC?
Returns the <enable> value
#FOTAURC: <enable>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1635 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FOTAURC=?
Test command reports the supported range of values.

AT#FOTAURC =?
#FOTAURC: (0,1)

OK

This command is available only for ThreadX based product.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1636 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#FOTAURC command examples:

• LwM2M:
After writing resource /5/0/1 with a proper URI with a valid delta
package link:
#OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD COMPLETED"
#OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK PASS"
#LWM2MINFO: "GEN","FOTA REBOOT"
#OTAEV: Module Upgraded To New Fw

After writing resource /5/0/1 with a proper URI with an invalid delta
package link:
#OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD COMPLETED"
#OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL"

After writing resource /5/0/1 with a proper URI, with a download

failure:
#OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD FAILED"

• FA1:
After sending an FA1 message with a valid delta package link:
#OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD COMPLETED"
#OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK PASS"
#OTAEV: "FOTA REBOOT"
#OTAEV: Module Upgraded To New Fw

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1637 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• OTAUP:
Using a formerly loaded valid package:
AT#OTAUP=0,3
...
OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK PASS"
...
#OTAEV: Module Upgraded To New Fw

Using a formerly loaded invalid package:

AT#OTAUP=0,3
...
OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL"

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1638 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

FOTA & OMA

3.26.1. FOTA Legacy

3.26.1.1. AT#OTAUPW - OTA Delta Write

Execution command starts injection of a delta file into the device.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#OTAUPW=[<param1>]
This command will only write the file to the device to be ready for
installation.
In order to install the delta file, you have to send the command #OTAUP.
You can send #OTAUPW with or without <param1> parameter.
Once received the command #OTAUPW, the device prints the "CONNECT"
reply wait for data to received.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<param1> integer 0 LE910Cx Linux:

size in bytes of data to be
injected
LE910Cx ThreadX:
verbose level

Values:

0 : hash mark printing disabled during injection,

(LE910Cx ThreadX only)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1639 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : hash mark printing enabled during injection every

4096 bytes (LE910Cx ThreadX only)

Send escape sequence +++ to end data transmission (which will

result in OK response).

In LE910Cx Linux, If <param1> parameter value was specified, the

command will report OK once all size is received.

In LE910Cx ThreadX, escape sequence detection (+++) works after

2 seconds from last data received. In escape sequence detection
mode, any other characters except escape sequence +++ will
return ERROR.

The following AT configurations restore to default value after FOTA

Update. It applies to both LE910CxLinux and LE910Cx ThreadX
Common profile section (See 3.3.1 Factory Profile and User
Profiles for details)
+WS46, +CEMODE, +CGSMS, #AUTOATT, #WKIO, #ENS,
#SCFGEXT3, #DNS, #HTTPCFG, $SLP, $LCSSLP, $SLPTYPE,
$SUPLSEC, $SUPLV, $LTC, $GPSLOCK, $AGPSEN, $LCSLPP,
#SMSMODE, #PLMNMODE, #BND, #SCFG, #AUTOBND,
#JDRENH2, #JDR4GCFG, #IMSPDPSET, $LCSAGLO, $GPSDPO,
#SSLCFG, #SSLSECCFG, #PROTOCOLCFG, $GPSELNA, #TXCAL,
#CALLDISA, #BCCHLOCK, #HOSTODIS, #TXCAL4G, #CLATENA,
#GTPEN, #ECALLNWTMR, #ECALLTMR, $XTRAEN,
#SINGLEAPNSWITCH, #ALLOWHAC, #ECALLURC, +CSCB,
#PKTSZ, #DSTO, #SKTTO, #SKTCT, +ODIS, #GPIO, #TEMPCFG,
#SIMINCFG

AT#OTAUPW=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1640 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• LE910Cx Linux:
// Send the command #OTAUPW to start the
// injection of the Delta FW into module's flash memory
AT#OTAUPW
CONNECT
// Send the Delta FW to the module via user's USB/SERIAL interface
// remind to use hardware flow control while sending the file
// Once the sending of the file has been terminated,
// close the connection through the escape sequence (+++).
+++
OK

• LE910Cx ThreadX:
// Send the command #OTAUPW to start the
// injection of the Delta FW into module's flash memory
AT#OTAUPW
CONNECT
// Send the Delta FW to the module via user's USB/SERIAL interface
// remind to use hardware flow control while sending the file
// Once the sending of the file has been terminated, wait at least 2
seconds
// to close the connection through the escape sequence (+++).
+++
OK

AT#OTAUPW
CONNECT
// Send the Delta FW to the module via user's USB/SERIAL interface
// remind to use hardware flow control while sending the file
// Once the sending of the file has been terminated, wait at least 2
seconds
// to enter the escape sequence detection mode.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1641 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

// Send wrong escape sequence character 'a'

a
ERROR

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1642 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.26.2. OMA-DM

3.26.2.1. AT#HOSTODIS - Host ODIS Parameters Management

The command manages the Host Odis parameters related to AT&T OMA LwM2M Client.

[1] <CDR-DVM-4543> of AT&T, revision 19.2

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#HOSTODIS=<Param>,<Action>[,<Value>[,<Instance>]]
The set command allows the end-user to handle the Host Odis parameters
for AT&T OMA LwM2M client

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Param> integer N/A selects the specific item on which work.

Values:

0 : Host Manufacturer name

1 : Host model Name

2 : Host Software application version

3 : Host Device Unique ID

<Action> integer N/A selects the action to be performed on the

item selected by <Param>

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1643 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : "SET" action

1 : "GET" action

2 : "RESET" action

<Value> string - contains a string, between double

quotes, with data to be set. Maximum
string length is 64 characters.
It is valid only if <Action> = 0 ("SET"
action)

<Instance> integer 0 instance number

Value:

0,1 : allowed values

Host Manufacturer, Host Model and Host Software application

version do not change after an OTA firmware upgrade

"GET" action is not allowed on Host Device Unique ID.

Default values, according to specification [1], are:

Instance 0:
- HUID0 (for Host Device Unique ID)
- HMAN0 (for Host Manufacturer)
- HMOD0 (for Host Model)
- HSW0 (for Host Software version)
Instance 1:
- HUID1 (for Host Device Unique ID)
- HMAN1 (for Host Manufacturer)
- HMOD1 (for Host Model)
- HSW1 (for Host Software version)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1644 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#HOSTODIS=?
Test command returns the supported values ranges of the parameters.

Get the currently set values (i.e.: Host Model)

AT#HOSTODIS=1,1
#HOSTODIS:"HMOD1"
OK

Set a new Host Model value

AT#HOSTODIS=1,0,"Model #4 - 2nd version"
OK

Get the currently set value

AT#HOSTODIS=1,1
#HOSTODIS: 0,"Model #4 - 2nd version"
OK

Reset the Model value

AT#HOSTODIS=1,2
OK

Get again the currently set value

AT#HOSTODIS=1,1
#HOSTODIS:"HMOD1"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1645 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.26.2.2. AT#VZWFOTAURC - Enable / Disable VZW FOTA URC

Enable / Disable Verizon FOTA URC

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#VZWFOTAURC=<enable>
This command is used to enable / disable URC during Verizon FOTA
session
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 1 URC enable

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

AT#VZWFOTAURC?
Read command reports the current setting for Verizon URC enable, in the
format:
#VZWFOTAURC: <enable>

AT#VZWFOTAURC=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the <enable>
parameter

This command is for Verizon OTADM

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1646 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#VZWFOTAURC?
#VZWFOTAURC: 1

OK

AT#VZWFOTAURC=0
OK

AT#VZWFOTAURC=?
#VZWFOTAURC: (0,1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1647 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.26.2.3. AT#VZWDM - Trigger user initiated DM / FUMO session

Trigger user initiated DM / FUMO session

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#VZWDM=<session_type>
This command is used to trigger user initiated DM / FUMO session for
Verizon OTADM
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<session_type> integer N/A session type

Values:

0 : DM session

1 : FUMO session

If firmware update is available for FUMO session, firmware

download and update will be started according to #VZWFOTACFG
setting

AT#VZWDM=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the
<session_type> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1648 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#VZWDM=?
#VZWDM: (0, 1)
OK
AT#VZWDM=0
OK
AT#VZWDM=1
OK

// In case of update package is not available

#OTAEV: No Update Available

// In case of update package is available, FUMO session will be

continued with the following URC
#OTAEV: FOTA REQUEST INIT

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1649 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.26.2.4. AT#VZWSENDUA - Send user action during VZW FOTA

Send user action for Verizon FOTA

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#VZWSENDUA=<action>
This command is used to send user action for download or update during
Verizon FOTA
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer N/A user action

Values:

0 : Cancel

1 : Accept

2 : Defer (for 24 hours)

Additional info:

This command works only after following URCs are received:

#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD READY
or
#OTAEV: UPDATE READY

AT#VZWSENDUA=?
Test command reports the supported values for the <action> parameter

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1650 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1651 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#VZWSENDUA=?
#VZWSENDUA: (0-2)

OK
AT#VZWFOTACFG=3
OK
AT#VZWFOTACFG?
#VZWFOTACFG: 3
OK

// Server send push message for FOTA

#OTAEV: FOTA REQUEST INIT
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD READY

AT#VZWSENDUA=1
OK

#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD STARTED

#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD PROGRESS [1/100]
...
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD PROGRESS [100/100]
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD COMPLETED
#OTAEV: UPDATE READY

AT#VZWSENDUA=1
OK

#OTAEV: UPDATE STARTED

// Device will reboot to install update package. Update will take some time
depends on size of delta package.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1652 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#OTAEV: Module Upgraded To New FW

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1653 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.26.2.5. AT#VZWDMACCURL - Configure VZW DM Server URL

Configure VZW DM Server URL

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#VZWDMACCURL=<url>[,<port>]
This command is used to change the VZW DM Account Server for Verizon
OTADM.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<url> string - String parameter that indicate DM account

server URL.
Default value is "https://4g2.vzwdm.com"

<port> integer 443 the server port to be used.

Value:

1÷65535 : Port range

AT#VZWDMACCURL?
Read command reports the current setting for Verizon DM server, in the
format:
#VZWDMACCURL: <url>:<port>

AT#VZWDMACCURL=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the <url> and
<port> parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1654 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#VZWDMACCURL?
#VZWDMACCURL: https://ii4g.motive.com:443

OK
AT#VZWDMACCURL=https://ii4g.motive.com,443
OK
AT#VZWDMACCURL?
#VZWDMACCURL: https://ii4g.motive.com,443
OK
AT#VZWDMACCURL=https://ivzwmdmv.iot.motive.com
OK
AT#VZWDMACCURL?
#VZWDMACCURL: https://ivzwmdmv.iot.motive.com:443
OK
AT#VZWDMACCURL=?
#VZWDMACCURL: ,(1-65535)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1655 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.26.2.6. AT#VZWFOTACFG - Configure Verizon FOTA Download and Update

Option
Configure Verizon FOTA download and update option

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#VZWFOTACFG=<mode>
This command is used to configure Verizon FOTA download and update
option.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Verizon FOTA mode for download and

update

Values:

0 : Auto Download / Auto Update

1 : Auto Download / Manual Update

2 : Manual Download / Auto Update

3 : Manual Download / Manual Update

4 : Reject FOTA Request

For manual download or update, #VZWSENDUA command should

be issued to proceed to FUMO operation.

AT#VZWFOTACFG?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1656 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the current setting for Verizon FOTA

configuration, in the format:
#VZWFOTACFG: <mode>

AT#VZWFOTACFG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the <mode>
parameter.

This command is for Verizon OTADM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1657 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#VZWFOTACFG?
#VZWFOTACFG: 0
OK

// Server send push message for FOTA

#OTAEV: FOTA REQUEST INIT
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD STARTED
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD PROGRESS [1/100]
...
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD PROGRESS [100/100]
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD COMPLETED
#OTAEV: UPDATE STARTED

// Device will reboot to install update package. Update will take

some times depends on size of delta package.
#OTAEV: Module Upgraded To New FW

• AT#VZWFOTACFG=3
OK
AT#VZWFOTACFG?
#VZWFOTACFG: 3
OK

// Server send push message for FOTA

#OTAEV: FOTA REQUEST INIT
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD READY

// Send Accept using #VZWSENDUA command

AT#VZWSENDUA=1

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1658 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

OK

#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD STARTED

#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD PROGRESS [1/100]
...
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD PROGRESS [100/100]
#OTAEV: DOWNLOAD COMPLETED
#OTAEV: UPDATE READY

// Send Accept using #VZWSENDUA command

AT#VZWSENDUA=1
OK

#OTAEV: UPDATE STARTED

// Device will reboot to install update package. Update will take

some times depends on size of delta package.
#OTAEV: Module Upgraded To New FW

• AT#VZWFOTACFG=4
OK
AT#VZWFOTACFG?
#VZWFOTACFG: 4
OK

// Server send push message for FOTA but FOTA request will be
ignored silently.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1659 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

M2M

3.27.1. AT#M2MARG - M2M Set Arguments

Set command sets/resets the main arguments of the executable binary file (".bin"
extension) saved in "/mod" directory which RUN permission has been set by
#M2MRUN command. The arguments are used by M2MB_main( argc, argv ) function.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#M2MARG=[<file_bin>],[<arg1>,<arg2>,…,<argn>,…,<argN>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<file_bin> string - executable file name selected for

arguments setting/resetting. If
parameter <file_bin> is not present, the
arguments configuration is applied to
all executables.
The format of <file_bin> is a quoted or
unquoted string, max 64 chars, case
sensitive.

<arg1>...<argN> mixed - arguments to be applied. Format is

unquoted string (max 32 chars, case
sensitive) and maximum number of
arguments is N=10. The empty space is
seen as normal character. Comma is
not supported as char inside
arguments.
If none of <argn> is present, arguments
are deleted (reset).
If an empty arg is provided in between
other args, an ERROR is returned being

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1660 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

the current args remained unchanged.

See the following examples:

AT#M2MARG=app.bin,arg1,arg2,...,argN
set the arguments to "/mod/app.bin" if
it exists

AT#M2MARG=,arg,arg2,...,argN
set the arguments to all executables

AT#M2MARG=app.bin,
delete the arguments of "/mod/app.bin"
if it exists

AT#M2MARG=,
delete the arguments of all executable

AT#M2MARG=app.bin,arg1,,arg3
if an empty arg is provided in between
other args, an ERROR is returned being
the current args remained unchanged

The arguments entered by the command are saved on

"/mod/appcfg.ini" file.

AT#M2MARG?
Read command reports the available executables and their current
arguments. The report has the following format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1661 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#M2MARG: <app1.bin,arg1,arg2,...,argN1>
#M2MARG: <app2.bin,arg1,arg2,...,argN2>
...
#M2MARG: <appQ.bin,arg1,arg2,...,argNQ>

AT#M2MARG=?
Test command returns the max characters number of <file_bin> binary file
name and of the <argn> parameters. The format is:

#M2MARG: 64,32,...,32

AT#M2MARG=app1.bin,one,two,12,34.5
OK

AT#M2MARG=app2.bin,first,"second and third"

OK

AT#M2MARG=?
#M2MARG: <app1.bin, one,two,12,34.5>
#M2MARG: <app2.bin, first,"second and third">
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1662 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.2. AT#M2MCHDIR - M2M File System Change Current Directory

This command manages the M2M File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MCHDIR=<path>
Set command sets the current working directory in the M2M file system.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<path> string - can be:

- full directory path name starting with "/"
- relative directory path name
- directory name (in current directory)

Maximum full directory length is 128 chars, maximum folder name

is 64 chars.

If <path> is not present an error code is reported.

<path> is case sensitive.

<path> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

Path separator must be "/".

The current directory in M2M file system at every power on is

"/data/azc/mod".

AT#M2MCHDIR?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1663 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the current working directory in the current drive
in the M2M file system in the format:
#M2MCHDIR: <path_name>
Additional info:

Parameter description is:

Name Type Default Description

<path> string - Absolute path name, quoted string type

(max 128 chars, case sensitive)

AT#M2MCHDIR=?
Test command returns OK result code.

Check directory and move to dir1 directory.

• AT#M2MCHDIR?
#M2MCHDIR: "/data/azc/mod"
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="dir1"
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR?
#M2MCHDIR: "/data/azc/mod/dir1"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1664 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.3. AT#M2MMKDIR - M2M File System Make Directory

This command manages the M2M File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MMKDIR=<directory_name>
Set command makes a new directory in current directory (see
#M2MCHDIR) or on a specified path. The new directory must be created
on existing path, only one directory at time can be created.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<directory_name> string - can be:

- full directory path name starting
with "/" (parent directory must
exist)
- relative directory path name
(parent directory must exist)
- directory name (in current
directory)

Maximum full directory length is 128 chars, maximum folder name

is 64 chars

<directory_name> is case sensitive

<directory_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

AT#M2MMKDIR=?
Test command returns OK result code

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1665 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MMKDIR="dir1"
OK
/myfolder is "/data" or its-sub folder. writing action allowed only in /data
and its-sub folders
AT#M2MMKDIR=/myfolder
OK
AT#M2MMKDIR="/myfolder/mySubfolder"
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/myfolder/mySubfolder"
OK
AT#M2MMKDIR=newFolder
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/myfolder/mySubfolder/newFolder"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1666 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.4. AT#M2MBACKUP - M2M Set Backup Feature

This command manages the M2M File System and backup partition.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#M2MBACKUP=<mode>[,<file_bin>]
Set command creates or removes backup image of the executable binary
file if <file_bin> is present.
Otherwise the command sets or resets backup mode.
Files in FS that have their backed up image activated, are auto recovered
in case of corruption or deletion.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 set/reset the BACKUP mode

Values:

0 : disable BACKUP mode; If <file_bin> is provided it

removes specified binary file from backup area
otherwise remove all binary files already under
backup

1 : AUTOMATIC backup mode; If <file_bin> is not

provided below setting is applied to all backed up
applications. If during application start there is a
mismatch between its valid FS image and its valid
backed up version, then backed up version will be
auto updated

2 : MANUAL backup mode; If <file_bin> is not provided

below setting is applied to all backed up
applications. If during application start there is a
mismatch between its valid FS image and its valid

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1667 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

backed up version, then backed up version will not

be updated, it remains as an old backed up version

3 : DEFRAG backup mode; It defragments backup

memory area. If <file_bin> is provided, ERROR is
returned

<file_bin> string - *.bin file; its format is a

quoted or unquoted string
(max 64 chars, case
sensitive).
File name extension must
be .bin. It must be an
executable, see #M2MRUN,
so already set as
executable.
If parameter <file_bin> is
not present, the setting is
applied to all backed-up
files.

Additional info:

The modes <mode>=0, <mode>=1 and <mode>=2 have immediate

effect.

AT#M2MBACKUP=0
Remove all binary files already under backup.

AT#M2MBACKUP =1
Set AUTO mode to all binary files already under backup

AT#M2MBACKUP =2
Set MANUAL mode to all binary files already under backup

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1668 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MBACKUP =0,"app1.bin"
Remove "/mode/app1.bin" from backup area

AT#M2MBACKUP =1,"app1.bin"
Store "/mod/app1.bin" app in backup area with AUTOMATIC mode

AT#M2MBACKUP =2,"app1.bin"
Store "/mod/app1.bin" app in backup area with MANUAL mode

AT#M2MBACKUP=3
Defrag all app in backup area

Only an executable binary file can be included in backup system

(see #M2MRUN)

It is not possible to simply delete an application from FS if app is

under backup, since it will be restored by the system. It is even not
possible to remove application that is under backup from execution
list using appzone APIs (see appMng). If instead application is
removed from execution list by directly changing
"/mod/appcfg,ini", it will be also removed from backup.

If FS image is corrupted\deleted and it is under backup, it will be

auto recovered during application start or commands which refer
to it (#M2MRUN=4, .. ,#M2MRUN?)

The backup section is divided in 128 kB blocks, therefore total,

available and contiguous size are always multiple of 128 kB.

In optimal situation without memory fragmentation, available and

contiguous memory have the same size. Memory fragmentation

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1669 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

can occur for example when an application is cancelled from

backup area, depending on its position and sizes in memory.
It is recommended to execute memory defragmentation each time
contiguous memory is not sufficient and different from available.
The operation of defragmentation could take a while, depending on
the current memory state.

The backup defrag command does not require any other

parameter; if <file_bin> is provided, the command fails.

AT#M2MBACKUP?
Read command reports the BACKED UP files. The report has the following
format:

#M2MBACKUP: <app.bin>, <mode>, <size>

#M2MBACKUP: <tot_size>, <available>, <contiguous>

Additional info:

Here below the parameters meaning

Name Type Default Description

<app.bin> string - Application backup name

<mode> integer N/A Application backup mode

Values:

0 : disable BACKUP mode

1 : automatic BACKUP mode

2 : manual BACKUP mode

3 : defrag BACKUP

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1670 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<size> integer - size of app in bytes in backup

area

<tot_size> integer - Total size of backup area in

bytes

<available> integer - Available size of backup area in

bytes

<contiguous> integer - Max number of contiguous

available bytes in backup area.

AT#M2MBACKUP=?
Test command returns the values range of the <mode> parameter and the
maximum number of characters of the <file_bin> parameter. The format
is:

#M2MBACKUP: (0-3), 64

Set BACKUP mode and select application to backup

AT#M2MBACKUP=1,app.bin
OK

Check what is the BACKUP status value.

AT#M2MBACKUP?
#M2MBACKUP: <app.bin, 1, 46560>
#M2MBACKUP: <3932160, 3801088, 3801088>
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1671 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.5. AT#M2MRMDIR - M2M File System Remove Directory

This command removes a directory in the M2M file system.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MRMDIR=<directory_name>
Set command deletes a specified directory in current directory (see
#M2MCHDIR) or a directory in a specified path.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<directory_name> string - can be:

- full directory path name starting
with "/"
- relative directory path name
- directory name (in current
directory)

Maximum full directory length is 128 chars, maximum folder name

is 64 chars

If <directory_name> is not present an error code is reported

<directory_name> is case sensitive

<directory_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not

To be removed, the <directory_name> must be empty otherwise an

error is returned

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1672 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MRMDIR=?
Test command returns OK.

AT#M2MRMDIR=dir1
OK
"/myfolder" must be "/data" or its sub folder
AT#M2MRMDIR="/myfolder/dir2"
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/myfolder"
OK
AT#M2MRMDIR="mySubfolder/dir3"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1673 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.6. AT#M2MRUN - M2M Set Run File Permission

This command manages the run permissions and control of the applications

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MRUN=<mode>[,<file_bin>[,<delay>]]
Set command sets/resets the RUN file permission and the delay start of
the executable binary files with ".bin" extension, stored in the directory
/data/azc/mod. It supports the multi-app feature.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A set/reset the RUN file permission

Values:

0÷2 : Boot mode: it takes effect after next reboot, see

Additional info section, see Additional info section

3÷5 : Immediate mode: it immediately takes effect

(start\stop), see Additional info section

<file_bin> string - executable file name for which you set the
RUN file permission, its format is a
quoted or unquoted string (max 64 chars,
case sensitive). File name extension must
be .bin. If parameter is not present, the
setting is applied to all executable files.

<delay> integer 0 is the delay parameter if the is

present, otherwise it effects all the
executables present in the
/data/azc/mod directory. Delay is relative
to AppZone engine start which is in turn
delayed by +M2M command setting.
Depending on selected two different

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1674 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

delays have effects, see Additional info

section

Value:

0÷60 : range of the delay expressed in seconds

Additional info:

The boot modes =0, =1 and =2 have effect after next reboot.
* AT#M2MRUN=0
NO RUN permission for all executables *.bin files in
"/data/azc/mod "
* AT#M2MRUN=1
RUN permission for all executables *.bin files in "/data/azc/mod "
* AT#M2MRUN=2,"app2.bin"
Exclusive RUN permission: if file exist, set
"/data/azc/mod/app2.bin" as executable and
provides RUN permission only for it. Current delay not changed or
set to default 0 if not still an executable.
* AT#M2MRUN=1,,10
RUN permission with delay =10 sec for all executable *.bin
* AT#M2MRUN=1,"app2.bin"
RUN permission for "/data/azc/mod/app2.bin" if it exists, current
delay not changed or set to default 0 if not still an executable
* AT#M2MRUN=1,"app3.bin",0
RUN permission for "/data/azc/mod/app3.bin" if it exists, delay
set to 0
* AT#M2MRUN=0,"app2.bin",0
NO RUN permission for "/data/azc/mod/app2.bin", delay set to 0.
The RUN permission of all other *.bin files are not changed

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1675 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The immediate modes <mode>=3, <mode>=4 and <mode>=5 have

immediate effect.
"in place" used hereafter means without reboot needed.
After exclusive load (<mode>= 5) the other executables than the
selected one, are immediately stopped with 0 delay, but their own
previous immediate delay are preserved.
* AT#M2MRUN=3
in place stop of all apps in running with their last set immediate
delay.
In case of error the command will try in any case to stop as many
executables as possible
* AT#M2MRUN=3,,20
in place stop of all apps after 20 seconds of delay
* AT#M2MRUN=3,"app2.bin"
in place stop of app2.bin, after its own last volatile delay
* AT#M2MRUN=3,"app2.bin",0
immediate stop of app2.bin
* AT#M2MRUN=3,"app2.bin",10
in place stop of app2.bin after 10 seconds
* AT#M2MRUN=4
in place start of all apps if not already in running.
The current immediate delays are used. In case of error, will try
to start in any case as many executables as possible
* AT#M2MRUN=4,,20
in place start of all apps if not already in running after 20 seconds
for all
* AT#M2MRUN=4,"app2.bin"
in place start of app2.bin if not already in running with the current
immediate delay
* AT#M2MRUN=4,"app2.bin",10
in place start of app2.bin if not already in running after10
seconds

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1676 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

* AT#M2MRUN=5,"app2.bin"
immediate stop of all apps in running, and in place start of
app2.bin, if not already in running, after its own current immediate
delay
* AT#M2MRUN=5,"app2.bin",0
immediate stop of all apps in running, and immediate start of
app2.bin with no delay, if not already in running
* AT#M2MRUN=5,"app2.bin",10
immediate stop of all apps in running, and in place load of
app2.bin, if not already in running, after 10s delay

Depending on selected two different delays have effects.

1. Boot mode: in this mode both "boot" and "immediate" delays are
affected:
if <delay> not provided:
delays are not changed from their previous configured values.
Default values are 0.
if <delay> provided:
delays are set accordingly

2. Immediate mode: in this mode only "immediate" delay is set:

if <delay> not provided:
"immediate" delay is not changed from its previous configured
value.
if <delay> provided:
"Immediate" delay is set accordingly.
See special case for =5 in additional info.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1677 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Parameters setting provided <mode> with in boot mode range is

saved on "/mod/appcfg.ini" file

Executables are binary files with ".bin" extension saved in "/mod"

directory which RUN permission has been set by
#M2MRUN command.
The integrity check is performed internally.

AT#M2MRUN?
Read command reports the executables properties. The report has the
following format
#M2MRUN: <app1.bin,run1,delay1,state1,va1,ram1>
#M2MRUN: <app2,bin,run2,delay2,state2,va2,ram2>
...
#M2MRUN: <appN,bin,runN,delayN,stateN,vaN,ramN>

Additional info:

Here are the parameters meanings.

Name Type Default Description

<appN.bin> string - executable name

<runN> integer N/A executable run boot property

Values:

0 : do not start after reboot

1 : auto start after reboot

<delayN> integer - executable boot delay

<stateN> integer 0 executable run state

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1678 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : ready

1 : starting (not yet in running)

2 : running

3 : stopping (still in running)

4 : stopped (has been stopped, can be

restarted)

<vaN> hex - load virtual address of executable

<ramN> integer - ram usage of executable if it is

running.

AT#M2MRUN? will reflect executable removal from file system:

* Immediately if not in running
* After stop of the executable if in running

LE910Cx Linux product show ram usage as zero if it's not running.

AT#M2MRUN=?
Test command returns the values range of the <mode> parameter, the
maximum number of
characters of the <file_bin> parameter and the values range for the
<delay> parameter. The
format is:
#M2MRUN: (0-5),64,(0-60)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1679 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.7. AT+M2M - Enable/disable M2M Application execution

This command enable/disable the M2M Application execution start and port mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+M2M=<mode>[,<delay>[,<timeout>]]
Set command sets the M2M Application start mode. After issuing the AT
command, the module automatically restart, except for <mode> 5, where
it depends on previous <mode> setting.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 M2M application execution start mode

Values:

0 : AppZone engine does not start at the next reboot

1 : AppZone engine starts at the next reboot without

delay. Only apps with AT#M2MRUN=1 will start
after reboot, with their specific delay setting

4 : AppZone engine starts at the next reboot using the

delay set by <delay> parameter, if missing it is used
the default value 10

5 : activates or deactivates AT port on USB/UART

channels. With this <mode>, the value <delay>
assumes instead the meaning of
<ATport_availability>; <timeout> has only effect with
this <mode>

<delay> integer 10 M2M application execution start time-

out expressed in seconds. Parameter
<delay> is used only if parameter
<mode> is set to 4 or if <mode> is 5,

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1680 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

but with <mode> 5 <delay> assumes

the meaning of <ATport_availability>.

Values:

0 : when <mode> is 0,1,4: no delay for AppZone

engine to start

10÷60 : when mode is 0,1,4: delay for AppZone engine

to start. During this waiting time an AT
command on the serial/USB port can disable
the AppZone engine, and it will not start until
the next reboot

10 : when <mode> is 5: exclude AT parser for all

USB\UART ports

11 : when <mode> is 5: exclude AT parser for all

USB ports

12 : when <mode> is 5: exclude AT parser for all

UART ports

20 : when <mode> is 5: enable AT parser for all

USB\UART ports (equivalent to <mode> 1
except for reboot functionality)

21 : when <mode> is 5: enable AT parser for all USB

ports (equivalent of 12)

22 : when <mode> is 5: enable AT parser for all

UART ports (equivalent of 11)

<timeout> integer 10 Parameter <timeout> is used only if

parameter <mode> is set to 5.

Value:

10÷60 : Provided AT port will be auto-activated if ports

are locked and any AppZone application does
not request parser port control through
dedicated API within a defined interval that is
defined in this way: AT port will be activated
immediately if there is no any auto-run app or
after <timeout> seconds behind the max delay

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1681 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

of configured auto-run app. AppZone can take

control of ports using
m2mb_atp_enablePortCtrl API

Additional info:

In <mode> 5, <delay> assumes the meaning of <ATport_availability>

selecting the way to block/unblock the AT ports, therefore AppZone
engine starts with no delay.

AT+M2M=5,10,12
AppZone engine starts without any delay with all AT ports disabled;
the ports will be auto-activated again if AppZone engine does not
receive any request from applications to control the AT ports within
12 s behind max application configured delay

AT+M2M=5,10
AppZone engine starts without any delay with all AT ports disabled;
the ports will be auto-activated again if AppZone engine does not
receive any request from applications to control the AT ports within
10 s (default) behind max application configured delay

AT+M2M=5,11,20
AppZone engine starts without any delay and all USB AT ports
disabled; the ports will be auto-activated again if AppZone engine
does not receive any request from applications to control the AT
ports within 20 s behind max application configured delay

AT+M2M=5,12,15
AppZone engine starts without any delay and all UART AT ports
disabled; the ports will be auto-activated again if AppZone engine
does not receive any request from applications to control the AT
ports within 15 s behind max application configured delay

AT+M2M=5,20,10
AppZone engine starts without any delay and all AT ports enabled.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1682 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<timeout> to unblock the AT ports is set but never used, since all
ports are already enabled

AT+M2M=5,21,10
AppZone engine starts without any delay and all USB AT ports
enabled. Also UART AT ports will be auto-activated again if AppZone
engine does not receive any request from applications to control the
AT ports within 10 s behind max application configured delay

AT+M2M=5,21
AppZone engine starts without any delay and all USB AT ports
enabled. Also UART AT ports will be auto-activated again if AppZone
engine does not receive any request from applications to control the
AT ports within 10 s (default) behind max application configured
delay

AT+M2M=5,22
AppZone engine starts without any delay and all UART AT ports
enabled. Also USB AT ports will be auto-activated again if AppZone
engine does not receive any request from applications to control the
AT ports within 10 s (default) behind max application configured
delay

When command AT+M2M=5,<ATport_availability>,<timeout> is

issued whit <mode> 5 already set, the setting will be activated
without reboot; for all other previous <mode> reboot is instead
executed.

If <ATport_availability> or <timeout> are out of range the command

fails.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1683 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Any invalid value found at reboot in <mode> 5 for

<ATport_availability> and <timeout> is replaced by the following
settings:
20 for <ATport_availability>
10 for <timeout>.

AT+M2M?
Read command reports the M2M application execution start mode, start
time-out and start shell in the format:
+M2M: <mode>,<delay>

If current <mode> is 5, the read command reports also <timeout> in the

format:

+M2M:<mode>,<ATport_availability>,<timeout>

AT+M2M=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<mode>, <delay>, and <timeout>.

+M2M: (0,1,4,5),(0-60),(10-60)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1684 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.8. AT#M2MATP - M2M AT Parser

This command enable/disable M2M AT Parser and M2M AT command set

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#M2MATP=<mode>
Set command enable or disable M2M AT Parser and M2M AT command set
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 enable or disable M2M AT parser and M2M

AT command set

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

If it configured, successfully, the device will reboot, automatically.

If it is disabled, M2M AT commands listed below are not available:

#M2MRU #M2MREADEX
+M2M #M2MLIST #M2MREAD
N T
#M2MMKDI #M2MRMDI
#M2MWRITE #M2MDEL #M2MCHDIR
R R
#M2MBACKU #M2MRA
#M2MARG #TRACE #DTR
P M
#PSMCTS #NTP #NTPCFG #PSMURC #OTAUPW

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1685 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

For LE910Cx Linux Products, the <mode>=1 setting does not apply to the
USIF1 port, which always operates as if it were <mode>=0

AT#M2MATP?
Read command returns current M2M AT parser mode

AT#M2MATP=?
Test command returns the supported ranges

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1686 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.9. AT#M2MWRITE - Write a File

This command stores a file in the file system.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MWRITE=<file_name>,<size>,<binToMod>
Execution command stores a generic file in the folder specified by
<file_name> parameter.
The file should be sent using RAW ASCII file transfer, and hardware flow
control should be used. After
command line is terminated with <CR>, the module prompts the following
five-character sequence:
<CR>,<LF>,<greater_than><greater_than><greater_than> (see IRA 13, 10,
62, 62, 62)
then a file sized <size> bytes can be sent from TE.
The operations complete when all bytes are received. If writing ends
successfully the response is
OK, otherwise, an error code is reported.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<file_name> string - can be:

- full file name path starting with "/"
- relative file name path
- file name (in current directory)

<size> integer - file size

<binToMod> string - if <file_name> is provided as filename

with ".bin" extension, using
<binToMod> set to 1, force the file to be

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1687 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

automatically written on "/mod" folder

whichever is the current directory.

Maximum full path length is 128 chars, maximum folder or file

name is 64 chars. Overall max full file path is 128 + 64 = 192 chars.

If the file <file_name> or its path is not present an error code is

reported.

<file_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

<file_name> and its path are case sensitive.

Writing action allowed only in "/data" and its sub-directories. Other

directories are used for read only

AT#M2MWRITE=?
Test commands returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1688 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Store "M2MAPZ.bin" file in "/data/azc/mod" folder.

AT#M2MWRITE="/data/azc/mod/M2MAPZ.bin",58044
>>> here receives the prompt; then type or send the file, sized 58044 bytes
OK
/myFolder must be /data folder or its-sub folder.
AT#M2MCHDIR=/myFolder
OK
Store "Readme.txt" file in "/myFolder" folder.
AT#M2MWRITE=Readme.txt,2128
>>> here receives the prompt; then type or send the file, sized 2128 bytes
OK
Store "APP.bin" file directly in "/data/azc/mod" folder using <binToMod>
option.
AT#M2MWRITE="APP.bin",32562,1
>>> here receives the prompt; then type or send the file, sized 32562 bytes
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1689 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.10. AT#M2MDEL - Delete File

This command deletes specified file stored in the File System

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MDEL=<file_name>
Set command removes the <file_name> in the file system.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<file_name> string - can be:

- full file path name starting with "/"
- relative file path name
- file name (in current directory)

Maximum full path length is 128 chars, maximum folder or file

name is 64 chars. Overall max full file path is 128 + 64 = 192 chars.

If the file <file_name> or its path is not present an error code is

reported.

<file_name> and its path are case sensitive

<file_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

AT#M2MDEL=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1690 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Remove M2MAPZ.bin file in "/data/azc/mod" folder

AT#M2MDEL="/data/azc/mod/M2MAPZ.bin"
OK
/myFoler must be /data or its-sub folder
AT#M2MCHDIR=/myFolder
OK
AT#M2MDEL=mySubfolder/myFile.txt
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1691 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.11. AT#M2MLIST - File System List

This command lists the contents of a folder in the File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MLIST[=<path>]
Execution command reports the list of directories and files stored in
current directory of the file system (see #M2MCHDIR for current path) or
in path specified by <path>.
The report is shown in Additional info section.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<path> string - can be:

- full directory path if starting with "/"
- relative directory path name
- directory name (in current directory)

Additional info:

Here is the report format:

[<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <.>
<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <..>]
[<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <dir_name1>...
[<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <dir_namen>]]
[<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <file_name1>,<size1>...
[<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <file_namen>,<sizen>]]
<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: free bytes: <free_mem>

Name Type Default Description

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1692 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<.> string - current directory

<..> string - upper directory

<dir_name> string - directory name, string type

delimited by < and > (max
255 characters, case sensitive)

<file_name> string - file name, quoted sting type

(max 255 characters, case
sensitive)

<size> integer - size of file in bytes

<free_mem> integer - size of available free memory in

the current drive in bytes

Maximum full directory length is 128 chars, maximum folder name

is 64 chars.

If <path> is not present an error code is reported.

<path> is case sensitive.

<path> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

Path separator must be "/".

The current directory in M2M file system at every power on is

"/data/azc/mod".

AT#M2MLIST=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1693 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Show the list of "/data/azc/mod" directory on M2M file system

AT#M2MLIST
#M2MLIST: <.>
#M2MLIST: <..>
#M2MLIST: "m2mapz.bin",58044
#M2MLIST: free bytes: 458752
OK

Show the list of "/data/azc/mod/dir1" directory on M2M file system

AT#M2MLIST=/data/azc/mod/dir1
#M2MLIST: <.>
#M2MLIST: <..>
#M2MLIST: free bytes: 458752
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1694 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.12. AT#M2MREAD - Read File

This command reports the content of a file stored in the File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MREAD=<file_name>
Execution command reads the content of a generic file stored in the folder
specified by <file_name> parameter. After command line is terminated
with <CR>, the module prompts the following five-character sequence:

<CR><LF><less_than><less_than><less_than> (see IRA 13, 10, 60, 60, 60)

followed by the file content.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<file_name> string - can be:

- full file name path starting with "/"
- relative file name path
- file name (in current directory)

Maximum full path length is 128 chars, maximum folder or file

name is 64 chars. Overall max full file path is 128 + 64 = 192 chars.

If the file <file_name> or its path is not present in the file system,
an error code is reported.

<file_name> and its path are case sensitive

<file_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1695 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MREAD=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT#M2MREAD="/xxfolder/config/config.txt"
<<< here receive the prompt; then the file is displayed, immediately after
the prompt
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/xxfolder/azc"
OK
AT#M2MREAD=config/config.txt
<<< here receive the prompt; then the file is displayed, immediately after
the prompt
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1696 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.13. AT#M2MREADEXT - M2M Read File Extended

This command reports the content of a file stored in the File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MREADEXT=<file_name>[,<maxByte>[,<viewMode>[,<chunkPrint>]]]
Execution command reads the content of a generic file stored in the folder
specified by <file_name> parameter. After command line is terminated
with <CR>, the module prompts the following five-character sequence:
<CR><LF><less_than><less_than><less_than> (see IRA 13, 10, 60, 60, 60)
followed by the file content.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<file_name> string - can be:

- full file name path starting with
"/"
- relative file name path
- file name (in current directory)

<maxByte> integer 0 maximum number of bytes to read

Value:

0÷4096 : maximum number of bytes to read

<viewMode> integer N/A enable/disable verbose mode

Values:

0 : text format

1 : hexadecimal format

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1697 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<chunkPrint> integer 0 chunk print mode

Values:

0 : print whole file content at once or one

<maxByte> and exit

1 : print one < maxByte > and wait for <CR> char to
continue

<maxByte>=0 and <chunkPrint>=1 combination is not allowed.

Maximum full path length is 128 chars, maximum folder or file

name is 64 chars. Overall max full file path is 128 + 64 = 192 chars.

If the file <file_name> or its path is not present in the file system,
an error code is reported.

<file_name> and its path are case sensitive.

<file_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

When printing the file content in <maxByte> chunks, omit the

<file_name> on all subsequent AT command executions. Check
code examples for further details.

AT#M2MREADEXT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1698 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MREADEXT="/xxfolder/config/config.txt"
<<< here receives the prompt and then the file content is displayed
immediately after the prompt
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/xxfolder"
OK
AT#M2MREADEXT=config/config.txt
<<< here receives the prompt and then the file content is displayed
immediately after the prompt
OK
Single chunk print mode:
AT#M2MREADEXT=config/config.txt,1000
<<< here receives the prompt; then the first 1000 bytes after the prompt
OK
AT#M2MREADEXT=,1000
<<< here receives the prompt and the subsequent 1000 bytes after the
prompt.
OK
AT#M2MREADEXT=,1000 continue until the end of the file
<<< here receives the prompt and the subsequent 1000 bytes after the
prompt.
OK
Continuous chunk print mode:
AT#M2MREADEXT=config/config.txt,1000,0,1
<<< here receives the prompt (only once) and the subsequent 1000 bytes
after the prompt.
The <CR> char triggers the next print of 1000 bytes.
The OK is printed once the whole file content has been printed.
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1699 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.27.14. AT#M2MRAM - AppZone RAM Info

The execution command returns information on RAM memory for AppZone applications.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MRAM
The execution command response is in the format:

#M2MRAM: <totRam>,<availRam>
Additional info:

Here are the parameters meanings.

Name Type Default Description

<totRam> integer - total RAM for AppZone

application space in bytes

<availRam> integer - current available RAM for

AppZone applications in bytes

AT#M2MRAM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

Get information about AppZone applications RAM memory.

AT#M2MRAM
#M2MRAM: 2064376,1503216
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1700 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

GNSS

3.28.1. GNSS Configuration

3.28.1.1. AT$LCSSLP - Update SLP Address

Update the SLP address.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$LCSSLP=<slpAddressType>[,<slpAddress>[,<slpPortNumber>]]
Set command allows to update the SLP address and SLP port number.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<slpAddressType> integer 1 SLP address type

Values:

0 : IPv4

1 : FQDN

2 : Delete SLP address

3 : IPv6

<slpAddress> string - SLP address in FQDN, IPv4 or

IPv6 format

<slpPortNumber> integer - SLP port number. Default value

is 0.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1701 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

If <slpAddressType> is 0, 1 or 3, then <slpAddress> is a mandatory

parameter.

Other types of address are erased during set command.

The default value is following for China variants,

- CN_MOBILE / CN_UNICOM: 1,supl.google.com,7275

AT$LCSSLP?
Read command returns the current SLP parameters, in the format:

$LCSSLP: <slpAddressType>,<slpAddress>,<slpPortNumber>

AT$LCSSLP=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter
<slpAddressType>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1702 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.2. AT$LCSTER - Update Terminal Information

This command updates the terminal information like IMSI, MSISDN or IPv4 address.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$LCSTER=<idType>[,<idValue>[,<prefPosMode>[,<tlsMode>]]]
Set command updates the terminal information like IMSI, MSISDN or IPv4
address.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<idType> integer 1 a number which can have any of the

following values

Values:

0 : MSIDSN

1 : IMSI

2 : IPv4 address

3 : invalid

<idValue> string - a string, as defined in <idType>

<prefPosMode> integer 0 preferred position mode

Values:

0 : default position mode

1 : none preferred position mode

<tlsMode> integer 1 indicates if TLS mode should/should

not be used by the SET

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1703 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : non-TLS mode

1 : TLS mode

If <idType> is MSISDN or IPv4 address, then <idValue> shall be

entered.

The <id_type>, <id_value> and <pref_pos_mode> isn’t supported. It

has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1704 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.3. AT$LICLS - Enable/Disable Unsolicited Response

This command enables the $LICLS: unsolicited response.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$LICLS=<mode>
Set command enables/disables the unsolicited $LICLS: response. The
unsolicited result code is in the format:

$LICLS: <requestType>[,<cid>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 unsolicited response mode

Values:

0 : disable unsolicited

1 : enable unsolicited

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<requestType> integer If the <requestType> is a setup request, the

unsolicited indication is sent/used to request
the client to define, setup, activate and
prepare the PDP context.

If <requestType> is a release request, the

unsolicited indication is sent/used to inform
the client that the PDP context (associated
with this command type) including the

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1705 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

associated terminal is not used anymore and

shall be deactivated.
Values:

0 : Setup Request to setup the control

link

1 : Release Request to release the

control link

<cid> integer Id associated to the context that shall be

deactivated (see +CGDCONT)

AT$LICLS?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>.

AT$LICLS=?
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1706 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.4. AT$LTC - LCS Certificate

This command is used to pass the security objects (e.g. certificate, key) to the Transport
Layer Security Protocol, via binary string.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$LTC=<string>,<total_message_length>,<seq_no>,<security_object_type>
Set command is used to pass the security objects (e.g. certificate, key) to the
Transport Layer Security Protocol (binary string). The certificate shall be in
hexadecimal format (each octet of the certificate is given as two IRA
character long hexadecimal number).
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<string> string - string certificate segment.

The maximum value of
accepted characters is 300
characters per segment.

<total_message_length> integer N/A total certificate size to be

received

Value:

1÷4096 : overall number of Certificate

characters

<seq_no> integer N/A sequence number of the

segment

Value:

1÷13 : sequence number

<security_object_type> integer 0 security object typology.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1707 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0 : Root Certificate

Execution command deletes the certificates stored in NVM.

AT$LTC?
Read command provides the first 300 characters of each valid
certificate stored in NVM in the format:
$LTC: <string>,<total_message_length>,1,<security_object_type>

If no certificate is stored, the read command provides:

$LTC: "",0,1,<security_object_type>

AT$LTC=?
Test command returns the range of values for parameters
<total_message_length>, <seq_no> and <security_object_type>.

The last two certificates are stored in NVM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1708 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.5. AT$LCSLK - Lock Context for LCS Use

The command is used to reserve or release a cid for LCS Location Services

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$LCSLK=<mode>[,<cid>]
Set command is used to reserve a specified cid or release the current cid
for LCS Location Services.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Lock a specified cid / Unlock the current

cid

Values:

0 : unlock the current cid available for LCS use

1 : lock the specified cid in order to setup/release a

control link for LCS use only

<cid> integer - specifies a PDP context definition (see

+CGDCONT command).

The <cid> is mandatory if <mode> is set to lock, otherwise shall be

omitted

The set command returns ERROR if the current cid and/or the
previously set are in use

If <mode> is set to unlock, The CID shouldn't be specified. Locked

one will be released automatically.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1709 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$LCSLK?
Read command returns the current value of parameters <mode> and
<cid> (if <mode> is lock).

AT$LCSLK=?
Test command returns the range of values for parameters <mode> and
<cid>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1710 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.6. AT$GPSQOS - GPS Quality of Service

This command configures the GPS Quality of Service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT$GPSQOS=[<horiz_accuracy>[,<vertic_accuracy>[,<rsp_time>[,<age_of_location
_info>[,<location_type>[,<nav_profile>[,<velocity_request>]]]]]]]
Set command used to set the GPS Quality of Service (QoS).
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<horiz_accuracy> integer 1800000 horizontal

accuracy
(in meter)

Values:

0÷50 : 50m; 0 is highest accuracy.

51÷500 : 500m

501÷1800000 : 1km; 1800000 is lowest

accuracy

<vertic_accuracy> integer 990 vertical

accuracy

Value:

0÷990 : 0 is highest accuracy, 990 is

lowest accuracy (in meters)

<rsp_time> integer 14400 response

time

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1711 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0÷14400 : 0 is the low delay and 14400 is

the highest delay in seconds

<age_of_location_info> integer 0 maximum

age of
location

Value:

0÷1966020 : Value 0 means that stored

location information should
not be used. Value 1966020
indicates the maximum
tolerable age of the stored
location information. The
valid range of interval for
SUPL (Transport protocol) is
[0 - 65535] seconds & [0 -
1966020] seconds for C-plane
(Transport protocol).

<location_type> integer 0 type of

location
required.
Used only
in case of
C-Plane

Values:

0 : Current Location

1 : Current or Last known location

2 : Invalid Location, indicates that this

parameter shall not be used

<nav_profile> integer 0 navigation

profile

Values:

0 : Car navigation profile

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1712 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : Personal profile

2 : Low speed profile

3 : Invalid profile, indicates that this

parameter shall not be used

<velocity_request> integer 1 velocity

information
is needed.

Values:

0 : FALSE

1 : TRUE; It is always supported with

TRUE.

The following parameters are included only for backward compatibility and
have no effect.
<vertic_accuracy>, <age_of_location_info>, <location_type>, <nav_profile>,
and <velocity_request>

The <rsp_time> is supported as 0-255. If <rsp_time> is bigger than 255

seconds, the value is supported as the highest 255 seconds.

AT$GPSQOS?
Read command returns the current QoS values, in the format:

AT$GPSQOS:
<horiz_accuracy>,<vertic_accuracy>,<rsp_time>,<age_of_location_info>,<location_
type>,<nav_profile>,<velocity_request>

AT$GPSQOS=?
Test command returns the list of supported QoS values for each field.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1713 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

$GPSQOS: (0-1800000),(0-990),(0-14400),(0-1966020),(0-2),(0-3),(0,1)

The current setting is stored through $GPSSAV.

AT$GPSQOS=1800000,990,150,0,0,0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1714 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.7. AT$GNSSCONST - GNSS constellations configuration

This command handles the configuration of the constellations to be used for the
solution.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GNSSCONST=<mask>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mask> hex 1F The <mask> value defines which

constellations will be used for the solution.
The default value is 1F (all enabled). GPS and
QZSS constellation are always active and bit
0 and 4 must always be set to 1. However,
keep in mind that, although QZSS is used as
augmentation to other GNSS systems, the
device does not provide NMEA data.

Value:

11÷1F : Bitmap mask - see Additional info

Additional info:

Bitmap description of the <mask> parameter:

<mask> Constellations
Bit 0 reserved, set it to 1
Bit 1 GLONASS
Bit 2 GALILEO
Bit 3 BEIDOU

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1715 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Bit 4 reserved, set it to 1

Bit 5 reserved, set it to 0
Bit 6 reserved, set it to 0
Bit 7 reserved, set it to 0

A reboot is needed for the setting to take effect.

AT$GNSSCONST?
Read command returns the active and requested configuration for
GNSSCONST.
$GNSSCONST: <active>,<requested>

Additional info:

Below the meanings of <active> and <requested> parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<active> integer - value showing the current active

status

<requested> integer - value showing the requested

status that will be activated on
the next power ON

AT$GNSSCONST=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for <mask>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1716 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Get active value and requested value

AT$GNSSCONST?
$GNSSCONST: 1F,1F
OK

Enable GPS + GALILEO + BEIDOU

AT$GNSSCONST=1D
OK

Until a reboot is done, the active value remains and the requested value
changes
AT$GNSSCONST?
$GNSSCONST: 1F,1D
OK

A reboot is needed for the changes to take effect (requested value will
become the active value)
AT#REBOOT
OK

Active value is now the previous requested value

AT$GNSSCONST?
$GNSSCONST: 1D,1D
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1717 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.8. AT$GPSSTOP - Stop Location Service Request

This command is used to stop location service request.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT$GPSSTOP=<abort_cause>
Set command stops the Receiver in Autonomous or A-GPS mode initiated
through $GPSSLSR set command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<abort_cause> integer 1 set abort cause

Values:

0 : user denies the request

1 : unspecified cause for abort

2 : cause Invalid

The <abort_cause> can be recovered by $GPSRST.

The current setting is stored through $GPSSAV.

The <abort_cause> option isn't supported. It has no effect and is

included only for backward compatibility.

AT$GPSSTOP?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <abort_cause>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1718 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GPSSTOP=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1719 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.9. AT$GPSSLSR - Start Location Service Request

Command used to start the Receiver in Autonomous or A-GPS mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT$GPSSLSR=<transport_protocol>[,<pos_mode>[,<client_id>,<clientid_type>[,<ml
c_number>,<mlcnumber_type>[,<interval>[,<service_type_id>[,<pseudonym_indica
tor>]]]]]]
Execution command configures location service request.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<transport_protocol> integer 2 Configure transport

protocol.

If <pos_mode> is
Autonomous the
<transport_protocol>
should be invalid.

If
<transport_protocol>
is C-plane and
<pos_mode> is Pure
MS Assisted, then
<interval> should be 0
(or omitted).

Values:

0 : CPlane

1 : SUPL

2 : Invalid

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1720 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<pos_mode> integer 3 Configure MS Based

mode.

If <pos_mode> is
Autonomous the
<transport_protocol>
should be invalid.

Values:

0 : Pure MS Assisted - Location estimate

from the network (MS Assisted mode)

1 : MS Based - Assistance Data from the

network (MS Based mode)

2 : Not supported

3 : Autonomous – Autonomous GPS mode

of operation

<client_id> string - String parameter

containing the ID of
the LCS-Client to
which the location
estimate is to be
transferred. Max
length is 64 bytes.

<client_id> is
mandatory in case of
A-GPS and the
<transport_protocol>
should be C-plane.

<clientid_type> integer N/A Configure client ID

type.

<client_id> and
<clientid_type> are

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1721 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

mandatory for A-GPS

mode.

Values:

0 : MSISDN

1 : Invalid

<mlc_number> string - String parameter

containing the address
of the GMLC through
which the location
estimate is to be sent
to the LCS-Client.

<mlc_number> is
mandatory in case of
A-GPS.

<mlcnumber_type> integer N/A Configure mlc type.

<mlc_number> and
<mlcnumber_type>
are mandatory for A-
GPS mode.

Values:

0 : MSISDN

1 : Invalid

<interval> integer 1 Configure interval

period.

If this value is not set,

it is assumed to be 0.
The Unsolicited NMEA
sentences have to be
enabled with the

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1722 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

commands
$GPSNMUN.

Value:

0÷7200 : GPS reporting period in seconds

(will be sent unsolicited). if the
value is 0 then a single shot
NMEA Message will be provided
Any value different from 0 sets
the period (in seconds) between
each NMEA Sentence

<service_type_id> integer 255 Configure service type

id.

<service_type_id> is
mandatory in case of
A-GPS.

Value:

0÷255 : where 255 indicates that this

parameter shall not be used

<pseudonym_indicator> integer N/A Enable/disable display

user name.

Values:

0 : display user name at the external

client

1 : display user name as anonymous at

the external client

Additional info:

If C-plane or Supl session is not successfully completed, then an unsolicited

indication reports the error cause in the following formats:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1723 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

$GPSSLSR: SUPL/C-PLANE ERROR, <error_code>

<error_code>
0 Phone Offline
1 No service
2 No connection with PDE
3 No data available
4 Session Manager Busy
5 Phone is CDMA locked
6 Phone is GPS locked
7 Connection failure with PDE
8 PDSM Ended session because of Error condition
9 User ended the session
10 End key pressed from UI
11 Network Session was ended
12 Timeout (viz., for GPS Search)
13 Conflicting request for session and level of privacy
14 Could not connect to the Network
15 Error in Fix
16 Reject from PDE
17 Ending session due to TC exit
18 Ending session due to E911 call
19 Added protocol specific error type
20 Ending because BS info is stale
21 VX lcs agent auth fail
22 Unknown System Error
23 Unsupported Service
24 Subscription Violation
25 The desired fix method failed
26 Antenna switch
27 No fix reported due to no tx confirmation rcvd
28 Network indicated a Normal ending of the session
29 No error specified by the network
30 No resources left on the network
31 Position server not available
32 Network reported an unsupported version of protocol
33 MOLR System failure
34 MOLR Unexpected data value

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1724 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

35 MOLR Data missing

36 MOLR Facility Not Supported
37 MOLR Subscription Violation
38 MOLR Position Method Failure
39 MOLR Undefined

If <pos_mode> is Autonomous, the <transport_protocol> should be invalid.

If <transport_protocol> is C-plane and <pos_mode> is Pure MS Assisted,
then <interval> should be 0 (or omitted).

If <interval> is not set, it is assumed to be 0.

The Unsolicited NMEA sentences have to be enabled with the commands
$GPSNMUN.

The following parameters are included only for backward compatibility and
have no effect.
<client_id>, <clientid_type>, <mlc_number>, <mlcnumber_type>,
<service_type_id> and <pseudonym_indicator>

AT$GPSSLSR?
Read command returns the current settings, in the format:

$GPSSLSR:
<transport_protocol>[,<pos_mode>[,<client_id>,<clientid_type>[,<mlc_number>,<m
lcnumber_type>[,<interval> [,<service_type_id> [,<pseudonym_indicator>]]]]]]

AT$GPSSLSR=?
Returns the list of supported SLSR values for each field.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1725 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

$GPSSLSR: (0-2),(0-3),(64),(0,1),(64),(0,1),(0-7200),(0-255),(0,1)

The current setting is stored through $GPSSAV.

AT$GPSSLSR= 2,3,,,,,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1726 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.10. AT$SUPLV - Set the Version of the Supported SUPL

This command configures the version of supported SUPL.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$SUPLV=<version>
Set command configures the version of supported SUPL.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<version> integer 2 set the SUPL version.

Values:

0 : N/S SUPL

1 : SUPL 1.0

2 : SUPL 2.0

AT$SUPLV?
Read command returns the SUPL version, in the format:

$SUPLV: x.y

Where "x.y" is the string corresponding to currently set version, or "0.0" if

version has not been set yet.

AT$SUPLV=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1727 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported range of values of

parameter <version>.

$SUPLV: (0-2)

AT$SUPLV=1
OK

AT$SUPLV?
$SUPLV:1.0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1728 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.11. AT$SLP - Update SLP Address

This command allows updating the SLP parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$SLP=<slp_address_type>[,<slp_address:slp_port_number>]
Set command allows updating the SLP address and SLP port number.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<slp_address_type> integer 1 SLP address type

Values:

0 : IPv4

1 : FQDN

3 : IPv6

If <slp_address> is omitted, chosen <slp_address_type> will be

deleted.

IPv6 is passed in the following format:

AT$SLP=3,"[2001:db8:255::8:7]:7275"

The default value is following for China variants,

- CN_MOBILE/CN_UNICOM: "supl.google.com",7275

AT$SLP?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1729 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current SLP address <slp_address> and, if

address is not empty, the <slp_port_number> port number, in the format:

$SLP: <slp_address>[,<slp_port_number>]

If the FQDN is empty. the <slp_port_number> value is 0

AT$SLP=?
Test command returns the range of values in the following format:

$SLP: (0,1,3),("IP,URL,IPv6")

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1730 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.12. AT$SLPTYPE - Update SLP Type Address

This command allows updating the SLP address type to be chosen.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$SLPTYPE=<slp_address_type>
Set command allows updating the SLP address type to be chosen.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<slp_address_type> integer 1 SLP address type. This

parameter also updates during
$SLP set command.

Values:

0 : IPv4

1 : FQDN

3 : IPv6

AT$SLPTYPE?
Read command returns the current SLP address type.

AT$SLPTYPE=?
Test command returns the range of values in the following format:

$SLPTYPE: (0,1,3)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1731 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.13. AT$SUPLCFG - Configure SUPL TLS and Hash

This command permits to configure the SUPL TLS and Hash algorithm version.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$SUPLCFG=<tls>[,<hash>]
Set command configures the SUPL TLS and Hash algorithm version.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<tls> integer 1 selects TLS version.

Values:

0 : use TLS v.1.0

1 : use TLS v.1.1

<hash> integer 1 selects SHA version.

Values:

0 : use SHA-1

1 : use SHA-256

AT$SUPLCFG?
Read command reports the currently selected <tls> and <hash> in the
format:

$SUPLCFG: <tls>,<hash>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1732 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$SUPLCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters:
<tls> and <hash>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1733 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.14. AT$LCSLUI - Update Location Information

Set command allows updating the Location information.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$LCSLUI=<update_type>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<update_type> integer 1 Current access technology

Values:

0 : GSM

1 : WCDMA

The current access technology can be read with +COPS?.

This command has no effect and exists only for backward

compatibility.

AT$LCSLUI=?
Test command returns the range of values for parameter.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1734 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.15. AT$SUPLSEC - Set the User Plane Secure Transport

This command configures the User Plane Secure Transport

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$SUPLSEC=<option>
Set command configures the User Plane Secure Transport
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<option> integer 1 enables/disables User Plane Secure

Transport.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

AT$SUPLSEC?
Read command returns the currently used values, in the format:

$SUPLSEC: <option>

AT$SUPLSEC=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters
<option>.

$SUPLSEC: (0-1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1735 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$SUPLSEC=1
OK

AT$SUPLSEC?
$SUPLSEC: 1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1736 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.16. AT$AGPSEN - Set GNSS capability supporting to module

This command set GNSS capability supporting to module.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$AGPSEN=<mode>
Set command sets GPS/A-GPS/A-GLOASS capability supporting on the
module.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 GNSS capability

Values:

0 : Standalone GPS only

1 : Full GPS capability (Standalone GPS, A-GPS)

2 : Full GPS (Standalone GPS, A-GPS) and A-GLONASS

capability

3 : Not support GPS

The default value for Generic is '2'.

AT$AGPSEN?
Read command returns the currently selected GNSS capability in the
format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1737 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

$AGPSEN: <mode>

AT$AGPSEN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter(s)
<mode>.

$AGPSEN: (the supported range of <mode>)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1738 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.17. AT$LCSLPP - Set Configuration Information for LPP Protocol

This command sets the configuration information for LPP Protocol.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$LCSLPP=<mode>
Set command sets the configuration information for LPP (LTE Poisoning
Protocol).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A configuration for LPP

Values:

0 : RRLP in LTE

1 : LPP user plane in LTE

2 : LPP control plane in LTE

3 : LPP UP/CP in LTE

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1739 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

In LE910Cx series models, the default value depends on operator

requirement.
- LE910C1-NA: 2
- LE910C1-NS: 3
- LE910Cx-AP: 1(KDDI), 3(Except for KDDI)
- LE910Cx-NF: 2(ATT), 3(VZW, TMO)
- LE910Cx-EU(X): 3
- LE910Cx-LA/CN: 2
- LE910C1-SV(X): 3
- LE910C1-ST: 3
- LE910C1-SA(X): 2
- LE910Cx-WWX: 3, 1(KDDI), 2(ATT)

AT$LCSLPP?
Read command returns the currently selected configuration for LPP
protocol in the format:

$LCSLPP: <mode>

AT$LCSLPP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter(s)
<mode>.

$LCSLPP: (the supported range of <mode>)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1740 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.18. AT$LCSAGLO - Selection of Positioning protocols for A-

GLONASS
This command set selection of positioning protocols (RRLP, RRC, LPP) for A-GLONASS.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$LCSAGLO=<mask>
Set command sets the selection of positioning protocols for A-GLONASS.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mask> integer 0 protocol mask of A-GLONASS

0: Not selected
1: RRC control plane (In case AT&T, Default)
2: RRLP user plane
4: LPP user plane
8: LPP control plane

Value:

0÷15 : protocol mask of A-GLONASS

The default value depends on operator.

- AT&T: 1
- Generic: 15
- Others: 0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1741 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$LCSAGLO?
Read command returns the currently selected protocol mask of A-
GLONASS in the format:

$LCSAGLO: <mask>

AT$LCSAGLO=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter(s)
<mask>.

$LCSAGLO: (the supported range of <mask>)

This command is only applicable for A-GLONASS capable setting.

(see $AGPSEN)

The <mask> 4 and 8 must be set in the LPP configuration for this to
take effect. (see $LCSLPP)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1742 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.19. AT$GPSNHZ - GNSS Navigation Update Rate Configuration

This command set the GNSS Navigation Update Rate.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSNHZ=<update_rate>
Set command configures the GNSS Navigation Update Rate.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<update_rate> integer 0 Navigation update rate

Values:

0 : 1Hz (1000 milliseconds)

1 : 2Hz (500 milliseconds)

2 : 5Hz (200 milliseconds)

3 : 10Hz (100 milliseconds)

When the module starts position request, the real TBF (see <interval> of
$GPSSLSR) is recalculated according to $GPSNHZ configuration.
The Start Location Request selects closest supported time interval for TBF.
The method selects appropriate time interval in milliseconds for time
between fixes.

When NHz setting is configured, the following values are allowed:

- 100 milliseconds - 10Hz rate, in case <update_rate>=3.
- 200 milliseconds - 5Hz rate, in case <update_rate>=2.
- 500 milliseconds - 2Hz rate, in case <update_rate>=1.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1743 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- N*1000 milliseconds - 1Hz rate and lower with one second boundaries, in
case <update_rate>=0.

All intervals are rounded down to the nearest supported value if they are
lower than 1000 ms.
Time interval in milliseconds = Round down(<interval> of $GPSSLSR * NHz
interval(milliseconds)).

For example,
AT$GPSNHZ=3
OK
AT$GPSNHZ?
$GPSNHZ: 3
OK
Rounded down to the nearest supported value:
AT$GPSSLSR=2,3,,,,,1 (100 = 100 milliseconds *1)
OK
$GPRMC,045212.00,A,3731.303808,N,12655.778005,E,0.0,0.0,010219,6.1,W,A,V
*5F
$GPRMC,045212.10,A,3731.303808,N,12655.778005,E,0.0,0.0,010219,6.1,W,A,V
*5E
AT$GPSSLSR=2,3,,,,,2 (200 = 100 milliseconds *2)
OK
$GPRMC,045516.00,A,3731.304115,N,12655.783014,E,0.0,0.0,010219,6.1,W,A,V
*5A
$GPRMC,045516.20,A,3731.304055,N,12655.783031,E,0.0,0.0,010219,6.1,W,A,V
*5A
AT$GPSSLSR=2,3,,,,,3 (200 = 100 milliseconds *3)
OK
$GPRMC,045259.00,A,3731.303742,N,12655.781811,E,0.0,0.0,010219,6.1,W,A,V
*5A
$GPRMC,045259.20,A,3731.303731,N,12655.781815,E,0.0,0.0,010219,6.1,W,A,V
*58

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1744 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GPSSLSR=2,3,,,,,4 (200 = 100 milliseconds *4)

OK
$GPRMC,045639.00,A,3731.303816,N,12655.782693,E,0.0,76.6,010219,6.1,W,A,
V*66
$GPRMC,045639.20,A,3731.303823,N,12655.782711,E,0.0,76.6,010219,6.1,W,A,
V*69
AT$GPSSLSR=2,3,,,,,5 (500 = 100 milliseconds *5)
OK
$GPRMC,050047.00,A,3731.303306,N,12655.778723,E,0.0,112.5,010219,6.1,W,
A,V*58
$GPRMC,050047.50,A,3731.303306,N,12655.778724,E,0.0,112.5,010219,6.1,W,
A,V*5A
AT$GPSSLSR=2,3,,,,,9 (500 = 100 milliseconds *9)
OK
$GPRMC,050144.00,A,3731.303373,N,12655.778759,E,0.0,112.5,010219,6.1,W,
A,V*55
$GPRMC,050144.50,A,3731.303374,N,12655.778761,E,0.0,112.5,010219,6.1,W,
A,V*5C

The values over 1000ms are rounded up to the next integer second interval.
Time interval in milliseconds = Round up(<interval> of $GPSSLSR * NHz
interval(milliseconds)).

For example,
AT$GPSNHZ=3
OK
AT$GPSNHZ?
$GPSNHZ: 3
OK
Rounded up to the next integer second interval:
AT$GPSSLSR =2,3,,,,,10 (1*1000 = 100 milliseconds *10)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1745 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

$GPRMC,050303.00,A,3731.303960,N,12655.781347,E,0.0,112.5,010219,6.1,W,
A,V*51
$GPRMC,050304.00,A,3731.303981,N,12655.781390,E,0.0,112.5,010219,6.1,W,
A,V*53
AT$GPSSLSR =2,3,,,,,12 (2*1000 = 100 milliseconds *12)
OK
$GPRMC,050330.00,A,3731.303989,N,12655.781568,E,0.0,59.4,010219,6.1,W,A,
V*62
$GPRMC,050332.00,A,3731.303989,N,12655.781567,E,0.0,59.4,010219,6.1,W,A,
V*6
AT$GPSSLSR =2,3,,,,,22 (3*1000 = 100 milliseconds *22)
OK
$GPRMC,062748.00,A,3731.303291,N,12655.780885,E,0.0,108.0,010219,6.1,W,
A,V*54
$GPRMC,062751.00,A,3731.303526,N,12655.781068,E,0.0,108.0,010219,6.1,W,
A,V*5D

AT$GPSNHZ?
Read command returns the currently update rate setting , in the format

$GPSNHZ: <update_rate>

AT$GPSNHZ=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<update_rate>.

$GPSNHZ: (the supported range of <update_rate>)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1746 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.20. AT$GPSELV - GNSS Minimum Elevation Level

This command set the GNSS minimum elevation level for SVs used in the position fix.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSELV=<elevation>
Set command to configure the GNSS minimum elevation level for SVs used
in the position fix.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<elevation> integer 5 GNSS minimum elevation level.

where, 0 is lowest elevation level and 90
is highest elevation level in degrees.

Value:

0÷90 : GNSS minimum elevation level.

AT$GPSELV?
Read command returns the GNSS elevation level, in the format:
$GPSELV: <elevation>

AT$GPSELV=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for
parameter <elevation>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1747 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

It does not recommend setting <elevation> less than 5 degrees.

Device reboot is needed all the time after changing <elevation>

value.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1748 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.21. AT$GPSDTM - NMEA Datum Control Configuration

This command set the NMEA datum control configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSDTM=<datum>
Set command to configure the NMEA datum control.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<datum> integer 0 NMEA datum

Values:

0 : enable WGS84

1 : enable PZ90

AT$GPSDTM?
Read command returns the NMEA datum control configuration, in the
format:
$GPSDTM: <datum>

AT$GPSDTM=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<datum>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1749 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.22. AT$XTRAEN - GpsOneXTRA feature control

This command enables/disables the GpsOneXTRA Feature.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$XTRAEN=<mode>
Execution command set to control the GpsOneXTRA feature.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Control GpsOneXTRA feature.

Values:

0 : Disable GpsOneXTRA feature

1 : Enable GpsOneXTRA feature

Additional info:

When GpsOneXTRA feature is enabled:

If standalone GNSS session is started and there is no XTRA
assistance data file in device, The XTRA file downloading is
triggered, and it always requires data service.
An XTRA file contains orbit predictions for constellations, which are
valid up to 7 days. With valid XTRA data present, a GNSS engine on
modem can eliminate the need for GNSS navigation data
demodulation over the air and reduce the time required for
generating a position fix.

AT$XTRAEN?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1750 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the values of saved GpsOneXTRA feature <mode>.

$XTRAEN: <mode>

AT$XTRAEN=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters
<mode>
$XTRAEN: (0,1)

New setting is applicable across device power cycles.

If gpsOneXTRA feature is enabled, the unintentional data usage can

be occurred. Please set as disable if you want not to use this feature.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1751 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.1.23. AT#GTPEN - Configure the GTP WWAN Service

This command set to configure the GTP (Global Terrestrial Positioning) WWAN service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#GTPEN=<enable>
Set command to configure the GTP (Global Terrestrial Positioning) WWAN
Service.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 Configure the GTP WWAN Service

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

AT#GTPEN?
Read command returns the GTP (Global Terrestrial Positioning) WWAN
Service configuration, in the format:
#GTPEN: <enable>

AT#GTPEN=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<enable>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1752 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The setting is saved in NVM and available on following reboot.

If the GTP (Global Terrestrial Positioning) WWAN service is enabled,

the unintentional data usage can be occurred. Please set as disable
if you want not to use this feature.

Enable
AT#GTPEN=1
OK
AT#REBOOT
OK

Disable
AT#GTPEN=0
OK
AT#REBOOT
OK

Read
AT#GTPEN?
#GTPEN: 0
OK

Test
AT#GTPEN=?
#GTPEN: (0-1)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1753 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.2. GNSS Receiver

3.28.2.1. AT$GPSAT - GNSS Antenna LNA Control

This command selects the GNSS antenna.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT$GPSAT=<type>
Set command selects the GNSS antenna. It is maintained for backward
compatibility
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 1 Antenna type

Values:

0 : GPS Antenna not power supplied by the module

1 : GPS Antenna power supplied by the module

AT$GPSAT?
Read command returns the current value of <type> in the format:
$GPSAT: <type>

AT$GPSAT=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<type>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1754 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

The current setting is stored through AT$GPSSAV.

This command has no real meaning. It exists for backward

compatibility.

AT$GPSAT=1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1755 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.2.2. AT$GPSELNA - GNSS External LNA support

This command configures to support the GNSS external LNA.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSELNA=<mode>
Set command is used to enable/disable GNSS External LNA Support.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 GNSS External LNA Option

Values:

0 : Not support GNSS External LNA

1 : Support GNSS External LNA

If <mode> is 0, GNSS RF receiver is high gain mode. If <mode> is 1,

GNSS RF receiver is low gain mode.

If the GNSS external LNA isn't supported on H/W, please never set
<mode>=1 (Support GNSS External LNA).

This setting is dependent on H/W Design.

AT$GPSELNA?
Read command returns the currently setting, in the format.

$GPSELNA: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1756 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GPSELNA=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<mode>.

$GPSELNA: (the supported range of <mode>)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1757 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.2.3. AT$GPSRST - Restore Default GNSS Parameters

This command resets the GNSS parameters to "Factory Default" configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSRST
Execution command resets the GNSS parameters to "Factory Default"
configuration and stores them in the NVM of the device.

AT$GPSRST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

The restored parameters are those of:

$GPSP, $GPSR, $GPSNMUN, $GPSNMUNEX, $GPSQOS, $GPSSLSR,
$GPSSTOP and $GPSAT commands. (see their default value at each
command description)

If the GPS controller is powered up (see $GPSP), the GNSS

controller is powered down because the GNSS parameters should be
reset with "Factory Default".

AT$GPSRST
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1758 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.2.4. AT$GPSSAV - Save GNSS Parameters Configuration

This command stores the current GNSS parameters in the NVM of the device.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GPSSAV
Execution command stores the current GNSS parameters in the NVM of
the device.

AT$GPSSAV=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

The saved parameters are those of:

$GPSP, $GPSR, $GPSNMUN, $GPSNMUNEX, $GPSQOS, $GPSSLSR,
$GPSSTOP and $GPSAT commands.

AT$GPSSAV
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1759 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.2.5. AT$GPSP - GNSS Positioning Session Control

This command controls the GNSS positioning session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT$GPSP=<status>
The set command allows to control the GNSS positioning session.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer 0 GNSS positioning session status

Values:

0 : Stop GNSS positioning session

1 : Start GNSS positioning session

This command only controls the started GNSS positioning session

from $GPSP and $GPSSLSR. The GNSS positioning sessions of
other Service (IMS, MDT or UIM) cannot be controlled.

The Start GNSS positioning session clears GNSS memory and then
powers up the GNSS receiver if it powers down. The GNSS data
cleaning is performed on the base of the current value of the
<reset_type> parameter (see $GPSR).

The GNSS operation mode of Start GNSS positioning session is

performed on the base of the current values of $GPSSLSR
configuration (see $GPSSLSR).

The $GPSP and $GPSSLSR cannot be used at same time.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1760 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GPSP?
The read command reports the current value of the <status> parameter, in
the format:
$GPSP: <status>
Where:
<status> - GNSS positioning session status
0 - GNSS positioning session is not working
1 - GNSS positioning session is working

AT$GPSP=?
The test command reports the supported values range for parameter
<status>.
$GPSP: (0,1)

The current <status> value is stored through $GPSSAV command.

Start GNSS positioning session.

AT$GPSP=1
OK
Stop GNSS positioning session.
AT$GPSP=0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1761 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.2.6. AT$LOCMODE - GPS Location Request Mode

This command configures to enable GPS Location Request mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$LOCMODE=<mode>
This command executes the Location request for autonomous GPS.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A location request mode

Values:

0 : Terminate autonomous GPS session

1 : Activate autonomous GPS session

AT$LOCMODE=?
Test command returns the current value of the location mode <mode>.

$LOCMODE: <mode>

This command is only applicable for Sprint version.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1762 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.3. GNSS General Management

3.28.3.1. AT$GNSSSLCT - GNSS System Select

This command configures to set GNSS System Select.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GNSSSLCT=<gnss_conf>
Set command configures the GNSS receiver to look for the requested
GNSS systems.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<gnss_conf> integer 0 enumeration of GNSS configurations

Values:

0 : GNSS_ALL (gps+glonass+galileo+beidou)

1 : BDS_ONLY (gps+beidou)

2 : BDS_GAL (gps+galileo+beidou)

3 : GLO_BDS (gps+glonass+beidou)

4 : GAL_ONLY (gps + galileo)

5 : GLO_ONLY (gps + glonass)

6 : GLO_GAL (gps + glonass + galileo)

7 : GPS_ONLY (gps alone)

New <gnss_conf> takes effect only after power up or reboot.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1763 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GNSSSLCT?
Read command returns the last set value, in the format:

$GNSSSLCT: <gnss_conf>

AT$GNSSSLCT=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<gnss_conf>.

$GNSSSLCT: (the supported range of <gnss_conf>)

New <gnss_conf> takes effect only after power up or reboot

There is mutual influence between this command and $GPSGLO

command.

The current setting is stored in NVM.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1764 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GNSSSLCT?
$GNSSSLCT: 0 // GNSS_ALL

OK
// select gps+beidou
AT$GNSSSLCT=1
OK
AT#REBOOT
OK
// after power up
AT$GNSSSLCT?
$GNSSSLCT: 1 // gps+beidou

OK
// now gnss receiver will look for just gps and beidou systems
$GPSP=1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1765 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.3.2. AT$GPSDPO - Dynamic Power Optimization Control

This command configures the Dynamic Power Optimization (DPO) Control.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSDPO=<enable>
Set command configures the Dynamic Power Optimization (DPO) Control.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 DPO mode

Values:

0 : DPO shall be disabled

1 : DPO shall be enabled with dynamic duty cycle

2 : DPO shall be enabled only if device is not connected

to an external power source (not running on battery)

AT$GPSDPO?
Read command returns the currently setting, in the format:

$GPSDPO: <enable>

AT$GPSDPO=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<enable>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1766 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

$GPSDPO: (the supported range of <enable>)

DPO is enabled, GNSS 1PPS signal output is disabled.

New setting is applicable across device power cycles.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1767 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.3.3. AT$LOCATION - Enable Location Service

This command configures to enable Location Service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$LOCATION=<n>
This command enables/disables the Location Services inside the module.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 mode

Values:

0 : Disable Location Services

1 : Enable Location Services

AT$LOCATION=?
Reports the current value of the <n> parameter, in the format:

$LOCATION: <n>

This command is only applicable for Sprint version.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1768 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$LOCATION=?
$LOCATION: 0

OK
AT$LOCATION=1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1769 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.3.4. AT$GPSCLRX - Clear GPS Data

This command resets GPS data.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GPSCLRX
This command resets all GPS data listed below:
- GPS Almanac Data
- GPS Ephemeris Data
- LBS User Plane PDE IP Address
- LBS User Plane PDE IP Port

This command is global and cannot clear individual pieces of

data.

AT$GPSCLRX=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT$GPSCLRX=?
OK

AT$GPSCLRX
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1770 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.3.5. AT$GPSAV - GPS Antenna Supply Voltage Readout

This command returns the measured GPS antenna's supply voltage.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GPSAV
Execution command returns the measured GPS antenna's supply voltage
in mV.

AT$GPSAV?
Read command has the same meaning as the execution command.

AT$GPSAV=?
Test command returns the OK result code

This command has no real meaning. It exists for backward compatibility.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1771 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.3.6. AT$GPSR - Reset the GNSS Controller

This command resets the GNSS controller.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT$GPSR=<resetType>
Set command allows to reset the GNSS controller.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<resetType> integer 3 set the

type of
GNSS
controller
reset.

Values:

0 : Factory Reset: this option clears all the GNSS

memory including Clock Drift.

1 : Coldstart (No Almanac, No Ephemeris): this

option clears all data that is currently stored in
the internal memory of the GNSS receiver
including Position, Almanac, Ephemeris and Time.
The stored Clock Drift is retained.

2 : Warmstart (No ephemeris): this option clears all

initialization data in the GNSS receiver and
subsequently reloads the data that is currently
displayed in the Receiver Initialization Setup
screen. The Almanac is retained but the
Ephemeris is cleared.

3 : Hotstart (with stored Almanac and Ephemeris):

the GNSS receiver restarts by using all data that

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1772 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

is currently stored in the internal memory of the

GNSS receiver: validated Ephemeris and
Almanac.

Factory Reset performs the same operation as Coldstart.

<resetType> sets the kind of start when GNSS is activated through

$GPSP command.

AT$GPSR?
Read command returns the currently used reset type, in the format:

$GPSR: <resetType>

AT$GPSR=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<resetType>.

The current setting is stored through $GPSSAV command.

Factory reset
AT$GPSR=0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1773 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.3.7. AT$GPSLOCK - GNSS Lock Mode

This command is used to configure the GNSS lock mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSLOCK=<mode>
Set command sets the GNSS lock mode.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Lock Mode

Values:

0 : GNSS Unlock

1 : Mobile-Initiated (MI) session is locked

2 : Mobile-Terminated (MT) session is locked

3 : Except for an emergency call, all (MI and MT) is locked

The default value for SKT is '3'. Some GNSS commands return
ERROR. If GNSS fix should be used, please set 0 value to work
GNSS.

AT$GPSLOCK?
Read command returns the currently selected lock mode in the format:

$GPSLOCK: <mode>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1774 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GPSLOCK=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter(s)
<mode>.

$GPSLOCK: (the supported range of <mode>)

During an emergency call, an MT session will always be permitted

irrespective of the setting.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1775 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.3.8. AT$GPSGLO - Set the GLONASS Capability

This command selects the GLONASS capability used.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSGLO=<type>
Set command selects the GLONASS capability used.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> string 1 enables/disables GLONASS capability.

Values:

0 : Disable GLONASS

1 : Enable GLONASS

This command is saved in NVM and has effect only at the next
power cycle.

AT$GPSGLO?
Read command returns the currently used GLONASS, in the format:

$GPSGLO: <type>

AT$GPSGLO=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<type>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1776 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GPSGLO=1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1777 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.4. GNSS Positioning Information

3.28.4.1. AT$GPSNMUN - Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration

Unsolicited NMEA data configuration

NMEA 0183 Standard

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GPSNMUN=<enable>[,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG>]
Set command allows to activate an unsolicited GNSS data stream built
with NMEA sentences on the standard serial port and defines which NMEA
sentences will be available. Refer to document [1] to have information on
the NMEA sentences contents and formats.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 Enables unsolicited GNSS data stream and

selects one of the available GNSS data
stream format display. <enable>
parameter is also used to disable the
GNSS data stream. Here is the list of the
<enable> values. See Additional info
section to have information on GNSS data
stream formats.

Values:

0 : disable GNSS data stream

1 : enable the first GNSS data stream format

2 : enable the second GNSS data stream format

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1778 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : enable the first GNSS data stream format, and

reserve the AT interface port only for the GNSS data
stream

<GGA> integer 0 enables/disables the presence of the

Global Positioning System Fix Data NMEA
sentence (GGA) in the GNSS data stream.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GLL> integer 0 enable/disable the presence of the

Geographic Position - Latitude/Longitude
NMEA sentence (GLL) in the GNSS data
stream.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GSA> integer 0 enable/disable the presence of the GNSS

DOP and Active Satellites NMEA sentence
(GSA) in the GNSS data stream.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GSV> integer 0 enable/disable the presence of the

Satellites in View NMEA sentence (GSV) in
the GNSS data stream.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1779 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<RMC> integer 0 enable/disable the presence of the

Recommended Minimum Specific GNSS
Data NMEA sentence (RMC) in the GNSS
data stream.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<VTG> integer 0 enable/disable the presence of the GNSS

Course Over Ground and Ground Speed
NMEA sentence (VTG) in the GNSS data
stream.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

Additional info:

<enable>=1, GNSS data stream format:

$GPSNMUN: <NMEA SENTENCE 1><CR><LF>
...
$GPSNMUN: <NMEA SENTENCE N><CR><LF>
...

<enable>=2, GNSS data stream format:

<NMEA SENTENCE 1><CR><LF>
...
<NMEA SENTENCE N><CR><LF>
...

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1780 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<enable>=3, in this case, the AT interface port is dedicated to NMEA

sentences, it is not possible to send AT commands. Use the escape
sequence "+++" to return in command mode. GNSS data stream
format:
<NMEA SENTENCE 1><CR><LF>
...
<NMEA SENTENCE N><CR><LF>
...

For values <enable>=1 and <enable>=2, behavior is different

between LE and TX.
- On LE platforms, NMEA is outputted on NMEA port, different
from the port where AT commands are transmitted.
- On TX platforms, NMEA is outputted on the same port where AT
commands are transmitted.

If the <enable> is 3, this <enable> option is not stored in NVM.

AT$GPSNMUN?
Read command returns whether the unsolicited GNSS data stream is
currently enabled or not, along with the current NMEA mask
configuration, in the format:
$GPSNMUN: <enable>,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG>

AT$GPSNMUN=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters:
<enable>,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1781 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

ERRATA: Correct value for "Setting saved" column in table at the

beginning of command description is "Other".
The current setting is stored through $GPSSAV command.

Set the GSA as available sentence in the unsolicited message

AT$GPSNMUN=1,0,0,1,0,0,0
OK

Turn-off the unsolicited mode

AT$GPSNMUN=0
OK

Read the current NMEA mask configuration:

AT$GPSNMUN?
$GPSNMUN: 1,0,0,1,0,0,0
OK

The unsolicited message will be:

$GPSNMUN: $GPGSA,A,3,23,20,24,07,13,04,02,,,,,,2.4,1.6,1.8*3C

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1782 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.4.2. AT$GPSNMUNEX - Unsolicited NMEA Extended Data

Configuration
This command permits to activate an unsolicited streaming of GNSS data.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GPSNMUNEX=<GNGNS>[,<GNGSA>[,<GLGSV>[,<GPGRS>[,<BDGSA>[,<BDGSV>
[,<GAGSA>[,<GAGSV>[,<GPDTM>]]]]]]]]
Set command permits to activate an unsolicited streaming of GNSS data (in NMEA
extended format) through the NMEA port and defines which NMEA extended
sentences will be available.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<GNGNS> integer 0 Fix data of GNSS receivers

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GNGSA> integer 0 DOP and active satellites of GNSS

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GLGSV> integer 0 GLONASS satellites in view

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1783 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<GPGRS> integer 0 GPS Range Residuals

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<BDGSA> integer 0 Beidou DOP and Active Satellites

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<BDGSV> integer 0 Beidou Satellites in View

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GAGSA> integer 0 Galileo DOP and Active Satellites

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GAGSV> integer 0 Galileo Satellites in View

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GPDTM> integer 0 Datum reference information

Values:

0 : disable

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1784 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : enable

NMEA extended data is displayed on NMEA port depending on $GPSNMUN

<enable> parameter setting.

The storage of $GPSNMUNEX setting value is following,

Setting saved
Other
The current setting is stored through $GPSSAV command.

AT$GPSNMUNEX?
Read command returns the NMEA extended sentences availability status, in the
format:
$GPSNMUNEX:
<GNGNS>,<GNGSA>,<GLGSV>,<GPGRS>,<BDGSA>,<BDGSV>,<GAGSA>,<GAGSV>,<
GPDTM>

AT$GPSNMUNEX=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
<GNGNS>,<GNGSA>,<GLGSV>,<GPGRS>,<BDGSA>,<BDGSV>,<GAGSA>,<GAGSV>
and <GPDTM>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1785 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

GNGNS sentence has field "mode indicator". The field is composed

from the following order: gps, glonass, galileo and beidou.

When gnss data is being received, there are four consecutive GNGSA
sentences. The sentences are arranged at the following order: gps,
glonass, galileo and beidou.

All NMEA data stream is aligned with NMEA0183 v4.10.

$BD--- NMEA data stream (for Beidou)
$GA--- NMEA data stream (for Galileo)

Galileo satellites are identified by their PRN numbers, ranging 1 to

36 (offset -300).

Bediou satellites are identified by their PRN numbers, ranging 1 to

37 (offset -200).

GNSS System ID (the last field of $--GSA) are identified as GPS: 1,

GLONASS: 2, GALILEO: 3, BEIDOU: 4.

AT$GPSNMUN=1
OK

AT$GPSNMUNEX=1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
OK
These sets the GNGNS as available sentence in the unsolicited NMEA
sentences.

AT$GPSNMUNEX?
$GPSNMUNEX: 1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
OK
Give the current frame selected (GNGNS)
The unsolicited message will be:
$GNGNS,080558.0,3731.306144,N,12655.784429,E,AN,09,1.0,68.0,18.0,,*5B

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1786 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.4.3. AT$NMEA - Enable NMEA Stream

This command configures to enable NMEA Stream.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$NMEA=<n>
This command enables/disables the NMEA 0183 standard stream inside
the module.
Sets the ability to enable or disable the NMEA stream.
Allows NMEA 0183 Sentences:
$GPGGA, $GPGSA, $GPGSV, $GPRMC and $GPVTG
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A mode

Values:

0 : Disable the NMEA 0183 standard stream

1 : Enable the NMEA 0183 standard stream

AT$NMEA=?
Read command returns the current value of the <n> parameter, in the
format:

$NMEA: <n>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1787 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This command is only applicable for Sprint version.

This setting has an effect on $GPSNMUN setting and follows the

storing operation of $GPSNMUN setting.

AT$NMEA=?
$NMEA: 0

OK
AT$GPSNMUN?
$GPSNMUN: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0

OK
AT$NMEA=1
OK
AT$GPSNMUN?
$GPSNMUN: 2,1,0,1,1,1,1

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1788 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.4.4. AT$GPSACP - Get Acquired GNSS Position

This command returns information about the last GPS position.

[1] NMEA 0183 Standard

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GPSACP
Execution command returns information about the last GNSS position in the
format:

$GPSACP:
<UTC>,<latitude>,<longitude>,<hdop>,<altitude>,<fix>,<cog>,<spkm>,<spkn>,
<date>,<nsat_gps>,<nsat_glonass>
Additional info:

Meanings of the parameters returned by the command.

Name Type Default Description

<UTC> string - UTC time (hhmmss.sss)

referred to GGA sentence

<latitude> string - latitude in the format

ddmm.mmmm N/S (referred to
GGA sentence)
where:
dd: 00..90, degrees
mm.mmmm: 00.0000..59.9999,
minutes

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1789 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

N/S: North/South

<longitude> string - longitude in the format

dddmm.mmmm E/W (referred
to GGA sentence)
where:
ddd: 000..180, degrees
mm.mmmm: 00.0000..59.9999,
minutes
E/W: East/West

<hdop> string - Horizontal Dilution of Precision

(referred to GGA sentence)

<altitude> string - altitude - mean-sea-level

(geoid) in meters (referred to
GGA sentence)

<fix> integer N/A fix type

Values:

0 : invalid fix

1 : invalid fix

2 : 2D fix

3 : 3D fix

<cog> string - Course over Ground (degrees,

True) (referred to VTG
sentence) in the format
ddd.mm
where:
ddd: 000..360, degrees
mm: 00..59, minutes

<spkm> string - speed over ground (Km/hr)

(referred to VTG sentence)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1790 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<spkn> string - speed over ground (knots)

(referred to VTG sentence)

<date> string - date of fix (referred to RMC

sentence) in the format
ddmmyy
where:
dd: 01..31, day
mm: 01..12, month
yy: 00..99, year 2000 to 2099

<nsat_gps> integer N/A total number of satellites in use

(referred to GGA sentence)

Value:

0÷12 : total number of satellites in use

<nsat_glonass> integer N/A total number of GLONASS

satellites in use

Value:

0÷12 : total number of GLONASS satellites in

use

AT$GPSACP?
Read command has the same behavior as the Execution command.

AT$GPSACP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1791 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GPSP?
$GPSP: 0
when module is down there no acquired position
AT$GPSACP
$GPSACP:
OK
AT$GPSP=1
OK
Until first fix is received the command will display initial GPS position
AT$GPSACP
$GPSACP: ,,,,,1,,,,,,
OK
Once fix has been received the command will display actual GPS position
AT$GPSACP
$GPSACP: 3206.4020N,03450.2678E,1.1,3.3,0,0.0,0.0,0.0,030613,06,03
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1792 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.4.5. AT$GETLOCATION - Get Current Location

This command configures to get Current Location.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GETLOCATION
Execution command returns information about the last current location, in the
format:

<date>,<time>,<latitude>,<longitude>,<elevation>,<HEPE>,<speed>,<bearing>,<ns
at>

Additional info:

information

Name Type Default Description

<date> string - date (MM/DD/YYYY) stamp

<time> string - 24 hour time (HH:MM:SS) stamp

<latitude> integer - latitude in decimal degrees (+/-

DD.dddddd)
+/-: North / South
max of 90.000000 degrees

<longitude> integer - longitude in decimal degrees (+/-

DDD.dddddd)
+/-: East / West
max of 180.000000 degrees

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1793 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<elevation> integer - elevation in meters (+/-nnnn)

Above [+] or below [-] sea level with
reference to the WGS 84 reference
Ellipsoid

<HEPE> integer - Horizontal Estimated Position Error in

meters (nnnnnn)

<speed> integer - speed in meters per second (nnn)

<bearing> integer - bearing in decimal degrees (+DDD.dd)

<nsat> integer - number of satellites used in location fix

(nn)

This command is only applicable for Sprint version.

If the location position is not to be retrieved or the location services are
turned off, ERROR will be returned.

AT$GETLOCATION
09/24/2009,21:43:57,39.012345,-104.012345,+312,1234567,40,359.93,13

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1794 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.28.4.6. AT#GTP - Get Location from GTP WWAN Service

This command gets the location from GTP (Global Terrestrial Positioning) WWAN
service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#GTP
Execute command returns a position based cellular database from GTP
(Global Terrestrial Positioning) WWAN service, in the following format:

#GTP: <latitude>,<longitude>,<altitude>,<accuracy>
Additional info:

Response

Name Type Default Description

<latitude> integer N/A Latitude (specified in WGS84

datum).

Value:

-90÷90.0 : degrees; +/-: North / South

<longitude> integer N/A Longitude (specified in WGS84

datum)

Value:

-180÷180.0 : degrees; +/-: East / West

<altitude> integer N/A Altitude with respect to the

WGS84 ellipsoid

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1795 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

-500÷15883 : meters

<accuracy> string - Horizontal position uncertainty

(circular); meters

AT#GTP?
Read command returns the same response as the Execution command.

AT#GTP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

If module gets a fix from #GTP command for 35 seconds, it returns

ERROR.

If the GTP (Global Terrestrial Positioning) WWAN service is enabled,

the unintentional data usage can be occurred. Please set as disable
if you want not to use this feature. (See #GTPEN)

Define the PDP context via +CGDCONT command before using #GTP
command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1796 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY

OK
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 1

OK
AT+CREG?
+CREG: 0,1

OK
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","APN"
OK
AT#GTPEN=1
OK
AT#REBOOT
OK
AT#GTP
#GTP: 37.521744,126.929169,356.00,466.74
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1797 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

PSM (Power Saving Mode)

3.29.1. AT#PSMURC - Power Saving Mode URC

Set command enables/disables the URC that informs when modem entering in power
saving mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT#PSMURC=<en>

The URC format is:

#PSMURC: <ActiveTime>, <PSMTime>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<en> integer 0 enable/disable URC message

Values:

0 : disable URC message

1 : enable URC message

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<ActiveTime> integer requested Active Time value, in seconds (T3324)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1798 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<PSMTime> integer low power phase duration in seconds

(difference between T3412 and T3324 including
boot time).

#PSMURC command is available when #M2MATP is 1.

The mode <en> must be valid only for the AT instance where it has
been set.

AT#PSMURC?
Read command reports the status (enable/disable):

#PSMURC: <en>

AT#PSMURC=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter <en>.

This command is available only for ThreadX based product.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1799 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.29.2. AT+CPSMS - Power Saving Mode Setting

This command enables/disables Power Saving Mode (PSM) mode.

[1] 3GPP TS 27 007

[2] 3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CPSMS=[<mode>[,<ReqPeriodicRAU>[,<ReqGPRSreadyTimer>[,<ReqPeriodicT
AU>[,<ReqActiveTime>]]]]]
The set command controls the setting of the UEs power saving mode (PSM)
parameters. The command controls whether the UE wants to apply PSM or not, as
well as the requested extended periodic RAU value and the requested GPRS
READY timer value in GERAN, the requested extended periodic TAU value in E-
UTRAN and the requested Active Time value.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 disables or enables the use

of PSM in the UE.

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

<ReqPeriodicRAU> string - one byte in an 8 bit format.

Requested extended
periodic RAU value (T3312)
to be allocated to the UE in
GERAN. The requested
extended periodic RAU

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1800 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

value is coded as one byte

(octet 3) of the GPRS Timer
3 information element
coded as bit format (e.g.
"01000111" equals 70
hours). For the coding and
the value range, see the
GPRS Timer3 IE in 3GPP TS
24.008 (Not Supported).

<ReqGPRSreadyTimer> string - one byte in an 8 bit format.

Requested GPRS READY
timer value (T3314) to be
allocated to the UE in
GERAN. The requested
GPRS READY timer value is
coded as one byte (octet 2)
of the GPRS Timer
information element coded
as bit format (e.g.
"01000011" equals 3
decihours or 18 minutes).
For the coding and the value
range, see the GPRS Timer
IE in 3GPP TS 24.008 (Not
Supported).

<ReqPeriodicTAU> string - one byte in an 8 bit format.

Requested extended
periodic TAU value (T3412)
to be allocated to the UE in
E-UTRAN. The requested
extended periodic TAU value
is coded as one byte (octet
3) of the GPRS Timer 3
information element coded
as bit format (e.g.
"01000111" equals 70
hours). For the coding and
the value range, see the
GPRS Timer 3 IE in 3GPP TS
24.008.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1801 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<ReqActiveTime> string - one byte in an 8 bit format.

Requested Active Time
value (T3324) to be allocated
to the UE. The requested
Active Time value is coded
as one byte (octet 3) of the
GPRS Timer 2 information
element coded as bit format
(e.g. "00100100" equals 4
minutes). For the coding
and the value range, see the
GPRS Timer 2 IE in 3GPP TS
24.008.

A special form of the command can be given as AT+CPSMS= (with all

parameters omitted). In this form, the parameter <mode> will be set to 0,
the use of PSM will be disabled and data for all parameters in command
+CPSMS will be removed or, if available, set to the manufacturer specific
default values.

CPSMS configuration is saved in the file system

The <Requested_Periodic-RAU> and <Requested_GPRS-READY-timer>

parameters are not supported in this module. In other words, these
parameters input values are ignored.

AT+CPSMS?
Read command returns the current CPSMS configuration, in the format:

+CPSMS:<mode>,[<ReqPeriodicRAU>],[<ReqGPRSreadyTimer>],[<ReqPeriodicTAU
>], [<ReqActiveTime>]

AT+CPSMS=?
Test command reports the range for the parameters in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1802 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CPSMS:(list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <ReqPeriodicRAU>s),(list of

supported <ReqGPRSreadyTimer>s),(list of supported <ReqPeriodicTAU>s),(list of
supported <ReqActiveTime>s)

How to manage timer values octet.

T3412ext value:
Bits 5 to 1 represent the binary coded timer value.
Bits 6 to 8 defines the timer value unit as follows:
Bits
876
0 0 0 value is incremented in multiples of 10 minutes
0 0 1 value is incremented in multiples of 1 hour
0 1 0 value is incremented in multiples of 10 hours
0 1 1 value is incremented in multiples of 2 seconds
1 0 0 value is incremented in multiples of 30 seconds
1 0 1 value is incremented in multiples of 1 minute
1 1 0 value is incremented in multiples of 320 hours
1 1 1 value indicates that the timer is deactivated.
Example: 10101100 -> 101 means values is incremented in multiples of 1
minute, 01100 means 12 -> the obtained value is 12 minutes

T3324 value:
Bits 5 to 1 represent the binary coded timer value.
Bits 6 to 8 defines the timer value unit for the GPRS timer as follows:
Bits
876
0 0 0 value is incremented in multiples of 2 seconds
0 0 1 value is incremented in multiples of 1 minute
0 1 0 value is incremented in multiples of decihours
1 1 1 value indicates that the timer is deactivated.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1803 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPSMS=1,,,"10101100","00100010"
OK

AT+CPSMS?
+CPSMS: 1,,,"10101100","00100010"
OK

It means that module requires to adopt the PSM for reducing its power
consumption. If the network supports PSM and accepts that the UE uses
PSM with requested timers value, module enters in PSM when the active
timer expires (T3324=2 minutes) and stay in this mode for ten minutes
(T3412=12 minutes).

AT+CPSMS=0
OK

It means that PSM is set to disable, the module does not go to Power Saving
Mode in any case.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1804 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.29.3. AT#PSMWDISACFG - Power Saving mode configuration

This command used to configure power saving mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#PSMWDISACFG=<mode>
Set command configures power saving mode.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 2 Low Power Mode

Values:

1 : power saving mode by W_DISABLE_N pin

2 : ignore change on W_DISABLE_N pin

3 : low power mode by W_DISABLE_N pin

Additional info:

When <mode> is set to 1 or 3, W_DISABLE_N(GPIO8) is set as input

and sense it continuously.
If W_DISABLE_N is asserted to low (means GPIO8 changed to high),
modem is entered to PSM/LPM mode and USB VBUS is
disconnected(GPIO10 goes to low).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1805 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- All configured values stored on module and applied after next

power cycle.
However, LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX and LE910Cx-WWX can be
applied immediately.
- The setting is not maintained after firmware update but
maintained when firmware switching.
- When <mode> is 1 or 3, doesn't power off by ON_OFF_N.
- When <mode> is 1 or 3, GPIO8 and GPIO10 are used as
W_DISABLE_N monitoring and VBUS control. Customer should not
use GPIO for other function.
- This command works only with mPCIe type and may cause
malfunction if set on other HW types such as LGA form factor.

AT#PSMWDISACFG?
Read command returns current mode.

AT#PSMWDISACFG=?
Test command reports the supported mode.

• AT#PSMWDISACFG=3
OK

• AT#PSMWDISACFG?
#PSMWDISACFG: 3

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1806 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.29.4. AT#PSMCTS - Power Saving Mode CTS

Set command enables/disables the CTS pin response to an URC message while modem
is in power saving mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#PSMCTS=<n>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 disables/enables CTS pin response to an URC

message. When response is enabled, <n>
sets also CTS pulse duration.

Values:

0 : disable CTS pin response

50÷1150 : enables CTS pin response and sets CTS pulse

duration in ms

The feature set by #PSMCTS is activated only when modem is in

sleep mode AT+CFUN=5.

AT#PSMCTS?
Read command reports the CTS pulse duration expressed in ms, in the
format:
# PSMCTS: <n>

AT#PSMCTS=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1807 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported values of parameter <n>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1808 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

IMS

3.30.1. AT#PDPIMSCFGE - edit PDP Profile Registry

Edit PDP Profile Registry

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PDPIMSCFGE=<cid>,<P-CSCF Address Flag>,<DHCP Flag>,<CN Flag>

This command is used to edit PDP profile registry.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - PDP context identifier

<P-CSCF integer N/A P-CSCF Address Flag

Address Flag>

Values:

0 : Preference of P-CSCF address discovery not

influenced

1 : Preference of P-CSCF address discovery

through NAS signalling

<DHCP Flag> integer 0 DHCP Flag

Values:

0 : Preference of P-CSCF address discovery not

using DHCP

1 : Preference of P-CSCF address discovery

through DHCP

<CN Flag> integer 0 CN Flag

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1809 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : PDP context is not for IM CN subsystem-

related signalling only

1 : PDP context is for IM CN subsystem-related

signalling only

AT#PDPIMSCFGE?
Read command returns the values in the following format:
#PDPIMSCFGE: <cid>,<P-CSCF Address Flag>,<DHCP Flag>,<CN Flag>
Ex)AT#PDPIMSCFGE?
#PDPIMSCFGE: 1 , 0 , 0 , 0
#PDPIMSCFGE: 2 , 1 , 0 , 1
#PDPIMSCFGE: 3 , 1 , 0 , 1
#PDPIMSCFGE: 4 , 0 , 0 , 0
OK

AT#PDPIMSCFGE=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.
AT#PDPIMSCFGE=?
#PDPIMSCFGE: (1-24,100-179),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1810 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.30.2. AT+CIREG - IMS registration state

This command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CIREG=[<mode>]
Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code when
there is a change in the MT's IMS registration information.

Unsolicited result code has the following format:

+CIREGU: <reg_info>[,<ext_info>]

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Enables or disables reporting of changes in

the MT's IMS registration information.

Values:

0 : disable reporting (default)

1 : enable reporting (parameter <reg_info>)

2 : enable extended reporting (parameters <reg_info>

and <ext_info>)

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<reg_info> integer Indicates the IMS registration status. The UE is

seen as registered as long as one or more of its

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1811 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

public user identities are registered with any of its

contact addresses, see 3GPP TS 24.229.
Values:

0 : not registered.

1 : registered.

<ext_info> hex The value range is from 1 to FFFFFFFF. It is a sum

of hexadecimal values, each representing a
particular IMS capability of the MT. The MT can
have IMS capabilites not covered by the below list.
This parameter is not present if the IMS
registration status is "not registered".
Values:

1 : RTP-based transfer of voice according to

MMTEL, see 3GPP TS 24.173. This
functionality can not be indicated if the UE
is not available for voice over PS, see
3GPP TS 24.229.

2 : RTP-based transfer of text according to

MMTEL, see 3GPP TS 24.173.

4 : SMS using IMS functionality, see 3GPP TS

24.341.

8 : RTP-based transfer of video according to

MMTEL, see 3GPP TS 24.173.

parameter <mode> is saved in profile.

AT+CIREG?
Read command reports the current state of IMS registration in the format:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1812 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

+CIREG: <mode>,<reg_info>[,<ext_info>]

AT+CIREG=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1813 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.30.3. AT#IMSAPNNAME - IMS policy APN names setting

Configures some IMS policy parameters for registration to the IMS server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#IMSAPNNAME=<index>,<APNName>
Set command configures some IMS policy parameters for registration to
the IMS server. The configurations are stored in a file and are persistent.
Current file version is 4.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer N/A Index indicating the APN name to be

updated.

Value:

1÷3 : APN name to be updated

<APNName> string - APN name (maximum size 50).

AT#IMSAPNNAME?
Read command returns the list of APN names in the format:

#IMSAPNNAME:<index>,<APNName><CR><LF>
#IMSAPNNAME:<index>,<APNName>[...]

AT#IMSAPNNAME=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1814 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter

<index> and maximum length for <APNName>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1815 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.30.4. AT#IMSIRAT - IMS policy RAT and miscellaneous setting

Configures some IMS policy parameters for registration to the IMS server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#IMSIRAT=<index>,<iRAT>,<iAPNType_APNindex>,<iIMSServiceInfo>,<iAuth_S
ecType>, <iIPTypeInfo>,<iRATRegActionMask>,<iIMSRoamServiceInfo>
Set command configures some IMS policy parameters for registration to the IMS
server. The configurations are stored in a file and are persistent. Current file
version is 4.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer N/A Index indicating the group

to be updated.

Value:

1÷10 : group to be updated

<iRAT> integer - RAT information.

2 byte unsigned integer.

<iAPNType_APNindex> integer - APN type and APN index.

1 byte unsigned integer.

<iIMSServiceInfo> integer - services that are supported

for the configured RAT and
APN combination.
4 byte unsigned integer.

<iAuth_SecType> integer - authorization scheme,

Registration mode, and
security type for the

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1816 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

configured RAT and APN

combination.
1 byte unsigned integer.

<iIPTypeInfo> integer - primary IP address family;

indicates whether a fallback
is allowed on the other IP
family.
1 byte unsigned integer.

<iRATRegActionMask> integer - RAT action mask.

2 byte unsigned integer.

<iIMSRoamServiceInfo> integer - variable to store the

different 16 IMS service info
in roaming.
4 byte unsigned integer.

AT#IMSIRAT?
Read command returns the current value of parameters in the format

#IMSIRAT:
<index>,<iRAT>,<iAPNType_APNindex>,<iIMSServiceInfo>,<iAuth_SecType>,
<iIPTypeInfo>,<iRATRegActionMask>,<iIMSRoamServiceInfo><CR><LF>
#IMSIRAT:
<index>,<iRAT>,<iAPNType_APNindex>,<iIMSServiceInfo>,<iAuth_SecType>,
<iIPTypeInfo>,<iRATRegActionMask>,<iIMSRoamServiceInfo>[...]

AT#IMSIRAT=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters <index>,
<iRAT>, <iAPNType_APNindex>, <iIMSServiceInfo>, <iAuth_SecType>,
<iIPTypeInfo>, <iRATRegActionMask> and <iIMSRoamServiceInfo>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1817 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1818 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.30.5. AT#IMSAPNFB - IMS policy APN fallback setting

Configures some IMS policy parameters for registration to the IMS server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#IMSAPNFB=<index>,<iRATAPNFallback>,<iServicePriorityWWAN>
Set command configures some IMS policy parameters for registration to the
IMS server. The configurations are stored in a file and are persistent.
Current file version is 4.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer N/A Index indicating the APN

fallback group to be
updated.

Value:

1÷10 : APN fallback group to be updated

<iRATAPNFallback> integer - sequence of APN type

fallback for a given RAT;
must be configured for all
the supported RATs.
2 byte unsigned integer.

<iServicePriorityWWAN> integer - stores the priority of each

service supported for a
RAT configured in
iPMRATAPNFallback over
WLAN; stores all
supported services as a
bitmask in this variable.
2 byte unsigned integer.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1819 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#IMSAPNFB?
Read command returns the list of APN fallback groups in the format:

#IMSAPNFB:<index>,<iRATAPNFallback>,<iServicePriorityWWAN><CR><LF>
#IMSAPNFB:<index>,<iRATAPNFallback>,<iServicePriorityWWAN>[...]

AT#IMSAPNFB=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
<index>, <iRATAPNFallback> and <iServicePriorityWWAN>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1820 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.30.6. AT#IMSPRIOR - IMS policy priorities setting

Configures some IMS policy parameters for registration to the IMS server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#IMSPRIOR=<iAllowedIMSSrvOnWLAN>,<bAddAllFTs>,<iACSPriority>,<iISIMPri
ority>, <iNVPriority>,<iPCOPriority>,<iIMSServiceStatus>,<eEnableReregOn2G3G>
Set command configures some IMS policy parameters for registration to the IMS
server. The configurations are stored in a file and are persistent. Current file
version is 4.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<iAllowedIMSSrvOnWLAN> integer - Priority of each service

supported for a RAT
configured in
iPMRATAPNFallback
over WLAN.
2 byte unsigned integer.

<bAddAllFTs> integer - Indicates whether all the

file transfer lists have to
be added in the initial
registration.
1 byte unsigned integer.

<iACSPriority> integer - Priority of Adjacent

Channel Selectivity
(ACS)/ARM Procedure
Call Standard (APCS) for
various configurable
parameters.
1 byte unsigned integer

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1821 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<iISIMPriority> integer - Priority of the IP

Multimedia Services
Identity Module (ISIM)
for various configurable
parameters.
1 byte unsigned integer.

<iNVPriority> integer - Priority of NV for various

configurable
parameters.
1 byte unsigned integer.

<iPCOPriority> integer - Defines the priority of

the Protocol
Configuration Option
(PCO) for various
configurable
parameters.
1 byte unsigned integer.

<iIMSServiceStatus> integer - Status of a particular

service supported in
IMS; stored in a bitmask.
4 byte unsigned integer.

<eEnableReregOn2G3G> integer N/A enable reregistration on

2G/3G.

Value:

0÷2 : enable reregistration on 2G/3G

AT#IMSPRIOR?
Read command returns the current value of parameters
<iAllowedIMSSrvOnWLAN>, <bAddAllFTs>, <iACSPriority>, <iISIMPriority>,
<iNVPriority>, <iPCOPriority>, <iIMSServiceStatus> and <eEnableReregOn2G3G>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1822 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#IMSPRIOR=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
<iAllowedIMSSrvOnWLAN>, <bAddAllFTs>, <iACSPriority>, <iISIMPriority>,
<iNVPriority>, <iPCOPriority>, <iIMSServiceStatus> and <eEnableReregOn2G3G>.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1823 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

File System

3.31.1. AT#WSCRIPT - Write File

Write user file into File system

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#WSCRIPT=[<script_name>[,<size>[,<hidden>]]]
Set command store a file in user NVM , naming it <script_name>
The device shall prompt five characters sequence
<CR><LF><greater_than><greater_than><greater_than> (IRA 13, 10, 62,
62, 62)
after command line is terminated with <CR>; after that a file can be
entered from TE, sized <size> bytes.
The operations complete when all the bytes are received.
If writing ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an error code is
reported.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<script_name> string - name of the file in NVM, string type

(max 127chars, case sensitive)

<size> integer - file size in bytes

<hidden> integer 0 file hidden attribute

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1824 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : file content is readable with #RSCRIPT

1 : file content is hidden, #RSCRIPT command will

report empty

In case of this command on UART, DTE must use HW flow control

and AT+IFC=2,2 configured.

when sending the script be sure that the line terminator is

<CR><LF> and that your terminal program does not change it.

with the hidden attribute it is possible to protect your files from

being viewed and copied, only the file name can be viewed, its
content is hidden even if the file is still being run correctly.
It's your care to maintain knowledge on what the file contains.

AT#WSCRIPT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT#WSCRIPT="userdata.txt ",54,0
>>> here receives the prompt; then type or send the textual data, sized 54
bytes OK Textual data has been stored

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1825 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.31.2. AT#RSCRIPT - Read File

Read user file from file system

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#RSCRIPT=[<script_name>]
Set command reports the content of file <script_name> in user NVM.
The device shall prompt a five character sequence
<CR><LF><less_than><less_than><less_than> (IRA 13, 10, 60, 60, 60)
followed by the file content.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<script_name> string - file name, string type (max 127 chars,

case sensitive).

In case of this command on UART, DTE must use HW flow control

and AT+IFC=2,2 configured.

If the file was saved with the hidden attribute, then an empty file is
reported with the OK result code.

If the file is not present an error code is reported.

AT#RSCRIPT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1826 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#RSCRIPT="userdata.txt "
hereafter receive the prompt; then the script is displayed, immediately after
the prompt
<<<userdata: 12345678
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1827 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.31.3. AT#LSCRIPT - List File Names

List Script Names

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#LSCRIPT
Execution command reports the list of file names currently stored in
user NVM and the available free memory in the format:
[#LSCRIPT: <script_name1>,<size1>…
[<CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: <script_namen>,<sizen>]]
<CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: free bytes: <free_NVM>
where:
<script-namen> - file name, quoted string type (max 127 chars, case
sensitive)
<sizen> - size of script in bytes
<free_NVM> - size of available NVM memory in bytes

AT#LSCRIPT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT#LSCRIPT
#LSCRIPT: “userdata.txt”,51
#LSCRIPT: “data.txt”,178
#LSCRIPT: “mydata1.txt”,95
#LSCRIPT: free bytes: 20000
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1828 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.31.4. AT#DSCRIPT - Delete File

Delete Script

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#DSCRIPT=[<script_name>]
Execution command deletes a file from user NVM.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<script_name> string - name of the file to delete, string type

(max 127 chars, case sensitive)

NOTE: if the file <script_name> is not present an error code is

reported.

AT#DSCRIPT="userdata.txt"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1829 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

MQTT

3.32.1. AT#MQEN - Enable MQTT Feature

This command initializes a MQTT client and allocates the necessary resources.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQEN=<instance_number>,<enable>
Set command enables/disables the MQTT client for further configuration
and usage
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test
command

<enable> integer 0 Selects if client must be

activated or deactivated

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

AT#MQEN?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1830 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the status of the MQTT stack in the format
#MQEN: <instance_number>,<enable>

AT#MQEN=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQEN: (1-maxClients),(0-1)

Set command
AT#MQEN=1,1
OK
Read command
AT#MQEN?
#MQEN: 1,1
#MQEN: 2,0

OK
Test command
AT#MQEN=?
#MQEN: (1-2),(0-1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1831 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.2. AT#MQSUB - Subscribe to a MQTT Topic

This command performs the subscription to a MQTT topic.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQSUB=<instance_number>,<topic>[,<qos>]
Set command performs the subscription to a MQTT topic
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client

instance

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test
command

<topic> string - Name of the Topic

<qos> integer 1 QoS

(LE910Cx Linux
exclusive)

Value:

0÷2 : QoS

AT#MQSUB?
Read command to show last "message id" and "subscribe reason code" on
MQTT V5.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1832 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

LE910Cx Linux exclusive.

AT#MQSUB=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQSUB: (1-maxClients), ,256,(0-2)

Set command
AT#MQSUB=1,"TOPIC"
OK

Test command
AT#MQSUB=?
#MQSUB: (1-2),256,(0-2)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1833 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.3. AT#MQUNS - Unsubscribe from a Topic

This command revokes the subscription to a MQTT topic.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQUNS=<instance_number>,<topic>
Set command revokes the unsubscription from a MQTT topic
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client

instance

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test
command

<topic> string - Name of the Topic

AT#MQUNS=?
Test commands reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQUNS: (1-maxClients), 256

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1834 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command
AT#MQUNS=1,”TOPIC”
OK

Test command
AT#MQUNS=?
#MQUNS: (1-2),256

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1835 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.4. AT#MQPUBS - Publish ASCII String

This command publishes an ASCII string to the specified MQTT topic.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQPUBS=<instance_number>,<topic>[,<retain>[,<qos>[,<message>]]]
Set command publishes publishes a string to the specified MQTT topic
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test
command

<topic> string - Name of the Topic

<retain> integer 0 Specifies if the broker must

retain this message or not

Values:

0 : broker must not retain this message

1 : broker must retain this message

<qos> integer 1 Specifies the Quality of Service

of this message

Value:

0÷2 : Quality of Service range

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1836 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<message> string - Message to publish on the

topic. Maximum length of
message depends on protocol
specification and system
memory available.

The maximum command line buffer size for LE910Cx Linux is 560
bytes, which means only the input bytes (i.e. from "AT" to the last
given parameter) less or equal to 560 bytes will be accepted.

AT#MQPUBS=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQPUBS: (1-maxClients),256,(0-1),(0-2),256

Set command
AT#MQPUBS=1,"TOPIC"
OK
AT#MQPUBS=1,"TOPIC",1
OK
AT#MQPUBS=1,"TOPIC",1,2
OK
AT#MQPUBS=1,"TOPIC",1,2,"MESSAGE"
OK

Test command
AT#MQPUBS=?
#MQPUBS: (1-2),256,(0-1),(0-2),256

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1837 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.5. AT#MQPUBSEXT - Publish Extension command

This command publishes data to the specified MQTT topic.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQPUBSEXT=<instanceNumber>,<topic>,<retain>,<qos>,<dataLen>
After entering AT#MQPUBSEXT=... command, and terminated the
command line with <CR>, the module returns the following three
characters sequence prompt, and waits for data to send:

<greater_than><greater_than><greater_than> (see IRA character set: 62,

62, 62)

Now, data can be entered from TE, sized <dataLen> bytes. If user does not
enters any input for 10 seconds, command is terminated with error.

If sending ends successfully and acknowledgment is received for QoS > 0,

the response will be OK, otherwise an error will be reported.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<topic> string - name of the topic.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1838 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Maximum length of <topic> is

256

<retain> integer N/A specifies if the broker must

retain this message or not

Values:

0 : retain

1 : no retain

<qos> integer N/A specifies the Quality of Service

of this messa

Value:

0÷2 : Quality of Service range

<dataLen> integer - Length of message to publish on

the topic.
Maximum length of <dataLen>
can go up to 65536 depending on
system memory available.

AT#MQPUBSEXT=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1839 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Publish 100 byte message

AT#MQPUBSEXT=1,myTopic,0,0,100
>>>

OK

Test command
AT#MQPUBSEXT=?
#MQPUBSEXT: (1-maxClients),256,(0-1),(0-2),(0-65536)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1840 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.6. AT#MQCFG - Configure MQTT Parameters

This command sets the connection parameters for the selected MQTT client

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQCFG=<instance_number>,<host_name>,<port>,<cid>[,<ssl_en>]
Set command sets the connection parameters for the selected MQTT
client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To

know maxClients value use
test command

<host_name> string - URL of the MQTT broker

<port> integer N/A TCP port of the MQTT broker

Value:

1÷65535 : TCP port range

<cid> integer N/A PDP Context ID to be used for

the connection

Value:

1÷maxCid : <cid> Range

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1841 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<ssl_en> integer 0 Enable/Disable SSL

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

The SSL encryption can be enabled only if <Enable> parameter of

#SSLEN is set to 0, <FTPSEn> parameter of #FTPCFG is set to 0
and <ssl_enabled> parameter of #HTTPCFG is set to 0.

AT#MQCFG?
Read command returns the status of the MQTT stack in the format
#MQCFG: <instance_number>,<host_name>,<port>,<cid>[,<ssl_en>]

AT#MQCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQCFG: (1,maxClients),,(1-65535),(1-maxCid),(0-1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1842 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

- SSL disabled (by default)

Set command
AT#MQCFG=1,api.mybroker.com,1883,3
OK
Read command
AT#MQCFG?
#MQCFG: 1,api.mybroker.com,1883,3,0
#MQCFG: 2,,1883,1

OK
Test command
AT#MQCFG=?
#MQCFG: (1-maxClients),,(1-65535),(1-maxCid),(0-1)

OK
- SSL enabled
Set command
AT#MQCFG=1,api.mybroker.com,8883,3,1
OK
Read command
AT#MQCFG?
#MQCFG: 1,api.mybroker.com,8883,3,1
#MQCFG: 2,,1883,1,0

OK
Test command
AT#MQCFG=?
#MQCFG: (1-maxClients),,(1-65535),(1-maxCid),(0-1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1843 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.7. AT#MQCFG2 - Configure Additional MQTT Parameters

This command sets the optional connection parameters for the selected MQTT client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQCFG2=<instance_number>,<keepalive>,<clean_session>
Set command sets optional connection parameters for the selected MQTT
client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test
command.

<keepalive> integer N/A Timeout of periodic packet to

keep connection open

Value:

1÷3600 : timeout expressed in sec

<clean_session> integer N/A Indicates whether a persistent

connection is required. Without
a persistent connection, when
the client is offline all
information and messages that
are queued from a previous
persistent session are lost.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1844 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : persistent session

1 : clean session

AT#MQCFG2?
Read command returns the configuration of all active MQTT clients in the
format
#MQCFG2: <instance_number>,<keepalive>,<clean_session>

AT#MQCFG2=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQCFG2: (1-maxClients),(1-3600),(0-1)

Set command
AT#MQCFG2=1,20,1
OK
Read command
AT#MQCFG2?
#MQCFG2: 1,20,1
#MQCFG2: 2,30,1

OK
Test command
AT#MQCFG2=?
#MQCFG2: (1-2),(1-3600),(0-1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1845 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.8. AT#MQWCFG - Configure MQTT Last Will and Testament

This command sets Last Will and Testament for the selected MQTT client

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQWCFG=<instance_number>,<will_flag>[,<will_retain>[,<will_qos>[,<will_to
pic>[,<wii_msg>]]]]
Set command sets Last Will and Testament for the selected MQTT client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test
command.

<will_flag> integer 0 Selects whether the client

needs to specify a Last Will and
Testament. If set to 0, this is the
last parameter to be set.

Values:

0 : the client does not need to specify a Last

Will and Testament

1 : the client needs to specify a Last Will and

Testament

<will_retain> integer 0 Selects whether the Last Will

message needs to be retained

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1846 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

by the server. Without a

persistent connection, when the
client is offline all information
and messages that are queued
from a previous persistent
session are lost.

Values:

0 : the Last Will message does not need to be

retained by the server

1 : the Last Will message needs to be

retained by the server

<will_qos> integer N/A Quality of Service of the Last

Will message

Value:

0÷2 : Quality of Service range

<will_topic> string - Topic to publish the Last Will

message to

<wii_msg> string - Last Will message

AT#MQWCFG?
Read command returns the Last Will and Testament (if any) of all active MQTT
clients in the format
#MQWCFG:
<instance_number>,<will_flag>[,<will_retain>,<will_qos>,<will_topic>,<will_mess
age>]

AT#MQWCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQWCFG: (1-maxClients),(0-1),(0-1),(0-2) ,256,256

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1847 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command
AT#MQWCFG=1,0
OK
AT#MQWCFG=1,1,1,2,myLastWillTopic,myLastWillMessage
OK
Read command
AT#MQWCFG?
#MQWCFG: 1,0
#MQWCFG: 2,1,0,2,myTopic,myMessage

OK

Test command
AT#MQWCFG=?
#MQWCFG: (1-2),(0-1),(0-1),(0-2),256,256

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1848 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.9. AT#MQTCFG - Configure Timeout Parameters for MQTT

Transmission
This command sets the timeout options for the specified client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQTCFG=<instance_number>,<packet_timeout>
Set command writes the timeout options for the specified client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test
command.

<packet_timeout> integer N/A Timeout of the packet delivery.

Value:

1÷60 : timeout range. value expressed in

seconds.

AT#MQTCFG?
Read command returns the timeout configuration of all active MQTT
clients in the format
#MQTCFG: <iinstance_number>,<packet_timeout>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1849 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQTCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQTCFG: (1-maxClients),(1-60)

Set command
AT#MQTCFG=1,10
OK
Read command
AT#MQTCFG?
#MQTCFG: 1,5
#MQTCFG: 1,4

OK
Test command
AT#MQTCFG=?
#MQTCFG: (1-2),(1-60)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1850 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.10. AT#MQSCFG - Configure MQTT SSL certs and key

Configure MQTT SSL certs and key

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSCFG=<instance_number>,<cert_type>,<set>[,<size>]
Set command to set SSL certs
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClient : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<cert_type> integer N/A Select cert type

Values:

0 : CA cert

1 : Client cert

2 : Client key

<set> integer N/A Unset/set selected <cert_type>

Values:

0 : Unset selected <cert_type>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1851 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : Set selected <cert_type>

<size> integer - Number of bytes to write to the

file.

This command only support Linux based model. Please refer availability
table.

Supported file types are PEM and DER.

If you try to set <cert_type> (ex:AT#MQSCFG=1,0,1), prompt will appear,

then you can send your certs files. You can use ctrl+z to notify end of
operation.

It is also possible to set <cert_type> with

size (ex:AT#MQSCFG=1,0,1,1234), after prompt appeared, you can send
your certs files. As soon Size byte are written, data are sent and OK is
returned.

Please try to use #MQSCFG rather than #SSLSECDATA to avoid

unexpected issues. #SSLSECCFG is shared by many applications.

#MQSCFG has higher priority than #SSLSECDATA which means that in

case you set ssl certs files by not only #MQSCFG but also #SSLSECDATA,
certs files from #MQSCFG is preferred.

AT#MQSCFG?
Read command reports ssl certs setting status.
#MQSCFG=<instance_number>,<CA_cert_set>,<client_cert_set>,<client_key_set
>

AT#MQSCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQCONN: (1-maxClients),(0-2)(0,1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1852 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command
AT#MQSCFG=1,0,0
OK

AT#MQSCFG=1,0,1
> YOUR_CERT_FILE
PRESS_CTRL_Z
OK

AT#MQSCFG=1,0,1,1234
> ...write here the binary data. As soon Size byte are written, data are sent
and OK is returned
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1853 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.11. AT#MQCONN - Connect and Log in the MQTT Broker

This command performs the connection and login to the MQTT broker.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQCONN=<instance_number>,<client_id>[,<user_name>,<password>]
Set command perform network connection (using parameters set with #MQCFG)
and sends the CONNECT packet to the MQTT broker
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The list of

available clients is obtained with
AT#MQEN? or the read command

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test command.

<client_id> string - Identifies each MQTT client that

connects to the MQTT broker.
Maximum <client_id> 128

<user_name> string - Authentication and authorization.

This is not mandatory, but this value
must be pair with <password>.
Maximum length <user_name> 256
Example:
AT#MQCONN=1,"Test","USER"
(Invalid)
AT#MQCONN=1,"Test","USER","PASS"
(valid)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1854 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<password> string - Authentication and authorization.

Maximum length <password> 256

If connection status is other than init state or connected, disconnect

using #MQDISC before reconnecting using #MQCONN.

For LE910Cx Linux models, URC is generated and flushed if the client
disconnected abnormally from the broker with following format:
#MQCONN: <instance_number>,DISCONNECT

AT#MQCONN?
Read command reports the configuration of active MQTT connections in the
format:
#MQCONN=<instanceNumber>,<state>

The following tables shows the <state> values and meanings:

LE910Cx Linux :
Client status
Normal operations values:
0: client is in init state
1: client is connecting to server
2: client is connected
Failure events values:
-1: connection reset by peer
-2: PINGREQ timeout failed
-3: CONNECT packet was not delivered
-4: CONNACK packet was not received
-5: Network error, such as socket timeout
-6: Fatal error in internal library. Deinit client and open it again with AT#MQEN
LE910Cx ThreadX :
Normal / Failure events values:
0: client is initialized but not connected
1: client performed MQTT authentication with broker

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1855 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2: connection closed or reset by the server

3: the answer to the ping request packet was not received
4: the CONNACK packet was not received
5: the CONNECT packet was not delivered
6: failure in the m2mb APIs
7: socket timeout or read error

For LE910Cx Linux model, if the MQTT version of the corresponding

<instance_number> is set to v5.0, please refer to MQTT version 5.0 for
more failure events values.

AT#MQCONN=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQCONN: (1-maxClients),128,256,256

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1856 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command
AT#MQCONN=1,"TEST_SERVER_WITHOUT_AUTH"
OK
AT#MQCONN=1,"TEST_SERVER_WITH_AUTH","USER","PW"
OK

Scenario (1)
Read command
AT#MQCONN?
#MQCONN: 1,1
#MQCONN: 2,0

OK
Test command
AT#MQCONN=?
#MQCONN: (1-2),128,256,256

OK

Scenario (2)
Read command
AT#MQCONN?
#MQCONN: 1,2

OK
Set command
AT#MQDISC=1

OK
Read command
AT#MQCONN?
#MQCONN: 1,0

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1857 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.12. AT#MQDISC - Log Out and Disconnect from the MQTT Broker
This command performs the logout and disconnection from to the MQTT broker.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQDISC=<instance_number>[,<disc_reason>]
Disconnects gracefully from the MQTT broker, then closes the network
connection
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client

instance

Value:

1,2 : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test command

<disc_reason> integer N/A Disconnection reason

code
(LE910Cx LInux
exclusive)

Value:

0÷154 : Disconnect reason code

<disc_reason> only valid if the MQTT version of the corresponding

<instance_number> is set to v5.0. Omit the
<disc_reason> parameter meant the normal disconnection. Please
refer to MQTT version 5.0 for disconnection reason code.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1858 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQDISC=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQDISC: (1-maxClients)

Set command
AT#MQDISC=1
OK
Test command
AT#MQDISC=?
#MQDISC: (1-2)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1859 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.13. AT#MQREAD - Read Messages Received from the MQTT Broker

This command reads the message payload from the queue slot provided.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQREAD=<instance_number>,<message_id>
After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds
sending:
#MQREAD: <instanceNumber>,<topic>,<payload_len>,
then the module prompts the following characters sequence:
<less_than><less_than><less_than><carriage return><line feed> (IRA 60,
60, 60, 13, 10)
followed by the data
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test
command

<message_id> integer N/A Message slot Id to be read. The

read operation will free the slot
resource.

Value:

1÷30 : message slot Id range

Additional info:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1860 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

UNSOLICITED MESSAGE:
#MQRING - Received data on subscribed topic
When a message is received on the subscribed topic, an URC
message is sent to all AT commands interfaces. There are 30
messages slots available for incoming messages, and it is
responsibility of the user to keep them empty by reading them with
#MQREAD.
- If the message queue is full, and a new message arrives, the
following URC #MQRING: 0 is received.
- Otherwise, for normal messages, the URC format is:
#MQRING: <instance_number>,<message_id>,<topic>,<len>
In the Unsolicited fields section are described the URC message
parameters not described in the previous sections.

Name Type Default Description

<topic> string - name of the topic from where the

message was received

<len> integer - length in bytes of the received payload

AT#MQREAD?
Read command returns the unread messages count for each instance
number for all active MQTT clients in the format
#MQREAD: <instanceNumber>,<unread>

AT#MQREAD=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters
#MQREAD: (1-maxClients),(1-30)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1861 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command
AT#MQREAD=1,2
#MQREAD: 1, "toipc",10
<<<
0123456789

OK
Read command
AT#MQREAD?
#MQREAD: 1, 1
#MQREAD: 2, 10

OK
Test command
AT#MQREAD=?
#MQREAD: (1-2),(1-30)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1862 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.14. AT#MQVCFG - Configure MQTT version

Configure MQTT version

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQVCFG=<instance_number>,<version>
Set command sets the MQTT version for the selected MQTT client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. to know

maxClients value use test
command.

<version> integer 4 MQTT version

Values:

4 : MQTT version 3.1.1

5 : MQTT version 5.0

AT#MQVCFG?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:
#MQVCFG: <instance_number>,<version>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1863 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQVCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
#MQVCFG: (1-maxClient),(4,5)

Set command
AT#MQVFG=1,4
OK
Read command
AT#MQVCFG?
#MQVCFG: 1,4
#MQVCFG: 2,4

OK
Test command
AT#MQVCFG =?
#MQVCFG: (1-2),(4,5)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1864 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.15. AT#MQCOPP - Set CONNECT Packet Property for MQTT

Transmission
Set CONNECT Packet Property for MQTT Transmission

MQTT Version 5.0

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQCOPP=<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>[,<user_property_name>[,<
user_property_value>]]
Set command sets the CONNECT packet property for the selected MQTT client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer - Selects the client

instance. The list of
available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN?
or the read command.

<identifier> integer N/A Property identifier.

Values:

17 : 0x11, Session Expiry Interval. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be
an integer. Maximum session Expiry
interval 2147483647

23 : 0x17, Request Problem Information.

<value> mapping to this identifier
should be an integer. Maximum value
for Request Problem Information 1

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1865 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

25 : 0x19, Request Response Information.

<value> mapping to this identifier
should be an integer. Maximum value
for Request Response Information 1

33 : 0x21, Receive Maximum. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be
an integer. Maximum value Receive
Maximum 65535

34 : 0x22, Topic Alias Maximum. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be
an integer. Maximum value Topic
Alias Maximum 65535

38 : 0x26, User Property. <value>

mapping to this identifier stands for
the user property index, which can be
only set to 1 currently

<value> integer - Value of the property

identifier

<user_property_name> string - User property name,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.
Maximum length for
<user_property_name>
256

<user_property_value> string - User property value,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.
Maximum length for
<user_property_value>
256

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1866 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This command only valid if the MQTT version of the corresponding

<instance_number> is set to v5.0

AT#MQCOPP?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:
#MQCOPP: <instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>
<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>
...
<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>

AT#MQCOPP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
#MQCOPP: (1-max_instance),(2147483647,1,1,65535,65535,1),256,256

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1867 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command
AT#MQCOPP=1,17,5
OK
Read command
AT#MQCOPP?
#MQCOPP: 1,17,5
#MQCOPP: 1,23,-1
#MQCOPP: 1,25,-1
#MQCOPP: 1,33,-1
#MQCOPP: 1,34,-1
#MQCOPP: 1,38,1,,

OK

Test command
AT#MQCOPP=?
#MQCOPP: (1-2),(17,23,25,33,34,38),(2147483647,1,1,65535,65535,1),256,256
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1868 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.16. AT#MQSUPP - Set SUBSCRIBE Packet Property for MQTT

Transmission
Set SUBSCRIBE Packet Property for MQTT Transmission

MQTT Version 5.0

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSUPP=<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>[,<user_property_name>[,<
user_property_value>]]
Set command sets the SUBSCRIBE packet property for the selected MQTT client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer - Selects the client

instance. The list of
available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN?
or the read command.

<identifier> integer N/A Property identifier

Values:

11 : 0x0B, Subscription Identifier. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be
an integer. Maximum value for
Subscription Identifier 268435455

38 : 0x26, User Property. <value>

mapping to this identifier stands for
the user property index, which can be
only set to 1 currently

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1869 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<value> mixed - Value of the property

identifier

<user_property_name> string - User property name,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.
Maximum length for
<user_property_name>
256

<user_property_value> string - User property value,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.
Maximum length for
<user_property_value>
256

This command only valid if the MQTT version of the corresponding

<instance_number> is set to v5.0

AT#MQSUPP?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:
#MQSUPP: <instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>
<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>
...
<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>

AT#MQSUPP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
#MQSUPP: (1-max_instance), (11,38),(268435455,1),256,256

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1870 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command
AT#MQSUPP=1,11,1
OK

Test command
AT#MQSUPP=?
#MQSUPP: (1-2),(11,38),(268435455,1),256,256
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1871 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.17. AT#MQPUPP - Set PUBLISH Packet Property for MQTT

Transmission
Set PUBLISH Packet Property for MQTT Transmission

MQTT Version 5.0

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQPUPP=<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>[,<user_property_name>[,<
user_property_value>]]
Set command sets the PUBLISH packet property for the selected MQTT client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer - Selects the client

instance. The list of
available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN?
or the read command.

<identifier> integer N/A Property identifier.

Values:

1 : 0x01, Payload Format Indicator.

<value> mapping to this identifier
should be an integer. Maximum Value
for Payload Format Indicator 1

2 : 0x02, Message Expiry Interval.

<value> mapping to this identifier
should be an integer. . Maximum

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1872 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

value for Message Expiry Interval

2147483647

3 : 0x03, Content Type. <value> mapping

to this identifier should be a string.
Maximum Length for Content Type
128

8 : 0x08, Response Topic. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be a
string. Maximum length for Response
Topic 128

11 : 0x0B, Subscription Identifier. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be
an integer. Maximum value
Subscription Identifier 268435455

35 : 0x23, Topic Alias. <value> mapping to

this identifier should be an integer. .
Maximum value for Topic Alias 65535

38 : 0x26, User Property. <value>

mapping to this identifier stands for
the user property index, which can be
only set to 1 currently

<value> integer - Value of the property

identifier

<user_property_name> string - User property name,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.
Maximum length for
<user_property_name>
128

<user_property_value> string - User property value,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1873 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Maximum length for

<user_property_value>
128

This command only valid if the MQTT version of the corresponding

<instance_number> is set to v5.0

AT#MQPUPP?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:
#MQPUPP: <instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>
<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>
...
<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>

AT#MQPUPP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
#MQPUPP: (1-
max_instance),(1,2,3,8,11,35,38),(1,2147483647,128,128,268435455,65535,1),128,12
8

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1874 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command
AT#MQPUPP=1,1,1
OK

Test command
AT#MQPUPP=?
#MQPUPP: (1-
2),(1,2,3,8,11,35,38),(1,2147483647,128,128,268435455,65535,1),128,128

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1875 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.18. AT#MQWIPP - Set WILL Property for MQTT Transmission

Set WILL Property for MQTT Transmission

MQTT Version 5.0

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQWIPP=<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>[,<user_property_name>[,<
user_property_value>]]
Set command sets the WILL property for the selected MQTT client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer - Selects the client

instance. The list of
available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN?
or the read command.

<identifier> integer N/A Property identifier.

Values:

1 : 0x01, Payload Format Indicator.

<value> mapping to this identifier
should be an integer. Maximum value
for Payload Format Indicator 1

2 : 0x02, Message Expiry Interval.

<value> mapping to this identifier
should be an integer. Maximum value
for Message Expiry Interval
2147483647

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1876 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : 0x03, Content Type. <value> mapping

to this identifier should be a string.
Maximum length for Content Type
128

8 : Response Topic. <value> mapping to

this identifier should be a string.
Maximum length for Response Topic
128

24 : 0x18, Will Delay Interval. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be
an integer. . Maximum Value Will
Delay Interval 2147483647

38 : 0x26, User Property. <value>

mapping to this identifier stands for
the user property index, which can be
only set to 1 currently

<value> integer - Value of the property

identifier

<user_property_name> string - User property name,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.
Maximum length
<user_property_name>
128

<user_property_value> string - User property value,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.
Maximum length
<user_property_value>
128

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1877 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

This command only valid if the MQTT version of the corresponding

<instance_number> is set to v5.0

AT#MQWIPP?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:
#MQWIPP: <instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>
<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>
...
<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>

AT#MQWIPP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
#MQWIPP: (1-max_instance),(1,2,3,8,24,38),
(1,2147483647,128,128,2147483647,1),128,128

Set command
AT#MQWIPP=1,24,15
OK

Test command
AT#MQWIPP=?
#MQWIPP: (1-
2),(1,2,3,8,24,38),(1,2147483647,128,128,2147483647,1),128,128

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1878 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.32.19. AT#MQDIPP - Set DISCONNECT Packet Property for MQTT

Transmission
Set DISCONNECT Packet Property for MQTT Transmission

MQTT Version 5.0

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQDIPP=<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>[,<user_property_name>[,<u
ser_property_value>]]
Set command sets the DISCONNECT packet property for the selected MQTT client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instance_number> integer - Selects the client

instance. The list of
available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN?
or the read command.

<identifier> integer N/A Property identifier

Values:

17 : 0x11, Session Expiry Interval. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be
an integer. Maximum value for
Session Expiry Interval 2147483647

28 : 0x1C, Server Reference. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be a

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1879 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

string. Maximum length for Server

Reference 128

31 : 0x1F, Reason String. <value>

mapping to this identifier should be a
string. Maximum length for Reason
String 128

38 : 0x26, User Property. <value>

mapping to this identifier stands for
the user property index, which can be
only set to 1 currently

<value> mixed - Value of the property

identifier

<user_property_name> string - User property name,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.
.Maximum length for
<user_property_name>
128

<user_property_value> string - User property value,

string type. Valid and
mandatory if the
<identifier> set to 38.
Maximum length for
<user_property_value>
128

This command only valid if the MQTT version of the corresponding

<instance_number> is set to v5.0

AT#MQDIPP?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:
#MQDIPP: <instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1880 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>
...
<instance_number>,<identifier>,<value>

AT#MQDIPP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
#MQDIPP: (1-max_instance),2147483647,128,128,1),128,128

Set command
AT#MQDIPP=1,17,5
OK
Test command
AT#MQDIPP=?
#MQDIPP: (1-2),(17,28,31,38),(2147483647,128,128,1),128
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1881 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Customization Feature AT Commands

3.33.1. AT#AVAHIEN - Enable/disable AVAHI service

This command is to enable/disable AVAHI service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#AVAHIEN=<Enable/Disable >
Set command enables/disables the AVAHI service.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

AT#AVAHIEN?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:
#AVAHIEN=<enable>

AT#AVAHIEN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
#AVAHIEN: (0-1)

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1882 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.33.2. AT#APPRUN - Application Run

This command manages to run and stop built-in applications

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No 5s 2

AT#APPRUN=<action>,<app name>[,<start param>]

Set command allows to run and stop with the specific parameter.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer N/A specify the action to execute

Values:

0 : stop application

1 : start application

<app string N/A application name to start or stop

name>

Value:

1÷127 : application name string range

<start string N/A start parameter. this value is available

param> only if action is 1 (start)

Value:

1÷255 : start parameter string range

AT#APPRUN?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1883 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command show the status of all built-in applications in the following
format
AT#APPRUN?
#APPRUN: <application name>,<status>
#APPRUN: <application name>,<status>
...
OK

<status>
0 - application is not running
1 - application is running

AT#APPRUN=?
Test command returns the allowed value ranges in the following format
AT#APPRUN=?
#APPRUN: <action range>,<app name max length>,<app start parameter>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1884 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

** Query available built-in application list and status

AT#APPRUN?
#APPRUN: captive_portal_telit,0

** Start "captive_portal_telit"
AT#APPRUN=1,"captive_portal_telit"
OK

** Check if "captive_portal_telit" application is running

AT#APPRUN?
#APPRUN: captive_portal_telit,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1885 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

MQTT-SN

3.34.1. AT#MQSNEN - Enable MQTT-SN feature

This command initializes a MQTT-SN client and allocates the necessary resources.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSNEN=<instanceNumber>,<enable>
Set command enables/disables the MQTT-SN client for further
configuration and usage.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate. The list of
available clients is obtained with
the read command.
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<enable> integer N/A Sets if the selected client must

be activated or deactivated

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1886 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQSNEN?
Read command returns the status of the MQTT-SN stack in the format
#MQSNEN: <instanceNumber>,<enabled>

AT#MQSNEN=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

• Set example
AT#MQSNEN=1,1

OK

• Read example
AT#MQSNEN?
#MQSNEN: 1,1
#MQSNEN: 2,0

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNEN=?
#MQSNEN: (1-maxClients),(0-1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1887 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.2. AT#MQSNWCFG - Configure MQTT-SN last will and testament

This command sets Last Will and Testament for the selected MQTT-SN client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSNWCFG=<instanceNumber>,<will_flag>[,<will_retain>[,<will_qos>[,<will_
topic>[,<will_msg>]]]]
Set command writes the parameters for the specified client.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQSNEN? or
the read command.
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<will_flag> integer 0 Selects whether the client needs

to specify a Last Will and
Testament. If set to 0, this is the
last parameter to be set.

Values:

0 : The client does not need to specify a Last

Will and Testament

1 : The client needs to specify a Last Will and

Testament

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1888 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<will_retain> integer 0 Selects whether the Last Will

message needs to be retained by
the server.

Values:

0 : The Last Will message does not need to be

retained by the server

1 : The Last Will message needs to be

retained by the server

<will_qos> integer 0 Quality of Service of the Last Will

message

Values:

0 : Default value

0÷2 : Quality of Service

<will_topic> string - Topic to publish the Last Will

message to. Maximum size is
256.

<will_msg> string - Last Will message. Maximum

size is 1024.

AT#MQSNWCFG?
Read command returns the Last Will and Testament (if any) of all active MQTT-SN
clients in the format
#MQSNWCFG:
<instanceNumber>,<will_flag>[,<will_retain>,<will_qos>,<will_topic>,<will_messa
ge>]

AT#MQSNWCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1889 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNWCFG=1,0

OK

AT#MQSNWCFG=1,1,1,2,myLastWillTopic,myLastWillMessage

OK

• Read example

AT#MQSNWCFG?
#MQSNWCFG: 1,0
#MQSNWCFG: 1,1,1,2,myLastWillTopic,myLastWillMessage

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNWCFG=?
#MQSNWCFG: (1-maxClients),(0-1),(0-1),(0-2),256,1024

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1890 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.3. AT#MQSNSUB - Subscribe to a Topic

Performs the subscription to a MQTT-SN topic.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQSNSUB=<instanceNumber>,<qos>,<topic_type>,<topic/topic_id>
Subscribes to a topic.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of active clients is obtained
with AT#MQSNCONN?
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<qos> integer N/A Desired Quality of service for the

topic to be subscribed.

Value:

0÷2 : Quality of service

<topic_type> integer 0 Type of topic to be subscribed

Values:

0 : Normal topic

1 : Pre-defined topic

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1891 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : Short topic

<topic/topic_id> string - Name of the topic or short topic

or pre-defined topic id.
Maximum length supported is
256.

Additional info:

In case of success, execution command returns qos granted and

topic id received (in case of normal topic) in the format:
#MQSNSUB: <qos>[,<topic_id>]

AT#MQSNSUB=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1892 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example
AT#MQSNSUB=1,1,0,topicToSubscribe
#MQSNSUB: 1,1

OK

AT#MQSNSUB=1,1,1,5
#MQSNSUB: 1

OK

AT#MQSNSUB=1,1,2,ab
#MQSNSUB: 1

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNSUB=?
#MQSNSUB: (1-maxClients),(0-2),(0-2),256

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1893 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.4. AT#MQSNCFG - Configure MQTT-SN parameters

This command sets the connection parameters for the selected MQTT-SN client

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSNCFG=<instanceNumber>,<hostname>,<port>,<cid>
Set command writes the MQTT-SN parameters for the specified client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQSNEN? or
the read command.
To know maxClients value use
test command

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<hostname> string - URL of the MQTT-SN Gateway.

Maximum length of URL is 512.

<port> integer N/A UDP port of the MQTT-SN

Gateway

Value:

1÷65535 : UDP port

<cid> integer N/A PDP Context ID to be used for

the connection.

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1894 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1÷6 : PDP Context ID

AT#MQSNCFG?
Read command returns the configuration all active MQTT-SN clients in the
format
#MQSNCFG: <instanceNumber>,<hostname>,<port>,<cid>

AT#MQSNCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1895 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNCFG=1,api.myGateway.com,11000,3

OK

• Read example

AT#MQSNCFG?
#MQSNCFG: 1,api.myGateway.com,11000,1
#MQsNCFG: 2, Gateway.com,11000,1

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNCFG=?
#MQSNCFG: (1-maxClients),512,(1-65535),(1-6)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1896 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.5. AT#MQSNTCFG - Configure timeout parameters for MQTT-SN

transmission
This command sets the timeout options for the selected MQTT-SN client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSNTCFG=<instanceNumber>,<pkt_timeout>
Set command writes the timeout options for the specified client.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQSNEN? or
the test command.
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<pkt_timeout> integer 10 Timeout of the packet delivery.

Values:

10 : Default timeout 10 seconds

1÷60 : Timeout in seconds

AT#MQSNTCFG?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1897 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the timeout configuration of all active MQTT-SN

clients in the format
#MQSNTCFG: <instanceNumber>,<pkt_timeout>

AT#MQSNTCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1898 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNTCFG=1,10

OK

• Read example

AT#MQSNTCFG?
#MQSNTCFG: 1,5
#MQSNTCFG: 1,20

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNTCFG=?
#MQSNTCFG: (1-maxClients),(1-60)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1899 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.6. AT#MQSNDISC - Log out and disconnect from the MQTT-SN

Gateway
Performs the logout and disconnection from to the MQTT-SN Gateway.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQSNDISC=<instanceNumber>
Disconnects gracefully from the MQTT-SN Gateway, then closes the
network connection and socket.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of active clients is obtained
with AT#MQSNEN?
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

AT#MQSNDISC=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1900 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNDISC=1

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNDISC=?
#MQSNDISC: (1-maxClients)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1901 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.7. AT#MQSNUNS - Unsubscribe from a Topic

Revokes the subscription to a MQTT-SN topic

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQSNUNS=<instanceNumber>,<topic_type>,<topic/topic_id>
Unsubscribes from a topic
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of active clients is obtained
with AT#MQSNCONN?
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<topic_type> integer 0 Type of topic

Values:

0 : Normal topic

1 : Pre-defined topic

2 : Short topic

<topic/topic_id> string - Name of the topic or short topic

or pre-defined topic id.
Maximum size is 256.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1902 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQSNUNS=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

• Set example

AT#MQSNUNS=1,0,topicToUnsubscribe

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNUNS=?
#MQSNUNS: (1-maxClients),(0-2),256

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1903 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.8. AT#MQSNCFG2 - Configure additional MQTT-SN parameters

This command sets the optional connection parameters for the selected MQTT-SN client

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSNCFG2=<instanceNumber>,<keepalive>,<clean_session>
Set command writes the MQTT-SN parameters for the specified client
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQSNEN? or
the read command.
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<keepalive> integer 20 Timeout of periodic packet to

keep connection open

Values:

20 : Default timeout 20 seconds

1÷3600 : Timeout in seconds

<clean_session> integer 1 Indicates whether or not a

persistent connection is
required. Without a persistent
connection, when the client is
offline all information and

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1904 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

messages that are queued from

a previous persistent session
are lost.

Values:

0 : persistent session

1 : clean session

AT#MQSNCFG2?
Read command returns the configuration all active MQTT-SN clients in the
format
#MQSNCFG2: <instanceNumber>,<keepalive>,<clean_session>

AT#MQSNCFG2=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1905 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNCFG2=1,120,1

OK

AT#MQSNCFG2=2,90,0

OK

• Read example

AT#MQSNCFG2?
#MQSNCFG2: 1,120,1
#MQSNCFG2: 2,90,0

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNCFG2=?
#MQSNCFG2: (1-maxClients),(1-3600),(0-1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1906 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.9. AT#MQSNREG - Register to a Topic

Performs the subscription to a MQTT-SN topic

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQSNREG=<instanceNumber>,<topic>
Registers to a topic and displays topic id received upon success
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of active clients is obtained
with AT#MQSNCONN?
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<topic> string - Name of the topic. Maximum

length supported is 256.

Additional info:

In case of success, execution command returns topic id received for

the specified topic in the format:
#MQSNREG: <topic_id>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1907 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQSNREG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters

• Set example

AT#MQSNREG=1,topicToRegister
#MQSNREG: 1

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNREG=?
#MQSNREG: (1-maxClients),256

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1908 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.10. AT#MQSNPUBS - Publish to the specific topic

Publishes an ASCII string to the specified MQTT-SN topic

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQSNPUBS=<instanceNumber>,<topic_type>,<topic/topicId>,<retain>,<qos>,
<message>
Publishes a string to a topic
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of active clients is obtained
with AT#MQSNEN?
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<topic_type> integer N/A Type of topic/topic id

Values:

0 : Normal topic id (received from

AT#MQSNREG)

1 : Pre-defined topic id

2 : Short topic

<topic/topicId> string - Normal topic id or short topic or

pre-defined topic id. Maximum
length is 2.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1909 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<retain> integer N/A Specifies if the Gateway must

retain this message or not

Values:

0 : Do not retain

1 : Must retain

<qos> integer N/A Specifies the Quality of Service

of this message

Values:

0 : At most once delivery

1 : At least once delivery

2 : Exactly once delivery

3 : Publish with QoS -1

<message> string - Message to publish on the topic.

Maximum 1024 characters,
printable ASCII.

In case QoS -1, only predefined topics and short topics are allowed.

AT#MQSNPUBS=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1910 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNPUBS=1,0,1,0,0,myMessage

OK

AT#MQSNPUBS=1,1,ab,0,1,myMessage

OK

AT#MQSNPUBS=1,2,1,0,1,myMessage

OK

AT#MQSNPUBS=1,1,ab,0,3,myMessage

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNPUBS=?
#MQSNPUBS: (1-maxClients),(0-2),2,(0-1),(0-3),1024
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1911 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.11. AT#MQSNREAD - Read messages received from the MQTT-SN

Gateway
Read the message payload from the queue slot provided.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQSNREAD=<instanceNumber>,<mId>
Read the message from the slot and for the provided client. The command
will respond with
#MQSNREAD: <instanceNumber><topic_type>,<topic_id>,<payload_len>
Then the device shall prompt a characters sequence
<less_than><less_than><less_than><carriage return><line feed>
(IRA 60, 60, 60, 13, 10)
followed by the data

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Select the client instance. The

list of active clients is obtained
with AT#MQSNEN?
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<mId> integer N/A The message slot Id to be read.

The read operation will free the
slot resource

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1912 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

1÷30 : message slot Id to be read

Additional info:

When a message is received on the subscribed topic, an URC

message is sent to all AT commands interfaces. There are 30
messages slots available for incoming messages, and it is
responsibility of the user to keep them empty by reading them with
#MQSNREAD. If the message queue is full, and a new message
arrives, an URC
#MQSNRING: 0
is received.
Otherwise, for normal messages, the URC format is
#MQSNRING:
<instanceNumber>,<mid>,<topic_type>,<topic/topicId>,<len>

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<instanceNumber> integer Selects the client instance. The list of

active clients is obtained with
AT#MQSNEN?
To know maxClients value use test
command.

Value:

1 - maxClients : client instance

<mId> integer message slot id number, to be used to

read the message content with
AT#MQSNREAD command.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1913 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

1 - 30 : message slot id number

<topic_type> integer Type of topic/topic id.

Values:

0 : Normal topic id (received from

AT#MQSNREG)

1 : Pre-defined topic id

2 : Short topic

<topic/topicId> string Normal topic id or short topic or pre-

defined topic id.

<len> integer Length in bytes of the received payload.

AT#MQSNREAD?
Read command returns the unread messages count for each instance
number for all active MQTT-SN clients in the format
#MQSNREAD: <instanceNumber>,<unread>

AT#MQSNREAD=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1914 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNREAD=1,2
#MQSNREAD: 1,1,ab,10
<<<
0123456789

OK

• Read example

AT#MQSNREAD?
#MQSNREAD: 1,0
#MQSNREAD: 2,3

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNREAD=?
#MQSNREAD: (1-maxClients),(1-30)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1915 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.12. AT#MQSNWTUP - Update MQTT-SN last will and testament Topic

Set Last Will and Testament for the selected MQTT-SN client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSNWTUP=<instanceNumber>,<will_flag>[,<will_retain>[,<will_qos>[,<will_
topic>]]]
Send will topic update packet to the Gateway
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQSNEN? or
the read command.
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<will_flag> integer 0 Selects whether the client needs

to delete/update the Last Will
and Testament. If set to 0, this is
the last parameter to be set.

Values:

0 : The client wants to delete the Last Will and

Testament

1 : The client needs to update a Last Will and

Testament topic

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1916 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<will_retain> integer 0 Selects whether the Last Will

message needs to be retained by
the server

Values:

0 : The Last Will message does not need to be

retained by the server

1 : The Last Will message needs to be

retained by the server

<will_qos> integer 0 Quality of Service of the Last Will

message

Value:

0÷2 : Quality of Service

<will_topic> string - Topic to publish the Last Will

message to

AT#MQSNWTUP=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1917 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNWTUP=1,0
OK

AT#MQSNWTUP=1,1,1,2,myLastWillTopic
OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNWTUP=?
#MQSNWTUP: (1-maxClients),(0-1),(0-1),(0-2),
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1918 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.13. AT#MQSNWMUP - Update MQTT-SN last will and testament

Message
Set Last Will and Testament for the selected MQTT-SN client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSNWMUP=<instanceNumber>,<will_msg>
Send will message update packet to the Gateway
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQSNEN? or
the read command.
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<will_msg> string - Message of the Last Will

message

AT#MQSNWMUP=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1919 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNWMUP=1,myLastWillMessage
OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNWMUP=?
#MQSNWMUP: (1-maxClients),

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1920 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.14. AT#MQSNSTATE - Set MQTT-SN client state

This command initializes a MQTT-SN client and allocates the necessary resources.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#MQSNSTATE=<instanceNumber>,<state>[,<duration>]
Set command changes the MQTT-SN client state to "asleep", "awake" or
"active" state.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate. The list of
available clients is obtained with
the read command.
To know maxClients value use
test command

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<state> integer N/A Desired state of the MQTT-SN

client.

Values:

0 : Active state. This is the normal connected

state in which all the MQTT-SN operations
can be performed. This option is valid only
if client is in asleep state

1 : Asleep State: Client can enter asleep state

whenever it is not active, and can become
active whenever it has data to send or to
receive. In this state, no MQTT-SN

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1921 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

operation can be performed except sending

keep-alive packets. User has to specify
periodic duration of sleep state. Else, the
command fails. This option is valid only if
client is in active state

2 : Awake state: Required only to go to asleep

state. Sleeping client will send a keep-alive
packet to the gateway, receive all the
buffered Publish packets sent by the
gateway and will again go to asleep state.
This option is valid only if client is in asleep
state

<duration> integer - Sets the period of clients sleep

in seconds. After expiry of this
duration, the client sends a
keep-alive packet to the
gateway, receives all the
buffered Publish packet sent by
the gateway and again goes to
asleep state. This parameter is
mandatory if user is setting
value of <state> parameter to 1.

AT#MQSNSTATE?
Read command returns the state of all initialized MQTT-SN clients in the
format
#MQSNSTATE: <instanceNumber>,<state>[,<duration>]

AT#MQSNSTATE=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1922 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNSTATE=1,0
OK

AT#MQSNSTATE=1,1,60
OK

AT#MQSNSTATE=1,2
#MQSNRING:1,5,2,ab,10
OK

• Read example

AT#MQSNSTATE?
#MQSNSTATE: 1,1,60
#MQSNSTATE: 2,0
OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNSTATE=?
#MQSNSTATE: (1-maxClients),(0-2),(1-3600)
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1923 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.15. AT#MQSNSOCK - Enable/disable MQTT-SN client socket

Performs the connection and login to the MQTT-SN Gateway

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQSNSOCK=<instanceNumber>,<create>
Set command creates/closes UDP socket for MQTT-SN client. User can
either directly Publish on QoS -1 after creating the socket or can connect
to the gateway and then perform other MQTT-SN operations.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

number of available clients is
obtained with the test command.
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<create> integer N/A Sets if the selected client socket

must be created or closed.

Values:

0 : Close socket. To be used when client is in

socket connected state

1 : Create socket

AT#MQSNSOCK?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1924 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the socket state of active MQTT-SN clients in the
format:
#MQSNSOCK =<instanceNumber>,<socket_created>

AT#MQSNSOCK=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1925 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNSOCK=1,1

OK

• Read example

AT#MQSNSOCK?
#MQSNSOCK: 1,1
#MQSNSOCK: 2,0

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNSOCK=?
#MQSNSOCK: (1-maxClients),(0-1)

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1926 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.34.16. AT#MQSNCONN - Connect and log in the MQTT-SN Gateway

Performs the connection and login to the MQTT-SN Gateway.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MQSNCONN=<instanceNumber>,<clientID>
Set command performs network connection (using parameters set with
#MQSNCFG) and sends the CONNECT packet to the MQTT-SN Gateway.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client instance. The

number of available clients is
obtained with the test command.
To know maxClients value use
test command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<clientID> integer - Client identifier. Identifies each

MQTT-SN client that connects to
the MQTT-SN Gateway.
Maximum length is 23.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1927 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

A URC message in the following format is sent to notify user about

asynchronous disconnect:
#MQSNCONN: <instanceNumber>,DISCONNECT
Where, <instanceNumber> is the client instance of the MQTT-SN
client disconnected.

If #MQSNCONN URC is received, socket is closed internally and

client moves to init state. User can establish the connection again
with AT#MQSNSOCK and AT#MQSNCONN commands.

AT#MQSNCONN?
Read command reports the configuration of active MQTT-SN connections
in the format:
#MQSNCONN=<instanceNumber>,<state>

Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A Selects the client

instance. The number of
available clients is
obtained with the test
command.
To know maxClients value
use test command.

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1928 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

1÷maxClients : client instance Number

<state> integer N/A Client status.

Values:

0 : client is in init state

1 : socket is created

2 : client is connected

3 : connection closed by the gateway.

Issue AT#MQSNSOCK and
AT#MQSNCONN to open connection
again

4 : Ping request failed

5 : Connect request timed out

6 : Client is in "asleep" state

7 : Client is in "awake" state

8 : Client is in unknown state. De-init

client and open it again with
AT#MQSNEN

AT#MQSNCONN=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1929 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set example

AT#MQSNCONN=1,myClientID

• Read example

AT#MQSNCONN?
#MQSNCONN: 1,2
#MQSNCONN: 2,3

OK

• Test example (refer to module output for real ranges)

AT#MQSNCONN=?
#MQSNCONN: (1-maxClients),23

OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1930 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Dying GASP AT Commands

3.35.1. AT#DGEN - Dying GASP Configuration

This command sets the Dying GASP configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#DGEN=<mode>[,<GPIO>,<trigger>,<action>,<URC>][,<text>,<text_format>,[<SM
SNum>][,<profile_id>,<IP_protocol>,<IP_addr:PORT>]]
Set command sets the Dying GASP configuration.
Parameters:

Defaul
Name Type Description
t

<mode> intege 0 reporting the result in the format:

r #DGSTAT: <TimeStamp>,<SMSAttemptedFla
g>
Where:
<TimeStamp>: when <action> is set to 1 or 3,
the timestamp of the last time when power
loss was detected and Dying Gasp feature
was triggered.
- UTC time in seconds since Jan 06, 1980
(GPS Epoch).
<SMSAttemptedFlag> : Indicates whether
device attempted to send SMS in the last
power loss event.
0 - SMS not attempted
1 - SMS attempted
Note: This only indicates device sent the SMS
does not guarantee network delivery.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1931 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : disable dying gasp.

1 : set the command parameters.

2 : read dying gasp statistics.

<GPIO> intege - GPIO pin number; supported range is from 1

r to a value that depends on the hardware.
(see "Hardware User's Guide")

<trigger> intege 0 GPIO trigger used for event

r

Values:

0 : activate dying gasp when GPIO translates from high to

low

1 : activate dying gasp when GPIO translates from low to

high

<action> intege N/A Dying GASP Action

r

Values:

0 : disable both SMS and IP (TCP or UDP) connection

1 : Send SMS

2 : use IP (TCP or UDP) connection

3 : use SMS and IP (TCP or UDP) connection

<URC> intege N/A URC presentation mode.

r The unsolicited message is in the format:
#DGEN: <GPIO value>,<text>
If parameter <action> is '0' (disabled):
#DGEN: <GPIO value>

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1932 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : It disables the presentation of the notification URC.

1 : It enables the presentation of the notification URC

when GPIO interrupt is triggered.

<text> string - The format of the text is determined by

<text_format>.
When the text format is selected, SMS and IP
Content as a string of 8bit ASCII text
characters. Max 160 chars.
When the binary format is selected, every 8-
bit octet of the message must be written as
two IRA character long hexadecimal
numbers, e.g. an octet with integer value
30(I.e. 0x1E) must be written as a string of
two characters "1E" (IRA 49 and 69) it must
enter an uppercase letter.

<text_format> intege 0 Format of the <text> parameter

r

Values:

0 : text

1 : binary

<SMSNum> intege - SMS Destination Number as string of 8bit

r ASCII Characters. Max 20 chars

<profile_id> intege N/A PDP context identifier

r

Value:

1÷max : numeric parameter which specifies a particular

PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT
command); The value of max is returned by the
Test command.

<IP_protocol> intege N/A IP protocol used for socket connection

r

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1933 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : disable IP (TCP or UDP) connection

1 : TCP

2 : UDP

<IP_addr:PORT string - IPv4 server address with the socket port.

> Number as string of 8bit ASCII Characters.
Max 25 chars

The configuration is stored in NVM.

Even though <URC> is set to 1 (enabled), URC is not presented to reduce

time taking on power down when <action> is 0 (disabled) on LE910C1-EUX,
LE910C1-SVX, LE910C1-SAX and LE910Cx-WWX.

AT#DGEN?
Read command returns the current Dying GASP setting according to the <action>
set, in the format:

#DGEN:
<GPIO>,<trigger>,<action>,<URC>[,<text>,<text_format>,[<SMSNum>][,<profile_id>
,<IP_protocol>,<IP_addr:PORT>]]

AT#DGEN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command parameters.

<mode>,<GPIO>,<trigger>,<action>,<URC>,<text>,<text_format>,<SMSNum>,<profil
e_id>,<IP_protocol>,<IP_addr:PORT>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1934 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#DGEN=1,2,1,3,1,"shutdown",0,"01012345678",1,1,"192.168.0.10:8080"
OK

AT#DGEN?
#DGEN: 2,1,3,1,"shutdown",0,"01012345678",1,1,"192.168.0.10:8080"
OK

AT#DGEN=1,2,1,2,1,"shutdown",0,,1,1,"192.168.0.10:8080"
OK

AT#DGEN=1,2,1,1,1,"shutdown",0,"01012345678"
OK

AT#DGEN=1,3,0,0,1
OK

AT#DGEN=0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1935 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Bluetooth ® Low Energy

3.36.1. AT#BI - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Initialize/De-initialize

This command is used to initialize/de-initialize the Bluetooth ® Low Energy stack.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#BI=<START>[,<Interface Id>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<START> integer N/A It specifies the initialization/de-

initialization of the Bluetooth ® Low
Energy stack.

Values:

0 : De-initializes Bluetooth ® Low Energy stack

1 : Initializes Bluetooth ® Low Energy stack

<Interface integer 0 It specifies the UART port to be used for

Id> Bluetooth ® Low Energy interface

Values:

0 : Select Aux UART port for Bluetooth ® Low Energy

interface

1 : Select Main UART port for Bluetooth ® Low

Energy interface

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1936 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Before executing other Bluetooth ® Low Energy AT commands,

this command must be called first to start the initialization
process.

If AUX port is used for Bluetooth ® interface, then below

commands must be issued.
AT#PORTCFG=16
AT#M2MATP=1

AT#BI?
Read command returns the current status in the format:
#BI:<START>,<Interface Id>
For example:
AT#BI?
#BI: 1,1
OK

AT#BI=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1937 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Using Aux UART port for Bluetooth ® Low Energy interface:

To initialize Bluetooth ® Low Energy:
AT#BI=1,0
OK
To de-initialize Bluetooth ® Low Energy:
AT#BI=0,0
OK
Using main UART port for Bluetooth ® Low Energy interface:
To initialize Bluetooth ® Low Energy:
AT#BI=1,1
OK
To de-initialize Bluetooth ® Low Energy:
AT#BI=0,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1938 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.2. AT#W - Profile Save

This command is used to save the Bluetooth ® Low Energy parameters into the Flash
profile.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#W
Set command saves the Bluetooth ® Low Energy parameters into the
Flash profile.

AT#W=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT#W
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1939 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.3. AT#WNWEBPROV - Web Provisioning

This command is used for Bluetooth ® Low Energy Web Provisioning.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WNWEBPROV=<Start>
Set command is used to start the provisioning server.
Prerequisites:
L2 - L3 connections should be established.
The mode of provisioning depends on the mode in which WLAN is started.
0 - Wi-Fi AP provisioning mode is enabled
1 - Wi-Fi Client provisioning mode is enabled.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Start> integer - It indicates the provisioning server to start.

Where:
1 - Reserved
2 - Starts the Bluetooth ® Low Energy
provisioning server.

On successful provisioning of Wi-Fi AP, the

following output is displayed:
#BWNWEBPROV: <WIFIMODE>,< SSID
>,<CHNL>,<PHY MODE>,<SECURITY>,<PSK
PASS PHRASE>

On successful provisioning of Wi-Fi Client,

the following output is displayed:
#BWNWEBPROV:
<WIFIMODE>,<SSID>,<CHNL>,
<SECURITY>,<WEP_ID>,<WEP_KEY>,<PSK
PASS PHRASE>,<DHCP_ENBL>

Where:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1940 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<WIFIMODE> -
0 - Wi-Fi AP
1 - Wi-Fi Client

< SSID > - It specifies the SSID of the Wi-Fi

AP or Client

<CHNL> - It specifies the channel of

operation of the Wi-Fi AP or Client

<PHY MODE> -
0 - 'b-only' (2.4 GHz)
1 - 'b/g' (2.4 GHz)
2 - 'b/g/n' (2.4 GHz)
3 - 'a/n' (5 GHz)
4 - 'a/n/ac' (5 GHz)

<SECURITY> -
1 - None
2 - WPA Personal
3 - WPA WEP
4 - WPA WEP Enterprise

NOTE: Currently, AP provisioning supports

only <SECURTIY> 0 and 1

<PSK PASS PHRASE> - It specifies the PSK

of the Wi-Fi AP or Client, if the <SECURITY>
is 2
<WEP_ID> - It specifies the WEP ID of the
Wi-Fi client if the <SECURITY> is 3 or 4
<WEP_KEY> - It specifies the WEP KEY of
the Wi-Fi client if the <SECURITY> is 3 or 4
<DHCP_ENBL> - It indicates if the DHCP
server is enabled for Wi-Fi client

NOTE: Currently, only DHCP is supported for

Wi-Fi Client provisioning

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1941 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#WNWEBPROV=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters

Web provisioning output for Wi-Fi AP provisioning:

#BWNWEBPROV: 0,telit-ap1,0,5,3,abcdef123456
Web provisioning output for Wi-Fi client provisioning:
#BWNWEBPROV: 1,dlink_test,6,0,,,,1

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1942 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.4. AT#BDISCONNECT - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Disconnect

This command is used to disconnect the existing Bluetooth ® connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BDISCONNECT=<CONNECTION HANDLE>
Set command is used to disconnect the existing Bluetooth ® connection
addressed by the connection handle, from the corresponding #BCONNECT
event.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<CONNECTION hex N/A It specifies the connection

HANDLE> handle of the connected device.

Value:

0x1÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value

range

Additional info:

Asynchronous Event:
#BDISCONNECT: <Connection Handle>
<Connection Handle> : specifies the connection disestablishment
with specified handle.
Example:
#BDISCONNECT: 4

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1943 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BDISCONNECT=?
Test command reports supported range of values for the parameter.

AT#BDISCONNECT=1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1944 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.5. AT#BCONNECT - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Connect

This command is used to establish a Bluetooth ® Low Energy GATT connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BCONNECT=<BluetoothRemoteAddress>,<BluetoothAddressType>
Set command is used to establish a GATT connection to a peripheral
device directly via its address. For random address connection we should
initiate the scan first and the desired device should be listed in scan
result.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<BluetoothRemoteAddress> hex - It specifies the Bluetooth

® remote device
address (12 hex digits) to
connect. The supported
parameter value range
is 1-48.

<BluetoothAddressType> string t2 It specifies the remote

Bluetooth ® address
type.
NOTE: This parameter is
optional and has no
effect on this AT
command. Only for AT
command compatibility
this parameter is
included in the AT
command. If the remote
device removes bond
information of previously
connected C3 device, we

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1945 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

see immediate
disconnection followed
by connection. The
subsequent connect will
succeed.

Values:

t2 : Public address

t3 : Random address

Additional info:

Asynchronous Event:
#BCONNECT: <Connection Handle>
<Connection Handle>: specifies the connection establishment with
specified handle. The connection handle must be used as
characteristic access for this device.
Example:
#BCONNECT: 4

It supports a maximum of 4 connections in central role.

AT#BCONNECT=?
Test command returns the current address to which is connected.

AT#BCONNECT="008025D11DE4",
#BCONNECT: 1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1946 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1947 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.6. AT#BWRITE - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Write

This command is used for Bluetooth ® Low Energy Write.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BWRITE=<Connection Handle>,<Characteristic Handle>,<Hex Data>

Set command is used to write the characteristics value of a service.
Asynchronous Event:
#BWRITE: <Characteristic Handle>,<Hex Data>
<Characteristic Handle>: specifies the Characteristic handle returned
using service discovery command (AT#BSRVD). The supported parameter
value range is "0x1-0xFFFF".
<Hex Data>: specifies ASCII coded byte stream as hexadecimal values.
For example: 6162 for a 2-byte value
Example:
#BWRITE: 55,3031323334
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Connection hex N/A It specifies the connection handle

Handle> returned at the time of Bluetooth ®
Low Energy connect command.

Value:

0x1÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value

range.

<Characteristic hex N/A It specifies the Characteristic

Handle> handle returned using service
discovery command (AT#BSRVD).

Value:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1948 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0x1÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value

range.

<Hex Data> hex N/A It specifies ASCII coded byte

stream as hexadecimal values.
For example: 6162 for a 2-byte
value.

Value:

0÷20 : The supported parameter value range.

If any one of the defined characteristics in peripheral is secured,

then write command initiate security procedure even though the
characteristic is not secured. (Limitation)

AT#BWRITE=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters

AT#BWRITE=1,2B,"6162"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1949 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.7. AT#BATTRIB - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Attribute Server

This command is used to define the attributes of one or more services in the GATT
server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BATTRIB=<Type>
Set command is used to define the attributes of one or more services in the GATT
server. The maximum number of services and characteristics depends on the
features being used.
Do not start advertising before adding any services. In case advertisement has
already initiated, you should restart the Bluetooth ® Low Energy stack using
AT#BI=0 followed by AT#BI=1.
Since we support only one role at a time, this command must not be issued when
C3 device as central is connected to a peripheral device.
Parameter:

Defaul
Name Type Description
t

<Type strin - It specifies the type of services or characteristics to

> g be used.
Where,
1). "pserv"
<type>="pserv".
<par1>=primary service UUID (MANDATORY).
For Example:
AT#BATTRIB="PSERV","uuid=12AA"
2). "char"
<type>="char".
<par1>=properties (MANDATORY).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1950 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

'properties' can be 02(Read), 04(Write without

response), 08(Write), 10(Notify), 20(Indicate).
The values can be combined, for example read &
notify result in 12.
<par2>=characteristic UUID (MANDATORY).
For Example:
AT#BATTRIB="char","prop=1A","uuid=12A1"
3) "charval"
<type>="charval".
<par1>=perm (MANDATORY).
'perm' is 16-bit hexadecimal value that decodes the
access permissions and authentication requirements.
Based on 'perm' value, read and write permissions of
the characteristic attribute is handled (irrespective of
read and write permissions of 'properties' in
AT#BTTRIB="char",..)
In 16 bits of 'perm', bits 0-3 represents read
permissions; bits 4-7 represents write permissions;
bits 8-15 are reserved.
Read permissions can be: 0(Read not permitted),
1(Read permitted), 2(Read with encryption permitted),
3(Read with encryption and authentication permitted)
Write permissions can be: 0(Write not permitted),
1(Write permitted), 2(Write with encryption
permitted), 3(Write with encryption and
authentication permitted)
For example,
'perm' value for read-write is 0011, 'perm' value for
read-only with encryption is 0002
<par2>=valueLength (MANDATORY).
length range is 1-20. If length=0, the value can be
between 1 to 20 ASCII coded byte stream as
hexadecimal values.
<par3>=value (OPTIONAL).

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1951 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Value is optional only when length=0. If 0 < length <=

20, value is ASCII coded byte stream as hexadecimal
values
This command returns 'CharactersiticID' used for
service data exchange.
For Example:
AT#BATTRIB="charval","perm=0011","len=1","val=59
"
4) "complete"
<type>="complete".
Used to signal that all attribute definitions have been
sent to the controller. This command returns
'ServiceID' used for service data exchange.
For Example:
AT#BATTRIB="complete"

AT#BATTRIB=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1952 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

To add a new service:

AT#BATTRIB="pserv","uuid=12AA"
OK

AT#BATTRIB="char","prop=1A","uuid=12A1"
OK

AT#BATTRIB="charval","perm=0011","len=1","val=59"
#BATTRIB: "CHARID: 2"
OK
where "CHARID: 2" is CharacteristicID with Hex value '2'

AT#BATTRIB="complete"
#BATTRIB: "SRVID: 0"
OK
where "SRVID: 0" is ServiceID with Hex value 0

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1953 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.8. AT#BADVE - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Advertise Enable

This command is used to control the advertising behavior.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BADVE=<Advertising>
Set command is used to control the advertising behavior
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Advertising> integer N/A It specifies the behavior of

advertising. The supported parameter
value range is 0 - 3.

Values:

0 : Advertising is ON with Customized advertising

DISABLED

1 : Advertising is ON with Customized advertising

being ENABLED

2 : Reserved

3 : Advertising is OFF

AT#BADVE?
Read command returns the current status in the format:
#BADVE: <ADVERTISING>

For example:
AT#BADVE?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1954 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

#BADVE: 3
OK

AT#BADVE=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

To stop the advertisement.

AT#BADVE=3
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1955 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.9. AT#BADVDATA - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Advertise Data

This command is used to setup the advertising data.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BADVDATA=<Include Device Name>,<Manufacturer Data>,<Service

Data>,<128-bit Service UUID>
Set command is used to setup the advertising data for a customized
advertising.
The maximum advertise data length can be 32 bytes. The AT command
parameters represent different elements in advertise data. While setting
the parameter values, make sure that the total advertise data does not
exceed 32 bytes.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Include Device integer N/A It specifies the device name to be

Name> included or not in the customized
advertising data. For example, if
the value is 1, the device name will
be included.
NOTE: To display device name in
Master scan results, device name
should be included in advertise
data

Value:

0,1 : The supported parameter value range.

<Manufacturer string N/A It specifies the manufacturer

Data> specific data to be included in the
customized advertising data.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1956 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Manufacturer specific data should

be provided as HEX string.

Value:

1÷27 : The supported parameter value range.

<Service Data> string N/A It specifies the Service data to be

included in the customized
advertising data.
Service data should be provided as
HEX string.

Value:

1÷27 : The supported parameter value range.

<128-bit Service hex N/A It specifies the 128-bit UUID to be

UUID> included in the customized
advertising data.
UUID HEX value should be 16-bit or
128-bit. If 16-bit UUID is given as
input, it is converted to 128-bit
UUID.

Value:

2÷16 : The supported parameter value range.

Customized advertising data should be enabled using AT#BADVE

command.

AT#BADVDATA=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1957 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

To include the device name in advertise data:

AT#BADVDATA=1,,,
OK
To include only Telit's Manufacturer specific data as "Telit" in advertise
data:
AT#BADVDATA=1,"8F0054656c6974",,
OK
To include only battery service data with value as "LED:ON" in advertise
data:
AT#BADVDATA=1,,"0F184c45443a4f4e",
OK
To set battery service UUID "0F18" as 128-bit UUID in advertise data and
service data:
AT#BADVDATA=1,,"0F184c45443a4f4e","0F18"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1958 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.10. AT#BCONINTMIN - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Minimum Connection

Interval
This command is used to configure the Bluetooth ® Low Energy minimum connection
interval.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BCONINTMIN=<Minimum Connection Interval>

Set command is used to configure the minimum connection interval for a
Bluetooth ® Low Energy connection.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Minimum integer N/A It specifies the minimum

Connection connection interval for a Bluetooth
Interval> ® Low Energy connection in
milliseconds.

Value:

8÷4000 : The supported parameter value range.

This value can be saved into profile
through AT#W command.

AT#BCONINTMIN?
Read command is used to get the status of the minimum connection
interval:
#BCONINTMIN: <Minimum Connection Interval>
Where,
<Minimum Connection Interval> specifies the minimum connection
interval.
For example:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1959 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BCONINTMIN?
#BCONINTMIN: 400
OK

AT#BCONINTMIN=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

To set Minimum connection Interval to 600 msec.

AT#BCONINTMIN=600
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1960 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.11. AT#BCONINTMAX - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Maximum

Connection Interval
This command is used to configure the Bluetooth ® Low Energy maximum connection
interval.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BCONINTMAX=<Maximum Connection Interval>

Set command is used to configure the maximum connection interval for a
Bluetooth ® Low Energy connection.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Maximum integer N/A It specifies the maximum

Connection connection interval for a Bluetooth
Interval> ® Low Energy connection in
milliseconds.

Value:

8÷4000 : The supported parameter value range.

This value can be saved into profile
through AT#W command.

AT#BCONINTMAX?
Read command is used to get the status of the maximum connection
interval:
#BCONINTMAX: <Maximum Connection Interval>
Where,
<Maximum Connection Interval> specifies the maximum connection
interval.
For example:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1961 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BCONINTMAX?
#BCONINTMAX: 400
OK

AT#BCONINTMAX=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

To set Maximum connection Interval to 100 msec.

AT#BCONINTMAX=100
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1962 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.12. AT#BADVINTMIN - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Minimum Advertising

Interval
This command is used to configure the minimum advertisement interval.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BADVINTMIN=<Minimum Advertising Interval>

Set command is used to configure the minimum advertisement interval for
a Bluetooth ® Low Energy peripheral.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Minimum integer N/A It specifies minimum interval used

Advertising for advertising (in milliseconds) in a
Interval> Bluetooth ® Low Energy
peripheral.

Value:

20÷10240 : The supported parameter value

range. This value can be saved into
profile through AT#W command.

AT#BADVINTMIN?
Read command is used to get the status of the minimum advertising
interval:
#BADVINTMIN: <Minimum Advertising Interval>
Where,
<Minimum Advertising Interval> specifies the minimum advertising
interval.
For example:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1963 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BADVINTMIN?
#BADVINTMIN: 100
OK

AT#BADVINTMIN=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

To set Minimum advertising Interval to 100 msec:

AT#BADVINTMIN=100
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1964 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.13. AT#BADVINTMAX - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Maximum Advertising

Interval
This command is used to configure the maximum advertisement interval.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BADVINTMAX=<Maximum Advertising Interval>

Set command is used to configure the maximum advertisement interval
for a Bluetooth ® Low Energy peripheral.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Maximum integer N/A It specifies maximum interval used

Advertising for advertising (in milliseconds) in a
Interval> Bluetooth ® Low Energy
peripheral.

Value:

20÷10240 : The supported parameter value

range. This value can be saved into
profile through AT#W command.

AT#BADVINTMAX?
Read command is used to get the status of the maximum advertising
interval:
#BADVINTMAX: <Maximum Advertising Interval>
Where,
<Maximum Advertising Interval> specifies the maximum advertising
interval.
For example:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1965 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BADVINTMAX?
#BADVINTMAX: 200
OK

AT#BADVINTMAX=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

To set Maximum advertising Interval to 100 msec:

AT#BADVINTMAX=300
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1966 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.14. AT#BSSPPIN - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Secure Simple Pairing

PIN (SSP-PIN)
This command is used for Bluetooth ® Low Energy Secure Simple Pairing PIN (SSP-
PIN).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BSSPPIN=<Bluetooth ® Address>,<Bluetooth ® Address Type>,<SSP

Passkey>
Set command is used to generate SSP-PIN during authentication.
When authentication is initiated, depending on the I/O capabilities the AT
interface generates an event SSP-PIN and asks the user for the SSP
passkey.
Asynchronous Event:
#SSPPIN:<Bluetooth ® address>,<,address type>,<?>
The user must answer this request with the SSP passkey displayed on the
remote device. The passkey generated by the remote device is a six-digit
pin which the user cannot modify.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Bluetooth ® string N/A It specifies the remote Bluetooth

Address> ® address.

Value:

1÷48 : The supported parameter value range.

<Bluetooth ® string N/A It specifies the remote Bluetooth

Address Type> ® address type.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1967 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Where,
t2 - public address,
t3 - random address.

Value:

1,2 : The supported parameter value range.

<SSP Passkey> integer N/A It specifies the SSP passkey

displayed on the remote device.

Value:

0÷999999 : The supported parameter value

range.

AT#BSSPPIN=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

AT#BSSPPIN="00802507C08D","t2",314546
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1968 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.15. AT#BCCCD - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Client Character

Configuration
This command is used for Bluetooth ® Low Energy Client Character Configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BCCCD=<Connection Handle>,<Characteristic Handle>,<CCCD>

Set command enables or disables the notifications and indications for the
characteristic feature.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Connection hex N/A It specifies the connection handle

Handle> returned during Bluetooth ® Low
Energy connect command.

Value:

0x1÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value

range.

<Characteristic hex N/A It specifies the characteristic

Handle> handle returned during service
discovery.

Value:

0x1÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value

range.

<CCCD> integer N/A It specifies the state of the Client

Characteristic Configuration
Descriptor. The supported
parameter values range is 0-2.

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1969 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : Disables CCCD

1 : Enables CCCD notifications

2 : Enables CCCD indications

AT#BCCCD=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

AT#BCCCD =1,2B,1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1970 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.16. AT#BBNDLIST - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Bond List

This command is used to display information about the Bluetooth ® Low Energy bonded
devices.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BBNDLIST
Set command is used to display information about the bonded devices.
Each entry in the bonded-device list contains the Bluetooth ® address
and Bluetooth ® address type (t2-Bluetooth ® Low Energy public
Address, t3-Bluetooth ® Low Energy Random address).

AT#BBNDLIST?
Read command returns the values of parameters in the format:
#BBNDLIST: <BD Address>,<BD Address Type>
<BD Address> specifies the remote Bluetooth ® address.
The supported parameter value range is 1-48.
<BD Address Type> specifies the remote Bluetooth ® address type.
The supported parameter value range is 0-2.
Where,
t2- public address
t3- random address

Always printing t2.

AT#BBNDLIST=?

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1971 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

AT#BBNDLIST
#BBNDLIST: 008025D1D764,t2
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1972 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.17. AT#BBNDDEL - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Bond Delete

This command is used to delete the stored Bluetooth ® Low Energy bonding
information.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BBNDDEL=[<BD Address>]
Set command is used to delete the stored bonding information.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<BD string N/A It specifies the remote Bluetooth ®

Address> address.

Value:

1÷48 : The supported parameter value range.

AT#BBNDDEL=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

AT#BBNDDEL="008025D1D764"
OK
AT#BBNDDEL="*"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1973 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.18. AT#BSCAN - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Scan

This command is used to scan for all the Bluetooth ® Low Energy devices.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BSCAN=[<Bluetooth ® Remote Address>]

Set command is used to discover all the Bluetooth ® Low Energy devices.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Bluetooth ® string N/A It specifies the scan results using

Remote Bluetooth ® remote address of the
Address> devices to be discovered.

Value:

1÷48 : The supported parameter value range.

The scan time value is 5 seconds.

AT#BSCAN?
Read command returns the values of parameters in the format:
#BSCAN: <BDADDR>,<NAME>,<RSSI>
Where,

<BDADDR> specifies the Bluetooth ® device address of discoverable

device.
<NAME> specifies the Device advertise friendly name of the discoverable
device.
NOTE: The name will be displayed only if the device is advertising.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1974 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<RSSI> specifies the RSSI value of discoverable device.

AT#BSCAN=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

AT#BSCAN="008025D1D6D9"
#BSCAN: 00:80:25:D1:D6:D9,BM+S50,-67
OK
AT#BSCAN="008025D1D6D9"
#BSCAN: 008025D1D6D9,,-67
OK

AT#BSCAN
#BSCAN: 1AD99D8326A7,,-52
OK
AT#BSCAN
#BSCAN: 008025D11DE4,BM+S42M/SRV 1DE4,-32
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1975 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.19. AT#BSRVDATAEX - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Server Data

Exchange
This command sets new data in GATT server characteristics.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BSRVDATAEX=<Service ID>,<Channel ID>,<Hex Data>

Set command sets new data in GATT server characteristic, where:
Channels created during GATT server definition using the command
AT#BATTRIB.
Data defined for characteristics is through respective channels. If a
characteristic has a length of 4, 4 bytes of hex data (ASCII coded byte
stream) is sent. The variable length characteristic is defined by length 0.
All data sizes between 1 and 20 are allowed.
This command is also used to read the value of GATT server
characteristic, when the data of characteristic is "?".
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Service integer - It specifies the Service identifier returned

ID> from the command
AT#BATTRIB="COMPLETE"

<Channel integer - It specifies the Channel identifier

ID> returned from the command
AT#BATTRIB="CHARVAL","..."
It specifies the ASCII coded byte stream
<Hex hex -
as hexadecimal values.
Data>
For example: 4546 for a 2-byte value.
It is also used to read the value of
characteristic when ASCII coded byte
stream is "?"
Where:
0 - Advertising is ON with Customized

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1976 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

advertising DISABLED
1 - Advertising is ON with Customized
advertising being ENABLED
2 - Reserved
3 - Advertising is OFF

Attribute service/services should be created using AT#BATTRIB

command.

AT#BSRVDATAEX=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

To set 2-byte value "4546" to GATT server characteristic with channel 0x2
for service with serviceId 0:
AT#BSRVDATAEX=0,2,"4546"
OK

To read the value of GATT server characteristic with channel 0x2 for service
with serviceId 0:
AT#BSRVDATAEX=0,2,"?"
#BSRVDATAEX: 0,2,4556

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1977 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.20. AT#BSRVD - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Service Discovery

This command is used to discover the Bluetooth ® Low Energy services and
characteristics.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BSRVD=<CONNECTION HANDLE>[,<UUID OF SERVICE>,<UUID TYPE>]

Set command is used to discover the services and characteristics.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<CONNECTION hex N/A It specifies the connection handle

HANDLE> returned at the time of Bluetooth
® Low Energy connect command.

Value:

0x1÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value

range.

<UUID OF string N/A It specifies the UUID of the

SERVICE> service for discovery.

Value:

1÷256 : The supported parameter value range.

<UUID TYPE> integer N/A It specifies the type of the UUID

service for discovery.
0- 16-bit UUID
1- 128-bit UUID
2- 32-bit UUID

Values:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1978 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : 16-bit UUID

1 : 128-bit UUID

2 : 32-bit UUID

AT#BSRVD=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

If the connection handle is provided it will display all available services of

the device. If the same command is executed with connection handle and
UUID, it will display the characteristics and properties of the UUID.

AT#BSRVD=1,,
#BSRVD: "UUID: AB12"
OK
AT#BSRVD= 1,"AB12",
#BSRVD: UUID: AB12
CHARUUID: 12FE
CHARHNDL: 2D
CHARPROP: 02
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1979 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.21. AT#BREAD - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Read

This command is used to read the Bluetooth ® Low Energy characteristics value of a
service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BREAD=<Connection Handle>,<Characteristic Handle>

Set command is used to read the characteristics value of a service.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Connection hex N/A It specifies the connection handle

Handle> returned during Bluetooth ® Low
Energy connect command.

Value:

0x1÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value

range.

<Characteristic hex N/A It specifies the characteristic

Handle> handle returned during service
discovery.

Value:

0x1÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value

range.

AT#BREAD=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1980 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BREAD=1,2B
#BREAD: 1,2B,6162
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1981 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.22. AT#BSLAVELAT - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Slave Latency

This command is used to configure the Bluetooth ® Low Energy slave latency.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BSLAVELAT=<Slave Latency>
Set command is used to configure the slave latency during connection
interval in a Bluetooth ® Low Energy connection.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Slave integer The default It specifies the slave latency in

Latency> value 0 uses no the connection intervals, in a
slave latency. Bluetooth ® Low Energy
connection.

Value:

0÷200 : The supported parameter value range. This

value can be saved through AT#W command.

AT#BSLAVELAT?
Read command is used to get the status of the slave latency:
#BSLAVELAT: <Slave Latency>
Where,
<Slave Latency> specifies the slave latency.
For Example:
AT#BSLAVELAT?
#BSLAVELAT: 0
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1982 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BSLAVELAT=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

To set slave latency to default (Use no slave latency).

AT#BSLAVELAT=0
OK

To set slave latency to 5 connection intervals.

AT#BSLAVELAT=5
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1983 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.23. AT#BSCANRSPDATA - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Scan Response

Data
This command is used to set the Bluetooth ® Low Energy scan response data.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BSCANRSPDATA=<Include Device Name>,<Manufacturer

Data>,<Service Data>,<128-bit Service UUID>
Set command is used to set the scan response data for a customized
advertising.
The maximum scan response data length can be 32 bytes. The AT
command parameters represent different elements in scan response
data. While setting the parameter values, make sure the total scan
response data does not exceed 32 bytes.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Include Device integer N/A It specifies the device name to be

Name> included or not in the scan
response data.

Value:

0,1 : The supported parameter value range.

<Manufacturer string N/A It specifies the manufacturer

Data> specific data to be included in the
scan response data.
Note: Manufacturer specific data
should be provided as HEX string

Value:

1÷27 : The supported parameter value range.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1984 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<Service Data> string N/A It specifies the Service data to be

included in the scan response
data.
Note: Service data should be
provided as HEX string

Value:

1÷27 : The supported parameter value range.

<128-bit Service string N/A It specifies the 128-bit UUID to be

UUID> included in the scan response
data.
UUID HEX value should be 16-bit
or 128-bit. If 16-bit UUID is given
as input, it is converted to 128-bit
UUID.

Value:

2÷16 : The supported parameter value range.

NOTE: Customized advertising data should be enabled using

AT#BADVE command.

AT#BSCANRSPDATA=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1985 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

To include the device name in advertise data:

AT#BSCANRSPDATA =1,,,
OK

To include only Telit's Manufacturer specific data as "Telit" in advertise

data:
AT#BSCANRSPDATA =0,"8F0054656c6974",,
OK

To include only battery service data with value as "LED:ON" in advertise

data:
AT#BSCANRSPDATA =0,,"0F184c45443a4f4e",
OK

To set only battery service UUID "0F18" as 128-bit UUID in advertise data
and service data:
AT#BSCANRSPDATA =0,,"0F184c45443a4f4e","0F18"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1986 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.24. AT#BPNPPVER - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Product Version ID

This command is used to set the Bluetooth ® Low Energy product version ID.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BPNPPVER=<Product Version>
Set command is used to set the product version provided in the device
information service (DIS). To activate a new PNPPVER value, it is
necessary to store the settings and perform a reset.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Product hex N/A It specifies the version of the product to

Version> be set which is a 16-bit hex value. For
example, 0x0100 for firmware version
1.00.

Value:

0x0÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value range.

This value can be saved into profile
through AT#W command.

AT#BPNPPVER?
Read command is used to get the status of the product version in the
device information service:
#BPNPPVER: <PnP Product Version>
Example:
AT#BPNPPVER?
#BPNPPVER: 700

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1987 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

OK

AT#BPNPPVER=?
Test command reports the product version.

To set the PnP Product Version to 0x0100.

AT#BPNPPVER=0100
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1988 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.25. AT#BNAME - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Device Name

This command is used to modify the Bluetooth ® Low Energy local device name.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BNAME=<Local Device Name>

Set command is used to modify the local device name that is seen on a
remote Bluetooth ® device during device or service discovery.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Local string - It specifies the name of the local Device

Device which has a limit up to 20 characters. This
Name> value can be saved into profile through
AT#W command.

AT#BI=1 command and AT#BADVE=3 command should be issued

first.
After setting the local device name, enable advertising using
AT#BADVE=1

To view the device name in Bluetooth ® Low Energy Master scan

results, the Device Name parameter should be set to value 1 in
#BADVDATA command.

AT#BNAME?
Read command returns the values of parameters in the format:
#BNAME: <Local Device Name>

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1989 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

For Example:
AT#BNAME?
#BNAME: MyDevice
OK

AT#BNAME=?
Test command returns OK result code.

To set the local device name.

AT#BNAME="MyDevice"
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1990 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.26. AT#BPNPVID - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Vendor ID

This command is used to set the Bluetooth ® Low Energy vendor ID.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BPNPVID=<Vendor ID>
Set command is used to set the vendor ID provided in the device
information service (DIS). To activate a new PNPVID value, it is necessary
to store the settings and perform a reset.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Vendor hex By default, the It specifies the value of vendor

ID> Telit vendor ID is ID to be set which is a 16-bit
0x008F. hex value.

Value:

0x0÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value range.

This value can be saved into profile
through AT#W command.

AT#BPNPVID?
Read command is used to get the status of the vendor ID in the device
information service
#BPNPVID: <PnP Vendor ID>
Where,
<PnP Vendor ID> specifies the Vendor ID.
For example:
AT#BPNPVID?
#BPNPVID: 8F

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1991 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

OK

AT#BPNPVID=?
Test command reports the vendor ID of the parameters.

To set the PnP vendor ID to 0x7890.

AT#BPNPVID=7890
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1992 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.27. AT#BPNPPID - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Product ID

This command is used to set Bluetooth ® Low Energy product ID.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BPNPPID=<Product ID>
Set command is used to set product ID provided in the device information
service (DIS). To activate a new PNPPID value, it is necessary to store the
settings and perform a reset.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Product hex N/A It specifies the value of the product ID

ID> to be set which is a 16-bit hex value.

Value:

0x0÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value range.

This value can be saved into profile
through AT#W command.

AT#BPNPPID?
Read command is used to get the status of the product ID in the device
information service:
#BPNPPID: <PnP Product ID>
Where,
<PnP Product ID> specifies the Product ID.
For example:
AT#BPNPPID?
#BPNPPID: B01A
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1993 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BPNPPID=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

To set the PnP Product ID to 0x1234.

AT#BPNPPID=1234
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1994 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.28. AT#BPNPVSRC - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Source Vendor ID

This command is used to set the Bluetooth ® Low Energy Source vendor ID.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BPNPVSRC=<Vendor ID Source>
Set command is used to set the vendor ID source provided in the device
information service (DIS). To activate a new PNPVSRC value, it is
necessary to store the settings and perform a reset.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Vendor ID integer N/A It specifies the value of the vendor ID

Source> source to be set.
The supported parameter value range is
1-2. This value can be saved into profile
through AT#W command.

Values:

1 : Bluetooth ® SIG assigned company ID

2 : USB assigned company ID

AT#BPNPVSRC?
Read command is used to get the status of the vendor ID source in the
device information service:
#BPNPVSRC: <PnP Vendor ID Source>
Where,
<PnP Vendor ID Source> specifies the Vendor ID source.
For example:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1995 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#BPNPVSRC?
#BPNPVSRC: 1
OK

AT#BPNPVSRC=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

To set the PnP vendor ID source to USB assigned company ID.

AT#BPNPVSRC=2
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1996 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.36.29. AT#BSSPCONF - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Secure Simple Pairing

Confirmation
This command is used for Bluetooth ® Low Energy Secure Simple Pairing Confirmation.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BSSPCONF=<BluetoothAddress>,<BluetoothAddressType>,<PasskeyConfirm
ation>
Set command is used to confirm the Security Pairing of a device. The user must
confirm the passkey - if no confirmation is sent by the user within the bonding
time (which is approximately 30 seconds) then the pairing is rejected.
Asynchronous Event:
#SSPCONF:<BluetoothAddress>,<address type>,<passkey>,<?>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<BluetoothAddress> string N/A It specifies the remote

Bluetooth ® address

Value:

1÷48 : The supported parameter value

range.

<BluetoothAddressType> string N/A It specifies the remote

Bluetooth ® address type
Where,
t2- public address
t3- random address

Value:

0÷2 : The supported parameter value

range.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1997 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

<PasskeyConfirmation> integer N/A It specifies the

confirmation request of
the passkey. The
supported parameter
value range is 0-1.

Values:

0 : Reject passkey confirmation request

1 : Accept passkey confirmation request

If a pairing is initiated and Bluetooth ® Low Energy secure connection is

supported, depending on the security settings AT interface generates an
event SSPCONF and asks the user for confirmation.

AT#BSSPCONF=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

AT#BSSPCONF="00802507C08D","t2",1
OK

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1998 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

Bluetooth ® Low Energy ASYNC AT Response

3.37.1. AT#BNOTIFY - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Notify

This command is used for Bluetooth ® Low Energy notifications.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BNOTIFY=<Connection Handle>,<Characteristic Handle>,<Hex Data>

Set command is used for Bluetooth ® Low Energy notifications.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Connection hex - It specifies the connection handle

Handle> on which NOTIFY operation
performed

<Characteristic hex - It specifies the Characteristic

Handle> handle returned using service
discovery command (AT#BSRVD).
The supported parameter value
range is "0x1-0xFFFF".

<Hex Data> hex - It specifies ASCII coded byte

stream as hexadecimal values.

#BNOTIFY: 5,15,1234567891

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 1999 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

3.37.2. AT#BINDICATE - Bluetooth ® Low Energy Indication

This command is used for Bluetooth ® Low Energy Indication.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#BINDICATE=<Connection Handle>,<Characteristic Handle>,<Hex

Data>
Set command is used for Bluetooth ® Low Energy Indication.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Connection integer - It specifies the connection handle

Handle> on which INDICATE operation
performed.

<Characteristic integer N/A It specifies the Characteristic

Handle> handle returned using service
discovery command (AT#BSRVD).

Value:

0x1÷0xFFFF : The supported parameter value

range.

<Hex Data> string - It specifies ASCII coded byte

stream as hexadecimal values.

#BINDICATE: 5,15,1234567891

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2000 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

4. PRODUCT AND SAFETY INFORMATION

Copyrights and Other Notices

SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Although reasonable efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy of this document,
Telit assumes no liability resulting from any inaccuracies or omissions in this document,
or from the use of the information contained herein. The information in this document has
been carefully checked and is believed to be reliable. Telit reserves the right to make
changes to any of the products described herein, to revise it and to make changes from
time to time with no obligation to notify anyone of such revisions or changes. Telit does
not assume any liability arising from the application or use of any product, software, or
circuit described herein; neither does it convey license under its patent rights or the rights
of others.

This document may contain references or information about Telit’s products (machines
and programs), or services that are not announced in your country. Such references or
information do not necessarily mean that Telit intends to announce such Telit products,
programming, or services in your country.

4.1.1. Copyrights
This instruction manual and the Telit products described herein may include or describe
Telit’s copyrighted material, such as computer programs stored in semiconductor
memories or other media. Laws in Italy and in other countries reserve to Telit and its
licensors certain exclusive rights for copyrighted material, including the exclusive righ to
copy, reproduce in any form, distribute and make derivative works of the copyrighted
material. Accordingly, any of Telit’s or its licensors’ copyrighted material contained herein
or described in this instruction manual, shall not be copied, reproduced, distributed,
merged or modified in any manner without the express written permission of the owner.
Furthermore, the purchase of Telit’s products shall not be deemed to grant in any way,
neither directly nor by implication, or estoppel, any license.

4.1.2. Computer Software Copyrights

Telit and the 3rd Party supplied Software (SW) products, described in this instruction
manual may include Telit’s and other 3rd Party’s copyrighted computer programs stored
in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in Italy and in other countries reserve
to Telit and other 3rd Party SW exclusive rights for copyrighted computer programs,
including – but not limited to - the exclusive right to copy or reproduce in any form the

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2001 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

copyrighted products. Accordingly, any copyrighted computer programs contained in

Telit’s products described in this instruction manual shall not be copied (reverse
engineered) or reproduced in any manner without the express written permission of the
copyright owner, being Telit or the 3rd Party software supplier. Furthermore, the purchase
of Telit products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel,
or in any other way, any license under the copyrights, patents or patent applications of Telit
or other 3rd Party supplied SW, except for the normal non-exclusive, royalty free license to
use arising by operation of law in the sale of a product.

Usage and Disclosure Restrictions

4.2.1. License Agreements

The software described in this document is owned by Telit and its licensors. It is furnished
by express license agreement only and shall be used exclusively in accordance with the
terms of such agreement.

4.2.2. Copyrighted Materials

The Software and the documentation are copyrighted materials. Making unauthorized
copies is prohibited by the law. The software or the documentation shall not be
reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, even partially, nor stored in a retrieval system, nor
translated into any language or computer language, in any form or by any means, without
prior written permission of Telit.

4.2.3. High Risk Materials

Components, units, or third-party goods used in the making of the product described
herein are NOT fault-tolerant and are NOT designed, manufactured, or intended for use
as on-line control equipment in the following hazardous environments requiring fail-safe
controls: operations of Nuclear Facilities, Aircraft Navigation or Aircraft Communication
Systems, Air Traffic Control, Life Support, or Weapons Systems (“High Risk Activities").
Telit and its supplier(s) specifically disclaim any expressed or implied warranty of fitness
eligibility for such High Risk Activities.

4.2.4. Trademarks
TELIT and the Stylized T-Logo are registered in the Trademark Office. All other product
or service names are property of their respective owners.

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2002 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.5. 3rd Party Rights

The software may include 3rd Party’s software Rights. In this case the user agrees to
comply with all terms and conditions imposed in respect of such separate software rights.
In addition to 3rd Party Terms, the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability
provisions in this License, shall apply to the 3rd Party Rights software as well.
TELIT HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED FROM
ANY 3RD PARTY REGARDING ANY SEPARATE FILES, ANY 3RD PARTY MATERIALS
INCLUDED IN THE SOFTWARE, ANY 3RD PARTY MATERIALS FROM WHICH THE
SOFTWARE IS DERIVED (COLLECTIVELY “OTHER CODES”), AND THE USE OF ANY OR ALL
OTHER CODES IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING (WITHOUT
LIMITATION) ANY WARRANTIES OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

NO 3RD PARTY LICENSORS OF OTHER CODES MUST BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST OF PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND
WHETHER MADE UNDER CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY, ARISING IN ANY
WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE OTHER CODES OR THE EXERCISE OF
ANY RIGHTS GRANTED UNDER EITHER OR BOTH THIS LICENSE AND THE LEGAL TERMS
APPLICABLE TO ANY SEPARATE FILES, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.

4.2.6. Waiver of Liability

IN NO EVENT WILL TELIT AND ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR AY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, GENERAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY
INDIRECT DAMAGE OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
REIMBURSEMENT OF COSTS, COMPENSATION OF ANY DAMAGE, LOSS OF
PRODUCTION, LOSS OF PROFIT, LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF DATA OR
REVENUE, WHETHER OR NOT THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES COULD HAVE BEEN
REASONABLY FORESEEN, CONNECTED IN ANY WAY TO THE USE OF THE PRODUCT/S
OR TO THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE PRESENT DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF
TELIT AND/OR ITS AFFILIATES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES OR THEY ARE FORESEEABLE OR FOR CLAIMS BY ANY THIRD PARTY.

Safety Recommendations
Make sure the use of this product is allowed in your country and in the environment
required. The use of this product may be dangerous and has to be avoided in areas where:

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2003 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

• it can interfere with other electronic devices, particularly in environments such as

hospitals, airports, aircrafts, etc.
• there is a risk of explosion such as gasoline stations, oil refineries, etc. It is the
responsibility of the user to enforce the country regulation and the specific
environment regulation.

Do not disassemble the product; any mark of tampering will compromise the warranty
validity. We recommend following the instructions of the hardware user guides for correct
wiring of the product. The product has to be supplied with a stabilized voltage source and
the wiring has to be conformed to the security and fire prevention regulations. The product
has to be handled with care, avoiding any contact with the pins because electrostatic
discharges may damage the product itself. Same cautions have to be taken for the SIM,
checking carefully the instruction for its use. Do not insert or remove the SIM when the
product is in power saving mode.

The system integrator is responsible for the functioning of the final product. Therefore,
the external components of the module, as well as any project or installation issue, have
to be handled with care. Any interference may cause the risk of disturbing the GSM
network or external devices or having an impact on the security system. Should there be
any doubt, please refer to the technical documentation and the regulations in force. Every
module has to be equipped with a proper antenna with specific characteristics. The
antenna has to be installed carefully in order to avoid any interference with other
electronic devices and has to guarantee a minimum distance from the body (20 cm). In
case this requirement cannot be satisfied, the system integrator has to assess the final
product against the SAR regulation.

The equipment is intended to be installed in a restricted area location.

The equipment must be supplied by an external specific limited power source in

compliance with the standard EN 62368-1

The European Community provides some Directives for the electronic equipment
introduced on the market. All of the relevant information is available on the European
Community website:
https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/electrical-engineering_en

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2004 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

5. GLOSSARY

ARFCN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number

AT Attention command

BA BCCH Allocation

BCCH Broadcast Control Channel

CA Cell Allocation

CBM Cell Broadcast Message

CBS Cell Broadcast Service

CCM Current Call Meter

CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction

CTS Clear To Send

CUG Closed User Group

DCD Data Carrier Detect

DCE Data Communication Equipment

DCS Digital Cellular System

DGPS Differential GPS, the use of GPS measurements, which are

differentially corrected

DNS Domain Name System

DSR Data Set Ready

DTE Data Terminal Equipment

DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency

DTR Data Terminal Ready

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2005 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

GGA GPS Fix data

GLL Geographic Position – Latitude/Longitude

GLONASS Global positioning system maintained by the Russian Space Forces

GMT Greenwich Mean Time

GNSS Any single or combined satellite navigation system (GPS, GLONASS

and combined GPS/GLONASS)

GPRS Global Packet Radio Service

GPS Global Positioning System

GSA GPS DOP and Active satellites

GSM Global System Mobile

GSV GPS satellites in view

HDLC High Level Data Link Control

HDOP Horizontal Dilution of Precision

IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identity

IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity

IP Internet Protocol

IRA International Reference Alphabet

IWF Interworking Function

ME Mobile Equipment

MO Mobile Originated

MT either Mobile Terminated or Mobile Terminal

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2006 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

NMEA National Marine Electronics Association

NVM Non-Volatile Memory

PCS Personal Communication Service

PDP Packet Data Protocol

PDU Packet Data Unit

PIN Personal Identification Number

PPP Point to Point Protocol

PUK Pin Unblocking Code

RLP Radio Link Protocol

RMC Recommended minimum Specific data

RTS Request To Send

SAP SIM Access Profile

SCA Service Center Address

SMS Short Message Service

SMSC Short Message Service Center

SMTP Simple Mail Transport Protocol

TA Terminal Adapter

TCP Transmission Control Protocol

TE Terminal Equipment

UDP User Datagram Protocol

USSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2007 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

UTC Coordinated Universal Time

VDOP Vertical dilution of precision

VTG Course over ground and ground speed

WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2008 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

6. DOCUMENT HISTORY

Revision Date Changes

18 2023-05-18 Updated clause:

2.5. List of default PDP profiles and description
2.8. AT Commands Availability Table
adjusted Bluetooth ® trademark
Updated Commands:
AT#FWSWITCH, AT#LWM2MSKIP, AT#MQSNWTUP,
AT#PDPIMSCFGE, AT#PORTCFG, AT#RFSTS, AT#SIMDET,
AT#STUNEANT, AT#TESTMODE, AT#TXCAL, AT#TXCAL4G, AT#V24

17 2022-12-02 Updated Applicability Table

Updated clause:
2.8. AT Commands Availability Table
Updated Commands:
AT#BND, AT#BRCSFB, AT#ENCALG, AT#FWSWITCH, AT#IIDIPV6,
AT#ISMSCFG, AT#M2MATP, AT#MQCONN, AT#MQCOPP,
AT#MQDIPP, AT#MQPUBS, AT#MQPUPP, AT#MQSUB, AT#MQSUPP,
AT#MQUNS, AT#MQWCFG, AT#MQWIPP, AT#QDNS, AT#SCFGEXT,
AT#SCFGEXT3, AT#SMSATRUN, AT#V24CFG, AT#WKIO, AT&K,
AT#IMSSETTING, AT+CEVDP, AT+CLVL, AT+CPMS, AT+IFC, AT+M2M,
AT+WS46
New Commands:
AT#CEERNETEXT, AT#IMSAPNFB, AT#IMSAPNNAME, AT#IMSIRAT,
AT#IMSPRIOR, AT#MQPUBSEXT, AT#MQSNCFG, AT#MQSNCFG2,
AT#MQSNCONN, AT#MQSNDISC, AT#MQSNEN, AT#MQSNPUBS,
AT#MQSNREAD, AT#MQSNREG, AT#MQSNSOCK, AT#MQSNSTATE,
AT#MQSNSUB, AT#MQSNTCFG, AT#MQSNUNS, AT#MQSNWCFG,
AT#MQSNWMUP, AT#MQSNWTUP, AT#NWMTUSIZE,
AT#SMSSECENA, AT#VSIMSTAT, AT#VSIMVER

16 2022-07-15 Updated clause:

2.5. List of default PDP profiles and description
Updated Commands:
AT#MQSNSTATE, AT#QDNS

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2009 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

15 2022-07-08 Updated Applicability Table

Added clauses:
2.4. General remark about packet domain services in UMTS/GPRS and
EPS; 2.5. List of default PDP profiles and description; 2.6 Special
consideration of Null APN on default attach profile
Updated Commands:
AT#DVIEXT, AT#ECMC, AT#ENCALG, AT#FWSWITCH, AT#HTTPQRY,
AT#HTTPSND, AT#JDR4GCFG, AT#M2MBACKUP, AT#MTUSIZE,
AT#OOBTSET, AT#PSEL, AT#RFSTS, AT#SIMINCFG, AT#SSLS,
AT#SSLSECCFG, AT#WLANAPCLIND, AT#WLANPING,
AT$GPSNMUN, AT+CEMODE
New Commands:
AT#HTTPSETRESOURCE, AT#MQSNSTATE

14 2022-03-04 Updated Commands:

#APLAY, #ARECD, #ECALLTMR, #JDRENH2, #LWM2MSKIP,
#SCFGEXT3
New Commands:
$GNSSCONST

13 2022-02-09 New Document template

Added LE910Cx-WWXD/ -SAXD/ -NAD/ -NFD/ -SAD variants
Updated Commands:
#DVI, #GTP, #GTPEN, #RXDIV, #RXTOGGLE, #SLED, +CLVL
New Commands:
#AVAHIEN, #CALLCFGCW, #CMAR, #DUALAPN, #MANAGEROAM,
#NTP, #NTPCFG, #RATORDER, #SKIPGCF, #SMSVOL

12 2021-08-11 Deleted: #NTP, #NTPCFG

11 2021—06-04 New: #RPMCFG, #RPMCFGEXT, #ACDBEXT, #WLANEAPCERT,

#WLANEAPCFG, #DUALAPN, , #MQCOPP, #MQWIPP, #MQSUPP,
#MQPUPP, #MQSCFG, #BNDRAM, #SELBNDMODE
Updated: 3.3.1 Factory Profile and User Profiles, #TESTMODE,
#PSMURC, #REJER, #ENHRST, #MSDSEND, #ECALL, #EMAILD,
+CMUX, #MQSUB, #FWAUTOSIM, #LWM2MSKIP, #GTPEN, $XTRAEN,
#IMSSETTING, #GPIO, #TEMPMON, #FWTDEVICESET , #CHBHCID,
#V24CFG, #PORTCFG, #OTAUPW, #DVIEXT, #DVICLK, +CGDCONT,
#DVI, #MQCONN, #MQDISC, #ISMSCFG, #ENSIM2, #SS, #SI, #ST,
#SH, #SCFG, #SCFGEXT, #SCFGEXT2, #SCFGEXT3, #SD, #BASE64,
#SA, #SO, #SL, #SLASTCLOSURE, #SLUDP, #SRECV, #SSENDUDP,
#SSENDUDPEXT, #SSEND, #SSENDEXT, #MQPUBS,
#TCPATRUNCFG, #PSMWDISACFG, #FASTSHDN, #DGEN, #CLSMK,
#BND, #TCPMAXWIN, #CALLDISA
Added LE910C1-SV/ST/SA/SAX/SVX command in availability table

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2010 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

10 2021-02-05 New: #ESIMID, #ESIMPF, #ESIMPFINFO, #ESIMUPN,

#ESIMGETADDR, #ESIMCAP, #ESIMPFUC, #ESIMADDPF,
#ESIMMEMRST, #I2CCF, #M2MREADEXT, #M2MCHDIR,
#M2MBACKUP, #M2MRAM, #M2MARG, #SDM, #STIME, #STKENV,
#SYSHALT, #SWITCHATTPROF, #LABIMS, #CPBE, #PSMCTS,
#IUTCFG, #IUTCFGEX, #CALLCFGCW, #CLSMK, #CRAC,
#ALLOWHAC, #ARECD, #ECALLURC, #DTR, #TRACE, #PSMURC,
#LWM2MSKIP, #FOTAURC
Update: #GTP, #FWAUTOSIM, #PSMWDISACFG, #CQI, $GPSQOS,
#TONE, #ECM, #ECMD, #ESIMGETADDR, #SI, +CEMODE,
#FASTSHDN, $LCSTER, #SWREADYEN, $XTRAEN, #BND, +M2M,
#M2MRUN, #M2MLIST, #M2MREAD, #M2MWRITE, #M2MDEL,
#M2MMKDIR, #M2MRMDIR, #V24CFG,#V24, +CMUX, #STUNEANT,
#USBCFG, #PORTCFG, +WS46, +CLVL, #DTMF, #DVICLK, #SPKMUT,
#DVI, #ETHCFG, #VSIMSETPROF, #VSIMLISTPROF,
$LCSLPP,#SDOMAIN, #MQEN, #MQWCFG, #MQTCFG, #MQCFG2,
#MQCFG2, MQCONN, #MQREAD, #MQPUBS, #MQUNS, #MQSUB,
#MQDISC, #OTAUPW, #M2MATP, #ACDB, #SGACT, #SCFGEXT3,
#TESTMODE, $GPSLOCK
Added LE910Cx-WWX commands in availability table
Replace text “Note or NOTE1…” with “NOTE”

9 2020-09-25 New: +ODIS, #PDPIMSCFGE, #MQEN, #MQWCFG, #MQTCFG,

#MQCFG2, #MQCFG2, MQCONN, #MQREAD, #MQPUBS, #MQUNS,
#MQSUB, #MQDISC, #VSIMSETPROF, #VSIMLISTPROF,
#FWTDEVICESET, #EMRGD, #MSDPUSH, #MSDSEND, +CECALL,
#MSDREAD, #ECALL, #ECALLNWTMR, #ECALLTMR, #ECONLY,
#LTEULOOS, $XTRAEN
Updated: #USBZLPDIS, $GPSNMUN, #GPIO, #DGEN, +CEVDP, #DVI,
#DVICLK, #DVICFG, #ENCALG, #PSMWDISACFG, $LCSLPP,#SD, #SI,
#ECM, #ECMD,+CEDRXRDP, +WS46, +COPS, #SPIEN,
#SPICFG,#USBCFG,#PORTCFG,#V24CFG,#V24, #DTMF, #SPKMUT,
#TONE, #PDPIMSCFGE, #ECM, #ECMC, +CMUX, #CMUXMODE,
+CMER, #FASTSHDN,#ETHEN
Replaced WE866C3 with WE866Cx under section 5.6.20 WLAN
Added LE910C1-EUX/SAX/SVX command in availability table

8 2020-06-04 New: #LTESFN, #CLATENA, #CSURVL, #CSURVCL, #CSURVW,

#CSURVCW, #CSURVG, #CSURVCG, #SECIFCFG, #SECIFAUTH,
#SECIFPWD, #ETHCFG, #ETHSTATUS, #ETHMODE, #ETHIP,
$GPSELV, #WLANMODULE, #WLANDFS, $GPSDTM, #GTPEN,
#CHBHCID
Updated: #VZWDM, #VZWSENDUA, #VZWFOTAURC, #DTMF,
#AUTOATT, #MSCLASS, #VAUX, #CGPADDR, #SGACT, #SCFG,
#SGACTCFGEXT, #SGACTCFG, #SSLCFG, #DNS, #NWDNS, #PING,
#EMAILPDPCFG, #HTTPCFG, #DWCFG, #DGEN, +GCAP, #BCCHLOCK,
#TESTMODE, #WLANSTART, #LTESFN, #DVI, #DVICLK, #TONE,
#HSICEN, #ETHEN, #USBZLPDIS, #PORTCFG, #SPIEN, #SPICFG,
#USBCFG, #V24, #V24CFG, #FASTSHDN, #HOSTODIS, #DTMF,
#FTPCFG, +CLVL, #GTP, #SPKMUT, #PSAV, #GPIO,#ETHEN, +COPS,
+CSMP, #SIMPR, #ENSIM2,$GPSNMUNEX, #BI,#CONNMGRSTART
Deleted: #ENAOMADM, #OMASENDPIN

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2011 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

7 2020-01-31 New: #EXCEPINFO, #USBZLPDIS, $GPSNHZ, #BCCHLOCK,

#ENAOMADM, #OMASENDPIN, #HOSTODIS, #t, #OTAUPW,
#WLANCLOCK, #ETHEN, #TXCAL4G, #WNWEBPROV, #DGEN,
#VZWDMACCURL, #VZWDM, #VZWFOTACFG, #VZWFOTAURC,
#VZWSENDUA, #RESETINFO Bluetooth ® Low Energy AT Commands
Set Bluetooth ® Low Energy ASYNC AT Response Commands Set
Updated: +CFUN, #ASEND, #BND, #SGACT, #GPIO, #V24CFG, #V24,
#HSICEN, +CEREG, #FRATTRIGGER, #PING, #SGACT, #CALLDISA,
#ECM, #ECMC, #ECMD, #RNDIS, #RNDISC, #RNDISD, #SSLSECCFG2,
#HTTPCFG, #HTTPRCV, $GPSR, $SLP, $LCSSLP, +CPLS, #TSVOL,
#DVIEXT, $GPSNMUNEX, #CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC,
#CSURVB, #CSURVBC, #SIMSELECT, #ENSIM2, #DVI, #FWSWITCH,
#TESTMODE

6 2019-11-11 New: #SIOWATERMARK, #CALLDISA, #ENSSHD

Updated: #TSVOL, #CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC,
#RNDIS, #ECM

5 2019-10-25 New: #ISEL, #WLANCMIFSEL

Updated: #WLANMODE command parameters with dual AP mode
feature.

4 2019-09-27 New: #PDPAUTH, #HSICEN, #WLANICMP, #WLANPING,

#WLANAPCLIND, #SPIEN, #SPICFG, #CALLDISA, #OAP,
#OVERRIDEPDP, #TXCAL
Updated: #DVIEXT, #JDRENH2, #NASC, #ADSPC, #CODECIMS,
+CGSMS, 7.1. Appendix A - Supported Bands of Variants, #TEMPCFG,
#GPIO, #ACDB, #WLANCONNECT

3 2019-06-28 New: #NOPTEXT, #STUNEANT, #GTUNEANT, #KIPR, #WLANBD,

#GTP
Updated: #TESTMODE,#RXTOGGLE,#NOPT,$SLP,$LCSSLP,#NASC,
#OOBTSET, #SL, #SLUDP, #GPIO, #GSMAD, #ENHRST, #USBCFG,
+CGDCONT, #PORTCFG, #SLED, #SH,#SCFGEXT3, #SSEND,
#SKTSET, #SKTD, #SKTL, #PSMWDISACFG, #SSLSECDATA,
$GPSELNA, $LCSLPP, +CEVDP, +CMUX, #CMUXMODE, +CEDRXS,
#SSLSECDATA, +WS46, #SSLSECDATAEXT, #WLANSSID,
#WLANCONNECT, #WLANSECURITY, #SCFGEXT, #ECTD, +CSCB,
$GPSQOS, $GPSSLSR

2 2019-03-12 New: #RSEN, $GPSLOCK, $AGPSEN, $LCSLPP, $LCSAGLO, #DVIEXT,

#OOBTSET, $GPSDPO, $GPSELNA, $LOCMODE, $NMEA, $LOCATION,
$GETLOCATION
Updated: +CPSMS, #GPIO, #TESTMODE, +VZWRSRQ, #CSURVB,
#CSURVBC,#DVI,#DVICFG,#DVICLK,#DVIEXT, #PCMDELAY,
#CEMODE,#ADSPC,#USBCFG,#PORTCFG,S, +CPNER, #ENCALG,
#GSMAD, #SWREADYEN, #BRCSFB, $LCSLPP, #MSCLASS, +COPS,
+CGTFT, #SIMSELECT, #ENSIM2, #RXTOGGLE, #FASTSHDN,
#PSMWDISACFG, #ISMSCFG, #SDOMAIN, #FRATTRIGGER, #GSMAD,
#WLANSECURITY, #WLANMACMODE, #WLANPC, #CSURVEXT,
$GNSSSLCT, #STIA, #STGI, #STSR
Deleted: #LPMVBUSNOTI

1 2018-01-10 Initial version

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2012 of 2014 2023-05-18

 LE910Cx AT Commands Reference Guide

80502ST10950A Rev. 18 Page 2013 of 2014 2023-05-18